BOARD OF REGENTS
AND
MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE Term
Expires
William P. Cole, Jr., Chairman, 100 West University Parkway, Baltimore 1958
B. Herbert Browx, 12 W. Madison St., Baltimore I960
Edmund S. Burke, Cumberland ' 1959
Edward P. Holter, Middletown 1959
Louis L. Kaplan, 1201 Eutaw Place, Baltimore 1961
E. Paul Knotts, Denton, Caroline County 1954
Arthur O. Lovejoy, 827 Park Avenue, Baltimore I960
Charles P. McCormick, Light and Barre Sts., Baltimore 1957
Harry H. Nuttle, Denton, Caroline County 1957
C. Ewing Tuttle, 1114 St. Paul St., Baltimore 1962
Mrs. John L. Wiiitehurst, 4101 Greenway, Baltimore 1956
Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for terms of nine years
each, beginning the first Monday in June.
The President of the University of Maryland is, by law, Executive Officer of the Board.
The State law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland
shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture.
A regular meeting of the Board is held the last Friday in each month, except during the
months of July and August.
GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE BOARD
President Byrd, Chairman
Mr. Algire
Col. Ambrose
Dean Bamford
Mr. Benton
Dr. Bishop
Mr. Brig ham
Dr. Brueckner
Mr. Buck
President Byrp
Dean Cairns
Mk. Cissell
Dean Cotterman
Dean Devilbiss
Dean Ehrensberger
Dean Eppley
Dr. Faber
Mr. Fogg
Dean Foss
Dean Fraley
Dean Gipe
Dr. Gwin
Mr. Haszard
Dr. Haut
Dean Howell
Dr. Huff
Dr. Hofksommer
Dean Long
Mrs. Low
Miss Preinkert, Secretary
Mr. Morrison
Dean Mount
Dr. Xystrom
Miss Preinkert
Dean Pyle
Dean Robinson
Dean Smith
Dean Stamp
Dean Steinberg
Mk. Weber
Dr. White
Dean Wylie
Dr. Zucker
EDUCATIONAL COUNCIL
The President, Dean of the Faculty, Chairman, Deans of Colleges, Chairmen of
\cademic Divisions, Heads of Educational Departments, Director of Admissions, Regis-
rar.
OFFICERS OF THE ADMINISTRATION
H. C. Byrd, LL.D., D.Sc, President of the University
Harold F. Cotterman, Ph.D., Dean of the Faculty
Ronald Bamford, Ph.D., Dean of the Graduate School
Gordox M. Cairxs, Ph.D., Dean of Agriculture
Leon P. Smith, Ph.D., Dean of College of Arts and Sciences
J. Freeman Pvle, Ph.D.. Dean of College of Business and Public Administration
, Dean of School of Dentistry
Wilbur Devilbiss, Ed.D., Dean of College of Education, Director of Summer School
S. S. Steinberg, B.E., C.E., Dean of College of Engineering
M. Marie Mount, M.A., Dean of College of Home Economics
Roger Howell, LL.B., Ph.D., Dean of School of Law
H. Boyd Wylie, M.D., Dean of School of Medicine
Joseph R. Ambrose, Col. U.S.A. F., Dean of College of Military Science and Professor of
Air Science and Tactics
L. M. Fraley, Ph.D., Dean of College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health
Florence M. Gipe, Ed.D., R.N., Dean of School of Nursing
Noel E. Foss, Ph.D., Dean of School of Pharmacy
Ray W. Ehrensberger, Ph.D.. Dean of College of Special and Continuation Studies
Geary F. Eppley, M.S., Dean of Men, Director of Student Welfare
Adele H. Stamp, M.A., Dean of Women
Edgar F. Long, Ph.D., Dean of Students
G. Watson Algire, M.S., Director of Admissions
Alma H. Preinkert, M.A., Registrar
Paul E. Nystrom, Director of Instruction, College of Agriculture
James M. Gwin, Ph.D.. Director of the Agricultural Extension Service
Irvin C. Haut, Ph.D., Director of Agricultural Experiment Station
James M. Tatum, B.S., Director of Athletics
George O. Weber, B.S., Business Manager
George W. Morrison, B.S., Associate Business Manager
Charles L. Benton, M.S., C.P.A., Director of Finance and Business
W. J. Huff, Ph.D., D.Sci., Director of the Engineering Experiment Station
George H. Buck, Ph.B., Director, University Hospital
Howard Rovelstad, M.A., B.S.L.S., Director of Libraries
Harry A. Bishop, M.D., Medical Director
George W. Fogg, M.A., Director of Personnel
Frank K Haszard, B.F.S., Director of Procurement and Supply
Harvey L. Miller, Col., U. S. M. C. (Ret.), Director of Publications and Publicity
David L. Brigham, B.S., General Alumni Secretary
Douglas M. Peck, Lt. Col. U. S. A. F., Commandant of Cadets
CHAIRMEN OF THE ACADEMIC DIVISIONS
Dr. Charles E. White, Professor of Chemistry, Chairman, The Lower Division
Dr. John E. Faber, Professor of Bacteriology, Chairman, The Division of Biological Sciena
Dr. Adolph E. Zucker, Professor of Foreign Languages, Chairman, The Division <;
Humanities
Dr. Wilbert J. Huff, Professor of Chemical Engineering, Chairman, The Division
Physical Sciences
Dr. Harold C. Hoffsommer, Professor of Sociology, Chairman, The Division of Soci
Sciences
FACULTY COMMITTEES
Admission, Guidance, and Adjustment
Chairman Reiii; Messrs. Cairns, Eppley, Gustad, Hodgins, Long, Quigley, Robinson,
Schindler, Manning, Weigand, White; Mmes. Crow, Preinkert, Stamp.
Coordination of Agricultural Activities
Chairman Cairns; Messrs. Aiialt, Bopst, Brueckner, Carpenter, Cory, Cox, Foster,
(i\\i\, Haut, Holmes, Jill, Kuhn, Magruder, Nystrom.
Council on Intercollegiate Athletics
Chairman Eppley; Messrs. Ambrose, Cory, Faber, Reid, Tatum; President of the
Student Government Association and the Chairman of the Alumni Council, ex-officio.
Educational Standards, Policies and Coordination
Chairman Cotterman; Messrs. Bamford, Cairns, Devilbiss, Drake, Hahn, Hoff-
sommer, Kuhn, Martin, Shreeve, L.P. Smith, Strahorn, Wylie; Mmes. Mitchell,
Wiggins.
Special and Adult Education
Chairman Ehrensberger; Messrs. Ambrose, Brechbill, Burdette, Drazek, Manning,
Reid.
Honors Programs
Chairman Cotterman; Messrs. Devilbiss, Hoffsommer, Smith, Zucker.
Libraries
Chairman Martin; Messrs. Aisenberg, Brown, Foster, Hackman, Hall, Invernezzi,
Parsons, Reeve, Rovelstad, Slama, Spencer; Mmes. Harman, Ida M. Robinson, Wiggin.
Publications and Catalog
Chairman Cotterman; Messrs. Ball, Bamford, Crowell, Devilbiss, Fogg, Foss, Gwin,
Haut, Howell, Miller, Pyle, Smith, Wylie, Zucker; Mmes. E. Frothingham, Mount,
Preinkert.
Public Functions and Public Relations
Chairman Pyle; Messrs. Ambrose, Brigham, Cook, Cory, Ehrensberger, Eppley,
7ogg. Foss, Gewehr, Howell, Miller, Morrison, Randall, Reid, Shreeve, Weber, Wylie;
VImes. Mount, Preinkert, Stamp.
Religious Life Committee
Chairman Shreeve; Messrs. Daiker, Gewehr, Hamilton, Randall, Reid, Scott,
White; Mmes. Bryan, McNaughton.
Scholarships and Student Aid
Chairman Cotterman; Messrs. Eppley, Long, Reid, Steinmeyer; Mmes. Mount,
stamp.
Student Life
Chairman Reid; Messrs. Allen, Eppley, James, Kramer, Peck, Quk.ley, Straus-
u-i.h, Tatum, White: Mmes. Binns, Harman, Preinkert, Stamp, and the President
f the Student Government Association and the President of the Men's League
nd the President of the Women's League.
Poultry Wonqe
VF-lS— —VF-12
Animal
Husbandry
8orn*
■ a m Vf-13— _vr ,c
<,,,0», I I Cottogu
^ -^ ====?-ii" ■ ■ ■ .
iW>' 0 'OO 290
COLLEGE PARK CAMPUS
1953
^^^™^"^» I N D E X
A Arts and Sciences
Ar Armory
B Music
BB Chemistry Annex
1 B Administration
C Chemistry (new)
Col Coliseum
D Dairy
DD Psychology
DW Dean of Women
E Agronomy, Botany, Physics
^ Horticulture
G Gymnasium
FF Mathematics
GG Mathematics
H Home Economics
"H Seminar
1 Agric, Eng. and Industrial Education
J Engr. Classroom Bldg.
Is- Zoology
^ Librarv
Morrill Hall
Geography
Symons Hall (Agric.)
F » Poultry
U Business and Public Administration
K Classroom Building
^, Eng. Lab. Building
* -. Education
~ Chem. Engineering
* Wind Tunnel
*} Women's Field House
5 Animal Husbandry Pavilion
z ■ ya"
Sororities Not Shown —
Alpha Chi Omega
Alpha Xi Delta
Fraternities Xot Shown
Alpha Epsilon Pi
Pi Alpha
Phi Kappa Gamma
Tau Epsilon Phi
Zeta Beta Tau
lematics
Physics
HHMM
•ff
1953
1954
1955
JULY 1953
S M TW T F S
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 1617 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
AUGUST
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 2122
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
SEPTEMBER
5 M T WT F S
.... 12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30
OCTOBER
S M T WT F S
12 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 1516 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER
5 M T WT F S
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 1617 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30
DECEMBER
SMTWTF S
.. .. 12 3 4 5
6 7 8 910 11 12
13 1415 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31 . .
JANUARY 1954
SMTWTF S
12
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 2122 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
FEBRUARY
SMTWTF S
.. 12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28
MARCH
SMTWTF S
.. 12 3 4 5 6
7 8 910111213
14 15 16 1718 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
APRIL
S M TWT F S
12 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 ..
MAY
S M TWT
2 3 4 5 6
9 10 11 1213
16 1718 19 20
23 24 25 26 27
30 31
JUNE
5 M T W T
.. .. 12 3
6 7 8 910
13 14 15 1617
20 21 22 23 24
27 28 29 30 . .
F S
.. 1
7 8
14 15
2122
28 29
F S
4 5
11 12
1819
25 26
JULY 1954
SMTWTF S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
AUGUST
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 1718 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
SEPTEMBER
S M TWT F S
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 1617 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 . .
OCTOBER
S M TWT F S
12
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1011 1213 1415 16
17 18 19 20 2122 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
NOVEMBER
S M TWT F S
.. 12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1415 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
DECEMBER
S M T W T F S
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 161718
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31 ..
JANUARY 1955
5 M TWT F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 1718 19 20 2122
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
FEBRUARY
SMTWTF S
.. .. 12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28
MARCH
SMTWTF S
.. .. 12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31 ... .
APRIL
S M TWT F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 2122 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
MAY
SMTWTF S
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
JUNE
SMTWTF S
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 910 11
12 13 14 15 1617 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 . .
EASTER SUNDAYS: April 5, 1953: April 18, 1954
CALENDAR 1953-1954
College Park
First Semester
1953
September 16-18
September 21
October 15
November 25
November 30
December 19
1954
January 4
January 20
January 21-28
Wednesday-Friday
Monday
Thursday
Wednesday after last class
Monday, 8 a.m.
Saturday after last class
Monday, 8 a.m.
Wednesday
Thursday-Thursday, inc.
Registration, first semester
Instruction begins
Convocation, faculty and students
Thanksgiving recess begins
Thanksgiving recess ends
Christmas recess begins
Christmas recess ends
Charter Day
First semester examinations
Second Semester
February 3-5
February 8
February 22
March 25
April 15
April 20
May 13
May 27- June
May 30
May 31
June 5
Wednesday-Friday
Monday
Monday
Thursday
Thursday after last class
Tuesday, 8 a.m.
Thursday
Thursday-Friday, inc.
Sunday
Monday
Saturday
Registration, second semester
Instruction begins
Washington's birthday, holiday
Maryland Day
Easter recess begins
Easter recess ends
Military Day
Second Semester examinations
Baccalaureate exercises
Memorial Day holiday
Commencement exercises
Summer Session, 1954
June 21
Monday
Registration, summer session
June 22
Tuesday
Summer session begins
July 30
Friday
Summer session ends
Short
Courses
June 14-19
Monday-Saturday
Rural Women's Short Course
August 2-7
M onday- S atur day
4-H Club Week
September 7-10
Tuesday-Friday
Firemen's Short Course
GENERAL INFORMATION
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION
ME University of .Maryland, in addition to being a State University, is
the "Land-Grant" institution of Maryland. The University is co-educational
in all of its branches.
College Park
The undergraduate colleges and the Graduate School of the Uni-
versity of Maryland are located at College Park, Prince George's Coun-
ty, Maryland, on a beautiful tract of rolling, wooded land, less than
eight miles from the heart of the Nation's capital, Washington, D. C.
This nearness to Washington, naturally is of immeasurable advantage
to students because of the unusual library facilities afforded by the
Library of Congress and the libraries of Government Departments ; the privilege of observ-
ing at close range sessions of the United States Supreme Court, the United States Senate
and the House of Representatives; the opportunity of obtaining almost without effort an
abundance of factual data which is constantly being assembled by the numerous agencies
of the Federal Government.
The University is served by excellent transportation facilities, including the main line of
the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad, the Washington street car system, and several bus lines.
The campus fronts on the Baltimore-Washington Boulevard, a section of U. S. Route No. 1,
which makes the University easily accessible by private travel.
College Park, and the adjacent Calvert Hills and College Heights, constitute a group
of fine residential communities close to the University campus, where are located the homes
of many of the members of the faculty and staff, and where students who prefer to live off
campus may find desirable living accommodations at reasonable rates.
Baltimore
The professional schools of the University — Dentistry, Law, Medicine, Nursing, and
Pharmacy — the University Hospital, and the Baltimore Program of the College of Special
and Continuation Studies are located in a group of splendid buildings, most of them erected
in recent years, at or near the adjacent corners of Lombard and Greene and Redwood Streets,
Baltimore, Maryland.
Baltimore, a thriving, modern industrial city of more than a million inhabitants, has an
old-established culture represented by outstanding educational institutions, libraries, museums,
parks, public buildings, and places of historical interest.
Baltimore is justly proud of its well earned reputation as a center of the highest type
of professional education, and no finer location could be chosen by a young man or woman
desiring to prepare for a professional career.
10 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
BRIEF HISTORY OF THE UNIVERSITY
While its advancement in recent years, both in the matter of physical plant facilities and
educational standards has been especially rapid, the University has behind it a long and
honorable record.
The history of the present University is the history of two institutions; the old privately-
owned and operated University of Maryland in Baltimore and the Maryland State College
(formerly Maryland Agricultural College) at College Park. These institutions w^re merged
in 1920.
In 1807 the College of Medicine of Maryland was organized, the fifth medical school in
the United States. The first class was graduated in 1810. A permanent home was estab-
lished in 1814-1815 by the erection of the building at Lombard and Greene Streets in Balti-
more, the oldest structure in America devoted to medical teaching. Here was founded one
of the first medical libraries (and the first medical school library) in the United States.
In 1812 the General Assembly of Maryland authorized the College of Medicine of Maryland
to "annex or constitute faculties of divinity, law, and arts and sciences," and by the same
act declared that the "college or faculties thus united should be constituted a university by
the name and under the title of the University of Maryland." By authority of this act,
steps were taken in 1813 to establish "a faculty of law," and in 1823 a regular school of
instruction in law was opened. Subsequently there were added: in 1882 a Department of
Dentistry which was absorbed in 1923 by the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery (founded
in 1840, the first dental school in the world) ; in 1889 a School of Nursing; and in 1904
the Maryland College of Pharmacy (founded in 1841, the third oldest pharmacy college in
the United States).
The Maryland State College was chartered in 1856 under the name of the Maryland
Agricultural College, the second agricultural college in the Western Hemisphere. For three
years the College was under private management. In 1862 the Congress of the United States
passed the Land Grant Act. This act granted each State and Territory that should claim
its benefits a proportionate amount of unclaimed western lands, in place of scrip, the pro-
ceeds from the sale of which should apply under certain conditions to the "endowment, sup-
port, and maintenance of at least one college where the leading object shall be, without
excluding other scientific and classical studies, and including military tactics, to teach such
branches of learning as are related to agriculture and the mechanical arts, in such a manner
as the Legislatures of the States may respectively prescribe, in order to promote the liberal
and practical education of the industrial classes in the several pursuits and professions of
life." This grant was accepted by the General Assembly of Maryland, and the Maryland
Agricultural College was named as the beneficiary of the grant. Thus the College became,
at least in part, a State institution. In the fall of 1914 control was taken over entirely by
the State. In 1916 the General Assembly granted a new charter to the College, and made
it the Maryland State College.
In 1920, by an act of the State Legislature, the University of Maryland was merged
with the Maryland State College, and the resultant institution was given the name University
of Maryland.
THE UNIVERSITY YEAR
The University year is divided into two semesters of approximately seventeen weeks
each, and a summer session of six weeks.
GENERAL INFORMATION 11
ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION OF THE UNIVERSITY
The government of the University is, by law, vested in a Board of Regents, consisting
of eleven members appointed by the governor of the State, each for a term of nine years.
The administration of the University is vested in the president. The deans, directors
and other principal officers of the University form the Administrative Board. This group
serves in an advisory capacity to the president.
Following is a list of the administrative divisions of the University :
At College Park
College of Agriculture College of Physical Education, Recrea-
College of Arts and Sciences tion and Health
College of Business and Public Adminis- College of Special and Continuation
tration Studies
College of Education Graduate School
Glenn L. Martin College of Engineering Summer School
and Aeronautical Sciences
College of Home Economics Agricultural Experiment Station
College of Military Science Agricultural and Home Economics Ex-
tension Service
At Baltimore
School of Dentistry School of Pharmacy
School of Law University Hospital
School of Medicine Maryland State Board of
School of Nursing Agriculture
State-Wide Activities
The Agricultural and Home Economics Extension Service maintains local representatives
in every county of the State. These representatives, County Agents and Home Demon-
stration Agents, provide expert assistance to farmers and farm families in their areas and,
when necessary, call upon the large staff of specialists at the headquarters of the Ex-
tension Service at College Park.
The Live Stock Sanitary Service, which is charged with responsibility for the control
and eradication of diseases of live stock and poultry, maintains local veterinary inspectors
throughout the State, in addition to specialists and laboratory technicians at the main
laboratory at College Park and the branch laboratories in Salisbury, Centerville and
Baltimore.
PHYSICAL FACILITIES— GROUNDS, BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT
College Park
Grounds. The University grounds at College Park comprise approximately 1150
acres. A broad rolling campus is surmounted by a commanding hill which overlooks a
wide area and insures excellent drainage. Most of the buildings are located on this
eminence and the adjacent grounds are laid out attractively in lawns and terraces orna-
mented with trees, shrubbery and flower beds.
Approximately 500 acres are used for research and teaching in horticulture, agricul-
ture, dairying, livestock and poultry. An additional five hundred acres of land provided
12 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
for plant research work are located at the Hopkins and Nash farms, five miles northwest
of College Park and in various other localities.
Buildings. The buildings of beautifully designed Georgian colonial motif comprise
about fifty-six principal structures and an additional seventy-five for supplemental utility,
providing facilities for the varied activities carried on at College Park.
Administration and Instruction. This group consists of the following : The Admin-
istration Building, which accommodates the offices of the President, Dean of the Faculty,
Dean of Men, Business Manager, Comptroller, Director of Personnel, Registrar, Directors
of Admissions, Procurement and Supply, and Cashier, as well as Student Supply Store
and University Post Office.
Symons Hall, which houses the office of the Dean of the College of Agriculture,
the offices of the Agriculture and Home Economics Extension Service and the offices of
the Director of the Agricultural Experiment Station, and the departments of Agricultural
Economics, Agricultural Education, Animal Husbandry, and Poultry, as well as official
Publications and general publicity.
Other buildings whose space is principally devoted to the College of Agriculture
are : Horticulture Building, Agricultural Engineering Buildhig, Agronomy and Botany
Building, Dairy Building, Apiary, and the new Plant Laboratory, which includes greenhouses.
The dairy barns, livestock barns, poultry and other Experiment Station farm buildings are,
for the most part, on the north portion of the campus.
The Arts and Sciences Building, Glenn L. Martin Engineering and Aeronautical
Sciences Buildings, Education Building, Business and Public Administration Building and
Home Economics Building, as the names imply, house the various colleges.
The Armory, one of the finest structures of its kind in the country; the Ritchie Coliseum,
seating 4,500, used for indoor sports events; the Gymnasium ; and the Women's Field
House are utilized principally by the College of Military Science and the College of
Physical Education, Recreation and Health. The Geography Building, Zoology Building
and Classroom Building, Dean of Women's Building, Library. Morrill Hall, and the Home
Economics Practice House, complete the principal structures in this group.
A Chemistry Building, a Physics Building, and a new Mathematics Building, part of
t lie Glenn L. Martin College of Engineering group, provide suitable classrooms and
laboratories for the indicated sciences.
Byrd Stadium, on the northwest corner of the campus, seats close to 50,000. Suitable
I arking areas adjoin the stadium. The Women's Field House includes a modern swimming
pool for recreation of women students.
A new interdenominational Chapel provides facilities for on-campus religious services
and quarters for the clergy. It is a memorial to former Maryland "gold star" students
who gave their lives in World Wars I and II. as well as in Korea. The main chapel seats
1.250.
Ten temporary frame classroom buildings serve the present overflow from Psychology,
Mathematics, and Journalism and provide a Recreation building for day students, headquarters
for all student publications, and classrooms and play areas for the Nursery School.
A Shop Building is being jointly used by the Industrial Education and Agricultural
Engineering departments.
Housing. The Women's Dormitories are Anne Arundel Hall, Margaret Brent Hall,
Dormitories No. 2 and No. 3, and Temporary Dormitory "HH." In addition, there are
five smaller units at present providing housing for sorority groups.
GENERAL INFORMATION 13
Men's Dormitories. Calvert and Silvester Halls are the only two named dormitories
of a group of ten separate buildings housing men students.
A Temporary Housing Project provides facilities for 1,100 male students in nine
dormitories and 104 veteran families in thirteen family units. Four smaller units provide
housing for fraternity groups.
Experiment Station. The headquarters for the Agricultural Experiment Station are
in the new Agricultural Building. The laboratories and greenhouses for this research
work are located in several buildings on the campus.
The Live Stock Sanitary Service is located in a group of buildings about a mile east
of the main campus, near the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad Station. The Grayson Labora-
tory and Isolation Building, devoted to research in respiratory diseases of horses, is
an additional facility.
Service Buildings. This group includes the Central Heating Plant, Service Building,
the Infirmary, the Dining Hall, and a new Central Warehouse.
The Fire Service Extension Building is located near the south gate of the campus.
It houses the Fire Extension Service offices as well as the College Park Volunteer Fire
Department.
Historical Building. Rossborough Inn. This historic Inn, built in 1798, is the oldest
building on the campus and for many years housed the Agricultural Experiment Station.
Entirely restored, it is now one of the most beautiful and interesting buildings on the
campus. Rossborough Inn houses the offices of the Alumni Secretary.
U. S. Government Buildings. United States Bureau of Mines. The Eastern Experi-
ment Station of the United States Bureau of Mines is located on the University grounds.
The general laboratories are used for instruction purposes in the College of Engineering
as well as by the United States Government for experimental work. The building contains
a geological museum and a technical library. United States Fish and Wildlife Service
Laboratory. The technological research laboratory building of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service is located on the University campus. It contains laboratories for research in
fisheries dealing with chemical, chemical engineering, bacteriological, nutritional, and biologi-
cal subjects. Through a cooperative arrangement with the University it is possible for
students to do graduate work using the facilities of these laboratories.
Baltimore
The group of buildings located in the vicinity of Lombard and Greene Streets provides
available housing for the Baltimore division of the University. The group comprises
the original Medical School Building, erected in 1814; the Old Hospital, now used as an
out-patient department ; the New University Hospital with approximately 450 beds ; the
Frank C. Bressler Research Laboratory ; the Dental and Pharmacy Building; the Nurses'
Home; the Lazv School Building; Davidge Hall, which houses the medical library; the
Administration Building; and Gray Laboratory. A Psychiatric Institute Building has
recently been constructed as an addition to University Hospital and provides 90 additional
beds for psychiatric cases plus 200 additional general hospital beds. The Kelly Memorial
has also been erected adjacent to the Hospital which will be used jointly by the University
and the Pharmaceutical Association.
LIBRARY FACILITIES
Libraries are located at both the College Park and Baltimore divisions of the University.
14 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The General Library at College Park, completed in 1931, is an attractive and well
equipped structure. The main reading room on the second floor seats 250 and has about 5,000
reference books and bound periodicals on open shelves. The five-tier stack room and
basement are equipped with carrels and desks for use of advanced students. The Library-
Annex, a temporary, two-story building located just west of the main building, is used
for reserve book reading. The Annex accommodates 350 people. About 30,000 of the
175,000 volumes on the campus are shelved in the Chemistry, Engineering, Entomology
and Mathematics Departments, the Graduate School, and other units. Over 1,800 periodicals
are currently received.
Facilities in Baltimore consist of the libraries of the School of Dentistry, containing
14,000 volumes; the School of Law, 27,000 volumes; the School of Medicine, 34,000
volumes; the School of Nursing, 2,300 volumes; and the School of Pharmacy, 11,000
volumes. The Medical Library is housed in Davidge Hall ; the remaining four libraries
have quarters in the buildings of their respective schools, where they are readily available
for use. Facilities for the courses in Arts and Sciences are offered jointly by the libraries
of the Schools of Dentistry and Pharmacy.
The libraries of the University total in the aggregate over 275,000 bound volumes.
The General Library is a depository for publications of the United States Government and
numbers some 75,000 documents in its collection.
The University Library System is able to supplement its reference service by borrowing
material from other libraries through Inter-Library Loan or Bibliofilm Service, or by
arranging for personal work in the Library of Congress, the United States Department of
Agriculture Library, and other agencies in Washington.
ADMISSION PROCEDURE
Undergraduate Schools: Applicants for admission to the College of Agriculture,
Arts and Sciences, Business and Public Administration, Education, Engineering, and Home
Economics should communicate with the director of Admissions, University of Maryland,
College Park, Maryland.
Graduate School: Those seeking admission to the Graduate School should address
the Dean of the Graduate School, University of Maryland, College Park.
Professional Schools: Information about admission to the professional schools in
Baltimore may be had by writing to the dean of the college concerned or to the Director
of Admissions of the University.
Applicants from Secondary Schools: Procure an application blank from the Director
of Admissions. Fill in personal data requested and ask your principal or headmaster
to enter your secondary school record and mail the blank to the Director of Admissions.
To avoid delay, it is suggested that applications be filed not later than July 1st for
the fall semester, and January 1 for the spring semester. Applications from students
completing their last semester of secondary work are encouraged. If acceptable, supplemen-
tary records may be sent upon graduation.
Applicants from Other Colleges and Universities: Secure an application blank from
the Director of Admissions. Fill in personal data requested and ask secondary school
principal or headmaster to enter secondary school record and send the blank to the Director
of Admissions. Request the Registrar of the College or University attended to send a
transcript to the Director of Admissions, College Park, Maryland.
Time of Admission: New students should plan to enter the University at the be-
GENERAL INFORMATION 15
ginning of the fall semester if possible. Students, however, will be admitted at the beginning
of either semester.
ADMISSION OF FRESHMEN
Admission by Certificate: Graduates of accredited secondary schools of Maryland
or the District of Columbia will be admitted by certificate upon the recommendation of the
principal. Graduates of out-of-state schools should have attained college certification marks,
such marks to be not less than one letter or ten points higher than the passing mark.
SUBJECT REQUIREMENTS
In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and other indica-
tions of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed pattern of subject matter.
English -4 units required for all divisions of the University.
Mathematics 3y2 units, including Solid Geometry, required for Engineer-
ing, Mathematics and Physics.
For all Colleges, one unit of Algebra and one of Plane
Geometry are desirable. A unit of Algebra will be needed
by Business and Public Administration students and by
most Education, Home Economics and Arts students.
Social Science; Natural and
Biological Science _ 1 unit from each group is required; two are desirable.
Foreign Languages- Those who will follow the professions, enter journalism,
foreign trade or service, study the humanities or do research,
should have a good foundation in one or more, but none is
required.
Electives Fine Arts, trade and vocational subjects are acceptable.
Transfer Students: Only students in good standing as to scholarship and conduct
are eligible to transfer. Advanced standing is assigned to transfer students from accredited
institutions under the following conditions :
1. A minimum of one year of resident work or not less than 30 semester hours is
necessary for a degree.
2. The University reserves the right at any time to revoke advanced standing if tht
transfer student's progress is unsatisfactory.
Special Students. Applicants who are at least twenty-one years of age, and wh(
have not completed the usual preparatory course, may be admitted to such courses as thej
seem fitted to take. Special students are ineligible to matriculate for a degree until entranci
requirements have been satisfied.
Unclassified Students: Applicants who meet entrance requirements but who do no
wish to pursue a program of study leading to a degree are eligible for admission to pursui
courses for which they have met prerequisites.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS FOR MEN AND WOMEN
All undergraduate men and women students classified academically as freshmen o
sophomores, who are registered for more than six semester hours of credit, are requirec
to enroll in and successfully complete four prescribed courses in physical education for ;
16 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
total of four semester hours of credit. The successful completion of these courses is a
requirement for graduation. These courses must be taken by all eligible students during
the first two years of attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or
not. Men and women who have reached their thirtieth birthday are exempt from these
courses. Students who are physically disqualified from taking these courses, must enroll
in adaptive courses for which credit will be given. Transfer students who do not have
credit in these courses, or their equivalent, must complete them or take them until graduation,
whichever occurs first. Students with military service may receive credit for these courses
by applying to the Air Force R. O. T. C. Records Office.
Required Uniform
A regulation uniform as prescribed by the College of Physical Education, Recreation,
and Health is required for both men and women.
Required Equipment
Students will be required to provide individual equipment for certain elective courses
such as archery, badminton, golf, and tennis.
HEALTH EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS FOR WOMEN
All freshmen women who are registered for more than six semester hours of credit
must enroll in and successfully complete the prescribed courses in health education for four
semester hours of credit. Transfer students who do not have credit in these courses,
or their equivalent, must complete them or take them until graduation, whichever occurs
first. Women who have reached their thirtieth birthdays are exempt from these courses.
REQUIREMENTS IN MILITARY INSTRUCTION
All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules are required to
take elementary military training for a period of two years.
This training includes two hours of regularly scheduled drill per week at 11 :00 hours
on Tuesdays and Thursdays and other drill formations at such times as designated by the
PAST.
The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation but it must
be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance at the University,
whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students who do not have the required
two years of military training will be required to complete the course or take it until gradua-
tion, whichever occurs first.
Any male student in any undergraduate curriculum of the University who is accepted
for such training may pursue an advanced course in this field which will lead to a reserve
:ommission in the United States Air Force. This advanced training may be carried as an
integral part of the student's academic program.
BASIC AIR FORCE R. O. T. C. EXEMPTIONS
1. Students who have completed the course in other senior units of the U. S. A. F.,
\rmy or Naval R. O. T. C. will receive credit.
2. Students holding commissions in the Reserve Corps of the Army, Navy, Marine
Zorps, Coast Guard or Air Force will receive credit.
3. Students who have served in the Army, Navy, Marine Corps, Coast Guard or
\ir Force for a period of time long enough to be considered equivalent to the training
GENERAL INFORMATICS 17
received in the A. F. R. O. T. C. program will receive credit. Short periods of service
in any of the branches named above will be evaluated and allowed as credit toward com-
pletion of the course.
4. Graduate students will be exempt.
5. Students classified as "Special Students" who are registered for less than seven
semester hours will be exempt.
6. Students who have passed their thirtieth . birthday before starting the course will
be exempt from any part of the course not already completed.
7. Students who are not citizens of the United States or one of its territorial possessions
will be exempt.
THE PROGRAM IN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
Because the University feels that it is vital for every student to understand this country
better, it has established a very comprehensive program of American studies. Work- in
American Civilization is offered at three distinct academic levels. The first level is required
of all freshmen or sophomores at the University of Maryland and is described below.
The second level is for undergraduate students wishing to carry a major in this field
(see catalog for the College of Arts and Sciences'). The third level is for students desiring
to do graduate work in this field (see Catalog for the Graduate School).
Courses in the American Civilization Program Required of
All Freshmen and Sophomores
All students (unless specific exceptions are noted in printed curricula) are required to
take twelve semester hours of English (for sequence and descriptions, see the offerings of
the Department of English), three semester hours of sociology (Soc. 1 — Sociology of Ameri-
can Life), three semester hours of government (G. & P. 1 — American Government), and
six semester hours of history (H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization).
DELINQUENT STUDENTS
A student must attain passing marks in fifty per cent of the semester hours for which
he is registered, or he is automatically dropped from the University. The Registrar
notifies the student, his parent or guardian, and the student's dean of this action. A student
who has been dropped for scholastic reasons may appeal in writing to the Committee on
Admission, Guidance, and Adjustment for reinstatement. The Committee is empowered
to grant relief for just cause. A student who has been dropped from the University for
scholastic reasons, and whose petition for reinstatement is denied, may again petition after
a lapse of at least one semester.
The University reserves the right to request at any time the withdrawal of a student
who cannot or does not maintain the required standard of scholarship, or whose continuance
in the University would be detrimental to his or her health, or to the health of others, or
whose conduct is not satisfactory to the authorities of the University. Students of the last class
may be asked to withdraw even though no specific charge be made against them.
According to University regulations, excessive absence from any course is penalized
by failure in that course. Students who are guilty of persistent absence from any course
will be reported to the President or to his appointed representative for final disciplinary action.
\fi
rxil'ERSITY OF MARYLAND
FEES AND EXPENSES
General
All checks or money orders should be made payable to the University of Maryland for
the exact amount of the charges.
In cases where students have been awarded Legislative Scholarships or University
Grants, the amount of such scholarship or grant will be deducted from the bill.
All fees are due and payable at the time of registration, and students should come
prepared to pay the full amount of the charges. No student will be admitted to classes
until such payment has been made. Veterans are required to comply with these conditions
if the University does not have in its possession at the time of registration an approved
Certificate of Eligibility and Entitlement from the Veterans Administration.
The University reserves the right to make such changes in fees and other charges
as may be found necessary, although every effort will be made to keep the costs to the
student as low as possible.
No degree will be conferred, nor any diploma, certificate, or transcript of a record
issued to a student who has not made satisfactory settlement of his account.
The University will award to all World War II Veteran Students approved by the
Veterans Administration for the educational benefits under Public Laws 16 or 346, a
scholarship whenever the total charges excluding room and board, but including textbooks
and supplies, exceeds the $500 allotment per academic year payable to the University by
the Federal Government. The amount of such scholarship shall be the difference between
such total charges as above defined and the maximum amount payable by the Veterans
Administration during the veteran student's period of eligibility.
RESIDENTS, NON-RESIDENTS
(See "Explanation of Fees" on opposite page).
Fees for Undergraduate Students
Maryland Residents
Fixed Charges
Athletic Fee
Student Activities Fee
Special Fee
Infirmary Fee
Advisory and Testing Fee
Residents of the District of Columbia,
Other States and Countries
Tuition Fee for Non-Resident Students.
Total for Non-Resident Students
Board and Lodging
Board —
Dormitory Room
Total, Room and Board
First
Semester
$ 82.00
15.00
10.00
40.00
5.00
1.00
Second
Semester
$ 83.00
$153.00
Semester
$ 75.00
$228.00
$ 83.00
Semester
$ 75.00
Total
$165.00
15.00
10.00
40.00
5.00
1.00
$236\00
Total
$150.00
$158.00
$180.00
$65-$75
$180.00
$65-$75
$386.00
$360.00
$13O-$150
_ $245-8255
$245-8255
$490-$510
The above fees do not apply to the temporary Veterans' Housing Units,
for these Units are as follows :
Dormitory Unit, $55 per semester.
Family Units: Two-room apartment
month; Three-room apartment
The rates
month.
GENERAL INFORMATION
19
EXPLANATION OF FEES
(See "Residents and Non-Residents" on opposite page).
The Fixed Charges Pee is not a charge for tuition. It is a charge to help defray the cost of
operating the University's physical plant and other various services which ordinarily would not
be included as a cost of teaching personnel and teaching supplies. Included in these costs would
be janitorial services, cost ol heat, electricity, water, etc., administrative and clerical cost,
maintenance of buildings and grounds, maintenance ol llbrarii <i University publications,
Alumni Office, the University Business and Financial Offices, the Registrar's Office, the Admis-
sions Office and any other such services as are suppicni.-nt.il and necessary to teaching and re-
search arc supported by this fee.
The Athletic Fee is charged for the support of the Department ol Intercollegiate Athletics.
All students are eligible and encouraged to participate In all of the activities ol this department
and to attend all contests in which they do not participate.
The Special Fee is used to pay interest on and amortize the cost of construction of the
Student Union Building and the combination building used as an Auditorium for Physical Education
and Indoor Athletics.
The Student Activities Fee is a mandatory fee included at the request of the Student Govern-
ment Association. It covers subscription to the Diamondback, student newspaper ; the Old Line,
literary magazine; the Terrapin, yearbook; class dues; and includes financial support for the
musical and dramatic clubs.
The Infirmary Fee does not include expensive drugs or special diagnostic procedures. Expen-
sive drugs will be charged at cost and special diagnostic procedures, such as X-Kay, Electro-
cardiographs, Basal Metabolic Rates, etc., will be charged at the lowest cost prevailing in the
vicinity.
Students entering the University for the second semester will pay the following additional
fees: Athletic. $7.50; Student Activities, $8.00; Special. $20.00; Infirmary. $2.50; Advisory and
Testing Fee, $1.00.
SPECIAL FEES
Matriculation Fee for undergraduates, payable at time of first registration in the
University
Diploma Fee for Bachelor's degree _ _ _
$ 10.00
10.00
2.50
3.00
10.00
3.00
Cap and Gown Fee for Bachelor's degree
Engineering College Fee, Per Semester—
Home Economics College Fee, Per Semester... _ _
Physical Education for Women; Fee Per Semester (to be charged for any woman
registered in any course or combination of courses in Physical Education involving
the use of the Swimming Pool) —
(Fees for Auditors are exactly the same as fees charged to students registered for credit)
LABORATORY AND OTHER FEES
Laboratory Fees Per Semester Course
Agricultural Engineering $ 3.00
Bacteriology _ .$10.00 and 20.00
Botany 5.00
Chemical Engineering 8.00
Chemistry 10.00
Education (Depending on Labora-
tory) $1.00, $2.00, $3.00, $5.00, 6.00
Practice Teaching
Dairy
Electrical Engineering
Entomology
Home Economics —
(Non-Home Ec. Students)
Practical Art, Crafts, Tex-
tiles and Clothing
Foods and Home Man'ment, each.
30.00
3.00
4.00
3.00
3.00
7.00
Horticulture $ 5.00
Industrial Education 5.00
Journalism $3.00 and 6.00
Mechanical Engineering 3.00
Music (Applied Music only) 30.00
Physics —
Introductory 3.00
All Other 6.00
Psychology 4.00
Office Techniques and
Management _ 7.50
Speech —
Radio and Stagecraft 2.00
All Other 1.00
Statistics 3.50
Zoology , 8.00
20 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Miscellaneous Fees and Charges
Fee for part-time students per credit hour _ _ — 10.00
(The term "part-time students'' is interpreted to mean undergraduate students
taking 6 semester credit hours or less. Students carrying more than 6 semester
hours pay the regular fees.)
Late Registration Fee _ 5.00
(All students are expected to complete their registration, including the filing of
class cards and payment of bills, on the regular registration days.) Those who do
not complete their registration during the prescribed days will be charged a fee of
$5.00.
Fee for change in registration 3.00
Fee for failure to report for medical examination appointment 2.00
Special Examination Fee — to establish college credit — per semester hour 5.00
Makeup Examination Fee — (for students who are absent during any class period
when tests or examinations are given) _ 1.00
Transcript of Record Fee— _ _ .. 1.00
Property Damage Charge — Students will be charged for damage to property or
equipment. Where responsibility for the damage can be fixed, the individual student
will be billed for it ; where responsibility cannot be fixed, the cost of repairing the
damage or replacing equipment will be pro-rated.
Library Charges :
Fine for failure to return book from general library before expiration of loan
period per day .05
Fine for failure to return book from Reserve Shelf before expiration of loan
period —
First hour overdue ._ .25
Each additional hour overdue _ .05
In case of loss or mutilation of a book, satisfactory restitution must be made.
Text Books and Supplies
Text books and classroom supplies — These costs vary with the course pursued, but
will average per semester 35.00
Fees for Graduate Students
Fee for students carrying 10 or more semester credit hours 100.00
Fee per semester hour for students carrying less than 10 semester credit hours 10.00
Matriculation Fee, payable only once, at time of first registration 10.00
Diploma Fee for Master's Degree..- 10.00
Cap and Gown Fee for Master's Degree 2.75
Graduation Fee for Doctor's Degree 35.00
Cap and Gown Fee for Doctor's Degree . 3.75
GENERAL INFORMATION 21
Notes : Fees in the Graduate School are the same for all students, whether residents
of the State of Maryland or not.
All fees, except Diploma Fee and Graduation Fee, are payable at the time
of registration for each semester.
Diploma Fee and Graduation Fee must be paid prior to graduation.
Xo provision for housing graduate students is made by the University.
Medical attention is not provided for graduate students, consequently, no
Infirmary Fee is charged.
Fees for Off-Campus Courses
Matriculation Fee (payable once, at time of first registration by all students —
full time and part time ; candidates for degrees, and non-candidates) :
For Undergraduates - 10.00
For Graduates - 10.00
Fee for all students — limit 6 hours. For exceptional adult students taking off-
campus courses the limit may be increased to 9 hours. Charge per credit hour 10.00
Laboratory Fees — A laboratory fee, to cover cost of materials used, is charged in
laboratory courses. These fees vary with the course and can be ascertained in
any case by inquiry of the Dean of the College of Special and Continuation
Studies.
WITHDRAWAL AND REFUND OF FEES
Any student compelled to leave the University at any time during the academic year,
should file an application for withdrawal, bearing the proper signatures, in the office
of the Registrar. If this is not done, the student will not be entitled, as a matter of
course, to a certificate of honorable dismissal, and will forfeit his right to any refund
to which he would otherwise be entitled. The date used in computing refunds is the
date the application for withdrawal is filed in the office of the Registrar.
In the case of a minor, withdrawal will be permitted only with the written consent
of the student's parent or guardian.
Students withdrawing from the University will receive a refund of all charges
except board, lodging, deposits for room reservation and advanced registration, less the
matriculation fee in accordance with the following schedule :
Percentage
Period from Date Instruction Begins Refundable
Two weeks or less 80%
Between two and three weeks. - 60%
Between three and four weeks - 40%
Between four and five weeks 20%
Over five weeks 0
Board and lodging are refunded only in the event the student withdraws from the
University. Refunds of board and lodging are made on a pro-rata, weekly basis. Dining
Hall cards issued to boarding students must be surrendered at the Dining Hall office
the day of withdrawal.
No refunds of fixed charges, tuition, laboratory fees, etc., are allowed when courses
are dropped, unless the student withdratvs from the University.
22 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE AND NON-RESIDENCE
Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if at the time of
their registration their parents have been domiciled in this State for at least one year.
The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his first registra-
tion in the University, and may not thereafter be changed by him unless, in the case of
a minor, his parents move to and become legal residents of this State by maintaining such
residence for at least one full year. However, the right of the minor student to change
from a non-resident status to resident status must be established by him prior to the regis-
tration period set for any semester.
Adult students are considered to be residents if at the time of their registration they
have been domiciled in this State for at least one year provided such residence has not
been acquired while attending any school or college in Maryland or elsewhere.
The word domicile as used in this regulation shall mean the permanent place of abode.
For the purpose of this rule only one domicile may be maintained.
REGULATION OF STUDIES
Schedule of Courses. A Semester time schedule of courses, giving days, hours, and
rooms, is issued as a separate pamphlet at the beginning of each semester. Classes are
scheduled beginning at 8 :00 A. M.
Definition of Credit Unit. The semester hour, which is the unit of credit in the
University, is the equivalent of a subject pursued one period a week for one semester. Two
or three periods of laboratory or field work are equivalent to one lecture or recitation period.
Examinations. Examinations are held at the end of each semester in accordance with
the official schedule. Students are required to use prescribed type of book in final ex-
amination and tests if requested by instructor.
Marking System: The following symbols are used for marks: A, B, C, and D, pass-
ing ; F, Failure ; I, Incomplete.
Mark A denotes superior scholarship; mark B, good scholarship; mark C, fair scholar-
ship ; and mark D, passing scholarship.
In computing scholastic averages, numerical values are assigned as follows : A — 4 ;
B— 3; C— 2; D— 1 ; F— 0.
A scholastic average of C is required for graduation and for junior standing. The
C average will be computed on the basis of the courses required by each student's curriculum.
The average of transfer students and of those seeking combined degrees will be computed
only on the courses taken in residence in the University of Maryland and in satisfaction
of the non-professional curriculum requirements of the college granting the degree. An
over-all average will also be computed to include all courses taken in the University as
a basis for the award of honors and such other uses as may be deemed appropriate. If
a course is repeated, the final mark in the course is used in determining credit and in
computing the over-all average.
Academic Regulations. A separate pamphlet is published each year listing the
regulations which govern the academic work and other activities of students.
REPORTS
Written reports of grades are sent by the Registrar to parents or guardians of minor
students who are not veterans at the close of each semester.
GENERAL INFORMATION
2S
Between Classes
JUNIOR STANDING
For junior standing, the requirements shall be. in addition to the required military
and physical education, fifty-six (56) semester hours of academic credit, the whole pro-
gram to be completed with an average grade of C.
DEGREES AND CERTIFICATES
The University confers the following degrees : Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science,
Master of Education. Master of Arts. Master of Arts in American Civilization, Master
of Science, Master of Business Administration, Master of Foreign Study, Doctor of
Philosophy, Doctor of Education, Civil Engineer, Mechanical Engineer, Electrical Engineer,
Chemical Engineer, Bachelor of Laws. Doctor of Medicine, Doctor of Dental Surgery, and
Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy.
Students in the two-year and three-year curriculums are awarded certificates.
No baccalaureate degree will be awarded to a student who has had less than one
year of resident work in this University. The last thirty semester credits of any curriculum
leading to a baccalaureate degree must be taken in residence at the University of Mary-
land. Candidates for the baccalaureate degree in combined curriculums at College Park
and Baltimore must complete a minimum of thirty semester credits at College Park.
An average mark of C (2.0) is required for graduation. The C average will be
computed on the basis of the courses required by each student's curriculum. The average
of transfer students and of those seeking combined degrees will be computed only on the
courses taken in residence in the University of Maryland and in satisfaction of the non-
professional curriculum requirements of the college granting the degree. An over-all
average will also be computed to include all courses taken in the University as a basis
for the award of honors and such other uses as may be deemed appropriate.
The requirements for graduation vary according to the character of work in the
different colleges and schools. Full information regarding specific college requirements
for graduation will be found in the college sections of the catalog.
Each candidate for a degree must file in the office of the Registrar eight weeks prior
24 VXIVERSITY OF MARY LAX D
to the date he expects to graduate, a formal application for a degree. Candidates for
degrees must attend a convocation at which degrees are conferred and diplomas are
awarded. Degrees are conferred in absentia only in exceptional cases.
TRANSCRIPTS OF RECORDS
Students and alumni may secure transcripts of their scholastic records from the
office of the Registrar. No charge is made for the first copy ; for each additional copy,
there is a charge of $1.00. Checks should be made payable to the University of Maryland.
Transcripts of records should be requested at least one week in advance of the date
when the records are actually needed.
No transcript of a student's record will be furnished any student or alumnus whose
financial obligations to the University have not been satisfied.
STUDENT HEALTH AND WELFARE
The University recognizes its responsibility for safeguarding the health of its student
body and takes every reasonable precaution toward this end. All new undergraduate students
will be given a thorough physical examination at the time of their entrance into the
University. A well-equipped infirmary is available for the care of the sick or injured
students. A small fee is charged undergraduate students for this infirmary service, but
does not include expensive drugs and special diagnostic procedures.
Infirmary Service
1. All undergraduate students may receive dispensary service and medical advice at
the infirmary during office hours established by the physician in charge.
2. A registered nurse is on duty at all hours in the Infirmary. Students are required
to report illnesses during doctors' office hours unless the case is an emergency.
3. Students not residing in their own homes may, upon order of the University
physician, be cared for in the Infirmary to the extent of the facilities available. Students
living off the campus will be charged a subsistence fee. In case of illness requiring a
special nurse, special medical attention, expensive drugs, X-rays or special tests, the expense
must be borne by the student.
4. Students living in dormitories, fraternity houses, sorority houses, or "off campus"
houses who are too ill to go to the Infirmary must notify the housemother, proctor or
householder who in turn will notify the Infirmary. This will be done in all cases, except
emergencies, during the doctors' office hours.
5. When a student is admitted to the Infirmary and the illness is of a serious nature,
parents will be promptly informed of the admission and of the progress of the student's
condition. Visiting hours are 10 A. M. to 11 A. M. and 7 P. M. to 7:30 P. M. daily. Each
patient is allowed only three visitors at one time. No visitor may see any patient until
permission is granted by the doctor or nurse in charge.
6. Hospitalization is not available at the Infirmary for faculty, graduate students or
employees. Emergency dispensary service, however, is available for faculty, graduate students
and employees who are injured in University service or University activities.
Public Health
All dormitories, "off campus" houses, sorority and fraternity houses are inspected
periodically by the student Health Service to insure that proper sanitary conditions are
GENERAL INFORMATION 25
maintained and that kitchens meet the prescribed standards for cleanliness and sanitation. All
food handlers will be examined in accordance with directives issued by the Student Health
Service.
LIVING ARRANGEMENTS
Dormitories
1. Room Reservations. All new students desiring to room in the dormitories should
request room application cards by so indicating on their applications for admission. The
Director of Admissions will refer these to the offices of the Dean of Men or the Dean
of Women. Application cards or blanks will be sent to applicants and should be returned
promptly. A fee of $15.00 will be requested which will be deducted from the first semester
charges when the student registers. A room is not assured until notice is received from
the Dean concerned. Room reservations not claimed by freshmen or upper-classmen on
their respective registration days will be cancelled. A room will be held by special re-
quest until after classes begin providing the dormitory office is notified by the first day
of registration. Room reservation fees will not be refunded if the request is received later
than August 15 for the first semester or January 15 for the second semester.
2. Applications for rooms are acted upon only when a student has been fully
admitted academically to the University.
3. Reservations by students in attendance at the University will be made at least two
weeks before the close of the preceding semester. New students are urged to attend to
their housing arrangements about three months in advance of registration. It is understood
that all housing and board arrangements which are made for the fall semester are bind-
ing for the spring semester. Room and board charges will begin with the evening meal
prior to the first day of registration and include the last day of classes for each semester
with the exception of the Christmas recess and the Easter recess. Students unable to
make other arrangements for the holidays may consult with the Dean of Men or the
Dean of Women for assistance. All freshmen except those who live at home, are required
to room in the dormitories when accommodations are available.
Equipment
Students assigned to dormitories should provide themselves with sufficient single blankets,
at least two pairs of sheets, a pillow, pillow cases, towels, a laundry bag, a waste paper
basket, a desk blotter and some bureau scarves.
The individual student must assume responsibility for all dormitory property assigned
to him. Any damage done to the property other than that which would result from
ordinary wear and tear will be charged to the student concerned. It is therefore advisable
to protect desk tops with blotters and bureaus with bureau scarves.
Each student will be furnished a key for his room for which a deposit of SI. 00 will
be made. This deposit will be returned in exchange for the key at the end of the year.
Laundry. The University does not provide laundry service; each student is re-
sponsible for his or her own laundry. There are several reliable laundry concerns in
College Park, or if a student prefers, he may send his laundry home. Students may, if
they wish, do their own laundry, not including bed linen, in the laundry room in each
dormitory.
Personal Baggage sent via the American Express and marked with your college
housing address will be delivered when the student concerned notifies the College Park
express office of his arrival.
26 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Off-Campus Houses
1. Men: Only upper-classmen, veterans and those freshmen who cannot be accommo-
dated are allowed to live in houses off the campus. A list of "off campus" rooms is
available in the Office of the Dean of Men.
2. Women: All housing arrangements for women students must be approved by the
Office of the Dean of Women.
3. Undergraduate women students who cannot be accommodated in the women's
dormitories are referred to private homes which are registered in the Office of the Dean
of Women as "Off-Campus Houses for Undergraduate Women.'' The householders in
these homes agree to maintain the same rules and regulations as in the dormitories but
business arrangements are made entirely between the student and the householder. Students
and their parents should plan to see these accommodations personally and talk with the
householder before making final arrangements. Xo woman student should enter into an
agreement with a householder without first ascertaining at the Office of the Dean of Women
that the house is on the approved list. Xo "off campus" householder should accept a deposit
without first checking with the Office of the Dean of Women as to the eligibility for housing
of the applicant, which depends on the waiting lists from the various areas.
Meals
All students who live in permanent University dormitories must board at the University
Dining Hall.
Other students may make arrangements to board by the semester at the Dining Hall,
eat at the University Cafeteria, or at eating establishments in College Park. A few "off-
campus" houses provide board as well as room.
Xo rebate is made for meals not eaten at the University Dining Hall or in other places
where board is paid in advance.
By applying to the Office of the Dean of Women, girls may find desirable rooms in
good homes where they can earn their room and board.
Estimated Expenses of "Off-Campus" Residence
Most of the off campus houses have double rooms with twin beds and provide linens
and towels. Some require the students to furnish their own bed linens. The price for a
person in a double room is about $20.00 a month.
OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF WOMEN
1
, The Office of the Dean of Women exists for the purpose of furnishing friendly counsel
and helpful guidance to women students. The staff is ever ready to assist in the student's
adjustment to college. This may include advice in personal problems, in meeting financial
] obligations, in finding and adjusting to her housing, and in orienting her to her new environ-
( ment. In addition, the Office of the Dean of Women coordinates women's activities, handles
1 matters of chaperonage at social functions, regulates sorority rushing in cooperation with
I Panhellenic Association and advises the Women's Student Government Association. It has
supervision over all housing accommodations for women students, whether on or off campus.
e A personal interview with one of the members of this Department is required of every
\ woman student on entering and on leaving the University. All women students are invited
' to avail themselves of the services of this Department.
I
OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF MEN
The Office of the Dean of Men exists for the purpose of furnishing friendly counsel
GENERAL INFORMATION 27
and helpful guidance to male students in connection with any of their personal problems,
especially those related to social adjustment, financial need, employment, housing, etc. This
office also handles for male students matters of discipline and infringement of University
regulations.
UNIVERSITY COUNSELING CENTER
The University maintains a center where all students are encouraged to go for individual
assistance on their vocational choices, personal problems, and educational progress. The
University Counseling Center has a professionally qualified staff and has available an
extensive selection of diagnostic devices for the analysis of interests, abilities, aptitudes,
and adjustment. By virtue of the payment of the annual testing and advisory fee, all
students are entitled to the professional services of this center without further charge.
SCHOLARSHIPS AND STUDENT AID
Under an act of the Legislature, the University may award such scholarships, and
accept gifts for scholarships, as it may deem wise, and consistent with prudent financial
operations.
All scholarships for the undergraduate departments of the University at College Park
are awarded by the Faculty Committee on Scholarships. All scholarship applicants are
subject to the approval of the Director of Admissions insofar as qualifications for admission
to the LTniversity are concerned. All holders of scholarships are subject to the educational
standards of the University, and to deportment regulations and standards.
Scholarships are awarded on the basis of apparent qualifications for leadership. In
making scholarship awards, consideration is given to participation in the various student
activities, and to other outstanding attributes that indicate future possibilities as a leader,
as well as to scholastic achievement, character, and all other factors which distinguish the
most worthwhile students. It is the intention that scholarships shall be provided for young
men and women who have characteristics which make them outstanding among their
fellows, who might not otherwise be able to provide for themselves an opportunity for
advanced education.
The types of scholarships and loan funds available are as follows :
Full Scholarships
The University awards 36 full scholarships, 24 for men and 12 for women, covering
board, lodging, fixed charges, and fees for which graduates of Maryland high and prepara-
tory schools only are eligible. These scholarships are similar to those which the State
provides and pays for at private colleges in the State, except that the State makes no special
appropriation therefor.
General Assembly Scholarships
These scholarships are for fixed charges only and are awarded by members of the
Legislature, three for each Senator and one for each member of the House of Delegates.
These scholarships may be awarded by a member of the House of Delegates or a Senator
only to persons in the county or legislative district of Baltimore City which the Delegate or
Senator represents. Awards of such scholarships are subject to approval by the Faculty
Committee on Scholarships and by the Director of Admissions as to qualifications for Ad-
mission.
University Grants
The University awards to deserving and outstanding secondary school graduates a
limited number of scholarships covering fixed charges only.
28 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
District of Columbia Scholarships
District of Columbia students for many years have been granted a favored position with
regard to non-resident tuition charges. This favored position has been discontinued, which
means that District of Columbia students now pay considerably higher costs to attend the
University. In view of this, and in further view of the increased costs to students from
other localities, and in line with action by several other universities and colleges which
have increased tuition costs, the University has established 20 scholarships for the students
from the District of Columbia and other states.
Endowed Scholarships
The University has a few endowed scholarships and special awards. These are paid
for by income from funds especially established for this purpose. Brief descriptions of
these awards follow :
Albright Scholarship
A scholarship, known as the Victor E. Albright Scholarship, is open to graduates of
Garrett County High Schools who were born and reared in that County. Application should
be made to the high school principals.
Alumni Scholarships
The alumni have established a limited number of scholarships. These scholarships are
awarded by the Faculty Committee to the most outstanding applicants.
Scholarships by Baltimore Merchants
Baltimore merchants, through the Retail Merchants Association of Baltimore, have
provided two scholarships of $300 each for residents of the State of Maryland who have
completed the junior year of the Practical Art curriculum in the College of Home Economics.
Each recipient must have shown proficiency and interest in merchandising.
Borden Agricultural and Home Economics Scholarships
A Borden Agricultural Scholarship of $300 is granted to that student in the College
of Agriculture who has had two or more of the regularly listed courses in dairying and who,
upon entering the senior year of study, has achieved the highest average grade of all other
similarly eligible students in all preceding college work.
A Borden Home Economics Scholarship of $300 is granted to that student in the
College of Home Economics who has had two or more of the regularly listed courses in
food and nutrition and who, upon entering the senior year of study, has achieved the highest
average grade of all other similarly eligible students in all preceding college work.
W. Atlee Burpee Company Scholarship Award in Horticulture
A scholarship award of $100, open to upper class students in Horticulture at the Uni-
versity of Maryland, has been established by the W. Atlee Burpee Company, Seed Growers,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, and Clinton, Iowa. Its purpose is to encourage and stimulate
interest in flower and vegetable growing. The award is made on the basis of scholarship,
experience, and interest in research.
The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Scholarships
The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis offer two
summer scholarships to outstanding students in the College of Agriculture, one for a student
who has successfully completed his Junior year ; the other for a student who has success-
fully completed his Freshman year. The purpose of these scholarships is to bring together
outstanding young men for leadership training.
GENERAL IX FORM ATI ON 29
The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis offer two
summer scholarships to outstanding Home Economics Students, one to a Junior and one to
a Freshman. The purpose of these scholarships is to bring together outstanding young
women for leadership training.
Dairy Technology Scholarships
The Dairy Technology Society of Maryland and Di>trict of Columbia has established
a limited number of $150 scholarships for students majoring in Dairy Products Technology.
These scholarships are available both to high school graduates entering the University as
freshmen and to students who have completed one or more years of their University
curriculum. The purpose of these scholarships is to encourage and stimulate interest in the
field of milk and milk products. The awards are based on scholarship, leadership, personality,
need, experience, interest in and willingness to work in the field of dairy technology. The
Dairy Technological Society cooperates with the Scholarship Committee of the University
in making these awards.
Exel Scholarships
The largest grant for endowed scholarships was made by Deborah B. Exel. These
scholarships are awarded by the Faculty Committee in accordance with the general principles
underlying the award of all other scholarships.
Victor Frenkil Scholarship
A scholarship of $250.00 is granted annually by Mr. Victor Frenkil of Baltimore to
a student from Baltimore City for attendance in the freshman class of the University of
Maryland. This scholarship is established through the U. S. Internal Revenue Post Xo.
186 American Legion and is to be awarded by the University Faculty Scholarship Com-
mittee in accordance with the terms of the grant. Application blanks for this scholarship
may be procured from the Chairman of the Child Welfare Committee of the U. S. Internal
Revenue Post No. 186 American Legion, 15 East Preston Street, Baltimore 2, Md.
William Randolph Hearst Scholarships
These scholarships have been established through a gift of the Baltimore Xews-Post,
one of the Hearst newspapers, in honor of William Randolph Hearst. The undergraduate
scholarship of $400 annually is open to the graduate of any high school in America. The
graduate scholarship of $600 annually is open to the graduate of any college or university
in America. These scholarships are awarded for special work in the University's program
of American civilization.
The Hecht Company Merchandising Award
Three hundred dollars is offered by The Hecht Company of Washington to a resident
of Maryland, or the District of Columbia, who is interested in merchandising as a career.
The student must have completed the junior year of the Practical Art curriculum in the
College of Home Economics and have met other specific requirements.
Home Economics Scholarships
Two thousand dollars has been made available for Home Economics Scholarships by
Marie Mount.
Kiwanis Scholarship
A Kiwanis Memorial Scholarship of $200 per year is awarded by the Prince George
County Kiwanis Club to a resident of Prince Georges County, Maryland, who in addition
to possessing the necessary qualifications for maintaining a satisfactory scholarship record,
must have a reputation for high character and attainment in general all-around citizenship.
30 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Helen Aletta Linthicum Scholarships
These scholarships, several in number, have been established through the benefaction of
the late Mrs. Helen Aletta Linthicum, widow of the late Congressman Charles J. Linthicum,
who served in Congress from the Fourth District of Maryland for many years. These
scholarships are known as the Helen Aletta Linthicum scholarships. They are granted only
to worthy young men and women who are residents of the State of Maryland and who have
satisfactory high school records, forceful personality, a reputation for splendid character
and citizenship, and the determination to get ahead.
"M" Club Scholarships
The "M" Club of the University of Maryland provides each year a limited number of
partial scholarships. These scholarships are awarded by the faculty committee to the mo^t
outstanding applicants.
Dr. Frank C. Marino Scholarship
Dr. Frank C. Marino has established a $200 annual scholarship in Nursing Education.
As vacancies in this scholarship occur, it is awarded by the Scholarship Committee to a
student who demonstrates special interest and promise in this field.
Maryland Educational Foundation Scholarships
The Maryland Educational Foundation provides funds each year for the education of
several outstanding young men. These scholarships are awarded by the Faculty Committee
to the most outstanding applicants.
National Executive Housekeepers Association Scholarship
Five hundred dollars has been made available by the National Executive Housekeepers
Association for scholarships to students majoring in Housekeeping Administration.
The Sears Roebuck Foundation Scholarships
Ten scholarships of $200 each are granted bjc the Sears Roebuck Foundation to the
sons of farmers in the State of Maryland who enroll in the freshman class of the College
of Agriculture of this University. One $250 scholarship is granted each year to the sopho-
more student in the College of Agriculture who proved to be the outstanding student on a
Sears Roebuck scholarship the previous year. These scholarships are awarded by the Faculty
Committee in accordance with the terms of the grant.
A limited number of similar scholarships from the Sears Roebuck Foundation are also
available for students in the College of Home Economics.
J. McKenny Willis & Son Scholarship
A scholarship of $500 is granted annually by J. McKenny Willis & Son. Inc., Grain,
Feed and Seed Company of Easton, Maryland, to an outstanding student in vocational
agriculture in Talbot County who will matriculate in the College of Agriculture in th,'
University. This scholarship is awarded by the Faculty Committee in accordance with the
terms of the grant.
Application blanks for this scholarship may be procured at the Office of the County
Superintendent of Schools of Talbot County.
Washington Flour Scholarship
This scholarship was made available by the Wilkins-Rogers Milling Company of Wash-
ington, D. C, for Freshmen in the College of Home Economics, covers all fees and books
for one year, and is open to any student a resident of the District of Columbia, of Prince
George's or Montgomery Counties in Maryland, or Arlington or Fairfax Counties, or Alex-
GENERAL INFORMATION 31
andria in Virginia. It is awarded annually by the Faculty Committee in accordance with the
general principles underlying the award of all other scholarships.
Loan Funds
A. A. U. W. Loan. The College Park Branch of the American Association of
University Women maintains a fund from which loans are made to women students of
junior or senior standing who have been iiv attendance at the University of Maryland for at
least one year.
American Bankers Association Scholarship Loan Fund. A loan fund of $250 for
one year only limited to students in the senior year or in graduate work in banking, economics,
or related subjects in classes of senior grade or above.
Catherine Moore Brinkley Loan Fund. Under the provisions of the will of Catherine
Moore Brinkley, a loan fund has been established, available for worthy students who are
natives and residents of the State of Maryland, studying mechanical engineering or agricul-
ture at the University of Maryland.
Home Economics Loan Fund. A loan fund, established by the District of Columbia
Home Economics Association, is available for students majoring in Home Economics.
The Kappa Kappa Gamma Sorority Loan. Annually a Sigma Delta loan of one
hundred dollars, without interest, is made to a woman student registered in the Uuiversity
of Maryland.
The Henry Strong Educational Foundation
From this fund, established under the will of General Harry Strong of Chicago, an
annual allotment is made to the University of Maryland at College Park for scholarship
loans available for the use of young men and women students under the age of twenty-five.
Recommendations for the privileges of these loans are limited, in most part, to students in
the junior and senior years. Only students who through stress of circumstances require
financial aid and who have demonstrated excellence in educational progress are considered
in making nominations to the secretary of this fund.
Student Employment and Senior Placement.
A considerable number of students earn some money through employment while in
attendance at the University. No student should expect, however, to earn enough to pay all
of his expenses. The amounts vary, but some earn from one-fourth to three-fourths of all
the required funds.
Generally the first year is the hardest for those desiring employment. After one has
demonstrated that he is worthy and capable, there is much less difficulty in finding work.
The University assumes no responsibility in connection with employment. It does, how-
ever, make every effort to aid needy students. The nearby towns and the University are
canvassed, and a list of available positions is placed at the disposal of the students. Appli-
cations for employment should be made to the Director of Student Welfare.
A Placement Service is also maintained to assist graduating seniors in finding employ-
ment.
Procedures in Applying for Scholarships and Student Aid
All requests for information concerning scholarships and student aid should be addressed
32 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
to the Chairman of the Scholarship Committee, University of Maryland, College Park,
Maryland, Regulations and procedures for the award of scholarships are formulated by this '
committee.
ATHLETICS AND RECREATION
The University recognizes the importance of the physical development of all students,
and besides the required physical education for freshmen and sophomores sponsors a compre-
hensive intercollegiate and intramural program. Students are encouraged to participate in
competitive athletics and to learn the skill of games that may be carried on after leaving
college. The intramural program which covers a large variety of sports is conducted by the
Physical Education Department for both men and women.
A full program in intercollegiate athletics is sponsored under the supervision of the
Council on Intercollegiate Athletics. The University is a member of the Southern Con-
ference, the National Collegiate Athletics Association, the United States Intercollegiate
Lacrosse Association, Intercollegiate Amateur Athletic Association of America, and coop-
erates with other national organizations in the promotion of amateur athletics.
Excellent facilities are available for carrying on the activities of the program in physical
development. The University has two modern gymnasia, a coliseum, a large armory, a
modern stadium, a number of athletic fields, tennis courts, baseball diamonds, running tracks
and the like constituting the major portion of the equipment.
EXTRA-CURRICULAR STUDENT ACTIVITIES
The following description of student activities covers those of the undergraduate divi-
sions of College Park. The descriptions of those in the Baltimore divisions are included
elsewhere.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT
Regulation of Student Activities. The association of students in organized bodies
for the purpose of carrying on voluntary student activities in orderly and productive ways,
is recognized and encouraged. All organized student activities are under the supervision of
the Student Life Committee. Such organizations are formed only with the consent of the
Student Life Committee and the approval of the President. Without such consent and
approval no student organization which in any way represents the University before the
public, or which purports to be a University organization or an organization of LTniversity
students, may use the name of the University in connection with its own name, or in con-
nection with its members as students.
Student Government. The Student Government Association consists of the Execu-
tive Council, the Women's League, and the Men's League, and operates under its own
constitution. Its officers are a president, a vice-president, a secretary, a treasurer, president of
Women's League, and president of Men's League.
The Executive Council is the over-all student governing body and performs the
executive duties incident to managing student affairs and works in cooperation with the
Student Life Committee.
The Women's League, in cooperation with the Office of the Dean of Women, han-
dles matters pertaining to women students.
The Men's League, in cooperation with the Office of the Dean of Men, handles
matters pertaining to men students.
GENERAL INFORMATION 33
The Student Life Committee, a faculty committee appointed by the President, keeps
in close touch with all activities and conditions, excepting classroom work, that effect the
student, and acting in an advisory capacity, endeavors to improve any unsatisfactory con-
ditions that may exist.
A pamphlet entitled Academic Regulations, issued annually and distributed to the
students in the fall, contains full information concerning student matters as well as a state-
ment of the rules of the University.
Eligibility to Represent the University. Only students in good standing are elig-
ible to represent the University in extra-curricular activities. In addition, various student
organizations have established certain other requirements. To compete in varsity athletics a
student must pass the required number of hours as determined by the Athletic Board.
Discipline. In the government of the University, the President and faculty rely
chiefly upon the sense of responsibility of the students. The student who pursues his studies
diligently, attends classes regularly, lives honorably and maintains good behavior meets this
responsibility. In the interest of the general welfare of the University, those who fail to
maintain these standards are asked to withdraw. Students are under the direct supervision
of the University only when on the campus, attending an approved function or representing
the University, but they are responsible to the University for their conduct wherever they
may be.
HONORS AND AWARDS
Scholarship Honors. Final honors for excellence in scholarship are awarded to
one-fifth of the graduating class in each college. First honors are awarded to the upper
half of this group ; second honors to the lower half. To be eligible for honors, at least two
years of resident work must be completed, and the average must be B (3.00) or higher.
The Goddard Medal. The James Douglas Goddard Memorial Medal is awarded
annually to the resident of Prince George's County, born therein, who makes the highest
average in his studies and who at the same time embodies the most manly attributes. The
medal is given by Mrs. Anne K. Goddard James of Washington, D. C.
Grange Award. The Maryland State Grange makes an annual award to the senior
who has excelled in leadership and scholastic attainment and has contributed meritorious
service to the College of Agriculture.
The Alpha Chi Sigma Award. The Maryland, Alpha Rho Chapter, of the Alpha
Chi Sigma Fraternity awards annually a year's membership in the American Chemical
Society to the senior in the Department of Chemistry or the Department of Chemical
Engineering with the highest scholastic average based on three and one-half years, pro-
vided the average is above 3.00.
Sigma Chi Cup. Sigma Chi Fraternity offers annually a cup to the man in the
freshman class who makes the highest scholastic average during the first semester.
Alpha Zeta Medal. The Honorary Agricultural Fraternity of Alpha Zeta awards
annually a medal to the agricultural student in the freshman class who attains the highest
average record in academic work.
Dinah Berman Memorial Medal. The Dinah Berman Memorial Medal is awarded
annually to the sophomore who has attained the highest scholastic average of his class in
the College of Engineering. The medal is given by Benjamin Berman.
Delta Delta Delta Medal. This sorority awards a medal annually to the girl who
attains the highest average in academic work during the sophomore year.
34 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Omicron Nu Sorority Medal. This sorority awards a medal annually to the fresh-
man girl in the College of Home Economics who attains the highest scholastic average during
the first semester.
Bernard L. Crozier Award. The Maryland Association of Engineers awards a
cash prize of $25.00 annually to the senior in the College of Engineering who, in the
opinion of the faculty, has made the greatest improvement in scholarship during his stay at
the University.
Alpha Lambda Delta Award. The Alpha Lambda Delta Award is given to the
senior member of the group who has maintained the highest average for the past three and
one-half years. She must have been in attendance in the institution for the entire time.
American Society of Civil Engineers Award. The Maryland Section of the Ameri-
can Society of Civil Engineers awards annually a junior membership in the American Society
of Civil Engineers to the senior in the Department of Civil Engineering who has the highest
scholastic standing.
Tau Beta Pi Award. The Maryland Beta Chapter of Tau Beta Pi awards annually
an engineers' handbook to the junior in the College of Engineering who, during his sopho-
more year, has made the greatest improvement in scholarship over that of his freshman
year.
Sigma Alpha Omicron Award. This is awarded to the senior student majoring in
Bacteriology for high scholarship, character and leadership.
Delta Gamma Scholarship Award is offered to the woman member of the graduating
class who has maintained the highest average during three and one-half years at the Uni-
versity of Maryland.
The Charles B. Hale Dramatic Awards. The University Theatre recognizes annually
the man and woman members of the senior class who have done most for the advancement
of dramatics at the University.
Rabbi Edward L. Israel Interfaith Scholarship of $300 is awarded by the B'nai B'rith
Lodges of Maryland and Washington, D. C, to the student in the junior class who has done
most to improve interfaith relations on the campus.
William S. Rosenbaum Memorial Foundation Award, Barbarossa Lodge 133, Knights
of Pythias, Philadelphia, for excellence in Hebrew Studies, $25.
Alpha Rho Chapter of Alpha Chi Sigma Award. To the senior in Chemistry or
Chemical Engineering whose average is above 3.00 for three and one-half years. A mem-
bership in the American Chemical Society.
Algernon Sydney Sullivan Award. The New York Southern Society awards annually
medallions and certificates to one man and one woman of the graduating class and one non-
student who evince in their daily life a spirit of love for and helpfulness to other men and
women.
This award is made in memory of the first president of the New York Southern Society.
CITIZENSHIP AWARDS
Citizenship Prize for Men. An award is presented annually by President H. C. Byrd,
a graduate of the Class of 1908, to the member of the senior class who, during his collegiate
career, has most nearly typified the model citizen, and has done most for the general advance-
ment of the interests of the University.
GENERAL INFORMATION 35
Citizenship Prize for Women. Presented annually as a memorial to Sally Sterling
Byrd, by her children, to that girl member of the Senior Class who best exemplifies the
enduring qualities of the pioneer woman. These qualities typify self dependence, courtesy,
aggressiveness, modesty, capacity to achieve objectives, willingness to sacrifice for others,
strength of character, and those other qualities that enabled the pioneer woman to play such
a fundamental part in the building of the Nation.
MILITARY AWARDS
Mahlon N. Haines '94 Trophy. This is offered to the colonel of the winning group.
Military Department Award. Gold second lieutenant's insignia to the colonel of
the winning group.
The Governor's Cup. This is offered each year by His Excellency, the Governor
of Maryland, to the best drilled squadron.
The Alumni Cup. The Alumni offer each year a cup to the commanding officer of
the best drilled flight.
Scabbard and Blade. This cup is offered to the commander of the winning flight.
The Meeks Trophy is awarded to the member of the varsity A. F. R. O. T. C.
Rifle Team who fired the high score of each season.
A Gold Medal is awarded to the member of the Freshman Rifle Team who fired
the high score of each season.
Pershing Rifle Medals are awarded to each member of the winning squad in the
squad drill competition.
Pershing Rifle Medals are awarded to the three best drilled students in Pershing
Rifles.
Mehring Trophy Rifle Competition. A gold medal is awarded to the student firing
highest score in this competition.
Air Force Association Medal. A silver medal awarded to the outstanding first- and
second-year student in the advanced Air R. O. T. C. course based on scholastic grades,
both general and military, individual characteristics and the performance during the
period of summer camp.
Arnold Society Cup, awarded to the second-year advanced student who has done
the most to advance the Air Force R. O. T. C. interests and activities on the campus.
ATHLETIC AWARDS
Silvester Watch for Excellence in Athletics. A gold watch is offered annually to
"the man who typifies the best in college athletics." The watch is given in honor of a
former President of the University, R. W. Silvester.
Maryland Ring. The Maryland Ring is offered as a memorial to Charles L. Linhardt
'12 to the Maryland man who is adjudged the best athlete of the year.
Edwin Powell Trophy. This trophy is offered by the class of 1913 to the player
who has rendered the greatest service to lacrosse during the year.
Louis W. Berger Trophy. This trophy is awarded to the outstanding senior base-
ball player.
36 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The Tom Birmingham Memorial Trophy. To the outstanding member of the box- .
ing team, awarded by Major Benny Alperstein and Major Hotsy Alperstein in memory
of the late Tom Birmingham, '37.
The Dixie Walker Memorial Trophy. Offered by Theta Chi Fraternity in memory
of Dixie Walker. Award for the boxer who shows the most improvement over pre-
ceding years.
The Teke Trophy. This trophy is offered by the Maryland Chapter of Tau Kappa
Epsilon Fraternity to the student who during his four years at the University has ren-
dered the greatest service to football.
Charles Leroy Mackert Trophy. This trophy is offered by William E. Krouse to
the Maryland student who has contributed most to wrestling while at the University.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT AWARDS
Medals are awarded to members of the Executive Committee of the Student Government
Association who faithfully perform their duties throughout the year.
RELIGIOUS INFLUENCES
The University recognizes its responsibility for the welfare of the students, not solely
in their intellectual growth, but as human personalities whose development along all lines,
including the moral and religious, is included in the educational process. Pastors representing
the major denominational bodies assume responsibility for work with the students of their
respective faiths. A new chapel, one of the most beautiful structures of its kind, for use
of all faiths, is on the campus. Church attendance is encouraged.
Religious Life Committee. A faculty committee on religious affairs and social serv-
ice has as its principal function the stimulation of religious thought and activity on the
campus. It brings noted speakers on religious subjects to the campus from time to time.
The committee cooperates with the Student Religious Council and the student pastors and
assists the student denominational clubs in every way that it can. Opportunities are provided
for students to consult with pastors representing the denominations of their choice.
While there is no attempt to interfere with anyone's religious beliefs, the importance of
religion is recognized officially and religious activities are encouraged.
Denominational Clubs. Several religious clubs have been organized among the
students for their mutual benefit and to undertake certain types of service. This year the
list includes the Baptist Student Union, the Canterbury Club ("Episcopal), the Albright-
Otterbein Club ("Evangelical United Brethren), the Christian Science Club, the Friends'
University Group, Greek Orthodox Club, the Hillel Foundation (Jewish), the Lutheran
Club, the Newman Club (Catholic), Maryland Christian Fellowship, the Wesley Founda-
tion (Methodist), and the Westminster Foundation (Presbyterian). These clubs meet
regularly for worship and discussion, and occasionally for social purposes. A pastor or a
member of the faculty serves as adviser.
FRATERNITIES, SORORITIES, SOCIETIES AND CLUBS
General Statement
Fraternities and sororities, as well as all other clubs and organizations recognized by
the University, are expected to conduct their social and financial activities in accordance
with the rules of good conduct and upon sound business principles. Where such rules and
principles are observed, individual members will profit by the experience of the whole group,
and thereby become better fitted for their life's work after graduation. Rules governing the
different activities will be found in the list of Academic Regulations.
GENERAL INFORMATION 37
Honorary Fraternities. Honorary fraternities and societies in the University at
College Park are organized to uphold scholastic and cultural standards. These are Phi
Kappa Phi, a national honorary fraternity open to honor students, both men and women,
in all branches of learning; Sigma Xi, an honorary scientific fraternity; Omicron Delta
Kappa, men's national honor society, recognizing conspicuous attainment in non-curricular
activities and general leadership ; Mortar Board, the national senior honor society for women
recognizing service, leadership and scholarship : Alpha Lambda Delta, a national freshmen
women's scholastic society requiring a 3.5 average ; Phi Eta Sigma, national freshman
honor society for men.
A group of national honorary fraternities encouraging development in specialized endeavor
are : Tau Beta Phi, general engineering honor society ; Omicron Xu, women's home economics
honor society ; Beta Gamma Sigma, men's and women's commerce honor society ; Sigma Pi
Sigma, men's and women's physics honor society ; Phi Alpha Theta, men's and women's
history honor society.
The national professional fraternities which encourage high scholarship, professional
research and advancement of professional ethics are : Alpha Zeta, men's professional agri-
cultural fraternity ; Phi Delta Kappa, men's professional education fraternity : Beta Alpha Psi,
men's professional accounting fraternity ; Iota Lambda Sigma, men's professional industrial
education fraternity : Alpha Chi Sigma, men's professional chemistry fraternity ; and Delta
Sigma Pi, professional commerce fraternity.
The national recognition societies which promote achievement in various fields of activity-
are: Scabbard and Blade, men's military society; Pershing Rifles, also men's military;
Pi Delta Epsilon, men's and women's college journalism society; Alpha Kappa Delta, men's
sociology- society ; Pi Sigma Alpha, men's and women's political science society ; National
Collegiate Players, men's and women's dramatics society ; and Gamma Beta, a student band
society.
Sigma Alpha Omicron is a bacteriology honor society. The Arnold Society is an hon-
orary Air Force R. O. T. C. society and the Varsity "M" Club is an honorary athletic
organization.
Fraternities and Sororities. There are twenty-two national fraternities, three local
fraternities and fifteen national sororities at College Park. These in the order of their
establishment at the University are : Kappa Alpha, Simga Xu, Phi Sigma Kappa, Delta
Sigma Phi, Alpha Gamma Rho, Theta Chi, Phi Alpha, Tau Epsilon Phi. Alpha Tau Omega,
Phi Delta Theta, Lambda Chi Alpha, Sigma Alpha Mu, Alpha Epsilon Pi, Phi Kappa
Sigma, Sigma Chi, Sigma Alpha Epsilon. Tau Kappa Epsilon, Zeta Beta Tau, Delta Tau
Delta, Sigma Pi. Sigma Phi Epsilon, Phi Kappa Tau, Delta Kappa Epsilon and Pi Kappa
Alpha, national fraternities ; Alpha Omicron Pi, Kappa Kappa Gamma, Kappa Delta, Delta
Delta Delta. Alpha Xi Delta, Phi Sigma Sigma, Alpha Delta Pi, Sigma Kappa, Gamma
Phi Beta, Alpha Epsilon Phi, Pi Beta Phi, Delta Gamma. Kappa Alpha Theta, Alpha Gamma
Delta, Alpha Chi Omega, and Sigma Delta Tau, national sororities ; Gamma Sigma, local
sorority ; and Phi Kappa Gamma, local fraternity.
Clubs and Societies. Many clubs and societies, with literary, art, cultural, scientific,
social and other special objectives are maintained in the University. Some of these are
purely student organizations; others are conducted jointly by students and members of the
faculty. The list follows :
Civic and Service Organisations. Interfraternity Council, Panhellenic Council, Inter-
fraternity Pledge Council, Independent Students' Association, Daydodgers' Club, Student
Unit of the American Red Cross, Latch Key, Alpha Phi Omega (national service fraternity),
Chinese Student Club, Graduate Club, Gate and Key Club (a fraternity service organiza-
tion), and Islamic Association.
38 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Subject-Matter Organisations. Agricultural Council, Engineering Council, American
Society of Mechanical Engineers, American Society of Civil Engineers, Student Affiliate of
the American Chemical Society, Farm Economics Club, Block and Bridle Club, Student
Port of Propellor Club, Plant Industry Club, Home Economics Club, Physical Education
Majors Club, American Institute of Electrical Engineers and Institute of Radio Engineers,
Industrial Education Association, Childhood Education Club, American Institute of Chemi-
cal Engineers, Finance Club, Society for Advancement of Management, Marketing Club,
Accounting Club, Maryland Poultry Science Club, Business Education Club, Economics
Seminar Club, Federated Arts Club, Philosophy Club, Institute of Aeronautical Sciences,
Press Club, Music Educators Club, Institute of Food Technology, Dairy Science Club, and
Future Teachers of America.
General Organizations. Student Grange, International Relations Club, Future Farmers
of America, Sociology Club, French Club, German Club, Spanish Club, Collegiate 4-H Club,
Women's Recreation Association, Cosmopolitan Club, International Club, Russian Club, and
Public Relations Club.
Recreational Organisations. Rossborough Club (large campus dances), University
Theatre, Men's Glee Club, Women's Chorus, Clef and Key, Riding Club, Terrapin Trail
Club. Gymkana Club, Swimming Club, Camera Club, Ballroom Dance Club (instructional
group), Radio Club, Chess Club, Art Club, Authorship Club, University Orchestra, Sailing
Club, Judo Club, Modern Dance Club, Ski Club, Astronomy Club, Model Airplane Club,
and Maryland Flying Association.
UNIVERSITY AND A. F. R. O. T. C. BANDS
The University of Maryland Student Band and the A. F. R. O. T. C. Band are two
separate musical organizations at the University, existing for the purpose of furthering the
musical knowledge of interested students. The A. F. R. O. T. C. Band functions under the
Military Department. The Student Band is under the direction of the Music Department
and is assisted by the Military Department. Students are not required to be members of
the University of Maryland Band to be eligible for the Air Force R. O. T. C. Band. The
instruction of both bands is conducted by an experienced bandmaster.
STUDENT PUBLICATIONS
Four student publications are conducted under the guidance of a faculty adviser and
the general supervision of the Student Publications Board.
The Diamondback, a newspaper, summarizes the University news, and provides a medium
for the discussion of matters of interest to the students and the faculty.
The Terrapin, the annual, is a reflection of campus activities, serving to commemorate
the principal events of the college year.
The Old Line, is a literary, humorous and art magazine, published periodically.
The "M" Book, a handbook issued for the benefit of incoming students, is designed to
acquaint them with general University life.
UNIVERSITY POST OFFICE
The University operates an office for the reception, dispatch and delivery of United States
mail, including Parcel Post packages, and for inter-office communications. This office is
located in the basement of the Administration Building. The campus post office is not a
part of the United States Postal System and no facilities are available for sending or
receiving postal money orders. Postage stamps, however, may be purchased. United States
GENERAL INFORMATION 39
mail is received at 8:30 A. M. and 2:00 P. M. and dispatched at 11 :15 A. M. and 4:15 P. M.
daily, except that on Saturdays mail is dispatched at 11 :15 A. M. only.
Each student in the University is assigned a Post Office box at the time of registration,
for which a small fee is charged. Also, boxes are provided for the various University offices.
One of the major reasons for the operation of the Post Office is to provide a con-
venient method by which Deans, teachers and University officials may communicate with
students. Students are therefore expected to call for their mail daily, if possible, in order
that such communications may come to their attention promptly.
STUDENTS' SUPPLY STORE
For the convenience of students, the Universitv maintains a Students' Supply Store,
located in the basement of the Administration Building, where students may obtain at rea-
sonable prices text books, classroom materials and equipment. The store also carries jewelry,
stationery, fountain pens and noveltv items.
This store is operated on a basis of furnishing students needed books and supplies at
as low a cost as practicable, and profits, if any, are turned into the general Universitv
treasury to be used for promoting general student welfare. The store is an integral part of
the University and is owned by the State of Maryland.
Because of heavy demand for text books at the beginning of each semester the Students'
Suoplv Store operates a temporary annex on the campus. Location of this annex is posted
at registration.
ALUMNI
The Alumni Council, composed of three representatives from each School and College
in the University — one from "M" Club and one from each area Alumni Club — coordinates
all general alumni interests and activities. The Council membership includes three repre-
sentatives from each of the organized alumni associations for the Schools of Agriculture,
Arts and Sciences, Business and Public Administration, Dentistry, Education, Engineering,
Home Economics, Law, Medicine, Nursing, and Pharmacy.
Council activities include the alumni publication Maryland, a scholarship program, and
an annual Homecoming affair at College Park. Membership in the University of Maryland
Alumni Association is automatically obtained through affiliation with one of the school
organizations. Each School and College Alumni Association exerts an active interest in the
welfare of its respective graduates and the University of Maryland. Objectives of the
general Association include the promotion of the interests and welfare of the University of
Maryland and efforts to further mutually beneficial relations between the University of
Maryland, the people of the State, and the alumni.
"Maryland" Magazine
Maryland, a bi-monthly magazine, issued by the Alumni Association, is primarily an
alumni publication. However, it publishes also articles of general interest, feature articles
written by faculty members and alumni, campus news, and sports news. It is of reader
interest to the alumni as well as the student body, next of kin of students, faculty members
and Maryland residents in general. The magazine's circulation includes the exchange list
of numerous universities and both the high schools and preparatory schools of the area.
Maryland is edited and published by the University's Department of Publications.
THE ACADEMIC DIVISIONS
The academic divisions at the University of Maryland are constituted for the purpose
40 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
of drawing into closer relationship the scholars among both students and faculty in related
departments of study who are faced with common problems and the need for an exchange
of experience in reference to progress underway which is of common interest extending
beyond the bounds of individual departments.
In addition to the functions of coordinating the work of related departments and stim-
ulating scholarship in a broad subject field, it is more particularly the duty of divisions,
through their chairmen, to sanction needed interdepartmental cooperative projects; check
and report possible duplication of effort ; and in general, to serve as advisory bodies to the
General Administrative Board.
The chairmen of the divisions are chosen by the General Administrative Board, of which
body they are members.
Five academic divisions have been established in the University to date. These are :
The Lower Division
The Division of Biological Sciences
The Division of Physical Sciences
The Division of Humanities
The Division of Social Sciences
At the present time these divisions are constituted as follows :
THE LOWER DIVISION
Chairman, Dr. Charles E. White, Professor of Chemistry
Student programs in Freshman and Sophomore years of the University are under the
general oversight of a faculty committee known as the Lower Division Committee. The
members of this committee are especially selected because of their interest in student growth
and development in Freshman and Sophomore years. They are drawn from the faculties of
all of the departments in the University whose responsibility it is to offer courses to students
in these years.
It is the function of the Lower Division Committee to consider the general problem of
courses which should be open to students in Freshman and Sophomore years ; the articula-
tion of these courses in terms of the curricula needs of the several colleges ; and, in general,
to stimulate interest in learning and teaching at this level.
THE DIVISION OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Chairman, Dr. John E. Faber, Professor of Bacteriology
The Division of Biological Sciences includes the departments of Bacteriology, Botany,
Entomology, Zoology and Genetics, and representatives of other departments interested in
this field.
THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES
Chairman, Dr. Adolph E. Zucker, Professor of Foreign Languages
The Division of Humanities includes the departments of Art, Classical Languages and
Literature, English Language and Literature, Foreign Languages and Literature, Music,
Practical Art, Philosophy, Speech, and representatives of other departments interested in
this field.
THE DIVISION OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES
Chairman, Dr. Wilbert J. Huff, Professor of Chemical Engineering
The Division of Physical Sciences includes the departments of Astronomy, Chemistry,
GENERAL INFORMATION 41
Geology, Mathematics, Physics, and representatives of other departments interested in this
field.
THE DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
Chairman, Dr. Harold C. Hoffsommer, Professor of Sociology
The Division of Social Sciences includes the departments of Economics, Agricultural
Economics, History, Home Management, Government and Politics, Psychology, Sociology,
and representatives of other departments interested in this field.
CURRICULA AND PROGRAMS
AT COLLEGE PARK, MARYLAND
College of Agriculture. The College of Agriculture offers curricula leading to
the degree of Bachelor of Science in General Agriculture ; Agricultural Chemistry ; Agri-
cultural Economics and Marketing ; Agricultural Education and Rural Life ; Agriculture-
Engineering; Agronomy (crops and soils); Animal Husbandry; Botany (plant cytology,
morphology and taxonomy; plant pathology; and plant physiology and ecology); Dairy
(dairy husbandry and dairy products technology); Entomology; Horticulture ("pomology
and olericulture, floriculture and ornamental horticulture and commercial processing of horti-
cultural crops) ; and Poultry Husbandry.
College of Arts and Sciences. The College of Arts and Sciences provides liberal
training leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science. Curricula are
offered in American Civilization, Art, Bacteriology, Medical Technology, Chemistry, Eng-
lish, Foreign Languages (French, German, Spanish, Russian and Hebrew), History, Mathe-
matics, Physics, General Physical Sciences, Philosophy, Pre-dental, Pre-law, Pre-medical,
Psychology, Sociology, Social Service, Crime Control, Speech, Zoology, and Fisheries
Biology.
The College of Arts and Sciences offers combined degrees with the Schools of Medicine,
Law, and Nursing.
College of Business and Public Administration. The college of Business and Public
Administration offers curricula leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Organiza-
tion and Administration, Public Administration, Economics, Geography, Government and
Politics, Journalism, and Office Techniques and Management.
College of Education. The College of Education offers curricula leading to the
degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science. Curricula are offered in Academic
Education, Art Education, Business Education, Dental Education, Elementary Education,
Home Economics Education, Industrial Education, Music Education, Nursery School-Kinder-
garten Education, Nursing Education, Physical Education, Health Education, and Recreation.
The Glenn L. Martin College of Engineering and Aeronautical Sciences. The
Glenn L. Martin College of Engineering and Aeronautical Sciences offers curricula leading
to a Bachelor of Science degree in Aeronautical Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Civil
Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, and Metallurgy.
College of Home Economics. The College of Home Economics offers curricula
leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in General Home Economics, Foods and Nutri-
tion, Home Economics Education, Institution Management, Home Economics Extension,
Textiles and Clothing, and Practical Art.
College of Military Science. The College of Military Science offers curricula lead-
ing to the degree of Bachelor of Science. These curricula are especially designed for those who
42 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
wish to follow a career in the Armed Forces. The Air Force Reserve Officers' Training Corps
established by the Air Force in cooperation with the University is a major department in
this College. Two years of training in this type of citizenship, Air Force science and tactics,
are required of all male students under the age of thirty years. Any male student in any
undergraduate curriculum of the University who is accepted for such training may pursue
an advanced course in this field which will lead to a reserve or regular commission in the
United States Air Force.
College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health. The College of Physical
Education, Recreation and Health offers curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of
Science in Physical Education, in Recreation, in Health, and in Pre- Physical Therapy. In
addition this College conducts the required physical activities program of the freshman and
sophomore years designed to correct and improve the physical development of all students.
College of Special and Continuation Studies. The College of Special and Continua-
tion Studies provides a limited program of late afternoon and evening and Saturday morning
courses both on and off campus for mature students who have full-time employment or who,
for other reasons, cannot follow a full-time program of studies at College Park. These
studies are offered at both the graduate and undergraduate levels. This College also con-
ducts a special program for high school graduates whose secondary school preparation may
be deficient in certain minor details.
Summer School. The Summer School of six weeks duration provides programs of
study to persons who find it convenient to attend the University during the summer months.
Instruction is offered in most of the departments of the University. In the College of Edu-
cation the offerings are considerably expanded. Teachers in service and other persons who
are employed during the regular school year find a wide variety of courses available.
Graduate School. The Graduate School has general jurisdiction over the graduate
courses offered in the departments of the University at College Park and Baltimore. Through
a program of inter-departmental cooperation under the immediate direction of this School,
the University confers the degrees of Master of Arts, Master of Science, Master of Arts
in American Civilization, Master of Business Administration, Master of Education, Master
of Foreign Study, Doctor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy. The graduate faculty
includes all members of the various faculties who give instruction in approved graduate
courses.
AT BALTIMORE
The Schools of Dentistry, Law, Medicine, Nursing and Pharmacy offer curricula
leading to professional degrees in their respective fields.
CATALOGS
See separate catalog listings on back cover.
College of
AGRICULTURE
STAFF
Many of the members of the Instructional staff are also on the staff of the
Extension Service, or the Experiment Station staff, or both. Lists of
the staffs of these two agencies appear elsewhere in this publication.
Gordon M. Cairns, Ph.D., Dean of Agriculture
Paul E. Ny strom, DPA, Director of Instruction
Thomas B. Symons, D.Agr., Dean of Agriculture Emeritus
George J. Abrams, MS., Assistant Professor of Apiculture.
Arthur M. Ahalt, M.S., Professor and Head of Agricultural Education.
Charles O. Appleman, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Physiology Emeritus.
Wendell S. Arbuckle, Ph.D., Professor of Dairy Manufacturing.
John H. Axley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Soils.
Ronald Bamford, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Botany.
George M. Beal, Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing.
Frank L. Bentz, Ph.D., Assistant in Soils.
William E. Bickley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Entomology.
Luther B. Bohanan, M.S., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics and
Marketing.
Gerard A. Bourbeau, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Soils.
Richard E. Brown, M.S., Instructor in Dairy Husbandry.
Russell G. Brown, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Botany.
Arthur L. Brueckner, V.M.D., Professor of Veterinary Science.
John Buric, M.S., Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry.
David J. Burns, M.S., Instructor Agricultural Economics and Marketing.
Ray W. Carpenter, A.B., Professor and Head of Agricultural Engineering.
Gerald F. Combs, Ph.D., Professor of Poultry Husbandry.
Edgar A. Corbin, M.S., Instructor in Dairy Manufacturing.
Ernest N. Cory, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Entomology.
Harold F. Cotterman, Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural Education.
Carroll E. Cox, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Pathology.
Samuel H. DeYault, Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing
Emeritus.
43
44 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Harold M. DeYolt, D.V.M., Professor of Poultry Pathology.
Willie M. Dugger, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Plant Physiology.
Lee J. Enright, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Ornamental Horticulture.
John E. Foster, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Animal Husbandry.
Hugh G. Gauch, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Physiology.
Lester F. George, B.S., Instructor of Agricultural Engineering.
Guy W. Gienger, M.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering.
Willard W. Green, Ph.D., Professor of Animal Husbandry.
Arthur B. Hamilton, M.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics and
Marketing.
Irvin C. Haut, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Horticulture.
Elizabeth E. Haviland, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Entomology.
Harry J. Hofmeister, B.S., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Engineering.
Walter F. Jeffers, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Pathology.
Morley A. Jull, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Poultry Husbandry.
Mark Keeney, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Dairy Manufacturing.
John R. Keller, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology.
Malcolm H. Kerr, M.S., Associate Professor of Animal Husbandry.
Amihud Kramer, Ph.D., Professor of Horticulture.
Robert W. Krauss, Ph.D., Research Associate in Plant Physiology.
Albin O. Kuhn, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Agronomy.
Emory C. Leffel, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry.
Conrad Liden, M.S., Assistant Professor of Agronomy.
Conrad B. Link, Ph.D., Professor of Floriculture.
Ellis Martin, B.S., Laboratory Mechanic in Agricultural Engineering.
Joseph F. Mattick, Ph.D., Professor of Dairy Manufacturing.
Delbert T. Morgan, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Botany.
Omar D. Morgan, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology.
Samuel C. Munson, Ph.D., Lecturer in Entomology.
Ray A. Murray, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Agricultural Education.
John B. S. Norton, D.Sc, Professor of Botany Emeritus.
Paul E. Nystrom, D.P.A.. Professor and Head of Agricultural Economics and
Marketing.
Paul R. Poffenberger, M.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics and
Marketing.
John W. Pou, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Dairy.
George D. Quigley, B.S., Associate Professor of Poultry Husbandry.
Robert D. Rappleye, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Botany.
Reginald L. Reagan, Professor of Veterinary Virology.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 45
Thomas S. Ronningen, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Agronomy.
Reece I. Sailer, Ph.D., Lecturer in Entomology.
Leland E. Scott, Ph.D., Professor of Horticultural Physiology.
Clyne S. Shaffner, Ph.D., Professor of Poultry Husbandry.
James B. Shanks, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Floriculture.
Joseph C. Shaw, Ph.D., Professor of Dairy Husbandry.
Howard H. Shepard, Ph.D., Lecturer in Entomology.
Mark M. Shoemaker, M.L.D., Associate Professor of Landscape Gardening.
Stanley C. Shull, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics and
Marketing.
Harold D. Smith, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics and
Marketing.
James R. Sperry, V.M.D., Associate Professor of Veterinary Science.
Francis C. Stark, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Vegetable Crops.
Orman E. Street, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Agronomy.
Edward Strickling, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Soils.
Arthur H. Thompson, Ph.D., Professor of Pomology.
Herman S. Todd, B.S., Instructor in Horticulture.
William P. Walker, M.S., Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing.
Leslie O. Weaver, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Pathology and State Plant Pathologist.
*CRITIC TEACHERS IN AGRICULTURE
Louis F. Ahalt, Middletown High School, Middletown, Md.
W. Harlan Biggs, Hagerstown Vocational Center, Hagerstown, Aid.
John R. Gee, Jr., La Plata High School, La Plata, Md.
H. Palmer Hopkins, North Harford School, Pylesville, Md.
Glenn W. Lewis, Easton High School, Easton, Md.
Leib McDonald, Sparks High School, Sparks, Md.
William W. Miles, Damascus High School, Damascus, Md.
E. Kenneth Ramsburg, Boonsboro High School, Boonsboro, Md.
Joseph K. Scott, Williamsport High School, Williamsport, Md.
Maurice C. Ward, Poolesville High School, Poolesville, Md.
Donald E. Watkins, Gaithersburg High School, Gaithersburg, Md.
* Teachers of Vocational Agriculture who supervise student teachers in Agriculture
during the practice teaching period.
46 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
Gordon M. Cairns, Ph.D., Dean
Paul E. Nystrom, D.P.A., Director of Instruction
THE College of Agriculture offers both general and specialized
training for students who wish to prepare for professional work
in the broad field of agricultural endeavor. Student pro-
grams are arranged with a view to correlating technical
work with related sciences and cultural subjects. Education
in fundamentals receives special attention. Accordingly,
young men and women are given a basic general education
while they are being instructed in the various branches of
agriculture. In addition to offering this opportunity for
thorough grounding in the related basic natural and social
sciences, it is an objective of the College to provide trained personnel for agricul-
tural and allied industries. This personnel is recruited from rural and urban
areas. Farm-reared students enter either general or specialized curricula; city-
reared students tend to follow the specialized programs.
History
The College of Agriculture is the oldest division of the University of
Maryland at College Park. The institution was chartered in 1856 under the
name of the Maryland Agriculture College. For three years the College was
under private management. When Congress passed the Land Grant Act
in 1862, the General Assembly of Maryland accepted it for the State and
named the Maryland Agricultural College as the beneficiary. When the
institution was merged in 1920 with the University of Maryland in Baltimore,
the College of Agriculture took its place as one of the major divisions of
this larger, more comprehensive organization.
In addition to teaching, the College of Agriculture includes the Agricultural
Experiment Station and the Extension Service. They were established as the
result of acts passed by Congress in 1887 and 1914 respectively. A more
complete description of these two services appear later in this bulletin.
General
The College provides curricula for those who wish to engage in general
farming, livestock production, dairying, poultry husbandry, fruit or vegetable
growing, floriculture or ornamental horticulture, field crop production, or in
the highly specialized scientific activities connected with these industries. It
prepares men to serve as farm managers, for positions with commercial con-
cerns related to agriculture, for responsible positions as teachers in agriculture
colleges and in departments of vocational agriculture in high schools or as
investigators in experiment stations, for extension work, for regulatory activities,
and for service in the United States Department of Agriculture.
Through research the frontiers of knowledge relating to agriculture and
the fundamental sciences underlying it are constantly being extended and
COLLEGE OE AGRICULTURE 47
solutions for important problems arc being found. Research projects in many
fields are in progress. Students taking courses in agriculture from instructors
who devote part time to research, or are closely associated with it, are kept
in close touch with the latest discoveries and developments in the investigations
under way. The findings of these research scientists provide valuable informa-
tion for use in classrooms, and make instruction virile and authentic. The
results of the most scientific investigations are constantly before the student.
Close contact of workers in the College with the problems of farmers and
their families in all parts of the State, through the county agents, home demon-
stration agents, and specialists brings additional life to resident instruction in
the College ot" Agriculture. These contacts operate in two ways: problems
confronting rural people are brought to the attention of research workers and
the instructional staff, and results of research are taken to farmers and their
families in their home communities through practical demonstrations. Hence
the problems of the people of the State contribute to the strength of the College
of Agriculture, and the College helps them in the improvement of agriculture
and rural life.
Through their regulatory functions, certain trained workers in the College
of Agriculture are continually dealing witli the actual problems associated with
the improvement and maintenance of the standards of farm products and
animals. Regulatory and control work extends over a wide range of activities
and is concerned with reducing the losses due to insect pests and diseases;
preventing and controlling serious outbreaks of diseases and pests of animals
and plants; analyzing fertilizer, feed, and lime for guaranteed quality; and
analyzing and testing germination quality of seeds to insure better seeds for
farm planting.
These fields contribute largely to agricultural education, as standardization
and education go hand in hand in the development of an industry. Direct con-
tact on the part of professors in their respective departments with the problems
and methods involved makes for effective instruction.
Special Advantages
The University of Maryland is within a few miles of Beltsville Research
Center of the U. S. Department of Agriculture. This is the largest, best manned,
and best equipped agriculture research agency in the world. Also, the University
of Maryland, is within a few miles of the Washington D. C, offices of the
U. S. Department of Agriculture and other government departments, including
the Library of Congress. Students can easily visit these agencies and become
acquainted with their work and the men who conduct this work. Such contacts
have already proved valuable to many University of Maryland graduates.
Also, it is not uncommon for men from these agencies to speak before
classes at the University and to be guest speakers at student club meetings and
otherwise take part in student activities. No other college of agriculture in the
United States is physically located to offer like opoortunities to its students.
48 L'XIT'ERSITY OF MARY LAS D
Coordination of Agricultural Work
The strength of the College of Agriculture of the University of Maryland
lies in the close coordination of the instructional, research, extension, and regu-
latory functions within the individual departments, between the several depart-
ments, and in the institution as a whole. Instructors in the several departments
are closely associated with the research, extension and regulatory work being
carried on in their respective fields, and in many cases, devote a portion of
their time to one or more of these types of activities. Close coordination of
these four types of work enables the University to provide a stronger faculty
in the College of Agriculture, and affords a higher degree of specialization than
would otherwise be possible. It insures instructors an opportunity to keep in-
formed on the latest results of research, and to be constantly in touch with
current trends and problems which are revealed in extension and regulatory
activities. Heads of departments hold staff conferences to this end, so that the
student at all times is as close to the developments in the frontiers of the
several fields of knowledge as it is possible for organization to put him.
In order that the work of the College shall be responsive to agricultural
interests and shall adequately meet the needs of the several agricultural in-
dustries in the State, and that the course of instruction shall at all times be made
most helpful for students who pursue them, Advisory Councils have been con-
stituted in the major industries of agriculture. The Councils are composed of
leaders in the respective lines of agriculture in Maryland, and the instructional
staff of the College of Agriculture has the benefit of their counsel and advice.
By this means the College, the industries, and the students are kept abreast of
developments.
Facilities and Equipment
In addition to buildings, laboratories, libraries, and equipment for effective
instruction in the related basic sciences and in the cultural subjects, the Uni-
versity of Maryland is provided with excellent facilities for research and instruc-
tion in agriculture. University farms, totaling more than 1,500 acres, are
operated for instructional and investigational purposes. One of the most
complete and modern plants for dairy and animal husbandry work in the
country, together with herds of the principal breeds of dairy and beef cattle,
and other livestock, provides facilities and materials for instruction and research
in these industries. Excellent laboratory and field facilities are available in the
Agronomy Department for breeding and selection in farm crops, and for soils
research. The Poultry Department has a building for laboratories and class-
rooms, a plant comprising thirty-four acres, and flocks of all the important
breeds of poultry. The Horticulture Department is housed in a separate building,
and has ample orchards and gardens for its various lines of work.
Departments and Curricula
Departments in the College of Agriculture and their curricula are as follows:
Agricultural Economics and Marketing; Agricultural Education and Rural Life;
Agricultural Engineering; Agronomy (including crops and soils); Animal Hus-
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 49
bandry; Botany (including plant morphology and taxonomy, plant pathology,
and plant physiology and ecology); Dairy (including dairy husbandry and
dairy products technology); Entomology (including bee culture); Horticulture
(including pomology, olericulture, floriculture, ornamental horticulture and com-
mercial processing); Poultry Husbandry; Veterinary Science. In addition, there
are curricula in Agricultural Chemistry and General Agriculture. Courses of
study may also be arranged for any who desire to return to the farm after one
or more years of training in practical agricultural subjects.
Admission
All students desiring to enroll in the College of Agriculture must apply to
the Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at College Park.
In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and
other indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed pattern
of subject matter. In general, 4 units of English and 1 unit each of Social,
Biological and Natural Sciences are required. One unit each of Algebra and
Plane Geometry are necessary for certain curricula and desirable for all. While
Foreign Language is desirable for certain programs, no Foreign Language is
required for entrance. Fine Arts, Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable
as electives.
General Information
For information in reference to the University grounds, buildings, equipment,
library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition of resident
and non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates, transcripts of
records, student health and welfare, living arrangements in the dormitories, off-
campus housing, meals, University Counseling Service, scholarships and student
aid, athletics and recreation, student government, honors and awards, religious
denominational clubs, fraternities, sororities, societies and special clubs, the
University Band, student publications. University Post Office and Supply Store,
write to the Director of Publications for the General Information Issue of the
Catalog.
Costs
Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165.00 fixed
charges; $71.00 special fees; $360.00 board: $130.00 to $150.00 room; and labor-
atory fees which vary with the laboratory courses pursued. A matriculation fee
of S10.00 is charged for all new students. An additional charge of $150.00 is
assessed students not residents of the State of Maryland.
For a more detailed statement of these costs, write to the Director of Publi-
cations for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog.
Military Instruction
All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules are
required to take basic Air Force R. O. T. C. training for a period of two years.
The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation, but it
must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance
50 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students
who do not have the required two years of military training will be required to
complete the course or take it until graduation, whichever occurs first.
Selected students who wish to do so may carry advanced Air Force R. O.
T. C. courses during their junior and senior years which lead to a regular or
reserve commission in the United States Air Force.
Junior Requirements
A student must acquire a minimum of 56 credits exclusive of the require-
ments in basic military science, hygiene, and physical activities with an average
grade of at least C in the freshman and sophomore years before being permitted
to begin advanced work.
Requirements for Graduation
Each student must acquire a minimum of 124 semester hour credits in
academic subjects other than basic military science and physical activities. Men
must acquire in addition 12 hours in basic military science and 4 hours in
physical activities. Women must acquire in addition 4 hours in hygiene, and
4 hours in physical activities.
Scholarships for Agricultural Students
A limited number of scholarships are available for agricultural students.
These include scholarships granted by the Sears Roebuck Foundation, the
Borden Company, the Danforth Foundation, the Ralston Purina Company, the
Thoroughbred Breeders and J. McKenny Willis and Sons.
These scholarships are awarded by the Faculty Committee in accordance
with the terms of the respective grants. More detailed information about these
scholarships is contained in the General Information Catalog.
AWARDS
Grange Award
The Maryland State Grange makes an annual award to the senior who has
excelled in leadership and scholastic attainment and has contributed meritorious
service to the College of Agriculture.
Alpha Zeta Medal
The Honorary Agricultural Fraternity of Alpha Zeta awards annually a
medal to the agricultural student in the freshman class who attains the highest
average record in academic work. The mere presentation of the medal does not
elect the student to the fraternity, but simply indicates recognition of high
scholarship.
Student Organizations
Students find opportunity for varied expression and growth in the several
voluntary organizations sponsored by the College of Agriculture. These organ-
izations are: Agricultural Economics Club, Block and Bridle Club, Collegiate
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 51
4-H Club, Dairy Science Club, Institute of Food Technology, Future Farmers
of America, Plant Industry Club. Riding Club, Student Grange, Poultry Science
Club, Veterinary Science Club, Alpha Zeta, and the Agricultural Student
Council.
Membership in these organizations is voluntary and no college credits are
given; yet much of the training obtained is fully as valuable as that acquired
from regularly prescribed courses. All of these organizations have regular
meetings, arrange special programs and contribute to the extra-curricular life
of the students.
The Agricutural Economics Club is a forum for students and faculty in the
field of Agricultural Economics. The Block and Bridle Club is composed of stu-
dents interested in livestock; it conducts a Student Livestock Judging Contest in
the fall and a Student Fitting and Showing Contest in the spring on the campus.
The Collegiate 4-H Club is composed of former members and others interested
in Agricultural Extension work.
The Dairy Science Club is composed of students and faculty in both dairy
production and dairy manufacturing. Students in Horticulture majoring in
commercial processing band together with their faculty in a Student Institute
of Food Technology. The Future Farmers of America foster an interest in
Vocational Agriculture and the Collegiate Chapter serves as host to the high
school chapters in the State at their judging contests held at the University.
Students interested in Agronomy, Botany and Horticulture are brought together
in meetings of the Plant Industry Club to consider important phases of plant
science and industry as well as for social activity.
The Poultry Science Club is composed of students and faculty in Poultry
Husbandry. Students who enjoy horseback riding are brought together in the
Riding Club; this organization sponsors an annual Horse Show in cooperation
with other riding enthusiasts in the vicinity of the University. The Student
Grange represents the great national farmers' fraternity of the Order of Patrons
of Husbandry and emphasizes training for rural leadership.
Students preparing for careers as veterinarians have formed the Veterinary
Science Club. Membership in Alpha Zeta, national agricultural honor fraternity,
is chosen from students in the College of Agriculture who have met certain
scholastic requirements and displayed leadership in agriculture.
The Agricultural Student Council is made up of representatives from the
various student organizations in the College of Agriculture. Its purpose is to
coordinate activities of these organizations and to promote work which is
beneficial to the College.
Student Judging Teams
The College of Agriculture sponsors judging teams for dairy cattle, dairy
products, horticultural products, livestock, meats and poultry. Team members
are selected from students taking courses designed especially to train them for
this purpose. Teams are entered in major contests where the students compete
with teams from other state universities or agricultural colleges.
50
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students
who do not have the required two years of military training will be required to
complete the course or take it until graduation, whichever occurs first.
Selected students who wish to do so may carry advanced Air Force R. O.
T. C. courses during their junior and senior years which lead to a regular or
reserve commission in the United States Air Force.
Junior Requirements
A student must acquire a minimum of 56 credits exclusive of the require-
ments in basic military science, hygiene, and physical activities with an average
grade of at least C in the freshman and sophomore years before being permitted
to begin advanced work.
Requirements for Graduation
Each student must acquire a minimum of 124 semester hour credits in
academic subjects other than basic military science and physical activities. Men
must acquire in addition 12 hours in basic military science and 4 hours in
physical activities. Women must acquire in addition 4 hours in hygiene, and
4 hours in physical activities.
Scholarships for Agricultural Students
A limited number of scholarships are available for agricultural students.
These include scholarships granted by the Sears Roebuck Foundation, the
Borden Company, the Danforth Foundation, the Ralston Purina Company, the
Thoroughbred Breeders and J. Mc Kenny Willis and Sons.
These scholarships are awarded by the Faculty Committee in accordance
with the terms of the respective grants. More detailed information about these
scholarships is contained in the General Information Catalog.
AWARDS
Grange Award
The Maryland State Grange makes an annual award to the senior who has
excelled in leadership and scholastic attainment and has contributed meritorious
service to the College of Agriculture.
Alpha Zeta Medal
The Honorary Agricultural Fraternity of Alpha Zeta awards annually a
medal to the agricultural student in the freshman class who attains the highest
average record in academic work. The mere presentation of the medal does not
elect the student to the fraternity, but simply indicates recognition of high
scholarship.
Student Organizations
Students find opportunity for varied expression and growth in the several
voluntary organizations sponsored by the College of Agriculture. These organ-
izations are: Agricultural Economics Club. Block and Bridle Club, Collegiate
Aral*!**
■«*«
KV^rn^f /\\r\f\\\i0. S+r>n V* n j/p (^li
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
51
4-H Club, Dairy Science Club, Institute of Food Technology, Future Farmers
of America, Plant Industry Club, Riding Club, Student Grange, Poultry Science
Club, Veterinary Science Club, Alpha Zeta, and the Agricultural Student
Council.
Membership in these organizations is voluntary and no college credits are
given; yet much of the training obtained is fully as valuable as that acquired
from regularly prescribed courses. All of these organizations have regular
meetings, arrange special programs and contribute to the extra-curricular life
of the students.
The Agricutural Economics Club is a forum for students and faculty in the
field of Agricultural Economics. The Block and Bridle Club is composed of stu-
dents interested in livestock; it conducts a Student Livestock Judging Contest in
the fall and a Student Fitting and Showing Contest in the spring on the campus.
The Collegiate 4-H Club is composed of former members and others interested
in Agricultural Extension work.
The Dairy Science Club is composed of students and faculty in both dairy
production and dairy manufacturing. Students in Horticulture majoring in
commercial processing band together with their faculty in a Student Institute
of Food Technology. The Future Farmers of America foster an interest in
Vocational Agriculture and the Collegiate Chapter serves as host to the high
school chapters in the State at their judging contests held at the University.
Students interested in Agronomy, Botany and Horticulture are brought together
in meetings of the Plant Industry Club to consider important phases of plant
science and industry as well as for social activity.
The Poultry Science Club is composed of students and faculty in Poultry
Husbandry. Students who enjoy horseback riding are brought together in the
Riding Club; this organization sponsors an annual Horse Show in cooperation
with other riding enthusiasts in the vicinity of the University. The Student
Grange represents the great national farmers' fraternity of the Order of Patrons
of Husbandry and emphasizes training for rural leadership.
Students preparing for careers as veterinarians have formed the Veterinary
Science Club. Membership in Alpha Zeta, national agricultural honor fraternity,
is chosen from students in the College of Agriculture who have met certain
scholastic requirements and displayed leadership in agriculture.
The Agricultural Student Council is made up of representatives from the
various student organizations in the College of Agriculture. Its purpose is to
coordinate activities of these organizations and to promote work which is
beneficial to the College.
Student Judging Teams
The College of Agriculture sponsors judging teams for dairy cattle, dairy
products, horticultural products, livestock, meats and poultry. Team members
are selected from students taking courses designed especially to train them for
this purpose. Teams are entered in major contests where the students compete
with teams from other state universities or agricultural colleges.
54 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
/—Semesters
Junior Year I II
Zool. 104— Genetics „ 3 ....
*— ■» Hort. 5— Fruit Production, or Hort. 58— Vegetable Production.. .... 3
^.Ent. 1— Introductory Entomology, or Bnt. 10— Applied Entomology .... 3
Agron. 10— General Soils 4 ....
— ^. Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 3 ....
Agr. Engr. 102— Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles .... 3
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 3
Biological or Physical Science Sequence 3 3
Electives 6 3
Total 19 18
Senior Year
■•A. E. 100— Farm Economics 3 ....
-t^A. E. 107— Analysis of the Farm Business 3 ....
. „A. E. 108 — Farm Management .... 3
^Agron. 151— Cropping Systems .... 2
R. Ed. 114— Rural Life and Education 3
Electives 9 7
Total 15 15
AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY
This curriculum insures adequate instruction in the fundamentals of both
the physical and biological sciences. It may be adjusted through the selection
of electives to fit the student for work in agricultural experiment stations, soil
bureaus, geological surveys, food laboratories, fertilizer industries and those
handling food products.
Agricultural Chemistry Curriculum
/—Semester—^
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3
Chem. 15, 17— Qualitative Analysis 3 3
Math. 17— Analytic Geometry 4 ....
Math.— Calculus .... 4
Bot. 1— General Botany 4 ....
Zool. 1— General Zoology .... 4
Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 19 19
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
55
r- Semester— <
Junior Year I II
Chem. 35, 3 i— Elementary Organic Lecture 2 2
Chem. 36, 38— Elementary Organic Laboratory 2 2
Chem. 21. 22— Quantitative Analysis 4 4
Modern Language 3 3
Geol. 1— Geology 3
Agron. 10— General Soils .... 4
Math. 21-CaLulus 4
Electives in Biology .... 3
Total IS 18
Senior Year
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Modern Language 3
Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 5
Electives in Agricultural Chemistry 6 or 7 6 or 7
Total 17 or 18 17 or 18
AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING
The curriculum in agricultural economics and marketing is designed to pre-
pare students for the following types of positions: On the farm as farm
operators and farm managers; with farm organizations, such as the Farm
Bureau and farmers' cooperatives; with private and corporate business concerns;
and positions with state and federal agencies, such as college teachers, agri-
cultural extension workers, and research with federal and state agencies.
The courses in this department are designed to provide fundamental training
in the basic economic principles underlying farming. The curriculum includes
courses in farm management, general agricultural economics, marketing, finance,
prices, taxation, and land economics to give the student the foundation needed
to meet the production and distribution problems confronting the individual
farmer in a progressive rural community.
Farming is a business, as well as a way of life, and as such demands for
its successful conduct the use of business methods; the keeping of farm
business records, analyzing the farm business, and of organizing and operating
the farm as a business enterprise. It requires knowledge of farm resources and
taxation, methods of financing agricultural production and marketing, including
agencies involved, services rendered and the cost of getting products from the
producer to the consumer through cooperative and private types of organization.
56
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Agricultural Economics and Marketing Curriculum*
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4— Comrosition and World Literature ; or
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry
Math. 5— General Mathematics
Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
Physical Activities
Total
Junior Year
A. E. 100— Farm Economics
A. E. 101— Marketing of Farm Products
A. E. 107— Analysis of the Farm Business
A. E. 104— Farm Finance
B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking
P. H. 1— Poultry P- oduction
Agron. 10— General Soils
Electives
Total
Senior Year
A. E. 103— Cooperation in Agriculture
A. E. 106— Prices of Farm Products
Agr. Engr. 3 01— Farm Machinery
A. E. 108— Farm Management
Soc. 113— The Rural Community
A. H. 110— Feeds anu Feeding
A. E. Ill— Land Economics
A. E. 110— Seminar
Electives
Total
-Semester- >
I II
17
17
3
....
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
....
4
....
4
7
19
18
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
....
1
1
5
8
18
18
AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND RURAL LIFE
The primary objective of this curriculum is to prepare for teaching secondary
vocational agriculture, work as county agents and allied lines of the rural
education services. Graduates are in demand in rural businesses, particularly
of the cooperative type. A number have entered the Federal service. Others
are engaged in teaching and research in agricultural colleges. Quite a few have
returned to the farm as owner-managers.
Courses in extension methods are included in agricultural education. They
are especially designed for students who wish to train for extension work, as
well as others who wish to learn more about how the extension service operates.
•If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman year, they must be elected
in subsequent years.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
57
Agricultural education majors, as well as others, are urged to take these courses
if they can possibly fit them into their curriculum.
In addition to the regular entrance requirements of the University, involving
graduation from a standard four-year high school, students electing the agri-
cultural education curriculum must present evidence of having acquired adequate
farm experience after reaching the age of fourteen years.
Students with high average may upon petition be relieved of certain require-
ments in this curriculum, when evidence is presented that either through
experience or previous training a prescribed course is non-essential. Or they
may be allowed to carry an additional load.
All students following this curriculum are required to attend meetings of
the Collegiate Chapter of the Future Farmers of America during their junior
and senior years in order to gain needed training to serve as advisers of high
school chapters of FFA upon graduation. All Agricultural Education majors
are urged to become members of the FFA and to participate in the activities of
the organization.
Agricultural Education Curriculum'1
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry
P. H. 1 — Poultry Production
Dairy 1 — Fundamentals of Dairy Husbandry
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
Physical Activities
Total
Junior Year
Restricted Science Elective s
^^Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants
Ent. 1— Introductory Entomology or Ent. 10— Applied Entomology
J±. H. 110— Feeds and Feeding
^Agrom. 10— General Soils
A. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery
R. Ed. 107— Observation and Analysis of Teaching in Agriculture
A. E. 108— Farm Management
Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics
H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I and II
Total
-Semesters
I II
L9
3
IS
3
3
4
3
2
3
1
19
19
•If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman year, they must be elected!
•sequent years.
in subsequent years
58 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
r- Semester- -\
Senior Year 1 H
A. Engr. 102— Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles .... 3
R. Ed. 109— Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture 3
R. Ed. Ill— Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups 1
tR. Ed. 103— Practice Teaching 5
R. Ed. 101— Teaching Farm Practicums and Demonstrations.... 2
A. Engr. 104— Farm Mechanics 2
R. Ed. 112— Departmental Management • • • • 1
R. Ed. 114— Rural Life and Education ■ • • • 3
Hort. 5S— Vegetable Production • • ■ • 3
Electives • • 3 5
Total 16 I5
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING
The department offers to students of agriculture training in those agricultural
subjects which are based upon engineering principles. These subjects may be
grouped under three heads: farm machinery and farm power, farm buildings,
and farm drainage.
Five-Year Program in Agriculture — Engineering
For those students who wish to specialize in the application of engineering
principles to the physical and biological problems of agriculture there is offered
a combined program, extending over a five-year period, arranged jointly by the
College of Agriculture and the College of Engineering, and leading to a degree
from each of these colleges.
This program prepares graduates to enter state, federal or commercial
fields of activity in such work as soil and water conservation, rural electrification,
design and sale of farm machinery and structures, and in the development of
new uses for farm products and the profitable utilization of farm wastes and
by-products.
To be properly trained in these fields a student needs a broader knowledge
of basic and applied engineering principles than could be provided in a four-
year course in agriculture. He also needs a broader training in the funda-
mentals of agriculture than a standard four-year course in engineering could
furnish.
Upon completion of the normal four-year course of study the degree of
Bachelor of Science in Agriculture is granted. For the fifth year the student
registers in the College of Engineering, and at the end of that year, upon
satisfactory completion of the required course of study, receives a degree in
civil, electrical, mechanical or chemical engineering.
tMajors in agricultural education will also be required to take R. Ed. 104, Practice
Teaching, four credits (or its equivalent), to be arranged in a four-week period prior to
the opening of the University of Maryland in the fall of their senior year.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
59
Curriculum in Agriculture — Engineering
Freshman Year
Eng. 1, 2— Comi>osition and Readings in American Literature.
Speech 7— Public Speaking
*Math. 14— Plane Trigonometry
♦Math. 15— College Algebra
Math. 17— Analytic Geometry
Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry
Dr. 1, 2— Engineering Drawing
Engr. 1— Introduction to Engineering
R. Ed. 1— Introduction to Agriculture
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
Physical Activities
Total
— Semester— v
/ //
3 3
2
4
4 4
2 -
1
1 ....
3 3
1 1
For the students whose final objective is a degree in Civil Engineering,
the balance of the curriculum is:
Sophomore Year (Cknl Engineering Option)
G. & P. 1— American Government ,
Math. 20, 21— Calculus
Phys. 20, 21— General Physics
Mech, 1— Statics and Dynamics ,
Surv. 2— Plane Surveying
Surv. 50— Advanced Surveying ,
A. S. 3. 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men).
Physical Activities
Total.
Junior Year (Cknl Engineering Option)
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature...
Speech 108— Public Speaking
Dr. 3— Advanced Engineering Drawing
Geol. 2— Engineering Geology
Mech. 50— Strength of Materials
Mech. 53 — Materials of Engineering
Bot. 1— General Botany
Zool. 1— General Zoology
Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery
Agr. Engr. 107 — Farm Drainage
Agr. Engr. 106— Farm Mechanics
Approved Electives
20
Total.
IS
*A qualifying test is given during registration to determine whether the student is
adequately prepared for Math. 14 and 15. A student failing this test is required to take
Math. 1, Introductory Algebra, without credit, and Is not eligible to take Math 14 con-
currently.
,60 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
r-S emester—\
Fourth Year {Civil Engineering Option)
C. E. 50— Fluid Mechanics 3 ....
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life .... 3
Surv. 100— Curves and Earthwork 3 ....
C. E. 100— Theory of Structures 4
M. E. 50— Principle of Mechanical Engineering .... 3
E. E. 50— Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering 3 ....
Agr. Engr. 102— Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles .... 3
Agr. Engr. 105— Farm Buildings 2 ....
A. E. 108— Farm Management .... 3
Approved Electives 8 4
Total 19 20
Fifth Year (Civil Engineering Option)
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 3 ....
Engr. 100— Engineering Contracts and Specifications .... 2
Engr. 7— Technical Writing .... 2
Bact. 55 — Lectures in Sanitary Bacteriology 2 ....
C. E. 101— Soil Mechanics 3
C. E. 102— Structural Design 6
C. E. 103— Concrete Design 6
C. E. 104— Water Supply 3
C. E. 105— Sewerage 3
C. E. 106— Elements of Highways 3
Total 20 19
For the student whose final objective is a degree in Mechanical Engineer-
ing, the balance of the curriculum is:
Sophomore Year {Mechanical Engineering Option)
G. & P. 1— American Government 3 ....
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4
Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 5
Surv. 1— Plane Surveying .... 2
Dr. 3— Advanced Engineering Drawing 2 ....
Shop 1— Machine Shop Practice 2 ....
Shop 2— Machine Shop Practice .... l
Shop 3— Manufacturing Processes .... l
A. S. 3. 4-Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
-Physical Activities 1 i
Total 20 20
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 61
r- Semester— \
Junior Year {Mechanical Engineering Option)
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature; or
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and Literature
Math. 64— Differential Equations for Engineers ....
Met h. 2 — Statics and Dynamics 5 ....
Mech. 52— Strength of Materials .... 5
Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 ....
Zool. 1— General Zoology .... 4
Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery ....
Agr. Engr. 107— Farm Drainage .... 2
Agr. Engr. 106— Farm Mechanics .... 2
Approved Elective.* 3 3
Total 21 19
Fourth Year (Mechanical Engineering Option)
E. E. 51, 52— Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 4
M. E. 5 3— Metallography ....
M. E. 54— Fluid Mechanics .... 3
M. E. 100— Thermodynamics 3 ....
Agr. Engr. 102— Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles .... 3
Agr. Engr. 105— Farm Buildings 2 ....
A. E. 108— Farm Management ....
Approved Electives 11 4
Total 20 20
Fifth Year (Mechanical Engineering Option)
Engr. 100— Engineering Contracts and Specifications .... 2
H. 5. 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
M. E. 101— Heat Transfer 2
M. E. 102 — Heating and Air Conditioning ....
M. E. 103— Refrigeration .... 3
M. E. 104, 105— Prime Movers 4 4
M. E. 106. 107— Mechanical Engineering Design 4 4
M. E. 103, 109— Mechanical Laboratory 2 2
Total IS IS
For the student whose final objective is a degree in Electrical or Chemical
Engineering, curricula corresponding to the foregoing will be arranged.
AGRONOMY
The Department of Agronomy offers instruction in crop production, crop
breeding, soil chemistry, soil physics, soil fertility, soil classification, and soil
conservation. These courses prepare students to enter various types of
private, commercial, state, and federal agronomic positions. By careful elec-
tion of courses the student may lay a foundation for either advanced study
or for employment upon graduation with the B.S. degree. Opportunities for
advanced students are shown in the Graduate School catalogue. Depending
on the electives chosen, students graduating with the B.S. degree are trained
for general farming, farm management, specialized seed production, county
agent work, soil conservation, or employment with commercial seed companies,
fertilizer companies or equipment manufacturers.
62
CNIJ'ERSITY OF MARYLAND
Crop Production Curriculum*
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature...
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry
Ent. 1— Introductory Entomology
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) . .
Physical Activities
-Semester~
I II
Total.
3
1
19
Junior Year
Agron. 30— Cereal Crop Production..
Agron. 31— Forage Crop Production.
Agron. 153— Selected Crop Studies...
Zool. 104— Genetics
Agron. 10— General Soils
Bact. 1— General Bacteriology
Bot. 101— Plant Physiology
Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants
Electives
Total.
Senior Year
Agron. 103— Crop Breeding
Agron. 151— Cropping Systems
Agron. 15 2— Seed Production and Distribution.
A. E. 108— Farm Management
Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery
Agr. Engr. 107— Farm Drainage
Agron. 114— Soil Classification
A. H. . 10— Feeds and Feeding
Agron. 101— Senior Seminar in Crops
Electives
Total.
16
16
Students specializing in crop breeding will elect Math. 10, Algebra (3), or
Math. 13, Elements of Mathematical Statistics (3) in the junior year.
*If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman year, they must be elected
in subsequent years.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
63
Soils Curriculum
r— Semester— >
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 '■'•
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2
Bot. 1— General Botany .... 4
Physics 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics 4 4
Agron. 10— General Soils 4 ....
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 20 20
Junior Year
A. Engr. 107— Farm Drainage .... 2
Agron. 1— Crop Production ....
A^ron. 112 — Commercial Fertilizers .... 3
A^ron. 116— Soil Investigation Methods 3 ....
Agron. 114— Soil Classification ....
Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4 ....
Chem. 5 or 15, 17— Qualitative Analysis 3 0-3
Chem. 35— Organic Chemistry .... 2
Chem. 36— Elementary Organic Chemistry Laboratory .... 2
Electives 3 3-6
Total 16 18
Senior Year
Agron. 113— Soil Conservation .... 3
Agron. 151— Cropping Systems .... 2
A. E. 10S — Farm Management .... 3
Agron. 117— Soil Physics .... 3
Agron. Ill— Soil Fertility
Chem. 19— Quantitative Analysis .... 4
Zool. 2— Fundamentals of Zoology 4 ....
Electives 9 ....
Total 16 15
Students wishing to specialize in soil mapping and farm planning phases
of soil conservation will follow the soils curriculum except that Physics 10,
11. and Chem. 5, 15. 17. 19, 35, 36 will not be required. Agron. 30, 31, 105,
A.H. 1, 110, Dairy 1, and a course in physics (if the student does not have
credit for physics in high school) will be required. Suggested electives are
Econ. 37, P.H. 1, Hort. 5, 58, Ag. Eng. 101, Agron. 115, Bot. 20, Ent. 1, and
Bact. 1.
64 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
ANIMAL HUSBANDRY
J he curriculum in Animal Husbandry is organized for the purpose of
preparing students for various phases of work in the field of animal industry
as: operators and managers of livestock farms, as investigators and research
workers in Federal, State and private institutions, and as workers in spe-
cialized fields where a knowledge of the livestock industry is necessary.
By proper use of electives, the student may equip himself to become a
county agricultural agent; to meet the requirements of positions with certain
types of private and cooperative business concerns; or, with more technical
and specialized training, to become qualified for instructional work in colleges,
for investigational work in State and Federal experiment stations or in com-
mercial research laboratories. Students who desire to enter the field of
teaching or highly specialized research should elect the more scientific courses
offered by this and by other departments.
Animal Husbandry Curriculum*
r— Semester— \
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3
Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 2 2
Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Laboratory 1 1
Bot. 1— General Botany 4 ....
Zool. 1— General Zoology .... 4
Econ. 3 7— Fundamentals of Economics 3 ....
A. H. 30— Types and Breeds of Livestock .... 3
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. u. T. C. (Men; 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 19 19
Junior Year
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
V. S. 101— Comparative Anatomy and Physiology ....
V. S. 102— Animal Hygiene 3
A. H. 110— Feeds and Feeding 3 ....
A. H. 120— Principle:; of Breeding .... 3
A. H. 131— Sheep Production 3
*A. H. 140— Livestock Management .... 3
Zool. 104— Genetics 3
Agron. 1— Crop Production .... 3
Electives 6 3
Total 18 18
♦Students planning this curriculum should elect A. H. 1 the first semester and Dairy
1 the second semester of the freshman year.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 65
/— Semesters
Senior Year I H
A. H. Ill— Animal Nutrition
A. H. 130— Beef Cattle Production
A. H. 132— Swine Production
A. H. 150— Livestock Markets and Marketing 2 ....
A. H. 160— Meat and Meat Products ....
Agr. Eng. 101— Farm Machinery
A. E. 108— Farm Management
Bact. 1— General Bacteriology • • • •
**Agron. 10— General Soils 4
A. H. 170, 171— Seminar 1
Electives
Total 19 18
BOTANY
The department offers three major fields of work; plant morphology and
taxonomy; plant pathology; or plant physiology and ecology. The required
courses for the freshman and sophomore years are the same for all students.
In the junior and senior years, the student elects botany courses to suit his
particular interest. Courses are required in other subjects to contribute toward
a broad cultural education, and to support the courses selected in the chosen
field of botany.
Through cooperation with the College of Education, students who wish to
meet the requirements for the state high school teacher's certificates, may
elect the necessary work in education.
The curriculum as outlined, provides a complete survey of the field of
botany for prospective high school teachers, and lays a good foundation for
graduate work in botany in preparation for college teaching and for research
in state or federal experiment stations, or in private research laboratories.
Students are also afforded an opportunity for training for other vocations
involving various botanical applications, such as extension work, and positions
with seed companies, canning companies and other commercial concerns.
Botany Curriculum
r-Semester—\
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3
Modern Language 3
Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants ....
Bot. 2— General Botany .... 4
Chem. 1, a— General Chemistry 4 4
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total iy 20
♦Required for students lacking Farm Experience.
**Agron. 10 is given both semesters.
66 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
r— Semester—^
Junior Year I H
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Modern Language 3 3
Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics 4 4
But. 101— Plant Physiology 4 ....
Bot. 11— Plant Taxonomy .... 3
Bot. 110— Plant Microtechnique .... 3
Bact. 1— Bacteriology 4 ....
Electives 3 3
Total 21 19
Senior Year
But. 112— Seminar 1 1
Bot. Ill— Plant Anatomy 3
But. 102— Plant Ecology 3
Bot. 115— Structure of Economic Plants .... 3
Bot. 116— History and Philosophy of Botany 1 ....
Zool. 104— Genetics 3 ....
Botany Electives 3-8 2-5
Electives 5-0 7-4
Total 16 16
Students specializing in Plant Morphology or Plant Taxonomy will elect
Bot 114 and Bot. 128; those specializing in Plant Pathology will elect Bot.
122, Ent. 1, and two of the following: Bot. 123, Bot. 124, Bot. 125, Bot. 126;
those specializing in Plant Physiology will elect Organic Chemistry, Chem.
31, 32, 33, 34.
DAIRY
The Dairy Department offers instruction in two major lines of work;
dairy husbandry and dairy technology. In the dairy husbandry curriculum,
students are given technical and practical training in the breeding, feeding,
management, and selection of dairy cattle and in milk production. With suit-
able choice of courses, students are qualified as operators of dairy farms, for
breed promotion and sales work, for employment with private and co-
operative business organizations, and for county agent work. The dairy
technology curriculum is designed to prepare students for practical and sci-
entific work concerned with the processing and distribution of milk, manu-
facture and handling of butter, cheese, ice cream, and other products, in dairy
plant operation and management, and in dairy inspection. Students satis-
factorily majoring in dairy technology are qualified for the many technical
and applied positions in the various branches of the dairy industry.
By careful election of courses in either curriculum the student may lay a
foundation for advanced study, for instructional work in colleges, and for
research in experiment stations or commercial laboratories. The suggested
curricula will be modified to meet the special needs of individual students.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
Dairy Husbandry Curriculum*
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature
Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry
Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory...
Bot. 1— General Botany
Zool. 1— General Zoology
Bact. 1— General Bacteriology
Dairy 20— Dairy Breeds and Selection
Agron. 10— General Soils
A. S. 3. 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
Physical Activities
Total
Junior Year
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
Agron. 1— Crop Production
A. H. 110 — Feeds and Feeding
A. H. 120 — Principles of Breeding
Bact. 13 3— Dairy Bacteriology
Dairy 30— Dairy Cattle Judging
Dairy 101— Dairy Production
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking
Zool. 104— Genetics
Electives
Total
Senior Year
Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery '
A. E. 108— Farm Management
Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics
V. S. 101— Comparative Anatomy and Physiology
V. S. 102— Animal Hygiene
A. H. Ill— Animal Nutrition
Dairy 105— Dairy Cattle Breeding
Electives
Total
67
-Semester— \
J II
3
3
2
2
1
1
4
4
4
2
4
3
1
20
IS
3
3
4
it;
6
IS
•Students planning to pursue this curriculum should elect Dairy 1 the second semes-
ter of the freshman year. If A. H. 1 is not elected in the freshman year it must be
taken in subsequent years.
68 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Dairy Technology Curriculum*
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature; or
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature
Chem. 19— Quantitative Analysis
Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry
Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory. . .
Bact. 1— General Bacteriology
Bot. 1— General Botany
Zool. 1— General Zoology
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
Physical Activities
Total
Junior Year
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
Bact. 133— Dairy Bacteriology
Dairy 40— Grading Dairy Products
Dairy 108— Dairy Technology
Dairy 110— Butter and Cheese Making
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics
Electives
Total
Senior Year
Dairy 109— Market Milk
Dairy 11 ±— Concentrated Milk Products
Dairy 112— Ice Cream
Dairy 114— Special Laboratory Methods
Dairy 115 — Dairy Inspection
Dairy 116— Dairy Plant Management
Electives
Total
r- Semester-
I II
2
1
4
4
3
1
IS
18
2
If!
16
17
IS
ENTOMOLOGY
This curriculum, which trains students for work in various types of
private, commercial, state and federal entomological positions, includes basic
courses in Entomology and related fields. Most of the first two years is
devoted to obtaining this essential background. In the junior and senior
years the student, besides the required courses, has 18 credit hours of electives.
Non-required courses in Entomology and related subjects are available to
broaden the scope of the training.
*Students planning to pursue this curriculum should elect Dairy 1 in the freshman
year. Those interested in the business rather than the technical phases of dairy tech-
nology may substitute approved courses in business and economics for Chem. 19, 31, 32,
33, 34.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 69
A student wishing an undergraduate minor in Entomology should take
the introductory course (Ent. 1) and after consultation with the heads of
both the major and minor departments select courses that will contribute most
to the end he has in view.
Entomology Curriculum*
r-Semester—\
Sophomore Year I LI
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 3 3
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4
Ent. 2— Insect Morphology 3 ....
Ent. 3— Insect Taxonomy ■ . ■ • 3
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking
M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 19 19
Junior Year
Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 2 2
Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry Lab 1 1
Bot. 1— General Botany 4 ....
Bact. 1— General Bacteriology • • • • 4
Ent. 103, 104— Insect Pests 3 3
Phy. 1, 2— Elements of Physics ::
Foreign Language 3 3
Electives :; 3
Total 19 19
Senior Year
Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3 ....
Ent. 105— Medical Entomology 3 ....
Ent. 101— Economic Entomology 3 ....
tEnt. 110, 111— Special Problems 1 1
Ent. 112— Seminar 1 1
Foreign Language 3
Electives fi 8
Total 17 16
HORTICULTURE
The Department of Horticulture offers instruction in pomology (fruits),
olericulture (vegetables), floriculture (flowers) and ornamental gardening, and
processing of horticultural crops. These courses prepare students to enter
commercial production and the horticultural industries such as fruit and
vegetable processing and seed production. Students are likewise prepared
•Students planning to pursue this curriculum should elect Ent. 1 the second semester
of the Freshman year.
fStudents may satisfy this requirement in one semester, if their schedule permits, or
expand the work and credits upon departmental approval.
70
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
to enter the allied industries as horticultural workers with fertilizer com-
panies, equipment manufacturers, and others. Students who wish to enter
specialized fields of research and teaching may take advanced work in the de-
partment. A minimum of 24 credit hours in horticultural courses is required
for graduation.
Pomology and Olericulture Curriculum.
r— Semester— \
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Chem. 1, o— General Chemistry 4 4
Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3 ....
Hort. 5, 6— Fruit Production 3 2
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Electives • • • • -
Total 20 18
Junior Year
Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4
Bot. Ill— Plant Anatomy 3
Agron. 1 0— General Soils 4 ....
Hort. 58— Vegetable Production .... 3
Hort. 59— Small Fruits 3
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2
Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics .... 3
*Electives 5 6
Total 18 17
Senior Year
Bot. 125— Diseases of Fruit Crops 2 ....
or
Bot. 126— Diseases of Vegetable Crops .... 2
Hort. 101, 102— Technology of Fruits 2 2
or
Hort. 103, 104— Technology of Vegetables 2 2
Zool. 104— Genetics 3 ....
Bot. 115 — Structure of Economic Plants .... 3
Hort. 118, 119— Seminar 1 1
♦Electives 8 9
Total 16 17
*Electives must include a minimum total of ceven credits from the following courses :
Hort. 11, 22, 62, 106, 107, 108, 114, 116, 122.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 71
Floriculture and Ornamental Horticultural Curriculum
t— Semester-^
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and Wnrld Literature ; or
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3
II. 5, (J— History of American Civilization 3 3
Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4
Bot. 1 1— Plant Taxonomy .... 3
Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3
Hort. 22— Landscape Gardening 2 ....
A. S. 3. 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 8 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 19 17
Junior Year
Bot. 101— Plant Physiology „ 4
Hort. 62 — Plant Propagation 3 ....
Hort. 107, 108— Plant Materials 3 3
Bot. 11 1— Plant Anatomy 3
Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 3
Agron. 10 — General Soils 4 ....
Bot. 123— Diseases of Ornamental Plants .... 2
*Electives 2 y
Total 19 17
Senior Year
Hort. 16— Garden P lowers .... 3
Hort. US, 119— Seminar 1 1
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2
♦Electives 14 17
Total 17 18
♦Required of students specializing in floriculture :
Hort. 11 — Greenhouse Management .... 3
Hort. 150, 151— Commercial Floriculture 3 3
Zool. 104— Genetics 3
♦Required of students specializing in landscape and ornamental
horticulture :
Art. 1 — Charcoal Drawing 3 ....
Ind. Ed. 41— Architectural Drawing .... 2
Hort. 152. 153— Landscape Design 3 3
Dr. 1 — Engineering Drawing 2 ....
Surv. 1— Plane Surveying .... 2
Hort. 159— Nursery Management .... 3
or
Hort. 160— Landscape Maintenance .... 3
♦Suggested Electives in Landscape and Ornamental Horticulture Option:
Art 2, 9, 100, 101 ; Engr. 100 ; For 1.
72
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Commercial Processing of Horticultural Crops Curriculum
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature
Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry
Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Laboratory
Pbys. 1, 2— Elements of Physics
Hort. 61— Processing Industries
Bact. 1— General Bacteriology
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. S. (Men)
Physical Activities
Total
Junior Year
Speech 1— Public Speaking
Agron. 10— General Soils
Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics
Hort. 155, 156— Commercial Processing
Bot. 101— Plant Physiology
Bact. 131— Food and Sanitary Bacteriology
Hort. 58— Vegetable Production
Zool. 1— General Zoology
Agr. Engr. Ill— Fundamentals of Food Processing Plants
Agr. Engr. 112— Machinery and Equipment for Horticulture
Processing
Electives
Total
Senior Year
Hort. ±03, 104— Technology of Vegetable.-?
Hort. 121 — Plant Operations
Hort. 123— Grading and Judging of Canned and Frozen Products
Hort. 124— Quality Control
A. E. 105 — Food Products Inspection
Hort. IIS, 119— Seminar
and one of the following options :
MANAGEMENT
Econ. 160 — Labor Economics
B. A. 150— Market Management
B. A. 160— Personnel Management
Electives
Total
TECHNOLOGY
Chem. 19— Quantitative Anar/siu
Bact. 52— Sanitary Br cteriology
Hort. 126— Wr^ritional Analyses of Processed Crops
Electives
Total
—Semester— \
I II
3
:;
2
1
3
4
3
1
20
2
19
14
2
14
3
3
2
1
3
1
3
1
17
20
14
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 73
POULTRY HUSBANDRY
The curriculum in Poultry Husbandry is designed to give the student a
thorough knowledge of subject matter necessary for poultry raising; the
marketing, distribution, and processing of poultry products; poultry improve-
ment work; and as a basis for graduate training for teaching and research
in poultry husbandry.
The suggested curriculum will be modified to meet the special needs of
individual students. Superior students, definitely anticipating preparation for
a professional career in poultry husbandry, will be expected to take a language.
However, all students majoring in poultry husbandry will be required to com-
plete 24 semester hours in poultry husbandry.
Poultry Curriculum*
/— Semester—*
Sophomore Year I Ji
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 3 3
Chem. , 3— General Chemistry 4 4
P. H. 2— Poultry Biology 2
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Math. 5— General Mathematics 3 ....
M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 19 18
Junior Year
P. H. 101— Poultry Nutrition 3 ....
P. H. 102— Physiology of Hatchability .... 3
P. H. 100— Poultry Breeding 2
**Zool. 20— Vertebrate Embryology .... 4
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 4 ....
Zool. 104— Genetics 3 ....
Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics .... 3
B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 3 ....
Electives 4 5
Total 17 17
•Students planning to pursue this curriculum should elect P. H. 1, the first semester
of the Freshman Year. If Agron. 1 is not elected in the Freshman Year, it must be
elected in a subsequent year.
•♦Required of students specializing in poultry genetics, physiology, or nutrition.
74 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
/—Semester—^
Senior Year I II
P. H. 104— Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry i ....
A. E. 117— Economics of Marketing Eggs and Poultry .... 3
V. S. 108— Avian Anatomy 3 ....
V. S. 107— Poultry Hygiene .... 3
P. H. 103— Commercial Poultry Management .... 3
P. H. 107 — Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems 2 ....
Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery (3) 'v
or \ 2-2
Agr. Engr. 105— Farm Buildings (2) j
Electives 6-7 10
Total 17 19
Pre-Forestry Students
The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with any student who
wishes to attend the University to pursue courses which may be transferred
to a standard forestry curriculum in another institution. The program which
a student follows depends to some extent upon the forestry college he plans
to enter. All pre-forestry students in the College of Agriculture are sent to
the Head of the Department of Botany of the University for counsel and advice
in these matters.
Pre-Theological Students
The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with the officers of any
theological seminary who desire to urge its prospective students to pursue
courses in agriculture as a preparation for the rural ministry. Such pre-
theological students may enroll for a semester or more or for the usual four
year training of the College. In either case they should enroll as members
of the general curriculum in the College of Agriculture.
The electives of this curriculum may be used for such pre-theological
requirements as seem desirable. Elections may be made from any of the
offerings of the University such as history, political science, philosophy, agri-
cultural economics, rural sociology, modern language, English, economics,
psychology, sociology, natural science, education and the like. Students
desiring to pursue a pre-theological program in the College of Agriculture
of the University of Maryland, should consult with the president or admissions
officer of the theological seminary which they expect to attend.
Pre- Veterinary Students
The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with any student who
wishes to attend the University to pursue preparation for the study of Veterin-
ary Science. The curriculum which a student will follow will depend to
some extent upon the Veterinary College which he plans to enter. All Pre-
Veterinary students in the College of Agriculture are sent to the Head
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 75
of the Department of Veterinary Science of the University for counsel and
advice in these matters.
Special Students in Agriculture
Mature students may, with consent of the Dean, register as special stu-
dents and pursue a program of studies not included in any regular curriculum,
but arranged to meet the needs of the individual. All university fees for these
special students are the same as fees for regular students.
There are many young farmers who desire to take short intensive courses
in their special lines of work during slack times on the farm. Arrangements
have been made to permit such persons to register at the office of the Dean of
the College of Agriculture and receive cards granting them permission to visit
classes and work in the laboratories of the different departments. This op-
portunity is created to aid florists, poultrymen, fruit-growers, gardeners, or
other especially interested persons who are able to get away from their work
at some time during the year.
The regular charges are $10.00 for matriculation and $2.00 per credit
hour per month for the time of attendance. One matriculation is good for
any amount of regular or intermittent attendance during a period of four
years.
COURSE OFFERINGS
The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant giving
the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to another
course.
Courses are designated by numbers as follows:
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)
200 to 299: courses for graduates only.
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course
with a double number extends through two semesters.
Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of
hours' credit is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title of
the course.
A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours,
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register.
76 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING
Professors Nystrom, De Vault, (emeritus), Beal, Walker; Associate Professors
Hamilton, Poffenberger, Shull, Assistant Professors Bohanan, Smith;
Instructor Burns.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
A.E. 100. Farm Economics (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 31,
32, or Econ. 37.
A general course in agricultural economics, with special reference to
population trends, the factors in agricultural production, agricultural wealth,
land tenure, farm labor, agricultural credit, the tariff, price movements, and
marketing. (Shull.)
A. E. S100 A-B. Special Problems in Farm Economics (1, 1) — Summer
session only.
An advanced course dealing extensively with some of the economic prob-
lems affecting the farmer, such as land values, taxation, credit, prices,
production adjustments, transportation, marketing and cooperation. Designed
primarily for teachers of vocational agriculture. (Staff.)
A. E. 101. Marketing of Farm Products (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 31, 32, or Econ. 37.
The development of marketing, its scope, channels, and agencies of dis-
tribution, functions, costs, methods used, and services rendered. (Shull.)
A. E. 103. Cooperation in Agriculture (3) — First semester.
Historical and comparative development of farmers' cooperative organiza-
tions; reasons for failure and essentials to success; commodity developments;
operative practices; banks for cooperatives; present trends. (Poffenberger.)
A. E. 104. Farm Finance (3) — Second semester.
A study of credit principles as applied to private and cooperative farm
businesses and the agencies extending farm credit. The needs for and benefits
of farm insurance, including fire, crop, livestock, and life insurance.
(Poffenberger.)
A. E. 105. Food Products Inspection (2) — Second semester. One lecture
and one laboratory period a week.
This course is designed to give students primary instruction in the
grading, standardizing and inspection of fruits and vegetables, dairy products,
poultry products, meats, and other food products. Theoretical instruction will
be given in the form of lectures, while the demonstrational and practical work
will be conducted through laboratories and field trips to Washington, D. C,
and Baltimore. (Staff.)
A. E. 106. Prices of Farm Products (3) — Second semester.
A general course in prices, price relationships, and price analysis, with
emphasis on prices of agricultural products. (Poffenberger.)
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 77
A. E. 107. Analysis of the Farm Business (3) — First semester.
A concise, practical course in the keeping, summarizing, and analyzing of
farm accounts. (Hamilton.)
A. E. 108. Farm Management (3) — Second semester.
A study of the organization and operation of farms from the standpoint
of efficiency, selection of farms, size of farms, leasing systems, and factors
affecting profits. Students will make an analysis of the atcual farm business
and practices of different types of farms, and make specific recommendations
as to how these farms may be organized and operate as successful businesses.
(Hamilton.)
A. E. 109. Research Problems (1-2) — First and second semesters.
With the permission of the instructor, students will work on any research
problems in agricultural economics. There will be occasional class meetings
for the purpose of making reports on progress of work. (Staff.)
A. E. 110. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
Students will prepare and present reports on economic literature and
current agricultural economic problems. (Hamilton.)
A. E. 111. Land Economics (3) — First semester.
A study of the principles, problems and policies in the utilization of land
with special emphasis on agricultural land. (Bohanan.)
A. E. 114. Foreign Trade in Farm Products (3) — Second semester.
Trends in world trade for agricultural products; the position of the United
States in world trade of agricultural products; farm relief measures and
international trade: reciprocal trade agreements; postwar developments.
(Shull.)
A. E. 115. Marketing of Dairy Products (3) — First semester.
A study of principles and practices in the marketing of milk and manu-
factured dairy products, including the influence of significant geographical
and institutional relationships on costs and methods of distribution. (Beal.)
A. E. 116. Marketing of Fruits and Vegetables (3) — Second semester.
A study of principles and practices in the marketing of fresh and processed
fruits and vegetables, including the influence of significant geographical and
institutional relationships on costs and methods of distribution. (Burns.)
A. E. 117. Economics of Marketing Eggs and Poultry (3) — Second
Semester.
This course embraces the economic phases of egg and poultry marketing.
Supply and demand factors, including trends, will be discussed along with
marketing methods, marketing costs and margins, market facilities, trans-
portation, government grading, storage and efficiency in marketing. Consumer
preference, acceptance and purchases will be related to consumer income,
pricing of competitive products, and display methods. (Smith.)
78 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry. See Poultry Husbandry, P. H. 104.
Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems. See Poultry Husbandry,
P. H. 107.
Market Milk. See Dairy 109.
Livestock Markets and Marketing. See Animal Husbandry, A. H. 150.
Meat and Meat Products. See Animal Husbandry, A. H. 160.
Economics of Cooperatives. See Economics, Econ. 151.
Advertising Programs and Campaigns. See Business Administration, B. A.
151.
Retail Store Management. See Business Administration, B. A. 154.
For Graduates
A. E. 200, 201. Special Problems in Farm Economics (2, 2) — First and
second semesters.
An advance course dealing extensively with some of the economic prob-
lems affecting the farmer, such as land values, taxation, credit, prices, produc-
tion adjustments, transportation, marketing, and cooperation. (Staff.)
A. E. 203. Research — Credit according to work accomplished.
. This course will consist of special reports by students on current economic
subjects, and a discussion and criticism of the same by the members of the
class and instructional staff. (Staff.)
A. E. 202. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
Students will be assigned research in agricultural economics under the
supervision of the instructor. The work will consist of original investigation
in problems of agricultural economics. (Staff.)
A. E. 205. Special Problems in Dairy Marketing (2) — Second semester.
Prerequisite, A. E. 115 or equivalent.
An advanced course dealing with complex economic problems in dairy
marketing which have developed because of the seasonal production and
perishability of milk, its multiple uses, and the competitive structure of the
industry. (Beal.)
A. E. S207. Farm Business Analysis (1) — Summer session only.
An advanced course dealing with farm records and accounts. Designed
especially for teachers of agriculture and county agents. (Hamilton.)
A. E. 208. Agricultural Policy (3) — Second semester.
The evolution of agricultural policy in the United States, emphasizing the
origin and development of governmental programs, and their effects upon
agricultural production, prices and income. (Beal.)
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 79
A. E. 210. Agricultural Taxation (2) — First semester.
Principles, theory and practical problems of taxation applied to the field
of agriculture; trends in farm taxes; farm tax burdens; equalizing and reducing
farm tax burdens; taxation of farm cooperatives; forest lands and interstate
agricultural commerce; application of income taxes and sales taxes to farmers;
taxation of agriculture in foreign countries. (Walker.)
A. E. 211. Functional Aspects of Farm Taxation (3) — Second semester.
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
Taxation policies and inter-governmental allocations and grants-in-aid as
they affect public services for rural people, with special emphasis on public
education, public highways, public welfare, social security, public debt; and
governmental research, extension, and regulatory activities directly concerning
agriculture. (Walker.)
A. E. 215. Advanced Agricultural Cooperation (3) — First semester.
An appraisal of agricultural cooperation as a means of improving the
financial status of farmers. More specifically, the course includes a critical
analysis and appraisal of specific types and classes of cooperatives.
(Poffenberger.)
A. E. 216. Advanced Farm Management (3) — Second semester.
An advanced course in farm organization and management which applies
the economic principles of farm production to the operation of farms of
different sizes, types, operations, and geographical locations. Consideration is
also given to adjustments which have taken place in farming specific areas and
probable changes in the future. ( )
A. E. S216 A-B. Advanced Farm Management (1, 1) — Summer session
only.
An advanced course in farm organization and management, especially de-
signed for teachers of vocational agriculture. (Hamilton.)
A. E. 218. Agricultural Economics Research Techniques (2)— Second
semester.
A study and an appraisal of agricultural economics research techniques.
Experience is given in outlining and conducting research projects. A critical
appraisal is made of methods of analysis and the presentation of results.
(Bohanan.)
A. E. 219. Advanced Land Economics (3) — First semester.
A critical analysis of the principles and problems in using and controlling
land resources, including a review of land policies, is given, with special con-
sideration being placed on the problems of submarginal lands, range lands, and
water resources. Conservation of various land resources is appraised; problems
of landed property are presented; and criteria essential to the development of
a sound land policy are studied. (Bohanan.)
80 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND RURAL LIFE
Professors Ahalt, Cotterman; Associate Professor Murray.
R. Ed. 1. — Introduction to Agriculture (1) — First semester. Required of
all beginning freshmen and sophomores in Agriculture. Other students must
get the consent of the instructor.
A series of lectures introducing the student to the broad field of agriculture.
For Advanced Undergraduates
R. Ed. 101. Teaching Farm Practicums and Demonstrations (2) — First
semester. Two laboratory periods a week.
This course is designed to assist the student in relating the learning ac-
quired in the several departments with the problems of doing and demon-
strating which he faces in the field and in the classroom as a teacher of
agriculture. Deficiencies are checked and corrected by laboratory practice.
(Murray.)
R. Ed. 103. Practice Teaching (5) — First semester. Open only to students
majoring in Agricultural Education who have a satisfactory scholastic average.
Under the direction of a critic teacher the student is required to analyze
and prepare special units of subject matter in agriculture, plan and teach
lessons, supervise farming programs of students and otherwise perform the
duties of a high school teacher of vocational agriculture. Not less than 125
clock hours, exclusive of observation, shall be required. (Ahalt)
R. Ed. Practice Teaching (1-4) — First and second semesters. Registration
concurrent or after R. Ed. 103.
To provide students an opportunity to gain experience in farming program
supervision, the opening of school, and in other teaching activities not generally
a part of R. Ed. 103. (Ahalt.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
R. Ed. 107. Observation and Analysis of Teaching in Agriculture (3) —
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
This course deals with an analysis of pupils learning in class groups.
(Ahalt, Murray.)
R. Ed. 109. Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture (3) — First
semester.
A comprehensive course in the work of high school departments of
vocational agriculture. It emphasizes particularly placement, supervised farming
programs, the organization and administration of Future Farmer activities, and
objectives and methods in all-day instruction. (Ahalt, Murray.)
R. Ed. 111. Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups (1) — First
semester.
Characteristics of young and adult farmer instruction in agriculture. De-
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 81
termining needs for and organizing a course; selecting materials for instruction;
and class management. Emphasis is placed on the conference method of
teaching. (Murray.)
R. Ed- 112. Departmental Management (1) — Second semester. One lab-
oratory period a week. Prerequisites, R. Ed. 107, 109.
The analysis of administrative programs for high school departments of
vocational agriculture. Investigations and reports. (Ahalt, Murray.)
R. Ed. 114. Rural Life and Education (3) — Second semester.
An intensive study of the educational agencies at work in rural communities,
stressing an analysis of school patronage areas, the possibilities of normal life
in rural areas, early beginnings in rural education, and the conditioning effects
of educational offerings. (Ahalt.)
R. Ed. 150. Extension Education (2) — Second semester.
The Agricultural Extension Service as an educational agency. The history,
philosophy, objectives, policy, organization, legislation and methods used in
extension work. ( )
R. Ed. 160. Agricultural Information Methods (2) — First semester.
General introduction to agricultural public relations programs, including
writing for and use of newspapers, magazines, direct mail, radio, and television;
and production and use of visual aids such as photographs, slides, exhibits,
and posters. ■ ( )
For Graduates
R. Ed. 201, 202. Rural Life and Education (3, 3)— First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, R. Ed. 114 or equivalent.
A sociological approach to rural education as a movement for a good life
in rural communities. (Ahalt.)
R. Ed. 207, 208. Problems in Vocational Agriculture (2, 2)— First and
second semesters.
In this course special emphasis is placed upon the current problems facing
teachers of vocational agriculture. It is designed especially for persons who
have had several years of teaching experience in this field. (Ahalt, Murray.)
R. Ed. S207. A-B. Problems in Teaching Vocational Agriculture (1-1)
Summer session only.
A critical analysis of current problems in the teaching of vocational agri-
culture with special emphasis upon recent developments in all-day programs.
R. Ed. S208. A-B. Problems in Teaching Farm Mechanics (1-1)— Summer
session only.
This course deals with the latest developments in the teaching of Farm
Mechanics. Various methods in use will be compared and studied under
laboratory conditions.
82 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
R. Ed. S209. A-B. Adult Education in Agriculture (1-1)— Summer ses-
sion only.
Principles of adult education as applied to rural groups, especially young
and adult farmers. Organizing classes, planning courses and instructional
methods are stressed.
R. Ed. S210. A-B. Land Grant College Education (1-1) — Summer session
only.
Development of Land Grant Colleges and Experiment Stations and the role
they have played in improving conditions in rural communities.
R. Ed. S211 A-B. Agricultural Extension Service Education (1-1) — Sum-
mer session only.
Development of the extension service. Types of demonstrations and in-
struction used. The role of the County Agricultural and Home Demonstration
Agents and 4-H Clubs in the development of rural society.
R. Ed. S212 A-B. Educational Functions of Rural Institutions (1-1)—
Summer session only.
The part rural institutions have played in starting, developing and support-
ing education for rural areas, with special emphasis on the various phases of
agricultural education.
R. Ed. S213 A-B. Supervision and Administration of Vocational Agri-
culture (1-1) — Summer session only. •
Administrative and supervisory problems in Vocational Agriculture in-
cluding scheduling, local administrative programs, supervisor-teacher relation-
ships, organizational problems and the responsibilities of county superintendents
and principles in the program.
R. Ed. 215. Supervision of Student Teaching (1) — Arranged.
The role of the critic teacher in checking progress, supervising and grad-
ing student teachers. Particular emphasis will be given to the region-wide
program in training teachers of vocational agriculture, including the evaluation
of beginning teachers. (Ahalt.)
R. Ed. 220. Field Problems in Rural Education (1-3)— First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, six semester hours of graduate study.
Problems accepted depend upon the character of the work of the student
and the facilities available for study. Periodic conferences required. Final
report must follow accepted pattern for field investigations. (Ahalt, Murray.)
R. Ed 240. Agricultural College Instruction (1)— Second semester. Open
to graduate students and members of the faculty in the College of Agriculture.
A seminar type of course consisting of reports, discussions, and lectures
dealing with the techniques and procedures adapted to teaching agricultural
subjects at the college level. (Cotterman, Ahalt.)
COLLEGE OP AGRICULTURE 83
R. Ed. 250. Seminar in Rural Education (1-1) — First and second semesters.
Problems in the organization, administration, and supervision of the several
agencies of rural education. Investigations, papers, and reports. (Staff.)
R. Ed. S250. A-B. Seminar in Rural Education (1) — Summer session
only.
Current problems of teaching agriculture are analyzed and discussed.
Students are asked to make investigations, prepare papers and make reports.
R. Ed. 251. Research — Credit hours according to work done. (Staff.)
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING
Professor Carpenter; Associate Professor Gienger; Assistant Professor
Hofmeister; Instructor George
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week.
A study of the economics, design and adjustments of modern horse and
tractor-drawn machinery, including applications of electricity to farm operations.
Laboratory work consists of detailed study of actual machines, their calibration,
adjustment, and repair. (George, Hofmeister.)
Agr. Engr. 102. Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles (3) — Second se-
mester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
A study of the design, operation, and repair of the internal combustion
engines, tractors, and automobiles used in farm practice. (Carpenter.)
Agr. Engr. 104. Farm Mechanics (2) — First semester. Two laboratory
periods a week.
This course consists of laboratory exercises in practical farm shop and
farm equipment repair and construction projects, and a study of the principles
of shop organization and administration. It is available only to seniors in
agricultural education. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Gienger.)
Agr. Engr. 105. Farm Buildings (2) — First semester.
A study of all types of farm structures; also of farm lighting, heating,
water supply and sanitation systems. (Carpenter.)
Agr. Engr. 106. Farm Mechanics (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory
periods a week.
Laboratory exercises covering practical projects in farm shop work and
in the repair and construction of farm equipment. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
(Gienger.)
Agr. Engr. 107. Farm Drainage (2) — Second semester. One lecture and
one laboratory period a week.
84 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A study of farm drainage systems, including theory of tile under-drainage,
the depth and spacing of laterals, calculation of grades, methods of construction,
and the use of engineering instruments. A smaller amount of time will be spent
upon drainage by open ditches, and the laws relating thereto. (Carpenter.)
Agr. Engr. 111. Fundamentals of Food Processing Plants (3) — First se-
mester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
A study of mechanical principles and of mechanical appliances and ac-
cessories, such as boilers, pumps, motors, refrigeration units, controls, etc.,
adapted to food processing plants. (Hofmeister.)
Agr. Engr. 112. Machinery and Equipment for Horticultural Processing
(2) — Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisite, Agr. Engr. 111. (Hofmeister.)
This course covers the design, operation and maintenance of the machines
and equipment used in the commercial processing of fruits and vegetables.
AGRONOMY— CROPS AND SOILS
Professor Kuhn; Associate Professors Axley, Bourbeau and Street; Assistant
Professors Liden, Ronningen and Strickling; Assistant Bentz.
A. CROPS
Agron. 1. Crop Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week.
Culture, use, improvement, adaptation, distribution, and history of field
crops.
Agron. 30. Cereal Crop Production (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week.
Study of the principles and practices of corn, wheat, oats, barley, rye and
buckwheat production.
Agron. 31. Forage Crop Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week.
Study of the production and management of grasses and legumes for
quality hay, silage and pasture.
For Advanced Undergraduates
Agron. 101. Senior Seminar in Crops (1) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Agron. 1, 30, and 31.
Reports by seniors on current scientific and practical publications pertaining
to crops. (Ronningen.)
Agron. 153. Selected Crop Studies (2-4) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Agron. 1, 30, 31.
Advanced individual study of field crops of special interest to the student.
(Staff.)
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 85
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Agron. 103. Crop Breeding (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Zool. 104.
The principles of breeding as applied to field crop plants and methods used
in plant improvement. (Ronningen.)
Agron. 105. Tobacco Production (2) — First semester. Two lectures a week.
Prerequisite, Agron. 1.
A study of the history, adaptation, distribution, culture, and improvement
of various types of tobacco, with special emphasis on problems in Maryland
tobacco production. (Street.)
Agron. 106. Tobacco Production (2) — Second semester. Two lectures a
week. Prerequisite, Agron. 105.
A study of the physical and chemical factors associated with yield and
quality of tobacco, stress being placed on the importance of soil, climate and
fertilizers. (Street.)
Agron. 151. Cropping Systems (2) — Second semester.
The coordination of information from various courses in the development
of balanced cropping systems, appropriate to different objectives in various
areas of the State and Nation. (Kuhn.)
Agron. 152. Seed Production and Distribution (3) — Second semester.
Two lectures and one laboratory (2 hours) period a week. Prerequisite,
Agron. 1.
A study of seed production, processing, and distribution; Federal and State
seed control programs; seed laboratory analyses; release of new varieties and
maintenance of foundation seed stocks. The course will also include identifica-
tion of weeds and their seeds or fruits, and principles of weed eradication and
control. (Liden.)
For Graduates
Agron. 201. Crop Breeding (2-4) — Second semester. Prerequisite, per-
mission of instructor.
Similar to Agron. 103, but better adapted to graduate students and offering
a wider range of choice of material to suit special cases. (Ronningen.)
Agron. 203. Crop Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
Presentation of original work or review of literature on agronomic topics.
(Staff.)
Agron 204. Technic in Field Crop Research (2) — First semester.
Field plot technic, application of statistical analysis to agronomic data, and
preparation of the research project. (Kuhn.)
Agron. 205. Advanced Tobacco Production (2) — Second semester. Two
lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor.
A study of principles and problems relating to tobacco research and pro-
duction. (Street)
86 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Agron. 206, 207. Recent Advances in Crop Production (2, 2) — First
semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor.
A study of recent advances in research techniques and findings pertaining
to crop production. (Agron. 207 not offered in 1953-54).
(Kuhn, Street, Ronningen)
Agron. 208. Research Methods (2-4) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
permission of staff.
Development of research viewpoint by detailed study and report on crop
research of the Maryland Experiment Station or review of literature on specific
phases of a problem. (Staff.)
Agron. 209. Research in Crops (1-8) — First and second semesters.
Credit according to work accomplished. With approval or suggestion of
the Professor in charge of his major work the student will choose his own
problem for study. (Staff.)
Agron. S210. Cropping Systems (1) — Summer session only.
An advance course primarily designed for teachers of vocational agriculture
and county agents. It deals with outstanding problems and the latest develop-
ments in the field. (Kuhn.)
B. SOILS
Agron. 10. General Soils (4) — First and second semesters. Three lectures
and a two-hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Chem. 1 or per-
mission of instructor.
A study of the fundamentals of soils including their origin, development,
relation to natural sciences, effect on civilization, physical properties, and
chemical properties. (Strickling.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Agron. S110. Soil Management (1) — Summer school only.
An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of Vocational Agri-
culture and County Agents dealing with factors involved in management of
soils in general and of Maryland soils in particular. Emphasis is placed on
methods of maintaining and improving chemical, physical, and biological
characteristics of soils. Illustrations with conservation practices receive par-
ticular attention. (Strickling.)
Agron. 111. Soil Fertility Principles (3) — First semester. Three lectures
a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10.
A study of the chemical, physical, and biological characteristics of soils
that are important in growing crops. Soil deficiencies of physical, chemical
or biological nature and their correction by the use of lime, fertilizers, and
rotations are discussed and illustrated. (Strickling.)
Agron. 112. Commercial Fertilizers (3) — Second semester. Three lec-
tures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 87
A study of the manufacturing and distribution of commercial fertilizers.
(Axley.)
Agron 113. Soil Conservation (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one three-hour laboratory a week.
A study of the importance and causes of soil erosion, and methods of soil
erosion control. Special emphasis is placed on farm planning for soil con-
servation. The laboratory period will be largely devoted to field trips. (Bentz.)
Agron. 114. Soil Classification (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10.
A study of the genesis, morphology and classification of soils. The broad
principles governing soil formation are explained. The laboratory period will
be largely devoted to field trips. (Bourbeau.)
Agron. 115. Soil Geography (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and
one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 114, or Geog.
30, 40, and 41, or permission of instructor.
A study of the influence of geographic factors on the development and
location of soils- in the United States and the world. The laboratory periods
will be used largely for a study of various maps of the world and field trips.
(Bourbeau.)
Agron. 116. Soil Investigation Methods (3) — First semester. One hour
lecture, one two-hour laboratory, and one three-hour laboratory a week.
A study of chemical methods of soil analysis and their relation to fertilizer
requirements of the soil. ' (Axley.)
Agron. 117. Soil Physics (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
three-hour laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 and a course in Physics,
or permission of instructor.
A study of physical poperties of soils with special emphasis on relationship
to soil productivity. (Strickling.)
Agron. 118. Special Problem in Soils (1) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, Agron. 10 and permission of instructor.
A detailed study, including a written report, of an important soil problem.
(Staff.)
For Graduates
Agron. 250. Soil Minerology (3)— Second semester. Three one-hour lec-
tures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 and permission of instructor.
A study of the identification of soil minerals and their relationship to soil
formation, classification, and productivity. (Bourbeau)
Agron. 251. Advanced Methods of Soil Investigation (3)— -First semester.
Three one-hour lectures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 and permission of
instructor.
88 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
An advanced study of the theory of chemical methods of soil investigation
with emphasis on problems involving application of physical chemistry.
(Axley.)
Agron. 252. Advanced Soil Physics (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one three-hour laboratory a week. Prerequisites, Agron. 10 and permission
of instructor.
An advanced study of physical properties of soils with special emphasis
on relationship to soil productivity. (Strickling.)
Agron. 253, 254. Soil Research Technique (2, 2) — First and second se-
mesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, permission
of instructor.
An advanced laboratory study of chemical methods of soil analyses and their
relationship to fertilizer requirements of the soil. (Axley.)
Agron. 255. Soil Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Prere-
quisite, permission of instructor. (Staff.)
Agron. 256. Soil Research (1-12) — First and second semesters. (Staff.)
ANIMAL HUSBANDRY
Professors Foster, Green; Associate Professors Kerr; Assistant Professors
Buric and Leffel
A. H. 1. Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry (3) — First semester. Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week.
A study of the general problems in breeding, feeding, management and
marketing of beef cattle, sheep, swine and horses. Practice is given in the
selection of animals to meet market demands. Field trips may be made to
near-by farms and packing plants.
A. H. 30. Types and Breeds of Livestock (3) — Second semester. Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1.
A study of the various types and breeds of livestock, their development,
characteristics and adaptability. Practice is given in selection according to
standards of excellence.
A. H. 90. Livestock Judging (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 30 or permission of instructor.
Training is given in the judging of beef cattle, sheep, swine and horses.
Occasional trips are made to farms where outstanding herds and flocks are
maintained.
For Advanced Undergraduates
A. H. 100. Advanced Livestock Judging (2) — First semester. Two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 90 and permission of instructor.
An advanced course in the selection and judging of purebred and com-
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 89
mercial meat and work animals. The most adept students enrolled in this
course are chosen to represent the University of Maryland in intercollegiate
livestock judging contests. (Buric.)
A. H. 110. Feeds and Feeding (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3.
Elements of nutrition; source, characteristics, and adaptability of the
various feeds to the several classes of livestock; feeding standards; the cal-
culation and compounding of rations. (Leffel.)
A. H. 130. Beef Cattle Production (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1, A. H. 110.
Principles and practices underlying the economical production of beef
cattle, including a study of the breeds and their adaptability; selection, breed-
ing, feeding, management and marketing of purebred and commercial herds.
(Foster.)
A. H. 131. Sheep Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, A. H. 1, A. H. 110.
Principles and practices underlying the economical production of sheep,
including a study of the breeds and their adaptability; selection, breeding,
feeding, management and marketing of purebred and commercial flocks.
(Leffel.)
A. H. 132. Swine Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a wreek. Prerequisites, A. H. 1, A. H. 110.
Principles and practices underlying the economical production of swine,
including a study of the breeds and their adaptability; selection, breeding,
feeding, management and marketing of purebred and commercial herds. (Kerr.)
A. H. 134. Light Horse Production (1) — First semester. A study of the
light horse breeds with emphasis on the types and usefulness of each. A dis-
cussion of principles of selection and breeding of light horses is included in
this course. (Leffel.)
A. H. 135. Light Horse Production (1) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
A. H. 1.
Included is a study of the organization of the light horse farm, proper
methods of feeding and training, control of disease, treatment and care of
injuries, sale of surplus stock. (Leffel.)
A. H. 140. Livestock Management (3) — Second semester. One lecture
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1.
A course designed to familiarize students with various systems of live-
stock farming, together with practical methods of handling and managing
livestock. Practice and training in the feeding and preparation of animals for
show and work purposes and commercial meat production. (Buric.)
A. H. 160. Meat and Meat Products (3) — Second semester. One lecture
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1.
90 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Designed to give information on the processing and handling of the na-
tion's meat supply. A study of the physical and structural qualities which
effect the value of meat and meat products. Trips are made to packing houses
and meat distributing centers. (Kerr.)
A. H. 170, 171. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite,
permission of instructor.
Advanced undergraduates will be required to review literature, present
reports and discuss assigned topics relating to Animal Husbandry. (Staff.)
A. H. 172, 173. Special Problems in Animal Husbandry (1-2, 1-2)— First
and second semesters. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit.
Prerequisite, permission of instructor.
A course designed for advanced undergraduates in which specific problems
relating to Animal Husbandry will be assigned. (Staff.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
A. H. 111. Animal Nutrition (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, Chem.
31, 32, 33, 34; A. H. 110. Graduate credit allowed, with permission of instructor.
Processes of digestion, absorption, and metabolism of nutrients; nutri-
tional balances; nature of nutritional requirements for growth, production and
reproduction. (Shaw.)
A. H. 120. Principles of Breeding (3) — Second semester. Two leectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 104. Graduate credit
(1-3 hours), allowed with permission of instructor.
The practical aspects of animal breeding, heredity, variation, selection,
development, systems of breeding, and pedigree study are considered. (Green.)
A. H. 150. Livestock Markets and Marketing (2) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, A. H. 1. Graduate credit allowed, with permission of instructor.
History and development of livestock markets and systems of marketing;
trends of livestock marketing; effect of changes in transportation and refrig-
eration facilities; the merchandising of meat products. (Kerr.)
For Graduates
A. H. 200, 201. Special Problems in Animal Husbandry (1-2, 1-2)—
First and second semesters. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit.
Prerequisite, permission of instructor.
Problems will be assigned which relate specifically to the characters of
work the student is pursuing. (Staff.)
A. H. 202, 203. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
Students are required to prepare papers based upon current scientific
publications relating to Animal Husbandry or upon their research work, for
presentation before and discussion by the class. (Staff.)
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 91
A. H. 204. Research (1-6) — First and second semesters. Credit to be
determined by amount and character of work done.
With the approval of the head of the department, students will be required
to pursue original research in some phase of Animal Husbandry, carrying the
same to completion, and report the results in the form of a thesis. (Staff.)
A. H. 205. Advanced Breeding (2) — Second semester. Prerequisites,
A. H. 120 or equivalent and Biological Statistics.
This course deals with the more technical phases of heredity and variation;
selection indices; breeding systems; inheritance in farm animals. (Green.)
A. H. 206. Advanced Livestock Management (3) — First semester. Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor.
An intensive study of the newer developments in animal breeding, animal
physiology, animal nutrition, endocrinology and other closely allied fields as
they apply to the management and commercial production of livestock. (Staff.)
A. H. S230. Beef Cattle (1) — Summer session only.
This course is designed primarily for teachers of Vocational Agriculture
and Extension Service Workers. (Foster.)
BOTANY
Professors Bamford, Jeffers, Gauch, Cox. Weaver, Appleman (emeritus),
Norton (emeritus); Associate Professors Brown, D. T. Morgan; Assistant
Professors O. D. Morgan, Dugger, Rappleye, Keller; Research Associate
Krauss.
Bot. 1. General Botany (4) — First and second semesters. Two lectures
and two laboratory periods a week.
General introduction to botany, touching briefly on all phases of the
subject. Emphasis is on the fundamental biological principles of the higher
plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Bot. 2. General Botany (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
A brief evolutionary study of algae, fungi, liveworts, mosses, ferns and
their relatives, and the seed plants emphasizing their structure, reproduction,
habitats, and economic importance. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Bot. 11. Plant Taxonomy (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent.
A study of the principles of plant classification, based on the collection and
identification of local plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Bot. 20. Diseases of Plants (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent.
An introductory study of the symptoms and casual agents of plant diseases
and measures for their control. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
92 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
For Advanced Undergraduates
Bot. 110. Plant Microtechnique (3) — Second semester. One lecture and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
Principles and methods involved in the preparation of permanent micro-
scope slides of plant materials. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.)
Bot. 112. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, per-
mission of instructor.
Discussion of special topics, current literature, problems and programs in
all phases of botany. For seniors only, majors and minors in botany or biological
science. (Brown.)
A. Plant Physiology
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Bot. 101. Plant Physiology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1 and General Chemistry.
A survey of the general physiological activities of plants. Laboratory fee,
$5.00. (Gauch, Dugger.)
Bot. 102. Plant Ecology (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 11, or equivalent.
A study of plants in relation to their environments. Plant successions and
formations of North America are treated briefly and local examples studied.
Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Brown.)
For Graduates
Bot. 201. Plant Biochemistry (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 101 and elementary organic
chemistry, or equivalent. (Not offered 1953-54.)
A study of the important substances in the composition of the plant body
and the chemical changes occurring therein. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Gauch.)
Bot. 202. Plant Biophysics (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Bot.
101 and introductory physics, or equivalent.
An advanced course dealing with the operation of physical phenomena in
plant life processes. (Dugger.)
Bot. 203. Biophysical Methods (2)— Second semester. Two laboratory
periods a week. Laboratory course to accompany Bot. 202. Laboratory fee,
$5.00. (Dugger.)
Bot. 204. Growth and Development (2) — First semester. Prerequisite,
12 semester hours of plant science. (Dugger.)
Bot. 205. Mineral Nutrition of Plants (2) — Second semester.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 93
Reports on current literature are presented and discussed in connection with
recent advances in the mineral nutrition of plants. (Not offered 1953-1954.)
(Gauch.)
Bot. 206. Research in Plant Physiology — Credit according to work done.
Students must be qualified to pursue with profit the research to be under-
taken. (Gauch, Dugger.)
Bot. 207. Special Topics in Plant Physiology (2)— Second semester.
Prerequisite, permission of instructor.
This course, on highly specialized subjects, will usually be presented by a
specialist who is available at a neighboring institution. ( .)
Bot. 208. Seminar in Plant Physiology (1) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, permission of instructor.
Discussion of special topics in plant physiology. (Gauch, Dugger.)
B. Plant Morphology and Taxonomy
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Bot. 111. Plant Anatomy (3) — First semester. One lecture and two lab-
oratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 110, or equivalent.
The origin and development of the organs and tissue systems in the vascular
plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.)
Bot. 113. Plant Geography (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or
equivalent.
A study of plant distribution throughout the world and the factors generally
associated with such distribution. (Brown.)
Bot. 114. Advanced Plant Taxonomy (2) — First semester. Two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 11, or permission of instructor. Study of
difficult plant groups, especially grasses, sedges, legumes, and composites, with
emphasis on native plants. Laboratory fee $5.00. (Brown.)
Bot. 115. Structure of Economic Plants (3) — Second semester. One lec-
ture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 111.
A detailed microscopic study of the anatomy of the chief fruit and vegetable
crops. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.)
Bot. 116. History and Philosophy of Botany (1) — First semester. Pre-
requisite. 15 semester hours of botany.
Discussion of the development of ideas and knowledge about plants, leading
to a survey of contemporary work in botanical science. (Bamford.)
Bot. 117. Plant Breeding (2) — Second semester. Prerequisites, Zool. 104
or equivalent.
A survey of the fundamental principles to modern plant breeding. The
94 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
analysis of hybrid vigor, its application to economic plants, the relation of
chromosomes to plant improvement, economically valuable mutations and
similar topics will be considered. (D. T. Morgan.)
Bot. 133. Bryophytes and Pteridophytes (3) — Second semester. One lec-
ture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1 and Bot. 2, or
equivalent. (Not offered 1953-1954.)
The morphology, taxonomy and ecology of the Bryophytes and Pterido-
phytes. Field stud}- and collections will be made in local areas. Laboratory
fee, S5.00.
Bot. 135. Aquatic Plants (3) — First semester. One lecture and two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1 and Bot. 11, or equivalent. (Not offered
1953-1954.)
A study of the taxonomy and ecology of aquatic plants, especially those of
importance in fisheries and wild life management. Field trips and collections
will be made. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Bot. 136. Plants and Mankind (2)— First semester. Prerequisite Bot. 1 or
equivalent. (Not offered 1953-54).
A survey of the plants which are utilized by man; the diversity of such
utilization, and their historic and economic significance. (Rappleye.)
Bot. 151 S. Teaching Methods in Botany (2) — Summer. Five two-hour
laboratory and demonstration periods per week; 10:00-11:00; E-307. Pre-
requisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Owens.)
A study of the biological principles of common plants, and demonstrations,
projects, and visual aids suitable for teaching in primary and secondary schools.
For Graduates
Bot. 211. Cytology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 104 (Genetics) or equivalent. (Not
offered 1953-1954).
A detailed study of the chromosomes in mitosis and meiosis, and the rela-
tion of these to current theories of heredit}^ and evolution. Laboratory fee,
S5.00. (Bamford, D. T. Morgan.)
Bot. 212. Plant Morphology (3)— First semester. One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 11, Bot. Ill, or equivalent.
A comparative study of the morphology of the flowering plants, with special
reference to the phylogeny and development of floral organs. Laboratory
fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.)
Bot. 213. Seminar in Plant Cytology and Morphology (1) — First and
second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of instructor.
Discussion of special topics in plant morphology, anatomy, and cytology.
(D. T. Morgan, Rappleye.)
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 95
Bot. 214. Research in Plant Cytology and Morphology — Credit according
to work done. (Bamford, D. T. Morgan, Rappleye.)
Bot. 215. Plant Cytogenetics (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 104, (Genetics) or equivalent.
An advanced study of the current status of plant genetics, particularly
gene mutations and their relation to chromosome changes in corn and other
favorable genetic materials. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (D. T. Morgan.)
Bot. 219. Special Topics in Plant Morphology and Cytology (2) — First
semester. Prerequisite permission of instructor.
This course treats specialized subjects very intensively. It will usually
be given by a lecturer from a neighboring institution. ( .)
C. Plant Pathology
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Bot. 122. Research Methods in Plant Pathology (2) — First or second
semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent.
Advanced training in the basic research techniques and methods of plant
pathology. Laboratory fee, $5.00 each semester. (Cox.)
Bot. 123. Diseases of Ornamental Plants (2) — Second semester Prere-
quisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent.
Symptoms, control measures, and other pertinent information concerning
the diseases which affect important ornamental plants grown in the eastern
states. (Keller.)
Bot. 124. Diseases of Tobacco and Agronomic Crops (2) — First semester.
Prerequisite, Bot. 20 or equivalent. (Not offered 1953-1954.)
The symptoms and control of the diseases of tobacco, forage crops and
cereal grains. (O. D. Morgan.)
Bot. 125. Diseases of Fruit Crops (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Bot.
20, or equivalent.
Symptoms and control of the diseases affecting fruit production in the
eastern United States. (Weaver.)
Bot. 126. Diseases of Vegetable Crops (2) — Second semester. Prerequi-
site, Bot. 20, or equivalent. (Not offered 1953-1954.)
The recognition and control of diseases affecting the production of im-
portant vegetable crops grown in the eastern United States. (Cox.)
Bot. 128. Mycology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 2, or equivalent.
An introductory study of the morphology, classification, life histories, and
economics of the fungi. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Jeffers.)
96 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Bot. 152S. Field Plant Pathology (1)— Summer. Daily lecture first three
weeks, 11:00; E-307. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. Laboratory fee,
S5.00. (Not offered 1953.)
A course for county agents and teachers of vocational agriculture. Dis-
cussion and demonstration of the important diseases in Maryland crops.
(Cox and Staff.)
For Graduates
Bot. 221. Virus Diseases (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 20 and Bot. 101. (Not offered
1953-1954.)
Consideration of the physical, chemical and physiological aspects of plant
viruses and plant diseases. Laboratory fee, S5.00. (Keller.)
Bot. 222. Plant Nematology (2). Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent.
(Not offered 1953-1954.)
A detailed study of the nematodes which cause plant diseases, especially
their life history, plant symptoms and control measures. ( .)
Bot. 225. Research in Plant Pathology — Credit according to work done.
(Staff.)
Bot. 226. Plant Disease Control (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Bot.
20, or equivalent.
An advanced course dealing with the theory and practices of plant disease
control. (Cox.)
Bot 228. Special Topics in Plant Pathology (2) — Second semester. Prere-
quisite, permission of instructor.
This course on very specialized phases of plant pathology will usually be
given by a lecturer from a neighboring institution.
Bot 229. Seminar in Plant Pathology (1) — First and second semesters.
Discussion on the advanced technical literature of plant pathology.
(Jeffers, Cox.)
DAIRY
Professors Pou, Arbuckle and Shaw; Assistant Professors Mattick and
Kenney; Instructors Corbin and Brown
A. DAIRY HUSBANDRY
Dairy 1. Fundamentals of Dairying (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week.
This course is designed to cover the entire field of dairying. The content
of the course deals with all phases of dairy cattle feeding, breeding and man-
agement and the manufacturing, processing, distributing and marketing of dairy
products. Laboratory fee, §3.00. (Brown, Mattick.)
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 97
Dairy 20. Dairy Breeds and Selection (2) — First semester. One lecture
and one laboratory period a week.
A detailed study of the dairy breeds, factors which have contributed to the
success and failure of modern breeding establishments and standards of ex-
cellence in the selection of breeding cattle. (Brown.)
Dairy 30. Dairy Cattle Judging (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory
periods a week.
This course offers complete instruction in the selection and comparative
judging of dairy cattle. Trips to various dairy farms for judging practice will
be made. (Pou.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Dairy 100. Dairy Cattle Management (1) — First semester. One labora-
tory period a week. Prerequisite, Dairy 1.
A management course designed to familiarize students with the practical
handling and management of dairy cattle. Students are given actual practice
and training in the University dairy barns. (Brown.)
Dairy 101. Dairy Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, A.H. 110.
A comprehensive course in dairy cattle feeding, breeding and herd man-
agement. (Pou.)
Dairy 105. Dairy Cattle Breeding (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Zool. 104, A. H. 120.
A specialized course in breeding dairy cattle. Emphasis is placed on
methods of sire evaluation systems of breeding, breeding programs, and artificial
breeding techniques. (Pou.)
Dairy 120, 121. Dairy Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisites, students majoring in dairy production, Dairy 101; students majoring
in dairy products technology, Dairy 108.
Presentation and discussion of current literature and research work in
dairying. (Staff.)
Dairy 124. Special Problems in Dairying A (1-4) — First and second se-
mesters. Prerequisite, Dairy 101. Credit in accordance with the amount and
character of work done.
Special prohlems will be assigned which relate specifically to the work
the student is pursuing. (Staff.)
B. DAIRY TECHNOLOGY
Dairy 40. Grading Dairy Products (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory
periods a week.
Market grades and the judging of milk, butter, cheese, and ice cream.
Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Arbuckle.)
98 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Dairy 41. Advanced Grading of Dairy Products (1) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, Dairy 40.
An advanced course in grading and judging of milk, butter, cheese, and
ice cream. Open to students who participate in training for intercollegiate
dairy products judging contests. Laboratory fee, §3.00. (Arbuckle.)
Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Dairy 108. Dairy Technology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Bact. 133, Chem. 1, 3.
Composition standards for milk and milk products, critical interpretation
and application of practical f actor y methods of analyses for fat and solids;
quality tests. Laboratory fee, §3.00. (Mattick.)
Dairy 109. Market Milk (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two lab-
oratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Bact. 133, Chem. 1, 3.
Commercial aspects of the market milk industry relating to transportation,
processing, and distribution; operation of a market milk plant; quality problems;
chocolate milk, buttermilk and cottage cheese. Laboratory fee, §3.00.
(Arbuckle.)
Dairy 110. Butter and Cheese Making (3) — Second semester. One lecture
and one five-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Bact. 1,
Chem. 1, 3. (Alternate years, not given in 1953-1954.)
Commercial methods of manufacturing butter and cheese. Consideration
is given to the physical, chemical, and biological factors involved; procedures
of manufacture; quality control. Laboratory fee, §3.00. (Mattick.)
Dairy 111. Concentrated Milk Products (3) — Second semester. One lec-
ture and one five-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 108,
114. (Alternate years, given in 1953-1954.)
Theories and practice of manufacturing condensed and evaporated milk
and milk powder; plant processes; qualit\T factors; utilization. Laboratory fee,
§3.00. (Mattick.)
Dairy 112. Ice Cream Making (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Dairy 108.
The ice cream industry; commercial methods of manufacturing ice cream;
fundamental principles; ingredients; controlling quality. Laboratory fee, §3.00.
(Arbuckle.)
Dairy 114. Special Laboratory Methods (4) — Second semester. Two lec-
tures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 108, Bact. 133,
Chem. 19, 31, 32, 33, 34.
Application of analytical methods to milk, milk products and milk con-
stituents. Laboratory fee, §3.00. (Keeney.)
Dairy 115. Dairy Inspection (2) — First semester. One lecture and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Dairy 109.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 99
Study and interpretation of dairy ordinances and standards; application to
farm and plant inspection. (Mattick.)
Dairy 116. Dairy Plant Management (3)— Second semester. Three lec-
ture periods a week. Prerequisites, at least three advanced dairy products
technology courses.
Principles of dairy plant management, record systems; personnel, plant
design and construction: dairy machinery and equipment. (Mattick.)
Dairy 124. Special Problems in Dairying B (1-4) — First and second se-
mesters. Prerequisites, Dairy 108, 109. Credit in accordance with the amount
and character of work done.
Special problems will be assigned which relate specifically to the work the
student is pursuing. (Staff.)
For Graduates in Dairy Husbandry and Dairy Technology
Dairy 201. Advanced Dairy Production (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Dairy 101 or equivalent.
A study of the newer discoveries in animal nutrition, breeding, and man-
agement. Readings and assignments. (Staff.)
Dairy S201. Advanced Dairy Production (1) — Summer session only.
An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of vocational agriculture
and county agents. It includes a study of the newer discoveries in dairy cattle
nutrition, breeding and management. (Staff.)
Dairy 202. Advanced Dairy Technology (3) — First semester. Prerequi-
site, Dairy 108, 114 or equivalent.
Milk and milk products from physico-chemical and bio-chemical points
of view, with attention directed to hydrogen ion concentration, electrometric
titration, oxidation-reduction, electrometric conductivity, buffer system of milk,
milk enzymes. (Keeney.)
Dairy 203. Physiology of Milk Secretion (3) — Second semester. Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, A. H. Ill; Chem.
31, 32, 33, 34, or permission of instructor.
A study of the anatomy, evolution and metabolism of the mammary gland,
including hormonal control, theories of milk secretion, and factors affecting
the amount and composition of milk. (Shaw.)
Dairy 204. Special Problems in Dairying (1-5) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, permission of Professor in charge of work. Credit in ac-
cordance with the amount and character of work done.
Methods of conducting dairy research and the presentation of results are
stressed. A research problem which relates specifically to the work the student
is pursuing will be assigned. (Staff.)
100 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Dairy 205. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
Assigned readings on current literature on timely topics; preparation and
presentation of reports for classroom discussion. (Staff.)
Dairy 206. Animal Nutrition Seminar (1) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
permission of instructor.
Discussion of special topics and recent advances in the nutrition and
physiology of farm animals. (Shaw.)
Dairy 208. Research (3-8) — First and second semesters. Credit to be
determined by the amount and quality of work done.
Original investigation by the student of some subject assigned by the
Major Professor, the completion of the assignment and the preparation of a
thesis in accordance with requirements for an advanced degree. (Staff.)
ENTOMOLOGY
Professor Cory; Associate Professor Bickley; Assistant Professors Abrams,
Haviland; Lecturers Munson, Sailer, Shepard.
Ent. 1. Introductory Entomology (3) — First and second semesters. Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, one semester of
college Zoology. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
The position of insects in the animal kingdom, their gross structure, class-
ification into orders and principal families and the general economic status of
insects. A collection of common insects is required.
Ent. 2. Insect Morphology (3) — First semester. One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 1. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Intensive study of the external structures and less intensive study of the
internal anatomy of representative insects with special reference to those
phases needed for work in insect taxonomy and biology.
Ent. 3. Insect Taxonomy (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 2. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Intensive study of the classification of all orders and the important families
based on individual collections supplemented by typical material from the de-
partment collection.
Ent. 4. Beekeeping (2) — First semester.
A study of the life history, behavior and seasonal activities of the honey-
bee, its place in pollination of flowers with emphasis on plants of economic
importance and bee lore in literature.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Ent. 100. Advanced Apiculture (3) — Second semester. One lecture and
two three-hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite, Ent. 4. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 101
The theory and practice of apiary management. Designed for the student
who wishes to keep bees or requires a practical knowledge of bee management.
(Abrams.)
Ent. 101. Economic Entomology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, con-
sent of the department. (Not offered in 1953-1954.)
An intensive study of the theory and problems of applied entomology,
including life history, ecology, behavior, distribution, parasitism and control.
Ent. 103, 104. Insect Pests (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Two
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 1
or consent of the department.
A comprehensive study of the principal pests of crops, livestock, the house-
hold, man and forests. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Cory.)
Ent. 105. Medical Entomology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one
two-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 1, or consent of the
department. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
A study of insects and related anthropods that affect the health and comfort
of man directly and as vectors of disease. In discussions of the control of such
pests the emphasis will be upon community sanitation. (Bickley.)
Ent. 106. Advanced Insect Taxonomy (3) — First semester. Two three-
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 3. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Principles of systematic entomology and intensive study of limited groups
of insects, including immature forms. (Bickley.)
Ent. 107. Insecticides (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Ent. 1 and
Elementary Organic Chemistry.
The development and use of contact and stomach poisons, fumigants and
other important chemicals, with reference to their chemistry, toxic action, com-
patibility, and host injury. Recent research emphasized. (Shepard.)
Ent. 109. Insect Physiology (2) — Second semester. Two lectures and
occasional demonstrations. Prerequisite, consent of the department.
The functioning of the insect body with particular reference to blood, circu-
lation, digestion, absorption, excretion, respiration, reflex action and the nervous
system, and metabolism. (Munson.)
Ent. 110, 111. Special Problems (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisites, to be determined by the department.
An intensive investigation of some entomological problem, preferably of the
student's choice. Required of majors in entomology. (Cory and Staff.)
Ent. 112. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, senior
standing.
Presentation of original work, reviews and abstracts of literature.
(Cory and Staff.)
102 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Ent. 113. Entomological Literature (1) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
senior standing.
A study of entomological publications and good scientific writing. Prepa-
ration of bibliographies. (Bickley.)
Ent. 114. Insect Pests of Greenhouses (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 1 or consent of
the department. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
The identification, life history and habits of insects affecting plants raised
under glass; recognition of early injury and methods of control applicable under
these specialized conditions will be considered. (Haviland.)
For Graduates
Ent. 201. Advanced Entomology — Credit and prerequisites to be determined
by the department. First and second semesters.
Studies of minor problems in morphology, taxonomy and applied ento-
mology, with particular reference to the preparation of the student for individual
research. (Cory and Staff.)
Ent. 202. Research — First and second semesters.
Required of graduate students majoring in Entomology. This course in-
volves research on an approved project. A dissertation suitable for publication
must be submitted at the conclusion of the studies as a part of the requirements
for an advanced degree. (Cory and Staff.)
Ent. 203. Advanced Insect Morphology (2) — Second semester. One lec-
ture and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Insect structure with special reference to function. Emphasis on internal
anatomy. Given in preparation for advanced work in physiology or research in
morphology. (Bickley.)
Ent. 205. Insect Ecology (2) — First semester. One lecture and one two-
hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, consent of the department. Labor-
atory fee, $3.00.
A study of fundamental factors involved in the relationship of insects to
their environment. Emphasis is placed on the insect as a dynamic organism
adjusted to its surroundings. (Sailer.)
Ent. 206. Bionomics of Mosquitoes (2) — Second semester. One lecture and
one three-hour laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
The classification, distribution, ecology, biology, and control of mosquitoes.
(Bickley.)
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 103
FORESTRY
Assistant Professor Enright
For. 30. Elements of Forestry (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
A general survey of the field of forestry, including timber values, conserva-
tion, protection, silviculture, utilization, mensuration, engineering, recreation and
lumbering. Principles and practices of woodland management.
HORTICULTURE
Professors Haut, Kramer, Link, Scott, Stark, Thompson, Associate Professors
Shanks, Shoemaker; Assistant Professor Enright; Instructor Todd
Hort. 1. General Horticulture (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
A general basic course planned to give the student a background of methods
and practices used in production of horticulture crops.
Hort. 5, 6. Fruit Production (3, 2) — First and second semesters. One or
two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
A study of commercial varieties and the harvesting, grading, and storage of
fruits. Principles and practices in fruit tree production.
Hort. 11. Greenhouse Management (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
A detailed study of greenhouse construction and management.
Hort. 16. Garden Flowers (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
The various species of annuals, herbaceous perennials, bulbs, bedding plants,
and roses and their cultural requirements.
Hort. 22. Landscape Gardening (2) — First semester.
The theory and general principles of landscape gardening and their applica-
tion to private and public areas.
Hort. 56. Landscape Ornamentals and Floriculture (2) — Second semester.
One lecture and one laboratory period a week.
A course dealing with the basic principles in the use of trees, shrubs, broad-
leaved evergreens, annual and perennial flowering plants in ornamental plantings.
Designed for any students wishing a broad coverage in this field.
Hort. 58. Vegetable Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1 and Agron. 10.
A study of the principles and practices of commercial vegetable production.
Hort. 59. Small Fruits (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
104 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A study of the principles and practices involved in the production of small
fruits including grapes, strawberries, raspberries, blueberries, blackberries, and
cranberries.
Hort. 61. Processing Industries (1) — Second semester.
Early history and development of the various types of preservation of horti-
cultural crops, such as canning, freezing, dehydration, pickling or brining. The
relative importance of these methods on state, national and world-wide bases
are emphasized.
Hort. 62. Plant Propagation (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
A study of principles and practices of propagation of horticultural plants.
Hort. 63. Flower Store Management (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 11. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
A study of the operation and management of a flower store. Laboratory
period devoted to principles and practice of floral arrangements and decoration.
For Advanced Undergraduates
Hort 118, 119. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
Oral presentation of the results of investigational work by reviewing recent
scientific literature in the various phases of horticulture. (Staff.)
Hort. 121. Plant Operations (2) — First semester. One lecture and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Agr. Engr. Ill, 112, Hort. 155.
Course deals with arrangement of machinery and equipment in proper se-
quence to insure the most economical operation of commercial processing plants,
providing for continuous flow through the factory. Field trips to commercial
plants included. ( )
Hort. 152. Landscape Design (3) — First semester. One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Hort. 22, Eng. D. 1, Art 1, Surv. 1H,
Ind. Ed. 41. Prerequisite or concurrently Hort. 107.
A consideration of the principles of landscape design supplemented by direct
application in the drafting room. (Shoemaker.)
Hort. 153. Landscape Design (3) — Second semester. Three laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 152.
Advanced landscape design. (Shoemaker.)
Hort. 160. Landscape Maintenance (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites or concurrently, Hort. 107, 108.
(Enright.)
A study of the planting and maintenance of turf, ornamental shrubs and
trees. Basic principles of park and estate maintenance included.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 105
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Hort. 101, 102. Technology of Fruits (2, 2)— First and second semesters.
Prerequisites, Hort. 6; Bot. 101.
A critical analysis of research work and application of the principles of plant
physiology, chemistry, and botany to practical problems in commercial produc-
tion. (Thompson.)
Hort. 103, 104. Technology of Vegetables (2, 2)— First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisites, Hort. 58; Bot. 101.
For a description of these courses see the general statement under Hort. 101, 102.
(Stark.)
Hort. 105. Technology of Ornamentals (2) — First semester. Prerequisites,
Bot. 101; Hort. 107.
A study of the physiological plant processes as related to the growth,
flowering, and storage of floriculture and ornamental plants. (Link.)
Hort 106. World Fruits and Nuts (2)— Second semester. Prerequisite,
Bot. 1.
A study of the tropical and subtropical fruits and nuts of economic impor-
tance. (Haut.)
Hort. 107, 108. Plant Materials (3, 3)— First and second semesters. Pre-
requisites, Bot. 1, Bot. 11.
A field and laboratory study of trees, shrubs, and vines used in ornamental
plantings. (Enright.)
Hort. 114. Systematic Pomology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort, 5, 6.
A study of the origin, history, taxonomic relationships, and description of
fruits. (Haut)
Hort. S115. Truck Crop Management (1) — Summer session only.
Primarily designed for teachers and vocational agriculture and extension
agents. Special emphasis will be placed upon new and improved methods of
production of the leading truck crops. Current problems and their solution will
receive special attention.
Hort. 116. Systematic Olericulture (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 58.
A study of the classification and nomenclature of vegetable crops.
( )
Hort. 122. Special Problems (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Credit
arranged according to work done. For major students in horticulture or botany.
(Staff.)
Hort. 123. Grades and Standards for Canned and Frozen Products (2) —
Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
124.
106 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Factors considered in grading. Actual grading of principal products and
critical appraisal for quality improvement.
Hort. 124. Quality Control (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 58, 155, 156.
This course covers the principles involved in the evaluation of factors of
quality in processed foods including appearance, kinesthetic flavor and sanitation
factors, and statistical presentation of results. (Kramer.)
Hort. S124. Tree and Small Fruit Management (1) — Summer session only.
Primarily designed for vocational agriculture teachers and county agents.
Special emphasis will be placed upon new and improved commercial methods
of production of the leading tree and small fruit crops. Current problems and
their solution will receive special attention.
Hort. S125. Ornamental Horticulture (1) — Summer session only.
A course designed for teachers of agriculture, home demonstration agents
and county agents. Special emphasis will be given to the development of lawns,
flowers and shrubbery to beautify rural homes.
Hort. 126. Nutritional Analyses of Processed Crops (2) — Second semester.
Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 33 and 34, Bot. 101, Hort.
123.
Laboratory practice in standard methods for determining mineral, vitamin,
carbohydrate, protein and other food values of various fruit and vegetable
products.
Hort. 150, 151. Commercial Floriculture (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1, Hort. 11.
Growing and handling bench crops and potted plants, and the marketing of
cut flowers. (Link.)
Hort. 155. Commercial Processing I (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 32, 34, Hort. 61. Laboratory
fee, $5.00.
The fundamentals of canning, freezing, and dehydration of horticultural
crops. ( )
Hort. 156. Commercial Processing II (2) — Second semester. One lecture
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 155.
A continuation of Commercial Processing I. Also includes actual work in
laboratory of manufacture of jams, jellies, conserves, preserves, marmalades, and
juices. ( )
Hort 159. Nursery Management (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites or concurrently, Hort. 62, 107, 108.
A study of all phases of commercial nursery management and operations.
(Enright.)
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 107
For Graduates
Hort. 200. Experimental Procedures in Plant Sciences (3) — First Semester.
Prerequisite, permission of instructor.
Organization of research projects and presentation of experimental results in
the field of biological science. Topics included will be: Sources of research
financing, project outline preparation, formal progress reports, public and in-
dustrial supported research programs, and technical and popular presentation of
research data. (Haut.)
Hort. 201, 202. Experimental Pomology (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, Bot. 101.
A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as
applied to commercial practices in pomology. (Thompson.)
Hort. 203, 204. Experimental Olericulture (2, 2) — First and second se-
mesters. Prerequisite, Bot. 101.
A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as
applied to commercial practices in olericulture. (Stark.)
Hort. 205. Experimental Olericulture (2). First semester. Prerequisite
Bot. 101.
A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as
applied to commercial practices in olericulture. (Stark.)
Hort. 206. Experimental Floriculture (3). First semester. Prerequisite,
Bot. 101.
A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as
applied to commercial practices in Floriculture. (Link.)
Hort. 207. Methods of Horticultural Research (3). Second semester. One
lecture and one four-hour laboratory period a week.
A critical study of research methods which are or may be used in horti-
culture. (Scott.)
Hort. 208. Advanced Horticultural Research (2-12) — First and second se-
mesters. Credit granted according to work done. (Staff.)
Hort. 209. Advanced Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Five
credit hours for five semesters can be obtained.
Oral reports with illustrative material are required on special topics or
recent research publications in horticulture. (Haut and Staff.)
Hort. 210. Experimental Processing (2). Second semester. Prerequisite,
permission of instructor.
A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as
applied to commercial practices in processing. (Kramer.)
108 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
POULTRY HUSBANDRY
Professors Jull, Shaffner, Combs; Associate Professor Quigley.
P. H. 1. Poultry Production (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week.
This is a general comprehensive course covering all phases of modern
poultry husbandry practices, including breeds, incubation, brooding, housing,
feeding, culling, marketing, caponizing, and the economics of production and
distribution of poultry products.
P. H. 2. Poultry Biology (2) — Second semester.
This course is designed to provide basic information as a foundation for
other courses. The zoological classification of and structural differences among
domestic birds are considered in their relation to food production. Special em-
phasis is given to turkey production.
P. H. 59. Advanced Poultry Judging (1) — First semester. Prerequisite
P. H. 1. One lecture or laboratory period per week.
Theory and practice of judging and culling by physical means Correlation
studies of characertistics associated with productivity.
Contestant for regional collegiate judging competitions will be selected from
this class.
For Advanced Undergraduates
P. H. 100. Poultry Breeding (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, P. H.
1 or 2.
The inheritance of morphological and physiological characters of poultry
are presented. Inheritance of factors related to egg and meat production and
quality are stressed. Breeding plans are discussed. (Jull.)
P. H. 101. Poultry Nutrition (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week.
Nutritive requirements of poultry and the nutrients which meet those re-
quirements are presented. Studies are made of various nutritional diseases
commonly encountered under practical conditions. (Combs.)
P. H. 102. Physiology of Hatchability (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week.
The physiology of embryonic development as related to principles of
hatchability and problems of incubation encountered in the hatchery industry
are discussed. Laboratory exercises stressing fundamentals of hatchability are
assigned. (Shaffner.)
P. H. 103. Commercial Poultry Management (2) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, ten hours of poultry husbandry, including P. H. 1.
A symposium on finance, investment, plant layout, specialization, purchase
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 109
of supplies, and management problems in baby chick, egg, broiler, and turkey
production; foremanship, advertising, selling, by-products, production and
financial records. Field trips required. (Quigley.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
P. H. 104. Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry (3)— First semester.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week.
A study of the technological factors concerned with the processing, storage,
and marketing of eggs and poultry, also factors affecting their quality and
grading. ( )
A. E. 117. Economics of Marketing Eggs and Poultry (3)— Second se-
mester. Three lectures per week. (See Agricultural Economics A. E. 117.)
Poultry Hygiene, see Veterinary Science, V. S. 107.
Avian Anatomy, see Veterinary Science, V. S. 108.
P. H. 107. Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems (2) — First semester.
Relation of poultry to agriculture as a whole and its economic importance.
Consumer prejudices and preferences, production, transportation, storage,
and distribution problems are discussed. Trends in the industry, surpluses and
their utilization, poultry by-products, and disease problems, are presented.
Federal, state, and private agencies servicing the poultry industry and functions
performed by each agency are discussed. (Staff.)
P. H. 108. Special Poultry Problems (1-2)— First and second semesters.
For senior poultry students. The student will be assigned special problems
in the field of poultry for individual study and report. The poultry staff should
be consulted before any student registers for this course. (Staff.)
P. H. Sill— Poultry Breeding and Feeding (1) — Summer session only.
This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational agriculture
and extension service workers. The first half will be devoted to problems con-
cerning breeding and the development of breeding stock. The second half will
be devoted to nutrition.
P. H. SI 12. Poultry Products and Marketing (1)— Summer session only.
This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational agriculture
and county agents. It deals with the factors affecting the quality of poultry
products and with hatchery management problems, egg and poultry grading,
preservation problems and market outlets for Maryland poultry.
For Graduates
P. H. 201. Advanced Poultry Genetics (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
P. H. 100 or equivalent.
110 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
This course serves as a foundation for research in poultry genetics. Link-
age, crossing-over, inheritance of sex, the expression of genes in development,
inheritance of resistance to disease, and the influence of the environment on the
expression of genetic capacities are considered. (Jull.)
P. H. 202. Advanced Poultry Nutrition (3) — Second semester. Two lec-
tures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, P. H. 101 or equivalent.
A fundamental study of the dietary role of proteins, minerals, vitamins,
antibiotics and carbohydrates is given as well as a study of the digestion and
metabolism of these substances. Deficiency diseases as produced by the use of
synthetic diets are considered. (Combs.)
P. H. 203. Physiology of Reproduction of Poultry (3) — First semester.
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, P. H. 102 or its
equivalent.
The role of the endoctrines in avian reproduction, is considered. Fertility,
sexual maturity, broodiness, egg formation, ovulation, and the physiology of
oviposition are studied. Comparative mammalian functions are discussed.
(Shaffner.)
P. H. 204. Poultry Seminar (1) — First and second semesters.
Oral reports of current researches by staff members, graduate students, and
guest speakers are presented. (Staff.)
P. H. 205. Poultry Literature: (1-4) — First and second semesters.
Readings on individual topics are assigned. Written reports required.
Methods of analysis and presentation of scientific material are discussed.
(Staff.)
P. H. 206. Poultry Research (1-6) — First and second semesters. Credit in
accordance with work done.
Practical and fundamental research with poultry may be conducted under the
supervision of staff members toward the requirements for the degrees of M.S.
and Ph.D. (Staff.)
P. H. 207. Poultry Research Techniques (2) — First semester. One lec-
ture and one laboratory period a week.
To acquaint graduate students with common basic research techniques
useful in conducting experiments with poultry or poultry products. Methods
of arranging and conducting an experiment, of interpreting results (including the
use of statistics), of writing and publishing experimental results, of using lab-
oratory equipment (pH meter, colorimeter, microscope, etc.), of purchasing
equipment, and of using scientific periodicals are considered. Actual laboratory
experiments with poultry are included. (Staff.)
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 111
VETERINARY SCIENCE
Professors Brueckner, Poelma, De Volt and Reagan;
Associate Professor Sperry
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
V. S. 101. Comparative Anatomy (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week.
Normal structure of the domesticated animals; normal physiological ac-
tivities; interrelationship of structure and function. (Sperry.)
V. S. 102. Animal Hygiene (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week.
Nature of disease; immunity; prevention, and control; common diseases of
farm animals. (Sperry.)
V. S. 103. Regional Comparative Anatomy (2) — First semester. One lec-
ture and one laboratory period a week.
Structure and function of the feet of domestic species. Common diseases
and abnormalities of the feet; their correction and prevention. (Sperry.)
V. S. 104. Advanced Regional Comparative Anatomy (2) — Second se-
mester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, V. S. 103.
Advanced studies of the anatomy and physiology of the feet of domesticated
animals. Advanced and detailed studies of abnormalities and diseases of the
feet; their prevention and correction. (Sperry.)
V. S. 107. Poultry Hygiene (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory a week. Prerequisites, Bact. 1; P. H. 1. (De Volt.)
Virus, bacterial, and protozoon diseases; parasitic diseases; prevention,
control, and eradication.
V. S. 108. Avian Anatomy (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 1.
Gross and microscopic structure, physiological processes; dissection and
demonstration. (DeVolt.)
For Graduates
V. S. 201. Animal Disease Problems (2-6) — First and second semesters.
Credit in accordance with work done. Prerequisite, veterinary degree or consent
of staff.
Laboratory and field work by assignment. (Staff.)
V. S. 202. Animal Disease Research (2-6) — First and second semesters.
Credit in accordance with work done. Prerequisite, veterinary degree or consent
of staff.
Studies of practical disease phases. (Staff.)
V. S. 203. Electron Microscopy (2) — Second semester. One lecture and one
laboratory period a week.
Theory of the electron microscope, preparation of specimens, manipulations,
photography. . (Reagan and Brueckner.)
112 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
AGRICULTURAL, EXTENSION, RESEARCH AND
REGULATORY AGENCIES
EXTENSION SERVICE
Administrative Staff
College Park
James M. Gwin, Ph.D., Director of Extension.
T. B. Symons, Director, Emeritus.
Venia M. Kellar, Assistant Director, Emeritus.
Ernest N. Cory, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Entomology, State Entomologist,
Assistant Director.
John W. Magruder, M.S., Professor and County Agent Leader.
Mrs. Florence W. Low, Professor and Home Demonstration Agent Leader.
Arthur E. Durfee, M.S., Professor and Assistant County Agent Leader.
Dorothy Emerson, Professor, Girls' Club Leader.
Mylo S. Downey, M.A., Professor, Boys' Club Leader.
Elliott M. Elliott, Auditor.
Cooperative Extension work in agriculture and home economics, established
by State and Federal Laws in 1914, is designed to assist the people of the State
with their agricultural and homemaking problems. Most of the work is
carried on in the local communities, on the farms and in the homes throughout
the State. It is conducted under a Memorandum of Understanding between the
Extension Service of the University of Maryland and the U. S. Department
of Agriculture.
The Federal Government, the State, and the Counties contribute to the
support of the Extension Service in Maryland. There is a County Extension
Service in each county, with a County Agricultural Agent and Home Demon-
stration Agent in charge, and assistants where funds permit and the work
requires. Backed by a staff of Specialists at the University, these Agents are in
close contact with local people and their problems.
Practically every phase of agriculture and home life comes within the scope
of Extension work. The Extension Service teaches largely by demonstrations
and carries the scientific and economic results of the Experiment Station and
Department of Agriculture to rural people in ways that they understand and use.
In Maryland, the Extension Service works in close association with all
rural groups and organizations. It assists especially in promoting better mar-
keting of farm products and encourages the marketing of home supplies by
rural women. Work with women is one of the most extensive phases of
extension education, including both the practical problems of the home and the
cultural, economic, and community activities in which present-day women are
engaging.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 113
In addition to work with adults, thousands of boys and girls are developed
as leaders and given practical education in 4-H Clubs. Through their diversified
activities, the boys and girls are given a valuable type of instruction and training,
and are afforded an opportunity to develop self-confidence, perseverence and
citizenship.
The Extension Service in cooperation with the College of Agriculture
and the Experiment Station arranges and conducts short courses in various
lines, most of which are held at the University. Some of these courses have
been held regularly over a period of years and others are added as the need and
demand develop.
Canners' Short Course
For many years a short course has been held each year to aid canners in
keeping abreast of the latest developments in their industry. It is usually held
in February.
Rural Women's Short Course
In response to request of rural women for special training in a variety of
subjects, the Rural Women's Short Course was inaugurated in 1922. At-
tendance at the course, extending for one week, has grown steadily, reaching
more than one thousand women at recent sessions. The program offered has
been broadened through the years and attracts women from all counties in the
State. The third week in June is the date usually selected.
Other Short Courses
Courses for nurserymen, florists, poultry flock selection agents, beekeepers,
greenkeepers, sanitarians, and cow testers are among those held in recent years.
Announcement of such courses is made to those who may be interested.
Boys and Girls' Club Week
Members and leaders of boys' and girls' 4-H Clubs come to the University
for a week each year, usually in August. Class work and demonstrations are
given by specialists and a broad program of education, inspiration and recreation
is provided.
EXTENSION SERVICE STAFF*
Subject Matter Specialists
George J. Abrams. M.S., Assistant Professor, Apiculture.
Clementine B. Anslinger, A.B.. Ext. Instr., Marketing.
Ronald Bamford, Ph.D., Dean, Graduate School, Professor and Head, Botany
and Plant Pathology.
George M. Beal. Ph.D., Professor, Agricultural Economics and Marketing.
•Many of the members of the Extension Service staff are also on the Instructional
staff, or the Experiment Station staff, or both. Lists of the staffs of these two agencies
appear elsewhere in this publication.
114 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Frank L. Bentz, Ph.D., Ext. Assistant, Agronomy.
William E. Bickley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Entomology,
Theodore L. Bissell, M.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Extension Entomology.
Robert L. Bruce, M.S., Asst. Prof. & Publ. Editor, Inf. & Publ.
Fred L. Bull, B.S.. Extension Professor, Soil Conservation.
Ray W. Carpenter, A.B., Professor and Head, Agricultural Engineering,
State Drainage Engineer.
Janet L. Coblentz, B.S., Ext. Asst. Prof., Nutrition.
Gerald F. Combs, Ph.D., Professor, Poultry.
Carroll E. Cox, Ph.D., Professor, Plant Pathology.
Harry W. Dengler, B.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Forestry.
Donald W. Dickson, B.S., Ext. Instructor, Information and Publication.
John P. Dietrich, M.S., Ext. Asst. Prof., Dairy Husbandry.
Charles O. Dunbar, B.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Horticulture.
Andrew A. Duncan, M.S., Ext. Instr., Horticulture.
Charles P. Ellington, M.S., Ext. Asst. Prof., Soil Conservation.
John E. Foster, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Animal Husbandry.
Guy W. Gienger, M.S., Associate Professor, Agricultural Engineering.
Castillo Graham, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Field Entomologist.
Arthur B. Hamilton, M.S., Associate Professor, Agricultural Economics and
Marketing.
Wallace C. Harding, B.S., Ext. Instructor, Entomology.
Irvin C. Haut, Ph.D., Director of Experiment Station and Professor and Head,
Horticulture.
Russell C. Hawes, M.S., Ext. Professor, Marketing.
Harold H. Hoecker, B.S., Ext. Assistant Professor, Marketing.
Mabel G. Howell, B.S., Ext. Instructor, Marketing.
Evelyn B. Hutcheson, B.S., Ext. Instr., Inf. & Publications.
Walter F. Jeffers, Ph.D., Professor, Plant Pathology.
Carl N. Johnson, B.S., Ext. Assistant Professor, Landscape Gardening.
Warren T. Johnson, M.S., Ext. Instr., Entomology.
Morley A. Jull, Ph.D.. Professor and Head, Poultry Husbandry.
James G. Kantzes, B.S., Instr., Botany.
John R. Keller, Ph.D., Asst. Prof., Botany.
Malcolm Kerr, M.S., Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry.
Albert V. Krewatch, M.S., E.E. Ext. Professor, Agricultural Engineering,
Rural Electrification.
Albin O. Kuhn, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Agronomy.
George S. Langford, Ph.D., Ext. Professor, Entomology.
Robert M. Lee, B.S., Ext. Instructor, Entomology.
Conrad B. Link, Ph.D., Professor, Floriculture.
Margaret T. Loar, B.S., Associate Professor and District Agent, County Home
Demonstration Work.
John E. Mahoney, B.S., Ext. Assistant Professor, Marketing.
Florence H. Mason, B.S., Professor, Home Furnishing, District Agent.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 115
William A. Matthews, M.S., Associate Professor, Vegetable Crops and
Markets.
Charles P. Merrick, B.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Drainage Engineering.
Amos R. Meyer, B.S., Ext. Associate Professor, State Department of Markets.
Jeanne S. Moehn (Mrs.) B.S., Ext. Assoc. Prof., Family Life.
John L. Morris, B.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Dairy.
Joseph L. Newcomer, B.S., Ext. Instructor, Agronomy.
James L. Nicholson, Extension Instructor, Poultry.
Paul E. Nystrom, D.P.A., Director of Instruction and Professor and Head,
Agricultural Economics and Marketing.
Charles W. Porter, B.A., Ext. Assistant Professor, Marketing.
Walter B. Posey, M.S., Ext. Professor, Tobacco.
John W. Pou, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Dairy.
Burnell K. Rebert, B.S., Ext. Instructor, Marketing.
Wade H. Rice, B.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Poultry.
John M. Ryan, B.S., Assoc. Prof. & Agr. Ed., Inf. & Publ.
Wayne C. Rohrer, M.S., Asst. Prof., Rural Sociology.
Margaret K. Ringler, M.S., Ext. Asst. Prof., 4-H Club Work.
J. R. Schabinger, M.A., Ext. Assistant Professor, Dairy Husbandry, Adv.
Registry Testing.
Helen Shelby, M.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Clothing.
Mark M. Shoemaker, M.L.D., Associate Professor, Landscape Gardening.
Stanley P. Stabler, B.S., Ext. Assistant Professor, Agronomy.
Francis C. Stark, Jr., Ph.D., Professor, Vegetable Gardening.
George A. Stevens, M.S., Ext. Asst. Prof. Agricultural Economics
and Marketing.
Arthur H. Thompson, Ph.D., Prof., Horticulture.
Mitchell Thompson, B.S., Ext. Asst., Agronomy.
Perry F. Twining, B.S., Associate Professor, Poultry.
Joseph M. Vial, B.S., Ext. Professor, Animal Husbandry.
Albert F. Vierheller, M.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Horticulture.
Edwin J. Weatherby, Ph.D., Ext. Associate Professor, Dairy Husbandry.
Leslie O. Weaver, Ph.D., Professor, Plant Pathology, State Pathologist.
Boyd T. Whittle, M.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry.
Walter S. Wilson, B.S., Associate Professor, Assistant Boys Club Leader.
County Agents (Field)*
County Name and Title Headquarters
Allegany Ralph F. McHenry, B.S.,
Associate Professor Cumberland
Anne Arundel Stanley E. Day, B.S.,
Associate Professor Annapolis
*A11 Professional Titles should be preceded by Extension for Men and Women Agents.
116 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Baltimore Horace B. Derrick, B.S.,
Associate Professor Towson
Calvert Robert M. Hall, A.B.,
Associate Professor Prince Frederick
Caroline Francis M. Rogers, B.S.,
Associate Professor Denton
Carroll Landon C. Burns, B.S.,
Associated Professor Westminster
Cecil Raymond G. Mueller, B.S.,
Assistant Professor Elkton
Charles Paul D. Brown, B.S.,
Associate Professor La Plata
Dorchester Harry W. Beggs, B.S.,
Associate Professor Cambridge
Frederick Henry R. Shoemaker, M.A.,
Associate Professor Frederick
Garrett John H. Carter, B.S.
Associate Professor Oakland
Harford Henry M. Carroll, B.S.
Associate Professor Bel Air
Howard Warren G. Meyers, B.S.
Associate Professor Ellicott City
Kent James D. McVean, B.S.
Associate Professor Chestertown
Montgomery Otto W. Anderson, M.S.
Associate Professor Rockville
Prince Georges Percy E. Clark, B.S.,
Associate Professor Upper Marlboro
Queen Annes James W. Eby, B.S.
Associate Professor Centreville
St. Mary's Joseph J. Johnson,
Associate Professor Leonardtown
Somerset Clarence Z. Keller, B.S.,
. Associate Professor Princess Anne
Talbot Rudolph S. Brown, B.S.,
Associate Professor Easton
Washington Mark K. Miller, B.S.,
Associate Professor Hagerstown
Wicomico James P. Brown, B.S.,
Associate Professor Salisbury
Worcester Robert T. Grant, B.S.,
Associate Professor Snow Hill
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 117
Assistant County Agents* (See Page 82)
Allegany Joseph M. Steger, B.S., Instructor Cumberland
Anne Arundel John H. Mills, B.S., Instructor Annapolis
) Frank R. McFarland, Jr., B.S., Asst. Prof Towson
Baltimore > ,,, ., _ __ _
| W. Max Buckel, B.S., Instructor Towson
Calvert W. B. Vanderford, B.S., Instructor Prince Frederick
Carroll William M. Allenberg, B.S., Instructor Westminster
Cecil Robert G. Miller, B.S., Instructor Elkton
Charles William E. Garvey, Jr., M.S., Instructor La Plata
Dorchester and
Talbot William M. Nixon, M.S., Instructor Cambridge
Frederick Roy D. Cassell, B.S., Instructor Frederick
Garrett James A. McHenry, B.S., Instructor Oakland
Harford B. Wayne Kelley, B.S., Instructor Bel Air
Howard Earl C. Spurrier, M.S., Instructor Ellicott City
Kent Stanley B. Sutton, Instructor Chestertown
Roscoe N. Whipp, B.S., Instructor Rockville
Montgomery ..
toseph B. Morris, B.S., Instructor Rockville
Prince Georges Merle L. Howes, M.S., Instructor Upper Marlboro
Queen Anne's
St. Mary's Loren M. Hiddlesop, B.S., Jr. Instructor Leonardtown
Washington Roscoe Brown, Jr., Assistant Professor Hagerstown
Wicomico Leroy E. Wheatley, B.S., Instructor Salisbury
Negro County Agents
District Agent Martin G. Bailey, B.S., Instructor Seat Pleasant
Anne Arundel
and Calvert J. Edward Bullock, B.S., Jr. Instructor Huntingtown
Caroline and
Dorchester Elliot Robbins, B.S., Instructor Federalsburg
Charles Milbourne Hull, B.S., Instructor Bryan's Road
Montgomery Onnie L. Privette, B.S., Instructor Rockville
Prince George's James R. Taylor, B.S., Instructor Upper Marlboro
St. Mary's Ryland Holmes, B.S., Instructor Lexington Park
Somerset and
Wicomico Louis H. Martin, Instructor Princess Anne
County Agent at Large
M. Gist Welling, B.S., Assoc. Prof., College Park
118 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
County Home Demonstration Agents (Field)* (See Page 82)
Allegany
Anne Arundel Miriam F. Parmenter, B.S.
Associate Professor Annapolis
Baltimore Anna Trentham, B.S., Associate Professor Towson
Baltimore City Margaret O. Holloway, B.S.,
Associate Professor Baltimore
Calvert Mrs. Florencs E. Buchanan, B.S.,
Associate Professor Prince Frederick
Caroline Bessie M. Spafford, B.S., Associate Professor Denton
Carroll Evelyn D. Scott, B.S., Associate Professor Westminster
Cecil
Charles Mrs. Anna S. Will, B.S.,
Associate Professor La Plata
Dorchester Hattie E. Brooks, A.B.,
Associate Professor Cambridge
Frederick Beatrice Fehr, M.A., Associate Professor Frederick
Garrett Ethel Grove, M.S., Associate Professor Oakland
Harford Virginia L. McLogkie, B.S.,
Associate Professor Bel Air
Howard June A. Robertson, B.S., Asst. Prof Ellicott City
Kent Jane C. Boyd, B.S., Assistant Professor Chestertown
Montgomery Edythe M. Turner, B.S., Associate Professor Rockville
Prince Georges Ethel M. Regan, B.S., Associate Professor Hyattsville
Queen Annes Ruby Brant, B.S., Associate Professor Centreville
St. Marys Ethel M. Joy, A.B., Associate Professor Leonardtown
Somerset Mrs. Regenia M. Fuller, B.S.,
Assistant Professor Princess Anne
Talbot Margaret Smith, B.S.,
Associate Professor Easton
Washington Ardath E. Martin, B.S.,
Associate Professor Hagerstown
Wicomico Nell G. Grim, M.S., Associate Professor Salisbury
Worcester Jane M. Cole, M.S., Asst. Prof Snow Hill
Assistant County Home Demonstration Agents
Allegany Thelma Allin, B.S., Instructor Cumberland
Anne Arundel Mrs. Joan G. Moreland, Instructor Annapolis
Baltimore Imogene D. Romino, B.S., Instructor Towson
Baltimore Margaret N. White, B.S., Instructor Towson
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 119
Carroll Charlotte A. Conoway, B.S., Instructor Westminster
Dorchester Charlotte V. Mitchell, B.S., Instructor Cambridge
Frederick Betsy J. LOVINGTON, B.S., Instructor Frederick
Harford Betty L. Wilson, B.S., Jr. Instructor Bel Air
( Mrs. Glady's Hinenburg, B.S., Instructor Rockville
Montgomery < Mrs> Trma Bell B s ^ Instructor Rockville
Prince George's Ella M. Fazzaler, B.S., Instructor Hyattsville
Washington Judith L. Messinger, B.S., Instructor Hagerstown
Wicomico Evelyn Barker, B.S., Instructor Salisbury
Home Demonstration Agent
At Large .
Negro Home Demonstration Agents
St. Mary's Evelyn G. Ashley (Mrs.), B.S.,
Instructor Lexington Park
Charles Naomi Turner, B.S., Instructor Bryan's Road
Dorchester and
Caroline
Montgomery Ruth I. Johnson, B.S., Instructor., Rockville
Somerset and
Wicomico Mrs. Omega M. Jones, A.B., Instructor Princess Anne
Prince George's Hattie G. Holmes (Mrs.), B.S.,
Instructor Upper Marlboro
Baltimore City Ethel L. Bianchi, M.A., Instructor Baltimore
THE AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION
Irvin C. Haut, Ph.D., Director
The Agricultural Experiment Station is for Maryland agriculture what the
research laboratories are for large corporations. Maryland agriculture is made
up of forty thousand small individual businesses, and there is not sufficient
capital, or sufficient income so that each one of these can conduct research.
Yet the problems which face a biological undertaking such as farming, are as
numerous and perplexing as the problems of any business. Certainly our pro-
duction of food would be much more costly if it were not for the research results
that have been obtained by the Agricultural Experiment Station.
The station is a joint Federal and State undertaking. Passage of the Hatch
Act in 1887, which made available a grant in aid to each state for the purpose
of establishing an agricultural experiment station, gave a great impetus to the
development of research work in agriculture. This work was further encouraged
120 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
by the passage of the Adams Act in 1906, the Purnell Act in 1925, the Bank-
head-Jones Act in 1935, and the Flannagan-Hope Act of 1946.
The work of the Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station which is sup-
ported by these Acts and by State appropriations centers at College Park.
On the University Campus are to be found laboratories for studying insects and
diseases, soil fertility problems, botanical problems, and others. This is also
the location of the livestock and dairy barns with their experimental herds.
About eight miles from the campus at College Park, near Beltsville, the Plant
Research Farm of about 500 acres is devoted to work connected with soil fer-
tility, plant breeding and general horticultural problems. An experimental farm
near Upper Marlboro is devoted to the problems of tobacco growing and curing.
A farm near Salisbury is devoted to solution of the problems of producers of
broilers and of vegetable crops in the southern Eastern Shore area. Near
Ellicott City a farm of 234 acres is devoted to livestock problems. Also tests
of various crop and soil responses are distributed throughout the State. These
different locations give a chance to conduct experiments under conditions which
exist where the results will be put into practice.
The Station, in general, exists as the "trouble-shooter" for Maryland
farmers. The solution of many difficult problems in the past has given the
Station an excellent standing with farmers of the State.
AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION STAFF*
Irvin C. Haut, Ph.D., Director of Experiment Station
William B. Kemp, Director of Experiment Station Emeritus
Agricultural Economics and Marketing
Paul E. Nystrom, D.P.A Professor and Head,
Agricultural Economics and Marketing
George M. Beal, Ph.D Professor,
Agricultural Economics and Marketing
Arthur B. Hamilton, M.S Associate Professor,
Agricultural Economics and Farm Management
Paul R. Poffenberger, M.S Associate Professor,
Agricultural Economics and Marketing
Stanley C. Shull, Ph.D. Associate Professor,
Agricultural Economics and Marketing
William P. Walker, M.S Professor,
Agricultural Economics and Marketing
Luther B. Bohanan, M.S Assistant Professor.
Agricultural Economics and Marketing
*Many of the members of the Experiment Station staff are also on the Instructional
staff, or the Experiment Station staff, or both. Lists of the staffs of these two agencies
appear elsewhere in this publication.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 121
Harold D. Smith, Ph.D Assistant Professor
Agricultural Economics and Marketing
David J. Burns, M.S Instructor, Agricultural Economics and Marketing
Agricultural Engineering
Ray W. Carpenter, A.B., LL.B Professor and Head,
Agricultural Engineering, State Drainage Engineer
George J. Burkhardt, M.S Professor,
Agricultural Engineering
Albert V. Krewatch, M.S Professor, Agricultural Engineering
Harry J. Hoffmeister, B.S Assistant Professor,
Agricultural Engineering
Paul N. Winn, Jr., B.S Assistant Professor,
Agricultural Engineering
Lester F. George, B.S., Instructor, Agricultural Engineering
Ellis W. Martin, , Laboratory Mechanic
Agricultural Engineering
Agricultural Education
Ray A. Murray, Ph.D Associate Professor, Agricultural Education
Agronomy
Albin O. Kuhn, Ph.D Professor and Head, Agronomy
Russell G. Rothgeb, Ph.D Professor, Crops
John H. Axley, Ph.D Associate Professor, Soils
Gerard A. Bourbeau, Ph.D Associate Professor, Soils
Orman E. Street, Ph.D Associate Professor, Tobacco
Thomas S. Ronnigen, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Crops
Edward Strickling, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Soils
Howard B. Winant, M.S Assistant Professor, Soils
A. Morris Decker, Jr., M.S Instructor, Crops
Agronomy — Seed Inspection
Forrest S. Holmes, M.S Chief Seed Inspector
Animal Husbandry
John E. Foster, Ph.D Professor and Head, Animal Husbandry
Willard W. Green, Ph.D Professor, Animal Husbandry
Malcolm H. Kerr, M.S Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry
John Buric, M.S Assistant Professor, Animal Husbandry
Emory C. Leffel, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Animal Husbandry
Animal Pathology
Arthur L. Brueckner, B.S., V.M.D Director, LSSS
Harold M. DeVolt, M.S., D.V.M Professor, Pathology
122 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Leo J. Poelma, M.S., D.V.M Professor, Pathology
Cornelia M. Cotton, Ph.D Cooperative Agent
Botany, Plant Physiology, and Pathology
Ronald Bamford, Ph.D Professor and Head, Botany
Carroll E. Cox, Ph.D Professor, Plant Pathology
Hugh G. Gauch, Ph.D Professor, Plant Physiology
Walter F. Jeffers, Ph.D Professor, Plant Pathology
Leslie O. Weaver, Ph.D Professor, Plant Pathology,
State Pathologist
Russell G. Brown, Ph.D Associate Professor, Botany
Willie M. Dugger, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Plant Physiology
John R. Keller, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Plant Pathology
Delbert T. Morgan, Ph.D Associate Professor, Botany
Omar D. Morgan, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Plant Pathology
Robert D. Rappleye, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Botany
James G. Kantzes, B.S Instructor, Plant Pathology
Robert W. Krauss, Ph.D Research Associate, Plant Physiology
Dairy Husbandry
John W. Pou, Ph.D Professor and Head, Dairy Husbandry
Wendell S. Arbuckle, Ph.D Professor, Dairy Manufacturing
Joseph C. Shaw, Ph.D Professor, Dairy Husbandry
Mark Keeney, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Dairy Manufacturing
Joseph F. Mattick, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Dairy Manufacturing
Richard E. Brown, M.S Instructor, Dairy Husbandry
Editorial
John M. Ryan, B.S Associate Professor and Editor
Robert L. Bruce, M.S Assistant Professor and Publications Editor
Entomology
Ernest N. Cory, Ph.D Professor and Head, Entomology
State Entomologist
William E. Bickley, Ph.D Associate Professor, Entomology
Lewis P. Ditman, Ph.D Associate Professor, Entomology
Harold S. McConnell, M.S Associate Professor, Entomology
Horticulture
Irvin C. Haut, Ph.D Professor and Head, Horticulture
Amihud Kramer, Ph.D Professor, Horticulture
Conrad B. Link, Ph.D Professor, Floriculture
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 123
Lelaxd E. Scott, Ph.D Professor, Horticultural Physiology
Francis C. Stark, Jr., Ph.D Professor, Vegetable Crops
Arthur H. Thompson, Ph.D Professor, Pomology
Lee J. Enright, Ph.D Assistant Professor,
Ornamental Horticulture
William A. Matthews, M.S Associate Professor, Vegetable Crops
James B. Shanks, Ph.D Associate Professor, Floriculture
Herman Todd, B.S Instructor
Clifford K. Evers, B.S Instructor
Poultry
Morley A. Jull, Ph.D Professor and Head, Poultry Husbandry
Gerald F. Combs, Ph.D Professor, Poultry Nutrition
Mary Juhn, Ph.D Research Professor, Poultry Physiology
Clyne S. Shaffner, Ph.D Professor, Poultry Physiology
Mary Shorb, Ph.D Professor, Poultry Nutrition
George D. Quigley, B.S Associate Professor, Poultry Husbandry
Rural Sociology
Wayne C. Rohrer, M.S Assistant Professor
DEPARTMENT OF MARKETS
Symons Hall, College Park, Maryland
Paul E. Nystrom, Head, Department of Agricultural Economics and
Marketing
W. \Y. Anderson, Supervisor, Federal-State Inspection Service
Arthur F. Martin Assistant Supervisor, Eggs, Poultry and
Dairy Products Inspection
Louis C. Holland, Assistant Supervisor, Fruits and Vegetable Inspection
John E. Mahoney Extension Assistant Professor and
Superintendent of Weights and Measures
J. DeSales Maher Inspector, Weights and Mines Scales
Russell C. Hawes Extension Professor, Marketing
Amos R. Meyer Extension Associate Professor
Charles W. Porter Extension Assistant Professor
Rudolph S. Forrester Inspector, Eggs, Poultry and Dairy Products
Burnell K. Rebert Extension Instructor, Marketing
Charles E. McCain Inspector, Egg and Poultry Products
Arnold L. Lundquist Inspector, Egg and Poultry Products
Joseph M. Doris Market Reporter
Clementine B. Anslinger Extension Instructor
Mabel G. Howell Extension Instructor
124 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
All of the activities of the Department of Markets are geared to the im-
portance in modern agriculture of the problems of marketing farm products.
The Department endeavors to serve the every-day needs of the farmer in
marketing his products and to insure a fair and equitable treatment of the
farmer in all dealings which he may have concerning the marketing of his
products. In the performance of these responsibilities, the Department carries
out programs in extension marketing, conducts market surveys, compiles and
disseminates marketing information and market data, operates a market news
service, provides an agricultural inspection and grading service, maintains a
consumer information service and enforces and interprets the agricultural
marketing laws of the state. The regulatory aspects of the Department's func-
tions are carried out as the agent of the State Board of Agriculture under the
authority of various State laws relating to the marketing of farm products. A
close working relationship is maintained with other specialists in the Extension
Service, all departments of the Agricultural Experiment Station, the Maryland
Crop Reporting Service, and the Production and Marketing Administration of
the U. S. Department of Agriculture. The voluntary and dynamic cooperation
of the personnel in these various activities brings to bear on agricultural mar-
keting problems an effective combination of research, education, and service.
The passage of the Federal Agricultural Research and Marketing Act gave
additional impetus to the study and solution of agriculture's marketing problems.
The Department of Markets is largely responsible for developing the State
program under Title II of this act.
Information and assistance in all phases of marketing is available to all
interested persons. When a sufficient number of individuals is interested,
marketing specialists hold meetings and demonstrations in local communities.
Field offices are located in Baltimore, Salisbury, Hancock, Hagerstown and
Pocomoke. Department headquarters is at the University of Maryland, Col-
lege Park, Maryland.
Market Price Reporting
Daily market reports covering 100 farm products are issued in cooperation
with the U. S. Department of Agriculture whose nation-wide teletype facilities
are utilized in this service. These reports contain information on market con-
ditions, prices of crops, livestock, and other agricultural products. The in-
formation in these reports is published in local newspapers, broadcasts over
radio stations in the State and mailed in mimeograph form to anyone
requesting it.
A weekly Retail Market Report is issued in Baltimore, which gives current
retail prices for approximately 100 commodities including fruits, vegetables,
meats and dairy products.
Marketing Information Service
In addition to the daily market reports, a periodic analysis of the agricultural
marketing situation is prepared at the headquarters in College Park. This
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 125
report contains information on market supplies, quality, price trends, storage
holdings, and movement of farm products. Other periodic information availahle
in the marketing information series includes the monthly truck crop news; the
monthly poultry letter, weekly crop and weather report; truck receipts in Balti-
more City of fresh fruits and vegetables, issued daily with a monthly summary;
and a weekly report of the volume of broilers moved) from farms to market in
the Delmarva Peninsula.
Grading and Inspection Service
Any Maryland producer or handler of farm products may avail himself
of the official federal-state grading service that is maintained by the department.
Thoroughly trained and federally licensed inspectors are employed to perform
this official grading service. Products graded and inspected include apples,
peaches, tomatoes, potatoes, sweet potatoes, cannery tomatoes, cannery peas,
cannery corn, dairy products, poultry and eggs and other farm products. The
State Department of Markets also issues final inspection and certification for
the Seed Certification Board on Irish and sweet potatoes and tomato seed stock.
Maryland canners frequently base their prices to farmers on the grades estab-
lished by the grading and inspection service rendered by the department. Estab-
lished U. S. grades and standards are usually used in this grading program,
however, special grades and standards of quality may be used if the grower
or processor so desires.
General Marketing Services
Through its Extension activities, the department endeavors to bring about
a better understanding by producers, handlers and consumers regarding:
(1) costs of distribution; (2) important changes in market outlets and consumer
demand; (3) importance of efficiently producing high-quality products; (4)
advantages of standardizing and grading; (5) the place that various marketing
agencies play in the marketing system and the essentials for their success; (6)
interpretation and utilization of marketing information and (7) the various
phases and channels of the marketing system.
These problems are handled in various ways including the holding of meet-
ings with growers and distributors throughout the State, planning and con-
ducting short courses and special schools, conducting of various grading and
inspection demonstrations, and giving assistance on marketing facilities such
as farm markets and auctions.
Consumer Marketing Information
The Department maintains a full-time office in the city of Baltimore for
the purpose of providing continuous consumer information. This service pro-
vides the consumer with information concerning best buys of perishable pro-
duce, and methods of utilizing surplus products. This service aids in the
prompt movement of perishable produce at times of surplus production and
126 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
market gluts. A weekly retail price report is issued as a part of this service in
addition to a specially prepared radio script and press releases on best buys.
This program is conducted in close cooperation with the Home Demonstration
Agent of Baltimore City.
Regulatory and Control Activities
From time to time the state has passed laws relative to the marketing of
farm products which provide certain standards and controls deemed necessary
for the common good of both the producer and the consumer. The depart-
ment acts as the agent of the State Board of Agriculture in the enforcement
of these laws which include (1) the Maryland Apple Grading Law, (2) the
Maryland Fresh Egg and Egg Grading Law, (3) Poultry Sale and Trans-
portation Law, (4) Cantaloupe Maturity Law, (5) the Trademark Law (6)
Weights and Measures Law and (7) the Grading and Inspection Laws. In the
enforcement of these various laws the Department endeavors to make an
educational approach in which the cooperation of growers and handlers is
solicited before resorting to legal action.
STAXE HORTICULTURAL DEPARTMENT
College Park, Maryland
E. N. Cory, State Entomologist.
L. O. Weaver, State Plant Pathologist.
I. C. Haut, State Horticulturist.
In 1896 the subject of nursery inspection was given consideration under
Article 48, of the Code of Public General Laws, under the title "Inspection" as
designated by Chapter 290 of the "Acts of the General Assembly of Maryland
on 1896." In 1898 certain sections of Article 48 were repealed and reenacted
with amendments, under a new sub-title, "State Horticultural Department," and
eight new sections were added thereto. In 1916 the sections were again re-
enacted with such changes in the wording as were necessary to bring them into
conformity with the reorganization of the Maryland State College of Agriculture
and Experiment Station and its Board of Trustees. Subsequently all regulatory
functions including newly enacted Articles in regard to bee diseases, mosquitoes,
and aerial spraying, were transferred to the State Board of Agriculture under
Chapter 391 of the "Acts of the General Assembly."
Work in this field is designed to control insects and plant diseases and to
protect the public in the purchase of products of nurserymen and florists. A
considerable part of the time of the staff is occupied by inspection of orchards,
crops, nurseries, greenhouses, and floral establishments. Cooperation with the
Federal Government in the inspection and certification of materials that come
under quarantine regulations is another major function of the department. The
department enforces the provisions of the Apiary Law, including inspection of
apiaries. All activities pertaining to control of insects are conducted under the
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 127
direction of Dr. E. N. Cory, State Entomologist. Activities of the department
in the field of plant disease control are under direction of Dr. L. O. Weaver,
State Plant Pathologist. This service includes control and eradication of dis-
eases of strawberries and other small fruits, diseases of apples, peaches, etc.,
inspection and certification of potatoes and sweet potatoes for seed, control of
white pine blister rust, Dutch elm disease, etc.
DAIRY INSPECTION SERVICE
Dairy Building, College Park, Maryland
\Y. S. Abuckle, Chief Examiner
Jack S. Conrad, Assistant Inspector
Harold A. Newlaxder, Assistant Inspector
The Maryland Dairy Inspection Law became effective June 1, 1935. How-
ever, the present activities of the Dairy Inspection Service are based on
Article 43 of the Annotated Code of Maryland, Chapter 403 of the Laws of
Maryland, 1941. The dairy department, functioning under the Agricultural
Experiment Station of the University of Maryland, is charged with the adminis-
tration of the law.
The purposes of the Dairy Inspection Law are as follows: (a) To insure
producers who sell milk and cream by measure, weight and butterfat test, that
samples, weights and tests used as the basis of payment for such products are
correct; (b) To insure dealers who purchase milk and cream that their agents
shall correctly weigh, sample, and test these products; (c) To insure correct-
ness of tests made for official inspections or for public record. To achieve these
purposes the law requires the licensing of all dealers who purchase milk and
cream from producers, whether the purchases are by measure, weight, or test,
and the licensing of all persons sampling, weighing and testing milk and cream
when the results of such samples, weights, and tests are to serve as a basis of
payment to producers.
Duties of the Dairy Inspection Service, resulting from enforcement of the
Inspection Law. deal with the calibration of that glassware used in testing milk
and cream and the rejection of inaccurate items; examination of all weighers,
samplers, and testers and the issuance of licenses to those satisfactorily passing
the examination; and inspection of the pertinent activities of weighers, samplers,
testers and dairy plants. •
The Dairy Inspection Law benefits the entire industry by preventing
unfair competition and unfair trade practices which result from improper methods
of weighing, sampling and testing milk and cream, and the use of inaccurate and
improper equipment. Also, requirements governing the accuracy of scales,
construction of weigh tanks, and proper procedures result in greater efficiency
and thus less loss to dealers and producers alike. The licensing of weighers,
samplers, and testers assures both the producer and the dealer that the men
engaged in such work are competent.
The Dairy Inspection Law is administered on an educational basis with
128 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
the view of promoting the mutual interests of dairy producers, dealers, and
manufacturers. It is the belief of the administrating agency that since the pro-
ducers of milk and cream and the dealers in these products both benefit by the
law, they also should share in the responsibility for its enforcement. Such a
responsibility involves close cooperation and harmony between all groups
affected by the law.
During 1952, 106 permits were issued to dealers as follows: 3 plants in
Class A (buying less than 500 pounds of milk daily); 18 in Class B (buying
from 500 to 2,000 pounds of milk daily); 58 in Class C (buying from 2,000 to
40,000 pounds of milk daily); and 22 in Class D (buying more than 40,000
pounds of milk daily). In addition, 317 licenses were issued to testers and 138
licenses issued to weighers and samplers.
STATE DEPARTMENT OF DRAINAGE
College Park, Maryland
Ray W. Carpenter, State Drainage Engineer.
The State Department of Drainage was established in 1937. Its duties are
to promote and encourage the drainage of agricultural lands in the State, to
correlate the activities of the local drainage organizations in the State and to
cooperate with State and Federal agencies in the interest of a permanent pro-
gram of improved drainage.
STATE INSPECTION AND REGULATORY SERVICE
Chemistry Building, College Park, Maryland
Feeds, Fertilizers, Agricultural Liming Materials, Insecticides and Fungicides
L. E. Bopst, State Chemist R. G. Fuerst, Chemist
A. B. Heagy, Associate State Chemist Cecil Pinkerton, Chemist
H. R. Walls, Microscopist W. J. Footen, Inspector
S. C. Chang, Biochemist R. W. Neal, Jr., Inspector
R. E. Baumgardner, Chemist E. M. Zentz, Inspector
J. E. Schueler, Chemist F. G. Baggs, Clerk
N. S. Chapman, Chemist
The protection of consumers and ethical manufacturers of agricultural
products against fraudulent practices, makes certain specialized statutes neces-
sary. These laws are classified as correct labeling acts, and are enforced by the
State Inspection and Regulatory Service. Included in this legislation are the State
Feed, Fertilizer, Agricultural Liming Materials, and Insecticide and Fungicide laws.
Work of enforcing these laws is divided into five distinct phases : First, the com-
modities concerned must be registered under acceptable brand names, and with
proper labels ; second, official samples must be collected by the Department's inspec-
tors from all parts of the state; third, chemical and physical examinations must be
made to establish that professed standards of quality are being met; fourth, results
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 129
mist be assembled and published in concise and understandable form, with the reports
nade available to all interested persons; and fifth, the prosecution of the i ible
or flagrant violations.
Hundreds of tests also are made annually on feed, fertilizer, and lime samples
ubmitted by state purchasers. No charge is made for this service.
Throughout its existence, this Department has cooperated with comparable federal
igencies in every possible way. In this activity it has attained not only state-wide,
>ut also a nationally-recognized reputation for accuracy, timeliness, and unbiased fair
reatment of the consumer and manufacturer alike.
The facilities of the Department are at all times available to supply the manu-
acturer with technical advice and to safeguard him from unfair competition.
For its entire program of service and protection, the Department relies in large
neasure upon education, from the standpoint of both buyer and seller. However in
hose rare instances when this policy is unheeded, backing by the courts, both federal
ind state, can be depended upon for enforcement assistance.
SEED INSPECTION SERVICE
Agronomy-Botany-Physics Building, College, Park, Maryland
F. S. Holmes, Inspector Olive M. Kelk, Analyst
Ruth W. Caldwell, Assistant Analyst
Ellen P. Emack, Assistant Analyst
Anna H. Ferguson, Assistant Analyst
Isabel V. Bissell, Assistant Analyst
The Seed Inspection Service, a division of the Agricultural Experiment Station,
idministers the State seed law ; inspects seeds sold throughout the State ; collects
>eed samples for laboratory examination; reports the results of the examinations to
:he parties concerned; publishes summaries of these reports which show the relative
■eliability of the label information supplied by wholesale seedsmen ; cleans and treats
:obacco seed intended for planting in the State ; makes analyses, tests, and examin-
itions of seed samples submitted to the Laboratory ; and advises seed users regarding
:he economic and intelligent use of seeds. The Service also cooperates with the
Production and Marketing Administration of the United States Department of
Agriculture in the enforcement of the Federal Seed Act in Maryland.
Millions of dollars worth of seeds are planted annually in Maryland. Perhaps
twenty-five percent of the field seeds and ninety percent of the vegetable seeds
planted in the State pass through trade channels and are thus subject to the seed
law. The work of the Seed Inspection Service is not restricted to the enforcement
af the seed law however, for State citizens may submit seed samples to the Lab-
oratory for analysis, test, or examination. Specific information regarding suit-
ability for planting purposes of lots of seeds is thus made available to individuals
without charge. The growth of this service has been steady since the establishment
of the Laboratory in 1912. Most Maryland citizens, city and country, are directly
interested in seeds for planting in flower-beds, lawns, gardens, or fields.
130 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
MARYLAND LIVE STOCK SANITARY SERVICE
Arthur L. Brueckner, Director
J. Walter Hastings, Sr., Assistant Director
Leo J. Poelma, Chief of Laboratories
The Live Stock Sanitary Service is organized under the State Board of Agri-
culture and is charged with the responsibility of preventing the introduction of
diseases of animals and poultry from outside of the state and with control and
eradication of such diseases within the state. The service is further charged with
the responsibility of cooperating with the State Department of Health in the sup-
pression of diseases of animals and poultry which affect the public health.
Control projects in bovine tuberculosis, Johne's disease, and bovine brucellosis
are conducted in cooperation with the Bureau of Animal Industry of the United
States Department of Agriculture. The field force of state employed veterinarians
is augmented by a number of federal veterinarians in the conduct of these control
programs. The control of swine brucellosis, pullorum disease in poultry, rabies, and
many other disease conditions is conducted by the state without outside assistance.
Facilities for the diagnosis of a wide variety of diseases are furnished in the
main laboratory at College Park and in the branch laboratories at Salisbury, Centre-
ville, Bel Air, Frederick, and Hagerstown. Virtually every part of the state is in
easy reach of these opportunities for help.
Research studies are conducted mainly at the College Park and Salisbury
laboratories, but some field investigations are also made from branch laboratories.
Some projects are partly supported by federal funds appropriated through the Mary-
land Agricultural Experiment Station. From these research studies comes information
concerning control by sanitary measures, by vaccination, and by drug treatment which
saves breeders and owners vast sums.
Members of the staff give instruction in animal and poultry diseases in the
University of Maryland particularly to students in agriculture. Appropriate subjects
are also presented to farmers' clubs and industry groups in the state.
MARYLAND LIVESTOCK SANITARY SERVICE STAFF
Arthur L. Brueckner, B.S., V.M.D.,
Director and Professor of Veterinary Science
J. Walter Hastings, Sr., V.M.D Assistant Director
Leo J. Poelma, M.S., D.V.M Chief of Laboratories
Harold M. DeVolt, B.S., M.S., D.V.M Professor of Poultry Pathology
Paul A. Hansen, Ph.D Professor of Veterinary Bacteriology
Professor of Veterinary Physiology
Charles R. Davis, M.S., D.V.M.,
Supervisor, Maryland Poultry Improvement Plan
Clyde L. Everson, D.V.M Associate Professor in charge of Brucellosis Control
Irwin M. Moulthrop, D.V.M In Charge, Salisbury Laboratory
William Robert Teeter, B.S., D.V.M In charge, Hagerstown and
Frederick Laboratories
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 131
Jack E. Hanley, D.V.M In Charge, Bel Air Laboratory
Francis R. Lucas, V.M.D In Charge, Centreville Laboratory
Associate Professor, Brucellosis Research
Cornelia M. Cotton, Ph.D Cooperative Agent, Brucellosis Research
Edward M. Sacchi, D.M.V Associate Professor, Mastitis Research
Reginald L. Reagan Professor of Veterinary Virology
Col. James R. Sperry, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
Basil C. Hatziolos, D.V.M Assistant Professor of Veterinary Science
James W. Crowl, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
Clarence E. Gibbs, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
Mahlon H. Trout, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
Charles R. Lockwood, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
George W. Green, Jr., D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
Robert E. Gibbs, V.M.D Assistant Professor of Veterinary Science
Robert B. Shillinger, V.M.D Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
Robert B. Johnson, A.B Associate Professor of Veterinary Physiology
Raymond C. Wiley, Ph.D Associate Professor of Veterinary Toxicology
College of
ARTS and SCIENCES
STAFF
Leon Perdue Smith, Ph.D., Dean
i J atCiAVi/ t~l XLhajles Manning Ph.D_. Assistant Dean r ,-f
Prantis R. Adams, M.A., Instructor of English. **
Alfred O. Aldridge, Ph.D., Professor of English.
Mary H. Aldridge, M.S., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
J. Frances Allen, Ph.D., Instructor of Zoology.
George Anastos, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Zoology.
Frank G. Anderson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology.
George L. Anderson, Ph.D., Instructor of English.
Roy S. Anderson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics.
Mary Lee Andrews, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
Thomas G. Andrews, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Psychology.
Merle Ansberry, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech.
Arthur W. Ayers, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology.
Betty B. Baehr, B.A., B.S., in L.S., Instructor of Library Science.
Cecil R Ball, M.A., Associate Professor of English.
Adele B. Ballman, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
Jack C. Barnes, M.A., Instructor of English.
James L. Bates, Ph.D., Instructor of History.
George Batka, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech.
Richard H. Bauer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History.
Otho T. Beall, Ph.D., Instructor of English.
Alfred W. Becker, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages.
Edward Benter, M.A., Instructor of Speech.
Warren Bezanson, M.A., Instructor of English.
Alfred Bingham, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages.
Marie Boborykine, M.A., Instructor Part-time of Foreign Languages.
Carl Bode, Ph.D., Professor of English.
John L. Bradley, Ph.D., Instructor of English.
George P. Brewster, Jr., B.S., Instructor of Mathematics.
Ferdinand G. Brickwedde, Ph.D., Professor Part-time of Physics.
Furman Bridgers, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages.
George M. Brown, Ph.D.. Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
Irwin C. Brown, Ph.D., Lecturer of Geology.
Summer O. Burhoe, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology.
John T. Carruthers, Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
Velma L. Charlesworth, B.S.E. and L.S., Instructor of Library Science.
Verne E. Chatelain, Ph.D., Professor of History.
Charles N. Cofer, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology.
Heron Collins, Ph.D., Instructor of Mathematics.
Franklin D. Cooley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
133
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
John M. Coppinger, M.A., Instructor of Speech.
John L. Coulter, M.A., Assistant Professor of English.
Herbert A. Crosman, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History.
Dieter Cunz, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages.
Elizabeth Cuthill, Ph.D., Instructor Part-time of Mathematics.
Jules deLaunay, Ph.D., Professor Part-time of Physics.
Constance Demaree, M.A., Instructor of English.
Henri deMarne, B.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages.
Charles S. Dewey, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
Robert E. Dewey, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Philosophy.
Shirley Wagner Dinwiddie, M.A., Instructor of English.
Eitel W. Dobert, M.A., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages.
Raymond N, Doetsch, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Bacteriology.
Nathan L. Drake, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Chemistry.
David Ellis, M.A., B.Litt. fOxon.), Instructor of English.
John E. Faber, Jr., Ph.D., Professor and Head of Bacteriology.
William F. Falls, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages.
E. James Ferguson, Ph.D., Instructor of History.
Sherman K. Fitzgerald, Ph.D., Instructor of Sociology.
Rudd Fleming, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
Jacob G. Franz, M.A., Instructor of Sociology.
Lucius Garvin, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Philosophy.
Wesley M. Gewehr. Ph.D.. Professor and Acting Head of History.
Herbert R. Ghlis, M.A., Instructor of Speech.
Robert H. Goldsmith. Ph.D., Instructor of' English.
Richard A. Good, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
Frank Goodwyn, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages.
Donald C. Gordon, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History.
Frank A. Grant, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics.
William Gravely, M.A.. Assistant Professor of English.
Meyer Greenberg, B.A., Instructor Part-time of Foreign Languages.
Sidney Grollman, Ph.D., Instructor of Zoology.
Francis S. Grubar. M.A., Instructor of Art.
John W. Gustad, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology and Director of Coun-
seling Center.
Ray C. Hackman, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology.
Dick W. Hall, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics.
Ludwig Hammerschlag, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages.
R. Justus Hanks, M.A., Instructor of History.
Poul Arne Hansen, Ph.D., Professor of Veterinary Bacteriology.
William H. Harbaugh, M.A., Instructor of History.
Susan Harman, Ph.D., Professor of English.
Charles A. Haslup, M.Ed.. Instructor of Music.
Isabella M. Hayes, B.A., B.L.S.. Instructor of Lihrary Science.
Stuart Haywood, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
Roy K. Heintz, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology.
Marie Henault, Ph.D., Instructor of English.
Richard Hendricks, M.A., Instructor of Speech.
Harold C. Hoffsommer, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Sociology.
Lois Holladay, B.A., B.L.S., Instructor of Library Science.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
Thomas P. Imse, M.A., Instructor of Sociology. V-
Richard Iskraut, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics. H»_
Stanley B. Jackson, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics. ^
Wilhemina Jashemski, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History. ^A fvi
\ -
r
?
Charles A. Johnson, Ph.D., Instructor of History.
Mary A. Kemble, M.A., Instructor of Alusic. ^^
Earle H. Kennard, Ph.D., Professor Part-time cf Physics.
John F. Kent, Ph.D., Lecturer in Bacteriology.
Charles F. Kramer, M.A., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages.
Marlin Krieder, M.S., Instructor of Zoology.
Aaron D. Krumbein, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics.
Norman C. Laffer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Bacteriology.
Robert L. Landers, Instructor of Music. O, ^
Peter Lejins, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology. ^ <y
Irving Linkow, ALA., Assistant Professor of Speech. ^ ^£.
Robert A. Littleford, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Zoology. ^j f
Robert E. Lovelace, Ph.D., Instructor of English.
Richard Lowitt, Ph.D., Instructor of History.
Geoffrey S. S. Ludford, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics
Leonard I. Lutwack, Ph.D., Instructor of English.
Charles Manning, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
Herman Maril, Assistant Professor of Art.
Charles P. Martin, M.A., Instructor of English.
Minerva Martin, Ph.D., Instructor of English.
Monroe H. Martin, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Mathematics.
Lyle Mayer, ALA., Instructor of Speech.
Charles AIcArthur, ALS., Instructor of Alathematics.
Elliott M. McGinnies, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology.
Hugh B. AIcLean, B.S., Instructor of Alathematics.
James McAIanaway, Ph.D., Lecturer in English.
Earl F. AIeeker, ALA., Instructor of Speech.
John F. AIehegan, M.A., Instructor of Alathematics.
Bruce L. AIelvin, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology.
Horace S. AIerrill, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History.
Antonius M.J.S. AIichels, Sc.D., Professor of Chemistry.
Frances Miller, ALA., Instructor of English.
Charles C. Mish, Ph.D., Instructor of English.
Emory A. AIooney, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
Raymond AIorgan, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Physics.
Annabelle B. AIotz, Ph.D., Instructor of Sociology.
Charles D. AIurphy, Ph.D., Professor and Acting Head of English.
Ralph AIyers, Ph.D., Professor of Physics.
Graciela P. Nemes, Ph.D., Instructor of Foreign Languages.
Charles Niemeyer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Speech.
Ann E. Norton, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages.
Harold Orel, Ph.D., Instructor of English.
Arthur C. Parsons, ALA., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages.
AIichael J. Pelczar, Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Bacteriology.
Norman E. Phillips, Ph.D., Professor and Acting Head of Zoology.
Virginia Phillips, B.A., B.A. in L.S., Instructor of Library Science.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Hugh B Pickard, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
Robert Pierson, Ph.D., Instructor of English
John Portz, M.A., Instructor of English.
J. Kenneth Potter, M.A., Instructor of Speech.
Augustus J. Prahl, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages.
Gordon W. Prange, Ph.D., Professor of History.
Ernest F. Pratt, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
Hester B. Provenson, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech.
Rudolph E. Pugliese, M.A., Instructor of Speech.
William Quynn, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages.
Marguerite Rand, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages.
B. Harlan Randall, B.Mus., Professor of Music.
E. Wilkins Reeve, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
John M. Robinson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Philosophy.
Julian Roebuck, M.A., Instructor of Sociology.
Carl L. Rollinson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
Westervelt B. Romaine, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Music.
Lenora Rosenfield, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages.
Sherman Ross, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology.
Norman R. Roth, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology.
Howard Rovelstad, B.S. in L.S., M.A., Associate Professor of Library Science.
Philip Rovner, B.A., M.A., Instructor of Foreign Language.
Homer W. Schamp, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
Herbert Schaumann, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
John F. Schmidt, Ph.D., Instructor of Sociology.
Mark Schweizer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages.
Emily S. Scott, A.B. & L.S., Instructor in Library Science.
Paul W. Shankweiler, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology.
Julius C. Shepherd, M.A., Instructor of Mathematics.
Maurice R. Siegler, B.S., Associate Professor of Art.
Joseph Edwin Smadel, M.D., Visiting Professor Part-time of Bacteriology.
Gerald A. Smith, M.A., Instructor of English.
Leon P. Smith, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages.
David S. Sparks, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History.
Guilford L. Spencer, Ph.D., Instructor of Mathematics.
Fague Springmann, B.Mus., Associate Professor Part-time of Music.
Jesse W. Sprowls, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology.
Robert A. Spurr, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
E. Thomas Starcher, M.A., Instructor of Speech.
M. Elizabeth Stites, B. of Arch., Instructor of Art.
Martha Stone, M.A., Instructor of English.
Enoch F. Story, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
Warren L. Strausbaugh, M.A., B.S., Associate Professor and Acting Head of
Speech.
Kenneth T. Stringer, M.S., Instructor of Zoology.
Calvin F. Stuntz, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
William J. Svirbely, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry.
William Thickstun, Ph.D., Instructor of Mathematics.
John S. Toll, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Physics.
H. David Turner, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Instructor of Library Science.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 137
A. Mary Urban, B.A., B.A. in L.S., Instructor of Library Science.
Fletcher P. Veitch, Jr., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
Kathryn P. Ward, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
Joel Warren, Ph.D., Visiting Professor Part-time of Bacteriology.
Kurt Weber, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
Josephine A. Wedemeyer, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Instructor of Library Science.
Fred W. Wellborn, Ph.D., Professor of History.
James P. Wharton, A.B. and M.F.A. (Col. U. S. A., Ret.), Professor and Head
of Art.
Charles E. White, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry.
Roy Wiig, B.S., Instructor of Philosophy.
Raymond C. Wiley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
G. Forrest Woods, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
Bernhard R. Works, B.A., Instructor of Speech.
David Young, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
W. Gordon Zeeveld, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
A. E. Zucker, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Foreign Languages.
138
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
Leon Perdue Smith, Ph.D., Dean
Charles Manning, Ph.D., Assistant Dean
HE college of Arts and Sciences offers its students a liberal education. It
seeks to develop graduates who can deal intelligently with the problems
which confront them and whose general education will be a continuing
source not only of material profit, but of genuine personal satisfaction.
It also offers each student the opportunity to concentrate in the field of
his choice; this element of depth serves both as an integral part of his
education and as a foundation for further professional training or
pursuits.
Students in other colleges of the University are offered training
in fundamental courses that serve as a background for their profes-
sional education. The new program in American Civilization is open
to all students of the University as well as to those in Arts and Sciences.
Requirements for Admission
The requirements for admission to the College of Arts and Sciences are, in general,
the same as those for admission to the other colleges and schools of the University.
Application must be made to the Director of Admissions, University of Maryland, College
Park, Maryland.
In selecting students more emphasis will be placed on good marks and other indica-
tions of probable success in college than on any fixed pattern of subject matter. In
general, four units of English and one unit each of Social and Natural Sciences are
required. One unit of Algebra and one of Plane Geometry are desirable. Foreign
Language entrance units, although highly desirable for certain programs, are not required.
Units in Fine Arts and in Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable as electives.
For admission to the pre-medical curriculum, two years of any one foreign language
are recommended. A detailed statement of the requirements for admission to the School
of Medicine and the relation of these to the pre-medical curriculum may be obtained
by writing the Director of Admissions.
For a more detailed statement of admission requirements and policies write to the
Director of Publications, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland, for a copy
of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog.
Costs
Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165 fixed charges; $71
special fees; $360 board; $130 to $150 room rent; and laboratory fees which vary with
the laboratory courses pursued. A matriculation fee of $10 is charged all new registrants.
An additional charge of $150 is assessed students who are not residents of the State of
Maryland.
For a more detailed statement of these costs write to the Director of Publications,
University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland, for a copy of the "General Information
Issue" of the Catalog.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 139
Military Instruction
All male students, unless specifically exempted under University regulations, are re-
quired to take basic Air Force R. O. T. C. training lor a period oi two years. The
successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation and it must be taken
by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance at the University, whether
they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students who have not fulfilled this requirement
will complete the course or take it until graduation, whichever occurs first.
Selected students who wish to do so may, with proper approval, carry during their
Junior and Senior years advanced Air Force R. O. T. C. courses which lead to a
regular or reserve commission in the United States Air Force.
For further details concerning the requirements in Military Instruction write to the
Director of Publications, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland, for a copy
of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog.
Degrees
The degrees conferred on students who have met the requirements prescribed by the
College of Arts and Sciences are Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science.
Students of this College who complete satisfactorily curricula with majors in de-
partments of the Humanities or Social Sciences are awarded the degree of Bachelor of
Arts.* Those who complete satisfactorily curricula with majors in departments of Biological
or Physical Sciences are awarded the degree of Bachelor of Science.f
Students who complete satisfactorily the prescribed combined program of Arts and
Sciences and Medicine, or of Arts and Sciences and Dentistry, will be granted the degree
of Bachelor of Science on the recommendation of the Dean of the School of Medicine, or of
the Dean of the School of Dentistry. This program consists of a minimum of 90-100 semester
hours (exclusive of the required courses in military science, hygiene, and physical activi-
ties) in the College of Arts and Sciences and a minimum of 30 semester hours (usually
the first year's program) in the School of Medicine, or in the School of Dentistry.
Students who complete satisfactorily the prescribed combined program of Arts and
Sciences and Law will be granted the degree of Bachelor of Arts on the recommendation
of the Dean of the School of Law. This program consists of a minimum of 90 semester
hours (exclusive of the required courses in military science, hygiene, and physical activities)
in the College of Arts and Sciences and a minimum of 30 semester hours (the first
year's program or its equivalent) in the School of Law.
Residence
The last thirty semester hours credit of any curriculum leading to a baccalaureate
degree in the College of Arts and Sciences must be taken in residence in this University.
*The departments of Economics, Geography, and Government and Politics, although adminis-
tratively in the College of Business and Public Administration, offer courses for Arts and Sciences
students. Majors may be elected in these departments as in those of the other departments of the
Division of Social Sciences which are administered by the College of Arts and Sciences.
tThe departments of Botany and Entomology, although administered by the College of Agri-
culture, offer courses for Arts and Sciences students. Majors may be elected in these departments
as in those of the other departments of the Division of Biological Sciences administered by the
College of Arts and Sciences.
140 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Students working for one of the combined degrees must earn the last 30 semester
hours credit of the arts program in residence, in the College of Arts and Sciences, College
Park.
General Requirements for Degrees
The baccalaureate degree from the College of Arts and Sciences may be conferred
upon a student who has satisfied the following requirements :
1. University requirements.
2. College of Arts and Sciences requirements :
A minimum of 120 semester hours credit in academic subjects other than military
science is required for a bachelor's degree. Men must acquire in addition 12 semester
hours in military science, and four semester hours in physical activities. Women must
acquire in addition four semester hours in hygiene and four semester hours in physical
activities.
Junior Requirements
A student must acquire a minimum of 56 semester hours with an average grade of
at least C in the Freshman and Sophomore years before he will be permitted to begin
advanced work on his major and minor.
The following minimum requirements should be fulfilled, as far as possible, before
the beginning of the Junior year and must be completed before graduation:
I. English — English 1, 2, and 3, 4 or 5, 6: twelve semester hours.
II. Foreign Language — twelve semester hours in one language.
III. Social Studies — Government and Politics 1, three semester hours; Sociology 1,
three semester hours ; History 5 and 6, six semester hours ; twelve semester hours.
IV. Speech — two to four semester hours in accordance with the particular curriculum.
V. Natural Science and Mathematics — twelve semester hours. Science courses will
be elected from those departments offering majors in the College of Arts and Sciences.
VI. Military Science for Men — twelve semester hours. Required freshman and sopho-
more years.
VII. Health for Women — four semester hours. Required freshman year.
VIII. Physical Activities for Men and Women — four semester hours. Required
freshman and sophomore years.
3. Major and Minor Requirements — When a student has completed satisfactorily the
requirements of the freshman and sophomore years he will select a major in one of
the departments of an upper division and for graduation will complete a departmental
major and a minor. The courses constituting the major and the minor must conform to the
requirements of the department in which the major work is done.
The student must have an average of not less than C in the introductory courses
in the field in which he intends to major.
A major shall consist, in addition to the underclass departmental requirements, of
24-40 hours, of which at least twelve must be in courses numbered 100 or above.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 141
A minor shall consist of a coherent group oi courses totalling 18 semester hours
addition to the requirements listed above. At least six of the 18 hours must be in
single department in courses numbered Uto or above. The omprising the minor
1st be chosen with the approval of the major department.
The average grade of the work taken in the major field he at least C, and the average
ade of the work taken in the major and minor fields combined must be at least C.
general average of C in courses taken at the University of Maryland is required for gradua-
n.
rtification of High School Teachers
If courses are properly chosen in the field of education, a prospective high school
icher can prepare for high school positions, with a major and minor in one of the
sartments of this College. A student who wishes to work for a teacher's certificate
juld consult his advisor before the junior year.
ectives in Other Colleges and Schools
A limited number of courses taken in other colleges and schools of the University
.y be counted for elective or minor credit toward a degree in the College of Arts
I Sciences.
The number of credits which may be accepted from the various colleges and schools
as follows :
College of Agriculture — 20.
College of Business and Public Administration — 20.
College of Education — 24.
College of Engineering — 20.
College of Home Economics — 20.
School of Law — In the combined program the first year of law must be completed.
School of Medicine — In the combined program the first year of medicine must be
completed.
rmal Load
The normal load for students in this college is 15 semester hours credit per semester,
dusive of the required work in physical activities, military science, and hygiene.
Juniors and seniors are not permitted to register for more than 18 hours unless they
e a "B" average for the preceding semester and the approval of the Dean of the Col-
e.
Each freshman and sophomore in this college will be assigned to a faculty adviser
o will help the student, during his first two years, to select his courses and to determine
at his field of major concentration should be.
Juniors and seniors will consider the head of their major department, or his designated
istant, their adviser, and should consult him about the arrangements of their schedules
:ourses.
142 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Work in the Freshman and Sophomore Years
The work of the first two years in the College of Arts and Sciences is designee
give the student a basic general education, and to prepare him for concentration in the la
part of his course.
It is the student's responsibility to develop in these earlier years such proficiency
basic subjects as may be necessary for his continuation in the field of his special intei
Personal aptitude and a general scholastic ability must also be demonstrated, if permis
to pursue a major study is to be obtained.
The student should follow the curriculum for which he is believed to be best fit
It will be noted that a core group of studies is required of all students who are candid
for a bachelor's degree. These subjects should be taken, when possible, during the Fn
man and Sophomore years.
GENERAL CURRICULUM
The following curriculum gives the subjects required of students in the departm<
of the Humanities and the Social Studies. Students wishing to major in one of the Ph
cal or Biological Sciences will find the requirements in the curriculums listed under
respective headings, found on subsequent pages. Students wishing to major in Socio!
or Crime Control will find the requirements listed under the section on the Social Science
r- Semester— ~\
Freshman Year I JJ
Eng. l, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature ... . 3 3
G. & P. 1— American Government (or Sociology of American Life) 3 .... I
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life (or American Government) . . .... 3
*Foreign Language 3 3
Mathematics or Natural Science 3 3
L. S. 1, 2 — Library Science 1 l
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
He. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 l
Total 18-20 18-20
Sophomore Year
Egn. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and Readings in English or in World
Literature 3 3
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Foreign Language (Continued) 3 3
Natural Science or Mathematics 3 3
Elective 3 3
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Tot 1 16-19 16 -iy
I. AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
Now, more perhaps than ever before, it is vitally important to understand this coun
and to use the best experience of the past to help solve the massive problems of Americ
»A placement test is given during Registration Week for students wishing to pursue
a language they have studied in high school
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 143
ent and future. Believing this, the University has set up one of the most compre-
ive programs in American studies to be found anywhere. The program begins with
ired courses on the freshman and sophomore level, includes a major for juniors and
Drs, and also provides for graduate work on the M.A. and Ph.D. level. (For infor-
on concerning the graduate program, see the graduate catalog.)
Since America is many-sided, the student who majors in American Civilization has
advantage of being taught by cooperating specialists from various departments. The
imittee in charge of the program represents the departments of English, History, Gov-
lent and Politics, and Sociology. Members of the committee serve as official advisers
tudents electing to work in the field.
For the student who plans to go (for example) into teaching, law, journalism, gov-
ient work, library work, or business, the study of American Civilization is a good
5. Although the main aims of the program for majors are cultural rather than pro-
onal — designed to produce better citizens and broader minds — the program still offers
m foundation for a number of different kinds of careers.
The program is intended to have generous breadth, but the danger of securing breadth
out depth is offset by the requirement of an area of concentration. Studies in American
lization are supplemented by studies in source cultures and interacting cultures : how-
, in choosing a curriculum, students are required to concentrate in one of the four
rtments primarily concerned with the program. Elective courses are, with the aid of
official adviser, chosen from courses offered in the humanities, in the social sciences,
n education. Normally, most elective courses are in history, English, foreign lan-
ces, comparative literature, economics, sociology, political science, and philosophy ;
it is possible for a student to fulfill the requirements of the program and to elect as
y as thirty semester hours in such subjects as art and psychology provided that such
■c fits into a carefully planned program.
In his senior year, each major is required to take a conference course in which the
y of American civilization is brought to a focus. During this course, the student
yzes eight or ten important books which reveal fundamental patterns in American life
thought and receives incidental training in bibliographical matters, in formulating prob-
for special investigation, and in group discussion.
Freshmen and sophomores who are interested in concentrating in American Civilization
Id consult with their Lower Division Adviser. Upperclassmen should consult with the
:utive Secretary of the American Civilization curriculum, Professor Bode. The course
tudy for each student will be planned according to both the student's individual needs
the requisites for a unified program of American studies. A student following this
iculum must elect at least 18 hours of work at the 100 level in at least two of the
departments represented in the program.
II. THE HUMANITIES
Art
Two types of majors are offered in art: Art Major A for those who take the art
iculum as a cultural subject and as preparation for a career for which art is a necessary
ground : Art Major B for those who prepare themselves for creative work on a pro-
onal basis.
In both types the student begins with the basic courses, and moves to more advanced
144 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
study of the theory of design and of the general principles involved in visual expressic
A large amount of study takes the form of actual practice of drawing and painting. T
student, in this way, gains a knowledge of the vocabulary of drawing and painting, and
the methods and procedures underlying good quality of performance.
Art Major B emphasizes the development of craftsmanship and the creative facult
Art Major A. while including the basic studio courses, necessarily places emphasis on tl
general history, composition, and art appreciation, with subsequent choices of special a
epochs for greater detailed study.
Art History and Art Appreciation are of special interest to students majoring in Englis!
History, Languages, Philosophy, or Music. It is suggested that they schedule Art 9, l1
Art, as excellent supplementary study for a fuller understanding of their major. Ai
and 11, Historical Survey of Painting, Sculpture, and Architecture, and History of America
Art, as excellent supplementary study for a fuller understanding of their major. Ai
20 is recommended for English, Languages, Philosophy, Home Economics, and Edi
cation majors. Art 10, History of American Art, is advised for majors in the America
Civilization courses. Home Economics and Horticulture majors are encouraged to schedu
basic art courses as a useful means of training observation and developing understanding o
and proficiency in, the visual arts.
Creative Art Majors are required to take the following:
Art 1 — Charcoal Drawing (3)
Art 5— Still Life Painting (3)
Art 7 — Landscape Painting (3)
Art 9, 11 — Historic Survey of Painting, Sculpture and Architecture (6)
Art 20 — Art Appreciation (2)
Cultural Art Majors are required to take the following:
Art 1 — Charcoal Drawing (3)
Art 5— Still Life Painting (3)
Art 9, 11 — Historic Survey of Painting, Sculpture and Architecture (6)
Art 10 — History of American Art (1)
Art 20— Art Appreciation (2)
English
Students majoring in English, particularly those who plan to do graduate work, a:
urged to take work in foreign language in addition to that required for graduation. ]
selecting minor or elective subjects, it is recommended that students give special consider
tion to the following : French, German, philosophy, history, and fine arts.
Students who major in English must choose 21 hours of the possible 24-40 hours requin
of a major from courses in several groups, as follows :
1. Three hours in language (Eng. 8, 101, 102, 104).
2. Six hours in major figures (Eng. 104, 112, 115, 116, 121, 155, 156).
3. Six hours in survey or type courses (Eng. 106, 110, 111, 112, 113, 120, 12
123, 125, 126, 129, 130. 134, 135, 139, 140, 143, 144, 145, 157).
4. Six hours in American literature (Eng. 148, 150, 151, 155, 156).
COLLEGE OE ARTS AND SCIENCES 145
Foreign Languages and Literature
The underclass department requirements which must be satisfied before a student can
begin work toward a major are the courses numbered 1, 2, 4, and 5 (or 1, 2, 6, and 7).
Two types of majors are offered in French, German, or Spanish: one for the general
student or the future teacher, and the other for those interested in a rounded study of a
foreign area for the purpose of understanding another nation through its literature, history,
sociology, economics, and other aspects.
Literature and Language Major: Language and literature as such are stressed in
the first type of major. Specific minimum requirements beyond the first two years are a
semester each of intermediate and advanced conversation (Fr., Ger., or Span. 8 or 9 and
81 or 82), a semester of grammar review (Fr., Ger., or Span. 71), six hours of the intro-
ductory survey of literature (Fr., Ger., or Span. 75 and 76), any twelve hours in literature
courses numbered 100 or above — a total of 26 semester hours. Beyond this minimum further
courses in the Department are desirable and as electives work in American and in Com-
parative Literature is strongly recommended ; Comparative Literature 101 and 102 are re-
quired.
Foreign Area Major: The area study major endeavors to provide the student with
a knowledge of various aspects of the country whose language he is studying. Specific
minimum requirements beyond the first two years are ten hours of conversation, Civilization
(Fr., Ger.. or Span. 161 and 162), three hours of Advanced Composition (Fr., Ger., or
Span. 121) and six hours in literature courses numbered 100 or above — a total of 25 semes-
ter hours. In addition the student takes, as a minor, twenty to thirty-six hours in geog-
raphy, history, political science, sociology, or economics, distributed through these fields in
consultation with advisers in the Foreign Language Department. The student is urged tc
take some elective work in American and in Comparative Literature.
Special Honors: The distinction of special honors in French, German, or Spanisl
is awarded to majors who, in addition to fulfilling the above-mentioned requirements, have
completed certain special readings and passed a comprehensive examination in their field oi
concentration. The purpose of honors in languages is (1) to encourage independent reading
and (2) to coordinate the knowledge afforded by the various individual courses which con-
stitute the major curricula. The work leading to honors is done in conferences betweef
students and professors. It should be begun early in the student's collegiate career, and ir
no case may students declare their candidacy for honors later than the beginning of theii
senior year.
Philosophy
The department's undergraduate courses are designed to help students attain philo
sophical perspective, clear understanding, and sound critical evaluation concerning the natur
of man, his place in the universe, and the significance of the principal types of humai
experiences and activities.
To those students who seek a broad, liberal, and cultural background of knowledge, bu
because of specialized studies have only a minimum of free electives, the department offer
two general introductory courses: Philosophy 1, a critical survey of views concerning mai
nature, religion, and knowledge, and Philosophy 2. a critical survey of views concernin
morality, government, education, and art. For the general picture, both courses are recorc
mended ; each, however, is available separately, and either may be taken first.
6 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
To students in other fields who wish to explore the philosophy of their subjects, the
partment offers a choice among a group of specifically related courses : 52, Philosophy in
iterature ; 53, Philosophy of Religion; 151, Ethics; 153, Philosophy of Art; 154, Political
id Social Philosophy; 155, Logic; 156, Philosophy of Science.
To students of literature, history, or the history of ideas, the department offers his-
rical courses in ancient, medieval, modern, recent, and contemporary, Oriental, and Amer-
in philosophy. The last course is particularly relevant for students of American Civiliza-
>n.
Philosophy 155, Logic is recommended in the Arts-Law curriculum and the Government
d Politics program.
Philosophy 1 or 2 or 154 is required in the Journalism program.
Minors in philosophy are especially suitable for students majoring in English. Litera-
re, the Social Sciences, American Civilization, Psychology, and in the pre-Ministry and
e-Law fields. Interested students should consult with the chairman of the department.
Freshmen and Sophomores planning to major in Philosophy should consult the chairman
the department about preparation for the major.
SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART
The courses in this department have two main functions: (1) to provide work in public
eaking and allied fields which will meet the needs of all students in the university ; (2) to
ovide an integrated unit of work which will allow a student to major in Speech. A
ijor shall consist of a minimum of 30 hours of which 15 hours must be in courses num-
red 100 and above. Prerequisites for Speech majors are Speech 1, 2, 3, 4. Speech 5, 6
recommended as an additional prerequisite for those students who have not demonstrated
ective platform speaking. In meeting the Arts and Sciences Natural Science require-
ait it is recommended that Speech majors elect Zoology 1, 16. No grade of D in the
ijor field will be counted toward completion of the requirements for graduation in the
ieech and Dramatic Art curriculum. A student majoring in Speech may 'concentrate in:
) public speaking; (b) drama; (c) speech sciences; (d) radio.
III. THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
Economics
Economics is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences leading to the A.B. degree,
though this department is administered by the College of Business and Public Adminis-
ition, Arts and Sciences students may register for its courses. They may also major
the subject from a liberal arts rather than a business administration point of view. For
rther information concerning the courses offered in Economics, see the catalog of the
illege of Business and Public Administration. Freshmen and sophomores wishing to
ijor in Economics should ask their Lower Division adviser about preparation for the
ijor. Juniors and seniors majoring in Economics are advised by the faculty of the Eco-
mics Department.
Geography
Geography is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences leading to the A.B. degree,
though this department is administered by the College of Business and Public Adminis-
ition. Arts and Sciences students may register for its courses. They may also major in
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES h
the subject from a liberal arts rather than a business administration point of view. F(
further information concerning the courses offered in Geography, see the catalog of tl
College of Business and Public Administration. Freshmen and sophomores wishing
major in Geography should ask their Lower Division adviser about preparation for tl
major. Juniors and seniors majoring in Geography are advised by the faculty of the Geoj
raphy Department.
Government and Politics
Governments and Politics is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences leading I
the A.B. degree. Although this department is administered by the College of Busine
and Public Administration, Arts and Sciences students may register for its courses. Th<
may also major in the subject from a liberal arts rather than a business administrate
point of view. For further information concerning the courses offered in Government ar
Politics, see the catalog of the College of Business and Public Administration. Freshrm
and sophomores wishing to major in Geography should ask their Lower Division advis<
about preparation for the major. Juniors and seniors majoring in Geography are advised 1
the faculty of the Geography Department.
History
The study of history is basic for the cultural background of all fields of knowledg
In addition, the Department of History offers a curriculum which is designed to assi
students who wish to prepare themselves for entering several fields of professional activit
Specifically these fields are (1) teaching history and the social sciences at the secondai
level; (2) the field of journalism, which requires a broad historical background; (;
research and archival work; (4) the diplomatic service. In addition, the department offe
adequate preparation and training for those who intend to pursue higher degrees and pr
pare themselves for teaching at the college level.
Undergraduate history majors must complete the following departmental requirements:
1. Every major is required to complete a minimum of 24 semester hours in advano
courses, with the following exceptions: (a) the total may be reduced by 3 crec
hours for those students who, in addition to the prerequisites, have taken 6 credi
in other courses under the 100 level; and (b) the total may be reduced by 6 crec
hours for those who, in addition to the prerequisites, have completed 12 semest
hours in courses under the 100 level.
2. No less than 15 nor more than 18 semester hours in advanced courses should
taken in any one field of history, e. g., European, American, or Latin American.
3. Prerequisites for majors in history are History 5 and 6 (required of all colle
students) and History 1 and 2.
4. All majors are required to take the proseminar during their senior year.
5. No grades of "D" in the major field will be counted toward completing the maj
requirements for graduation.
PSYCHOLOGY
The Department of Psychology is classed in both the Division of Social Sciences (i
the B.A. degree) and the division of Biological Sciences (for the B.S. degree) and off«
8 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Lucational programs related to both of these fields. The functions of the undergraduate
irriculum in Psychology are to provide an organized study of the behavior of man, in
rms of the biological conditions and social factors which influence such behavior. In
Idition, the undergraduate program in Psychology is arranged to provide a level of train-
g that will equip the students to enter certain professional pursuits which require a back-
round in this field. It is important to note, however, that the undergraduate degree in
sychology is not in itself recognized as carrying any professional status.
The departmental requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts are as follows:
Psych. 1. Introduction to Psychology (3).
Psych. 4. General Psychology (3).
Psych. 106. Statistical Methods in Psychology (3).
Psych. 121. Social Psychology (3).
Psych. 145. Introduction to Experimental Psychology (4).
Psych. 150. Tests and Measurements (3).
And 6 hours from any two of the following courses:
Psych. 126. Developmental Psychology (3).
Psych. 128. Human Motivation (3).
Psych. 142. Techniques of Interrogation (3).
Plus 6 additional hours in other courses in Psychology, making a total of 31 hours.
The departmental requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Sciences are the same as
le above with the following exceptions :
Psych. 126. Developmental Psychology (3) is substituted for Psych. 121, Social
Psychology (3).
The particular three courses from which 6 hours of work may be chosen are:
Psych. 180. Physiological Psychology (3).
Psych. 181. Animal Behavior (3).
Psych. 195. Minor Problems in Psychology (3).
In addition to the General University requirements and those of the College of Arts
rid Sciences, as well as the above requirements in the Department of Psychology, the
tudent will take a minimum of 18 hours in a minor curriculum and must include at least
hours of courses in the 100 series in a single department. The minor program will be
rganized for each student with the approval of the Department of Psychology. For the
lachelor of Arts degree the minor program will ordinarily consist of courses in the Social
ciences. For the Bachelor of Sciences degree the minor program will ordinarily consist of
ourses in the Biological and Physical Sciences, with at least 6 hours in the 100 series in
oology.
For students who plan to enter graduate and professional work in Psychology, it is
ecommended that among their minor or elective programs they take courses in Mathematics,
Zoology, and Physics.
SOCIOLOGY
The student majoring in Sociology will gain a liberal education as well as develop
Dward a professional field of specialization which is focused on an understanding of human
elationships. In view of the basic nature of human relationships in all lines of activity,
iany of the courses in sociology are designed so as to be available to students of other
pecialized interests.
COLLEGE OE ARTS AND SCIENCES 149
The course offerings in the department include the major basic areas in the field
of sociology such as The Community, Criminology, Cultural Anthropology, The Family,
"Industrial Sociology, Rural Sociology, Population, Urban Sociology, Social Problems, Social
Psychology, Social Theory, and Social Welfare. A considerable degree of specialization
is possible within each of these fields. The student who majors in sociology may acquire
either a comprehensive view of the entire field by selecting a range of courses from several
of these basic areas or he may concentrate in any one of them. In any event, the student
majoring in Sociology will consult the head of that department as to the appropriate advisor
within the department for the selected area of specialization.
Departmental requirements for all who major in Sociology consist of a minimum of
30 semester hours of Sociology (including Sociology 1) of which 12 hours must be in
courses numbered 100 or above. Only credit with a grade of C or more can be counted as
a part of the major requirement. The following sociology courses are required:
Sociology 1 — The Sociology ot American Life (University requirement)
Sociology 2 — Principles of Sociology
Sociology 183 — Social Statistics
Sociology 186 — Sociological Theory
Sociology 196 — Senior Seminar
The curriculum for the first two years for all majors in Sociology is as follows:
r— Semester— \
Freshman Year I JJ
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature.... 3 3
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3
Foreign Language 3 3
♦Mathematics or Natural Science 3 or 4 3 or 4
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2
L. S. 1, 2— Library Science 1 1
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
IHea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
\
Total 18-20 18-20
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and Readings in World or English
j-iiterature 3 3
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Foreign Language 3 3
♦Mathematics or Natural Science 3 or 4 3 or 4
**Soc. 2— Principles of Sociology 3 3
tElective .... 3
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 16-20 16-20
*In the Crime Control Curriculum, the student will take Zool. 1 in his first semester
freshman year and then take the sequence Zool. 14, 15 in the sophomore year. Under this
arrangement Sociology 2 will ordinarily be taken during the second semester of the
freshman year.
*If the student fulfills his requirements in the natural sciences (12 credit hours) in
three semesters, he will have another elective in the second semester of his sophomore
year which probably will De selected from his major or minor field.
**In the Crime Control Curriculum the student will take Psych. 1 instead of Soc. 2
since he will have taken this latter subject in the second semester of his freshman year.
tin the Crime Control Curriculum the student will take Soc. 52.
ISO UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The student seeking to specialize in any of the areas mentioned, including the curricuh
indicated below, or seeking a comprehensive view of the whole field of sociology will
with the aid of his advisor, select the remainder of his required courses in those area:
which best meet his needs. Students who wish to qualify for public school teaching
along with the major in sociology should consult their advisor no later than their sophomore
year in order to arrange their minor sequence in the field of education. Students specializ-
ing in Professional Social Work or Crime Control will find their junior and senior year
curricula listed below. It is recommended that students interested in these, as well as other
areas of sociology, consult with the departmental advisers before their junior year.
Preprofessional Social Work Curriculum
This curriculum comprises a four-year preprofessional program in the College of Arts
and Sciences with a major in sociology and supporting subjects, leading to the degree of
Bachelor of Arts. The curriculum combines a liberal education with a sound foundation
for the general field of social service and provides: (1) preprofessional preparation for
students planning to pursue graduate professional study in social service; (2) a background
for responsible civic leadership in the field of social welfare for students who are not
planning a professional social service career, but who as citizens will be active in various
programs of social welfare and community betterment; (3) basic training for students
who may go immediately upon graduation from college into certain social positions for
which graduate professional education is not required. Completion of this curriculum
with the B.A. degree meets the educational qualifications for many beginning positions in
public welfare, public assistance, social services to individual and families, social security,
and other areas of social service.
The first three years of this curriculum are devoted to a broad liberal education with
emphasis on the study of the fundamentals of human association, social motivation, and
societal organization. The fourth year includes an introduction to the basic principles,
methods, and organization of the social service. Flexibility to meet the varying interests
and needs of individual students is provided by the electives in the junior and senior years.
f— Semester— \
Junior Year I II
Soc. 13 or 14— Rural Sociology (or Urban Sociology) 3 ....
Soc. 52— Criminology .... 3
Soc. 131— Introduction to Social Service 3 ....
Soc. 186— Sociological Theory .... 3
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 ....
G. & P. 4 or 5— State Government or Municipal Gov't and Admin. 3 ....
Electives in related subjects 3 9
Total 15 15
Senior Year
Soc. 118 — *Community Organization .... 3
Soc. 171— *Family and Child Welfare 3
Soc. 173— Social Security 3 ....
Soc. 174— *Public Welfare .... 3
Soc. 183— Social Statistics 3
Soc. 191— Social Field Training (if available, < therwise substitute
elective) 3 or 3
Soc. 196— Senior Seminar .... 3
Electives in related subjects 3 or 3
Total 15 15
COLLEGE OE ARTS AND SCIENCES
151
Crime Control Curriculum
This curriculum comprises a four-year preprofessional program in the College of
Arts and Sciences, with a major in sociology and a minor in psychology, leading to the
degree of Bachelor of Arts. The curriculum combines a liberal education with basic
training for the field of crime and delinquency prevention and control. It is designed
specifically for students preparing for positions in correctional and penal institutions, in-
stitutions for juveniles, juvenile courts, probation and parole services, the so-called "area
projects," research in juvenile delinquency and criminology, and similar positions.
r- Semester— \
II
Junior Year I
Soc. 51— Social Pathology 3 ....
Soc. 131— Introduction to Social Service 3 ....
Soc. 153— Juvenile Delinquency 3 ....
Soc. 154— *Crime and Delinquency Prevention .... 3
Soc. 183— Social Statistics 3 ....
Soc. 186— Sociological Theory .... 3
B. A. 10— Organization and Control 2 ....
Econ. 3 7 — Fundamentals of Economics ....
Psych. 2— Applied Psychology or Psych 5— Mental Hygiene .... 3
Psych. 125— Child Psychology 3
Electives .... 5
Total 17 17
Senior Year
Soc. 114— The City 3
Soc. 118 — *Community Organization .... 3
Soc. 145— Social Control or Soc. 147— Sociology of Law or G. and
P. 133— Administration of Justice 3 ....
Soc. 156 — *Institutional Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents. . ....
Soc. 191— Social Field Training (if available, otherwise substitute
elective)
Soc. 196— Senior Seminar
Psych. 128 — Human Motivation or Psych. 131— Abnormal Psy-
chology 3 ....
Psych. 142 — Techniques of Interrogation or Psych 150— Tests
and Measurements 3 ....
Psych. 161 — Industrial Psychology or a 3 hours elective in Psy-
chology .... 3
Electives .... or ....
Total 15 15
3 or 3
3
IV. THE BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
GENERAL BIOLOGICAL CURRICULUM
A curriculum has been prepared for students who are interested in biology, but whose
interests are not centralized in any one of the biological sciences. The courses as out-
lined include work in Bacteriology, Botany, Entomology, and Zoology, and introduce the
student to the general principles and methods of each of these biological sciences.
By the proper selection of courses during the junior and senior years, a student may
concentrate his work sufficiently in any of the fields of study to be able to continue in
graduate work in that field. Also by a proper selection of electives, the educational
*Supervised field trips and observation of the functioning of representative agencies,
institutions, and organizations are required in connection with these courses.
152
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
requirements of the State Department of Education for certification can be met. A student
who wishes to work for a certificate must plan his entire program before the beginning
of his junior year.
This curriculum requires the completion of at least 45 credits in the biological sciences
which collectively constitute a major and a minor. Of these credits at least 18 must be
at the 100 level and taken in at least two of the four departments.
A junior or senior following this curriculum will be advised by the department in
which he plans to do the most work.
General Biological Sciences Curriculum
r— Semester— ^
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3
Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 ....
Bot. 1— General Botany .... 4
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 18-19 18-19
Sophomore Year**
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature.. 3 3
tH. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Ent. 1— Introductory Entomology 3 ....
Bact. 1— General Bacteriology .... 4
Math. 10, 11— Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry.... 3 3
Foreign Language 3 3
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 16-19 17-20
Junior Year
Phys. 10, 11— Mechanics and Heat, Sound Optics, Magnetism and
Electricity 4 4
Foreign Language (Continued) 3 3
JElectives (Biological Sciences) 6 6
Electives 2 2
Total 15 15
Students who wish to obtain a teacher's certificate must elect H. D. Ed. 100-101
during their junior year.
Senior Year
tElectives (Biological Sciences) 9 9
Electives g 6
Total 15 ~~15
••Students who wish to emphasize certain phases of the biological sciences should
elect Chemistry 31, 32, 33, 34, or Chemistry 35, 36, 37, 38, as directed by their advisor.
tA student may be advised to postpone History 5, 6 to the junior year in order that
he may elect a second course in the biological sciences which he intends to emphasize.
JPsychoIogy 126, 180, 181, 195 may be counted as part of the required 45 credits in
biological sciences, but these courses may NOT be used to satisfy the requirement of 18
credits at the 100 level in two of the four departments.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 153
BACTERIOLOGY
The Department of Bacteriology functions with three purposes in view. One of these
is to provide fundamental training for those students who choose bacteriology as a major
subject. Two major fields of study are provided: (1) applied bacteriology, in preparation
for such positions as dairy, sanitary, or agricultural bacteriologists in federal, state, and
commercial laboratories, and (2) medical bacteriology, or the more recently recognized
specialty of medical technology in relation to hospital, public health, and clinic laboratories.
The second objective of the department is to provide desirable courses for those students
who are majoring in closely allied departments and desire vital supplementary information.
Every effort has been made to plan these courses so that they satisfy the demands of
these related departments as well as the needs of those students who have chosen
bacteriology as a major. The third purpose of the department is to encourage and foster
original thought in the pursuit of research.
Bacteriology Curriculums
The field of bacteriology is too vast in scope to permit specialization in the early
stages of undergraduate study. Accordingly, the applied curriculum outlined below includes
the basic courses in bacteriology and allied fields.
The course in Advanced General Bacteriology (Bad. 5) is required for all bacteriology
majors, and should follow General Bacteriology (Bad. 1). Bacteriology 5 is not required
as a prerequisite for upper division courses for majors in other departments provided the
student has been introduced to certain aspects of bacteriology, or their equivalent, pertinent
to their specialty. Bacteriology 1, however, is required.
The sequence of courses in the following curriculum should be pursued as closely as
possible, although it is realized that some deviation may be necessary. Sufficient latitude
is provided in the senior year for the student to obtain several courses that are correlated
with his particular interests.
All students planning a major in Bacteriology should consult the Head of the De-
partment during the first year concerning his particular field of study his choice of a
minor. The minor should be chosen only from the biological or physical sciences. Chemistry,
as outlined below, is the preferred minor.
Applied Bacteriology Curriculum
r-Semesters
Freshman Year I H
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3
Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1
Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4
Math. 10— Algebra 3 ....
Math. 11— Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry .... 3
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 17-18 17-18
154
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature
French or German*
Bact. 1— General Bacteriology
Bact. 5 — Advanced General Bacteriology
Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry
Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
Physical Activities
Total
Junior Year
French or German (Continued)*
Physics 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics
Bact. 101— Pathogenic Bacteriology
Bact. 131— Food and Sanitary Bacteriology
Chem. 161, 162, 163, 164— Biochemistry
Electives
Total
Senior Year
Bact. 60, 62— Bacteriological Literature
Bact. 103— Serology
Bact. 16*1— Systematic Bacteriology
Electives
Total '
—Semester-^
I II
17-20
IS
17-20
Medical Technology Curriculum
This is a professional curriculum intended for those students who desire to prepare
for technical work in hospital, clinical, and public health laboratories. Specialization in
the field of Medical Technology begins in the sophomore year and becomes more intense
during the junior year. Emphasis in this curriculum is upon fundamental courses in
Bacteriology, Chemistry, and Zoology.
The student who follows this curriculum is encouraged to avail himself of opportunities
to work in medical laboratories during the summer months. The optimum plan shall be
to place the prospective technologist in a laboratory as an apprentice as soon as his training
permits.
Freshman Year
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — So biology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1— American "Government .... 3
Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1
Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4
Math. 10— Algebra 3 ....
Math. 11— Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry .... 3
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Hea. z, 4— Health (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 17-18 17-18
*F*\ or Ger. 6, /—Intermediate Scientific French or German required.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
155
Sophomore Year
Eng. ", 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature
French or German*
Bact. 1— General Bacteriology
Bact. 5— Advanc3d General Bacteriology
Chem. 31, <2, 3 J, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry
Physics 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics
A. S. 3, 4 -Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
Physical Activities
Total
Junior Year
French or German (Continued) *
Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
Bact. 101— Pathogenic Bacteriology
Bact. 103— Serology
Chem. 161, 162, 163, 164— Biochemistry
Zool. 1 —General Zoology
Zool. 106— Histological Technique
Total
Senior Year
Bact. 105— Clinical Methods
Bact. 131— Food and Sanitary Bacteriology
Bact. 108— Epidemiology and Public Health
Bact. 133 — Dairy Bacteriology
Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology
Electives
Total
r- Semester— •>
I
//
3
3
3
3
4
4
3
3
4
4
3
3
1
1
18-21
IS
4
4
4
16
18-21
17
15
BOTANY
Botany is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences leading to the B.S. degree.
Although this department is administered by the College of Agriculture, students may register
for its courses and major in the subject just as if it were a department of the College
of Arts and Sciences. For further information about the department see the catalog of
the College of Agriculture. Freshmen and sophomores wishing to major in Botany should
ask their Lower Division adviser about preparation for the major. Juniors and seniors
majoring in Botany are advised by the faculty of the Botany Department.
ENTOMOLOGY
Entomology is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences leading to the B.S.
degree. Although this department is administered by the College of Agriculture, students
may register for its courses and major in the subject as if it were a department of the
College of Arts and Sciences. For further information about the department see the
catalog of the College of Agriculture. Freshmen and sophomores wishing to major in
Entomology should ask their Lower Division adviser about preparation for the major.
Juniors and seniors majoring in Entomology are advised by the faculty of the Entomology
Department.
*Fr. or Ger. 6, 7— Intermediate Scientific French ur German required.
156 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
PSYCHOLOGY
The Department of Psychology is classed in both the Division of Biological Sciences and
the Division of Social Sciences, and offers educational programs to both these fields.
Further details on the two available undergraduate curricula in Psychology are given
elsewhere in these pages.
ZOOLOGY
The Department of Zoology offers courses which train the student for professional
work in several fields : teaching in college and secondary schools, research and regulatory
work in the biological bureaus of the United States Government, work in the biological
departments of state and city governments, and research in industrial laboratories.
Two courses of study have been established as described below. In each of these cur-
ricula the fundamental courses are included and ample opportunity is offered for the election
of additional courses in the Department of Zoology or related departments so that the
student may plan his training toward the particular professional work in which he is
interested.
A grade of "D" in a course in zoology will not be counted toward completing the
major requirements for graduation.
Zoology Curriculum
r— Semester— \
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3
Zool. 2, 3— Fundamentals of Zoology 4 4
Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 17-18 17-18
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Litearture 3 3
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Zool. 5 — Comparative Vertebrate Morphology 4 ....
Zool. 20— Vertebrate Embryology .... 4
Math. 10, 1 1— Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry.... 3 3
Electives 3 3
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 l
Total 17-20 17-20
Junior Year
Zool. 1 OS— Animal Histology 4 ....
Zool. 104 Genetics 3 ....
Zool. 121— Principles of Animal Ecology .... 3
Phys, 10, 11— Mechanics and Heat; Sound, Optics, Magnetism and
Electricity 4 4
Foreign Language 3 3
Electives (Zoology) 0 or 4 0 or 3
Electives 3 3
Total 17 16
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 1
r— Semester— ^
Senior Year I J I
Zool. 102— General Animal Physiology .... \
Speech 1 8, 19— Introductory Speech 1 l
Foreign Language (Continued) 3 3
Elective (Zoology) 4 ....
Electives 8 8
Total 1 1> 16
Fisheries Biology
The aquatic resources of Maryland offer an excellent opportunity for the study
fisheries biology and marine zoology. The Chesapeake Bay and its tributaries, represer
ing many habitats, constitute an excellent laboratory for training in these fields and cot
mercial fisheries of the state offer additional opportunity for studies in methods, manag
ment and conservation.
The following curriculum prepares the student for specialization in this field,
addition to the courses as outlined, which he will complete at College Park, he is requir
to spend part of his summers in practical work in fisheries:
The minor field of study for this curriculum will depend upon the specific phase
fisheries biology in which the student is primarily interested. A selection of cours
to complete the minor requirements will be made by the student in consultation with r
adviser. The minor may be selected from chemistry, botany, entomology, or bacteriolog
depending upon the student's objective. All students in fisheries biology are requir
to complete, from electives, Chemistry 5 and Chemistry 19 at some time during the
course.
Fisheries Biology Curriculum
r— Semester^
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3
Zool. 2, 3 — Fundamentals of Zoology 4 4
Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4
Sp. IS. 19— Introductory Speech 1 1
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 18-19 18-19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3. 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature.. 3 3
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Math. 10, 11— Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry.... 3 3
Zool. 5 — Comparative Vertebrate Morphology 4 ....
Zool. 20— Vertebrate Embryology .... 4
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Electives 4 4
Total 18-21 18-21
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
(—Semesters
Junior Year I II
German* 3 3
Phys. 10, 11 — Mechanics and Heat; Sound, Optics, Magnetism and
Electricty 4 4
Zool. 102— General Animal Physiology .... 4
Zool. IIS— Invertebrate Morphology 4 ....
Zool. 121— Principles of Animal Ecology .... 3
Zool. 1 27— Ichthyology 3
Electives 4 4
Total 18 18
Senior Year
German ( Continued )* 3 3
Zool. 125, 126— Fisheries Biology and Management 3 3
Electives 12 12
Total 18 18
V. THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES
Curriculum for General Physical Sciences
This general curriculum is offered for students who desire a basic knowledge of the
)hysical sciences without immediate specialization in any of them. By proper selection
)f courses in the latter semesters, a student may concentrate in the field of his choice.
\ number of selections are possible and there is considerable freedom in the choice of
:lectives.
Thirty-six hours in addition to underclass departmental requirements in the three de-
triments of Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics are required. Of these 36 hours, 18
lours must be of 100 level and taken in at least two of the three departments.
(This curriculum represents only two of the possible selections of courses open to
i student majoring in General Physical Science. Beginning students who want to select
his field as a major should consult their advisor before making up their schedules.)
Freshman Year
Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry "1
or |. 4 4
Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics J
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature.... 3 3
Math. 14, 15, 17— Plane Trigonometry, College Algebra and Geom-
etry 5 4
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life .... 3
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 17-18 17-18
*Ger. 6, 7 required.
COLLEGE Of ARTS AND SCIENCES
159
r-Semesters
Sophomore Year I II
Chem 1, !— General Chemistry 1
or |. 4-:', 4-:;
Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry and Lab- |
oratory
Phys. 50, 51— Applied Mechanics
or
Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and Readings in World Literature..
or
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and Headings, mainly in English Lit-
erature
Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1
Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 16-19 16-19
Junior Year
For~ign Language 3
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Electives 4 4
Electives in Physical Sciences 7 7
Total 17 17
Students who wish to obtain a teacher's certificate must elect H. D. Ed. 100-101
during their junior year.
Senior Year
Foreign Language (Continued) 3
Electives in Physical Sciences 4 4
Electives 8 8
Total 15 15
Chemistry
The science of chemistry is so vast in scope that completion of a well-planned course
of undergraduate study is necessary before specialization. The curriculum outlined below
describes such a course of study. The sequence of courses given should be followed as
closely as possible ; it is realized, however, that some deviation from this sequence may
be necessary toward the end of the program. All of the courses in chemistry listed, unless
otherwise designated, are required of students majoring in chemistry.
Chemistry Curriculum
Freshman Year
Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3
Math. ] 4 — Plane Trigonometry 2 ....
Math. 15— College Algebra 3
Math. 17 — Analytic Geometry .... 4
G. & P. 1— American Government 3 ....
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life ....
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 18-19 17-18
160
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Sophomore Year
Chem. 15, 17— Qualitative Analysis
Chem. 35, 37— Elementary Organic Chemistry
Chem. 36, 38— Elementary Organic Laboratory
Speech IS, la— Introductory Speech
German 1, 2— Elementary German
Math. 20, 21— Calculus
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
Physical Activities
Total
Junior Year
Chem. 21, 23— Quantitative Analysis
Chem. 141, 143— Advanced Organic Chemistry
Chem. 142, 144— Advanced Organic Laboratory
Chem. 150 — Organic Quantitative Analysis (may be elected in
place of Chem. 142 or 144)
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and World or English Literature
German 6, 7 — Intermediate Scientific German
Phys. 20,-1
Total
Senior Year
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization
Chem. 101 — Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Chem. 1S7, 1S9— Physical Chemistry
Chem. 188, 190— Physical Chemistry Laboratory
Chem. 14G — The Identification of Organic Compounds
Electives in Biological Sciences, Chemistry, Physics, Mathematics,
Advanced Military or English 7*
Total
-Semester—
I II
16
3
9
5
19
3
2
2
5-8
15-18
16
1
3
4
3
1
■19
4
2
2
2
3
3
5
19
5-8
15-18
Mathematics
This curriculum offers training in the fundamentals of Mathematics in preparation
for teaching, industrial work, or graduate work in Mathematics.
Students majoring in mathematics who complete freshman and sophomore courses in
mathematics with distinction are eligible to try for honors in mathematics. To receive
the honors degree in mathematics, a student must: 1. Complete the curriculum in mathe-
matics with an average grade of B in all subjects; 2. Pass an honors examination in
mathematics at the end of the senior year ; 3. Write a satisfactory thesis pn an assigned
topic in mathematics in the senior year. Students who wish to try for honors in mathe-
matics should consult the Head of the department at the conclusion of their sophomore
year.
No grade of D in the major field will be counted toward completion of the require-
ments for graduation in the mathematics curriculum. An average grade of C is required
in the minor.
The mathematics curriculum offers two options depending on the choice of electives
in the Junior and Senior years.
Pure Mathematics option. Electives in mathematics must include three hours in each of
the fields of algebra and geometry.
•English 7 is strongly recommended, and will be required except under unusual
circumstances.
COLLEGE OE ARTS AND SCIENCES
161
Applied Mathematics option. Electivos in mathematics must include six hours in the
Ids of algebra and geometry, and at least six hours in the held of applied mathematics,
inor electives will be selected from the Physical Sciences or Engineering in consultation
th the Head of the department of Mathematics.
athematics Curriculum
r—Semester—\
Ereshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature.... 3 3
Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1
French or German 3 3
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life .... 3
Math. 14— Plane Trigonometry 2 ....
Math. 15— College Algebra 3
Math. 17— Analytic Geometry .... 4
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 18 or 19 17 or 18
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and Readings in World or English
Literature 3 3
French or German (continued) 3 3
Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4
Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 5
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization (Women) 3 3
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 19 19
Junior Year
Math. 110, 111— Advanced Calculus 3 3
Electives — Mathematics 3 3
Electives— Minor 3-6 3-6
Electives 3 3
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization (Men) 3 3
Elective (Women) 3 3
Total 15-18 15-18
Senior Year
Math. 114— Differential Equations .... 3
Electives— Mathematics 6 3
Electives— Minor 3 3
Electives 6 6
Total 15 15
Physics
The physics curriculum is designed for students who desire training in the fundamentals
)f physics in preparation for teaching or graduate work, and for positions in governmental,
ndustrial, and biophysical laboratories.
Courses comprising the minor may be selected in any allied field in accordance with the
needs of the student.
162 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Physics Curriculum
r-Semester— >
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature.... 3 3
Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1
Math. 14, 15, 17— Plane Trigonometry, College Algebra, Analytic
Geometry 5 4
G. & P. 1— American Government 3 ....
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
Foreign Language or Physics 3-4 3-4
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2
Total 18-20 17-19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and Readings in World or English
Literature 3 3
Math. 20, 21— Differential and Integral Calculus 4 4
Foreign Language (Continued) 3 3
Physics 4-5 4-5
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization (Women) 3
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 18-19 18-19
Junior Year
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization (Men) 3 3
Physics 5 5
Foreign Language (Continued), Mathematics, or Chemistry 6-7 6-7
Electives
Total 17-18 17-18
Senior Year
Chemistry, Engineering, Mathematics and Physics 15-17 15-17
Total 15-17 15-17
VI. PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA
COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND LAW
The School of Law of the University requires at least three years of academic crec
for admission to the school. Many students plan to take a four-year program for tl
degree of Bachelor of Arts before entering law school. Such students may select ai
appropriate subject for their major.
The University offers also a combined program in arts and sciences and law leadir
to the degree of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws. Students pursuing this con
bined program will spend the first three years in the College of Arts and Sciences at Colleg
Park. During this period they will complete a prescribed curriculum in prelegal studit
for a total of 90 semester hours in addition to the requirements in physical activities ar
military science, and they must complete the requirements for graduation, as indicated belov
If students enter the combined program with advanced standing, at least the third fu
year's work — i. e., 30 semester hours of credit — must be completed in residence at Colleg
Park. After the successful completion of one year of full-time law courses in the Schoc
of Law in Baltimore (or the equivalent in semester hours of work in the Evening Divisio
of the School of Law), the degree of Bachelor of Arts may be awarded on the recommenda
COLLEGE OE ARTS AND SCIENCES 163
1 of the Dean of the School of Law, provided the student has earned at least a total
120 credits exclusive of military science and physical activities with at least a C average
his work at College Park and at least a C average in 30 semester hours of work in
Itimore. The degree of Bachelor of Laws may be awarded upon the completion of
combined program. The completion of a year's work in the Law School in Baltimore
istitutes a major, and the student is required to complete a satisfactory minor at
liege Park. Recommended fields for the minor are English, Economics, Government
1 Politics, History, Philosophy, Psychology, and Sociology. There are required courses
the sophomore year in some of these fields. Students should use the electives available
ring that year to meet these requirements.
ts-Law Curriculum
Freshman Year
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature.
Science or Mathematics
G. & P. 1— American Government
and
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life
Foreign Language
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking
Ii. S. 1, 2— Library Methods
A. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men)
1 'hysical Activities
Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women)
Total 18-20 18-20
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and Readings in World Literature..
or
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and Readings in English Literature..
Science or Mathematics ." . 3 3
Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Foreign Language (continued) 3 3
A. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 16-19 16-19
Junior Year
♦Minor 6 or 9 6 or 9
Electives 9 or 6 9 or 6
r-Semester—\
I
II
3
3
3 or 4
3 or 4
3
3
3
3
2
I
1
1
3
3
1
1
2
2
Total 15 15
COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND DENTISTRY
The School of Dentistry of the University requires at least two years of academic
redit for admission. Many students plan to take a four-year program for the degree
f Bachelor of Sciences before entering the School of Dentistry. Such students may
lect any appropriate subject for their major.
The University offers also a combined program in Arts and Sciences and Dentistry
aading to the degrees of Bachelor of Sciences and Doctor of Dental Surgery. Students
*The selection of courses for the minor must meet the approval of the student's
advisor.
164
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
pursuing this combined program will spend the first three years in the College of Ar
and Sciences at College Park. During this period they will complete a prescribed curric
lum in pre-dental studies for a total of 90 semester hours in addition to the requir
ments for graduation, as indicated below. If students enter the combined program wii
advanced standing, at least the third full year's work — i. e., 30 semester hours of credit-
must be completed in residence in College Park. After the successful completion of oi
year of full-time dental courses in the School of Dentistry in Baltimore, the degree c
Bachelor of Sciences may be awarded on the recommendation of the Dean of the Schoi
of Dentistry, provided the student has earned at least a total of 120 semester houi
credit exclusive of military science and physical activities with at least a "C" averag
in his work at College Park and at least a "C" average in his work in Baltimore. Tl
degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery may be awarded on completion of the combine
program. The completion of a year's work in the School of Dentistry in Baltimor
constitutes a major, and the student is required to complete a satisfactory minor
College Park. Recommended fields for the minor are those sciences basic to the stud;
of dentistry. There are required courses in the sophomore year in some of these fields
Students should use the electives available during that year to meet such prerequisit
requirements.
Arts-Dentistry Curriculum
Freshman Year
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature.
Zool. 2, 3 — fundamentals of Zoology
Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry
Math. 10, 11— Algebra, Trigonometry, Analytic Geometry
Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech
Physical Activities
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women)
-Semester-
II
4
4
1
1
3
2
Total.
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and World or English Literature
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life
and
G. & P. 1— American Government
Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38— Organic Chemistry
Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics
•Modern Language
Physical Activities
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
18-19
Total.
Junior Year
Modern Language (continued)
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization.
Approved Minor Courses
Electives
4
4
3
1
3
18-21
18-21
Total 18 18
Senior Year
The curriculum of the first year of the School of Dentistry of the University of
*Fr. or Ger. 6, 7 — Intermediate Scientific French or German recommended.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 165
[aryland is accepted by the College of Arts and Sciences as the fourth year (major sequence)
ri(^f academic work toward the degree of Bachelor of Sciences.
sqoi
witj If at the end of the junior year the student decides to postpone his entrance to
le School of Dentistry and to remain in the College of Arts and Sciences and complete
'ork for the Bachelor's degree, he may choose a major and minor in any of the depart-
lents in which he has completed the necessary underclass requirements. The general
ature of the first three years of this curriculum and the generous electives of the third
agjear make possible for the student a wide choice of departments in which he may specialize.
1 n general the electives of the third year will be chosen as for a major in some particular
department.
ot
■ ■'!!:;
COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND MEDICINE
This course, which consists of three years of study in the College of Arts and
>ciences, is recommended for admission to the School of Medicine of the University of
Vfaryland. It also meets the requirements prescribed by the Council on Medical Educa-
ion of the American Medical Association.
This curriculum also offers to the student a combined program leading to the degrees
)f Bachelor of Science and Doctor of Medicine. The preprofessional training is taken
n residence in the College of Arts and Sciences at College Park and the professional
training in the School of Medicine in Baltimore.
Students who have completed the combined program of Arts and Sciences and Medicine
[may, on recommendation of the Dean of the School of Medicine, be granted the degree of
Bachelor of Science by the College of Arts and Sciences. To qualify for this degree
at least 90 semester credits exclusive of required work in military science and physical
education in this college and the first year of the School of Medicine must have been completed
so that the quantitative requirements of 120 semester hours are met. The qualitative grade
requirements of the University must also be fulfilled. The degree will be granted at
the commencement following the completion of the student's second year in medical school.
A student may enter this combined curriculum with advanced standing, but the last
year of the preprofessional training, consisting of a minimum of 30 credits, exclusive of
physical training and military instruction, must be completed at College Park and the pro-
fessional training must be completed in the University of Maryland School of Medicine
in Baltimore.
Students who expect to qualify for the combined degree must complete the work as
outlined in the curriculum. Changes may be made only when authorized by the Dean
of the College of Arts and Sciences. Permission to continue in the pre-medical curriculum
is granted only to students who have demonstrated, on the basis of their previous academic
records, that they are fully qualified to carry the work included in this course.
166 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Arts-Medical Curriculum
r- Semester— -
Freshman Year* I II
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3
Zool. 2, 3— Fundamentals of Zoology 4 4
Math. 10, 11— Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry. ... 3 3
Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force K. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 20-21 20-21
Sophomore Year**
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 3 3
Zool. 5 — Comparative "Vertebrate Morphology 4 ....
Zool. 20— Vertebrate Embryology .... 4
Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38— Elementary Organic Chemistry 4 4
Foreign Language 3 3
A. S. :\ —Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 15-18 15-18
Junior Year
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology .... 3
Phys. 10, 11— Mechanics and Heat; Sound, Optics, Magnetism and
Electricity 4 4
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Foreign Language (Continued) 3 3
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
Electives (Sciences) 7 4
Total 18 18
Senior Year
The curriculum of the first year of the School of Medicine of the University of
Maryland is accepted by the College of Arts and Sciences as the fourth year (major sequence",
of academic work toward the degree.
If at the beginning of the Senior Year the student decides to postpone his entrance
to Medical School and to remain in the College of Arts and Sciences and complete
work for the Bachelor's Degree, he may choose a major in any department in which he
has completed the necessary underclass requirements. Because of the general nature of
the first three years of his curriculum, the student has open to him a wide choice of depart-
ments in which he may specialize.
>/
•Students who wish to consider a possible major in the Physical Sciences should
elect Modern Language in the freshman year in place of Math. 10 and 11, and should elect
Math. 14, 15, 17 in the sophomore year.
♦•Students who wish to consider a possible major in any of the following subjects
should postpone English 3, 4 or 5, H to the junior year and elect the courses listed below
during the sophomore year.
Bacteriology: Bacteriology 1, 5.
History: History 5, 6.
Psychology: Psychology 1, 4.
Sociology: Sociology 2 and Psychology 1.
Students who wish to consider a possible major in American Civilization, Biological
Sciences, English, Foreign Language, Philosophy, or Zoology need make no changes in the
sophomore year but must choose the proper electives in the junior year.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AMD SCIENCES 16?
AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
Mnmittee on American Civilization Curriculum : Professor Bode, Executive Secretary ;
Professors Burdette, Gewehr, Hoffsommer, Murphy.
Amer. Civ. 137, 138. Conference Course in American Civilization (3, 3). First
id second semesters.
Four American classics (drawn from the fields of the departments of English, Govern-
ent and Politics, History, and Sociology, which cooperate in the program) are studied
ich semester. Specialists from the appropriate departments lecture on these books. For
lis academic year the classics are: Franklin's Autobiography, De Tocqueville's Democracy
America, Schlesinger's The Age of Jackson, and Thoreau's Walden; for the second semes-
r, Twain's The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn, The Autobiography of Lincoln Steffens,
le Lynds' Middletown, and Myrdal's An American Dilemma. Through these books and
le lectures on them, the student's acquaintance with American culture is brought to a focus.
This course is required for seniors majoring in the American Civilization program. The
Durse also counts as major credit in any of the four cooperating departments ; a student
lay take either or both semesters. (Bode and cooperating specialists.)
The student majoring in American Civilization can obtain his other courses principally
rom the offerings of the four cooperating departments (English, History, Government and
'olitics, Sociology).
ART
Professor Wharton; Associate Professor Siegler; Assistant Professor Maril;
Instructors Grubar and Stites.
Art 1. Charcoal Drawing (Basic Course — Antique) (3) — Three two-hour labora-
ory periods per week.
Drawing from casts, preparatory to Life and Portrait drawing and painting. Stress
s placed on fundamental principles, such as the study of relative proportions, values, and
th deling, etc.
Art 2. Charcoal Drawing (3) — Three two-hour laboratory periods per week.
Drawing from model, (head and figure) with emphasis on structure and movement.
(Siegler.)
Art 3, 4. Rendering (1, 1) — One two-hour laboratory period per week.
Methods of rendering architectural and landscape architectural drawings. Included are :
techniques of monotone wash, water color, pencil, pen and ink, and the use of perspective
and shades and shadows. (Stites.)
Art 5, 6. Still-life (3, 3) — One lecture hour and five laboratory hours per week.
Art 5 — Basic Course devoted to elementary theory and practice of drawing and color.
Methods of linear and tonal description with emphasis on perspective and form principles.
Second half semester, elementary theory and practice oil painting. Elementary theory and
practice of composition introduced and utilized. Art 6, advanced problems. (Wharton.)
Art 7, 8. Landscape Painting (3, 3) — Three two-hour laboratory periods per week.
Drawing and painting ; organization of landscape material with emphasis on composi-
tional structure. (Maril.)
168 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
fr
Art 9. Historical Survey of Painting, Sculpture, and Architecture (3).
An understanding of the epochs in the advance of civilization from Pre-historic tim
to the Renaissance, as expressed through painting, sculpture, and architecture.
(Grubar and Stites
Art 10. History of American Art (1).
A resume of the development of painting, sculpture, and architecture in this count:
and how American Art was influenced by social, political, religious, and economic forces, he
and abroad. (Grubar
Art 11. Historical Survey of Painting, Sculpture, and Architecture (3).
This is designed to continue the survey begun in Art 9. The course is concerned wil
the development of painting, sculpture, and architecture from the Renaissance to the prese:
day. (Grubar and Stites
Art 13, 14. Elementary Sculpture (2, 2) — Two two-hour laboratory periods p<
week.
Study of three-dimensional form compositions in round and bas-relief. Mediums used
clay, plasteline. (Maril.F
Art 20. Art Appreciation (2).
An introduction to the technical and aesthetic problems of the artist. The stude
becomes acquainted with the elements that go into a work of the visual arts. He is mad 15
aware of the underlying structure that results in the "wholeness" of an art work. He wil
see examples (original and reproductions) of masterpieces of art. (Maril
s
Art 100, 101. Art Appreciation (2, 2).
This course enables students to get a basis for understanding works of art. It investi
gates the organic form and backgrounds of painting, sculpture and architecture. (Grubar.)
Art 102, 103. Creative Painting (3, 3) — Three two-hour laboratory periods pe:
week. Prerequisites, Art 1, 2, 5, 6.
Assignments of pictorial compositions aimed at both mural decoration and easel picture
problems. The formal values in painting are integrated with the student's own desire
for personal expression. (Maril.)
Art 104, 105. Life Class (Drawing and Painting) (3, 3) — Three two-hour labora-
tory periods per week. Prerequisites, Art 1 and 5.
Careful observation and study of the human figure for construction, action, form, and
color. (Siegler.)
Art 106, 107. Portrait Class (Drawing and Painting) (3, 3) — One lecture hour
and five laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites, Art 1 and 5.
Thorough draftmanship and study of characterization and design stressed. (Wharton.)
Art 108, 109. Modern European Art (2, 2).
A survey of the developments in various schools of Modern Art. Works of art analyzed
according to their intrinsic values and in their historical background. Collections of Washing-
ton and Baltimore are utilized. (Grubar.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 169
Art 113, 114. Illustration (3, 3) — Two three-hour laboratory periods per week,
'rerequisites, Art 1, 5, 104.
This course is designed for the purpose of channeling fine art training into practical
elds, thereby preparing the student to meet the modern commercial advertising problems,
pecial emphasis will be placed upon magazine and book illustrating.
(Wharton and Stites.)
Art 115, 116. Still Life Painting (Advanced) (3, 3) — Two three-hour laboratory
.. eriods per week. Prerequisite, Art 6.
This course is for those who have completed Art 6 and wish to specialize in Still Life
Dainting. (Wharton.)
itl
_ Art 154, 155. Life Drawing and Painting (Advanced) (3, 3) — Three two-hour
.,aboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Art. 105.
This course is for those who have completed Art 105 and wish to develop greater pro-
iciency in the use of the figure in creative work. (Siegler.)
Art 156, 157. Portrait Painting (Advanced) (3, 3) — Two three-hour laboratory
>eriods per week. Prerequisite, Art 106, 107.
This course is for those who have completed 106, 107 and wish to specialize in portraiture.
(Wharton.)
Art 170, 171. History of Ancient Painting (2, 2) — Prerequisite, Art 9. (Not offered
953-54).
A study of the development of painting and related arts from the prehistoric to the
Roman period. (Grubar.)
Art 174. History of Ancient Architecture (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Art
I (Not offered 1953-54).
The evolution of architectural styles from prehistoric through Roman periods including
the practical, structural, artistic, and cultural aspects. (Stites.)
Art 180. History of Medieval Architecture (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Art
(Not offered 1953-54).
A continuation of Art 174 including the evolution of architectural styles from the Early
Christian through the Gothic period. (Stites.)
Art 188, 189. History of 16th and 17th Century Painting (2, 2)— Prerequisite.
in 9.
A study of the development of painting and related arts. The first semester study
will center on Italian painting in the 16th and 17th centuries and the emergence of Baroque
style. During the second semester, the paintings of France, Spain, England, and the Low
Countries will be considered. (Grubar.)
ASTRONOMY
Astr. 1, 2. Astronomy (3, 3)— (Not offered 1953-1954).
An elementary course in descriptive astronomy.
Astr. 5. Navigation (3) — Prerequisite, Math. 14 and 16.
The theory and practice of navigation. (Not offered 1953-1954).
170 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
BACTERIOLOGY
Professors Faber, Hansen, Pelczar ; Visiting Professors Smadel, Warren ;
Associate Professor Laffer ; Assistant Professor Doetsch ; Lecturer Kent.
Bact. 1. General Bacteriology (4) — First and second semesters. Two lecture <
cwo two-hour laboratory periods a week.
The physiology, culture and differentiation of bacteria. Fundamental principles
microbiology in relation to man and his environment. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Pelcza
Bact. 5. Advanced General Bacteriology (4) — Second semester. Two lecture
two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bact. 1 and Chem. 3.
;-
Emphasis will be given to the fundamental procedures and techniques used in the fi
of bacteriology. Lectures will consist of the explanation of various procedures. Laborato
fee, $10.00. (Laffer
Bact. 51. Household Bacteriology (3) — Second semester. Two lecture and o
two-hour laboratory periods a week. For home economics students only.
Morphology and physiology of the bacteria, yeasts, and molds. Application of i.
effect of chemical and physical agents in the control of microbial growth. Relationsh
of microbiology to home sanitation, food preservation and manufacture; personal ai
community hygiene. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Doetsch
Bact. 55. Sanitary Bacteriology for Engineers (2) — First semester. One lectu
and one two-hour laboratory period a week. For junior and senior students in engineerir
only.
Discussion of the fundamental principles of bacteriology and their relationship to wat<
supply, sewage disposal, and other sanitary problems. Demonstration of these principles
the laboratory. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Laffer
Bact. 60, 62. Bacteriological Literature (1, 1) — First and second semesters. On
lecture period a week. Prerequisite, a major in bacteriology with junior standing. Intrc
duction to periodical literature, methods, interpretation and presentation of reports. (Doetsch
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Bact. 101. Pathogenic Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two lecture and tw
two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 5.
The role of microorganisms in the diseases of man and animals with emphasis upon
the differentiation and culture of bacterial species, types of disease, modes of disease trans
mission ; prophylactic, therapeutic and epidemiological aspects. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
(Faber.)
Bact. 103. Serology (4) — Second semester. Two lecture and two two-hour lab
oratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 101.
Infection and resistance ; principles and types of immunity ; hypersensitiveness. Funda-
mental techniques of major diagnostic immunological reactions and their application. Labora-
tory fee, $10.00. (Faber.)
Bact. 104. History of Bacteriology (1) — First semester. One lecture period a
week. Prerequisite, a major or minor in bacteriology.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 171
• History and integration of the fundamental discoveries of the science. The modern
Spects of cytology, taxonomy, fermentation, and immunity in relation to early theories.
(Doetsch.)
Bact. 105. Clinical Methods (4) — First semester. Two lecture and two two-hour
aboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 101.
A practical course designed to integrate clinical laboratory procedures in terms of hospital
md public health demands. Examination of sputum, feces, blood, spinal fluids, urine, etc.
laboratory fee, $10.00. (Faber.)
Bact. 108. Epidemiology and Public Health (3) — Second semester. Three lecture
)eriods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 101.
History, characteristic features, and epidemiology of the important communicable diseases;
public health aspects of man's struggle for existence ; public health administration and
responsibilities; vital statistics. (Faber.)
Bact. 121. Advanced Methods. (2) — Second semester. Two two-hour laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
The application of specialized equipment and technics for analysis of bacteriological
problems. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Hansen.)
Bact. 131. Food and Sanitary Bacteriology. (4) — Second semester. Two lecture
and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 1.
The relationship of microorganisms to fresh and preserved food and methods of control.
Bacteriological and public health aspects of water supplies and sewage disposal, restaurant
and plant sanitation, insect and rodent control. Laboratory fee, $10.00 (Laffer.)
Bact. 133. Dairy Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two lecture and two two-
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 1.
Relation of bacteria, yeasts, and molds to milk, cream, butter, ice cream, cheese, and
other dairy products. Standard methods of examination, public health requirements, plant
sanitation. Occasional inspection trips. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Doetsch.)
Bact. 135. Soil Bacteriology (4) — Second semester. Two lecture and two two-
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 1.
The role played by microorganisms in the soil ; nitrification, denitrification, nitrogen-
fixation, and decomposition processes ; cycles of elements ; relationships of microorganisms
to soil fertility. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
Bact. 161. Systematic Bacteriology (2) — First semester. Two lecture periods a
week. Prerequisite, 16 credits in bacteriology.
History of bacterial classification ; genetic relationships ; international codes of nomen-
clature; bacterial variation as it affects classification. (Hansen.)
Bact. 181. Bacteriological Problems (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequi-
sites, 16 credits in bacteriology. Registration only upon the consent of the instructor.
This course is arranged to provide qualified majors in bacteriology and majors in allied
fields an opportunity to pursue specific bacteriological problems under the supervision of a
member of the department. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Staff.)
172 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
For Graduates
Bact. 201. Advanced Pathogenic Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two lecti
and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 30 credits in bacteriology and all
fields, including Bact. 103.
I
Primarily a study of the fungi associated with disease and practice in the methods
isolation and identification. Discussion of the rickettsiae and viruses. Practice in the pre
aration of materials for examination with the electron microscope. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
(Laffei
Bact. 204. Bacterial Metabolism (2) — First semester. Two lecture periods
week. Prerequisite, 30 credits in bacteriology and allied fields, including Chem. 161 a
162.
Bacterial enzymes, nutrition of autotrophic and heterotrophic bacteria, bacterial grow 5L
factors, dissimilation of carbohydrate and nitrogenous substrates. (Pelczar
Bact. 206, 208. Special Topics (1, 1) — First and second semesters. One lectu
period a week. Prerequisite, 20 credits in bacteriology.
Presentation and discussion of fundamental problems and special subjects in the fie'
of bacteriology. (Staff,
Bact. 210. Virology (1) — Second semester. One lecture period a week. Prerequ
site, Bact. 101 or equivalent.
Characteristics and general properties of viruses and rickettsiae. (Warren,
Bact. 211. Virology Laboratory (2) — Second semester. One lecture and one three
hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 101 or equivalent. Registration onl
upon consent of instructor.
Laboratory methods in virology. Laboratory fee $20.00. (Smadel.
Bact. 214. Advanced Bacterial Metabolism (1) — Second semester. One lectur
period a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 204 and consent of instructor.
A discussion of recent advances in the field of bacterial metabolism with emphasis oi
metabolic pathways of microorganisms. (Pelczar.}
Bact. 231. Advanced Food Bacteriology (4) — Not offered 1953-54. First semester
Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 30 credits in bac-
teriology including Bact. 131.
The role of microorganisms in food handling and processing with emphasis upon com-
mercial and factory aspects. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Laffer.)
Bact. 280. Seminar-Research Methods (1) — First and second semesters. Prerequi-
site, permission of instructor.
Discussions and reports prepared by majors in bacteriology engaged in current research;
presentations of selected subjects dealing with recent advances in microbiology. (Staff.)
Bact. 282. Seminar-Bacteriological Literature (1) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Presentation and discussion of current literature in
microbiology. (Staff.)
Bact. 291. Research — First and second semesters.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 173
Credits according to work done. The investigation is outlined in consultation with and
lrsued under the supervision of a senior staff member of the department. Laboratory fee,
:^>10.00. (Staff.)
BOTANY
Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select Botany as a major field, and
.may also take courses in this department for elective credit. For a description of courses,
'see the catalog of the College of Agriculture.
CHEMISTRY
"^Professors Drake, Reeve, Svirbely, White, Woods; Research Professors Bailey, Michels,
IShepard, Slawsky; Associate Professors Pickard, Pratt, Rollinson, Schamp, Spurr, Story,
itjStuntz, Veitch, Wiley; Assistant Professors Aldridge, Brown, Carruthers, Dewey, Jansen.
Laboratory fees in Chemistry are $10.00 per laboratory course per semester.
A. Analytical Chemistry
Chem. 15, 17. Qualitative Analysis (3, 3) — Two lectures and one three-hour lab-
{ oratory period the first semester ; one lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods the
J second semester. Prerequisite, Chem. 3.
Chem. 19. Quantitative Analysis (4) — First and second semesters. Two lectures
and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 1, 3.
Chem. 21, 23. Quantitative Analysis (4, 4) — First and second semesters. Two
lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 15, 17.
This course includes a study of the principal operations of volumetric and gravimetric
analysis. Required of all students majoring in Chemistry.
Chem. 166, 167. Food Analysis (3, 3) — First and second semesters. One lecture
and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 19, 31, 32, 33, 34.
The qualitative and semi-quantitative analysis of essential food constituents. The quali-
tative and quantitative determination of trace elements is emphasized. For students in
agriculture, home economics and bacteriology.
Chem. 206, 208. Spectrograph^ Analysis (1, 1) — One three-hour laboratory period
per week. Registration limited. Prerequisites, Chem. 188, 190, and consent of the in-
structor. (White.)
Chem. 221, 223. Chemical Microscopy (2, 2) — First and second semesters. One
lecture and one three-hour laboratory period per week. Registration limited. Prerequisite,
consent of instructor. Chem. 221 is a prerequisite for Chem. 223.
A study of the principles of microscopic analysis. Chem. 223 is devoted to the study
of the optical properties of crystals. (Stuntz.)
Chem. 225. Polarography (2)— Two lectures per week.
A course designed to present the fundamental principles of electrometric methods in
general and to show the technique and application of polarography in the various branches
of chemistry.
174 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Chem. 226, 228. Advanced Quantitative Analysis (2, 2) — First and second sei
ters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
A study of advanced methods chosen to meet the needs of the individual. (Stur
H*0
Chem. 266. Biological Analysis (2) — Second semester. Two three-hour lab<^:
tory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 19, 31, 32, 33, 34.
A study in the methods of chemical analysis of protoplasmic material. (Wilt|r
B. Biochemistry
Chem. 41. The Chemistry of Textiles (4) — Second semester. Two lectures
two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34.
A chemical study of the principal textile fibers.
Chem. 81. General Biochemistry (2) — First semester. Two lectures per we|
Prerequisites, Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34, or Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38.
This course is designed primarily for students in home economics. Chem. 82 MUJ
be taken concurrently.
Chem. 82. General Biochemistry Laboratory (2) — First semester. Two thrJ C
hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 32, 34, or Chem. 36, 38.
A course designed to accompany Chem. 81.
Chem. 161, 163. Biochemistry (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Two lectur
per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 31, 33, or Chem. 35, 37.
This course is designed primarily for students in agriculture, bacteriology, or chemistr
and for those students in home economics who need a more extensive course of biochemisti
than is offered in Chem. 81, 82.
Chem. 162, 164. Biochemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second semester
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 32, 34, or Chem. 36, 38.
Chem. 261, 263. Advanced Biochemistry (2, 2)— First and second semesters. Tw
lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 141, 143, or consent of the instructor. (Veitch
Chem. 262, 264. Advanced Biochemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second se
mesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, consent of the in
structor. (Veitch.^
Chem. 265. Enzymes (2) — First semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite
161, 163. (Veitch.)
Chem. 268. Special Problems in Biochemistry (2-4) — First and second semesters
Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 161, 162, and
consent of the instructor. (Veitch.)
C. Inorganic and General Chemistry
Chem. 1, 3. General Chemistry (4, 4) — First and second semesters. Two lectures,
one quiz, and two two-hour laboratory periods per week.
Chem. 5. Introductory Qualitative Analysis (3) — Second semester. One lecture
and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 3.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 175
Chem. 11, 13. General Chemistry (3, 3) — Two lectures and one three-hour labora-
■, fry period per week.
J An abbreviated course in general chemistry especially designed for students in home
[onomics and pre-nursing. This course is open only to students registered in home eco-
mk'- t'Jfl
Chem. 101. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (2) — Second semester. Two lectures
•:!:r week. Prerequisites, Chem. 23, 37, 38.
(One or more courses of the group 201-239 will be offered each semester depending on
jemand. )
Chem. 201, 203. The Chemistry of the Rarer Elements (2, 2) — First and second
emesters. Two lectures per week. (White.)
Chem. 202, 204. Advanced Inorganic Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second semes-
e^:rs. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Chem. 205. Radiochemistry (2) — Two lectures per week. (Rollinson.)
Chem. 207. Chemistry of Coordination Compounds (2) — Two lectures per week.
(Rollinson.)
Chem. 209. Non-Aqueous Inorganic Solvents (2) — First or second semester. Two
ectures per week. (Story.)
Chem. 210. Radiochemistry Laboratory (1 or 2) — One or two four-hour laboratory
jeriods per week. Registration limited. Prerequisites, Chem. 205 (or concurrent
egistration therein), and consent of instructor. (Rollinson.)
Chem. 239. Physical Techniques in Chemistry (2) — A survey of the tools avail-
able for the solution of chemical problems by means of physical techniques.
Organic Chemistry
Chem. 31, 33. Elements of Organic Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3.
Organic chemistry for students in agriculture, bacteriology, and home economics.
Chem. 32, 34. Elements of Organic Laboratory (1. 1) — First and second semesters.
One three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 31, 33, or concurrent
registration therein.
Chem. 35, 37. Elementary Organic Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3.
A course for chemists, chemical engineers, and premedical students.
Chem. 36, 38. Elementary Organic Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 35, 37, or concurrent
registration therein.
Chem. 141, 143. Advanced Organic Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 37, 38.
An advanced study of the compounds of carbon.
Chem. 142, 144. Advanced Organic Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 37, 38.
176 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Chem. 146, 148. The Identification of Organic Compounds (2, 2) — First a'
second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1
143, or concurrent registration therein.
The systematic identification of organic compounds.
Chem. 150. Organic Quantitative Analysis (2) — First and second semesters. Tv
three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor.
The semi-micro determination of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, halogen and certain fun
tional groups. (Aldridge
This course may be substituted for either Chem. 142 or Chem. 144 in the chemistry majc
curriculum.
(One or more courses from the following group, 240-253, will customarily be offere
each semester.)
Chem. 240. Organic Chemistry of High Polymers (2) — First semester.
An advanced organic course covering the synthesis of monomers, mechanisms of poly
merization, and the correlation between structure and properties in high polymers. Pre
requisites, Chem. 141 and 143.
Chem. 241. Stereochemistry (2) — Two lectures per week. (Woods.
Chem. 243. The Chemistry of Petroleum Compounds (2) — Second semester. Tw<
lectures per week. Prerequisites, 141, 143, 187, 189.
Chem. 245. The Chemistry of the Steroids (2) — Two lectures per week. (Pratt.)
Chem. 249. Physical Aspects of Organic Chemistry (2) — Two lectures per week
(Woods.)
Chem. 251. The Heterocylics (2) — Two lectures per week. (Pratt.)
Chem. 253. Organic Sulfur Compounds (2) — Two lectures per week. (Dewey)
Chem. 254. Advanced Organic Preparation (2 to 4) — First and second semesters.
Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week. (Pratt.)
Chem. 258. The Identification of Organic Compounds, an Advanced Course (2 to 4)
— First and second semesters. Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisites, Chem. 141, 143 or concurrent registration therein. (Pratt.)
E. Physical Chemistry
Chem. 181, 183. Elements of Physical Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second semes-
ters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 2; Phys. 1, 2; Math 10, 11; Chem. 19.
A course intended primarily for premedical students and students in the biological
sciences. This course must be accompanied by Chem. 182, 184.
Chem. 182, 184. Elements of Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1, 1) — First and
second semesters. One three-hour laboratory period per week. May be taken ONLY when
accompanied by Chem. 181, 183.
The course includes quantitative experiments illustrating the principles studied in Chem
181, 183.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 177
Chem. 187, 189. Physical Chemistry (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Three
lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 19 or 21 ; Phys. 20, 21 ; Math. 20, 21 ; or consent
of instructor.
A course primarily for chemists and chemical engineers. This course must be accom-
panied by Chem. 188, 190.
Chem.. 188, 190. Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second semes-
ters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
A laboratory course for students taking Chem. 187, 189.
Chem. 192, 194. Glassblowing Laboratory (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
One three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
(Carruthers.)
The common prerequisites for the following courses are Chem. 187, 189, and Chem.
188, 190, or their equivalent. One or more courses of the group, 281, 323, will be offered
each semester depending on demand.
Chem. 281, 283. Theory of Solutions (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Two
lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 307. (Svirbely.)
Chem. 285. Colloid Chemistry (2) — Two lectures per week. (Pickard.)
Chem. 287. Infra-red and Raman Spectroscopy (2) — Second semester. Two lec-
tures per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Spurr.)
Chem. 289. Selected Topics in Advanced Colloid Chemistry (2) — First or second
semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 285. (Pickard.)
Chem. 295. Heterogenous Equilibria (2) — Two lectures per week. (Pickard.)
Chem. 299. Reaction Kinetics (3) — Three lectures per week. (Svirbely.)
Chem. 303. Electrochemistry (3) — Three lectures per week. (Pickard.)
Chem. 304. Electrochemistry Laboratory (2) — Two three-hour laboratory periods
per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Svirbely.)
Chem. 307. Chemical Thermodynamics (3) — Three lectures per week. (Svirbely.)
Chem. 311. Physicochemical Calculations (2) — Offered in summer session only.
(Pickard.)
Chem. 313, 315. Molecular Structure (2, 2) — First or second semester. Two
lectures per week. (Brown, Spurr.)
Chem. 317. Chemical Crystallography (3) — First semester. Three lectures per
week. Prerequisite, consent of Instructor.
A detailed treatment of single crystal X-ray methods. (Brown)
Chem. 321. Quantum Chemistry (3) — Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem.
307. (Brown.)
Chem. 323. Statistical Mechanics and Chemistry (3) — Three lectures per week.
Prerequisite, Chem. 307. (Brown.)
F. Seminar and Research
Chem. 351. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. (Staff.)
Chem. 360. Research — First and second semesters, summer session. (Staff.)
[78 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE
Professors Aldridge, Falls, Goodwyn, Harman, Murphy, Prahl, Zucker ; Lecturer McMana-
way; Associate Professors Cooley, Manning, Mooney, Weber, Zeeveld; Assistant Professors
Andrews, Gravely, Parsons.
Requirements for. major include Comparative Literature 101, 102. Comparative Litera-
ture courses may be counted toward a major or minor in English when recommended by the
student's major adviser.
Comp. Lit. 1. Greek Poetry (2) — First semester.
Hoemr's Iliad and Odyssey, with special emphasis on the literary form and the historical
and mythological background.
Comp. Lit. 2. Later European Epic Poetry (2) — Second semester.
Virgil's Aeneid, Dante's Divine Comedy, Nibelungenlied and other European epics, with
special emphasis on their relationship to and comparison with the Greek epic.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Comp. Lit. 101, 102. Introductory Survey of Comparative Literature (3, 3) — First
semester : Survey of the background of European literature through study of Greek and
Latin literature in English translations, discussing the debt of modern literature to the an-
cients. Second semester : Study of medieval and modern Continental literature. (Zucker)
Comp. Lit. 103. The Old Testament as Literature (2) — Second semester.
A study of the sources, development, and literary types. (Zucker)
Comp. Lit. 105. Romanticism in France (3) — First semester.
Lectures and readings in the French romantic writers from Rousseau to Baudelaire.
Texts are read in English translations. (Parsons.)
Comp. Lit. 106. Romanticism in Germany (3) — Second semester.
Continuation of Comp. Lit. 105. German literature from Buerger to Heine in English
translations. (Prahl.)
Comp. Lit. 107. The Faust Legend in English and German Literature (3) — First
semester.
A study of the Faust legend of the Middle Ages and its later treatment by Marlowe in
Dr. Fanstus and by Goethe in Faust. (Prahl.)
Comp. Lit. 112. Ibsen (3) — First semester.
A study of the life and chief works of Ibsen with special emphasis on his influence on
the modern drama. (Zucker.)
Comp. Lit. 114. The Greek Drama (3) — First semester.
The chief works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, and Aristophanes in English trans-
lations. Emphasis on the historic background, on dramatic structure, and on the effect of
the Attic drama upon the mind of the civilized world. ( Prahl.)
Comp. Lit. 125. Literature of the Middle Ages (3) — Narrative, dramatic, and lyric
literature of the Middle Ages ; studies in translations. (Cooley)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 175
In addition, the following courses will count as credit in Comparative Literature:
English Language and Literature — Eng. 1U4; Eng. 113; Eng. 121; Eng. 129, 130;
Eng. 144; Eng. 146; Eng. 155, 156; Eng. 157.
Foreign Languages and Literatures — Span. 109.
Speech and Dramatic Art. — Speech 131, 132.
For Graduates
Comp. Lit. 258. Folklore in Literature (3) —
A study of folk heroes, motifs, and ideas as they appear in the world's masterpieces.
(Goodwyn)
The following courses will count as credit in Comparative Literature :
English Language and Literature— Eng. 201; Eng. 204; Eng. 206, 207; Eng. 216,
217; Eng. 227, 228.
Foreign Languages and Literatures — Ger. 204; Ger. 208.
ECONOMICS
Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select Economics as a major field,
and may also take courses in this department for elective credit. For a description of courses,
see the catalog of the College of Business and Public Administration.
ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Professors Aldridge, Bode, Harman, Murphy ; Lecturer McManaway ; Associate Profes-
sors Ball, Cooley, Manning, Mooney, Ward, Weber, Zeeveld ; Assistant Professors Andrews,
Coulter, Fleming, Gravely, Schaumann ; Instructors Adams, Anderson, Barnes, Beall, Bezan-
son, Bradley, Demaree, Dinwiddie, Ellis, Goldsmith, Henault, Lovelace, Lutwack, M. Martin,
C. Martin, Miller, Mish, Orel, Pierson, Portz, Smith, Stone; Graduate Assistant Ellsworth,
Herrnstadt.
Eng. 1, 2. Composition and American Literature (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Required of freshmen. Both courses offered each semester, but may not be taken con-
currently.
Grammar, rhetoric, and the mechanics of writing ; frequent themes. Readings are in
American literature. (Ball and Staff.)
Eng. 3, 4. Composition and World Literature (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. Eng. 3, 4, or Eng. 5, 6, or an acceptable combination of the two,
are required of sophomores. Credit will not be given for more than six hours of work
in 3, 4 and 5, 6.
Practice in composition. An introduction to world literature, foreign classics being read
in translation. (Cooley and Staff.)
Eng. 5, 6. — Composition and English Literature (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. Eng. 3, 4, or Eng. 5, 6, or an acceptable combination of the
two, are required of sophomores. Credit will not be given for more than six hours of work
in 3, 4 and 5, 6.
Practice in composition. An introduction to major English writers.
(Cooley and Staff.)
180 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Eng. 7. Technical Writing (2) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Eng.
1,2.
For students desiring practice in writing reports, technical essays, or popular essays on
technical subjects. , (Coulter, BezansonJ
Eng. 8. College Grammar (3) — First and second semesters. * Prerequisite, Eng.
1,2.
An analytical study of Modern English grammar, with lectures on the origin and history
of inflectional and derivational forms. (Harman.)
Eng. 9. Introduction to Narrative Literature (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Eng. 1, 2.
An intensive study of representative stories, with lectures on the history and technique
of the short story and other narrative forms. (Harman.)
Eng. 10. Practice in Composition (2) — Not offered in 1953-54. Prerequisite, Eng.
1,2.
For students desiring practice in writing essays and reports on non-technical subjects.
(Coulter.)
Eng. 12. Introduction to Creative Writing (2) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Eng. 1, 2.
Intended primarily for sophomores and juniors of demonstrated ability. (C. Martin)
Eng. 14. Expository Writing (3) — Not offered on College Park campus. Pre-
requisite, Eng. 1, 2. Credit will not be given for Eng. 7 or Eng. 10 in addition to Eng. 14.
Methods and problems of exposition ; practice in several kinds of informative writing,
including the preparation of technical papers and reports.
Eng. 15. Readings in Biography (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2.
An analytical study in the form and technique of biographical writing in Europe and
America. (Ward.)
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Eng. 101. History of the English Language (3) — Second semester.
An historical and critical survey of the English language ; its nature, origin, and de-
velopment. (Harman.)
Eng. 102. Old English (3) — First semester.
Readings in Old English. The sounds, morphology, and syntax of Old English with
particular reference to the development of Modern English. (Ball.)
Eng. 103. Beowulf (3) — Second semester.
A literary and linguistic study of the Old English epic. (Ball.)
Eng. 104. Chaucer (3) — First semester.
A literary and language study of the Canterbury Tales, Troilus and Criseyde, and the
principal minor poems. (Harman.)
Eng. 106. English and Scottish Ballads (3)— Not offered in 1953-54.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 181
An introduction to the ballads in Child's edition. Attention given to analogues, imita-
tions, American collections, and collecting. (Cooley.)
Eng. 110, 111. Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama (3, 3)— Not offered in 1953-54.
The most important dramatists of the time, other than Shakespeare. (Zeeveld.)
Eng. 112. Poetry of the Renaissance (3) — First semester.
The chief poets from Skelton to Jonson, with particular attention to Spenser.
(Zeeveld.)
Eng. 113. Prose of the Renaissance (3) — Second semester.
The chief prose writers from More to Bacon. (Zeeveld.)
Eng. 115, 116. Shakespeare (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Twenty-one important plays. (Zeeveld.)
Eng. 120. English Drama from 1660 to 1800 (3) — Second semester.
The important dramatists from Wycherley to Sheridan, with emphasis upon the comedj
of manners. (Ward.)
Eng. 121. Milton (3) — Second semester.
The poetry and the chief prose works. (Murphy.)
Eng. 122. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1600-1660 (3) — Not offered in
1953-54.
The major non-dramatic writers (exclusive of Milton). (Murphy.)
Eng. 123. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1660-1700 (3) — Not offered in
1953-54.
The Age of Dryden, with the exception of the drama. (Aldridge.)
Eng. 125, 126. Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters.
Special attention to major writers and to the historical and philosophical background.
(Aldridge.)
Eng. 129, 130. Literature of the Romantic Period (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters.
A study of the major poets of the period, including Coleridge, Wordsworth, and Byron
in the first semester, and Shelley and Keats in the second semester. (Weber.)
Eng. 134, 135. Literature of the Victorian Period (3, 3)— Not offered in 1953-54.
The chief writers of prose and poetry from the close of the Romantic period to the end
of the nineteenth century. (Cooley, Mooney.)
Eng. 139, 140. The English Novel (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
The development of the novel; readings in the major novelists of the eighteenth and
nineteenth centuries. (Ward, Mooney.)
Eng. 143. Modern Poetry (3) — First semester.
The chief British and American poets of the twentieth century. (Murphy.)
Eng. 144. Modern Drama (3) — First semester.
The drama from Ibsen to the present. (Weber.)
182 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Eng. 145. The Modern Novel (3) — Second semester.
Major English and American novelists of the twentieth century. (Andrews.)
Eng. 148. The Literature of American Democracy (3) — Not offered in 1953-54.
Literature which relates closely to the democratic tradition.
Eng. 150, 151. American Literature to 1900 (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Representative American poetry and prose from colonial times to 1900, with special
emphasis on the literature of the nineteenth century. (Gravely, Manning.)
Eng. 155, 156. Four Major American Writers (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Two writers studied intensively each semester. (Gravely, Manning.)
Eng. 157. Introduction to Folklore (3) — First semester.
Historical background of folklore studies ; growth of the field ; types of folklore. Em-
phasis upon American folklore ; ballads ; folk songs ; folk tales ; regional customs and be-
liefs. (Cooley.)
Eng. 170. Creative Writing (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, permission of the
instructor. (Fleming.)
Eng. 171. Advanced Creative Writing (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, per-
mission of the instructor. (Fleming.)
Eng. 172. Playwriting (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of the
instructor.
Analysis of plays, and practice in writing at least one short play. (Fleming.)
For Graduates
Eng. 200 — Research (1-6) — Arranged. Credit in proportion to work done and
results accomplished. (Staff.)
Eng. 201. Bibliography and Methods (3) — First semester.
An introduction to the principles and methods of research. (Mooney.)
Eng. 202. Middle English (3) — First semester.
A study of selected readings of the Middle English period with reference to etymology,
morphology, and syntax. (Harman.)
Eng. 203. Gothic (3) — Second semester.
Forms and syntax, with reading from the Ulfilas Bible ; correlation of the Gothic
speech sounds with those of Old English. (Harman.)
Eng. 204. Medieval Romances (3) — Not offered in 1953-54.
The Middle English metrical and prose romances and their sources, with emphasis on
the Arthurian cycle. (Cooley.)
Eng. 206, 207. Seminar in Renaissance Literature (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. (McManaway.)
Eng. 210. Seminar in Seventeenth-Century Literature (3) — Not offered in 1953-54.
(Murphy, Zeeveld.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 183
Eng. 212, 213. Seminar in Eighteenth-Century Literature (3, 3) — Not offered in
1953-54. . (Aldridge.)
Eng. 214, 215. Seminar in Nineteenth- Century Literature (3) — Second semester.
(Cooley, Mooney, Weber.)
Eng. 216, 217. Literary Criticism (3, 3)— Not offered in 1953-54.
The practice and theory of criticism from Plato to the present time. ( Murphy.)
Eng. 225, 226. Seminar in American Literature (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
(Bode.)
Eng. 227, 228. Problems in American Literature (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
(Aldridge.)
Eng. 230. Studies in American Language (3) — Not offered in 1953-54.
ENTOMOLOGY
Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select Entomology as a major field,
and may also take courses in this department for elective credit. For a description of courses,
see the catalog of the College of Agriculture.
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
Professors Zucker, Falls, Prahl, Cunz, L. P. Smith, Goodwyn ; Associate Professors Kramer,
Quynn, Bingham; Assistant Professors Parsons, Schweizer, Rand, Rosenfield, Hammer-
schlag, Dobert, Bridgers; Instructors Nemes, de Marne, Norton, Boborykine, Becker,
Rovner; Part-time Instructor Greenberg, Hall, Heverly, Bulatkin.
At the beginning of each semester a placement examination is given for all students
who have had some foreign language in high school and wish to do further work in that
language. By this means the Department assigns each student to the suitable level of in-
struction. Any student who fails to qualify for the second semester of his language will be
required to register for a different language.
No credit will be given for less than two semesters of elementary language.
A student whose native language is taught at the University may not meet the language
requirement by taking Freshman or Sophomore courses in his language.
Foreign students may substitute for the 12-hour foreign language requirement 12
additional hours of English. They are advised to take Foreign Language 1, 2, Eng-
lish for Foreign Students, for their first year and English 10, Practice in Composition,
plus a 3-hour course in literature during their second year. These courses should be
taken concurrently with Freshman and Sophomore English.
^^ Attention is called to the courses in Comparative Literature on pages 60 through 61.
^^^ForeTgn Language 1, 2. English for Foreign Students (3, 3) — First and second
semesters.
An introduction to English usage, adapted to the needs of the non-English-speaking
student. Pronunciation, spelling, syntax; the differences between English and various other
languages are stressed. (Bridgers.)
French
French 0. Intensive Elementary French (0).
Intensive elementary course in the French language designed particularly for graduate
students who wish to acquire a reading knowledge. (Staff.)
184 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
French 1, 2. Elementary French (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
(Bingham and Staff.)
Elements of grammar ; pronunciation and conversation ; exercises in translation.
French 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters. Open to
all students who have completed their first-year French. Qualified students who had the
grade A or B in French 1 may take this course in conjunction with French 2.
A practice course in simple spoken French.
French 4, 5. Intermediate Literary French (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, French 1 and 2 or equivalent. Students who have taken French 6 and 7 cannot
receive credit for French 4 and 5.
Translation and exercises in pronunciation. Reading of texts designed to give some
knowledge of French life, thought and culture.
French 6, 7. Intermediate Scientific French (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, French 1 and 2 or equivalent. Second-year French for students specializing in
the sciences. Students who have taken French 4 and 5 cannot receive credit for French
6 and 7.
Reading of technical and scientific prose, with some grammar review.
French 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Ad-
mission by consent of instructor.
Practical exercises in conversation, based on material dealing with French life and
customs.
French 17. Grammar Review (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite,
French 4, French 6, or permission of instructor. Recommended for students who expect to
major or minor in French.
An intensive review of the elements of French grammar ; verb drill ; composition.
For Advanced Undergraduates
French 51, 52. The Development of the French Novel (3, 3) — First and second
semesters.
Introductory study of the history and growth of the novel in French literature; of the
lives, works and influence of important novelists. Reports. French 51 covers the seventeenth
and eighteenth centuries, French 52 the nineteenth.
French 53, 54. The Development of the French Drama (3, 3) — First and second
semesters.
Introductory study of the French drama. Translation, collateral reading, reports.
French 53 covers the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, French 54 the nineteenth.
French 55, 56. The Development of the Short Story in French (3, 3) — First and
second semesters.
A study of the short story in French literature ; reading and translation of representative
examples. French 55 covers examples up to the nineteenth century, French 56 the nine-
teenth and twentieth centuries.
French 71, 72. Intermediate Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, French 17 or equivalent.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 185
This course, more advanced than the Grammar Review (French 17), is designed for
students who, having a good general knowledge of French, wish to become more proficient
in the written and spoken language.
French 75, 76. Introduction to French Literature (3, 3)— First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, second-year French or equivalent.
An elementary survey of the chief authors and movements in French literature.
French 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, consent of instructor.
This course is intended for students who have a good general knowledge of French, and
who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the language.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
French 100. French Literature of the Sixteenth Century (3) — First semester.
Beginning and development of the Renaissance in France ; humanism ; Rabelais and
Calvin; the Pleiade ; Montaigne. (Falls.)
French 101, 102. French Literature of the Seventeenth Century (3, 3) — First and
second semesters.
First semester : the first sixty years of the century, with special attention to Descartes,
Pascal, and Corneille, including Racine. Second semester : the remaining great classical writers,
with special attention to Moliere. (Quynn, Rosenfield.)
French 103, 104. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3)— First and
second semesters.
First semester : continuation of traditional literary forms ; beginning and development
of the philosophical and scientific movement ; Montesquieu. Second semester : Voltaire,
Diderot, Rousseau. (Falls, Bingham.)
French 105, 106. French Literature of the Nineteenth Century (3, 3) — First and
second semesters.
First semester : drama and poetry from Romanticism to Symbolism. Second semester :
the major prose writers of the same period. (Bingham, Quynn.)
French 107, 108. French Literature of the Twentieth Century (3, 3)— First and
second semesters.
First semester : drama and poetry from Symbolism to the present time. Second semester :
the contemporary novel. (Falls.)
French 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Translation from English into French, free composition, letter writing. (Falls.)
French 161, 162. French Civilization (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
French life, customs, culture, traditions. First semester : the historical development of
the nation and its people. Second semester: present-day France. (Rosenfield.)
French 171. Practical French Phonetics (3) — First semester.
A study of the pronunciation of modern French. The sounds and their production, the
stress group, intonation. Practical exercises. (Smith.)
186 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
French 199. Rapid Review of the History of French Literature (1) — Second semes-
ter. Especially designed for French majors.
Weekly lectures stressing the high points in the history of French literature. (Falls.)
For Graduates
The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered.
French 201. Research — Credits determined by work accomplished.
Guidance in the preparation of master's and doctoral theses. Conferences. (Staff.)
French 203, 204. Georges Duhamel: Poet, Dramatist, Novelist (2, 2) — First and
second semesters. (Falls.)
French 205, 206. French Literature of the Middle Ages (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. (Smith.)
French 207, 208. The French Novel in the First Half of the Nineteenth Century
(2, 2) — First and second semesters. (Falls.)
French 209, 210. The French Novel in the Second Half of the Nineteenth Century
(2, 2) — First and second semesters. (Falls.)
French 211. Introduction to Old French (3). (Smith.)
French 215, 216. Moliere (3, 3) — First and second semesters. (Quynn.)
French 221, 222. Reading Course— (Arranged).
Designed to give the graduate student a background of a survey of French literature.
Extensive outside readings, with reports and periodic conferences. (Staff.)
French 230. Introduction to European Linguistics (3). (Smith.)
French 251, 252. Seminar (3, 3) — Required of all graduate majors in French.
(Staff.)
German
German 0. Intensive Elementary German (0).
Intensive elementary course in the German language designed particularly for graduate
students who wish to acquire a reading knowledge. (Staff.)
German 1, 2. Elementary German (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in translation.
(Cunz and Staff.)
German 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters. Open to
all students who have completed their first-year German. Qualified students who had the
grade A or B in German 1 may take this course in conjunction with German 2.
A practice course in simple spoken German.
German 4, 5. Intermediate Literary German (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, German 1, 2, or equivalent. Students who have taken German 6 and 7 cannot
receive credit for German 4 and 5.
Reading of narrative prose designed to give some knowledge of German life, thought
and culture. Translation, grammar review, pronunciation.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 187
German 6, 7. Intermediate Scientific German (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, German 1, 2, or equivalent. Students who have taken German 4 and 5 cannot
receive credit for German 6 and 7. Second-year German for students specializing in the
sciences.
Reading of technical and scientific prose, with some grammar review.
German 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Ad-
mission by consent of instructor.
The aim of this course is to help the student acquire the ability to speak and understand
simple colloquial German.
German 17. Grammar Review (3) — First and second semesters. For students who
enter with three or more units in German, but who are not prepared to take German 71.
Prerequisite, German 4 or 6 or consent of instructor. Recommended to students who wish
to major or minor in German.
Intensive review of the elements of German grammar with ample practice in sentence
structure.
For Advanced Undergraduates
German 61, 62. German Phonetics (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite German 1, 2, or equivalent.
A practical course in the pronunciation of German ; study of phonetics, oral exercises
and ear training.
German 71, 72. Review Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, German 4, 5, or equivalent. This course is required of students preparing
to teach German.
A thorough study of the more detailed points of German grammar with ample practice
in composition work.
German 75, 76. Introduction to German Literature (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, German 4, 5, or equivalent.
An elementary survey of the most outstanding authors and movements in German
literature.
German 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, consent of instructor.
This course is intended for students who have a general knowledge of German, and who
wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the language. Reading of German news-
papers.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
German 101, 102. German Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3) — First and
second semesters.
The main works of Klopstock, Wieland, Lessing, Herder, Goethe, Schiller.
(Prahl, Schweizer.)
188 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
German 103, 104. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (3, 3) — First and
second semesters.
Outstanding works of Kleist, Grillparzer, Grabbe, Hebbel, Ludwig, Stifter, Keller,
Anzengruber. (Prahl, Cunz.)
German 105, 106. Modern German Literature (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prose and dramatic writings from Gerhart Hauptmann to the present time (1890-1950).
(Prahl, Hammerschlag.)
German 107, 108. Goethe's Faust (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
First and second parts of the drama. (Zucker.)
German 121. 122. Advanced Composition (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, German 71, 81, or consent of instructor.
Translations from English into German, free composition, letter writing.
(Kramer, Cunz.)
German 161, 162. German Civilization (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Survey of German geography, history, government, literature, folklore, and thought ;
with special emphasis on the inter-relationship of social and literary history. (Cunz.)
German 199. Rapid Review of the History of German Literature (1) — Second
semester. Especially designed for German majors.
Weekly lectures stressing the leading concepts in the history of German literature.
(Schweizer.)
Attention is called to Comparative Literature 106, Romanticism in Germany, and
Comparative Literature 107. The Faust Legend in English and German Literature.
For Graduates
The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered.
German 201. Research — Credits determined by work accomplished.
Guidance in the preparation of master's and doctoral theses. Conferences. (Staff.)
German 202. 203. The Modern German Drama (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
(Zucker.)
German 204. Schiller (3). (Prahl.)
German 205. Goethe's Works Outside of Faust (2). (Zucker.)
German 206. The Romantic Movement (3). (Prahl.)
German 208. The Philosophy of Goethe's Faust (3). (Zucker.)
German 221, 222. Reading Course — (Arranged).
Designed to give the graduate student a background of a survey of German literature.
Extensive outside reading, with reports and periodic conferences. (Staff.)
German 230. Introduction to European Linguistics (3). (Smith.)
German 231. Middle High German (3). (Schweizer.)
• COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 189
German 251, 252. Seminar (3, 3") — Required of all graduate majors in German.
(Staff.)
Spanish
Spanish 1, 2. Elementary Spanish (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Elements of grammar ; pronunciation and conversation ; exercises in translation.
(Parsons and Staff.)
Spanish 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters. Open to
all students who have completed their first-year Spanish. Qualified students who had
the grade A or B in Spanish 1 may take this course in conjunction with Spanish 2.
A practice course in simple spoken Spanish.
Spanish 4, 5. Intermediate Spanish (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Prerequi-
site, Spanish 1, 2, or equivalent.
Reading of texts designed to give some knowledge of Spanish and Latin-American life,
thought and culture. Translation, grammar review, exercises in pronunciation.
Spanish 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Ad-
mission by consent of instructor.
The aim of this course is to help the student acquire the ability to speak and understand
everyday colloquial Spanish.
Spanish 17. Grammar Review (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite,
Spanish 4, or consent of instructor. Recommended for students who expect to major or
minor in Spanish.
An intensive review of the elements of Spanish grammar ; verb drills ; composition.
For Advanced Undergraduates
Spanish 51, 52. Business Spanish (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Prerequi-
site, second-year Spanish or equivalent.
Designed to give a knowledge of correct Spanish usage ; commercial letters.
Spanish 61, 62. Spanish Phonetics (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Prerequi-
site, Spanish 1, 2, or equivalent.
A practical course in the pronunciation of Spanish ; study of phonetics, oral exercises,
and ear training.
Spanish 71, 72. Review Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, Spanish 4, 5 or equivalent.
This course is more advanced than Spanish 17, and is designed to give the students a
thorough training in the structure of the language. It is also intended to give an intensive
and practical drill in Spanish composition.
Spanish 75, 76. Introduction to Spanish Literature (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, Spanish 4, 5, or equivalent.
An elementary survey of the history of Spanish literature.
Spanish 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Spanish 8, 9, or consent of instructor.
190 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
This course is intended to give the student the ability to speak fluently about subjects of
general interest.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Spanish 101. Epic and Ballad (3) — First semester.
The legendary and heroic matter of the Spanish-speaking world, viewed in the historical
and folklorist context through an extensive study of its written and oral manifestations.
(Goodwyn, Parsons.)
Spanish 104. The Drama of the Golden Age (3) — First semester.
Selected plays of Lope de Vega, Calderon de la Barca, Tirso de Molina and others.
Outside readings, reports. (Goodwyn, Parsons.)
Spanish 108. Lope de Vega (3) — First semester.
Selected dramatic and non-dramatic works of Lope de Vega. Outside readings, reports.
(Parsons.)
Spanish 109. Cervantes (3) — Second semester.
Selected works of Cervantes ; plays, exemplary novels, and Don Quixote. Outside read-
ings, reports. (Goodwyn, Rand.)
Spanish 110. Modern Spanish Poetry (3) — First semester.
Significant poems of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Rand.)
Spanish 111. Modern Spanish Novel (3) — Second semester.
Readings of some of the significant novels of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
Outside readings, reports. (Parsons.)
Spanish 112. . Modern Spanish Drama (3) — Second semester.
Significant plays of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Outside readings, reports.
(Rand.)
Spanish 115. Modern Spanish Thought (3) — First semester.
The generation of 1898 and other significant and interpretative writings of the twentieth
century. (Rand.)
Spanish 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Training in self-expression in Spanish, free composition, letter writing.
(Bingham, Nemes.)
Spanish 151. Spanish-American Fiction (3) — First semester.
The novel and short story from the Wars of Independence to the present and their
reflection of society in the republics of the Western Hemisphere. (Goodwyn.)
Spanish 152. Spanish-American Poetry (3) — Second semester.
Representative poetry after 1800 and its relation to European trends and writers.
(Goodwyn.)
Spanish 153. Spanish- American Essay (3) — First and second semesters.
Social and political thought from Bolivar to Vasconcelos and its relationship to social
and political conditions in Spanish America. (Goodwyn.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 191
Spanish 161, 162. Spanish Civilization (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Introductory study of the literary, educational, artistic traditions ; great men, customs,
and general culture. (Goodwyn.)
Spanish 163, 164. Latin-American Civilization (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Introductory study of the cultures of Latin America, as expressed in its literary master-
pieces. Lectures on the historical-political background and the dominating concepts in the
lives of the people. (Goodwyn.)
Spanish 199. Rapid Review of the History of Spanish Literature (1) — Second
semester. Especially designed for Spanish majors.
Weekly lectures stressing the leading concepts in the history of Spanish literature.
(Parsons.)
For Graduates
The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered.
Spanish 201. Research — Credits determined by work accomplished.
Guidance in the preparation of master's and doctoral theses. Conferences. (Staff.)
Spanish 202. The Golden Age in Spanish Literature (3). (Goodwyn.)
Spanish 203, 204. Spanish Poetry (3, 3). (Goodwyn.)
Spanish 207. The Spanish Mystics (3). (Goodwyn.)
Spanish 211. Introduction to Old Spanish (3). (Parsons.)
Spanish 221, 222. Reading Course — (Arranged). Designed to give the graduate
student a background of a survey of Spanish literature. Extensive outside readings, with
reports and periodic conferences. (Staff.)
Spanish 230. Introduction to European Linguistics (3). (Smith.)
Spanish 251, 252. Seminar (3, 3) — Required of all graduate majors in Spanish.
(Staff.)
Russian
Russian 1, 2. Elementary Russian (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Elements of grammar ; pronunciation and conversation ; exercises in translation.
(Boborykine.)
Russian 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters. Open to
all students who have completed their first-year Russian. Qualified students who had the
grade A or B in Russian 1 may take this course in conjunction with Russian 2.
A practice course in simple spoken Russian.
Russian 4, 5. Intermediate Russian (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Russian 1 and 2, or equivalent.
Translation and exercises in pronunciation ; reading of texts designed to give some
knowledge of Russian life, thought and culture. (Boborykine.)
Russian 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Ad-
mission by consent of instructor.
An intermediate practice course in spoken Russian.
192 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Russian 71, 72. Review Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, first and second-year Russian.
This course is designed to give the student a thorough training in the structure of the
language. It is also intended to give an intensive and practical drill in Russian composition.
Russian 75, 76. Introduction to Russian Literature (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, second-year Russian or equivalent.
An elementary survey of Russian literature.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Russian 101, 102. Contemporary Russian Literature (3, 3) ■ — First and second
semesters.
The works of some outstanding authors, such as Maxim Gorky, Alexei Tolstoy, P.
Romanov, M. Zoshchenko, M. Sholokhov. (Boborykine.)
Russian 103, 104. Russian Literature of the Nineteenth Century (3, 3) — First and
second semesters.
Selected writings of Pushkin, Gogol, Lermontov, Turgenev, Dostoevsky, Leo Tolstoy,
Chekhov. (Boborykine.)
Hebrew
Hebrew 1, 2. Elementary Hebrew (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Elements of grammar ; pronunciation and conversation ; exercises in translation.
(Greenberg.)
Hebrew 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First semester. Prerequisite, Hebrew
1 and consent of instructor.
A practice course in simple Hebrew.
Hebrew 4, 5. Intermediate Hebrew (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Hebrew 1 and 2 or equivalent.
Reading of texts designed to give some knowledge of Hebrew life, thought, and culture.
Translation; conversation; exercises in pronunciation. (Greenberg.)
Hebrew 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Ad-
mission by consent of instructor.
An intermediate practice course in spoken Hebrew.
Hebrew 75, 76. Introduction to Hebrew Literature (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, second-year Hebrew or equivalent.
An elementary survey of Hebrew literature. (Greenberg.)
Portuguese
Portuguese 1, 2. Elementary Portuguese (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in translation. (Not
offered in 1953-54).
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 193
Portuguese 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — Prerequisite, Portuguese 1 and con-
t of instructor. (Not offered in 1953-54).
A practice course in simple Portuguese.
lian
Italian 1, 2. Elementary Italian (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Also recom-
nded to advanced students in French and Spanish. (Xot offered in 1953-54).
Elements of grammar ; prounuciation ; exercises in translation.
Italian 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — Prerequisite, Italian 1 and consent of
tructor. (Xot offered in 1953-54).
A practice course in simple Italian.
Italian 161, 162. Italian Life and Customs (3, 3) — Xot offered on the College Park
npus.
An introductory study of the Italian people. Against a background of political and
:ial history, a survey of Italian literary and cultural traditions.
eek
Mod. Greek 1, 2. Spoken Modern Greek (3, 3) — Xot offered on the College Park
npus.
An intensive course in the colloquial style of Athens with emphasis on the vocabulary
everyday situations and including an introduction to Greek writing.
GEOGRAPHY
Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select Geography as a major field,
d may also take courses in this department for elective credit. For a description of
urses, see the catalog of the College of Business and Public Administration.
GEOLOGY
Irwin C. Brown, Lecturer
Geol. 1. Geology (3) — Prerequisite, Chem. 1, 3.
A study dealing primarily with the principles of dynamical and structural geology. De-
gned to give a general survey of the rocks and minerals composing the earth ; the
ovement within it ; and its surface features and the agents that form them.
Geol. 2. Engineering Geology (2).
The fundamentals of geology with engineering applications.
GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select Government and Politics
s a major field, and may also take courses in this department for elective credit. For
description of courses, see the catalog of the College of Business and Public Administration.
194 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
HISTORY
Professors Gewehr, Chatelain, Prange, Wellborn; Associate Professors Bauer, Merrill;
Assistant Professors Crosman, Gordon, Jashemski, Sparks; Instructors Bates,
Ferguson, Hanks, Lowitt, Harbaugh.
H. 1, 2. History of Modern Europe (3, 3) — First and second semesters. The
basic course, prerequisite for all advanced courses in European History.
A study of European History from the Renaissance to the present day. First
semester to 1815. Second semester since 1815. (Bauer, Prange, Gordon.)
H. 5, 6. History of American Civilization (3, 3)— Required of all students who
entered the university after 1944-45. Normally to be 'taken in the Sophomore year.
An historical survey of the main forces in American life with emphasis upon the develop-
ment of our democratic heritage. First semester from the colonial period through the
Civil War. Second semester, since the Civil War.
H. 51, 52. The Humanities (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
In surveying history from prehistoric times to the present, man's cultural development
is emphasized. The course is a study of the achievements of the various civilizations which
have contributed to the common cultural heritage of western civilization. The political,
social, and economic settings of the various civilizations are presented in chronological
order. The characteristic achievements of each period in philosophy, religion, literature,
art, science, and music enrich this background. By presenting actual masterpieces in
literature, art, and music, it is hoped that imagination, appreciation, and critical judgment
will be stimulated. This course is designed as an introductory course in history which will
make a more direct contribution to the other liberal art fields. First semester to the
Renaissance. Second semester since the Renaissance. (Jashemski.)
H. 53, 54. History of England and Great Britain (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. (Gordon.)
A history of the development of British life and institutions. Open to all classes.
Especially recommended for English majors and minors. First semester to 1485. Second
semester, since 1485.
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
A. American History
H. 101. American Colonial History (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6,
or the equivalent.
The settlement and development of colonial America to the middle of the eighteenth
century. (Ferguson.)
H. 102. The American Revolution (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6,
or the equivalent.
The background and course of the American Revolution through the formation of the
Constitution. (Ferguson.)
H. 105. Social and Economic History of the United States to 1865 (3) — First semes-
ter. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
A synthesis of American Life from its independence through the Civil War. (Chatelain.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 195
H. 106. Social and Economic History of the United States since the Civil War (3)
— Second semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
The development of American life and institutions, with emphasis upon the period since
1876. (Chatelain.)
H. 114. The Middle Period of American History 1824-1860 (3)— First semester.
Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
An examination of the political history of the U. S. from Jackson to Lincoln with
particular emphasis on the factors producing Jacksonian democracy, Manifest Destiny, the
Whig Party, the anti-slavery movement, the Republican Party, and secession. (Sparks.)
H. 115. The Old South (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equiv-
alent.
A study of the institutional and cultural life of the ante-bellum South with particular
reference to the background of the Civil War. (Bates.)
H. 116. The Civil War (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the
equivalent.
Military aspects ; problems of the Confederacy ; political, social, and economic effects
of the war upon American society. (Sparks.)
H. 117. The New South (3) — First semester. Prerequisites H. 5, 6, or the equiv-
alent.
The South's place in the Nation from Appomattox to the present with special reference
to regional problems and aspirations. (Bates.)
H. 118, 119. Recent American History (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
Party politics, domestic issues, foreign relations of the United States since 1890.
First semester, through World War I. Second semester, since World War I. (Merrill.)
H. 121, 122. History of the American Frontier (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
A study of the influence of the westward movement in shaping American institutional
development. First semester, the trans-Alleghany West; second semester, the trans-
Mississippi West. (Gewehr.)
H. 123. The New West (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites H. 5, 6, or the equiv-
alent.
Regional pecularities and national significance of the Plains and Pacific Coast areas
from 1890 to the present. (Bates.)
H. 124. Reconstruction and the New Nation 1865-1896 (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisites H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
Problems of reconstruction in both South and North. Emergence of Big Business and
industrial combinations. Problems of the farmer and laborer. (Merrill.)
H. 127, 128. Diplomatic History of the United States (3, 3)— First and second
semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
196 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
An historical study of the diplomatic negotiations and foreign relations of the Un
States. First semester, from the Revolution to the Civil War; second semester, fi
the Civil War to the present. (Wellboi
H. 129. The United States and World Affairs (3)— (Not Offered in 1953-54)—
requisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
A consideration of the changed position of the United States with reference to the
of the world since 1917. (Wellbor
H. 133, 134. The History of American Ideas (3, 3) — First and second semest<
Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
An intellectual history of the American people, embracing such topics as religit
liberty, democracy, and social ideas. (Ferguso'
H. 135, 136. Constitutional History of the United States (3, 3)— First and secc
semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
A study of the historical forces resulting in the formation of the Constitution, and 1
development of American constitutionalism in theory and practice thereafter. (Geweh
Amer. Civ. 137, 138. Conference Course in American Civilization (3, 3) — First a
second semesters.
The student's acquaintance with American Civilization is brought to a focus throu
the analytical study of eight to ten important books, such as Tocqueville, Democracy
America, Hawthorne, The Scarlet Letter, Veblen, The Theory of the Leisure Class, a
Myrdal, An American Dilemma. Specialists from related departments participate in t
conduct of the course. (Bod«
H. 141, 142. History of Maryland (3,) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite
H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
First semester, a survey of the political, social and economic history of coloni
Maryland. Second semester, Maryland's historical development and role as a state in t
American Union. (Chatelain
H. 145, 146. Latin-American History (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pr
requisites, 6 hours of fundamental courses.
A survey of the history of Latin America from colonial origins to the preser
covering political, cultural, economic, and social development, with special emphasis upon rel
tions with the United States. First semester, the Colonial Period. Second semester, Tl
Republic. (Crosman
H. 147. History of Mexico (3) — First semester.
The history of Mexico with special emphasis upon the independence period and upo
relations between ourselves and the nearest of our Latin-American neighbors. (Crosman.
B. European History
H. 151. History of the Ancient Orient and Greece (3) — First semester.
A survey of the ancient empires of Egypt, the Near East, and Greece, with particulai
attention to their institutions, life, and culture. (Jashemski.)
H. 153. History of Rome (3) — Second semester.
\h
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 197
A study of Roman civilization from the earliest beginnings through the Republic and
down to the last centuries of the Empire. (Jashemski.)
H. 155. Medieval Civilization (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H.
53, 54, or the permission of the instructor.
A survey of Medieval life, culture, and institutions from the fall of the Roman Empire
to the thirteenth century. (Jashemski.)
H. 161. The Renaissance and Reformation (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites,
H. 1, 2, or 53, 54, or the permission of the instructor.
The culture of the Renaissance, the Protestant revolt and Catholic reaction through the
Thirty Years War. (Jashemski.)
H. 166. Revolutionary and Napoleonic Europe (3) — Second semester. Prerequi-
sites. H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54.
The Old Regime in France and Europe ; the changes effected by the French Revolution ;
the Napoleonic regime and the balance of power 1789-1815. (Bauer.)
H. 171, 172. Europe in the Nineteenth Century, 1815-1919 (3, 3)— First and second
semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54.
A study of the political, economic, social, and cultural development of Europe from
the Congress of Vienna to the First World War. (Bauer.)
H. 175, 176. Europe in the World Setting of the Twentieth Century (3, 3)— First
and second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54.
A study of political, economic, and cultural developments in twentieth century Europe
with special emphasis on the factors involved in the two World Wars and their global
impacts and significance. (Prange.)
H. 185, 186. History of the British Empire (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54.
First semester, the development of England's Mercantilist Empire and its fall in the
war for American Independence (1783) ; second semester, the rise of the Second British
Empire and the solution of the problem of responsible self-government (1783-1867), the
evolution of the British Empire into a Commonwealth of Nations, and the development
and problems of the dependent Empire. (Gordon.)
H. 187. History of Canada (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54.
A history of Canada, with special emphasis on the nineteenth century and upon Canadian
relations with Great Britain and the United States. (Gordon.)
H. 189. Constitutional History of Great Britain (3) — Second semester. A survey
of constitutional development in England with emphasis on the real property aspects of
feudalism, the growth of the common law, the development of Parliament, and the expansion
of liberties of the individual. (Gordon.)
H. 191. History of Russia (3) — First semester. Prerequisites. H. 1, 2, or the
equivalent.
A history of Russia from the earliest times to the present day. (Bauer.)
H. 192. Foreign Policy of the USSR (3)— Second semester. Prerequisite, H. 191.
198 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A survey of Russian foreign policy in the historical perspective, with special emphasis
on the period of the USSR. Russian aims, expansion, and conflicts with the western
powers in Europe, the Near and Middle East, and the Far East will be studied. (Bauer.)
H. 195. The Far East (3)— Second semester.
A survey of institutional, cultural and political aspects of the history of China and
Japan, and a consideration of present-day problems of the Pacific area. (Gewehr.)
H. 199. Proseminar in Historical Writing (3) — First and second semesters.
Discussions and term papers designed to acquaint the student with the methods and
problems of research and presentation. The students will be encouraged to examine those
phases of history in which they are most interested. Required of history majors in
senior year. (Lowitt.)
For Graduates
H. 200. Research (3-6) — Credit proportioned to amount of work. Arranged. Re-
quired of all candidates for degrees.
H. 201. Seminar in American History (3) — First and second semester. (Staff.)
H. 205, 206. Topics in American Economic and Social History (3, 3) — First and
second semesters.
Readings and conferences on the critical and source materials explaining our social
and economic evolution. (Chatelain.)
H. 208. Topics in Recent American History (3) — First and second semesters.
Selected readings, research, and conferences on important topics in United States History
from 1900 to the present. (Merrill.)
H. 211. The Colonial Period in American History (3) — First semester.
Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some of the sources
and the classical literature of American Colonial History. (Ferguson.)
H. 212. Period of the American Revolution (3) — Second semester.
Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some of the critical
literature and sources of the period of the American Revolution. (Ferguson.)
H. 215. The Old South (3)
Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some of the standard
sources and the classical literature of the ante-bellum South. (Gewehr.)
H. 216. The American Civil War (3)
Readings and conferences on the controversial literature of the Civil War. Attention
is focused upon the conflicting interpretations and upon the social and economic impact of
the war on American society. Opportunity is also given to read in the rich source material
of this period. (Merrill.)
H. 217. Reconstruction and Its Aftermath (3)
A seminar on problems resulting from the Civil War. Political, social and economic
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 199
reconstruction in South and North; projection of certain post-war attitudes and problems
into the present. (Merrill.)
H. 221, 222. History of the West (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Readings and conferences designed to give the student an acquaintance with some of the
more important sources and some of the most significant literature of the advancing
American frontier. (Gewehr.)
H. 233, 234. Topics in American Intellectual History (3, 3)
Readings and conferences on selected phases of American thought, with emphasis on
religious traditions, social and political theory, and development of American ideas.
(Ferguson.)
H. 245. Topics in Latin American History (3) — Selected readings, research, and
conferences on important topics in Latin American History. (Crosman.)
H. 250. Seminar in European History (3) — First and second semesters. (Bauer.)
H. 251. Topics in Greek Civilization (3) — Readings and conferences designed to
acquaint the students with selected topics in Greek and Hellenistic history, such as the
growth of democracy in Athens (with special attention to the nature of democracy in fifth-
century Athens), and the development of federalism during the Hellenistic period. Time
will also be devoted to the contributions of the Greeks in philosophy, literature, art, and
architecture. Special attention will be given to the study and evaluation of the source
material in this field. (Jashemski.)
H. 253. Topics in Roman History (3) — Readings and conferences designed to
acquaint the student with selected topics in Roman history, such as the development of the
Roman constitution, the growth of democracy in Rome, Roman provincial administration,
the nature of Roman imperialism, and Roman law. Special attention will be given to the
study and evaluation of the source material in this field. (Jashemski.)
H. 255. Medieval Culture and Society (3)
Readings and conferences designed to acquaint the student with the important literature
and interpretations on such topics as feudalism, the medieval Church, schools and universities,
Latin and vernacular literature, art and architecture. (Jashemski.)
H. 282. Problems in the History of World War II (3) — Investigation of various
aspects of the Second World War, including military operations, diplomatic phases, and
political and economic problems of the war and its aftermath. (Prange.)
H. 285, 286. Topics in the History of Modern England and Greater Britain (3, 3)
Readings and conferences on the documentary and literary materials dealing with the
transformation of England and the growth and evolution of the British Empire since 1763.
(Gordon.)
H. 287. Historiography (3) — Arranged.
Readings and occasional lectures on the historical writing, the evolution of critical
standards, the rise of auxiliary sciences, and the works of selected masters. (Sparks.)
LIBRARY SCIENCE
Professor Rovelstad ; Instructors Baehr, Charlesworth, Hayes, Holladay, Phillips, Scott,
Turner, Urban and Wedemeyer.
L. S. 1, 2. Library Methods (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
200 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Library Science 1 and 2 are required of all students in general Arts and Science, Pre-
Law and Pre-Nursing curriculums.
These introductory courses are intended to help students to use libraries with greater
facility and effectiveness. Instruction, given in the form of lectures and practical work,
is designed to interpret the library and its resources to the students. The courses consider
the classification of books in libraries, the card catalog, periodical literature and indexes,
and certain essential reference books which will be found helpful throughout the college
course and in later years.
L. S. 101S. School Library Administration (3).
The organization and maintenance of effective library service in the modern school.
Planning and equipping library quarters, purpose of the library in the school, standards,
instruction in the use of books and libraries, training student assistants, acquisition of
materials, repair of books, publicity, exhibits, and other practical problems.
L. S. 102S. Cataloging and Classification (3).
Study and practice in classifying books and making dictionary catalog for school libraries.
Study of simplified forms as used in the Children's Catalog, Standard Catalog for High
School Libraries, and Wilson printed cards.
L. S. 103S. Book Selection for School Libraries (3).
Principles of book selection as applied to school libraries. Practice in the effective
use of book selection aids in the preparation of book lists. Evaluating of publishers,
editions, translations, format, etc.
L. S. 104S. Reference and Bibliography for School Libraries (4).
Evaluation, selection, and use of standard tools, such as encyclopedias, dictionaries,
periodical indexes, atlases, and yearbooks, for school libraries. Study of bibliographical pro-
cedures and forms.
L. S. 111. Introduction to Fundamentals of Special Library Service (3).
An introductory course to library methods as applied to an organization in which
the primary function of the library is bibliographic control of material pertinent to the
specialized field of the organization. A course planned to train in general library methods
a person who already is a specialist in some particular phase of library service.
MATHEMATICS
Professors Martin, Hall, Jackson, Weinstein* ; Associate Professor Diaz* ; Assistant
Professors Good, Haywood, Ludf ord, Young ; Research Associate Weinberger* ; Instructors
Brewster, Collins, Cuthill, McArthur, McLean, Mehegan, Shepherd, Spencer, Thickstun;
Junior Instructor Cato.
The Colloquium meets weekly for reports on the research of the faculty and graduate stu-
dents, and for expository lectures on papers published in current mathematical journals.
The Mathematics Club meets once a month under the direction of Professor Haywood
for the discussion of mathematical topics of interest to the undergraduate.
•Member of th.3 Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 201
The following courses are open to students who offer at least one unit of algebra for
entrance: Math. 1, 5, or 10.
The following courses are open to students who offer two more units of algebra for
entrance: Math. 14, 15.
Students are enrolled in Math. 5, 10, or 15 provided they pass the Mathematics section
of the general classification test given to incoming students during registration. Students
who fail this test should enroll in Math. 0 if their curriculum calls for Math. 5 or 10, and
in Math. 1 if their curriculum calls for Math. 15. Students taking Math. 1 are not eligible
to take Math. 14 concurrently.
In general students should enroll in only one course in the groups below. In case this
rule is not followed credit will be assigned as indicated.
Math. 5, 10, 15. Credit on only one course.
Math. 11, 14. Math. 11—1% credits; Math. 14 — 2 credits.
Math. 11, 17. Math. 11—1% credits; Math. 17 — 4 credits.
Math. 11. 14, 17. Math. 11—0 credit; Math. 14—2 credits; Math. 17, 4 credits.
The department strongly recommends that a student who receives a grade of D in a
course in mathematics repeat the course to raise his grade before going on to a more
advanced course.
Math. 0. Basic Mathematics (0) — First and second semesters. Required of stu-
dents whose curriculum calls for Math. 5 or 10 and who fail the qualifying examination
for these courses.
The fundamental principles of algebra. (McLean and Staff.)
Math. 1. Introductory Algebra (0) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite,
one unit of algebra. Required of students whose curriculum calls for Math. 15 and who
fail the qualifying examination for this course.
A review of the topics covered in a second course in algebra. (McLean and Staff.)
Math. 2. Solid Geometry (0) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, one unit
each of algebra and plane geometry. Open to students who enter deficient in solid geometry.
Lines, planes, cylinders, cones, the sphere and polyhedra, primary emphasis on mensura-
tion. Intended for engineers and science students. (Brewster and Staff.)
Math. 5. General Mathematics (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, one
unit of algebra. Open only to students in the College of Business and Public Administration,
the College of Agriculture, the College of Military Science, and the Department of
'.ndustrial Education. Note regulation above in case student enrolls in more than one of
the courses, Math. 5, 10, 15.
Fundamental operations, fractions, ratio and proportion, linear equations, exponents,
logarithms, percentage, trade discount, simple interest, bank discount, true discount, and
promissory notes. (Shepherd and Staff.)
Math. 6. Mathematics of Finance (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite,
Math 5 or equivalent. Required of students in the College of Business and Public Adminis-
tration, and open to students in the College of Arts and Sciences only for elective credit.
Line diagrams, compound interest, simple interest, ordinary annuities, general annuities,
deferred annuities, annuities due, perpetuities, evaluation of bonds, amortization, and sinking
funds. (Shepherd and Staff.)
202 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Math. 10. Algebra (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, one unit each
of algebra and plane geometry. Open to biological, premedical, predental, and general
Arts and Sciences students. Note regulation above, in case student enrolls in more than
one of the courses, Math. 5, 10, 15.
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, linear equations, exponents and radicals,
quadratic equations, progressions, logarithms, permutations and combinations, probability,
mathematics of investment. (Haywood and Staff.)
Math. 11. Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry (3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, Math. 10 or equivalent. Open to biological, premedical, predental, and general
Arts and Sciences students. This course is not recommended for students planning to enroll
in Math. 20. Note regulation above, in case student enrolls in both Math. 11 and 14, or in
both Math. 11 and 17.
Trigonometric functions, identities, addition formulas, solution of triangles, coordinates,
locus problems, the straight line and circle, conic sections, graphs. (Haywood and Staff.)
Math. 13. Elements of Mathematical Statistics (3) — Second semester. Prerequi-
site, Math. 10 or equivalent.
Frequency distributions, averages, moments, measures of dispersion, the normal curve,
curve fitting, regression and correlation. (Good.)
Math. 14. Plane Trigonometry (2) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite,
Math. 15 or concurrent enrollment in Math. 15. Open to students in engineering, education,
and the physical sciences. Note regulation above, in case student enrolls in both Math. 11
and 14.
Trigonometric functions, identities, the radian, graphs, addition formulas, solution of
triangles, trigonometric equations. (Good and Staff.)
Math. 15. College Algebra (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, high
school algebra completed, and plane geometry. Open to students in engineering, education,
and the physical sciences. Note regulation above, in case student enrolls in more than one
of the courses, Math. 5, 10, 15.
Fundamental operations, variation, functions and graphs, quadratic equations, theory
of equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, logarithms, determinants, progressions.
(Good and Staff.)
Math. 16. Spherical Trigonometry (2) — First and second semesters. Prerequisites,
solid geometry and Math. 14.
The solution of spherical triangles, with applications to the terrestrial and astronomical
triangles. (Brewster and Staff.)
Math. 17. Analytic Geometry (4) — Three lectures and two one-hour drill periods
a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, Math. 14 and 15, or equivalent. Open
to students in engineering, education, and the physical sciences. Note regulation above, in
case student enrolls in both Math. 11 and 17.
Coordinates, locus problems, the straight line and circle, graphs, transformation of coordi-
nates, conic sections, parametric equations, transcendental equations, solid analytic geometry.
(Hall and Staff.)
Math. 20, 21. Calculus (4, 4) — Three lectures and two one-hour drill periods a
week, first and second semesters, second and first semesters. Prerequisite, Math. 17 or equiva-
lent. Open to students in engineering, education, and the physical sciences.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 203
Limits, derivatives, differentials, maxima and minima, curve sketching, rates, curvature,
kinematics, integration with geometric and physical applications, partial derivatives, space
geometry, multiple integrals, infinite series. (Jackson and Staff.)
Math. 64. Differential Equations for Engineers (3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Required of students in mechanical and electrical
engineering.
Differential equations of the first and second order with emphasis on their engineering
applications. (Ludford and Staff.)
A. Algebra
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Math. 100, 101. Higher Algebra (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent.
Selected topics in algebra will be taken up from a point of view designed to strengthen
and deepen the grasp of the subject. (Good.)
Math. 102. Theory of Equations (3) — Second ' semester. Prerequisite, Math. 21
or equivalent.
Solution of algebraic equations, symmetric functions. (Good.)
Math. 103. Introduction to Modern Algebra (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Math. 21 or equivalent.
Linear dependence, matrices, groups, vector spaces. (Good.)
Math. 106. Introduction to the Theory of Numbers (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Math. 21 or equivalent.
Integers, divisibility, Euclid's algorithm, Diophantine equations, prime numbers, Moebius
function, congruences, residues. (Good.)
For Graduates
Math. 200, 201. Modern Algebra (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. 103 or consent of in-
structor.
Matrices, groups, rings, fields, algebraic numbers, Galois theory. (Good.)
Math. 202. Matrix Theory (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 103 or con-
sent of instructor.
The theory of vectors and matrices with applications. (Good.)
Math. 204, 205. Topological Groups (3, 3) — Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
An introductory course in abstract groups, topological spaces, and the study of collections
of elements enjoying both these properties. The concept of a uniform space will be introduced
and studied. The representation problem will be considered together with the subject of Lie
groups. (Hall, Good.)
Math. 271. Selected Topics in Algebra (3)— (Arranged).
B. Analysis
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Math. 110, 111. Advanced Calculus (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Prerequi-
site, Math. 21 or equivalent.
204 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Limits, continuous functions, differentiation and integration with application to mechanics,
infinite series, Fourier series, functions of several variables, multiple integrals, the theo-
rems of Gauss and Stokes, the calculus of variations. (Hall.)
Math. 114. Differential Equations (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 21
or equivalent.
Ordinary differential equations, symbolic methods, successive approximations, solutions
in series, orthogonal functions, Bessel functions, Sturmian theory. (Spencer.)
Math. 115. Partial Differential Equations (3) — Prerequisite, Math. 114.
Partial Differential equations of first and second order, characteristics, boundary value
problems, systems of equations, applications. (Spencer.)
Math. 116, 118. Introduction to Complex Variable Theory (3, 3) — Prerequisite,
Math. 21 or equivalent. Open to students in engineering and the physical sciences. Graduate
students in mathematics should enroll in Math. 210, 211.
Fundamental operations in complex numbers, differentiation and integration, sequences
and series, power series, analytic functions, conformal mapping, residue theory, special
functions. (Ludford.)
Math. 117. Fourier Series (3) — Prerequisite, Math. 114. or equivalent.
Representation of functions by series of orthogonal functions. Applications to the solu-
tion of boundary value problems of some partial differential equations of physics and engineer-
ing. (Ludford.)
Math. 119, 120. Intermediate Differential Equations (3, 3) — Second and first semes-
ters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
Existence theorems. Continuous groups of transformations and the transformation theory
of differential equations. Series solutions. Definite integral solutions. Sturmian theory.
Integral equations. Classification of second order equations. Characteristics. Method of
Fourier series. Method of Fourier and Laplace integrals. Difference equations. Elements of
potential theory. Variational methods of solution. (Spencer.)
For Graduates
Math. 210, 211. Functions of a Complex Variable (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. Ill
or equivalent.
Complex numbers, infinite series, Cauchy-Riemann equations, conformal mapping, com-
plex integral, the Cauchy theory, the Wierstrass theory, Riemann surfaces, algebraic func-
tions, periodic and elliptic functions, the theorems of Weierstrass and Mittag-Leffler.
(Young.)
Math 213, 214. Functions of a Real Variable (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. Ill or
equivalent.
The real number system, point sets, the Heine-Borel theorem, continuous functions,
derivatives, infinite series, uniform convergence, the Riemann integral, Jordan content, the
Lebesgue integral, Fourier series. (Young.)
Math. 215, 216. Advanced Differential Equations (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. Ill
and 116, or 210.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 205
Existence and uniqueness theorems for systems of ordinary differential equations and for.
ial differential equations. Characteristic theory. Reduction to normal forms, the method
inite differences. (Martin.)
Math. 272. Selected Topics in Analysis (3) — (Arranged).
Geometry and Topology
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Math. 122, 123. Elementary Topology (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent.
Open and closed sets. Elementary topology of the straight line and the Euclidean plane.
Jordan Curve Theorem and its applications. Simple connectivity. (Hall.)
Math. 124, 125. Introduction to Projective Geometry (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math.
Dr equivalent.
Elementary projective geometry largely from the analytic approach, projective trans-
mations, cross ratio, harmonic division, projective coordinates, projective theory of conies,
?uerre's definition of angle. (Jackson.)
Math. 126, 127. Introduction to Differential Geometry and Tensor Analysis (3, 3) —
^requisite, Math. 21 or equivalent.
The differential geometry of curves and surfaces with the use of vector and tensor
thods, curvature and torsion, moving frames, curvilinear coordinates, the fundamental
ierential forms, covariant derivatives, intrinsic geometry, curves on a surface, applications
problems in dynamics, mechanics, electricity, and relativity. (Jackson)
Math. 128, 129. Higher Geometry (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. 21 or consent of in-
uctor. Math. 128 is not a prerequisite for Math. 129. Open to students in the College of
ucalion.
This course is designed for students preparing to teach geometry in high school. The
5t semester is devoted to the modern geometry of the triangle, circle and sphere. In the
:ond semester emphasis is placed on the axiomatic development of Euclidean and non-
iclidean geometry. (Jackson.)
For Graduates
Math. 220, 221. Differential Geometry (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. Ill and 134, or
nsent of instructor.
Curves and surfaces, geometry in the large, the Gauss-Bonnet formula, surfaces of
nstant curvature. (Jackson.)
Math. 222. Foundations of Geometry (3) — Prerequisite, Math. 124 or consent of
structor.
The course will develop the elements of projective geometry from the postulational
>int of view, laying emphasis on the logical basis of the results obtained. Desargues con-
juration, and Pappus configuration, perspectivities, conies, and construction of coordinate
stems will be among the topics studied. (Jackson.)
Math. 223, 224. Algebraic Topology (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. 103 and 111, or
[uivalent.
Homology, cohomology, and homotopy theory of complexes and spaces. (Spencer.)
206 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Math. 225, 226. Set-theoretic Topology (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. Ill or equivalent
Foundations of mathematics based on a set of axioms, metric spaces, convergence anc
connectivity properties of point sets, continua and continuous curves, the topology of th(
plane. (Hall.)
Math. 227. Tensor Analysis (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Math. Ill and 134,
or equivalent.
Algebra and calculus of tensors, Riemannian geometry and its extensions, differential
invariants, applications to physics and engineering, the theory of relativity. (Weinberger.)
Math. 273. Selected Topics in Geometry and Topology (3) — Arranged)
D. Applied Mathematics
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Math. 130, 131. Analytic Mechanics (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent.
Statics, kinematics, dynamics of a particle, elementary celestial mechanics, Lagrangian
equations for dynamical systems of one, two, and three degrees of freedom, Hamilton's
principle, the Hamilton- Jacobi partial differential equation. (Ludford.)
Math. 132, 133. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Physicists (3, 3)— Pre-
requisite, Math. 21 or equivalent.
An introduction to advanced mathematical methods and their application to the technical
problems of physics and engineering. Topics include Fourier series, matrices, ordinary and
partial differential equations of applied mathematics, numerical methods, Bessel functions,
complex variables, operational calculus. (Haywood.)
Math. 134. Vector Analysis (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equiv-
alent.
Algebra and calculus of vectors and applications. (Haywood.)
Math. 135. Numerical Analysis (3) — Prerequisite, Math. 114 or equivalent or con-
current enrollment in Math. 114.
A brief survey of computing machines, study of errors involved in numerical computa-
tions, the use of desk machines and tables, numerical solution of polynomial and transcen-
dental equations, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration, ordinary differential
equations, systems of linear equations. . (Young.)
Math. 139. Operational Calculus (3) — -First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 64 or
equivalent.
Operational solutions of ordinary and partial differential equations, Fourier and Laplace
transforms. (Haywood.)
For Graduates
Math. 230, 231. Applied Mathematics (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. Ill and 114, or
equivalent.
The subject material for this course will be chosen from the fields of dynamics, elas-
ticity, hydrodynamics. ( Weinstein.)
Math. 232, 233. Partial Differential Equations of Mathematical Physics (3, 3) —
Prerequisite, Math. Ill and 114, or equivalent.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 207
The characteristic properties of elliptic, parabolic, and hyperbolic partial differential
equations with special reference to problems in potential theory, the flow of heat, hydro-
dynamics and elasticity. (Diaz.)
Math. 234. Potential Theory (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. Ill or
equivalent.
The equations of Laplace and Poisson, flux, the theorems of Gauss and Green, potential
of volume and surface distributions, harmonic functions, Green's function, the problem of
Dirichlet and Neumann, introduction to the linear integral equations of potential theory.
(Payne.)
Math. 235. Advanced Numerical Analysis (3) — Prerequisite, Math. 114 or equiva-
lent, and Math. 135 or consent of instructor.
Review of numerical differentiation and integration, solution of ordinary differential
equations, stability, accuracy, use of high-speed digital machines, properties of elliptic,
hyperbolic, and parabolic partial differential equations, conversion of partial differential
equations to partial difference equations, stability and convergence of methods for solving
partial difference equations, rates of convergence of relaxation methods, gradient methods,
and iterative methods, the method of characteristics. (Young.)
Math. 236. Mathematical Theory of Hydrodynamics (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Math. 116 or equivalent.
Equation of continuity, rotational and irrotational flows, Bernoulli's theorem, Helm-
holtz's theory of vorticity, flux of momentum ; the plane motion of an incompressible perfect
fluid, including stream function, complex potential, Joukowski's theory, the formula of
Blasius, Karman's vortex street. Prandtl's theory of a finite wing, and an introduction to
the theory of viscous fluids. (Weinstein.)
Math. 237. Mathematical Theory of Elasticity (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Math. Ill or equivalent.
Stress and strain, deformation of columns, bending torsion, and flexure of beams,
Euler-Bernoulli formulas, Saint- Venant's Principle, Airy's function, strain and potential
energy, buckling problems, minimum principles, Betti's reciprocity law. (Weinstein.)
Math. 238. Mathematical Theory of Continuous Media (3)— Prerequisite, Math.
134 or consent of instructor.
Kinematics of continuous media, conservation of mass, momentum and energy, thermo-
dynamics, heat conduction, elastic bodies, plates and shells, fluid mechanics (non-linear
theory), rarefied gases, viscous fluids, plasticity.
Math. 239. Mathematical Theory of Electricity and Magnetism (3) — Prerequisite,
Math. 134 or consent of instructor.
Maxwell's equations, electrostatics, condensers, dielectrics, conductors and potential dis-
tributions, electric current, linear conductors, flow in two and three dimensions, magneto-
statics, electromagnetic inductance, transients, alternating currents, stress and energy, electro-
magnetic forces and energy ; plane, cylindrical and spherical electromagnetic waves, radiation.
Math. 240. Advanced Numerical Analysis (3) — Prerequisite, Math. 235.
General methods of solving problems. Existence and uniqueness theorems for difference
equations associated with partial differential equations. Stability of solutions. Perturbation.
Iterative procedures. Steepest descent. Eigenvalue problems. (Young.)
Math. 274. Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics (3) — (Arranged).
208 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
E. Research
For Graduates
Math. 298. Proseminar in Research (1) — Second semester. Prerequisite, (
semester of graduate work in mathematics.
A seminar devoted to the foundations of mathematics, including mathematical loi
axiom systems, and set theory.
Math. 300. Research — (Arranged).
MUSIC
Professor Randall ; Associate Professor Springmann ; Assistant Professor Romaine ;
Instructors Kemble, Haslup, Landers and Power.
Music 1. Music Appreciation (3) — First semester.
A study of all types of classical music (not including opera) from the time of Hay<
with a view to developing the ability to listen and enjoy. (Randal
Music 2, 3. History of Music (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
A course in the history of music covering the development of all forms of music (n
including opera) from the Greeks to the present. (Haslup
Music 4. Men's Glee Club (1) — First and second semester.
A total of six credits may be earned. (Romaine
Music 5. Women's Chorus (1) — First and second semesters.
A total of six credits may be earned. (Randall
Music 6. Orchestra (1) — First and second semesters. A total of six credits ma
be earned. (Power.
Music 7. Fundamentals of Music (2) — First and second semesters.
This course is a prerequisite to Harmony and includes a study of major and mino
scales, intervals, basic piano techniques, sight singing, simple musical form and theory. Jt
student must achieve a grade of B in order to continue with the study of Harmony. (Haslup
Music 8. Solfeggio and Ear Training, I (2) — First and seecond semesters. Thre
times a week.
This course aims to develop facility in singing at sight and the ability to sing witl
good intonation. The aural study of the melodic and rhythmic patterns in Solfeggio is alsc
included. (Kemble.)
Music 9. Elementary Instrument Ensemble (1) — First and second semesters. Twc
times a week.
This course is designed to give practical ensemble experience to those students of
musical instruments who have not had sufficient training for performance with the Band or
Orchestra. (Power.)
Music 10. Band (1) — First and second semesters.
For discussion of Student and R. O. T. C. Bands, see page 42. A total of six credits
may be earned. (Landers.)
Music 11. Solfeggio and Ear Training, II (2) — First and second semesters. Three
times a week.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 209
This course is a continuation of the study of Solfeggio and Ear Training, I. Mure
difficult music is used and special emphasis is placed on part singing. (Kemblc.)
Music 15. Chapel Choir (1) — First and second semesters.
This Choir is open to all students. The students must be acceptable to the Choir Di-
rector. The Choir will appear at services held in the Memorial Chapel. A total of six
credits may be earned. (Springman.)
Music 50. Elementary Conducting (2) — First and second semesters.
The student develops a technique of the baton based on the fundamental meter designs.
Choral and simple orchestra numbers are conducted. Euryhthmics are applied to develop
a sense of rhythm through muscular coordination. Accompanying is also a feature of the
course. (Randall.)
Music 66. Survey of the Opera (3) — Second semester.
The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the librettos, music, and the
composers of the standard operas. (Randall.)
Music 70. Harmony, I (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Funda-
mentals of Music.
Music theory is reviewed and a study is made of harmonic progressions, triads, dominant
seventh and ninth chords in root position, and inversions. The course continues through
altered and mixed chords to modulation. (Haslup.)
Music 71. Harmony ^ II (3) — First and second semesters.
This course is a continuation of Harmony, I. It includes the study of modulation and
the enharmonic intervals. Analysis, simple harmonizations, and original compositions are a
part of this course. (Romaine.)
Music 80. Instruments of the Orchestra (Strings) (2) — First and second semesters.
(Landers.)
A study is made of the techniques of the string instruments through practical experience.
Music 81. Instruments of the Band (2) — First and second semesters.
A study is made of the techniques of the wind and percussion instruments through
practical experience. (Landers.)
Music 110. History of American Music (2) — Second semester.
This course, designed to be an integral part of the American Civilization program,
reviews the development of music in the United States from Colonial days to 1800, 1800 to
the Civil War, and 1865 to the present. Phases of our musical history which are studied
include : Early Hymn Writers, Stephen Foster, the Negro Spiritual, and Twentieth Century
Music. (Haslup.)
Music 120. Advanced History and Appreciation of Music (3) — First semester.
Prerequisites, History of Music 2 and 3.
The aim of this course is an extensive study of the evolution of forms and styles of
musical composition as illustrated in the music of various periods. (Romaine.)
Music 150. Harmony, III (3) — First and second semesters.
210 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The practical application to the piano keyboard of the harmonic principles acquired ir
Harmony I and II are applied in this course. Its procedures include harmonization oi
melodies, improvisations and accompaniments, playing at dictation, and transposition.
(Romaine.)
Music 151. Harmony, IV (3) — First and second semesters.
This course aims to develop a feeling for musical form and a technique for writing and
arranging music for voices, piano, and groups of instruments. (Romaine.)
Music 160. Advanced Choral Conducting, Materials, and Methods (2) — Thirst
semester.
Prerequisite, Elementary Conducting. It aims to improve conducting technique through
practical chorus experience, to learn methods of vocal procedures, and to make a survey of
choral literature. (Romaine.)
Music 161. Advanced Orchestral Conducting, Materials and Methods (2) — Second
semester. Prerequisite, Elementary Conducting.
Conducting and arranging for the orchestra, band, and instrumental ensembles are de
veloped through practical experience. Methods of instruction and a survey of instrumental
literature are made. (Landers.)
Music 12, 52, 112, 152. Piano (1, 1, 1, 1)— Fifteen private lessons in Applied Music.
(One-half hour.)
The instructor and place will be assigned by the Music Department, Bldg. B. There will
be a special fee of $30.00 per course for these private lessons.
Music 72, 92, 172, 192. Piano (1, 1, 1, 1) — Fifteen private lessons in Applied Music.
(One-half hour.)
The instructor and place will be assigned by the Music Department, Bldg. B. There
will be a special fee of $30.00 per course for these private lessons.
Music 13, 53, 73, 93. 113, 153, 173, 193 Voice (1. 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1)— Fifteen private
lessons in Applied Music. (One-half hour.)
The instructor and place will be assigned by the Music Department, Bldg. B. There
will be a special fee of $30.00 per course for these private lessons.
Music 14, 54, 74, 94, 114, 154, 174, 194 Instruments (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1)— Fifteen
private lessons in Applied Music. (One-half hour.)
The instructor and place will be assigned by the Music Department, Bldg. B. There
will be a special fee of $30.00 per course for these private lessons.
PHILOSOPHY
Professor Garvin; Assistant Professor Robinson; Instructor Wiig.
Phil. 1. Introduction to Philosophy (3) — Each semester.
A critical survey of representative philosophical beliefs concerning the nature of man
and the universe and the nature and function of scientific knowledge and religion. (Staff.)
Philosophy 1 and Philosophy 2 survey different philosophical fields. Either may be taken
first or alone.
Phil. 2. Introduction to Philosophy (3) — Each semester.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 211
A critical survey of representative philosophical beliefs concerning the nature and func-
tion of morality, government, education, and art. (Staff.)
Phil. 52. Philosophy in Literature (3) — Second semester.
Reading and philosophical criticism of novels and dramas containing ideas significant
for ethics, social policy, and religion.
Phil. 53. Philosophy of Religion (3) — Second semester.
A critical and constructive study of the nature of religion, of its various beliefs and
manifestations, and of its functions in human life. (Garvin.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Phil. 101. Ancient Philosophy (3) — First semester.
A history of Greek thought from its beginnings to the time of Justinian. The chief
figures discussed : the Presocratic philosophers, Socrates, Plato, Aristotle, Epicurus, the
Stoic philosophers and Plotinus. (Robinson.)
Phil. 102. Modern Philosophy (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Phil. 101.
A history of philosophical thought in the West during the 16th, 17th, and 18th Cen-
turies. The chief figures discussed : Bacon, Galileo, Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke,
Berkeley, Hume and Kant. (Robinson.)
Phil. 111. Medieval Philosophy (3)— (Not offered in 1953-1954). Prerequisite,
Phil. 101.
A history of philosophical thought in the West from the close of the Classical period
to the Renaissance. Based upon readings in the Stoics, early Christian writers, Neoplatonists,
later Christian writers and Schoolmen. (Robinson.)
Phil. 112. Recent and Contemporary Philosophy (3) — First semester.
An examination of some of the main trends in philosophical thought in the West since
the 19th Century.
Phil. 120. Oriental Philosophy (3) — Second semester.
A brief survey of Indian and Chinese philosophy. Discussion of Indian thought will
center about the Rig- Veda, the Upanishads, the Buddhist philosophers, and the chief Hindu
systems. Discussion of Chinese thought will center about Confucius, Lao-tse and their
disciples, particular attention being given to the development of democratic ideals from
Mencius to Sun Yat-sen. (Robinson.)
Phil. 121. American Philosophy (3) — First semester.
The main tendencies in American philosophy, including Idealism, Realism, Naturalism,
and Pragmatism. (Dewey, Wiig.)
Phil. 130. The Conflict of Ideals in Western Civilization (3) — Second semester.
Critical and constructive study, from a broad philosophical perspective, of some of the
most important contemporary conflicts of social ideals. In the light of the best philosophical
knowledge the assumptions, goals, and methods of democracy, fascism, socialism and com-
munism will be examined with special attention given to the ideological conflict between
the U. S. and Russia.
212 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Phil. 140. Philosophical Bases of Educational Theories (3) — Second Semester.
A critical study of the foundations of major views regarding the proper ends of
education and the implications of these views for educational practice.
Phil. 151. Ethics (3)— First semester.
A critical study of the problems and theories of human conduct, aimed at developing
such principles of ethical criticism as may be applied to contemporary personal and social
problems and to the formulation of an ethical philosophy of life. (Garvin.)
Phil. 153. Philosophy of Art (3) — Second semester. (Offered in 1953-1954, and
alternatively with Phil. 121.)
Classical and contemporary theories of art. The nature of art and beauty ; their rela-
tions and their function in society. The nature of esthetic experience. Standards of criticism.
Phil. 154. Political and Social Philosophy (3) — Second semester.
Classical and contemporary theories of the nature and functions of the state. The
hearings of philosophical principles on contemporary problems of government and inter-
national relations. Human rights, social control, and individual freedom. (Wiig.)
Phil. 155. Logic (3) — Second semester.
A study of the conditions of effective thinking and clear communication, and, in con-
:rast, of the sources of fallacies in ambiguity, irrelevancy or inconsistency. General principles
md techniques of deductive inference. Practical illustrations and applications throughout.
(Recommended in the junior year of the Arts-Law curriculum and the Government and
Politics program.) (Wiig, Garvin.)
Phil. 156. Philosophy of Science (3) — First semester.
An inquiry into the relations of the sciences, the nature of observation, hypotheses,
erification, experiment, measurement, scientific laws and theories, the basic concepts and
iresuppositions of science, and the relations of science to society. (Robinson.)
Phil. 160. Metaphysics (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Phil. 101 and 102, or
he written permission of the instructor.
An inquiry into the nature of metaphysical thought, based upon the study of outstanding
vorks in the field. (Robinson.)
Phil. 191, 192, 193, 194. Topical Investigations (1-3) — Each semester.
Tutorial course. Independent study under individual guidance. Topics selected by stu-
dents in conference with the department chairman. Restricted to advanced students with
redit for at least 12 units of philosophy. (Staff.)
For Graduates
Graduate instruction in the Department of Philosophy is carried on mainly by inde-
endent investigation of special topics under individual supervision. Any of the courses
sted below may be elected more than once. Course selections require the approval of the
epartment chairman.
Phil. 201. Research in Philosophy (3) — Each semester.
Selected projects in historical research under individual guidance. (Staff.)
Phil. 203. Selected Problems in Philosophy (3) — Each semester.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 213
Intensive study of selected topics in systematic philosophy under individual supervision.
(Staff.)
Phil. 205. Seminar in the History of Philosophy (3) — Second semester.
A special topic will be selected for each year, e. g., Plato, Aristotle, Kant, British
Empiricists, Russell. (Staff.)
Phil. 206. Seminar in the Problems of Philosophy (3) — First semester.
A special topic will be selected each year, e. g., Symbolic Logic, Philosophical Analysis,
'erceptual Knowledge. (Staff.)
PHYSICS
'rofessors Morgan, Myers, Toll; Part-time Professors Brickwedde, de Launay, Kennard,
Associate Professor Iskraut ; Assistant Professors Grant, Krumbein, Anderson.
Phys. 1. Elements of Physics: Mechanics, Heat, and Sound (3) — First semester,
"wo lectures, and one recitation a week. The first half of a survey course in general
hysics. This course is for the general student and does not satisfy the requirements of the
rofessional schools. Prerequisite, successful passing of the qualifying examination in
lementary mathematics. Lecture demonstration fee, $3.00. (Morgan.)
Phys. 2. Elements of Physics: Magnetism, Electricity, and Optics (3) — Second
emester. Two lectures and one recitation a week. The second half of a survey course
n general physics. This course is for the general student and does not satisfy the require-
ncnts of the professional schools. Prerequisite, Phys. 1. Lecture demonstration fee, $3.00.
(Morgan.)
Phys. 10. Fundamentals of Physics: Mechanics, Heat, and Sound (4) — First
emester. Two lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour laboratory period a week. The
irst half of a course in general physics. This course together with Phys. 11, satisfies the
ninimurn requirements of medical and dental sclwols. Prerequisite, entrance credit in
rigonometry or Math. 11 or concurrent enrollment in Math. 14 and 15. Lecture demonstra-
ion and laboratory fee, $6.00. (Iskraut and Staff.)
Phys. 11. Fundamentals of Physics: Optics, Magnetism, Electricity, and Modern
Physics (4) — Second semester. Two lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour labora-
:ory period a week. The second half of a course in general physics. Prerequisites,
Phys. 10, or 20. Lecture demonstration and laboratory fee, §6.00. (Iskraut and Staff.)
Phys. 20. General Physics: Mechanics and Heat (5) — First and second semesters.
Two lectures, two recitations and one three-hour laboratory period a week. The first
lalf of a course in general physics. Required of all students in the engineering curricula.
Math. 20 is to be taken concurrently. Lecture demonstration and laboratory fee, $6.00.
(Anderson and Staff.)
Phys. 21. General Physics: Sound, Optics, Magnetism, and Electricity (5) — First
ind second semesters. Two lectures, two recitations, and one three-hour laboratory
period a week. Two second half of a course in general physics. Required of all students
in the engineering curricula. Prerequisite, Phys. 20. Math. 21 is to be taken concur-
rentljr. Lecture demonstration and laboratory fee, $6.00. Anderson and Staff.)
Phys. 50, 51. Intermediate Mechanics (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Two
lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11, or Phys. 21. (Morgan.)
Phys. 52. Heat (3) — First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys.
11 or 21. Math. 20 is to be taken concurrently. (Krumbein.)
214 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Phys. 53. Nuclear Physics and Radioactivity (3) — Second semester. Three lecture
a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11 or Phys. 21.
An intermediate course in the phenomena associated with the atomic nucleus. Specia
emphasis will be placed on the radiations emitted.
Phys. 54. Sound (3) — Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys
11 or 21. Math. 21 is to be taken concurrently. (Anderson."
Phys. 60. Intermediate Physics Experiments. 3 hours laboratory work for eacl
credit hour. One or more credits may be taken concurrently. Prerequisites, Phys. 11
or 21. Laboratory fee, $6.00 per credit hour. (Krumbein.)
A. General Physics
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Phys. 100. Advanced Experiments. Three hours laboratory work for each credil
hour. One or more credits may be taken concurrently. Prerequisites, Phys. 52 or 54
Laboratory fee. S6.00 per credit hour. (Krumbein.)
Phys. 102. Optics (3) — Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites
Phys. 11 or 21 and Math. 21. (Krumbein.)
Phys. 104. Electricity and Magnetism (4) — First semester. Four lectures a week
Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or 21 and Math. 21. (Grant.)
Phys. 106, 107. Theoretical Mechanics (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Three
lectures a week. Prerequisites^ Phys. 51 and Math. 21, or consent of instructor. (Morgan.)
Phys. 112, 113. Modern Physics (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Two lectures
a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 104. (Myers.)
Phys. 120, 121. Experimental Nuclear Physics (3, 3) — Two lectures and one
laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 113 and two credits of Phys. 100. (Myers.)
Phys. 126. Kinetic Theory of Gasses (3) — Prerequisites, Phys. 107 and Math. 21,
or equivalent.
For Graduates
Of the courses which follow, 200, 201, 212, and 213 are given every year ; all others
will be given according to the demand.
Phys. 200, 201. Introduction to Theoretical Physics (5, 5) — Five lectures a week,
first and second semesters. Prerequisite, advanced standing in physics and mathe-
matics. (Myers.)
Phys. 202, 203. Advanced Dynamics (2, 2) — Two lectures a week. Prerequisite,
Phys. 200.
Phys. 204. Electrodynamics (4) — Four lectures a week, second semester. Pre-
requisite, Phys. 201. (Iskraut.)
Phys. 206. Physical Optics (3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (Myers.)
Phys. 208, 209. Thermodynamics (2, 2) — Prerequisite, Phys. 201 or equivalent.
(Betchov.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 215
Phys. 210, 211. Statistical Mechanics and the Kinetic Theory of Gasses (2, 2) —
Two lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 112 and 201. (Newell.)
Phys. 212, 213. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (3, 3) — Three lectures a week,
first and second semesters. Prerequisite, Phys. 201.
Phys. 214, 215. Theory of Atomic Structure and Special Lines (2, 2) — Two lectures
a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 213.
Phys. 216, 217. Molecular Structure (2, 2) — Two lectures a week. Prerequisite,
Phys. 213. (Brickwedde.)
Phys. 222, 223. Boundary- Value Problems of Theoretical Physics (2, 2) — Pre-
requisite, Phys. 201.
Phys. 228, 229. The Electron (2, 2)— Prerequisites, Phys. 204 and Phys. 213.
(de Launay.)
Phys. 230. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters.
Phys. 234, 235. Nuclear Physics (2, 2)— Prerequisite, Phys. 213. (de Launay.)
Phys. 236. Theory of Relativity (3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 200. (Iskraut.)
Phys. 238. Quantum Theory — selected topics (3) — Prerequisites^ Phys. 236 and
212. (Iskraut.)
Phys. 242, 243. Theory of Solids (2, 2) — Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys.
213. (Myers.)
Phys. 248, 249. Special Topics in Modern Physics (2, 2) — Two lectures a week.
Prerequisite, Calculus and consent of instructor.
Phys. 250. Research — Credit according to work done. Laboratory fee, §6.00 per
credit hour.
B. Applied Physics
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Phys. 101. Laboratory Arts (1) — Four hours laboratory a week, second semester.
Prerequisite, 2 credits Phys. 100. Laboratory fee, $6.00. (Morgan.)
Phys. 103. Applied Optics (3) — First semester. Three lectures a week. Pre-
requisite, Phys. 102.
Phys. 105. Electricity and Magnetism (2) — Two lectures a week, second semester.
Prerequisite, Phys. 104. (Grant.)
Phy. 108. Physics of Vacuum Tubes (3) — First semester. Three lectures a week.
Prerequisite, Phys. 104. (Grant.)
Phys. 109. Electronic Circuits (5) — Second semester. Five lectures a week. Pre-
requisite, Phys. 105. (Grant.)
Phys. 110. Applied Physics Laboratory (1, 2 or 3) — Three hours laboratory work
for each credit hour. One to three credits may be taken concurrently. Prerequisites,
Phys. 52 or Phys. 54, and one credit in Phys. 100. (Krumbein.)
Phys. 114, 115. Introduction to Biophysics. (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, intermediate Physics and Calculus. (Morowitz.)
216 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Phys. 116, 117. Fundamental Hydrodynamics (3, 3) — Three lectures a week. Pre-
requisites, Phys. 107 and Math. 21.
For Graduates
Phys. 218, 219. X-Rays and Crystal Structure (3, 3)— Three lectures a week.
(Morgan.)
Phys. 220. Application of X-Ray and Electron Diffraction Methods (2) — Two
laboratory periods a week. (Morgan.)
Phys. 224, 225. Supersonic Aerodynamics and Compressible Flow (2, 2) — Pre-
requisite, Phys. 201.
Phys. 226, 227. Theoretical Dynamics (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 201.
Phys. 232, 233. Hydromechanics, Seminar (1, 1). (Kennard.)
Phys. 240, 241. Theory of Sound and Vibrations (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 201.
Phys. 244, 245. Aerophysics (2, 2) — Prerequisite consent of the instructor.
Phys. 246, 247. Special Topics in Fluid Dynamics, (2, 2) — Prerequisite, Advanced
graduate standing and consent of the instructor.
PSYCHOLOGY
Professors Andrews, Cof er, Hackman, Sprowls ; Associate Professors Ayers, Gustad, Ross ;
Assistant Professors Heintz, McGinnies.
Psych. 1 and 4 are the underdepartmental requirements for all students majoring
in Psychology.
Psych. 2 and 5 are presented as general surveys of an introductory nature and are
organized primarily as elective courses for students in other departments.
Departmental requirements toward the B.A. degree in the Social Sciences: 1, 4, 106,
121, 145, 150; plus 6 hours from the following group of courses, 126, 128, and 142; plus 6
additional hours in Psychology and/or other departments selected in conference with the
student's major advisor.
Departmental requirements toward the B.S. degree in the Biological Sciences: 1, 4, 106,
126, 145, and 150; plus 6 additional hours from the following group of courses, 180, 181, and
195 ; plus 6 additional hours in Psychology and/or other departments selected in conference
with the student's major advisor.
Psych. 1 Introduction to Psychology (3) — First and second semesters.
(Heintz and Staff.)
A basic introductory course, intended to bring the student into contact with the major
problems confronting psychology and the more important attempts at their solution.
Psych. 2. Applied Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite,
Psych. 1. (Ayers.)
Application of research methods to basic human problems in business and industry, in
the professions, and in other practical concerns of everyday life.
Psych. 4. General Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite,
Psych. 1. (Ross, Hackman.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 217
Primarily for students in the College of Arts and Sciences who major or minor in
>sychology. A systematic survey of the field of psychology with particular emphasis on
esearch methodology. Consideration of individual differences, motivation, sensory and motor
)rocesses, learning emotional behavior and personality.
Psych. 5. Mental Hygiene (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 1.
(Sprowls.)
The more common deviations of personality ; typical methods of adjustment.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Graduate credit will be assigned only for students certified by the Department of
Psychology as qualified for graduate standing.
Psych. 106. . Statistical Methods in Psychology (3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, Psych. 1. (Hackman.)
A basic introduction to quantitative methods used in psychological research ; measures
of central tendency, of spread, and of correlation. Majors in Psychology should take this
course in the junior year.
Psych. 110. — Advanced Educational Psychology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Psych. 1 or H. D. Ed 101. (Heintz.)
Researches on fundamental psychological problems encountered in education ; measure-
ment and significance of individual differences, learning, motivation, transfer of training,
and the educational implications of theories of intelligence.
Psych. 121. Social Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite,
Psych. 1. (Heintz, McGinnies.)
Psychological study of human behavior in social situations ; influence of others on in-
dividual behavior, social conflict and individual adjustment, communication and its influences
on normal social activity.
Psych. 122. Advanced Social Psychology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Psych. 121 and consent of instructor. (Heintz, McGinnies.)
A systematic review of researches and points of view in regard to major problems in the
field of social psychology.
Psych. 125. Child Psychology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 1.
(Heintz.)
Behavioral analysis of normal development and normal socialization of the growing child.
Psych. 126. Developmental Pyschology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 1.
(Heintz.)
Genetic approach to human motivation and accomplishment. Research on simpler animal
forms, the child, the adolescent and the adult in terms of the development of normal adult
behavior.
Psych. 128. Human Motivation (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite,
Psych. 121. (Cofer.)
Review of research literature dealing with determinants of human performance, together
with consideration of the major theoretical contributions in this area.
Psych. 129. Psychological Aspects of Literature (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Psych. 131 or permission of instructor. (Sprowls.)
218 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The familiar rubrics of dynamic psychology are studied in the light of literary products.
Emphasizes the significance of psycho-social forces as functional determinants of well
known literary personalities.
Psych. 131. Abnormal Psychology (3)- — First and second semesters. Prerequisite,
three courses in Psychology. Two lectures^ one clinic. (Sprowls.)
The nature, occurrence, and causes of marked psychological abnormalities, with emphasis
on clinical rather than theoretical aspects.
Psych. 136. Applied Experimental Psychology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Psych. 1 or consent of instructor. (Ross.)
A study of basic human factors involved in the design and operation of machinery and
equipment. Of special interest to students in industrial psychology.
Psych. 140. Psychological Problems in Advertising (3) — First semester. Prerequi-
site, Psych. 1. Hackman.)
Psychological problems that arise in connection with the production and field-testing of
advertising ; techniques employed in attacking these problems through research.
Psych. 142. Techniques of Interrogation (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 121. (Hackman.)
The interview, the questionnaire, and other methods of obtaining evidence on human
attitudes and reactions, as viewed in the light of modern research evidence.
Psych. 145. Introduction to Experimental Psychology (4)— First and second semes-
ter. One lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Psych. 4.
Laboratory fee per semester, $4.00. (Ross.)
Primarily for students who major or minor in psychology. A systematic survey of the
laboratory methods and techniques as applied to human behavior. Emphasis is placed on
individual and group participation in experiments, use of data, and preparation of reports.
Psych. 150. Tests and Measurements (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Psych.
106. Laboratory fee, $4.00. (Gustad.)
Critical survey of predictors used in vocational and educational orientation and in
industrial practice, with emphasis on development and standardization. Laboratory practice
in the use and interpretation of test and non-test predictors.
Psych. 155. Psychological Techniques in Vocational Counseling (3)— Second
semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 150. (Gustad.)
A survey course, intended for those who wish to qualify for junior positions involving
a knowledge of counseling, but who are unable to undertake graduate study.
Psych. 161. Industrial Psychology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 6 hours in
Psychology. (Ayers.)
A survey cour.se, intended for those who plan to enter some phase of personnel work,
but who do not plan to undertake graduate study.
Psych. 167. Psychological Problems in Aviation (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Psych. 1.
Techniques in selection and training of aircraft pilots ; researches on special conditions
encountered in flight.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 219
Psych. 180. Physiological Psychology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Psych.
45. (Andrews, Ross.)
An introduction to research on the physiological bases of human behavior, including
onsiderations of sensory phenomena, motor coordination, emotion, drives, and the neuro-
ogical basis of learning.
Psych. 181. Animal Behavior (3) — (Same as Zool. 181.) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, consent of instructor. (Ross.)
. A study of animal behavior, including considerations of social interactions, learning,
!:nsory processes, motivation, and experimental methods, with a major emphasis on mammals.
Psych. 191, 192. Advanced General Psychology (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, 15 hours of Psychology including Psych. 145 and consent of instructor.
(Ross, Cofer.)
A systematic review of the more fundamental investigations upon which modern psy-
:'iology is based. Intended primarily for exceptional senior majors and for graduate students.
Psych. 194. Independent Study in Psychology (1-3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisites, senior standing and written consent of individual faculty supervisor.
(Staff.)
Integrated reading under direction, leading to the preparation of an adequately docu-
mented report on a special topic.
Psych. 195. Minor Problems in Psychology (1-3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, written consent of individual faculty supervisor. (Staff.)
An individualized course designed to allow the student to pursue a specialized topic or
research project under supervision ; also designed to allow groups of students to work under
supervision in a topical area not included in the courses offered at the graduate level.
Psych. 198. Proseminar: Professional Aspects of Psychological Science (2) —
Second semester. Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of faculty advisor. (Staff.)
Survey of professional problems in Psychology, including considerations of contemporary
developments, professional ethics, literature resources, formulation of critical research prob-
lems, and discussion of the major institutions requiring psychological services.
For Graduate Students
Psych. 202. Seminar in Advanced Experimental Psychology (2) — First semester.
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. (Andrews.)
Psych. 203, 204. Graduate Seminar (2} 2) — First and second semesters. Prerequi-
site, consent of instructor. (Staff.)
Psych. 205, 206. Historical Viewpoints and Current Theories in Psychology (3, 3) —
First and second semesters. (Hackman, Cofer.)
Psych. 210. Occupational Information (3) — Second semester. (Ayers.)
Psych. 211. Job Analysis and Evaluation (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, per-
mission of instructor. (Ayers.)
Psych. 220, 221. Counseling Techniques (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, consent of instructor. (Gustad.)
220 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Psych. 222. Rehabilitation Techniques (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Psycl
220.
Psych. 223. Diagnosis and Correction of Reading Difficulties (3) — Second semeste
Prerequisite, Psych. 220.
Psych. 225. Participation in Counseling Center (1-3) — Second semester. Prerequ
site, Psych. 220. (Gustad
Psych. 230. Determinants of Human Efficiency (3) — Second semester.
(Ross, Hackman.
Psych. 231. Training Procedures in Industry (3) — First semester. (Ayers.
Psych. 233. Social Organization in Industry (3) — Second semester. (Ayers.
Psych. 235. Psychological Aspects of Management-Union Relations (3)— Secom
semester. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Ayers.
Psych. 240. Interview and Questionnaire Techniques (3) — Seecond semester.
(Heintz.
Psych. 241. Controlled Publicity (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, consent o
instructor. (Hackman.'
Psych. 250. Mental Test Theory (2)— First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 253.
Psych. 251. Development of Predictors (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych
253.
Psych. 252, 253. Advanced Statistics (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre
requisite, Psych. 106. (Hackman, Andrews.)
Psych. 255. Seminar in Psychometric Theory (2) — First semester. Prerequisite
Psych. 253. (Andrews, Hackman.)
Psych. 260. Individual Tests (3) — First semester. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 150.
Psych. 262. Appraisal of Personality (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 150.
Psych. 264. Projective Tests (3) — Second semester. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Pre-
requisites, Psych. 260 and permission of instructor. (Cofer.)
Psych. 266, 267. Theories of Personality and Motivation (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. (Cofer.)
Psych. 270. Advanced Abnormal Psychology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Psych. 131. (Cofer.)
Psych. 271. Special Testing of Disabilities (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Psych. 270.
Psych. 272, 273. Individual Clinical Diagnosis (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, Psych. 260. (Cofer.)
Psych. 278. Seminar in Clinical Psychology for Teachers (3) — Second semester.
(Sprowls.)
Psych. 280. Advanced Psychophysiology (2) — First semester, Prerequisite, con-
sent of instructor. (Andrews.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 221
Psych. 288, 289. Special Research Problems (1-3) — First and second semesters.
(Staff.)
Psych. 290, 291. Research for Thesis (Credit arranged) — First and second semesters.
(Staff.)
SOCIOLOGY
jV^
Professors Hoffsommer, Lejins; Associate Professors Matthews, Melvin, Shankweiler;
Assistant Professors Anderson, Rohrer, Roth ; Instructors Fitzgerald, Franz, Imse, Motz,
Roebuck, Sampson, Schmidt.
Sociology 1 or its equivalent is prerequisite to all other courses in sociology.
Sociology 2, 183, 186 and 196 or their equivalents are required for an undergraduate
major in sociology.
Soc. 1. Sociology of American Life (3) — First and second semesters.
Sociological analysis of the American social structure ; metropolitan, small town, and
rural communities ; population distribution, composition and change ; social organization.
(Hoffsommer and Staff.)
Soc. 2. Principles of Sociology (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite,
Soc. 1 or sophomore standing. 9
The basic forms of human association and interaction ; social processes ; institutions ;
culture; human nature and personality. (Melvin, Schmidt.)
Soc. 5. Anthropology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1.
Introduction to anthropology ; origins of man ; development and transmission of culture ;
backgrounds of human institutions. (Anderson.)
Soc. 13. Rural Sociology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1.
Rural life in America ; its people, social organization, culture patterns, and problems.
(Hoffsommer.)
Soc. 14. Urban Sociology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1.
Urban growth and expansion ; characteristics of city populations ; urban institutional
and personality patterns; relations of city and country. (Schmidt.)
p Soc. 51. Social Pathology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and sopho-
more standing.
Personal-social disorganization and maladjustment; physical and mental handicaps;
economic inadequacies; programs of treament and control. (Shankweiler.)
Soc. 52. Criminology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and sophomore
standing.
Criminal behavior and the methods of its study ; causation ; typologies of criminal acts
and offenders ; punishment, correction, and incapacitation ; prevention of crime. (Lejins.)
Soc. 62. Social Institutions (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and sopho-
more standing.
Nature and function of social institutions ; the perpetuation of behavior through customs
and social norms; typical contemporary American institutions. (Melvin.)
222 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Soc. 64. Marriage and the Family (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite,
Soc. 1 and sophomore standing.
A sociological study of courtship and marriage including consideration of physiological
and psychological factors. Inter-cultural comparisons and practical considerations. De-
signed primarily for students in the lower division. (Shankweiler.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Sociology 1 or its equivalent and junior standing are prerequisite to courses num-
bered 100 to 199.
Soc. 105. Applied Anthropology (3) — Second semester.
Examination and critical analysis of recent applications of anthropological methods and
data in the fields of administration, industrial relations, and social and cultural adjustment.
(Anderson.)
Soc. 112. Rural-Urban Relations (3) — First semester.
The ecology of population and the forces making for change in rural and urban life ;
migration, decentralization and regionalism as methods of solving individual and national
problems. (Melvin.)
Soc. 113. The Rural Community (3) — Second semester.
A detailed study of rural life with emphasis on levels of living, the family, school, and
church and organizational activities in the fields of health, recreation, welfare, and planning.
(Hoffsommer.)
Soc. 114. The City (3)— First semester.
The rise of urban civilization and metropolitan regions ; ecological process and structure ;
the city as a center of dominance; social problems, control, and planning. (Schmidt.)
Soc. 115. Industrial Sociology (3) — Second semester. Social organization of Ameri-
can industry; functions of members of industrial organization, status, social structure,
patterns of interaction, and relations of industry and society. (Imse.)
Soc. 118. Community Organization (3) — Second semester.
Community organization and its relation to social welfare ; analysis of community needs
and resources; health, housing, recreation; community centers; neighborhood projects. (Roth.)
Soc. 121, 122. Population (3, 3)— First and second semesters.
Population distribution, composition, and growth in North America and Eurasia ; trends
in fertility and mortality; migrations; population prospects and policies. (Imse.)
Soc. 123. Ethnic Minorities (3) — First semester.
Basic social processes in the relations of ethnic groups within the state ; immigration
groups and the Negro in the United States; ethnic minorities in Europe. (Lejins.)
Soc. 124. The Culture of the American Indian (3) — Second semester.
A study of type cultures ; cultural processes ; and the effects of acculturation on selected
tribes of Indians in the Americas. (Anderson.)
Soc. 131. Introduction to Social Service (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Soc.
51 or permission of instructor.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 223
General survey of the field of social-welfare activities; historical developments; growth,
unctions, and specialization of agencies and services, private and public. (Roth.)
Soc. 136. Sociology of Religion (3) — First semester.
Varieties and sources of religious experience. Religious institutions and the role of
eligion in social life. (Anderson.)
Soc. 141. Sociology of Personality (3) — First semester.
Development of human nature and personality in contemporary social life ; processes of
iocialization ; attitudes, individual differences, and social behavior. f'Motz.)
Soc. 144. Collective Behavior (3) — Second semester.
Social interaction in mass behavior ; communication processes ; structure and functioning
af crowds, strikes, audiences, mass movements, and the public. | Melvin.)
Soc. 145. Social Control (3) — First semester.
Forms, mechanisms, and techniques of group influence on human behavior ; problems of
social control in contemporary society. (Motz.)
Soc. 147. Sociology of Law (3) — First semester.
Law as a form of social control ; interrelation between legal and other conduct norms
as to their content, sanctions, and methods of securing conformity ; law as an integral part
of the culture of the group ; factors and processes operative in the formation of legal norms ;
legal norms as determinants of human behavior. (Lejins.)
Soc. 153. Juvenile Delinquency (3) — First semester.
Juvenile delinquency in relation to the general problem of crime ; analysis of factors
underlying juvenile delinquency; treatment and prevention. (Lejins.)
Soc. 154. Crime and Delinquency Prevention (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Soc. 52 or Soc. 153 or consent of instructor. (Offered in alternate years with Soc. 156.)
(Lejins.)
Mobilization of community resources for the prevention of crime and delinquency ; area
programs and projects.
Soc. 156. Institutional Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents (3) — Second semes-
ter. Prerequisite, Soc. 52 or Soc. 153 or consent of instructor. (Offered in alternate
years with Soc. 154.)
Organization and functions of penal and correctional institutions for adults and juveniles.
(Lejins.)
Soc. 161. The Sociology of War (3) — First semester.
The origin and development of armed forces as institutions ; the social causes, operations
and results of war as social conflict ; the relations of peace and war and revolution in con-
temporary civilization. (Staff.)
Soc. 164. The Family and Society (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and
Soc. 64 or equivalent.
Study of the family as a social institution; its biological and cultural foundations,
historic development, changing structure and function: the interactions of marriage and
parenthood, disorganizing and reorganizing factors in present day trends.
Soc. 171. Family and Child Welfare (3) — First semester.
224 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Programs of family and child welfare agencies; social services to families and children;
child placement; foster families. (Shankweiler.)
Soc. 173. Social Security (3) — First semester.
The social security program in the United States ; public assistance ; social insurance.
(Staff.)
Soc. 174. Public Welfare (3) — Second semester.
Development and organization of the public welfare movement in the United States ;
social legislation; interrelations of federal, state, and local agencies and institutions. (Roth.)
Soc. 183. Social Statistics (3) — First and second semesters.
Collection, statistical analysis, and interpretation of social data; problems of quantitative
measurement of social phenomena. (Imse.)
Soc. 185. Advanced Social Statistics (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc.
183, or equivalent.
Provides refined statistical research methods for advanced students in the social sciences.
Sampling theory, specialized correlation technique, tests of significance, and other procedures.
(Imse.)
Soc. 186. Sociological Theory (3) — First and second semesters.
Development of the science of sociology ; historical backgrounds ; recent theories of
society. (Schmidt.)
Soc. 191. Social Field Training (1-3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisites:
For social work field training, Soc. 131; for crime control field training, Soc. 52 and
153. Enrollment restricted to available placements.
Supervised field training in public and private social agencies. The student will select
his particular area of interest and be responsible to an agency for a definite program of
in-service training. Group meetings, individual conferences, and written progress reports
will be required part of the course. (Lejins, Roth.)
Soc. 196. Senior Seminar (3) — Second semester. Required of and open only to
senior majors in sociology.
Scope, fields, and methods of sociology ; practical applications of sociological knowledge.
Individual study and reports. (Hoffsommer.)
For Graduates
Pierequisites for entrance upon graduate study leading to an advanced degree with
a major in sociology: either (1) an undergraduate major (totaling at least 24 semester
hours) in sociology or (2) 12 semester hours of sociology (including 6 semester hours
of advanced courses) and 12 additional hours of comparable work in economics, political
science, or psychology. Reasonable substitutes for these prerequisites may be accepted
in the case of students majoring in other departments who desire a graduate minor or
several courses in sociology.
With the exception of Soc. 201, 285, and 291, individual courses numbered 200 to
299 will ordinarily be offered in alternate years.
Soc. 201. Methods of Social Research (3) — First semester.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 225
Selection and formulation of research projects; methods and techniques of sociological
investigation and analysis. Required of graduate majors in sociology. (Hoffsommer.)
Soc. 215. Community Studies (3)— First semester.
Intensive study of the factors affecting community development and growth, social
structure, social stratification, and social institutions; analysis of particular communities.
(Hoffsommer.)
Soc. 221. Population and Society (3)— Second semester.
Selected problems in the field of population; quantitative and qualitative aspects; Ameri-
can and world problems. (Staff.)
Soc. 224. Race and Culture (3) — Second semester.
Race and culture in contemporary society ; mobility and the social effects of race and
culture contacts and intermixture. (Anderson.)
Soc. 241. Personality and Social Structure (3) — Second semester.
Comparative analysis of the development of human nature, personality, and social traits
in select social structures. (Melvin.)
Soc. 246. Public Opinion and Propaganda (3) — Second semester.
Processes involved in the formation of mass attitudes; agencies and techniques of com-
munication; quantitative measurement of public opinion. (Motz.)
Soc. 253. Advanced Criminology (3)— First semester.
Survey of the principal issues in contemporary criminological theory and research.
(Lejins.)
Soc. 254. Seminar: Criminology (3) — Second semester.
Selected problems in the field of criminology. (Lejins.)
Soc. 255. Seminar: Juvenile Delinquency (3) — First semester.
Selected problems in the field of juvenile delinquency. (Lejins.)
Soc. 256. Crime and Delinquency as a Community Problem (3)— Second semester.
An intensive study of selected problems in adult crime and juvenile delinquency in Mary-
land. (Lejins.)
Soc. 257. Social Change and Social Policy (3)— First semester.
Emergence and development of social policy as related to social change; policy-making
factors in social welfare and social legislation. (Staff.)
Soc. 262. Family Studies (3) — Second semester.
Case studies of family situations; statistical studies of family trends; methods of investi-
gation and analysis. (Shankweiler.)
Soc. 282. Sociological Methodology (3) — Second semester.
Logic and method of sociology in relation to the general theory of scientific method;
principal issues and points of view. (Staff.)
Soc. 285. Seminar: Sociological Theory (3) — First semester.
226 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Critical and comparative study of contemporary European and American theories of
society. (Schmidt.)
Soc. 290. Research in Sociology (Credit to be determined) — First and second
semesters. (Thesis Advisor.)
Soc. 291. Special Social Problems (Credit to be determined) — First and second
semesters.
Individual research on selected problems. (Staff.)
SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART
Associate Professors Ansberry, Strausbaugh ; Assistant Professors Provensen, Niemeyer,
Batka, Hendricks, Linkow ; Instructors Mayer, Coppinger, Pugliese, Starcher, Meeker,
Benter, Potter, Gillis ; Jr. Instructor Works.
Speech 1, 2. Public Speaking (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite for
advanced speech courses. Speech I prerequisite for Speech II.
The preparation and delivery of short original speeches ; outside readings ; reports ; etc.
It is recommended that this course be taken during the freshman year. Laboratory fee $1.00
each semester. (Strausbaugh and Staff.)
Speech Clinic— No credit.
Remedial work in minor speech defects. The work of the clinic is conducted in individual
conferences and in small group meetings. Hours arranged by consultation with the respective
speech instructor. (Ansberry and Staff.)
Speech 3. Fundamentals of Speech (3) — First semester.
Study in the bases and mechanics of speech. This course is designed for students who
expect to do extensive work in speech. May be taken concurrently with Speech 1, 2.
(Hendricks.)
Speech 4. Voice and Diction (3) — First and Second semesters.
Emphasis upon the improvement of voice, articulation, and phonation. May be taken
concurrently with Speech 1, 2. (Mayer and Staff.)
Speech 5, 6. Advanced Public Speaking (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Speech 1, 2, or consent of the instructor.
Advanced work on basis of Speech 1, 2. Special emphasis is placed upon speaking situa-
tions the students will face in their respective vocations. (Starcher and Staff.)
Speech 7. Public Speaking (2) — Second semester. Limited to freshman engineer-
ing students. The preparation and delivery of speeches, reports, etc., on technical and
general subjects. Laboratory fee, $1.00. (Linkow and Staff.)
Speech 8, 9. Acting (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Admission by consent of
instructor.
Basic principles of histrionic practice. (Niemeyer.)
Speech 10. Group Discussion (2) — First and second semesters.
A study of the principles, methods, and types of discussion, and their application in the
discussion of contemporary problems. (Hendricks and Staff.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 227
Speech 11, 12. Debate (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
A study of the principles of argument, analysis, evidence, reasoning, fallacies, briefing,
and delivery, together with their application in public speaking. (Gillis.)
Speech 13. Oral Interpretation (3) — First semester.
The oral interpretation of literature and the practical training of students in the art of
reading. (Provensen.)
Speech 14. Stagecraft (3) — First semester.
Fundamentals of technical production. Emphasis orl construction of scenery. Laboratory
fee, $2.00. • (Meeker.)
Speech 15. Stagecraft (3) — Second semester.
Technical production. Emphasis on stage lighting. Prerequisite, Speech 14. Laboratory
fee, $2.00. (Meeker.)
Speech 16. Introduction to the Theatre (3) — First and second semesters.
A general survey of the fields of the theatre. Prerequisite for all courses in Drama.
(Mayer.)
Speech 17. Make-up (2) — Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory a
week. (Pugliese.)
A lecture-laboratory course in the theory and practice of stage make-up, covering basic
requirements as to age, type, character, race, and period. Laboratory fee $2.00.
Speech 18, 19. Introductory Speech (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
This course is designed to give those students practice in public speaking who cannot
schedule Speech 1, 2. Speech 18 prerequisite for Speech 19. Laboratory fee $1.00 for each
semester. (Strausbaugh and Staff.)
Speech 22. Introduction to Radio and Television (3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite for all courses in Radio.
The development, scope, and influence of American broadcasting and telecasting, includ-
ing visits to local radio and television stations, with guest lecturers from Radio Station
WTOP and Television Station WTOP-TV. (Batka.)
Speech 23. Parliamentary Law (1) — First and second semesters.
A study of the principles and application of parliamentary law as applied to all types
of meetings. Thorough training in the use of Robert's Rules of Order. (Strausbaugh.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Speech 101. Radio Speech (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 4.
The theory and application of microphone techniques. Practice in all types of radio
speaking. Laboratory fee $2.00. (Batka.)
Speech 102. Radio Production (3) — Second semester.
A study of the multiple problems facing the producer. Special emphasis is given to
acoustic setup, casting, "miking", timing, cutting, and the coordination of personnel factors
involved in the production of radio programs. Admission by consent of instructor. Labora-
tory fee $2.00. (Batka.)
228 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Speech 103, 104. Speech Composition and Rhetoric (3, 3) — First and second semes
ters.
A study of rhetorical principles and models of speech composition in conjunction witr
the preparation and presentation of specific forms of public address. (Staff.)
Speech 105. Pathology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 112.
The causes, nature, symptoms, and treatment of common speech disorders. (Ansberry.)
Speech 106. Clinic (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 105, 120.
A laboratory course dealing with the various methods of correction plus actual work in
the clinic both on and off the campus. (Ansberry.)
Speech 107. Advanced Oral Interpretation (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Speech 13.
Emphasis upon the longer reading. Program planning. (Provensen.)
Speech 108. Public Speaking (2) — Second semester. Limited to Junior Engineers.
Prerequisite, Speech 7.
Continuation of Speech 7 with emphasis upon engineering projects that fall within
student's own experience. (Linkow.)
Speech 109. Speech Seminar for Senior Engineers (2) — Prerequisite, Speech 7, 108.
(Linkow.)
Speech 110. Teacher Problems in Speech (3) — Second semester. For students who
intend to teach.
Everyday speech problems that confront the teacher. (Hendricks.)
Speech 111. Seminar (3) — First and second semesters. Required of speech majors.
Present-day speech research. (Strausbaugh.)
Speech 112. Phonetics (3) — First semester.
Training in the recognition and production of the sounds of spoken English, with an
analysis of their formation. Practice in transcription. Mastery of the international phonetic
alphabet. (Ansberry.)
Speech 113. Play Production (3) — Second semester.
Development of procedure followed by the director in preparing plays for public per-
formance. (Pugliese.)
Speech 114. Costuming (3) — First semester. One lecture and two laboratories a
week. (Not offered 1952-53.)
Consideration of the use of color, line, and texture in designing, constructing, and
adapting costumes for the stage. (Meeker.)
Speech 115. Radio in Retailing (3) — First semester. Limited to students in the
College of Home Economics. Prerequisities, Speech 1, 2. English 1, 2. Junior standing.
Laboratory fee $2.00.
Writing and production of promotional programs for the merchandising of wearing
apparel and housefurnishings. Collaboration with Washington and Baltimore radio stations
and retail stores. (Batka.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 229
Speech 116. Radio Announcing (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 101.
The theory and application of all types of announcing. Laboratory fee $2.00. (Batka.)
Speech 117. Radio Continuity Writing (3) — First semester.
A study of the principles and methods of writing for broadcasting. Application will be
made in the writing of the general types of continuity. Admission by consent of instructor.
(Coppinger.)
Speech 118. Advanced Radio Writing (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech
117.
Advanced work with emphasis upon the dramatic form. Admission by consent of in-
structor. (Coppinger.)
Speech 119. Radio Acting (3) — Second semester.
A workshop course designed to give the student practice in radio acting. Admission by
consent of instructor. (Coppinger.)
Speech 120. Speech Pathology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite. Speech 105.
A continuation of Speech 105, with emphasis on the causes and treatment of organic
speech disorders. (Ansberry.)
Speech 121. Stage Design (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 14, 15.
The planning of stage settings and the application of the principles of design to the
dramatic production. Admission by consent of the instructor. (Meeker.)
Speech 122, 123. Radio Workshop (3, 3)— First and second semesters.
A laboratory course dealing with all phases of producing a radio program. Admission
by consent of instructor. Laboratory fee $2.00 each semester. (Batka.)
Speech 124, 125. American Public Address (3, 3)— First and second semesters.
The first semester covers the period from Colonial times to the Civil War period. The
second semester covers from the Civil War period through the contemporary period. (Staff.)
Speech 126. Semantic Aspects of Speech Behavior (3)— Second semester.
An analysis of speech and language habits from the standpoint of General Semantics.
(Hendricks.)
Speech 127, 128. Military Speech and Commands (4)— First and second semesters.
Limited to students in the College of Military Science and Tactics. (Coppinger.)
The preparation and delivery of lectures dealing with military subjects. Effective execu-
tion of field orders, commands, etc. Extensive use of voice recordings. (Coppinger.)
Speech 129, 130. Play Directing (2, 2) — Admission by consent of instructor.
A lecture-laboratory course dealing with the fundamentals of script cutting, pacing,
movement, blocking, and rehearsal routine as applied to the directing of plays. (Coppinger.)
Speech 131. History of the Theatre (3)— First semester.
A survey of dramatic production from early origins to 1800. (Niemeyer.)
Speech 132. History of the Theatre (3)— Second semester.
A survey of dramatic production from 1800 to the present. (Niemeyer.)
230 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Speech 133. Staff Reports, Briefings, and Visual Aids (3) — Second semester.
Limited to the students in the College of Military Science. Prerequisites, Speech 5 and 6.
Lecture and laboratory course dealing with the techniques used in military briefings,
staff reports and the use of visual aids. (Linkow.)
Speech. 134. Intelligibility and Voice Communication In the Armed Forces (3) —
Limited to students in the College of Military Science and Tactics. An analysis of
factors envolved and practice in the delivery of military messages under varying con-
ditions of transmission. (Linkow.)
Speech 135. Introduction to Audiology (3) — First semester. Study of the basic
problems of deafness among children and adults. (Ansberry.)
For Graduates
Speech 200. Thesis (3-6) — Off-campus. Credit in proportion to work done and
results accomplished. (Ansberry.)
Speech 201. Special Problems (2-4) — Off-campus. Arranged. (Hendricks.)
Speech 210. Anatomy and Physiology of Speech and Hearing (3) — Off-campus.
A study of the anatomy and physiology of the auditory and speech mechanisms. (Glorig.)
Speech 211. Advanced Clinical Practice (3) — Off-campus.
A comprehensive survey of the entire field of present-day clinical practice. (Glorig.)
Speech 212. Advanced Speech Pathology (3) — Off-campus.
Etiology and therapy for organic and functional speech disorders. (Senft.)
Speech 213. Speech Problems of the Hard of Hearing (3) — Off-campus.
Correction of abnormal speech habits and instruction in speech conservation. (Senft.)
Speech 214. Clinical Audiometry (3) — Off-campus.
Testing of auditory acuity with pure tones and speech. (Hayes.)
Speech 215. Auditory Training (3) — Off-campus.
Orientation and adjustment of patients in the use of hearing aids. (Shutts.)
Speech 216. Speech Reading (3) — Off-campus.
A course of training designed to present the fundamentals of speech reading. (Bartlett.)
Speech 217. Selection of Prosthetic Appliances for the Acoustically Handicapped
(3) — Off-campus.
A laboratory course in modern methods of utilizing electronic hearing aids.
(Hayes and Staff.)
Speech 218. Problems of Hearing and Deafness (3) — Off-campus.
The adjustment of the individual with a hearing impairment socially, emotionally, and
vocationally. (.Cornell.)
ZOOLOGY
Professors Phillips and Burhoe ; Lecturers King and Reynolds ; Associate Professors
Littlef ord and Anastos ; Instructors Allen, Grollman, Kreider, and Stringer.
Zool. 1. General Zoology (4) — First and second semesters. Two lectures and two
two-hour laboratory periods a week.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 231
This course, which is cultural and practical in its aim, deals with the hasic principles
of animal life. Typical invertebrates and a mammalian form are studied. Laboratory fee,
$8.00.
Zool. 2, 3. Fundamentals of Zoology (4, 4) — First and second semesters. Two
lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. This course satisfies the freshman
premedical requirements in general biology. Freshmen who intend to choose zoology
as a major should register for this course. Zoology 1 or 2 is a prerequisite for Zoology
3. Students who have completed Zoology 1 may register for Zoology 3 but not for
Zoology 2.
A thorough study of the anatomy, classifications, and life histories of representative ani-
mals. During the first semester emphasis is placed on invertebrate forms and during the
second semester upon vertebrate forms including the frog. Laboratory fee, $8.00 each
semester.
Zool. 5. Comparative Vertebrate Morphology (4) — First semester. Two lectures
and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology.
A comparative study of selected organ systems in certain vertebrate groups. Laboratory
fee $8.00.
Zool. 14, 15. Human Anatomy and Physiology (4, 4) — First and second semesters.
Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one course in
zoology. Zoology 14 is a prerequisite for Zoology IS.
For students who desire a general knowledge of human anatomy and physiology.
Laboratory fee $8.00 each semester.
Zool. 16. Human Physiology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two two-hour
laboratory periods a week. Not open to freshmen.
An elementary course in physiology. Laboratory fee $8.00.
Zool. 20. Vertebrate Embryology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology.
Basic principles of early development of the vertebrates with special emphasis on the
development of the chick to the end of the fourth day and early mammalian embryology.
Laboratory fee, $8.00.
Zool. 53. Physiology of Exercise (2) — Second semester. Two lectures a week. Pre-
requisite, Zoology 15.
A detailed consideration of the mechanism of muscular contraction ; the metabolic, cir-
culatory, and the respiratory responses in exercise ; and the integration by means of the
nervous system. Open only to students for whom this is a required course.
Zool. 55. Development of the Human Body (2) — First semester. Two lecture
periods a week.
A study of the main factors affecting the growth and development of the child with
especial emphasis on normal development. Open only to students for whom this is a required
course.
Zool. 75, 76. — Journal Club (1, 1) — First and second semesters. One lecture period
a week. Prerequisite, permission of the Department and a major in zoology.
Reviews, reports, and discussions of current literature.
232 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Zool. 101. Mammalian Anatomy (3) — Second semester. Three three-hour labora-
tory periods a week. Registration limited. Permission of the instructor must be ob-
tained before registration. Recommended for premedical students, and those whose
major is zoology.
A course in the dissection of the cat or other mammal. By special permission of the
instructor a vertebrate other than the cat may be used for study. Laboratory fee, $8.00.
(Stringer.)
Zool. 102. General Animal Physiology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and
two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, one year of zoology and one
year of chemistry.
The general principles of physiological functions as shown in mammals and lower ani-
mals. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Grollman.)
Zool. 104. Genetics (3) — First semester. Three lecture periods a week. Prerequi-
site, one course in zoology or botany. Recommended for premedical students.
A consideration of the basic principles of heredity. (Burhoe.)
Zool. 106. Histological Technique (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one semester of zoology. Per-
mission of the instructor must be obtained before registration.
The preparation of animal tissues for microscopical examination. Laboratory fee, $8.00.
(Stringer.)
Zool. 108. Animal Histology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two three-
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology.
A microscopic study of tissues and organs selected from representative vertebrates, but
with particular reference to the mammal. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Stringer.)
Zool. 110. Parasitology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology.
A study of the taxonomy, morphology, physiology and life cycles of animal parasites.
Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Anastos.)
Zool. 114. Field Zoology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two three-hour
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, one year of zoology.
This course consists in collecting and studying both land and aquatic forms of nearby
woods, fields, and streams, with emphasis on the higher invertebrates and certain vertebrates,
their breeding habits, environment, and modes of living. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Littleford.)
Zool. 116. Protozoology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two three-hour
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, one year of zoology and permission of the
instructor.
The taxonomy, morphology, physiology, and distribution of the unicellular animal
organisms. Emphasis will be upon the free living forms. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Anastos.)
Zool. 118. Invertebrate Zoology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two three-
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 233
An advanced course dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and embryology of the
invertebrates, exclusive of insects. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Allen.)
Zool. 121. Principles of Animal Ecology (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and
one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology and one year
of chemistry.
Animals are studied in relation to their natural surroundings. Biological, physical and
chemical factors of the environment which affect the growth, behavior, habits, and distribu-
tion of animals are stressed. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Allen.)
Zool. 125, 126. Fisheries Biology and Management (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, consent
of instructor.
A study of the biology and economic development of fresh and salt water forms. Par-
ticular attention is given to practical applications in fisheries work. The first semester of
the course deals with problems relating to fin fishes. The second semester considers shell
fish and other invertebrates of economic importance. Laboratory fee, Zool. 125, $8.00.
(Allen.)
Zool. 127. Ichthyology (3) — First semester. One lecture and two three-hour
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 5 and 20.
A course in the anatomy, embryology, distribution, habits, and taxonomy of fish. Par-
ticular attention is given to the general taxonomy of North American fishes with especial
reference to local forms from both fresh and salt waters. (Littleford.)
Zool. 130. Aviation Physiology (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
demonstration a week. Prerequisite, one course in physiology and permission of the
instructor.
A general course in applied physiology with special reference to physiological problems
arising in aviation, including consideration of : respiration at high altitude, the design and
use of 02 equipment, the effects of mechanical forces such as radial and linear acceleration,
protective devices, and various influences of pressure change on mammalian organisms.
(Reynolds.)
Zool. 132. Applied Physiology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one demon-
stration a week. Prerequisite, one course in physiology and permission of the instructor.
In this course, applied physiology will be developed through analysis of problems to be
selected from the following fields: illumination; heating, cooling, and ventilation; pressuri-
zation (aircraft, underwater operations, caissons) ; design of working spaces and machinery ;
sanitation ; design of industrial operations and efficiency ; transportation ; control of atmos-
pheric contaminants and occupational stresses; and safe practice, protective devices, and
equipment. (King.)
Zool. 181. Animal Behavior (3)— (Same as Psych. 181)— Second semester. Three
lectures a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
A study of animal behavior, including considerations of social interactions, learning,
sensory processes, motivation, and experimental methods, with a major emphasis on mammals.
(Ross.)
234 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
For Graduates
Zool. 200. Marine Zoology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Zoology 121.
A course in the environmental characteristics of salt waters. Particular attention is
given to brackish water environments such as the Chesapeake Bay. The laboratory work in
the course is concerned with a study of local plankton forms and the methods used in investi-
gation and identification of plankton. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Allen.)
Zool. 201. Microscopical Anatomy (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 108.
A detailed study of the morphology and activity of cells composing animal tissues with
specific reference to the vertebrates. Laboratory work includes the preparation of tissues
for microscopic examination. Laboratory fee $8.00. ( )
Zool. 202. Animal Cytology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 108.
A study of cellular structure with particular reference to the morphology and physiology
of cell organoids and inclusions. Laboratory is concerned with methods of studying and
demonstrating the above materials. Laboratory fee $8.00. ( )
Zool. 203. Advanced Embryology (4)— Second semester. Two lectures and two
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 20.
Mechanics of fertilization and growth. A review of the important contributions in the
field of experimental embryology. Laboratory fee $8.00. (Burhoe.)
Zool. 204. Advanced Ainmal Physiology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and
two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 102.
The principles of general and cellular physiology as found in animal life. Laboratory
fee $8.00. (Phillips.)
Zool. 205. Hydrobiology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two three-hour
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Zoology 121, Chem. 3, Physics 11.
A study of the biological, chemical, and physical factors which determine the growth,
distribution, and productivity of microscopic and near microscopic organisms in marine and
freshwater environments with special reference to the Chesapeake Bay region. Laboratory
fee $8.00. (Littleford.)
Zool. 206. Research (credit to be arranged) — First and second semesters. Labora-
tory fee $8.00 each semester. (Staff.)
Zool. 207. Zoology Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. One lecture a week.
(Staff.)
Zool. 208. Special Problems in General Physiology (3) — First or second semester.
Hours and credits arranged. Prerequisite, Zool. 102. Laboratory fee $8.00. (Phillips.)
Zool. 215. Fisheries Technology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
The technological aspects of netting and collection of fish and other fishery resources,
methods of handling the catch, marketing of fishery products, and recent advances in the
utilization of fishery products. (Littleford.)
COLLEGE OP ARTS AND SCIENCES
235
Zool. 220. Advanced Genetics (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two three-
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 104.
A consideration of salivary chromosomes, the nature of the gene, chromosome irregu-
larities, polyploidy, and mutations. Breeding experiments with Drosophila and small mammals
will be conducted. Laboratory fee $8.00. irhoe.)
ROSSBOROUGH INN
The Oldest Building on the Campus. It was erected in 1798.
Entrance to the College of
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
College of
BUSINESS AND
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
STAFF
J. Freeman Pyle, Ph.D., Dean
James H. Reid, M.A., Assistant Dean
Anderson, Thornton H., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics
Ash, Willard O., M.A., Assistant Professor of Statistics
Augelli, John P., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Geography
Bowen, Don L., D.D.S., Associate Professor and Director of Bureau of Govern-
mental Research
Burdette, Franklin L., Ph.D., Professor and Head of Department of Government
and Politics
Calhoun, Charles E., M.B.A., Professor of Finance
Calhoun, W.P., M.A., Instructor of Geography
Clemens, Eli W., Ph.D., Professor of Business Administration
Cook, J. Allen, Ph.D., Professor of Marketing
Costello, Eileen T., M.A., Instructor of Office Techniques
Cover, John H., Ph.D., Professor and Director of Bureau of Business and Economic
Research
Cronin, Charles F., M.B.A., C.P.A., Assistant Professor of Accounting
Crowell, Alfred A., M.S.J., Professor and Head of Department of Journalism
and Public Relations
Daiker, John A., M.B.A., C.P.A., Assistant Professor of Accounting
Danegger, Alfred, B.S., Assistant Professor of Press Photography, University
Photographer
Dillard, Dudley, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Department of Economics
Dixon, Robert G., Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics
Edelson, Charles B., M.B.A., Instructor of Accounting
Fisher, Allan J., Ph.D., Professor of Accounting and Finance
Frantz, Louise W., M.S., Instructor of Office Techniques
Frederick, John H., Ph.D., Professor and Head of Department of Business
Organization
237
238 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Goostree, Robert E., Ph.D., Instructor of Government and Politics
Grayson, Henry W., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics
Gruchy, Allan G., Ph.D., Professor of Economics
Hale, John I., LL.B., M.S. (Retired, Captain USN), Associate Professor of
Business Administration
Hamberg, Daniel, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics
Herbst, John C., Jr., Ph.D., Instructor of Geography
Hottel, William, Lecturer of Journalism
Hu, Charles Y., Ph.D., Professor of Geography
Karinen, Arthur E., M.A., Assistant Professor of Geography
Knapper, Arno F., M.A., Instructor of Office Techniques and Management
Krimel, Donald W., Ph.M., Associate Professor of Public Relations
Lee, LeRoy L., A.M., C.P.A., Instructor of Accounting
Lemons, Hoyt, Ph.D., Lecturer in Geography
Longley, James W., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics
McBryde, F. Webster, Ph.D., Lecturer in Geography
Measday, Walter S., B.A., Instructor of Economics
Mounce, Earl W., M.A., LL.M., Professor of Law and Labor
Nelson, Boyd L., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Business Administration
Norton, Hugh S., M.A., Instructor of Economics
O'Neill, Jane H., B.A., Instructor of Office Techniques
Patrick, Arthur S., M.A., Associate Professor of Office Management and Business
Education
Patton, Donald, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Geography
Pickard, Jerome P., M.A., Instructor of Geography
Plischke, Elmer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Government and Politics
Pyle, J. Freeman, Ph.D., Professor and Dean of College of Business and Public
Administration
Raines, Irving I., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Marketing
Reid, James H., M.A., Professor and Assistant Dean of College of Business and
Public Administration
Richard, Donald L., B.S., C.P.A., Instructor of Business Administration
Robinson, Edward A., M.A., Instructor of Economics
Root, Franklin R., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics
Roterus, Victor, Consulting Professor of Geography
Starr, Joseph R., Ph.D., Professor of Government and Politics
Steinmeyer, Reuben G., Ph.D., Professor of Government and Politics
Stillings, Edwin J., Ph.D., Instructor of Government and Politics
Sweeney, Charles T., M.B.A., C.P.A., Professor of Accounting
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 239
Sylvester, Harold F., Ph.D., Professor of Personnel Administration
Taff, Charles A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Transportation
Van Royen, William, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Department of Geography
Watson, J. Donald, Ph.D., Professor of Finance
Wfjieberg, Sivert M., M.A., C.P.A., Professor of Accounting
Wright, Howard W., Ph.D., C.P.A., Professor of Accounting
Yeagf.r, Leland B., Ph.D., Instructor of Economics
Zagoria, Samuel, B.Lit., Lecturer of Journalism
MEMBERS TEACHING ABROAD
Carraher, Eugene F., M.A., Instructor of Government and Politics
Christensen, John E., M.A., Assistant Professor of Geography
Crockett, Earl C, Ph.D., Professor of Economics
Delamater, Lloyd A., M.A., Instructor of Economics
Dooley, William E., M.S., Instructor of Geography
Hall, John D., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics
Jans, Ralph T., Ph.D., Instructor of Government and Politics
Leffland, K. William, MA.., Instructor of Office Management
Miles, Edward J., M.A., Instructor of Economics and Geography
Moser, Martin W., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics
Nieuwejaar, Otto, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics
Parr, John F., Ph.D., Instructor of Government and Politics
Richardson, Francis S., Ph.D.. Assistant Professor of Office Management
Smith, Harrison, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics
Totten, Donald E., M.S., Instructor of Geography
240
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
John Freeman Pyle, Ph.D., Dean
James H. Reid, M.A., Assistant Dean
HE University of Maryland is in an unusually favorable location
for students of Business, Government and Politics, Economics,
Public Administration, Geography, Journalism and Public Rela-
tions, Foreign Service and International Relations. Downtown
Washington is only twenty-five minutes away in one direction,
while the Baltimore business district is less than an hour in
the other. There is frequent transportation service from the
University gates to each city. Special arrangements are made
to study commercial, manufacturing, exporting, and importing
agencies and methods in Baltimore. Assistance is given qualified
students who wish to obtain a first-hand glimpse of the far-
flung economic activities of the national government or to
utilize the libraries, government departments, and other facilities available in Wash-
ington.
ORGANIZATION
The College comprises seven departments, two bureaus of research, and
one institute.
I. Department of Business Organization and Administration
1. Accounting and Statistics
2. Financial Administration
3. Industrial Administration
4. Insurance and Real Estate
5. Marketing Administration
(a) Advertising
(b) Foreign Trade and International Finance
(c) Retail Store Management
(d) Sales Management
6. Personnel Administration
7. Transportation Administration
(a) Airport Management
(b) Traffic Management
8. Public Utilities and Public Administration
II. Department of Economics
III. Department of Foreign Service and International Relations
IV. Department of Geography
V. Department of Government and Politics
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 241
VI. Department of Journalism and Public Relations
VII. Department of Office Techniques and Management
1. Office Management
2. Office Techniques
VIII. Bureau of Business and Economic Research
IX. Bureau of Government Research
X. Institute of World Economics and Politics
Aims
The College of Business and Public Administration offers training designed
to prepare young men and women for service in business firms, governmental
agencies, cooperative enterprises, labor unions, small business units, and other
organizations requiring effective training in administrative skills and techniques,
and for the teaching of business subjects, economics, geography, government
and politics, and journalism and public relations in high schools and colleges.
It supplies scientific training in administration to students and prospective ex-
ecutives on a professional basis comparable to university training in the other
professional fields. Administration is regarded as a profession, and the College
of Business and Public Administration prepares its students for this profession
by offering courses of instruction which present general principles and tech-
niques of management and administration and brings together in systematic
form the experiences and practices of business firms and governmental units.
This plan of education does not displace practical experience, but supplements
and strengthens it by shortening the period of apprenticeship otherwise neces-
sary, and by giving a broad and practical knowledge of the major principles,
policies, and methods of administration.
During the first half of the college study program the student secures
a broad foundation upon which to base the professional and the more tech-
nical courses offered in the last half of the course. The managerial and operat-
ing points of views are stressed in the advanced courses in production, mar-
keting, labor, finance, real estate, insurance, accounting, secretarial training
and public administration. The purpose of the training offered is to aid the
student as a prospective executive in developing his ability to identify and to
solve administrative and managerial problems; and to adjust himself and his
organization, policies, and practices to changing social, political and economic
situations.
The aim of the college is to present and illustrate such sound principles
of management as are applicable to both big business and small business.
Large-scale business, because of its possible economies, will be expanded in
some industries under certain well-known conditions. There are, on the other
hand, industries and many situations which still call for the small business.
If these small-scale businesses are to be operated with profit to the owners
and with satisfactory and economical service to the public, it is imperative
that authentic principles of administration be applied to them. Sound principles
of ethical conduct are emphasized at all times throughout the various courses.
242 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The primary aim of collegiate education for government and business ser-
vices is to train for effective management. The College of Business and Public
Administration, University of Maryland, was established to supply effective
training in administration to the young men and women whose task will be
the guiding of the more complex business enterprises and governmental units
resulting from industrial, social and political development and expansion.
This statement does not mean that the graduate may expect to secure a
major executive position upon graduation. He will, on the contrary, usually be
required to start near the well publicized "bottom" of the ladder and work
his way up through a number of minor positions. He will, however, be able to
move up at a faster rate if he has taken full advantage of the opportunities
offered by the college in developing his talents and acquiring technical and
professional information, point of view, skills, and techniques.
Graduation Requirement
A minimum of 120 semester hours of credit in courses suggested by the
College in addition to the specified courses in military science, physical activi-
ties and hygiene are required for graduation. The student is required to have
a "C" average for all courses used in meeting the quantitative graduation re-
quirements. The time required to complete the requirements for the bachelor's
degree for the average student is eight semesters. A superior student, by carry-
ing more than the average load, can complete the work in a shorter period of
time.
Degrees
The University confers the following degrees on students of Business
and Public Administration: Bachelor of Science, Master of Business Adminis-
tration, Master of Arts, and Doctor of Philosophy. The College has a number
of graduate assistantships in Business Administration, Economics, Geography,
Journalism and Public Relations, and Government and Politics available for
qualified graduate students. Applications for these assistantships should be
made directly to the Dean of the College of Business and Public Administra-
tion. (See bulletin of Graduate School for graduate rules and regulations.)
Each candidate for a degree must file in the office of the Registrar on a
date announced for each semester a formal application for a degree. Can-
didates for degrees must attend a convocation at which degrees are conferred
and diplomas are awarded. Degrees are conferred in absentia only in exceptional
cases.
Junior Requirement
To be classified as a junior a student must have earned 56 semester hours
of his freshman and sophomore requirements with an average of at least
"C", plus the required work in military science, hygiene and physical activities
for the freshman and sophomore years. If a student has better than a "C"
average and lacks a few credits of having the total of 56 he may be permitted
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 243
to take certain courses numbered 100 and above providing he has the prerequi-
sites for these courses and the consent of the Dean.
Senior Residence Requirement
After a student has earned acceptable credit to the extent of 90 semester
hours exclusive of the required work in military science, physical activities,
and hygiene, either at the University of Maryland or elsewhere, he must earn
a subsequent total of at least 30 semester hours with an average grade of
"C" or better at the University of Maryland. No part of these credits may
be transferred from another institution. Specific requirements for graduation in
the selected curriculum must be met.
Programs of Study
The College offers programs of study in economics, business administra-
tion, secretarial training, public administration, government and politics, geog-
raphy, journalism and public relations, and some combination curriculums,
e.g., business administration and law, commercial teaching and industrial
education. Research is emphasized throughout the various programs.
Professional Objectives
The executive manager or administrator in modern business enterprises
and governmental units and agencies should have a clear understanding of:
(a) the business organizations and institutions which comprise the modern
business world;
(b) the political, social, and economic forces which tend to limit or to
promote the free exercise of his activities; and
(c) the basic principles which underlie the efficient organization and ad-
ministration of a business or governmental enterprise.
In addition, the executive or the prospective executive should:
(a) be able to express his thoughts and ideas in correct and concise
English;
(b) have a knowledge of the fundamental principles of mathematics and
the basic sciences.
(c) have a knowledge of the development of modern civilization through
a study of history, government, economics, and other social studies subjects;
(d) have a sympathetic understanding of people gained through a study
of psychology, sociology, and philosophy.
If the executive is to be successful in solving current business and govern-
mental problems, he should be skilled in the scientific method of collecting,
analyzing, and classifying pertinent facts in the most significant manner, and
then, on the basis of these facts, be able to draw sound conclusions and to
formulate general principles which may be used to guide his present and future
professional or vocational conduct. In other words, probably the most important
qualities in a successful executive are:
244 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
(a) the ability to arrive at sound judgments;
(b) the capacity to formulate effective plans and policies, and the imagina-
tion and ability to devise organizations, methods, and procedures for executing
them.
Facilities Furnished
The teaching staff and the curriculums of the College of Business and Public
Administration have been selected and organized for the purpose of providing
a type of professional and technical training that will aid the capable and
ambitious student in developing his potential talents to their full capacity.
The college study program on both the undergraduate and graduate levels
presuppose effective training in English, history, government, language, science,
and mathematics.* The program of study for any individual student may be
so arranged as to meet the needs of those preparing for specific lines of work,
such as accounting, advertising, banking, foreign trade, industrial administra-
tion, marketing administration, personnel administration, real estate practice,
insurance, government employment, secretarial work, teaching, and research.
Advisory Councils
In order to facilitate the prompt and continuous adjustment of courses,
curriculums, and instructional methods to provide the training most in demand
by industry and commerce; and in order constantly to maintain instruction
abreast of the best current practice, the advice and suggestions of business
men and public officials are constantly sought from outstanding leaders in
each major field of business activity. Each council has its own particular in-
terest to serve, such as advertising, marketing, public relations, or finance;
and the viewpoint and suggestions of these business men are proving to be
invaluable in developing the instructional and research programs of the College.
Military Instruction
All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules are
required to take basic air force ROTC training for a period of two years. The
successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation but it
must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance
at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students
who do not have the required two years of military training will be required
to complete the course or take it until graduation whichever occurs first.
Selected students who wish to do so and meet the requirements of the
Military Department may carry advanced Air Force ROTC courses during their
Junior and Senior year which lead to a regular or reserve commission in the
United States Air Force.
General Information
For information in reference to the University grounds, buildings, equip-
ment, library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition of
*The major portion of this training is usually secured in the four years of high school
and the first two years of college.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 245
resident and non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates, tran-
scripts of records, student health and welfare, living arrangements in the dor-
mitories, off-campus housing, meals, University Counseling Service, scholar-
ships and student aid, athletics and recreation, student government, honors
and awards, religious denominational clubs, fraternities, societies and special
clubs, the University band, student publications, University Post Office and
Supply Store, write to the Director of Publications for the General Informa-
tion issue of the Catalog.
Costs
Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165.00 fixed
charges: $71.00 special fees; $360.00 board; $130.00 to $150.00 room; and labora-
tory fees which vary with the laboratory course pursued. A matriculation
fee of $10.00 is charged all new students. An additional charge of $150.00 is
assessed students not residents of the State of Maryland.
For a more detailed statement of costs, write to the Director of Publica-
tions for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog.
Admissions
All students desiring to enroll in the College of Business and Public Ad-
ministration must apply to the Director of Admissions of the University of
Maryland at College Park.
In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and
other indications of probable success in college than upon a fixed pat-
tern of subject matter. In general, four units of English and one unit each
of Social Studies and Natural Sciences are required. One unit each of Algebra
and Plane Geometry is desirable. While Foreign Language is desirable for
certain programs no Foreign Language is required for entrance. Fine Arts,
Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable as electives.
For a more detailed statement of admissions, write the Director of Pub-
lications for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of catalog.
STUDY PROGRAMS IN THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
A student in the College can so arrange his grouping and sequence of
courses as to form a fair degree of concentration in one of the Departments.
When, however, he wishes to become a specialist in any one of the depart-
ments, he should plan to continue his subjects on to the graduate level, work-
ing toward either the Master's or the Doctor of Philosophy degree.
I. BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION
Business organizations are set up primarily for the purpose of producing
and distributing goods and services. Modern business administration re-
quires a knowledge of and skill in the use of effective tools for the control of
organizations, institutions, and operations. The curriculums of the Department
of Business Organization and Administration emphasize the principles and
problems of the development and the use of policies and organizations, and
246 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
the methods, techniques and procedures of execution, in other words, the
essence of Administration and Management.
Study Programs in the Department
Study programs in Business Administration furnish an opportunity for
a small amount of concentration in one of the major sections during the under-
graduate period. The basis of these curriculums is the general study program
The following study programs will aid the thoughtful student in planning
his concentration according to his natural aptitudes and the line of his major
interest:
The programs of study in the Department of Business Organization and
Administration are so arranged as to facilitate concentrations according to
the major functions of business organization. This plan is not, however, based on
the assumption that these major divisions are independent units, but rather that
each is closely related and dependent on the others. Every student in Business
Administration, therefore, is required to complete satisfactorily a minimum
number of required basic subjects in economics and in each of the major
functional fields. Each graduate upon completion of the requirements for the
bachelor's degree finds himself well grounded in the theory and practice of
administration. There are five commonly recognized major business functions,
viz: production, marketing, finance, labor relations, and control.
The function of control may be thought of as comprising two sectors,
viz. internal and external. Internal control has to do with men, materials, and
operations. External control is secured through the force of laws and courts,
board and commission decisions, also through the influence of custom and
public opinion. Management endeavors to make adequate adjustments to these
forces. Courses in law and public administration, for example, aid in giving
the students an understanding of the problems, devices, and methods of ex-
ternal or "social" control.
Freshman and Sophomore Requirements
During the first half of the program of study each student in the Depart-
ment of Business Organization and Administration is expected to complete
the following basic subjects, except as indicated in a particular curriculum:
Required Courses: Semester Hours
English, Composition and American and World Literature 12
Mathematics, Math. 5 and 6 6
Economic Geography 1,2 4
Economic Developments 4, 5 4
Organization and Control 10,11 4
Government and Politics 1 3
Sociology of American Life 1 3
History of American Civilization 5,6 5
Military Training and Physical Activities for Men .............. 16
Health and Physical Activities for Women ]]] 8
Accounting 20,21 s
Speech 18,19
Principles of Economics 31, 32 -.
0
Total specified requirements
66-74
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 247
A minimum of forty per cent of the total number of credits required for
graduation must he in subjects with designations other than Business Adminis-
tration; forty per cent of the required 120 semester hours of academic work
must be in Business Administration subjects, the other twenty per cent may
be in either group or comprise a combination of the two groups of subjects. A
•C" average in Business Administration courses is required for graduation.
Freshmen who expect to make a concentration in foreign trade, or who
plan to enter public service abroad, should elect an appropriate foreign lan-
guage.
Junior and Senior Requirements
During the junior and senior years each student in the department is
required to complete in a satisfactory manner the following specified courses
unless the particular curriculum being followed provides otherwise:
Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3
B. A. 140— Financial Management 3
Econ. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization 3
B. A. 150— Marketing Management 3
Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3
B. A. 160— Personnel Management 3
B. A. 130— Elements of Statistics 3
B. A. ISO, 181— Business Law I, II 8
Total 29
The remaining credits for juniors and seniors may be used to meet
the requirements for one of the special concentration programs, for example,
in Public Administration, Foreign Service, Commercial Teaching, and in the
fields of Business Administration, such as: Accounting and Statistics, Production
Administration, Marketing, Advertising, Retailing, Purchasing, Foreign Trade,
Transportation, Labor Relations, Real Estate, Insurance, Investment and
General Finance. Juniors and seniors may elect appropriate Secretarial Training
courses.
Combined Administration and Law Program
When a student elects the combination Administration-Law curriculum,
he must complete in a satisfactory manner the specific requirements listed
for the first three years of the general curriculum in administration plus enough
electives to equal a minimum of 92 credits exclusive of military science, physical
activities and hygiene, with an average grade of at least "C." The last year of
college work before entering the Law School must be done in residence at
College Park. The Bachelor of Science degree from the College of Business
and Public Administration is conferred upon the completion of the first year
in the Law School with an average grade of "C" or better, and the recommenda-
tion of the Dean of the Law School. Business Law cannot be used as credit in
this combined curriculum.
248
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Master of Business Administration
Candidates for the degree of Master of Business Administration are ac-
cepted in accordance with the procedures and requirements for the Graduate
School. See Graduate School, Section II.
The General Curriculum in Administration
This curriculum is set up on an eight semester basis which corresponds
to the traditional four-year course that leads to a bachelor's degree. A student
may complete the full course in a shorter period of time by attending summer
sessions. A superior student may, however, complete the course in a shorter
period of time by carrying a heavier load each semester.
-Semester— \
II
2
2
3
2
3
3
3
Freshman Year I
Geog. 1, 2— Economic Resources 2
Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments 2
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature.... 3
B. A. 10, 11 — Organization and Control
Mathematics 5 and 6
G. & P. 1— American Government (or Sociology of American Life)
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life (or American Government) . . .
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
Hea. 2, 4 — Personal and Community Health (Women)
Physical Activities (Men and Women)
Total 18-19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature. .
Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics
B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting
Speech IS, 19 — Introductory Speech
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
Electives (Girls)
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
Physical Activities (Men and Women)
Total 17
Junior Year
Econ. 140— Money and Banking
B. A. 140— Financial Management
B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics
Econ. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization
B. A. 150— Marketing Management
Econ. 160— Labor Economics
B. A. 160— Personnel Management
Electives in Bus. & Pub. Adm., Economics, or other approved
subjects
Total ~~ 15
18-19
3
3
4
1
3
3
3
1
17-18
Semester— -i
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 249
Senior Year I II
B. A. 180, 181— Business Law I, II 4 4
Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems 3 ....
Econ. 171— Economics of American Industries or
B. A. 184— Public Utilities 3
Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation 3 ....
B. A. 189— Government and Business .... 3
Electives in Bus. & Pub. Adm., Economics or other approved
subjects 6 6
Total 16 16
Electives may be chosen under the direction of a faculty advisor from
course's in Accounting, Statistics, Geography, Public Utilities and Public Ad-
ministration, Secretarial Training, or other courses that will aid the student
in preparing for his major objective. The electives indicated in the General
Course are provided so that students can arrange their schedules, under the
guidance of a faculty adviser, in such a way as to secure a concentration or
major when desired in:
1. Accounting and Statistics 5. Marketing Administration
2. Financial Administration 6. Personnel Administration
3. Industrial Administration 7. Transportation Administration
4. Insurance and Real Estate 8. Public Utilities and Public Adminis-
tration
1. Accounting and Statistical Control Study Program
Internal control in modern business and governmental organizations is a
major over-all administrative function. The rapid growth in size and com-
plexity of current governmental units and business enterprises has emphasized
the importance of the problems of control in management. In order to control
intelligently and effectively the manifold activities of these units, it is neces-
sary to establish an organization, formulate policies, and develop methods of
procedures. In order to perform satisfactorily these managerial activities, it
is necessary to have pertinent facts concerning the operations of the various
units, divisions, and departments. It is the function of the accounting and
statistical departments to secure, analyze, classify, and interpret these facts.
This study program is designed to give the student a broad training in
administrative control supplemented by specific technical training in the prob-
lems, procedures, methods and techniques of accounting and statistics. If the
program is followed diligently, the student may prepare himself for a career
as a public accountant, tax specialist, cost accountant, auditor, budget officer,
comptroller, credit manager, or treasurer.
Provision for practical experience. Arrangements have been made with
firms or certified public accountants in Baltimore, New York and the District
of Columbia for apprenticeship training in the field of public accounting. This
training is provided between semesters of the senior year (approximately
January 15 to February 15), and for the semester immediately following grad-
uation. A student may also elect to take one semester of apprenticeship train-
ing before graduation.
250
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The following study program provides courses for those wishing to
concentrate in this important field:
Students who select a concentration in accounting and statistics follow
the general study program in the freshman and sophomore years.
r-Semester— \
Junior Year I H
B. A. 110, 111— Intermediate Accounting 3 3
B. A. 121— Cost Accounting .... 4
B. A. 123— Income Tax Accounting 4 ....
B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics .... 3
Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3 ....
B. A. 140— Financial Management .... 3
Econ. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 ....
B. A. 150— Marketing Management .... 3
Elective 3 ....
Total 16 16
Senior Year
Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3 ....
B. A. 160— Personnel Management .... 3
B. A. 124, 126— Advanced Accounting Theory and Practice 3 3
B. A. 122— Auditing Theory and Practice 3 ....
B. A. 127— Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice .... 3
B. A. ISO, 181— Business Law 4 4
Electives 3 3
Total 16 16
The student interested in the field may select such electives, with the aid
of his adviser, from the following list of subjects such courses as will best
meet his needs:
B. A. 116-
B. A. 118-
B. A. 125-
B. A. 129-
B. A. 132,
tics (3,
B. A. 141-
B. A. 143-
B. A. 148-
(3)
B. A. 149-
(3)
B. A. 165-
B. A. 166-
B. A. 184-
B. A. 210-
(2-3)
-Public Budgeting (3)
-Governmental Accounting (3)
-C. P. A. Problems (3)*
-Apprenticeship in Accounting (0)
133— Advanced Business Statis-
3)
-Investment Management (3)
-Credit Management (3)
-Advanced Financial Management
-Analysis of Financial Statements
-Office Management (3)
-Business Communications (3)
-Public Utilities (3)
-Advanced Accounting Theory
B. A. 220— Managerial Accounting (3)
B. A. 221, 222— Seminar in Accounting
(arranged)
B. A. 226— Accounting Systems (3)
B. A. 228— Research in Accounting
(arranged)
B. A. 229— Studies of special problems in the
fields of Statistical Control (arranged)
Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems
(3)
Econ. 132 — Advanced Economic Principles
(3)
Econ. 134 — Contemporary Economic Thought
(3)
Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation (3)
*C. P. A. Problems is recommended for students who plan to go into public account-
ing. Such students should plan their study program so as to meet the professional ex-
amination requirements of the State in which they expect to take the examination or to
practice.
!
to
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 251
Financial Administration
A nation with a highly developed industrial system requires an effective
nancial organization. Production and marketing activities of business enter-
rises must be financed; a large volume of consumer purchases depend on
redit, and the activities of local, state, and federal government depend, in
irge part, on taxation and borrowing. To meet these needs a complicated
tructure of financial institutions, both private and public, has evolved together
nth a wide variety of financial instruments. The methods used are equally
aried and complicated. Since the financing service is so pervasive throughout
ur economic life and because it is an expense which must be borne by the
iltimate purchaser, the management of the finance function is endowed with
i high degree of public interest.
This study program is designed to give the student fundamental informa-
ion concerning financing methods, institutions, and instruments; and to aid him
n developing his ability to secure and evaluate pertinent facts, and to form
Round judgments with reference to financial matters. Through a wise selection
of subjects the student who selects this curriculum may prepare himself for
positions in the commercial, savings, and investment banking fields, invest-
ment management; corporate financial management; real estate financing; and
insurance. A student may qualify himself to enter government service, e.g., in
departments regulating banking operations, international finance, the issuance
and sales of securities, and a number of financial corporations owned and
operated or controlled by the government.
Students wishing to form a concentration in Financial Administration
should follow the general study program for the freshman and sophomore
years, the program for the junior and senior years is outlined as follows:
r— Semester— >
Junior Year I II
Econ. 14 0 — Money and Banking
B. A. 140 — Financial Management .... 3
B. A. 1 3 0— Elements of Business Statistics .... 3
B. A. 110-111— Intermediate Accounting 3 3
B. A. 166 — Business Communications 3 ....
Econ. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 ....
B. A. 150— Marketing Management .... 3
Electives in Economics, Government and Politics, and Business
and Public Administration 3 4
Total 15 16
Senior Year
B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 4 4
B. A. 141— Investment Management 3 ....
B. A. 143— Credit Management 3 ....
B. A. 160— Personnel Management .... 3
Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3 ....
B. A. 148— Advanced Financial Management .... 3
Electives 3 6
Total 16 16
252
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
B. A. 249— Studies of Special Problems in
the Field of Financial Administration
(arranged)
Econ. 141 — Theory of Money, Credit and
Prices (3)
Eccn. 142— Public Finance and Taxation (3)
Econ. 149— International Finance and Ex-
change (3)
Econ. 241— Seminar in Money, Credit and
Prices (arranged)
Selection of electives may be made with the aid of the adviser from the follow-
ing list of subjects :
B. A. 123— Income Tax Accounting (4)
B. A. 147— Business Cycle Theory (3)
B. A. 149— Analysis of Financial Statements
(3)
B.A. 165— Office Management (3)
B. A. 184— Public Utilities (3)
B. A. 190— Life Insurance (3)
B. A. 191— Property Insurance (3)
B. A. 196— Real Estate Finance (3)
B. A. 240— Seminar in Financial Organization
and Management (3)
3. Industrial Administration
This curriculum is designed to acquaint the student with the problems of
organization and control in the field of industrial management. Theory and
practice with reference to organization, policies, methods, processes, and tech-
niques are surveyed, analyzed, and criticized. The student is required to go on
inspection trips, and when feasible is expected to secure first-hand informa-
tion through both observation and participation. He should be familiar with
the factors that determine plant location and layout, types of buildings, and
the major kinds of machines and processes utilized; he should understand
effective methods and devices for the selection and utilization of men, materials
and machines.
The courses, in addition to those required of all students in the college,
which will aid the undergraduate student in preparing himself for a useful
place in this field of effort are:
*B. A. 121— Cost Accounting (4)
B. A. 122, 127— Auditing (3, 3)
B. A. 132, 133— Advanced Business Statis-
tics (3, 3)
B. A. 153 — Purchasing Management (3)
*B. A. 163— Industrial Relations (3)
B. A. 165— Office Management (3)
B. A. 166— Business Communications (3)
*B. A. 167— Job Evaluation and Merit Rating
(2)
*B. A. 169— Industrial Management (3)
B. A. 170— Transportation Services and
Regulation (3)
B. A. 1 71— Industrial and Commercial
Traffic Management (3)
B.A. 172— Motor Transportation (3)
*B. A. 177— Motion Economy and Time Study
(3)
*B. A. 178— Production Planning and Con-
trol (2)
4. Insurance and Real Estate
Today both insurance and real estate are fields which prefer university
trained persons. In insurance, opportunities are available in the home offices
and in the field to persons who will ultimately specialize in life, property, or
casualty insurance. In real estate, a group of specialists — real estate brokers,
appraisers, property managers, and persons handling the financing of real
*These courses are specific requirements for students concentrating in Industrial
Administration.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 253
estate — are now recognized. A proper arrangement of courses by a student
will povide academic preparation toward the examinations for Chartered Life
Underwriter (C.L.U.), Chartered Property Casualty Underwriter (C.P.C.U.)i
and new professional requirements in real estate. Also, from a purely personal
or family viewpoint these courses can be of immense value.
Students who select a concentration in insurance and real estate should
follow the general study program for the freshman and sophomore years.
The program for the junior and senior years is outlined below.
r-Semester— \
Junior Year I II
Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3 ....
B. A. 140 — Financial Management .... 3
B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 3 ....
Econ. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 ....
B. A. 150— Marketing Management .... 3
B. A. 190— Life Insurance 3
B. A. 191— Property Insurance .... 3
B. A. 195— Real Estate Principles 3
B. A. 196— Real Estate Finance 3
Elective .... 3
Total 15 15
Senior Year
B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 4 4
Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 ....
B. A. 160— Personnel Management .... 3
B. A. 141— Investment Management 3 ....
B. A. 194 — Insurance Agency Management 3 ....
B. A. 197— Real Estate Management .... 3
Electives 3 6
Total 16 16
Selection of electives may be made with the aid of the adviser from the
following and other subjects:
Soc. 114— The City (3) B. A. 147— Business Cycle Theory (3)
Soc. 173— Social Security (3) B. A. 151— Advertising Programs and Cam-
Econ. 141— Theory of Money, Credit and paigns (2)
Prices (3) B. A. 165-Office Management (3)
Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation (3) B. A. 166— Business Communications (3)
B. A. 123— Income Tax Accounting (3) B. A. 189— Business and Government (3)
5. Marketing Administration
Modern business administration is concerned largely with marketing ac-
tivities. Buying and selling of products and services comprise the major
portion of the time and energies of a large group of our population. The
ideals of our system of private property, individual initiative and free enter-
prise are closely related to present-day marketing organization and practice.
254
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Effective solutions of the problems of marketing are necessary to the success
of the individual business enterprise and for the welfare of the consumer.
If the costs of distribution are to be reduced or kept from rising unduly, it is
necessary that careful study be made of the organization, policies, methods,
and practices of advertising, selling, purchasing, merchandising, transportation,
financing, storing, and other related marketing activities, and appropriate action
taken by qualified technicians and executives.
The purpose of the marketing administration program is to give the stu-
dent an opportunity to analyze, evaluate and otherwise study the problems
connected with marketing institutions, organizations, policies, methods, and
practices. The student who elects this field of concentration may develop his
aptitudes, on the technical level, for research, selling, buying, and preparing
advertising copy, and on the administrative level develop his abilities for
organizing, planning, and directing the various activities in the field of
marketing.
Thoughtful selection of courses from the following lists, in addition to
those required of all students in business administration, will aid the student in
preparing himself for an effective position in the field of marketing. He may
form a concentration in:
a. General Marketing
b. Advertising
c. Foreign Trade and International Finance
d. Retail Store Management
e. Sales Management
B. A. 132, 133— Advanced Business Sta-
tistics (3, 3)
*B. A. 143— Credit Management (3)
B. A. 147— Business Cycle Theory (3)
*B. A. 151— Advertising. (3)
*B. A. 152— Advertising Copy and Layout
(3)
*B. A. 153— Purchasing Management (3)
*B. A. 154— Retail Store Management (3)
B. A. 155— Problems in Retail Merchan-
dising (3)
B. A. 165— Office Management (3)
B. A. 166— Business Communications (3)
B. A. 170— Transportation Services and
Regulation (3)
B. A. 171— Industrial and Commercial
Traffic Management (3)
B. A. 172— Motor Transportation (3)
B. A. 190— Life Insurance (3)
B. A. 191— Property Insurance (3)
B. A. 195— Real Estate Principles (3)
B. A. 250— Problems in Sales Management
(3)
B. A. 251— Problems in Advertising (3)
B. A. 252— Problems in Retail Store Man-
agement (3)
B. A. 257— Seminar in Marketing Manage-
ment (arranged)
B. A. 258— Research in Marketing
(arranged)
B. A. 259— Studies of Special Problems in
the field of Marketing Policies, Manage-
ment and Administration (arranged)
B. A. 299— Thesis (3-6 hours) arranged)
♦These courses are specific requirements for students taking a concentration in
Marketing Management.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
255
For those especially interested in foreign trade, selections may be made
from the following courses:
tEcon. 136— International Economic Policies
and Relations (3)
Econ. 137— Economic Planning and Post-
war Problems (3)
tEcon. 149— International Finance and Ex-
change (3)
B. A. 151— Advertising Programs and
Campaigns (3)
fB. A. 157— Foreign Trade Procedure (3)
tB. A. 170— Transportation Services and
Regulation (3)
tB. A. 173— Overseas Shipping (3)
B. A. 189— Government and Business (3)
Ec. Geog. 4 — Regional Geography of the
Continents (3)
Geog. 100, 101— Regional Geography of the
United States and Canada (3, 3)
Geog. 102— The Geography of Manufactur-
ing in the United States and Canada (3)
Geog. 110, 111— Latin America (3, 3).
Geog. 115— Peoples of Latin America (2)
Geog. 120— Economic Geography of Eu-
rope (3)
Geog. 122— Economic Resources and De-
velopment of Africa (3)
Geog. 130-131— Economic and Political
Geog. of Southern and Eastern Asia
(3, 3)
Geog. 180, 181— Principles of Geography
(3, 3)
Geog. 260-261— Problems in the Geog. of
Europe and Africa (3, 3)
6. Personnel Administration and Labor Economics
Recent development of large scale operation on the part of both private
enterprise and government has emphasized the growing vital importance of
personnel relationships. Successful operation depends on harmonious co-
operation between employer and employee. The interests of the public, the
owners, and the management, as wll as those of the employees, may be greatly
affected by the solutions evolved in any given case of personnel relationship.
The growth of large-scale, centrally controlled labor organizations and the
increased participation of governmental agencies in labor disputes have created
problems for which business management, union officials, and government
representatives have been, on the whole, ill-prepared to solve satisfactorily.
The government, the unions, and business need men and women qualified to
deal effectively with these problems. They should have broad training and
technical information in the fields of business and public administration,
economics, and psychology, together with suitable personalities. They must be
able to approach these problems with an open mind, unbiased by personal
and class prejudices.
Personnel administration which has to do with the direction of human
effort, is concerned with securing, maintaining, and utilizing, an effective working
force. People adequately trained in personnel administration find employment
in business enterprises, governmental departments, governmental corporations,
educational institutions and charitable organizations.
A student may select from the following courses those which will, in
addition to those required of all students in business administration, best
prepare him for the kind of personnel work he wishes to enter.
tThese courses are specific requirements for students taking a concentration in
Foreign Trade and International Finance.
256 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
*B. A. 163— Industrial Relations (3) G. & P. 214— Problems in Public Person-
*B. A. 164— Recent Labor Legislation and nel Administration (arranged )
Court Decisions (3) B. A. 262— Seminar in Contemporary
*B. A. 167— Job Evaluation and Merit Trends in Labor Relations (3)
Rating (2) B. A. 265—
*B. A. 169— Industrial Management (3) B. A. 266— Research in Personnel Man-
G. & P. Ill— Public Personnel Adminis- agement (arranged)
tration (3) B. A. 267—
Psych. 2— Applied Psychology (3) B. A. 269— Studies of Special Problems in
Psych. 121— Social Psychology (3) Employer -Employee Relationships
Psych. 161— Psychological Techniques in (arranged)
Personnel Administration (3) B. A. 299— Thesis, 3-6 hours (arranged)
B. A. 299— Thesis (arranged)
7. Transportation Administration
The problems of transportation administration are complex and far reach-
ing. The student preparing for this type of work should be well grounded in
economics, government, and business administration, as well as being pro-
ficient in the use of the technical tools of the profession. Rail, highway,
water, and air transportation are basic to our economic life, in fact, to our
very existence. This curriculum gives considerable emphasis to air trans-
portation.
The following courses, in addition to those required of all students in the
Department of Business Organization and Administration, will aid the student
in preparing himself for a useful place in the fields of air, water, highway,
and railway transportations. Airport management is a rapidly growing new
business activity. (To major in Transportation Administration the student
must complete 15 hours of the courses listed below including B.A. 171.):
B. A. 157— Foreign Trade. B. A. 173— Overseas Shipping (3)
B. A. 170— Transportation Services and B. A. 174— Commercial Air Transportation
Regulation (3) (3)
B. A. 171— Industrial and Commercial B. A. 175 — Airline Administration (3)
Traffic Management (3) B. A. 176— Problems in Airport Manage-
B. A. 172— Motor Transportation (3) ment (3)
Other courses may be selected with the approval of the adviser for the
curriculum.
8. Public Utilities and Public Administration
The trend toward increased governmental participation in the fields of
our economic, political, and social life has been developing for a number
of years. Our government has now become the largest "business" enterprise
in the country. In addition to the Federal Government, State and Local
Government agencies have called upon the universities to aid in training
young men and women for effective public service. To many individuals, and
particularly to those of superior mental ability, the intangible personal rewards
of government service are highly attractive. Few fields of human endeavor
♦These courses are specific requirements for those students taking a concentration
in Personnel Administration and Labor Economics.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 257
bring men into direct contact with so many fascinating and important problems
and so early in their careers.
The curriculum in Public Utilities and Public Administration is designed
to provide specialized training in public utilities and related fields in government
and private enterprise as well as training in the broader field of government
service in general.
Pursuant to these purposes the public utilities course is designed as a
core course which will at once afford specialized training in a limited field
and broader training in several fields. Public utility problems are treated as
case studies in the larger fields of economic theory, management, regulation,
accounting, finance, taxation, constitutional and administrative law, and govern-
ment control. The course is therefore a means of integrating several fields of
study. Also, considered essential to the purpose of the curriculum are courses in
accounting, finance, law and certain advanced survey courses.
The student is advised to round out his particular curriculum with one or
more of the general courses listed as electives and with other more specialized
courses in public utilities, accounting, finance, transportation, public adminis-
tration or perhaps some other fields.
Students following this curriculum take the general study program for
the freshman and sophomore years. The program for junior and senior years
is outlined as follows:
r-Semester-~\
Junior Year I II
B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics .... 3
Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3 ....
Econ. 150— Principles of Marketing .... 3
Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3
B. A. 140 — Financial Management .... 3
B. A. 170— Transportation I, Services and Regulations 3 ....
Electives c c
Total 15 15
Senior Year
B. A. 181-Public Utilities 3
B. A. 189— Government and Business .... 3
Econ. 171— Economics of American Industries .... 3
G. & P. 1 SI— Administrative Law 3
G. & P. 110— Principles of Public Administration 3
B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 4
Electives
4
6 3
Total.
16
258 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Selection of electives can be made from the following courses:
B. A. 110, 111— Intermediate Accounting B. A. 284— Seminar in Public Utilities
B. A 116— Public Budgeting Econ. 132— Advanced Economic Principles
B. A. 118-Governmental Accounting Econ. 141— Theory of Money, Credit, and
B. A. 123— Income Tax Accounting Prices
B. A. 126— Advanced Accounting Theory Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation
and Practice Econ. 149— International Finance and Ex-
B. A. 132-133— Advanced Business Statis- change
tics Econ. 241— Seminar in Money, Credit and
B. A. 157— Foreign Trade Prices
B. A. 171— Industrial and Commercial Econ. 270— Seminar in Economics and Ge-
Traffic Management ography of Latin American Industries
B. A 172— Motor Transportation G. & P. 4— State Government and Ad-
B. A. 173— Overseas Shipping ministration
B. A. 174— Commercial Air Transportation G. & P. 5— Local Government and Adminis-
B. A 175— Airline Administration tration
B. A. 221, 222-Seminar in Accounting G. & P. 110— Principles of Public Adminis-
B. A. 240— Seminar in Financial Organiza- tration
tion and Management G. & P. 131-132— Constitutional Law
Other specialized courses, including certain courses in the Departments of
Government and Politics and Business Organization, may be selected with
the consent of the advisor.
II. ECONOMICS
The program of studies in the field of Economics is designed to meet the
needs of students who wish to concentrate either on 'a major or minor scale in
this division of the Social Sciences. Students who expect to enroll in the
professional schools and those who are planning to enter the fields of Business
or Public Administration, or Foreign Service, or Social Service Administration,
will find courses in economics of considerable value to them in their later work.
A student of economics should choose his courses to meet the requirements
for his major objective, or the Master of Arts, or a Doctor of Philosophy
degree. (He should consult the bulletin of the Graduate School for the general
requirements for the advanced degrees.)
Requirements for an Economics Major
A student majoring in Economics is required to complete satisfactorily 120
semester hours of work in addition to the required work in military science,
hygiene and physical activities. A general average of at least "C" is required
for graduation. A student must maintain at least an average grade of "C"
in his major and minor in order to continue in his chosen field.
The specific requirements for the Economics Major are:
I. Econ. 4, 5, 31 and 32 — a total of 10 semester hours of specifically
required courses in Economics. B.A. 20, 21 (Principles of Accounting) are
recommended, and B.A. 130 (Statistics) is required. Other courses in Eco-
nomics to meet the requirements of a major are to be selected with the aid
of a faculty adviser.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 259
II. Social Studies — American Government (3); Sociology of American
Life (3); History of American Civilization (6) — a total of 12 semester hours.
III. English — 12 semester hours, comprising Eng. 1, 2, and 3, 4; or 5, 6;
Speech — 2 to 4 semester hours; Speech 18 and 19, 2 semester hours.
IV. Foreign Language and Literature — 12 semester hours in one language
— or completion of sophomore course in language. Candidates for the Ph.D.
degree are required to have a reading knowledge of two modern foreign
languages, normally French and German.
V. Natural Science and Mathematics, 12 semester hours.
VI. Military Science, Hygiene, and Physical Activities. The present
University requirement is 16 semester hours in Military Science and Physical
Activities for all able-bodied male students; women students are required to
take 8 semester hours credit in hygiene and physical activities.
A student who elects economics as a major must have earned 10 semester
hours credit in the prerequisite courses in economics prior to his beginning the
advanced work of the junior year. These are normally taken during the
freshman and sophomore years and must be completed with an average grade
of not less than "C". The major sequences are not completed until at least
26 and not more than 40 credits, in addition to the required prerequisite courses,
are satisfactorily earned, that is, with an average grade of at least "C".
A minor in economics consists of the 10 prerequisite credits mentioned
above plus at least 18 additional credits in economics.
As many as 24 additional semester hours may be taken by the economics
students from Business and Public Administration courses.
The specific courses comprising the student's program of studies should
be selected with the aid of a faculty adviser in terms of the student's objective
and major interest.
Suggested Study Program for Economics Majors
r— Semester— ^
Freshman Year I II
Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1
Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments 2 2
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
Mathematics 5, 6 or 10, 11 or 14, 15, 17 3 3
G. & P. 1— American Government (or Sociology of American
Life) 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life (or American Government .... 3
Foreign Language 3 3
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Health 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 18.19 18.19
260
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
r~ Semester— \
Freshman Year I II
Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3
Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 3 3
Foreign Language 3 3
Natural Science (or B. A. 20, 21) 3 3
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R, O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 16-19 16-19
Junior Year
Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3 ....
Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 ....
B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics .... 3
Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3 ....
Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems .... 3
Electives in Economics, Government and Politics, and Business
Administration* 6 9
Total 15 15
Senior Year
Econ. 132 — Advanced Economic Principles 3 ....
Econ. 134— Contemporary Economic Thought .... 3
Econ. 171— Economics of American Industries or
B. A. 184— Public Utilities 3
Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation 3 ....
Electives in Economics, Government and Politics and Business
Administration* 6 12
Total 15 15
III. FOREIGN SERVICE AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
If the student expects to enter the foreign service he should be well grounded
in the language, geography, history, and politics of the region of his an-
ticipated location as well as in the general principles and practices of organiza-
tion and administration. It should be recognized that only a limited training
can be secured during the undergraduate period. When more specialized or
more extensive preparation is required, graduate work should be planned.
The individual program in either instance, however, should be worked out
♦Other electives may be selected with the approval of the Head of the Department
of Economics. Normally these electives must be on the Junior and Senior level.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 261
under the guidance of a faculty adviser. The following study program is
offered as a guide in the selection of subjects.
r-Semester-^
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3
G. & P. 1— American Government 3 ....
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
Foreign Language (Selection) 3 3
Geog. 1, 2— Economic Resources
Econ. 4, 5— Economic Developments 2
Mathematics 5, 6 or 10, 11 3 3
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Health 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 19-20 19-20
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 3 3
Foreign Language (Continuation of Freshman year selection) ... 3
Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
G. & P. — Comparative Government, selection in accordance with
the student's need 2 2
Sp. IS, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1
A. S. .3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 16-19 16-19
Junior Year
Econ. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 ....
Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 ....
Econ. 160— Labor Economics .... 3
G. & P. 101— International Political Relations 3
B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 3 ....
Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems .... 3
Ec. Geog.— Selection of Regional division to fit student's needs ... 3 3
Electives to meet student's major interest 3 3
Total 15 15
Senior Year
G. & P. 102— International Law 3
G. & P. 106— American Foreign Relations .... 3
G. & P. 131— Constitutional Law 3
B. A. 189— Government and Business 3
Ec. 132— Advanced Economic Prin., or Ec. 134, Contemporary
Thought 3
G. & P. 181— Administrative Law 3 3
Econ. 136— International Economic Policies and Relations 3 ....
Econ. 149— International Finance and Exchange 3
Electives to meet student's major interest 3 3
Total.
15 15
262 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
.Suggested electives:
American History 108, 127, 129, 133, 135, 145, and 146.
European History 175, 176, 179, 180, 185, 186, and History 191— History of Russia;
History 195— The Far East.
Government and Politics 7, 8, 9, 10, 105, 106, and 154.
IV. GEOGRAPHY
Agriculture, industry, trade, social customs and politics of a given geo-
graphical region are influenced to a great extent by the natural resources of
that area. Climatic conditions, topography, soils, mineral deposits, water power,
and other physical factors largely determine the economic possibilities of a
country. The characteristics of the philosophy, political ideals and degrees
of technological maturity of the people within a given geographical unit, in turn
determine in large measure the degree of effectiveness with which the natural
resources are utilized. The standard of living, the purchasing power, and the
political outlook of the inhabitants of a country are, in the main, the result
of the expression of the interrelationship existing between the people and their
physical environment.
This curriculum is designed to aid the student in securing the facts con-
cerning the major geographical areas of the world and in studying and analyzing
the manner in which these facts affect economic, political, and social activities.
The student interested in international trade, international political relations,
diplomacy, overseas governments, and national aspirations will find the courses
in this department of great practical value. Work is offered on both the under-
graduate and the graduate levels.
Students who expect to enroll in the engineering and professional schools
and those who are planning to enter the fields of Business and Public Ad-
ministration, or Foreign Service, will find courses in geography of material
value to them in their later work. Openings exist for well-trained geographers
in government service, in universities, colleges, and high schools, as well as
in private business. A student of geography should choose his courses to meet
the requirements for his major objective, be it undergraduate major or minor,
or a Master of Arts, or a Doctor of Philosophy degree. He should consult
the bulletin of the Graduate School for the general requirements for the
advanced degrees.
Requirements for an Undergraduate Major in Geography
A student majoring in geography is required to complete satisfactorily
120 semester hours of work in addition to the required work in military science,
hygiene, and physical activities. A general average of at least "C" is required
for graduation. A student must maintain at least an average grade of "C"
in his major and minor in order to continue in his chosen field.
The specific requirements for the geography major are:
I. Geog. 10 and 11 (3. 3), or equivalent; Geog. 30 (3); Geog. 35 (3); Geog.
40 and 41 (3, 3); Geog. 170 (3) and 18 hours in other Geography courses num-
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 263
bered 100 to 199, of which 6 hours must be in non-regional courses; a total of
39 hours in geography.
II. Social Sciences — G. & P. 1 (3); Econ. 31 and 32 (3, 3); History 5
and 6 (3, 3); 1 and 5 (3, 3) and at least one other course in sociology to be
selected with the aid of the faculty adviser (3) ; a total of 24 semester hours.
III. Natural Sciences — Botany 1 and 113 or 102 (4, 2 or 3); Agron. 115
(3); Chem. 1 (4). Total of 13 (14) semester hours.
IV. English— Eng. 1 and 2 (3, 3) and 3, 4, or 5, 6 (3, 3); Speech 18, 19 (1, 1);
a total of 14 semester hours.
V. Foreign Language and Literature — 12 semester hours in one language,
unless an advanced course is taken.
VI. Military Science, Hygiene, and Physical Activities. The present Uni-
versity requirement is 16 semester hours in Military Science and Physical
Activities for able-bodied male students. Women students are required to take
8 semester hours credit in hygiene and physical activities.
A student who elects geography as a major must have earned eighteen
semester hours credit in thee prerequisite courses in geography prior to be-
ginning the advanced work of the junior year. These are normally taken during
the freshman and sophomore years and must be completed with an average
grade of not less than "C".
A minor in geography should consist of Geog. 10 and 11 (3, 3), Geog. 30
(3) and such other courses as the major adviser deems suitable.
For the guidance of those who expect to do graduate work in geography,
it should be emphasized that the Department of Geography is particularly
interested in the appraisal of natural resources in relation to economic, social
and political developments; it aims to encourage study of the natural resource
base of the culture of an area. This necessitates, on the one hand, an ele-
mentary knowledge of certain of the physical sciences as a basis for the
physical aspects of geographic study and resource analysis. On the other
hand, a certain amount of knowledge of economics, of sociology and of
political organization is necessary in order to understand stages of resource
utilization and the social consequences.
The specific courses comprising the student's program of studies should
be selected with the aid of a faculty adviser from the Department of Geography
in terms of the student's objective and major interests.
264
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Suggested Study Program for Geography Majors:
Freshman Year
Geog. 10, 11— General Geography
Chem. 1— Introductory Chemistry
Bot. 1— General Botany
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life
G. & P. 1— American Government
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature
Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
P. B. 42, 44— Hygiene (Women)
Physical Activities (Men and Women)
Total
Sophomore Year
Geog. 30— Principles of Morphology
Geog. .3 5— Map Reading and Interpretation
Geog. 40— Principles of Meteorology
Geog. 41— Introductory Climatology
Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and Readings in Literature.
Foreign Language
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
Physical Activities (Men and Women)
Total
Junior Year
Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech
Bot. 113— Plant Geography
Agron. 115— Soil Geography
Soc. 5— Anthropology
Foreign Language
Geog.— Selection to fit student's needs
Electives, with adviser's consent
Total
Senior Year
Soc— Selection to fit student's needs
Geog. 170— Local Field Course
Geog.— Selection to fit student's needs
Electives, with adviser's consent
Total
—Semester— \
/ //
3 3
4
4
3
3
3 3
3 3
3 3
2 2
1 1
19-20
16-19
15
3
6
6
15
19-20
16-19
16
12
V. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
Government and Politics Major and Minor Requirements
In this course of study, the following conditions are to be observed: (1)
G. & P. 1, American Government, or its equivalent, is prerequisite to all other
courses offered by the Department. Persons taking this course of study must
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
265
complete G. & P. 1 with a grade of "C" or better. (2) In this curriculum, at
least 36 hours of Government and Politics, including G. & P. 1, must be com-
pleted. No Government and Politics course with a grade of less than "C" may
be counted as a part of these 36 hours. (3) The electives of the junior and
senior years are to be chosen from the list suggested below, unless consent
to take other courses is obtained from the Head of the Department. Electives
in Government and Politics and in related fields are to be chosen to make an
integrated course of study.
Freshman Year
<;. & P. 1— American Government
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Lite
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature
Math. 5. 6 or 10, l:;— Mathematics
Eci >n. 4 5— Economic Developments
Speech IS, 19 — Introductory Speech
Foreign Language
A. S 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
I'. E. 42, 14— Hygiene (Women)
Physical Activities (Men and Women)
Total
Sophomore Year
G. & P. 4— State Government and Administration
C & P. 5— Local Government and Administration or Psychology
1 or Sociology 52 (Criminology)
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and World or English Literature
Foreign Language
Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
Physical Activities (Men and Women)
Total
Junior Year
<:. & P. 7 or 9, S or 10— Comparative Government
G. & P. 110— Public Administration
' ;. & P. 141— History of Political Theory
<;. & P. 174— Political Parties
G. & P. 124— Legislatures and Legislation
G. & P. —(Elective)
Electives
Total
Senior Year
G. & P. 101— International Relations
G. & P. 131-132— Constitutional Law
One full year of advanced Economics or B. A. courses
Electives
Total
-Semester-
1S-19
16-19
17
1!
18-19
16-19
17
15
266 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Suggested electives: Any G. & P. courses not required above. Any history
courses related to the student's integrated course of study.
Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation B. A. 164— Labor Legislation and Court
Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems Decisions
Econ. 132— Advanced Economic Principles B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics
Econ. 134— Contemporary Economic Philosophw 155— Logic
Thought Psychology 121, 122— Social Psychology
Econ. 14 0— Money and Banking „ . . _„ „, . . ,
„, , „„ T . _ . Sociology o2— Criminology
Econ. 160— Labor Economics
B. A. ISO, 181-Business Law Sociology 147— Sociology of Law
B. A. 189— Government and Business Sociology 186— Sociological Theory
VI. JOURNALISM AND PUBLIC RELATIONS
Purposes of the development are (1) to give the student two years of broad
or liberal education, (2) to provide one year of technical study in journalism
or* public relations, (3) to arrange one year of studies in allied courses which
serve as a background for the major or as a specialized use for it, and (4) to
cooperate with professionals and their organizations in journalism and public
relations.
The department offers two professional majors: one in editorial journalism,
for those who seek beginning news jobs upon graduation; the other in public
relations, for those who plan to work in public relations, public information,
or on company publications.
Although a minor is not permitted in this college, a student may take as
many as 18 semester hours in a subject or field other than his major, since
specialized jobs are most attractive financially. Journalism majors ordinarily
elect secondary concentrations in such fields as agriculture, home economics,
business administration, advertising, foreign language, 'science, social and
political sciences. Public relations majors choose theirs from business adminis-
tration, advertising, political and social sciences, psychology, foreign language.
Other electives may be approved by the advisor in this department.
Office Techniques may be taken for lower-division elective credit (courses
numbered below 100). Since all work in the technical courses of the Depart-
ment of Journalism and Public Relations is typewritten, those who cannot type at
least 35 words per minute should enroll in O. T. 1 before taking Journalism
10. Women planning to seek combination journalism-secretarial or public re-
lations-secretarial jobs upon graduation may take typing and shorthand for
lower-division elective credit.
Since 57 hours of upper-division work (courses numbered 100 or more) are
required for graduation in this department, the student should use his electives
and required courses the first two years to work off all prerequisites for his
upper-division studies. No lower-division course can substitute for an upper-
division elective.
To enroll in an upper-division course, the student must have accumulated
at least 56 hours of academic work (exclusive of R.O.T.C. and Physical Ac-
tivities), with an over-all grade average of at least 2. (C).
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 267
To enroll as an upper-division major in this department, a student must
have earned at least C in both Journalism 10 and 11. A major who makes less
than a C in an upper-division required course, is asked to repeat the course
and/or change his major.
A student may declare his major in this department when he enrolls in it at
the beginning of any semester, and ordinarily he will be advised from that time
until graduation by the same advisor in the department. In no case, however,
can one be graduated with a major in this department without having spent at
least four semesters as a major in one of its curricula.
Majors are urged to work on a student publication throughout their college
residence, and to obtain professional experience in the summers. Four se-
mesters of experience on a student publication or three months as a fulltime
professional are required for graduation.
The department maintains close working relations with professionals and
their organizations in this area. One of the purposes is to provide speakers,
trips, laboratories, and other types of training for students enrolled in the
department's technical courses. The student is notified in advance of each
event, and his participation is required unless it happens to conflict with one of
his scheduled classes.
Outside work necessitates enrollment in less than a normal program of
study, and in no case should the student attempt to work full time and take
more than a course or two.
Lower-division Curricula
(Journalism, Public Relations)
r-Semester—\
Freshman Year I Jj
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3
Math. 5, 6— General Mathematics and Mathematics of Finance (or
natural science) 3.4 3.4
Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech (or Speech 1, 2) 1-2 1-2
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Air Science 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Electives (See above for secondary concentration) 3.5 3.5
T°tal 18 18
Sophomore Year
Journ. 10, 11— News Reporting I, II 3 3
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 3 3
Hist. 5. 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3
B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control (or elective) 2-5 2-5
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Air Science 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Total 18 ~~ 18
268 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Journalism Study Program
r-Semester—s
Junior Year
Journ. 160— News Editing I " ' * *
Journ. 162— Community Journalism • • ■ •
Journ. 176— Newsroom Problems • • • •
Journ. 1 SI— Press Photography (either semester)
Journ. 184— Picture Editing
G. & P. 178— Public Opinion 3
Electives
Total.
16 16
Senior Year
Journ. 161— News Editing II
Journ. 165— Feature Writing 3
Journ. 175— Reporting of Public Affairs 3 ....
Journ. 191— Law of the Press • ■ • • 3
Journ. 192— History of American Journalism 3
B. A. 189— Business and Government (either semester) 3 ....
Electives « ?
Total 16 16
A required part of the journalism major's education consists of training
on the Baltimore Sunpapers.
Advanced reporting students spend one afternoon a week with Sun reporters
on police and city hall beats; advanced editing students spend one afternoon a
week at the central copy desk or at the rewrite desk.
Senior majors "take over" the Baltimore Evening Sun one day each se-
mester. They go out on the beat with reporters and are responsible for one
news-feature page of the paper that clay. Seniors also observe Sun operations
on unusual occasions such as state or national election nights.
Some journalism majors serve as "stringers" in the special coverage of the
campus maintained by the Sunpapers.
Neil H. Swanson, executive editor of the Sunpapers, annually gives a series
of nine lectures on "Newspaper Making" for the majors of this department at
a time when one of the classes is scheduled. It was through his cooperation
with the president of the university that facilities of the Sunpapers were made
available for helping educate journalism majors in this department. Mr. Swan-
son also serves on the journalism committee of the Maryland Press Association
which meets on the campus each semester to advise in the development and
growth of the department.
Other members of the committee are E. M. Jackson Jr., general manager,
Capital-Gazette Press, Annapolis; John Coffman, Jr., publisher, Takoma Journal;
E. T. Gunning, managing editor, Cumberland Times.
BUSINFSS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 269
Public Relations Study Program
Requirements for the first two years of the puhlic relations curriculum are
the same as those in the journalism program (see above).
The following curriculum is taken in the junior and senior years by the
average male public relations student who plans to work for a public relations
firm or in a public relations department.
For electives preparatory to P.R. work in business, the student should look
to at least the following fields: business administration, advertising, economics,
business statistics, personnel management, and marketing. For government
P.R. work: public administration, American history, international relations,
political parties, etc. Good elective courses for any P. R. major may be found
in psychology, sociology, speech, English, radio, and education.
r- Semester— \
Junior Year I 1 1
Journ. 160— News Editing 1 3
Journ. 165— Feature Writing .... 3
Journ. 170— Public Relations 3 ....
Journ. 181— Press Photography (either semester) 3
Journ. IS 4— Picture Editing .... 2
Journ. 194— Public Relations Cases .... 2
Electives 7 9
Total 16 16
Senior Year
Journ. 166— Publicity Techniques 3 ....
Journ. 171— Industrial Journalism 2 ....
Journ. 1S6— Public Relations of Government .... 3
Journ. 191— Law of the Press .... 3
Journ. 195 — Seminar in Public Relations .... 2
G. & P. 178— Public Opinion 3 ....
Electives 8 8
Total 16 16
VII. OFFICE TECHNIQUES AND MANAGEMENT
1. Office Management
With the rapidly mounting volume of office work now being done, and the
rapid increase in the number of office workers required to do it, effective office
management and supervision is needed. Despite the current popular opinion
that the office manager needs to know only a number of systems and machines,
there is an ever-growing group of executives who believe that the management
and supervision of an office is quite as important a job as the management
of a factory or any other industrial enterprise. Many instances may be cited
where the managers of offices have, by a consistent and logical use of scientific
management principles, saved as much as $100,000 a year for their companies.
Any young man or woman entering business need have no hesitancy in
270
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
preparing himself for the position of office manager, for that position has proved
a stepping stone to positions of great responsibility for many of our present
executives.
The student interested in this field will find the following required courses
with the suggested electives under the guidance of the adviser, a valuable aid
in preparing for positions in this field.
Office Administration Study Program
Freshman Year
Geog. 1, 2— Economic Resources
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature....
B. A. 10, 11 — Organization and Control
Math. 5— General Mathematics
Math. 6— Mathematics of Finance
G. & -J. 1 — American Government
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life
O. T. 1 — Principles of Typewriting
O. T. 2— Intermediate Typewriting
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women)
Physical Activities (Men and Women) ,
Total
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature
Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics ,
B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting
Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization
O. T. 10— Office Typewriting Problems
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
Physical Activities (Men and Women)
Total
Junior Year
Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology
Econ. 140— Money and Banking
Econ. 150— Principles of Marketing
Econ. 160— Labor Economics
B. A. 112— Records Management
B. A. 121— Cost Accounting
B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics
B. A. 150— Marketing Management
B. A. 160— Personnel Management
O. T. Ill— Office Machines
Electives
Total
—Semester—^
I II
18-19
17-19
18-19
15-18
16
16
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 271
f—Semester— -\
Senior Year I H
B. A. 1 65— Office Management 3
B. A. 166— Business Communications 3 ....
B. A. 169— Industrial Management 3 ....
B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 4 4
B. A. 168— Advanced Office Management .... 3
Electives in Accounting, Marketing, Real Estate, Insurance,
Finance, and Transportation 3 8
Total 16 15
2. Office Techniques
In order to meet the growing demand for college trained secretarial and
office personnel, the College of Business and Public Administration is offering
to both men and women a program of secretarial training courses. The
Secretarial Curriculum provides students with the opportunity to obtain the
essential background for stenographic, executive and administrative positions.
One of the best methods of assuring success in one's chosen profession is
through the medium of specialized secretarial service. To this end the courses
have been designed. The major objectives of the College will be maintained
and emphasized throughout the presentation of the program of studies. The
purpose of this curriculum is not only to furnish merely technical or vocational
training, but also, to aid the student in developing his natural aptitudes for sec-
retarial and administrative positions. The development of the student's capacity
to plan, organize, direct, and execute is the guiding principle followed in this
curriculum. This program of study will appeal to the young man or woman
who is ambitious, naturally capable, and willing to work. It will also appeal
to those who realize that positions in secretarial service require much more
than merely skill in typewriting and stenography. These are essential tools,
but knowledge and skill in other subjects are as important for the more
responsible positions.
Placement Examination
Students with one or more years of college, high school, or equivalent
training in shorthand and/or typewriting are required to take a placement
examination in those subjects prior to, or at the time of, their first registration
in shorthand or typewriting course at the University.
Rased on the results of this examination, the student may be exempt from
certain of the beginning courses in either, or both, shorthand and typewriting.
Credit will be given only for the work done in residence.
Record of Competency
Students must make grade of "C" in each course in the Office Techniques
sequence before they may progress to the next advanced course.
Senior Requirement
A vocational level of competency in business skills is imperative at the
272
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
time of graduation. As a requirement for graduation, students following the
secretarial curriculum must either take O. T. 16 and O. T. 17 (or 0. T. 18)
within the six-month period preceding graduation, or take a proficiency ex-
amination on the material covered in these courses within this six-month period.
The following program of study is designed to give the capable student
an opportunity to develop his potential aptitudes to an effective end.
Freshman Year
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature
G. & P. 1— American Government
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life
B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control
Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech
Math. 5, 6— General Mathematics and Mathematics of Finance.
O. T. 1— Principles of Typewriting*
O. T. 2— Intermediate Typewriting
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) ,
Hea. 2, 4 — Personal & Community Health (Women) ,
Physical Activities (Men and Women) ,
Total
Sophomore Year
Eng. .3, 4 — Composition and World Literature
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization
Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics
O. T. 12, 13— Principles of Shorthand I, II
O. T. 10— Office Typewriting Problems
Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
Physical Activities (Men and Women)
Total
Junior Year
B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting
O. T. 116— Advanced Shorthand! . . '.
O. T. 117— Gregg Transcriptionf
O. T. 118— Gregg Shorthand Dictation
B. A. 166— Business Communications
O. T. Ill— Office Machines
B. A. 112— Records Management
Econ. 140— Money and Banking
Econ. 160— Labor Economics
B. A. 160— Personnel Management
Total
-Semester—
II
3
17-18
18-21
16-17
17
3
3
16
*0. T. 1 should be completed prior to enrollment in Principles of Shorthand 1
(O. T. 12).
tO. T. 16, Advanced Shorthand, and O. T. 17, Gregg Transcription must be taken
concurrently.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 273
r-Semester—\
Senior Year ' **
O. T. 1 10— Secretarial Work 3
O. T. 114— Secretarial Office Practice • • • • 3
B. A. 165— Offii"." Management 3 ....
B. A. 168— Advanced Office Management ... '■'>
B. A. ISO, 1S1— Business Law I 4
Electives ' ''
10. (in. 1 50— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 ....
Total 1 ,; 16
Combined Secretarial Training and Business Teaching Curriculum
Capable students may elect courses offered by the College of Education
in such a manner as to qualify themselves for commercial teaching in high
schools.
Requirements to teach business subject: Twenty semester hours of pre-
scribed courses in education are required for certification to teach business
subjects in Maryland, and 24 semester hours in the District of Columbia.
VIII. BUREAU OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC RESEARCH
The Bureau of Business and Economic Research is recognized as the
laboratory for the practical study of business and economic problems. As
such, it has three principal functions:, first, to train students in the field of
business and economic research; second, to disseminate information concerning
business and economic conditions in Maryland; and third, to make available
the facilities and to give active research assistance to interested business firms,
governmental units, and citizen groups.
Through the facilities of the Bureau qualified interested students can obtain
practical experience in research work. This involves the application of tech-
niques and principles studied in the class room to actual business and gov-
ernmental problems.
The Bureau — through its direct contact with business, government, labor
and the professions and in its research into problems in these fields — serves as
an important source of information relative to business and economic con-
ditions and developments in this region. This information is made available,
in part, by means of Bureau publications and, in part, by direct inquiry to the
Bureau. This service is supplemented by active cooperation with individual
business firms and citizen organizations within the state who request assistance
in the study of specific problems which are recognized as having an important
bearing upon community welfare. The Bureau welcomes the opportunity to be
of real service to such organizations.
IX. BUREAU OF GOVERNMENTAL RESEARCH
The Bureau of Governmental Research was organized in 1947, then called
the Bureau of Public Administration. It is closely allied, both in function and
274 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
personnel, with the Department of Government and Politics. The Department
of Government and Politics is the teaching agency; the Bureau of Governmental
Research is the research agency. The Bureau's activities relate primarily to
the problems of state and local government in Maryland. The Bureau engages
in research and publishes research findings with reference to local, state and
national government. It undertakes surveys and offers its assistance and service
to units of government in Maryland. Finally, it serves as a clearing house of
information for the benefit of Maryland state and local government. The
Bureau furnishes an opportunity for qualified interested students to secure
practical experience in research in government problems.
X. INSTITUTE OF WORLD ECONOMICS AND POLITICS
The Institute of World Economics and Public Affairs is an administrative
agency of the University responsible for fostering, establishing and correlating
existing instruction, research, and extension on International Economic and
Political Relations.
The main objectives of the Institute's program are concerned with de-
veloping and promoting research; organizing and correlating programs of
study and instruction on and off campus; advise and make recommendations
with reference to new and revised courses designed to prepare personnel for
effective service with Government and Business Agencies in the fields of
International Economic and Political Relations.
The Institute is designed to correlate and supplement existing facilities
rather than to create a new and competing academic agency. It operates in
large measure, through and with other relevant divisions and departments
of the University. Among these are the Departments of Business Organization
and Administration, Economics, Geography, Government and Politics, History,
Journalism and Public Relations, Modern Languages, and the Bureaus of
Business and Economic Research, and Government Research.
The Director of the Institute is the Chairman of the Advisory Council.
This Advisory Council comprises representatives of each of the Departments
concerned and selected representatives of Government and Business.
XL MARYLAND MUNICIPAL LEAGUE
The office of the Maryland Municipal League, an organization of Maryland
cities, is located in the College of Business and Public Administration. The
League provides opportunities for association to municipal officials, offers serv-
ices to city governments and organizes legislative programs affecting municipal
affairs. It publishes monthly the Maryland Municipal News. The League's
mailing address is: Maryland Municipal League, Box 276, College Park,
Maryland.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 275
COURSE OFFERINGS
The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant giving
the course. In such an event, no fee, will be charged for transfer to another
course.
Courses are designated by numbers as follows:
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. Not
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)
200 to 299: courses for graduates only.
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course with
a double number extends through two semesters.
Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of
hours' credit is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title of the
course.
A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours,
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register.
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION
Professors Frederick, Calhoun, Clemens, Cook, Cover, Fisher, Mounce, Pyle,
Reid, Sweeney, Sylvester, Watson, Wedeberg, Wright; Associate Professors
Hale, Raines; Assistant Professors Ash, Cronin, Daiker, Nelson, Taff;
Instructors Edelson, Lee, Richard.
B.A. 10, 11. Organization and Control (2,2) — First and second semesters.
Required in all Bus. Adm. curriculums.
A survey course treating the internal and functional organization of a
business enterprise. B.A. 11 includes industrial management, organization and
control.
B.A. 20, 21. Principles of Accounting (4, 4) — First and second semesters.
Required in all Business Administration curriculums. Prerequisite, Sophomore
standing.
The fundamental principles and problems involved in accounting for pro-
prietorships, corporations and partnerships.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
B.A. 110, 111. Intermediate Accounting (3, 3) — First and second se-
mesters. Prerequisite, a grade of B or better in B.A. 21 for majors in account-
ing, or consent of instructor.
276 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A comprehensive study of the theory and problems of valuation of assets,
application of funds, corporation accounts and statements, and the interpretation
of accounting statements.
B.A. 112. Records Management (2) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, junior standing. Laboratory fee, $7.50.
Since Records Management is a key factor in promoting modern business
practices, this course is designed to assist students in determining the needs
for an effective records program. The technical phases of records handling are
combined with the broader problems of conducting a modern records program —
its function, organization, operation, and control.
B.A. 116. Public Budgeting (3)— Prerequisites, B.A. 21 and Econ. 32.
A study of budgetary administration in the United States, including systems
of financial control and accountability, the settlement of claims, centralized
purchasing and the reporting of financial operations.
B.A. 118. Governmental Accounting (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. Ill, or con-
sent of instructor.
The content of this course covers the scope and functions of governmental
accounting. It considers the principles general^ applicable to all forms and
types of governmental bodies and a basic procedure adaptable to all
governments.
B.A. 121. Cost Accounting (4) — Prerequisite, a grade of B or better in
B.A. 21 for majors in accounting, or consent of instructor.
A study of the fundamental procedures of cost accounting, including those
for job order, process and standard cost accounting systems.
B.A. 122. Auditing Theory and Practice (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
B.A. 111.
A study of the principles and problems of auditing and application of
accounting principles to the preparation of audit working papers and reports.
B.A. 123. Income Tax Accounting (4) — Prerequisite, a grade of B or
better in B.A. 21 for majors in accounting, or consent of instructor.
A study of the important provisions of the Federal Tax Law, using illus-
trative examples, selected questions and problems, and the preparation of
returns.
B.A. 124, 126. Advanced Accounting (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, B.A. 111.
Advanced accounting theory applied to specialized problems in partner-
ships, estates and trusts, banks, mergers and consolidations, receiverships and
liquidations; also budgeting and controllership.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 277
B.A. 125. C.P.A. Problems (3)— Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 124,
or consent of instructor.
A study of the nature, form and content of C.P.A. examinations by means
of the preparation of solutions to, and an analysis of, a large sample of C.P.A.
problems covering the various accounting fields.
B.A. 127. Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice (3) — Second semester.
Prerequisite, B.A. 122.
Advanced auditing theory, practice and report writing.
B.A. 129. Apprenticeship in Accounting (0) — Prerequisites, minimum of
20 semester hours in accounting and the consent of the accounting staff.
A period of apprenticeship is provided with nationally known firms of
certified public accountants from about January 15 to February 15, and for
a semester after graduation.
B-A. 130. Elements of Business Statistics (3) — Prerequisite, junior stand-
ing. Required for graduation. Laboratory fee, $3.50.
This course is devoted to a study of the fundamentals of statistics. Emphasis
is placed upon the collection of data; hand and machine tabulation; graphic
charting; statistical distribution; averages; index numbers; sampling; elemen-
tary tests of reliability and simple correlations.
B.A. 131. Statistics Laboratory- Laboratory hours and credit to be ar-
ranged. Prerequisite, B.A. 130. (By approval, open to graduate students for
work on thesis.)
Through this course the Bureau of Business and Economic Research offers
the student an opportunity to do practical work in statistics, business and
economics, under the direction of the Bureau staff.
B.A. 132, 133. Advanced Business Statistics (3, 3) — First and second se-
mesters. Prerequisite, B.A. 130. Laboratory fee, $3.50 for each course.
The use of statistical methods and techniques in economic studies and in
the fields of business and public administration. Advanced methods of cor-
relation and other selected techniques are applied to statistical analyses of
economic fluctuations, price changes, cost analysis, and market demand indexes
and functions.
B.A- 140. Financial Management (3)— Prerequisite, B.A. 21 and Econ.
140.
This course deals with principles and practices involved in the organization,
financing, and reconstruction of corporations; the various types of securities
and their use in raising funds, apportioning income, risk, and control; inter-
corporate relations; and new developments. Emphasis on solution of problems
of financial policy faced by management.
B.A. 141. Investment Management (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
B.A. 140.
278 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A study of the principles and methods used in the analysis, selection, anc
management of investments; investment programs, sources of investment in
formation, security price movements, government, real estate, public utility
railroad, and industrial securities.
B.A. 142. Banking Policies and Practices (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 140.
A study of the organization and management of the Commercial Bank, the
operation of its departments, and the methods used in the extension of com
mercial credit.
BA. 143. Credit Management (3) — First and second semesters. Prere-
quisite, BA. 140.
A study of the nature of credit and the principles applicable to its extension
and redemption for mercantile and consumer purposes; sources of credit in-
formation and analysis of credit reports; the organization and management of
a credit department for effective control. Recent developments and effective
legal remedies available.
B.A. 147. Business Cycles (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 140
and senior standing.
A study of the causes of depressions and unemployment, cyclical and
secular instability, theories of business cycles, and the problem of controlling
economic instability.
B.A. 148. Advanced Financial Management (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 140.
Advanced course designed for students specializing in finance. Emphasis
is placed upon the techniques employed by corporation executives in their
application of financial management practice to selected problems and cases.
Critical classroom analysis is brought to bear upon actual methods and tech-
niques used by corporations.
B.A. 149. Analysis of Financial Statements (3) — Prerequisites, B.A. 21,
B.A. 140.
Analysis of financial statements for the guidance of executives, directors,
stockholders, and creditors, valuation of balance sheet items; determination and
interpretation of ratios.
B.A. 150. Marketing Management (3)— Prerequisite, Econ. 150.
A study of the work of the marketing division in a going organization. The
work of developing organizations and procedures for the control of marketing
activities are surveyed. The emphasis throughout the course is placed on
the determination of policies, methods, and practices for the effective marketing
of various forms of manufactured products.
B.A. 151. Advertising. (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 150.
A study of the role of advertising in the American economy; the impact of
advertising on our economic and social life, the methods and techniques currently
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 279
applied by advertising practitioners, the role of the newspaper, magazine, and
other media in the development of an advertising campaign, modern research
methods to improve the effectiveness of advertising, and the organization of the
advertising business.
B.A. 152. Advertising Copy and Layout (3)— Second semester. Prerequisite,
B.A. 151.
A study of the practices and techniques of copy writing and layout. The
student will participate in exercises designed to teach him the essential principles
of writing copy for various media and presenting ideas in visual form. The
course deals with the development of ideas rather than art forms.
B.A. 153. Purchasing Management (3)— First semester. Prerequisite,
B.A. 150.
Studies the problems of determining the proper sources, quality and quan-
tity of supplies, and of methods of testing quality; price policies, price fore-
casting, forward buying, bidding and negotiation; budgets and standards of
achievement. Particular attention is given to government purchasing, and
methods and procedures used in their procurement.
B.A. 154. Retail Store Management (3)— First semester. Prerequisite,
B.A. 150 and senior standing.
Retail store organization, location, layout and store policy; pricing policies,
price lines, brands, credit policies, records as a guide to buying; purchasing
methods; supervision of selling; training and supervision of retail sales force;
and administrative problems.
B.A. 155. Problems in Retail Merchandising (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 154.
Designed to develop skill in the planning and control of merchandise
stocks. Deals with buying policies, pricing, dollar and unit control procedures,
mark-up and mark-down policies, merchandise budgeting, and the gross margin-
expense-net earnings relationships.
B.A. 157. Foreign Trade Procedure (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 150 and senior
standing.
Functions of various exporting agencies: documents and procedures used
in exporting and importing transactions. Methods of procuring goods in
foreign countries; financing of import shipments; clearing through the customs
districts; and distribution of goods in the United States.
B.A. 158. Advertising Campaigns (3) — Prerequisites, B.A. 151 and B.A. 152.
This course is devoted to the application of advertising skills for the purpose
of conducting advertising campaigns scaled to specific marketing needs and
financial resources. It combines sound principles with laboratory techniques;
familiarizes the student with the price structure, technical needs, and problems of
effective presentation for newspapers, magazines, radio, television, and other
media.
280 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
B.A. 159. Newspaper Advertising (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 151.
A study of the problems of newspaper advertising with special attention t^a
the needs of retail business. The course covers layout, production methods, sale
techniques, and classified advertising. Students are encouraged to work in th pro
advertising departments of campus and nearby publications for actual experience
B.A. 160. Personnel Management (3) — Prerequisite, Econ. 160.
This course deals with the problems of directing and supervising employee
under modern industrial conditions. Two phases of personnel administratioi|co
are stressed, the application of scientific management and the importance o
human relations in this field.
B.A. 163. Industrial Relations (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ
160 and senior standing.
A study of the development and methods of organized groups in industrj
with reference to the settlement of labor disputes. An economic and lega
analysis of labor union and employer association activities, arbitration, medi
ation, and conciliation; collective bargaining, trade agreements, strikes, boycotts
lockouts, company unions, employee representation, and injunctions.
B.A. 164. Recent Labor Legislation and Court Decisions (3) — Prerequisite
B.A. 160 and senior standing.
Case method analysis of the modern law of industrial relations. Cases
include the decisions of administrative agencies, courts and arbitration tribunals
B.A. 165. Office Management (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, junior standing.
Considers the application of the principles of scientific management in
their application to office work.
B.A. 166. Business Communications (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, junior standing.
The principles of effective written communication in business — formal and
informal reports, including digesting of information, organizing for presentation,
methods of handling various types of information, and physical setup; the
various types of business letters; special consideration will be given to application
letters.
B.A. 167. Job Evaluation and Merit Rating (2) — Prerequisite B. A. 160
The investigation of the leading job evaluation plans used in industry, study
of the development and administrative procedures, analyzing jobs and writing
job descriptions, setting up a job evaluation plan, and relating job evaluation to
pay scales. Study of various employee merit rating programs, the methods of
merit rating, and the uses of merit rating.
B.A. 168 Advanced Office Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequi-
site, B.A. 165 and senior standing.
A study of the policies, systems, practices used to promote the effective
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 281
ttilization of the office functions. Among the subjects studied will be organ-
isation, standards determination, procedures, scheduling, layout, and process
harting. The above techniques will be used in analyzing, evaluating, and im-
proving the office methods found in several actual business cases.
B.A. 169. Industrial Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
B. A. 11 and 160.
Studies the operation of a manufacturing enterprise. Among the topics
overed are product development, plant location, plant layout, production plan-
ning and control, methods analysis, time study, job analysis, budgetary control,
standard costs, and problems of supervision. An inspection trip to a large
manufacturing plant is made at the latter part of the semester.
B.A. 170. Transportation Services and Regulation (3) — Prerequisite, Econ.
32 or 37.
A general course covering the five fields of transportation, their develop-
ment, services and regulation. (This course is a prerequisite for all other
courses.)
B.A. 171. Industrial and Commercial Traffic Management (3) — Prerequi-
site, B. A. 170.
Covers the details of classification and rate construction for ground and
air transportation. Actual experiences in handling tariffs and classifications is
provided. It is designed for students interested in the practical aspects of
shipping and receiving and is required for all majors in Transportation
Administration.
B.A. 172. Motor Transportation (3) — Prerequisite, B. A. 170.
The place of the motor transport industry, development, uses in distribution,
competitive situations, organization, regulation.
B.A. 173. Overseas Shipping (3)— Prerequisite, B. A. 170.
The ocean carrier, development of services, types, trade routes, company
organization, ship brokers and freight forwarders, the American Merchant
Marine as a factor in national activity.
B.A. 174. Commercial Air Transportation (3) — Prerequisite, B. A. 170.
The air transportation system of the United States: airways, airports, air-
lines. Federal regulation of air transportation. Problems and services of com-
mercial air transportation: economics, equipment, operations, financing, selling
of passenger and cargo services. Air mail development and services.
B.A. 175. Airline Administration (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 174.
Practices, systems and methods of airline management; actual work in
handling details and forms required in planning and directing maintenance,
operations, accounting and traffic transactions, study of airline operations and
other manuals of various companies.
282 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
B.A. 176. Problems in Airport Management (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 174.
Airports classified, aviation interests and community needs, airport plan-
ning, construction, building problems. Airports and the courts. Management,
financing, operations, revenue sources.
B.A. 177. Motion Economy and Time Study (3) — Prerequisite B. A. 169.
A study of the principles of motion economy, simo charts, micromotion
study, the fundamentals of time study, job evaluation, observations, standard
times, allowances, formula construction, and wage payment plans.
B.A. 178. Production Planning and Control (2) — Prerequisite B. A. 169.
An analysis of the man-, material-, and machine requirements for production
according to the several types of manufacture. The development and application
of inventory records, load charts, production orders, schedules, production
reports, progress reports and control reports. One lecture period and one
laboratory period each week.
B.A. 179. Problems in Supervision (3) — Prerequisite B. A. 169.
A case study course of supervisory problems divided into difficulties with
subordinates, with associates and with superiors. The purposes of the course
are to apply general principles of industrial management to concrete cases and
to extract principles from a study of cases.
B.A. 180, 181. Business Law (4, 4) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, senior standing. Required in all Bus. Adm. curriculums.
Legal aspects of business relationships, contracts, negotiable instruments,
agency, partnerships, corporations, real and personal property, and sales.
B.A. 184. Public Utilities (3)— Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37 and senior
standing.
Using the regulated industries as specific examples attention is focused on
broad and general problems in such diverse fields as constitutional law, ad-
ministrative law, public administration, government control of business, ad-
vanced economic theory, accounting, valuation and depreciation, taxation,
finance, engineering and management.
B.A. 189. Business and Government (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Econ. 32 or 37. Senior standing.
A study of the role of government in modern economic life. Social control
of business as a remedy for the abuses of business enterprise arising from the
decline of competition. Criteria of and limitations on government regulation of
private enterprise.
B.A. 190. Life Insurance (3)— First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
A general survey of life insurance: Its institutional development, selection
of risks, mathematical calculations, contract provisions, kinds of policies, their
functional uses, industrial and group contracts, internal management problems,
and government supervision.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 283
B.A. 191. Property Insurance (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ.
32 or 37.
A study of the insurance coverages written to protect business and per-
sonal risks arising from such hazards as fire, windstorm, ocean and inland
transportation, fidelity, and liability.
B.A. 194. Insurance Agency Management (3) — First semester. Prerequi-
site, B.A. 190 or 191.
This course deals with selected advanced topics and special coverages in
life, old age, fire, transportation, and casualty insurance of interest to the
insurance representative. Students are to write a report on some topic involv-
ing investigation and research.
B.A. 195. Real Estate Principles (3) — First semester. Prerequisite Econ.
32 or 37.
The course covers the nature and uses of real estate, real estate as a
business, basic legal principles, construction problems and home ownership,
city planning, and public control and ownership of real estate.
B.A. 196. Real Estate Finance (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ.
32 or 37.
This course includes various methods and techniques in the appraisal of
real estate, in the financing of real estate operations, and in the supervision of
real properties.
B.A. 197. Real Estate Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
B.A. 195 or 196.
Selected advanced problems in real estate brokerage, community develop-
ment, property valuations, governmental powers, sources and placement of
capital funds, and management of rental buildings. Students are to write a
report on some topic involving investigation and research.
For Graduates
B.A. 210. Advanced Accounting Theory (2-3) — Prerequisite B. A. Ill and
graduate standing.
B.A. 220. Managerial Accounting (3).
B.A. 221, 222. Seminar in Accounting — (Arranged.)
B.A. 226. Accounting Systems (3).
B.A. 228. Research in Accounting — (Arranged.)
B.A. 229. Studies of Special Problems in the Fields of Control and Or-
ganization— (Arranged.)
B.A. 240. Seminar in Financial Management (1-3) — Prerequisites, Ec.
140, B. A. 21, B. A. 140.
284 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
B.A. 249. Studies of Special Problems in the Field of Financial Adminis-
tration— (Arranged.)
B.A. 250. Problems in Sales Management (3).
B.A. 251. Problems in Advertising (3).
B.A. 252. Problems in Retail Store Management (3).
B.A. 257. Seminar in Marketing Management — (Arranged.)
B.A. 258. Research Problems in Marketing — (Arranged.)
B.A. 262. Seminar in Contemporary Trends in Labor Relations —
(Arranged.)
B.A. 265. Development and Trends in Industrial Management (3).
B.A. 266. Research in Personnel Management — (Arranged.)
B.A. 267. Research in Industrial Relations — (Arranged.)
B.A. 269. Studies in Special Problems in Employer-Employee Relation-
ships— (Arranged.)
B.A. 270. Seminar in Air Transportation (3).
B.A. 271. Theory of Organization (3).
B.A. 277. Seminar in Transportation (3).
B.A. 280. Seminar in Business and Government Relations — (Arranged.)
B.A. 284. Seminar in Public Utilities (3).
B.A. 290. Seminar in Insurance (3).
B.A. 295. Seminar in Real Estate (3).
B.A. 299. Thesis— (Arranged.)
ECONOMICS
Professors Dillard, Gruchy; Associate Professor Grayson; Assistant Professors
Hamberg, Longley, Root; Instructors Norton, Robinson, Measday, Yeager.
Econ. 4, 5. Economic Developments (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
Freshman requirements in Business Administration Curriculums.
An introduction to modern economic institutions — their origins, develop-
ment, and present status. Commercial revolution, industrial revolution, and
age of mass production. Emphasis on developments in England, Western
Europe and the United States. (Dillard and Staff.)
Econ. 31, 32. Principles of Economics (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Required in the Business Administration
Curriculums.
A general analysis of the functioning of the economic system. A consid-
erable portion of the course is devoted to a study of basic concepts and ex-
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 285
planatory principles. The remainder deals with the major problems of the
economic system. (Grayson and Staff.)
Econ. 37. Fundamentals of Economics (3) — First and second semesters.
Not open to students who have credit in Econ. 31 and 32. Not open to fresh-
men or to B. P. A. students.
A survey of the general principles underlying economic activity. Designed
to meet the needs of special technical groups such as students of Engineering,
Home Economics, Agriculture and others who are unable to take the more
complete course provided in Economics 31 and 32. (Staff.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Econ. 131. Comparative Economic Systems (3) — First and second se-
mesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
An investigation of the theory and practice of various types of economic
systems. The course begins with an examination and evaluation of the
capitalistic system and is followed by an analysis of alternative types of eco-
nomic systems such as fascism, socialism, and communism. (Gruchy.)
Econ. 132. Advanced Economic Principles (3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32. Required for Economics majors.
This course is an analysis of price and distribution theory with special
attention to recent developments in the theory of imperfect competition.
(Grayson.)
Econ. 134. Contemporary Economic Thought (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 32 and senior standing.
A survey of recent trends in American, English, and Continental Eco-
nomic thought with special attention to the work of such economists as W. C.
Mitchell, J. R. Commons, T. Veblen, W. Sombart, J. A. Hobson and other
contributors to the development of economic thought since 1900. (Gruchy.)
Econ. 136. International Economic Policies and Relations (3) — First se-
mester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
A descriptive and theoretical analysis of international trade. Full con-
sideration is given to contemporary problems facing international trade and to
the impact of governmental policy upon international commercial relations.
(Root.)
Econ. 137. The Economics of National Planning (3)— First semester.
Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
An analysis of the principles and practice of economic planning with special
reference to the planning problems of Great Britain, Russia, and the United
States. (Gruchy.)
Econ. 140. Money and Banking (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
286 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A study of the organization, functions, and operation of our monetary,
credit, and banking system; the relation of commercial banking to the Federal
Reserve System; the relation of money and credit to prices; domestic and
foreign exchange, and the impact of public policy upon banking and credit.
(Staff.)
Econ. 141. Theory of Money, Credit, and Prices (3) — Second semester.
Prerequisites, Econ. 32 and 140.
A study of recent developments in the theory of money and credit, of
domestic and international price problems, and of monetary and credit policies
in their relation to the problem of full employment. (Dillard.)
Econ. 142. Public Finance and Taxation (3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
A study of government fiscal policy with special emphasis upon sources of
public revenue, the tax system, government budgets, and the public debt.
(Grayson.)
Econ. 149. International Finance and Exchange (3) — Second semester.
Prerequisite, Econ. 140. Econ. 136 and 141 recommended.
This course considers the theory and practice of international finance and
exchange. The increased importance of public authority in foreign trade,
international policies, and finance is given due emphasis. (Root.)
Econ. 150. Marketing Principles and Organization (3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
This is an introductory course in the field of marketing. Its purpose is
to give a general understanding and appreciation of the forces operating,
institutions employed, and methods followed in marketing agricultural products,
natural products, services, and manufactured goods. (Reid and Staff.)
Econ. 160. Labor Economics (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite,
Econ. 32 or 37. (Measday. Norton, Robinson, Yeager.)
The historical development and chief characteristics of the American labor
movement are first surveyed. Present-day problems are then examined in detail:
wage theories, unemployment, social security, labor organization, and col-
lective bargaining.
Econ. 170. Monoply and Competition (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Econ. 32 or 37.
Growth of large-scale production, development of industrial combinations,
the economies of vertical and horizontal combination, the anti-trust acts, and
some conclusions as to policy in relation to competition and monoply. Problems
of small business.
Econ. 171. Economics of American Industries (3) — First and second se-
mesters. Prerequisite. Econ. 32 or 37.
A study of the technology, economics and geography of twenty representa-
tive American industries. (Clemens.)
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 287
For Graduates
Econ. 200. Micro-Economic Analysis (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Econ. 132.
Price, output, and distribution analysis as developed by Chamberlin, Triffin,
Hicks, and others; econometric methods, including Leontief input-output tech-
niques of inter-industry analysis. Considerable attention is given to contribu-
tions in periodicals. (Grayson.)
Econ. 202. Macro-Economic Analysis (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Econ. 132.
National income accounting: determination of national income and em-
ployment especially as related to the modern theory of effective demand; con-
sumption function; multiplier and acceleration principles; the role of money as
it affects output and employment as a whole; cyclical fluctuations. (Dillard.)
Econ. 230. History of Economic Thought (3) — First semester. Prerequi-
site, Econ. 132 or consent of instructor.
A study of the development of economic thought and theories including the
Greeks, Romans, canonists, mercantilists, physiocrats, Adam Smith, Malthus,
Ricardo. Relation of ideas to economic policy. (Dillard.)
Econ. 231. Economic Theory in the Nineteenth Century (3) — Second
Semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 230 or consent of the instructor.
A study of various nineteenth and twentieth century schools of economic
thought, particularly the classicists, neo-classicists, Austrians, German his-
torical school, American economic thought, and the socialists. (Dillard.)
Econ. 232, 233. Seminar in Institutional Economic Theory (3, 3) — First and
second semesters.
A study of recent developments in the field of institutional economic theory
in the United States and abroad. (Gruchy.)
Econ. 236. Seminar in International Economic Relations (3) — (Arranged.)
A study of selected problems in International Economic Relations. (Root.)
Econ. 237. Seminar in Economic Investigation (3).
Econ. 240. Comparative Banking Systems (3).
Individual research under faculty guidance of special problems in the field
of government finance and taxation.
Econ. 270. Seminar in Economics and Geography of American Industries
(3)— (Arranged.) (Clemens.)
Econ. 299. Thesis — (Arranged.)
288 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
GEOGRAPHY
Professors Van Royen, Hu, ; Consulting Professor Roterus, Lecturers
with rank of Professor Lemons, McBryde; Assistant Professors Augelli, Kari-
nen, Patton; Instructors Pickard, Calhoun, Herbst; Research Associate Batters-
by; Research Assistants Allen, Kelley.
Geog. 1, 2. Economic Resources (2, 2) — First and second semesters. One
lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week for Geog. 1; two lecture
periods for Geog. 2. Freshman requirements in the Business Administration
Curriculums.
General comparative study of the geographic factors underlying production
economics. Emphasis upon climate, soils, land forms, agricultural products,
power resources, and major minerals, concluding with brief survey of geog-
raphy of commerce and manufacturing. (Patton and Staff.)
Geog. 4. Regional Geography of the Continents I. The New World (2)
— First semester.
Study of the Americas witli emphasis upon human geography and the under-
lying physical factors. Discussion of some of the major problems arising
therefrom. Of particular value to students in the field of education.
Geog. 5. Regional Geography of the Continents II. The Old World (2)
— Second semester.
Study of Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia with emphasis on human
geography and the underlying physical factors. Discussion of some of the
major problems resulting therefrom. Intended especially for students and
teachers in the field of education.
Geog. 10, 11. General Geography (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Required of all majors in geography; recommended for all minors; sug-
gested for students of Arts and Sciences, Education, and others who may desire
a background in geography and its application to problems of their respective
fields.
Introduction to geography as a field of study. A survey of the content,
philosophy, techniques, and application of geography and its significance for
the understanding of world problems. (Augelli.)
Geog. 30. Principles of Morphology (3) — First semester.
A study of the physical features of the earth's surface and their geographic
distribution, including subordinate land forms. Major morphological processes,
the development of land forms, and the relationships between various types of
land forms and land use problems. (Van Royen.)
Geog. 35. Map Reading and Interpretation (3) — First and second se-
mesters.
Designed to familiarize the student with various types of maps, their func-
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 289
ions and limitations. Introduction to map projections and their adaptability
o different purposes. Emphasis upon characteristics and interpretation of
opographic maps. (Karinen.)
Geog. 40. Principles of Meteorology (3)— First semester.
An introductory study of the weather. Properties and conditions of the
jitmosphere, and methods of measurement. The atmospheric circulation and
conditions responsible for various types of weather and their geographic dis-
tribution patterns. Practical applications. (Pickard.)
Geog. 41. Introductory Climatology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite
Geog. 40, or permission of the instructor.
Climatic elements and their controls, the classification and distribution of
world climates, and relevance of climatic differences to human activities.
(Pickard.)
Geog. 42S. Weather and Climate (2) — Summer only. Permission of in-
structor.
An introduction to the principal causes of the weather and the major types
of climate, with special emphasis upon North America.
Geog. 50. Problems of Cartographic Representation (3) — First or second
semester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Prerequisite
Geog. 30 and 35, or equivalent.
Introduction to theory of projections. Study of principles and problems
of representation of natural features according to map scales, and of general-
ization and symbolization; also of classification, representation, and generalization
of cultural features, including place-name selection.
(Davies, Geological Survey.)
Geog. 90. Problems of Cartographic Procedure (3) — First or second se-
mester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Prerequisite
Geog. 30. _ r'
Study of compilation methods and their relationship to drafting and
reproduction methods, including basic concepts of compilation, criteria used
in the selection of methods of transfer, relationships of reproduction methods to
the degree of accuracy, drafting methods in compilation and in color-separation
work, and analysis of type styles and their uses. (Skop, Army Map Service.)
Geog. 100, 101. Regional Geography of the United States and Canada
(3, 3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Geog. 1, 2, or Geog. 10, 11,
or permission of the instructor.
A study of regional diversity of the natural and human resources of the two
countries, and the economic activities and settlement patterns of the population.
(Herbst.)
Geog. 102S. Geography of the United States (2) — Summer only. Per-
mission of instructor.
290 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A general study of the regions and resources of the United States in relation
to agricultural and industrial development and to present-day national problems.
Geog. 105. Geography of Maryland and adjacent areas (3) — First and
second semester. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor.
An analysis of the physical environment, natural resources, and population
in relation to agriculture, industry, transport, and trade in the state of
Maryland and adjacent areas. (Patton.)
Geog. 106S. Geography of Maryland (2) — Summer only. Permission of
instructor.
The geographic regions of Maryland and their principal characteristics,
especially in relation to the development of home studies and other study
projects.
Geog. 110, 111. Latin America (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Regional geography of the Latin American republics; an analysis of the
physical environment and the natural resources, and a survey of the historical
and cultural development. (Augelli.)
Geog. 120. Economic Geography of Europe (3) — First semester.
The natural resources of Europe in relation to agricultural and industrial
development and to present-day economic and national problems.
(Van Royen, Patton.)
Geog. 122. Economic Resources and Development of Africa (3) — Second
semester.
The natural resources of Africa in relation to agricultural and mineral
production; the various stages of economic development and the potentialities
of the future. (Van Royen.)
Geog. 123. Problems of Colonial Geography (3) — First or second semester.
Problems of development of colonial areas, with special emphasis upon the
development of tropical regions and the possibilities of white settlement in
the tropics.
Geog. 130. 131. Economic and Political Geography of Southern and East-
ern Asia (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
A study of China, Japan, India, Burma, Indo-China, and the East Indies;
natural resources, population, and economic activities. Comparisons of physical
and human potentialities of major regions and of their economic, social and
political development. (Hu.)
Geog. 134, 135. Cultural Geography of East Asia (3, 3)— First and second
semesters.
A comprehensive and systematic survey of the geographical distribution
and interpretation of the major racial groups and cultural patterns of China,
Japan, and Korea. Special emphasis will be placed on the unique characteristics
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 291
f the peoples of these areas, their basic cultural institutions, outlooks on life,
ontemporary problems, and trends of cultural change. Designed especially
Dr students of the social sciences, and those preparing for careers in foreign
ervice, foreign trade, education, and international relations. (Hu.)
Geog. 140. Soviet Lands (3) — First or second semester.
The natural environment and its regional diversity. .Geographic factors in
he expansion of the Russian State. The geography of agricultural and in-
lustrial production, in relation to available resources, transportation problems,
.nd diversity of population.
Geog. 146. The Near East (3) — First semester.
The physical, economic, political, and strategic geography of the lands
)etween the Mediterranean and India.
Geog. 150. Problems of Map Evaluation I. Topographic Maps (3) —
First or second semester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week.
Prerequisite, Geog 30.
Review of status of topographic mapping with consideration of important
schools of topographic concepts and practices. Theoretical and practical means
of determining map reliability and utility, including studies of map coverage.
Emphasis on methods of preparation of data for compilation purposes, including
a study of types of source materials. Methods of map cataloging and biblio-
graphy are given brief consideration. (Davies, Geological Survey.)
Geog. 151. Problems of Map Evaluation II. Non-topographic Special-use
Maps (3) — First or second semester. Two-hour lecture and two hours labora-
tory a week. Prerequisite, Geog. 150.
Deals exclusively with non-topographic special-use maps used in the fields
of geology, pedology, climatology, forestry and botany, geography, economics,
agricultural economics, demography, transportation and communication, military
science, and certain other special fields. Each type is studied from the viewpoint
of history, basic criteria upon which the selection of features and scales is de-
termined, methods of representation and preparation, interpretation, and avail-
ability of souce materials. Field trips when possible.
(Brierly, Army Map Service.)
Geog. 152. Problems and Practices of Photo Interpretation (3) — First or
second semester. Two-hour lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Prere-
quisite, Geog. 30, 35 or equivalent.
Reading and interpretation of aerial photographs with emphasis on topo-
graphic features. Study of limitations of photo interpretations. Interpretations
of soil, geologic, vegetation, and military data.
Geog. 154, 155. General Cartography and Graphics (3, 3)— First and
second semesters. One lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite. Geog. 30 or consent of instructor.
Problems and techniques of compilation, design, construction, and repro-
292 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
duction of the various types of maps and graphic materials. Laboratory
exercises are directed primarily toward the solution of actual cartographic
problems encountered by the geographer. (Karinen.)
Geog. 158. Elementary Toponymy (3) — First or second semester. Pre-
requisite, Geog. 30 and one foreign language.
Problems of place-name analysis as related to cartography, especially those
involved in making and interpreting foreign maps, the language aspects of
gazetteers, and the problems of compilation of cartographic dictionaries. The
course will close with a review of the linguistic aspects of air charts, hydro-
graphic charts, and the International Map of the World.
(Aiken, Army Map Service.)
Geog. 160. Advanced Economic Geography I. Agricultural Resources (3)
— First semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 1 and 2, or Geog. 10 and 11.
The nature of agricultural resources, the major types of agricultural ex-
ploitation in the world, and the geographic distribution of certain major crops
and animals in relation to the physical environment and economic geographic
conditions. Main problems of conservation. (Van Royen.)
Geog. 161. Advanced Economic Geography II. Mineral Resources (3) —
Second semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 1 and 2, or Geog. 10 and 11.
The nature and geographic distribution of the principal power, metallic,
and other minerals. Economic geographic aspects of modes of exploitation.
Consequences of geographic distribution and problems of conservation.
(Van Royen.)
Geog. 170. Local Field Course (3) — First semester.
Training in geographic field methods and techniques. Field observation of
land use in selected rural and urban areas in eastern Maryland. One lecture
per week with Saturday and occasional weekend field trips. Primarily for
undergraduates. (Karinen.)
Geog. 180, 181. History, Nature and Methodology of Geography (3, 3) —
First and second semesters.
A comprehensive and systematic study of the history, nature, and basic prin-
ciples of geography, with special reference to the major schools of geographic
thought; a critical evaluation of some of the important geographical works and
methods of geographic research. (Hu.)
Geog. 190. Political Geography (3) — Second semester.
Geographical factors in national power and international relations; an
analysis of the role of "Geopolitics" and "Geostrategy," with special reference
to the current world scene. (Augelli.)
Geog. 195. Geography of Transportation (3) — Second semester.
The distribution of transport routes on the earth's surface; patterns of
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 293
transport routes; the adjustment of transport routes and media to conditions
of the natural environment centers and their distribution. (Patton.)
Geog. 197. Urban Geography (3)— First semester.
Origins of cities, followed by a study of elements of site and location with
reference to cities. The patterns and functions of some major world cities
will be analyzed. Theories of land use differentiation within cities will be
appraised. (Patton.)
Geog. 199. Topical Investigations (1 to 3)— First and second semesters.
Independent study under individual guidance. Choice of subject matter
ploitation of mineral resources, and land utilization. Prerequisite, Geography.
Restricted to advanced undergraduate students with credit for at least 24 hours
of geography. (Starr.)
Geog. 200. Field Course (3)— Field work in September, conference and
reports during first semester.
Practical experience in conducting geographic field studies. Intensive
training in field methods and techniques and in the preparation of reports.
For graduate students in geography. Open to other students by special per-
mission of the head of the Department of Geography. (Staff.)
For Graduates
Geog. 210, 221. Seminar in the Geography of Latin America, (3, 3)—
First and second semesters.
An analysis of recent changes and trends in industrial development, exploi-
tation of mineral resources, and land utilization. Prerequisite, Geog. 110, 111
or consent of instructor. (McBryde.)
Geog. 220, 221. Seminar in the Geography of Europe and Africa (3, 3)
First and second semesters.
Analysis of special problems concerning the resources and development
of Europe and Africa. Prerequisite, Geog. 120 or 122, or consent of instructor.
(Van Royen.)
Geog. 230, 231. Seminar in the Geography of East Asia (3, 3) — First and
second semesters.
Analysis of problems concerning the geography of East Asia with emphasis
on special research methods and techniques applicable to the problems of this
area. (Hu.)
Geog. 240, 241. Seminar in the Geography of the U. S. S. R. (3, 3)—
First and second semesters.
Investigation of special aspects of Soviet geography. Emphasis on the
use of Soviet materials. Prerequisite, reading knowledge of Russian and
Geog. 140, or consent of instructor.
294 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Geog. 246. Seminar in the Geography of the Near East (3) — First and
second semesters.
Geog. 250. Seminar in Cartography (credit arranged) — First or second
semester.
The historical and mathematical background of cartographic concepts,
practices, and problems, and the various philosophical and practical approaches
to cartography. Discussions will be supplemented by the presentation 'of
specific cartographic problems investigated by the students.
(Karinen and Davies.)
Geog. 260. Advanced General Climatology (3) — First semester. Prerequi-
site Geog. 42, or consent of instructor.
Advanced study of elements and controls of the earth's climates. Principles
of climatic classification. Special analysis of certain climatic types. (Lemons.)
Geog. 261. Applied Climatology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite Geog.
42, or consent of instructor.
Study of principles, techniques, and data of micro-climatology, physical and
regional climatology relating to such problems and fields as transportation,
agriculture, industry, urban planning, human comfort, and regional geographic
analysis. (Lemons.)
Geog. 262, 263. Seminar in Meteorology and Climatology (3, 3) — First and
second semesters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
Selected topics in meterology and climatology chosen to fit the individual
needs of advanced students. (Lemons.)
Geog. 280. Geomorphology (3) — Second semester.
An advanced comparative study of selected geomorphic processes and
land forms; theories of land forms evolution and geomorphological problems.
(Van Royen.)
Geog. 290, 291. Selected Topics in Geography (1 to 3) — First and second
semesters.
Readings and discussion on selected topics in the field of geography. To be
taken only with joint consent of adviser and head of the Department of
Geography. (Staff.)
GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
Professors Burdette, Plischke, Starr, and Steinmeyer; Associate Professor
Bowen; Assistant Professors Anderson and Dixon; Instructors Goostree, and
Stillings.
G. and P. 1. American Government (3) — Each semester.
This course is designed as the basic course in government for the Ameri-
can Civilization program, and it or its equivalent is a prerequisite to all other
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
courses in the Department. It is a comprehensive study of governments in the
United States— national, state, and local and of their adjustment to changing
Social and economic conditions.
G. and P. 4. State Government and Administration (3) — First semester.
Prerequisite. G. & P. 1.
A study oi the organization and functions of state government in the
United States, with special emphasis upon the government of Maryland.
G. and P. 5. Local Government and Administration (3) — Second semes-
ter. Prerequisite G. & P. 1.
A study of the organization and functions of local government in the
United States, with special emphasis upon the government of Maryland cities
and counties.
G. and P. 7. The Government of the British Commonwealth (2) — First
semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1.
A study of the governments of the United Kingdom and the British
Dominions.
G. and P. 8. The Governments of Continental Europe (2) — Second semes-
ter. Prerequisite G. & P. 1.
A comparative study of the governments of France, Switzerland, Italy,
Germany, and the Scandinavian countries.
G. and P. 9. The Governments of Latin America (2) — First semester.
Prerequisite G. & P. 1.
A comparative study of Latin American governments, with special em-
phasis on Argentina, Brazil, Chile, and Mexico.
G. and P. 10. The Governments of Russia and the Far East (2)— Second
semester. Prerequisite G. & P. 1.
A study of the governments of Russia, China, and Japan.
G. and P. 97. Major Foreign Governments (3).
An examination of characteristic governmental institutions and political
processes in selected major powers, such as Britain, Russia, France, Germany,
Italy, Japan, and China. Students may not receive credit in this course and
also ohtain credit in G. & P. 7, 8, or 10.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
G. and P. 101. International Political Relations (3) — First semester.
Prerequisite G. & P. 1.
A study of the major factors underlying international relations, the in-
fluence of geography, climate, nationalism, and imperialism, and the develop-
ment of international organization, with emphasis on the United Nations.
296 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
G. and P. 102. — International Law (3)— Second semester. Prerequisite
G. & P. 1.
Fundamental principles governing the relations of states, including mat-
ters of jurisdiction over landed territory, water, airspace, and persons; treatment
of aliens; treaty-making; diplomacy; and the laws of war and neutrality.
G. and P. 105. Recent Far Eastern Politics (3) — First semester. Pre-
requisite G. & P. 1.
The background and interpretation of recent political events in the Far
East and their influence on world politics.
G. and P. 106. American Foreign Relations (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite G. & P. 1.
The principles and machinery of the conduct of American foreign relations,
with emphasis on the Department of State and the Foreign Service,
and an analysis of the major foreign policies of the United States.
G. and P. 110. Principles of Public Administration (3) — First semester.
Prerequisite G. & P. 1.
A study of public administration in the United States, giving special at-
tention to the principles of organization and management and to fiscal, per-
sonnel, planning, and public relations practices.
G. and P. 111. Public Personnel Administration (3) — First semester.
Prerequisite G. & P. 110 or B. A. 160.
A survey of public personnel administration, including the development of
merit civil service, the personnel agency, classification, recruitment, exami-
nation techniques, promotion, service ratings, training, discipline, employee
relations, and retirement.
G. and P. 112. Public Financial Administration (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite G. & P. 110 or Econ. 142.
A survey of governmental financial procedures, including processes of
current and capital budgeting, the administration of public borrowing, the tech-
niques of public purchasing, and the machinery of control through pre-audit
and post-audit.
G. and P. 124. Legislatures and Legislation (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite G. & P. 1.
A comprehensive study of legislative organization, procedure, and problems.
The course includes opportunities for student contact with Congress and with
the Legislature of Maryland.
G. and P. 131, 132. Constitutional Law (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite G. & P. 1.
A systematic inquiry into the general principles of the American constitu-
tional system, with special reference to the role of the judiciary in the inter-
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 297
pretation and enforcement of the federal constitution; the position of the states
in the federal system; state and federal powers over commerce; due process of
law and other civil rights.
G. and P. 133. Administration of Justice (3)— Second semester. Pre-
requisite G. & P. 1.
An examination of civil and criminal court structure and procedures in the
United States at all levels of government, with special emphasis upon the
federal judiciary.
G. and P. 141. History of Political Theory (3)— First semester. Prerequi-
site G. & P. 1.
A survey of the principal political theories set forth in the works of writers
from Plato to Bentham.
G. and P. 142. Recent Political Theory (3)— Second semester. Prerequi-
site G. & P. 1.
A study of 19-th and 20th century political thought, with special emphasis
on recent theories of socialism, communism, and fascism.
G. and P. 144. American Political Theory (3) — First semester. Prerequi-
site G. & P. 1.
A study of the development and growth of American political concepts from
the colonial period to the present.
G. and P. 154. Problems of World Politics (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite G. & P. 1.
A study of governmental problems of international scope, such as causes
of war, problems of neutrality, and propaganda. Students are required to
report on readings from current literature.
G. and P. 174. Political Parties (3) — First semester. Prerequisite G. &
P. 1.
A descriptive and analytical examination of American political parties, nom-
inations, elections, and political leadership.
G. and P. 178. Public Opinion (3) — First semester. Prerequisite G. & P. 1.
An examination of public opinion and its effect on political action, with
emphasis on opinion formation and measurement, propaganda, and pressure
groups.
G. and P. 181. Administrative Law (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite
G. & P. 1.
A study of the discretion exercised by administrative agencies, including
analysis of their functions, their powers over persons and property, their pro-
cedures, and judicial sanctions and controls.
G. and P. 197. Comparative Governmental Institutions (3) — Second se-
mester. Prerequisite G. and P. 1.
298 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A careful study of major political institutions, such as legislatures, ex-
ecutives, courts, administrative systems, and political parties, in selected foreign
governments.
American Civilization 137, 138. Conference in American Civilization (3, 3)
— First and second semesters.
The student's acquaintance with American Civilization is brought to a focus
through the analytical study of eight to ten important books, such as Alexis de Toc-
queville, Democracy in America, Nathaniel Hawthorne, The Scarlet Letter, Thorstein
Veblen, The Theory of the Leisure Class, and Gunnar Myrdal, An American
Dilemma. Specialists from related departments participate in the conduct of the
course.
For Graduates
G. and P. 201. Seminar in International Political Organization (3).
A study of the forms and functions of various international organizations.
G. and P. 202. Seminar in International Law (3).
Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in
substantive and procedural international law.
G. and P. 205. Seminar in American Political Institutions (3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and readings in the back-
ground and development of American government.
G. and P. 207. Seminar in Comparative Governmental Institutions (3).
Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in
governmental and political institutions in governments throughout the world.
G. and P. 211. Seminar in Federal-State Relations (3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field
of recent federal-state relations.
G. and P. 213. Problems of Public Administration (3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field
of public administration.
G. and P. 214. Problems of Public Personnel Administration (3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field
of public personnel administration.
G. and P. 215. Problems of State and Local Government in Maryland (3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study in the field of Maryland
state and local government.
G. and P. 216. Government Administrative Planning and Management
(3).
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 299
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in administra-
tive planning and management in government.
G. and P. 217. Government Corporations and Special Purpose Authorities
(3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the use of
the corporate form for governmental administration. The topics for study will
relate to the use of the corporate form as an administrative technique, as in the
cases of the Tennessee Valley Authority, the Port of New York Authority, and
local housing authorities.
G. and P. 221. Seminar in Public Opinion (3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of
public opinion.
G. and P. 223. Seminar in Legislatures and Legislation (3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading about the com-
position and organization of legislatures and about the legislative process.
G. and P. 224. Seminar in Political Parties and Politics (3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the fields
of political organization and action.
G. and P. 225. Man and the State (3).
Individual reading and reports on such recurring concepts in political theory
as liberty, equality, justice, natural law and natural rights, private property,
sovereignty, nationalism, and the organic state.
G. and P. 231. Seminar in Public Law (3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the
fields of constitutional and administrative law.
G. and P. 251. Bibliography of Government and Politics (3).
Survey of the literature of the various fields of government and politics
and instruction in the use of government documents.
G. and P. 252. Problems of Democracy: National (3). Summer session
only.
G. and P. 253. Problems of Democracy: International (3). Summer
session only.
G. and P. 254. Problems of Democracy: National II (3). Summer
session only.
G. and P. 255. Problems of Democracy: International II (3). Summer
session only.
G. and P. 261. Research in Government and Politics (3).
Credit according to work accomplished.
300 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
G. and P. 281. Departmental Seminar (No Credit).
Topics as selected by the graduate staff of the department. Registration for
two semesters required of all doctoral candidates. Conducted by the entire
departmental staff in full meeting.
G. and P. 299. Thesis Course (Arranged).
JOURNALISM AND PUBLIC RELATIONS
Professor Crowell; Associate Professor Krimel; Assistant Professor Danegger;
Lecturers, Hottel, Zagoria.
Journalism Courses
Journ. 10. News Reporting I (3) — First semester. Two lectures, two
laboratory periods each week. Prerequisites, Eng. 1, 2.
Fundamentals of professional reporting. Laboratory time spent in writing
news-story exercises assigned by instructor. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Journ. 11. News Reporting II (3) — First semester. Two lectures, two
laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Journ. 10.
More specialized types of news stories. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Journ. 160. News Editing I (3). — First semester. Two lectures, two hours
of laboratory each week. Prerequisite, Journ. 11.
Copy editing, proofreading, headline writing. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Journ. 161. News Editing II (3). — Second semester. Two lectures; three
hours of laboratory work on Baltimore Sun desk each week, arranged.
Headwriting, makeup, rewriting, copy editing.
Journ. 162. Community Journalism (3). — Second semester. Two lectures;
three hours of laboratory work on a weekly newspaper each week, arranged.
Introduction to community and weekly newspaper.
Journ. 165. Feature Writing (3). — Second semester. Two lectures; one
hour of laboratory work.
Writing and selling of newspaper and magazine articles. Laboratory
fee, $3.00.
Journ. 175. Reporting of Public Affairs (3).— First semester. One lecture;
three hours of laboratory time spent each week on regular beat for Baltimore
Sun, by arrangement.
Advanced reporting: city, county, federal beats.
Journ. 176. Newsroom Problems (3).— First semester. Three lectures per
week.
Ethics, newsroom problems and policies, freedom and responsibilities of
the press.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 301
Journ. 181. Press Photography (3). — First, second semesters. One lecture,
four hours of laboratory each week. Prerequisite, junior major standing in the
department.
Shooting, developing, printing of news and feature pictures. Equipment
provided by university. Student furnishes own supplies needed in course. Lab-
oratory fee, $6.00, provides demonstration supplies, maintenance of cameras.
Journ. 184. Picture Editing (2). — Second semester. Prerequisite or core-
quisite, Journ. 181.
Theories and exercises in handling pictures for the press.
Journ. 191. Law of the Press (3). — Second semester.
Introduction to libel, right of privacy, fair comment and criticism, privilege,
contempt by publication, Maryland pre'ss statutes.
Journ. 192. History of American Journalism (3). — First semester.
Leading personalities, chief movements in American journalism.
Public Relations Courses
Journ. 166. Publicity Techniques (3). — First semester. Preparation in
Journ. 10, 170 desirable.
Strategy and techniques of publicity operations. Orientation, practice in
use of major media of public communications.
Journ. 170. Public Relations (3). — First semester.
Survey of public relations; general orientation, principles, techniques.
Journ. 171. Industrial Journalism (2). — First semester.
Introduction to industrial communications, management and production
of company publications; public relations aspects of industrial journalism.
Journ. 186. Public Relations of Government (3). — Second semester.
Study of public relations, publicity, propaganda, information services in
public administration.
Journ. 194. Public Relations Cases (2). — Second semester.
Study of cases in public relations, with particular attention to policy form-
ulation, strategy, ethical factors.
Journ. 195. Seminar in Public Relations (2). — Second semester.
Group and individual research in public relations.
OFFICE TECHNIQUES AND MANAGEMENT
Associate Professor Patrick; Instructors O'Neill, Costello, Frantz, Knapper.
O. T. 1. Principles of Typewriting (2) — First and second semesters.
Five laboratory periods per week. Laboratory fee, $7.50.
302 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The goal of this course is the attainment of the ability to operate th<
typewriter continuously with reasonable speed and accuracy by the use of thi
"touch" system. This course should be completed prior to enrollment in O. T
12, Principles of Shorthand.
O. T. 2. Intermediate Typewriting (2) — First and second semesters. Fiv<
periods per week. Laboratory fee, S7.50. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C
in O. T. 1 or consent of instructor.
The aim of this course is to teach the fundamentals of letter writing anc
to continue the development of speed typing. Problems in business lette
styles and forms, arrangement of letters, tabulation, and exercises for im
proving stroking skill will be used.
O. T. 10. Office Typewriting Problems (2) — First and second semesters
Five periods per week. Laboratory fee, S7.50. Prerequisite, minimum grade o
"C" in O. T. 2 or consent of instructor.
In this course the aims are to develop the highest degree of accuracy anc
speed possible for each student and to teach the advanced techniques of type-
writing with special emphasis on production.
O. T. 12, 13. Principles of Shorthand (4, 4) — First and second semesters
Five periods per week. Prerequisite, O. T. 1, and consent of instructor.
This course aims to develop the mastery of the principles of Gregg Short-
hand. The reading approach is used, stressing reading and writing from copj
and dictation.
*0. T. 116. Advanced Shorthand (3) — First semester. Five periods pe
week. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in O. T. 13 and O. T. 2 or consem
of instructor.
Advanced principles and phrases of shorthand; dictation covering vocabu
laries of representative businesses; development of dictation skill to maximurr
for each individual.
O. T. 117. Gregg Transcription (2) — First semester. Four periods pei
week. Laboratory fee, S7.50. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in O. T. Ij
and O. T. 2 or consent of instructor. This course is to be taken concurrent^
with O. T. 116.
A course in intensive transcriptional speed building, and in the related skills
and knowledges.
O. T. 118. Gregg Shorthand Dictation (3) — Second semester. Five periods
per week. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in O. T. 116 and O. T. 117
consent of instructor.
A special course in shorthand speed building with emphasis placed on the
development of a special shorthand vocabulary.
*0. T. 10 should be completed prior to enrollment in Advanced Shorthand (O. T. 116)
O. T. 116, Advanced Shorthand, and O. T. 117, Gregg Transcription, must be taken con
currently.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
303
O. T. 110. Secretarial Work (3) — First semester. Six periods per week.
Prerequisite, O. T. Ill and O. T. 112 or consent of instructor.
This course is designed to cover specific and general information in addition
to the stenographic skills needed by a secretary. Units will be assigned on
communication procedures and cost, installation and revision of files, selection
of office equipment and supplies, editorial duties, compilation of statistical data,
and use of reference books. It is assumed that stenographic skills are obtained
from other sources.
O. T. 111. Office Machines (3)— First and second semesters. Six periods
per week. Prerequisites, O. T. 2 and junior standing. Laboratory fee, $7.50.
A course designed to give the students training in the use of modern office
devices — duplicators, calculators, voice writing machines, and other common
office equipment Some attention is given to supervision of small groups of
office workers.
O. T. 114. Secretarial Office Practice (3) — First and second semesters.
Six times per week. Prerequisite, senior standing and completion of O. T. 110.
The purpose of this course is to give laboratory and office experience to
senior secretarial students. A minimum of 90 hours of office experience under
supervision is required. In addition, each student will prepare a written
report on an original problem previously approved.
Business and Public Administration Building
',:>,.
ENTRANCE TO EDUCATION BUILDING
College of
EDUCATION
Arthur Ahalt, M.A., Professor and Head, Agricultural Education.
George E. Avery, M.A., Graduate Assistant, Institute for Child Study.
Walcott H. Beatty, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for Child
Study.
Richard M. Brandt, ALA., Fellow, Institute for Child Study.
Henry Brechbill, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Assistant Dean.
Glen D. Brown, M.A., Professor and Head, Department of Industrial Education.
Lillian W. Brown, B.A., Instructor in Nursery School-Kindergarten Education.
Marie D. Bryan, M.A., Associate Professor of Education.
Richard H. Byrne, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education.
Mary Carl, Ph.D., Assistant Professor and Educational Adviser, Baltimore Division,
College of Special and Continuation Studies.
Harold F. Cotterman, Ph.D., Professor of Education.
Vienna Curtiss, M.A., Professor and Head, Department of Practical Arts.
Marie Denecke, M.A., Instructor in Education.
Wilbur Devilbiss, Ed.D., Professor of Education and Dean.
Stanley J. Drazek, Ph.D., Assistant Dean, College of Special and Continuation
Studies.
Elizabeth F. Duff, ALA., Graduate Assistant, Institute for Child Study.
Rosemary Flannery, B.S., Instructor in Nursery School-Kindergarten Education.
Florence AL Gipe, R.N., Ed.D., Dean, School of Nursing.
Christine Glass, ALA., Instructor in Nursery School-Kindergarten Education.
Ira J. Gordon, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study.
John D. Greene, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study.
Margaret Hayes, ALS., Instructor, School of Nursing.
R. Lee Hornbake, Ph.D., Professor of Industrial Education.
Clay C. Katchmar, B.S., Instructor in Nursery School-Kindergarten Education.
AIary F. Kemble, ALS., Instructor in Alusic and Alusic Education.
305
306 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Robert B. Kindred, M.A., Fellow, Institute for Child Study.
John J. Kurtz, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study.
Harry B. McCarthy, D.D.S., M.A., Director of Clinics, School of Dentistry.
Edna B. McNaughton, M.A., Professor of Nursery School-Kindergarten Education.
Donald Maley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Industrial Education.
Madelaine J. Mershon, Ph.D., Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study.
Dorothy R. Mohr, Ph.D., Professor of Physical Education.
H. Gerthon Morgan, Ph.D., Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study.
Samuel H. Patterson, B.S., Instructor in Industrial Education.
Clarence A. Newell, Ph.D., Professor of Educational Administration.
Lois H. Paradise, M.S., Instructor in Nursery School-Kindergarten Education.
Arthur S. Patrick, M.A., Associate Professor of Business Education.
Hugh Perkins, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study.
Alice M. Powell, M.Ed., Instructor in Nursery School-Kindergarten Education.
Daniel A. Prescott, Ed.D., Professor of Education and Director, Institute for Child
Study.
Alvin W. Schindler, Ph.D., Professor of Education.
Fern D. Schneider, Ed.D., Instructor in Education.
Corrine Shulman, B.S., Instructor in Nursery School-Kindergarten Education.
Mabel S. Spencer, M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics Education.
Margaret A. Stant, B.S., Instructor in Nursery School-Kindergarten Education.
Charles T. Stewart, M.A., Instructor in Education.
Fred Thompson, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study.
William F. Tierney, Ed.D., Instructor in Industrial Education.
James A. VanZwoll, Ph.D., Professor of School Administration.
Walter B. Waetjen, Ed.D., Assistant Professor Education, Institute for Child
Study.
Gladys A. Wiggin, Ph.D., Professor of Education.
Albert W. Woods, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
307
CRITIC TEACHERS— 1951-1952
Pauline E. Abeyounis
Catherine Ackerman
Martha Adams
Carlton Alger
Ralph Angel
Ruby Angel
Eugenia L. Balsley
Ruth B. Bartilson
Ellen J. Beckman
Frances L. Bell
Albert W. Bender
Helen Biggs
Harold P. W. Bloom
George Bollinger
Vincent Brant
Zelda Brenner
Clara Bricker
James Brown
Laura S. Burruss
Julia Burton
Grace M. Butcher
Robert Callahan
Eugene Carney
Maria Carrillo
Lois Chapin
Harry Chayt
Frank Chubb, Jr.
Richard Cleveland
Catherine White Cockburn
Laura D. Cook
Reno Continetti
Arnold Croddy
Adelaide Crowder
Nancy Cubbage
Robert Norman Davis
Dorothea Dawson
Jane De Spain
Gay S. Donnally
John Donovan
Phyliss Duke
Mearle Duvall
Julia Elliott
Frank Fairbank
Walter Fedora
Anita Irene Fernandez
Mary V. Filsinger
Hazel Fitzwater
Harold Freeman
C. T. Futrell
Elsie Gammer
Myrtle Garner
Samuel Geissenhainer
Benjamin Goldfaden
Jennette Giovannoni
William Haefner
Helena Haines
Fred Hajdasz
Charles S. Hamm
Caroline Hardy
John Harvill
Carl Heintel
Lester Heller
Charles Hiden
Dene Hoffman
Melba Hon
Theresa Howard
Charles Hudson
Harry Hughes
Mary Anne Hurley
Angie Hyde
Mary Russell Jones
W. H. Judkins
Josephine Kelly
Georgeanna Kemerer
Garner F. Klair
Viola Knowles
Ernest Koch
Merrill Kolb
Bernard Kramer
Robert F. Kunkle
Sarah Lacey
Holger Christian Langmack
Elizabeth Layton
June Lippy
Alma C. Lyons
Elizabeth Maas
A. J. Marsh
Julia Marshall
308
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Mary McCarthy
Eunice Michaels
Milton Miller
Stella Morris
Joseph M. Murphy
Margaret Myerly
Catherine Murray
Howard Newhouse
Harvey Nichols
Anne Nowland
Estelle Nuttal
Quebe Nye
Ruth Oass
William O'Dell
Howard B. Owens
Daniel A. Palumbo
Vera R. Parker
Naomi G. Payne
Edward Phillips
Margaret Powell
Audrey E. Pressler
Dorothy Ranck
George B. Randall
Sara Rause
Kathleen Rehanek
Joy Christie Reinmuth
Robert Rinehart
Doris Ritter
Eleanor M. Roberts
Wallace Roby
Harold Rock
Carrie Schreiber
Daryl Shaw
Rachel Sheetz
Frank Silverman
Olive P. Simpson
Dorothy H. Smith
Charlotte Spencer
Virginia Stanton
Audrey L. Steele
Samuel Strauss
Helene Sullivan
Margaret R. Thomas
Ruth Trundle
Dorothea Umback
Elgie J. Underwood
Marjorie Van Dien
Jeanne Vaughan
Esther Vogel
John Wakefield
Jennie Walker
Ruth Warren
Ryland M. Warren
Everett Q. Waterman
Rhoda Watkins
Robert H. Weagly
Mayo Wells
Otis White
Jack Willard
Louise G. Winfield
Allen Wittel
May-Louise Wood
William Yarnell
David Young
Marian Young
Claude Lindsey Yowell
Peter Yurwitz
Irving Zorb
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Wilbur Devilbiss, Ed.D., Dean
Henry Brechbill, Ph.D., Assistant Dean
309
HE College of Education meets the needs of the following
classes of students: (1) persons preparing to teach in sec-
ondary schools, nursery schools, kindergartens, and nursing
schools; (2) present or prospective elementary teachers who
wish to supplement their preparation; (3) students preparing
for educational work in the trades and industries; (4)
graduate students preparing for teaching, supervisory, or
administrative positions; (5) students whose major interests
are in other fields, but who desire courses in education.
SPECIAL FACILITIES AND ACTIVITIES
Research and Teaching Facilities
Because of the location of the University in the suburbs of the nation's capital,
unusual facilities for the study of education are available to its students and faculty.
The Library of Congress, the library of the U. S. Office of Education, and special
libraries of other government agencies are accessible, as well as the information
services of the National Education Association, American Council on Education,
U. S. Office of Education, and other institutions, public and private. The school
systems of the District of Columbia, Baltimore, and the counties of Maryland offer
generous cooperation.
The Institute for Child Study
The Institute for Child Study carries on the following activities: (1) it under-
takes basic research in human development ; (2) it digests and synthesizes research
findings from the many sciences that study human beings; (3) it plans, organizes,
and provides consultant service programs of direct child study by in-service teachers
in individual schools or in municipal, county or state systems ; (4) it offers field
training to a limited number of properly qualified doctoral students, preparing them
to render expert consultant service to schools and for college teaching of human
development. Inquiries should be addressed to Director, Institute for Child Study.
The Workshop on Child Development and Education
The College of Education operates a Workshop on Child Development and
Education for six weeks each summer. Requiring full-time work of all participants,
it provides opportunities for (1) study and synthesis of scientific knowledge about
children and youth; (2) training in the analysis of case records; (3) training for
study-group leaders for in-service child study programs ; (4) planning in-service
programs of child study for teachers and pre-service courses and laboratory ex-
periences for prospective teachers; (5) analysis of the curricular, guidance, and
school organization implications of scientific knowledge about human development
and behavior. Special announcements of the Workshop are available about March IS
310 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
of each year and advance registration is required because the number of participants
must be limited. Inquiries should be addressed to the Director, Workshop on Child
Development and Education.
The University of Maryland Nursery- Kindergarten School
The University of Maryland operates a nursery-kindergarten school on the
campus in which students majoring in nursery-kindergarten school education
receive training and practical experience.
Professional and Pre-professional Organizations
The College of Education sponsors two professional organizations : Phi Delta
Kappa, the national professional fraternity for men in Education, and Iota Lambda
Sigma, the national honorary fraternity in Industrial Education. Both fraternities
have large and active chapters and are providing outstanding professional leader-
ship in their fields of service.
The College of Education also sponsors a Chapter of the Future Teachers of
America, a department of the National Education Association. This chapter is open
to undergraduate students on the College Park campus.
Courses Outside of College Park
Through the College of Special and Continuation Studies a number of courses
in education are offered in Baltimore and elsewhere. These courses are chosen to
meet the needs of groups of students in various centers. In these centers, on a
part-time basis, a student may complete a part of the work required for a bachelor's
degree. Graduate courses in education are offered in Baltimore.
Announcements of such courses may be obtained by addressing requests to the
Dean, College of Special and Continuation Studies, College Park, Maryland.
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS
Requirements for Admission
All students desiring to enroll in the College of Education must apply to the
Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at College Park.
In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and other
indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed pattern of subject
matter. In general, 4 units of English and 1 unit each of Social and Natural Sciences
are required. One unit each of Algebra and Plane Geometry is desirable. While
Foreign Language is desirable for certain programs, no Foreign Language is required
for entrance. Fine Arts, Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable as electives.
Candidates for admission whose high school records are consistently low are
strongly advised not to seek admission to the College of Education.
General Information
For information in reference to the University grounds, buildings, equipment,
library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition of resident and
non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates, transcripts of records,
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 311
student health and welfare, living arrangements in the dormitories, off-campus
housing, meals, University Counseling Service, scholarships and student aid, athletics
and recreation, student government, honors and awards, religious denominational
clubs, fraternities, societies and special clubs, the University band, student publica-
tions, University Post Office and Supply Store, write to the Director of Publications
for the General Information issue of the Catalog.
Military Instruction
All male students, unless specifically exempted under University rules, are
required to take basic Air Force R. O. T. C. training for a period of two years.
The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation but it
must be taken by all eligible students during the fisrt two years of attendance at
the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students who do
not have the required two years of military training will be required to complete
the course or take it until graduation, 'whichever occurs first.
Selected students who wish to do so may carry advanced Air Force R. O. T. C.
courses during their junior and senior years which lead to a regular or reserve
commission in the United States Air Force.
For further details concerning the requirements in Military Instruction, write
the Director of Publications for a copy of "General Information Issue" of the
Catalog.
Physical Education and Health
All undergraduate students classified academically as freshmen and sophomores,
irrespective of their physical condition, who are registered for more than six
semester hours, are required to complete four prescribed courses in physical education.
These courses must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of
attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer
students who do not have credit in these courses or their equivalent, must complete
them or take them until graduation, whichever occurs first. Students with military
service may receive credit for these required courses by applying to the Dean of
the College of Air Science.
Guidance in Registration
At the time of matriculation each student is tentatively assigned to a member
of the faculty who acts as the student's personal adviser. The choice of subject
areas within which the student will prepare to teach will be made under faculty
guidance during the first year in the Introduction to Education course required of
all freshmen. Thereafter, the student will advise regularly with the faculty member
responsible for his teaching major. While it may be possible to make satisfactory
adjustments as late as the junior year for students from other colleges who have
not already entered upon the sequence of professional courses, it is highly desirable
that the student begin his professional work in the freshman year. Students who
intend to teach (except Vocational Agriculture) should register in the College of
Education, in order that they may have continuously the counsel and guidance of
the faculty which is directly responsible for their professional preparation.
312 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Junior Status
The first two years of college work are preparatory to the professional work of
the junior and senior years. To be eligible to enter the professional courses, a
student must have attained junior status. (See Academic Regulations.)
Certification of Teachers
The State Department of Education certifies to teach in the approved high
schools of the State only graduates of approved colleges who have satisfactorily
fulfilled subject-matter and professional requirements. Specifically it limits certifica-
tion to graduates who "rank academically in the upper four-fifths of the class and
who make a grade of C or better in practice teaching." The several high school
curricula of the College of Education fulfill State Department requirements for
certification. (See also Elementary Education.)
From the offerings in education, the District of Columbia requirement of 24
semester hours of professional courses may be fully met. Students intending to
qualify as teachers in Baltimore, Wahington, or any other city or state should, in
their junior year, obtain a statement of certification requirements from these areas
and be guided thereby in the selection of courses. Advisers will assist in obtaining
and utilizing such information.
Degrees
The degrees conferred upon students who have met the conditions prescribed for
a degree in the College of Education are Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science.
Majors in English, social sciences, language and art receive the B.A. degree.
Mathematics majors may receive either degree. All others receive the B.S. degree.
Costs
Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165.00 fixed charges;
$71.00 special fees; $360.00 board; $130.00 to $150.00 room; and laboratory fees,
which vary with the laboratory courses pursued. A matriculation fee of $10.00 is
charged all new students. An additional charge of $150.00 is assessed students not
residents of the State of Maryland.
For a more detailed statement of these costs, write to the Director of Publica-
tion", for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog.
GRADUATE STUDIES
Graduate Status
For graduate study in education a student must have earned at least 16 semester
credits in education at the undergraduate level, and hold a bachelor's or master's
degree from a college or university of recognized standing. The committee on
masters' programs may interpret this requirement so that foundation work in fields
other than education may be accepted in cases of graduate students not preparing for
school work. The student must also satisfy the graduate Dean as to his ability
to do graduate work.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 313
Registration
A graduate student in education must matriculate in the Graduate School.
Application for admission to the Graduate School should be made prior to dates of
registration on blanks obtained from the office of the Dean of the Graduate School.
For further instructions a student should consult the Graduate School catalog.
Masters' Degrees
A graduate student in education may matriculate for a Master of Education or
a Master of Arts degree. For requirements for these degrees, the student should
consult both the Graduate School catalog and the duplicated material issued by the
education faculty. On matriculation, the student should select a faculty adviser.
Doctors' Degrees
Programs leading to a Doctor of Philosophy or a Doctor of Education degree
in education are administered for the Graduate School by the department of educa-
tion. For requirements of these degrees, the student should consult both the Graduate
School catalog and the statement of policy relative to doctoral programs in edu-
cation. If the student has not already made arrangements with a member of the
faculty to advise him, he should consult with the chairman of the education Com-
mittee on Candidacy regarding a proper adviser.
CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES
The undergraduate curricula in the College of Education with advisers for each
curriculum are as follows :
Academic Education
English — Marie D. Bryan, Room T-110
Foreign Languages — Marie D. Bryan
Mathematics — Henry Brechbill, Room T-114
Natural Sciences — Henry Brechbill
Social Sciences — Alvin W. Schindler, Room T-117
Speech — Warren Strausbaugh, Room R-106
Agricultural Education (under the College of Agriculture)
Arthur M. Ahalt. Room 0-137
Art Education
Vienna Curtiss, Room H-103
Business Education
Arthur S. Patrick, Room Q-245
Dental Education
Harry B. McCarthy (School of Dentistry, Baltimore)
Elementary Education
Alvin W. Schindler
Marie Denecke, Room T-120
314 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Home Economics Education
Mabel Spencer, Room T-110
Industrial Education
Glen D. Brown, Room T-lll
R. Lee HorHbake, Room T-lll
Music Education
Mary F. Kemble, Music Building
Nursery School-Kindergarten Education
Edna B. McNaughton, Building HH
Nursing Education
Florence M. Gipe (Baltimore)
Margaret Hayes, Room T-106
Physical Education (Men)
Lester M. Fraley, Room G-102
Albert W. Woods, Room G-101
Physical Education (Women)
Dorothy F. Deach, Women's Field House
Dorothy R. Mohr, Women's Field House
General Requirements of the College
A total of 120 semester hours in addition to the University requirement in
military science and physical education is required for graduation in the College of
Education. In no case shall the total number of semester hours required for gradu-
ation be less than 128.
CP
The following minimum requirements are common to all curricula : English —
12 semester hours ^social studies — 12 semester hours as follows: Soc. 1 — Sociology
of American Life; G ,& P 1 — American Government; and H. 5, 6 — History of
American Civilization ^science or mathematics — 6 semester hours , education — 20
semester hours ^speech — 3 semester hours ; physical education and military science
as required by the University.
Marks in all required upper division courses in education and in subjects in
major and minor fields must be C or higher. A general average of C or higher
must be maintained. In order to be admitted to a course in student teaching a
student must have a grade point average of 2.275.
Exceptions to curricular requirements and rules of the College of Education
must be recommended by the student's adviser and approved by the Dean.
Students who are not enrolled in the College of Education but who are preparing
to teach must meet all curricular and scholastic requirements of the College of
Education. .
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 315
Majors and Minors.
Students select a teaching major : for example, social science, art, music, physical
education. Those electing the academic curriculum will ordinarily select both a
teaching major and a teaching minor, and students in other curricula may select
minors if they so desire. Advisers may waive the requirement for a minor when
necessary to permit the development of an approved area such as psychology, human
development, or sociology.
Students selecting an academic major and an academic minor, or those selecting
one special teaching field such as industrial education need to take only one methods
course: for example, Ed. 140 or Ind. Ed. 140. Students who select an academic
major and a special fields minor, or vice versa, must take methods courses in both
the major and minor fields, and should divide their practice teaching between the
two fields.
Academic Education
Students enrolled in this curriculum will meet the above minimum requirements
in English and social science, plus the following :
(1) Foreign language for candidates for the bachelor of arts degree: 12
semester hours provided the student enters with less than three years of
foreign language credits ; 6 semester hours, if he enters with three years
of such credits. No foreign language is required of any student who enters
with four years of language credits nor of candidates for the bachelor of
science degree unless specified in the curriculum. (See "Degrees' above.)
(2) Science or mathematics, 12 semester hours. !,,
(3) Education, 22 semester hours.
(4) Speech, 4 semester hours.
All students who elect the academic education curriculum will fulfill the
preceding general requirements and also prepare to teach one or more school subjects
which will involve meeting specific requirements in particular subject matter fields.
The specific requirements by subject fields are as follows:
English. A major in English requires 36 semester hours as follows:
Composition and Literature 12 semester hours
American Literature, Advanced 3 semester hours
Electives 21 semester hours
A minor in English requires 26 semester hours. It includes the 15 semester
hours prescribed for the major and 11 hours of electives.
Electives must be chosen with the approval of the adviser who will guide the
student in terms of College of Education records and recommendations of the
English Department.
Social Sciences. For a major in this group 36 semester hours are required, of
which at least 18 hours must be in history, including 6 hours in American history
and 6 hours in European history. Six of the 18 hours must be in advanced courses.
For a minor in the group, 24 hours are required, as specified below, less the electives.
316 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
History (including one year each of American and
European History) 18 semester hours
Economics, sociology, government, consumer
education, or geography 6 semester hours
Electives in social sciences 12 semester hours
Electives should be chosen so that there will be a total of at least 3 in Economics,
6 in Geography, 6 in Government and Politics, and 6 in Sociology.
Foreign Languages. All students preparing to teach French, German, or Spanish
are required to take Comparative Literature 101 and 102 and are strongly advised
to take the review course for majors. Further courses in comparative literature
along with work in European or Latin American history are also recommended.
Specific minimum requirements in the three languages are a semester each
of intermediate and advanced conversation (Fr., Ger., or Sp. 8 and 80), a semester
of grammar review, six hours of introductory survey of the literature (Fr., Ger.,
Sp. 75 and 76), one semester of a Life and Culture Course (Fr., Ger., Sp. 161 or
162) and six hours in literature courses numbered 100 or above. If a foreign
language is offered as a second field, all major requirements must be met.
Mathematics. A major in mathematics requires 30 semester hours and a minor,
20 semester hours. The following courses must be included in both major and
minor: Math. 2 — Solid Geometry (2), Math. 14 — Plane Trigonometry (2), Math.
15— College Algebra (3), Math. 17— Analytic Geometry (4), and Math. 20, 21—
Calculus (4,4).
Students who have had solid geometry in high school or who pass satisfactorily
an examination in this subject need not take Math. 2. Electives in mathematics are
selected with the advice of the adviser.
Science. In general science a major of 40 semester hours and a minor of 30
semesters hours are offered, each including the following courses : Chem. 1, 3 —
General Chemistry (4,4), Zool. 1 — General Zoology (4), Bot. 1 — General Botany
(4), Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics (4,4) or Phys. 1, 2— Elements of
Physics (3, 3).
Other courses will be chosen subject to the approval of the student's major
adviser and of the science department in which his interest lies.
Minors of 20 semester hours are offered in chemistry, in physics, and in biological
sciences. A minor in biology must be supported by a one-year course in chemistry.
A minor in physics must be supported by a one-year course in chemistry. A minor
in chemistry must be supported by a one-year course in physics.
The requirements for major and minor are met if 52 semester hours in natural
science, including the above listed courses, are offered.
Speech. A minor of 22 semester hours is offered in Speech. The minimum
requirements for this minor are 12 semester hours in addition to the 10 semester
hours of departmental requirements in Speech 1, 2, 3, and 4. The 12 semester
hours above the departmental requirement must include 6 hours of courses numbered
100 or higher. It is the policy of the department to build a program of study in
^ i y^//
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION / 317
anticipation of the needs of prospective teachers, supervisors, correctionists, dramatic
coaches, and other specialists in the general field of speech. All programs for the
minor must be approved by the departmental adviser.
Nursing Education
By cooperative arrangement between the School of Nursing and the
College of Education, a curriculum is provided for persons who desire to
become assistant head nurses or assistant clinical instructors in schools of nursing.
The total number of credits required for graduation in this curriculum is 128, of
which the last 30 hours of work must be taken in the University of Maryland.
Students eligible for this curriculum must have completed a three year course in
an approved School of Nursing, successfully passed the Maryland State Board
Examination for Nurses, and qualified as Registered Nurses.
Nursing Education Curriculum
ft'/.?
Credit for Nurses Training .p\ 30 to 42*
General Requirements
English 12
Social Science (Soc. 1, G & P 1, H. 5, and H. 6) 12
Education
Id. 100 — History of Education (or Nursing Education when offered). 2
Ed. 90— Development and Learning (or H.D.Ed. 100, 101) 3 (or 6)
Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement 2
Ed. 130 — Theory of the Junior High School or Ed. 131 — Theory of
the Senior High School 2
Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation-Nursing 3
Ed. 148 — Methods and Practice of Teaching 6
N. Ed. 105, 106 — Teaching of Nursing Arts 6
P. E. 160 — Therapeutics of Physical Education 3
— Physical Education as required by the University
Science
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 3
Bact. 101 — Pathogenic Bacteriology 3
Chem. 11, 18 — General Chemistry (or Chem. 1, 3) 6 -$
Electives (in sociology, psychology, edtrcartion, science, and other areas upon ap-
T
proval of adviser.)
•Depending on completion of Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination of the National
League of Nursing Education.
I
? ^
318
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Academic Education Curriculum
Freshman Year
*Ed. 2— Introduction to Education
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature . .
*Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking
*G. & P. 1— American Government
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) ....
P. E. 1, 3 (Men) ; P. E. 2, 4 (Women)
Hea. 2, 4 — Personal and Community Health (Women)
Major and Minor Requirements
Total.
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or.
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature..
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) . .
P. E. 5, 7 (Men; ; P. E. 6, 8 (Women)
Major and Minor Requirements
Total.
Junior Year
H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development.
Major ; nd Minor Requirements, Electives
Total
Senior Year
*Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation.
*Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching
*Ed. 14S— Methods and Practice of Teaching
** Electives
•Major and Minor Requirements, Electives
-Semester-
16-18
15-18
3
13
1G
16
//
16-18
15-18
3
13
16
3 1
3
8
2
16
16
Total
Agricultural Education
This curriculum is designed to prepare students for teaching vocational
agriculture in high schools. To obtain full particulars on course requirements,
the student should consult the bulletin of the College of Agriculture.
Art Education
This curriculum is planned to meet the growing demand for special teachers
and supervisors in art activity. Emphasis is placed upon ways to draw out
and develop the creative inclinations of beginners; to integrate art and other
areas of study; to utilize art in solving social problems. General requirements
are the same as for the academic curriculum.
*May be taken either semester.
•♦English and Social Studies majors must elect Ed. 134.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 319
The curriculum for Art majors follows :
Art Education Curriculum
This curriculum is planned to meet the growing demand for teachers and
supervisors of art activity. Emphasis is placed upon ways to draw out and
develop the creative inclinations of beginners; to integrate art and other areas
of study; to utilize art in solving social problems.
r— Semester— s
Freshman Year I J[
Ed. 2— Introduction to Education 2 (2)
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
G. & P. 1— American Government 3 ....
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2
Pr. Art 1— Design .... 3
Pr. Art 2— Survey of Art History 2 ....
Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women) 2 2
A. S. 1, 2— Air Science (Men) (3) (3)
Physical- Activities 1 l
♦Language or electives 1-3 2-4
Total 16-18 16-18
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3
Science or Mathematics 3 3
Pr. Art 3 — Creative Art Inspired by Primitive Art 2 ....
Pr. Art 4 — Three-dimensional Design .... 2
Pr. Art 20— Costume Design 3
Pr. Art 30— Typography and Lettering .... 3
Cr. 2— Simple crafts 2 ....
Cr. 3— Blockprint and Silk Screen 2
Cr. 20— Ceramics .... 2
Cr. 30 Metalry 2 ....
A. S. 3, 4— Air Science (Men) ,. (3) (3)
Physical Activities 1 1
*Electives 2 2
Total 16-18 16-18
♦Required foreign language : 12 semester hours provided the student enters with
less than three years of foreign language credit ; 6 semester hours, if he enters with
three years of such credit. No foreign language is required of any student who enters
with four years of language credit.
320
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
r-Semester—\
Junior Year 1 H
H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 3 3
H. 5, 6— American History 3 3
Art 7— Landscape Painting .... '•'
Pr. Art 0— Professional Lectures .... 0
Pr. Art 21.— Action Drawing '. 2 ....
Pr. Art 38— Photography 2
Pr. Art 40, 41— Interior Design 1 3
Cr. 5— Puppetry 3 ....
Cr. 40— \\e*ving • • • • 2
•Language or electives 2-5 4
Total 16-18 16-18
Senior Year
Ed. 140— Curiculum, Instruction and Observation in Art 3 ....
Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching .... 3
Ed. 134— Materials and Procedures for the Core Curriculum.... .... 2
**Ed. 148— Methods and Practice of Teaching .... 8
Pr. Art 100— Mural Design .... 2
Pr. Art 132— Advertising Layout 2 ....
♦Language or electives 11-13 ....
Total 16-18 15
A minimum of 24 semester hours constitute a minor in part for which
the following courses are required: Pr. Art 1, Pr. Art 2. Electives may be
selected from the student's chosen field of concentration — advertising, costume,
interior, ceramics, metalry, or weaving — and from courses selected in consultation
with the student's adviser. For teaching, Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction,
and Observation in Art should be included as well as electives chosen from
among the following courses: Cr. 2, 3, 5, 20, 30, 40, 198; Pr. Art 3, 4, 20, 21,
30, 38, 132, 140, 141.
Business Education
Two curricula are offered for the preparation of teachers of business sub-
jects. The General Business Education Curriculum qualifies for teaching all
business subjects except shorthand. Providing thorough training in general
business, including economics, it leads to teaching positions on both junior and
senior high school levels. By the proper selection of electives, persons following
this curriculum may also qualify as teachers of social studies.
The Secretarial Education course is adapted to the needs of those who wish to
become teachers of shorthand as well as other business subjects.
•Required foreign language : 12 semester hours provided the student enters with
less than three years of foreign language credit; 6 semester hours, if he enters with
three years of such credit. No foreign language is required of any student who enters
with four years of language credit.
** Available only during the last half of the spring semester.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
%2\
General Business Education Curriculum
Freshman Year
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature
G. & P. 1— American Government
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Lite
Math. 5— General Mathematics
Math. •;— Mathematics of Finance
Geog. 1, 2— Economic Resources
O. T. 1— Principles of Typewriting
Ed. 2— Introduction to Education
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R O. T. C. (Men)
Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) . .
P. E. 1, 3 (Men) ; P. E. 2. 4 (Women)
Total
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature
Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics
B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting
O. T. 2— Intermediate Typewriting
O. T. 10— Office Typewriting Problems
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
P. E. 5, 7 (Men) ; P. E. 6. 8 (Women)
Total
Junior Year
B. A. 180, 181— Business Law
B. A. 166 — Business Communications
H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development.
B. Ed. 100— Techniques of Teaching Office Skills
B. A. 112— Records Management
O T. Ill— Office Machines
B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control
Econ. 14 0 — Money and Banking..
Econ. 150— Marketing and Organization
Total
Senior Year
Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching
Ed. x40— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation
Ed. 14S— Methods and Practice of Teaching
B. A. 165— Office Management
Electives an 1 Requirements
Total
Secretarial Education Curriculum
Freshman Year
Same as General Business Curriculum
-Semester— \
I II
3 3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
2
2
1
1
18-19
16-19
17
13
16
18-19
16-19
4
3
3
2
2
3
17
322
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
t— Semester-
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or 3 3
Erg. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3
Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
O. T. 12, 13— Principles of Shorthand I, II 4 4
O. T. 2— Intermediate Typewriting 2 ....
O. T. 10— Office Typewriting Problems .... 2
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 ....
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
P. E. 5, 7 (Men) ; P. E. 6, 8 (Women) 1 1
Total 16-19 16-19
Junior Year
H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 3 3
B. A. ISO, 181— Business Law 4 4
B. Ed. 100— Techniques of Teaching Office Skills 2
O. T. 16— Advanced Shorthand 3
O. T. 17— Transcription 2
B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting 4 4
B. A. 112— Records Management .... 2
Electives .... 3
Total ' 18 16
Senior Year
O. T. Ill— Office Machines 3
O. T. 110— Secretarial Work 3
B. A. 165— Office Management 3
B. A. 166— Business Communications 3 ....
Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching .... f 3
Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Business..
Subjects I 3
Ed. 148— Methods and Practice of Teaching .... [8
Electives and Requirements 3 ....
Total 15 11
Childhood Education
The childhood education curriculum has as its goal the praparation of
nursery school and kindergarten teachers. It is also planned to further the
personal development of the student and give training in home-making.
Observation and student teaching are done in the University Nursery
School and Kindergarten on the campus and in approved schools in nearby
communities. Each student is encouraged to select a minor in an allied field.
Graduates receive a B.S. degree and meet the requirements for certification
for teaching kindergarten and nursery school in Maryland.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
323
Childhood Education Curriculum
^reshman Year
•Ed. 2— Introduction to Education
•C. Ed. 2— Orientation, Observation, and Re ■ord Taking
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life
G. & P. 1— American Government
Speech 4— Voice and Diction
•Foods 1— Introductory Foods
Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health
P. E. 2, 4
Electives
Total
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
•Sci. Ed. 1— Science for the Primary Grades
Zool. 16— Human Physiology
•Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition
P. E. 6, 8
•Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology
Electives
Total
Junior Year
C. Ed. 100— Child Development I— Infancy
C. Ed. 101— Child Development II— Early Childhood
C. Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation— Nursery. .
School
C. Ed. 150— Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation— Kinder-
garten
C. E. 115— Children's Activities and Activities Materials
C. Ed. 116— Creative Expression
C. Ed. 14 9— Teaching Nursery School
C. Ed. 159— Teaching Kindergarten
Nut. Ill— Child Nutrition
Elective
Total
Senior Year
C. Ed. 145— Guidance in Behavior Problems
C. E. 149— Teaching Nursery School
C. Ed. 159— Teaching Kindergarten
H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development
Electives
Total
-Semester— ^
/ //
3
2
1
2
16
15
16
2
3
3
3
2
1
2
16
3
1
3
2
15
3
3
4
2
1
16
4
3
9
16
•May be taken either semester.
324 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Marks in all required upper division courses in education and in subjects in
major and minor fields must be C or higher. A general average of C or higher
must be maintained. In order to be admitted to a course in student teaching, a student
must have a grade point average of 2.275. Each student should have one summer
of experience in working with children.
Dental Education
In cooperation with the School of Dentistry, the College of Education offers
a curriculum in dental education leading to the Bachelor of Science degree, with
course work offered in the Baltimore Center only. This curriculum is designed to
prepare superior graduates of the Dental School for positions as teachers of
dentistry. Details of the program may be obtained from the Dean of the School
of Dentistry. Persons entering the program must be approved by the Com-
mittee on Admissions of the Dental School.
Dental Education Curriculum
For students who are dental school graduates with the degree of Doctor of
Dental Surgery acquired since 1936-37, after six years of study) and who have
the approval of the Committee on Admissions of the Dental School :
Ninety-six (96) semester hours (or the equivalent of three years of work) may
be credited for the dental school work provided none of the dental school marks was
lower than "B".
The additional 32 semester hours, as follows, are required :
Academic subjects 12
Education 20
History of Dental Education 2
Educational Psychology 4
Educational Measurement 2
Methods of Teaching Vocational Subjects 2
Organization and Management of Vocational Classes 2
Electives 8
Elementary Education
This curriculum is open only to persons who have completed a tzvo- or three-
year curriculum in a Maryland State Teachers College or other accredited teacher
education institution and whose records give evidence of ability and character
essential to elementary teaching. Such persons will be admitted to advanced standing
and classified provisionally in appropriate classes.
Credit for extension courses given by other institutions may be accepted in an
amount not exceeding 30 semester hours. The last 30 semester hours of work
preceding the conferring of the degree must be taken in the University of Maryland.
State Department of Education requirements provide that a teacher in service
may present for certificate credit not more than six semester hours of credit completed
during a school year. The College of Education assumes no responsibility in this
connection, but candidates are advised to observe this regulation.
COLLEGE OE EDUCATION 325
Elementary Education Curriculum
For graduates of two year normal schools.
Credit for normal school work, not more than 64
Requirements
Education 4
English (not including freshman English) 10
*Natural science (chemistry, physics, botany, zoology,
bacteriology, entomology, general science, meteorology) 10
Social science (history, government, sociology,
economics, geography) 12
fElectives 28
For graduates of three year normal schools.
Credit for normal school work, not more than 96
Requirements
Education 2
English (not including freshman and sophomore English) 6
*Natural science (as above) 6
Social science (as above) 12
fElectives 6
Home Economics Education
The Home Economics Education curriculum is designed for students who are
preparing to teach vocational or general home economics or to engage in any phase
of home economics work which requires a knowledge of teaching methods. It
includes studies of all phases of home economics and the allied sciences, with pro-
fessional training for teaching these subjects. A student majoring in this curriculum
may also qualify for a science minor.
Home Economics Education Curriculum
/—Semester— -\
Freshman Year I II
Ed. 2— Introduction to Education 2 ....
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3
Speech 1, ,2— Public Speaking 2 2
H. E. 1— Home Economics Lectures 1 ....
Pr. Art 1 —Design 3 ....
Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health 2 2
P. E. 2, 4 1 1
Tex. 1— Textiles .... 3
Total 17 17
*Not more than four semester hours of Science Education and other approved
substitutions for regular science courses will be counted toward meeting the natural
science requirements.
t If a student is not allowed full credit for normal school work by the Director of
Admisions, he mint take additional electives in the amount needed to complete 128
semester hours of work.
326
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
/—Semester— >
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature, or 3 3
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature (3) (3)
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry 3 3
Pr. Art 20— Costume Design 3 ....
Clo. 20A— Clothing 3
Foods 2, 3— Foods 3 3
P. E. 6, S 1 1
Total 16 16
Junior Year
H. E. Ed. 14 0— Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation .... 3
H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 3 3
Home Mgt. 150, 151— Home Management 3 3
Foods 101— Meal Service .... 2
Clo. 22— Clothing Construction 2
Nut. 10 or 110— Elements of Nutrition 3 ....
Pr. Art 2— Survey of Art History 2 ....
Pr. Art 4 0 — Interior Design 1
Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics .... 3
Zool. 16 Human Physiology 4 ....
Total 16 16
*Senior Year
H. E. Ed. 102— Problems in Teaching Home Economics .... f 3
H. E. Ed. 148— Teaching Secondary Vocational Home Economics .... J S
Ed. 145 — Principles of High School Teaching .... ] 3
Home Mgt. 152— Practice in Management of the Home .... [3
Bact. 51— Houseohld Bacteriology 3 ....
Bot. 1— General Botany 4 ....
Electives 8 ....
Total 15 17
Industrial Education
Three curriculums are administered by the Industrial Education Department:
(1) Industrial Arts education, (2) Vocational-Industrial education, and (3) Educa-
tion for Industry. The overall offering includes both undergraduate and graduate
programs leading to the degrees of : Bachelor of Science, Master of Education,
Master of Arts, Doctor of Education and Doctor of Philosophy.
The industrial arts education curriculum prepares people to teach industrial arts
at the secondary school level. It is a four-year program leading to a Bachelor of
Science degree. While trade or industrial experience contributes significantly to
the background of the industrial arts teacher, previous work experience is not a
condition of entrance into this curriculum. Students who are enrolled in the cur-
riculum are encouraged to obtain work in industry during the summer months.
Industrial arts as a secondary school subject area is a part of the general education
program characterized by extensive shopwork and laboratory experiences.
•Subjects in the senior year will be so arranged that the two semesters may be
interchanged.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 327
The vocational-industrial curriculum may lead either to certification as a
vocational-industrial teacher with no degree involved or to a Bachelor of Science
degree including certification. The University of Maryland is designated as the
institution which shall offer the "Trade and Industrial" certification courses and
hence the courses which are offered are those required for certification in Maryland.
The vocational-industrial curriculum requires trade competence as specified by the
Maryland State Plan for Vocational Education. A person who aspires to take the
certification courses should review the State plan and he may well contact Maryland
State Department of Education officials. If the person has in mind teaching in a
designated city or county he may discuss his plans with the vocational-industrial
official of that city or county inasmuch as there are variations in employment and
training procedures.
Industrial Arts Education
r— Semester— \
Freshman Year I II
Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 2 ....
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3
Ind. Ed. 1— Mechanical Drawing 2 ....
Ind. Ed. 21 — Mechanical Drawing .... 2
Ind. Ed. 2 — Elementary Woodworking 2 ....
Ind. Ed. 22— Machine Woodworking I .... 2
Ind. Ed. 12— Shop Calculations 3
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
P. E. 1, 3— Physical Activities 1 1
Total 18 19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature, or 3 3
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3
His. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Ind. Ed. 23— Arc and Gas Welding 1
Ind. Ed. 110— Foundry 1
Ind. Ed. 41— Architectural Drawing 2 ....
Ind. Ed. 67— Cold Metal Work 2
Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4
Math. 10— Algebra .... 3
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
P. E. 5, 7— Physical Activities 1 1
Total 18 19
328
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Junior Year
H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development..,
Ind. Ed. 26— Art Metal Work I ,
Ind. Ed. 28— Electricity I
Ind. Ed. 69— Machine Shop Practice I ,
Ind. Eu. 24— Sheet Metal Work
Ind. Ed. 160— Essentials of Design
Ind. Ed. 166— Educational Foundations of Industrial Arts.
Ind. Ed. 48— Electricity II
Phys. 1, 2— Elements of Physics
Ind. Ed. 164— Shop Organization and Management
Electives
Semester— \
/
//
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
2
4
4
Total . . :
*Senior Yea?-
Ind. Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation—.
Ind. Education
Ind. Ed. 148— Methods and Practice of Teaching
Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching
**Ind. Ed. 89— Machine Shop Practice II
find. Ed. 31— Mechanical Drawing
J Ind. Ed. 42— Machine Woodworking II
Ed. 161— Guidance in Secondary Schools
Ind. Ed. 105— General Shop
Econ. 3 7— Fundamentals of Economics
Electives
18
Total.
14
Vocational-Industrial Certification
A total of 240 clock hours of instruction is required for vocational-industrial
teacher certification. The courses listed below are currently required :
Ind. Ed. 50 — Methods of Teaching
60 — Observation and Demonstration Teaching
164 — Shop Organization and Management
168 — Trade or Occupational Analysis
169 — Course Construction
Ind. Ed. 170' — Principles of Vocational Education, or
Ind. Ed. 171 — History of Vocational Education
"The remainder of the 240 clock hours are to be met through elective industrial
education courses offered by the University of Maryland and approved by the State
supervisor of industrial education." ***Among the courses from which electives may
be chosen there are :
Ind.
Ind.
Ind.
Ind.
Ed.
Ed.
Ed.
Ed.
♦Subjects in the senior year will be so arranged that the two semesters may be
interchanged.
♦♦Ceramics accepted as a substitute.
tPhotography accepted as a substitute.
JAutomotives accepted as a substitute.
♦♦♦Maryland (State Department of Education) The Maryland State Plan for Vocational
Education, 1947—1952, p. 108.
N. B. The present State plan is in process of revision.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 329
Ind. Ed. 150 — Training Aids Development
Ind. Ed. 157 — Tests and Measurements
Ind. Ed. 161 — Principles of Vocational Guidance
Ind. Ed. 165 — Modern Industry
Ind. Ed. 167 — Problems in Occupational Education
**Ind. Ed. 220 — Organization, Administration and Supervision of Vocational
Education
Ind. Ed. 240 — Research in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education
Ind. Ed. 248 — Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education
Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement
Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology
Ed. 161 — Guidance in Secondary Schools
Ed. 261 — Counseling Techniques
Ed. 262 — Occupational Information
Ed. 269 — Seminar in Guidance
A person in vocational-industrial education may use his certification courses
toward a Bachelor of Science degree. In doing so the general requirements of the
College of Education must be met. A maximum of twenty semester hours of credit
may be earned through examination in the trade in which the student has competence.
Prior to taking the examination, the student shall provide documentary evidence of
his apprenticeship or learning period and journeyman evperience. For further in-
formation about credit by examination refer to the Academic Regulations of the
University of Maryland.
Education for Industry
The Education for Indutsry curriculum is a four-year program leading to a
Bachelor of Science degree. The purpose of the program is to prepare persons for
jobs within industry and, as such, it embraces four major areas of competence, (a)
technical competence, (b) human relations and leadership competence, (c) com-
munications competence, and (d) social and civic competence. The student who is
enrolled in this curriculum is required to obtain work in industry in accordance with
the plan described in the course, Industrial Education 124 a, b.
**A course bearing a "200" number is open only to graduate students.
330
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
r-Semester—\
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3
Ind. Ed. 1 — Mechanical Drawing I 2 ....
Ind. Ed. 12— Shop Calculations 3
Ind. Ed. 21— Mechanical Drawing II .... 2
Ind. Ed. 22— Machine Woodworking 1 2 ....
Ind. Ed. 23— Arc and Gas Welding 1
Ind. Ed. 69— Machine Shop Practice I 2
Ind. Ed. 110— Foundry ! 1
Sp. 7— Public Speaking 2 ....
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
P. E. 1, 3— Physical Activities 1 1
Math. 10— Algebra or
Math. 15— College Algebra 3
Total 19 19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature or 3 3
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3
Ind. Ed. 24— Sheet Metal Work 2
B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control 2 2
Phys. 1, 2 — Elements of Physics (Mechanics, Heat and
Sound)— (Magnetism, Electricity and Optics)— or
Phys. 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics (Mechanics and Heat) —
Sound, Optics, Magnetism and Electricity) 3 or 4 3 or 4
Math. 11— Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry or
Math. 14 — Plar Trigonometry 2 or 3
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
P. E. 5, 7— Physical Activities 1 1
H. 5 — History of American Civilization .... 3
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 3
Total 16, 17 or 18 18 or 19
Junior Year ^
H. 6— History of American Civilization 3 ....
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3 ....
Psych. 2— Applied Psychology .... 3
Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4
Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3 ....
*Ind. Ed. 124a — Organized and Supervised Work Experience 3 ....
Ind. Ed. 143, 144— Industrial Safety Education 2 2
B. A. 160 — Personnel Management .... 3
Soc. 115 — Industrial Sociology .... 3
Electives 3 3
Total 21 18
♦Must be pursued concurrently with the regular Summer Sessions between the
sophomore and junior and the junior and senior years respectively.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 331
r- Semester— s
Senior Year I II
B. A. 163— Industrial Relations 3
B. A. n;7 Job Evaluation ami Merit Rating 2 ....
•I ml. lOd. li'Hi — Organized and Supervised Work Experience '■', ....
lnd. Ed. 164— Shop Organization and Management .... 2
Ind. Ed. 165— Modern Industry .... 2
lnd. Ed. 168— Trade or Occupational Analyses 2 ....
Psych. 121— Social Psychology .... 3
Electives 5 8
Total 15 15
Music Education
The Music Education curriculum affords pre-service preparation in the specialized
field of Music Education and leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education
with a Public School major. The curriculum provides training in both the choral
and instrumental fields of music and is planned to meet the growing demand for
special teachers and supervisors in Public School Music. By proper selection of
subjects, persons may also qualify in other academic subjects. Six semester hours
of science or mathematics must be elected to meet the College requirements in this
area.
A major in music education includes 33 semester hours of music and 20 semester
hours of applied music. A minor in the field may be secured with 23 hours of
music and 10 hours of applied music. A curriculum for a major in music education
will be found below. A minor in the field must include Mus. 2, 3, 7, 8, 11, 50, 70,
71, 80, 81, 120, and 10 hours of applied music as needed; Ed. 140 in music, and
practice teaching which is divided between the student's major and minor fields.
Music Education Curriculum
r— Semester— >,
Freshman Year I 1 1
Ed. — Introduction to Education 2 ....
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3
Mus. 7 — Fundamentals of Music 2 ....
Mus. S, 11— Solfeggio and Ear Training I, II 2 2
Mus. 70— Harmony I .... 3
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. or R. O. T C. Band
(Men) 3 3
P. E. 1, 3-(Men) ; P. E. 2, 4 (Women) 1 l
P. E. 50— Rhythmic Analysis and Movement 1 ....
Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) 2 2
Applied Music as needed— Mus. 12, 52, 13, 53, 4, 5, 6, 9. 10 (one
credit each) 2 2
Total 16-18 15-17
332
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature, or
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
Mus. 2, 3— History of Music
Mus. 7 1— Harmony II
Mus. SO— Instruments of the Orchestra (Strings)
Mus. 14— String Class
Mus. SI— Instruments of the Bands (Winds and Percussion)
Mus. 14— Woodwind Class
Mus. 14— Brass Class
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. or R. O. T. C. Band
(Men)
P. E. 5, 7— (Men) ; P. E. 6, 8 (Women)
Requirements (Mathematics or Science)
Applied Music as needed— Mus. 72, 92, 73, 93, 54, 74, 4, 5. 6, 9, 10
(one credit each)
Total .
Junior Year
Speech 4— Voice and Diction
H. D. Ed. 100. 101— Principles of Human Development
Mus. 50— Elementary Conducting
' Mus. 120— Advanced History and Appreciation of Music
Mus! 150— 151— Harmony III, IV
Mus. 160— Advanced Choral Conducting, Materials, and Methods
Mus. 161— Advanced Orchestral Conducting, Materials, and Meth-
ods
Electives
Applied Music as needed— Mus 112,152, 113, 153, 94, 114, 4, 5, 6,
9, 10 (one credit each)
Total .
Senior Year
Ed. 134— Materials and Procedures for the High School Core
Curriculum
Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation
Ed. 1 4 S— Methods and Practice of Teaching
Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching
Mus. Ed. 132— Workshop in Music for Junior High School
Electives
Applied Music as needed— Mus. 172, 173, 154, 174, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10
(one credit each)
Total .
-Semester—^
I
II
3
3
3
3
2
3
2
1
17-20
16
IS
17-20
IS
12
4
16
Physical Education and Health Education
For detailed information on these curricula and courses, see College of
Physical Education, Recreation and Health catalog.
Curricula for Physical Education and Health Education
The curricula in Physical Education and Health Education are designed tc
prepare students for teaching and for work involving educational techniques in
these fields.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 333
The Health Education and Physical Education curricula lead primarily to
teaching and supervising such work in schools and colleges.
All applicants must be free of handicapping physical defects and be approved
by the medical director and by the Dean of College of Physical Education,
Recreation and Health.
Any student enrolled in the College of Education who meets the above
requirements may develop a minor in one of these areas by completing 20
hours of work in that area and 4 hours in a cognate area as described below,
and as planned in consultation with his adviser and with written approval of
the Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health.
Xote: To be certified to teach physical education in Maryland, 30 semester
hours are required in this area, including the following or equivalent: Zool.
14, 15; Hea. 50: P. E. 100, 140: Ed. 145; and Ed. 148, including at least 25
hours of student teaching.
MEN
Physical Education Curriculum
r— Semester— ^
Freshman Year I H
Eng 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3
Zool. 1— General Zoology .... 4
Sp. 4— Voice & Diction 3 ....
P. E. 20— Orientation to Measurement .... 2
P. E. 30 — Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health 3 ....
P. E. 4 0— Basic Body Controls 1
P. E. 50 — Phythmic Analysis and Movement 1 ....
P. E. 60— Basic Rhythm Skills 1
P. E. 61, 63— Sport Skills and Gymnastics 2 2
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O T. C 3 3
Total 19 18
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3
Hist. 5. 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 4
Phys. 1— Elements of Physics 3 ....
Hea. 40— Personal and Community Health .... 3
P. E. 65, 67— Sport Skills and Gymnastics 2 2
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T C 3 3
Total 18 is
334 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
r— Semesters
Junior Year I II
H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I, II 3 3
P. E. 100— Scientific Bases of Movement 4 ....
P. E. 101, 103— Organization and Officiating in Intramurals 2 2
P. E. 113, 115— Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools.... 3 3
P. E. 123 or 125— Coaching Athletics 3 ....
P. E. 180— Measurement in Physical Education and Health .... 3
Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety 2
Electives 2 3
Total 17 16
Senior Year
P. E. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation .... 3
P. E. 160— Scientific Bases of Movement Applied 3 ....
P. E. 190— Administration and Supervision of Physical Education,
Recreation and Health .... 3
Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching .... 3
Ed. 148— Methods and Practice of Teaching (see note below) .... .... 8
Electives 12
Total 15 17
NOTE: Ed. 148 may be scheduled either semester. Ed. 145, P. E. 140 and P. E.
190 must be scheduled concurrently.
WOMEN
Freshman Year
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3
Zool. 1— General Zoology • • • • 4
Sp. 4— Voice and Diction 3 ....
P. E. 20— Orientation to Measurement .... 2
P. E. 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health 3
P. E. 40— Basic Body Controls 1
P. E. 50— Rhythmic Analysis and Movement 1 ....
P. E. 60— Basic Rhythm Skills 1
P. E. 52— Dance Techniques • • • • 1
P. E. 62, 64— Elementary Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics.. 2 2
Total 16 16
NOTE : P. E. 72 and/or 74 may be required depending upon swimming ability of student.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 335
r-Semester— •>
Sophomore Year I H
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3
History 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 4
Phys. 1— Elements of Physics 3 ....
Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Health .... 3
P. E. 54— Dance Techniques 1 ....
P. E. 56— Methods and Materials in Dance .... 2
P. E. 66, 68— Techniques of Sports 2 2
P. E. 82— Officiating 1
Total 17 17
NOTE : P. E. 76 may be required depending upon swimming ability of student.
Junior Year I II
H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I, II 3 3
P E. 78— Methods of Teaching Aquatics . . .' .... 2
P. E. 100— Scientific Bases of Movement 4 ....
P. E. 114, 116— Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools.... 3 3
P. E. 124, 126— Methods and Materials in Team Sports 2 2
P. E. 180— Measurement in Physical Education and Health 3 ....
Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety 2
Electives .... 3
Total 15 15
Senior Year
P. E. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation .... 3
P. E. 160— Scientific Bases of Movement Applied 3 ....
P. E. 190— Administration and Supervision of Physical Education,
Recreation and Health .... ?,
Ed. 148— Methods and Practice of Teaching Csee note below) .... .... 8
Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching .... 3
Electives 12 ....
Total 15 17
NOTE: When Ed. 148 is taken. Ed. 145, P. E. 140 and P. E. 190 must also
be scheduled concurrently.
MEN
Health Education Curriculum
Freshman Year
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3
Zool. 1— General Zoology .... 4
Sp. 4— Voice and Diction 3 ....
Sp. 1 0— Group Discussion .... 2
P. E. 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation and
Health 3
P. E. 1, 3— Conditioning and Fitness Exercises 1 1
Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry 3 3
A. S. 1, 2— Basis Air Force R. O. T C 3 3
Total 19 19
336
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature
Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
Zool. 14, 15 — Human Anatomy and Physiology
Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Health
Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety
P. E. 5, 7— Sports and Other Recreational Activities
Phys. 1, 2— Elements of Physics
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C
Total
Junior Year
Bact. 1— General Bacteriology
Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition.
P. E. 180 — Measurement in Physical Education and Health or..
Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement
Hea. 110— Health Service and Supervision
Hea. 120— Teaching Health
Bact. 5— Advanced General Bacteriology
H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I, II
Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology
Psych. 5— Mental Hygiene
Electives
Total
Senior Year
Hea. 70— Safety Education
P. E. 140— Curriculum, Introduction and Observation
Hea. 190— Organization and Administration of Health Education
Ed. 148— Methods and Practice of Teaching
Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching
Elective
Total
WOMEN
Freshman Year
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life
G. & P. 1— American Government
Zool. 1— General Zoology
Sp. 4— Voice and Diction
Sp. 10 — Group Discussion
P. E. 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation and
Health
P. E. 2, 4— Basic Skills of Sports and Rhythms
Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry
Total
r— Semester— \
I
ii
3
3
3
3
4
4
3
2
1
1
3
3
3
3
19
16-17
IT
20
12
15
IS
16
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 337
r— Semester— \
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3
Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 4
Hea. 40— Personal and Community Health .... 3
P. E. 6, 8— Selected Sports & Dance 1 1
Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition 3 ....
1 'hys. 1, 2— Elements of Physics 3 3
Total 17 17
Junior Year
Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 4 ....
Bact. 5 — Advanced General Bacteriology .... 4
P. 10. 180— Measurement in Physical Education and Health or.... 3 ....
Ed. 1 50— Educational Measurement 2 ....
Hea. 110— Health Service and Supervision 2 ....
Hea. 120— Teaching Health 3
H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I, II 3 3
Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology 3 ....
Psych. 5— Mental Hygiene .... 3
Electives 2 3
Total 16-17 16
Senior Year
Hea. 70— Safety Education .... 3
Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety 2
P. E. 14 0— Curriculum, Instruction & Observation 3 ....
Hea. 100— Organization and Administration of Health Education " ....
Ed. 148— Methods and Practice of Teaching ....
Ed. 14 5— Principles of High School Teaching
Electives • . • • 10
Total 17 15
COURSE OFFERINGS
The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course
for which an insufficient number of students has registered to warrant giving
the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to another
course.
Courses are designated by numbers as follows:
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)
200 to 299: courses for graduates only.
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course
with a double numbei extends through two semesters.
338 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of credit
hours is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title of the course.
A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours,
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making out
his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register.
EDUCATION
Courses Primarily for Freshmen and Sophomores
Ed. 2. Introduction to Education (2) — First and second semesters. Re-
quired of freshmen in Education.
An exploratory or guidance course designed to help students choose wisely
in their preparation for the teaching profession. Types of positions, teacher
supply and demand, favorable and unfavorable aspects of teaching, and types of
personal and professional competence required of teachers are among the topics
included. The testing and observational program of the College of Education is
begun in this course. Laboratory fee, $1.00.
Ed. 6. Observation of Teaching (1).
Twenty hours of directed observation. Reports, conferences, and criticisms.
Ed. 52. Children's Literature (2) — First and second semesters and summer
session. Prerequisite, English 1, 2.
A study of literary values in prose and verse for children. (Bryan.)
Ed. 90. Development and Learning (3).
A study of the principles of learning and their application to school situa-
tions. Designed to meet the usual teacher-certification requirement for edu-
cational psychology.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Ed. 100. History of Education I (2) — First semester.
A study of educational institutions and thought through the ancient, medi-
aeval, and early modern periods. (Wiggin.)
Ed. 101 History of Education II (2)
Emphasis is placed on the post-Rennaissance periods. (Wiggin.)
Ed. 102. History of Education in the United States (2) — Second semester.
A study of the origins and development of the chief features of the present
system of education in the United States. (Wiggin.)
Ed. 105. Comparative Education — European (2)
A study of national systems of education with the primary purpose of
discovering their characteristic differences and formulating criteria for judging
their worth.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 339
Ed. 106. Comparative Education — Latin American (2)
This course is a continuation of Ed. 105, with emphasis upon the national
educational systems of the Western Hemisphere.
Ed. 107. Philosophy of Education (2)
A study of the great educational philosophers and systems of thought affect-
ing the development of modern education.
Ed. 121. The Language Arts in the Elementary School (2)
This course is concerned with present trends in the teaching of reading,
spelling, handwriting, written and oral language, and creative expression. Special
emphasis is given to the use of the skills in meaningful situations having real
significance to the pupils.
Ed. 122. The Social Studies in the Elementary School (2)
The emphasis in this course is on pupil growth through social experiences.
Consideration is given to the utilization of environmental resources, curriculum,
organization and methods of teaching, and evaluation of newer methods and
materials in the field.
Ed. 123. The Child and the Curriculum (2).
This course will emphasize the relation of the elementary school curriculum
to child growth and development. Recent trends in curriculum organization; the
effect of school environment on learning; readiness to learn; and adapting cur-
riculum content and methods to the maturity levels of children will be
emphasized.
Ed. 124. Arithmetic in the Elementary School (2).
The emphasis in this course is on materials and procedures which help
pupils sense arithmetical meanings and relationships. The content also helps
teachers gain a better understanding of the number system and arithmetical
processes.
Ed. 125. Creative Expression in the Elementary School (2)
This course allows for specialization in selected phases of the creative arts.
Separate sections will be scheduled in such fields as art, dramatics, and music.
Ed. 126. The Elementary School Curriculum (2)
A study of important developments in elementary education with particular
attention to methods and materials which may be used to improve the develop-
ment of pupils in elementary schools. Problems which are ecnountered in day-
to-day teaching situations receive much attention.
Ed. 127. Teaching in Elementary Schools (2-6).
This course provides a comprehensive view of teaching in elementary schools.
There is emphasis on planning the sequence of activities during the school day,
basic teaching strategies, techniques of pupil-teacher planning, grouping of pupils,
340 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
management of routine, cooperation with supervisors and administrators, teacher-
parent and teacher-pupil relations, and analysis of instructional materials.
*Ed. 130. Theory of the Junior High School (2).
This course gives a general overview of the junior high school. It includes
consideration of the purposes, functions, and characteristics of this school unit;
a study of its population, organization, program of studies, methods, staff, and
other similar topics, together with their implications for prospective teachers.
*Ed. 131. Theory of the Senior High School (2).
The secondary school population; the school as an instrument of society;
relation of the secondary school to other schools; aims of secondary education;
curriculum and methods; extra-curricular activities; guidance and placement;
teacher certification and employment in Maryland and the District of Columbia.
Ed. 133. Methods of Teaching the Social Studies (2)— Offered in Baltimore.
The course is designed to give practical training in the everyday teaching
situations. Emphasis is placed on the use of various lesson techniques, audio
and visual aids, reference materials, and testing programs. Attention is given
to the adaption of teaching methods to individual and group differences. Con-
sideration is given to present tendencies and aims of instruction in the social
studies.
Ed. 134. Materials and Procedure for the High School Core Curriculum (2).
This course is designed to bring practical suggestions to teachers who are.
in charge of core classes in junior and senior high schools. Materials and
teaching procedures for specific units of work are stressed.
Ed. 137. Science in the Junior High School (2)— Summer school.
A study of the place, function and content of science in junior high school
programs. Applications to core curriculum organization. Laboratory fee, $2.00.
Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3) — First and second
semesters.
This course is offered in separate sections for the various subject matter
areas, namely, English, social studies, foreign language, science, mathematics,
art education, business education, industrial education, music education, nursing
education, and physical education. Registration cards must include the subject-
matter area as well as the name and number of the course. Graduate credit is
allowed only by special arrangement.
In each section the objectives, selection and organization of subject matter,
appropriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks, and other instructional materials,
measurement, and other topics pertinent to the particular subject matter area are
treated.
Twenty periods of observation. (Staff.)
•Credit is accepted for Ed. 130 or Ed. 131, but not for both courses.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 341
Ed. 141. High School Course of Study-English (2) — First semester.
This course is concerned with the selection and organization of content for
English classes in secondary schools. Subject matter is analyzed to clarify
controversial elements of form, style, and usage. (Bryan.)
Ed. 142. High School Course of Study-Literature (2).
Literature adapted to the various grade levels of junior and senior high
schools is studied. (Bryan.)
Ed. 145. Principles of High School Teaching (2-3) — First and second
semesters.
This course is concerned with the principles and methods of teaching in
junior and senior high schools. (Brechbill.)
Ed. 147. Audio- Visual Education (2) — First semester and summer session.
Sensory impressions in their relation to learning; projection apparatus, its
cost and operation; slides, film-strips, and films; physical principles underlying
projection; auditory aids to instruction; field trips; pictures, models, and graphic
materials; integration of sensory aids with organized instruction. Recommended
for vocational industrial education students. Laboratory fee, $1.00. ( Maley.)
Ed. 148. Methods and Practice of Teaching (2-8)— First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Ed. 140, grade-point average of 2.275, and approval of
faculty. Undergraduate credit only. Laboratory fee, $30.00.
Application forms for this course, properly filled in, must be submitted to the
Director of Student Teaching not less than ninety days before registration.
Students who register for this course serve as apprentice teachers in the
schools to which they are assigned. For 8 credits, full time for one-half of one
semester is devoted to this work. For experienced teachers and some graduate
students, the time and credit may be reduced.
In the half-semester not devoted to student teaching, certain courses are
blocked, including the following: Ed. 134, Ed. 140, Ed. 145, Cr. 198, H. E.
Ed. 102, H. Mgt. 152, Ind. Ed. 140, P. E. 140, P. E. 190, P. E. 124.
Ed. 150. Educational Measurement (2) — First and second semesters.
A studjr of tests and examinations with emphasis upon their construction
and use. Types of tests; purposes of testing; elementary statistical concepts and
processes used in summarizing and analyzing test results; school marks.
Ed. 151. Remedial Reading Instruction (2) — First semester.
Causes for reading disabilities; diagnostic techniques; and corrective methods
are studied. Instructional materials are evaluated. The course is designed for
both elementary and secondary school teachers. (Schindler.)
Ed. 152. The Adolescent: Characteristics and Problems (2).
This course deals with the intellectual, emotional, social, and vocational
problems which arise in the transitional period between childhood and adulthood,
the secondary school period.
342 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Ed. 153. The Improvement of Reading (2).
Attention is given to reading readiness, activities for the development ofl
interests and language skills, the use of experience stories, procedures in using!
basal readers, the organization of content units to promote development of read-l
ing skills, the program in word analysis, selection and use of children's literature,
and procedures for determining individual needs. (Schindler.) j
Ed. 160. Educational Sociology — Introductory (2).
This course deals with data of the social sciences which are germane to the
work of teachers. Consideration is given to implications of democratic ideology
for educational endeavor, educational tasks imposed by changes in population and
technological trends, the welfare status of pupils, the socio-economic attitudes of
individuals who control the schools, and other elements of community back-
ground which have significance in relation to schools.
Ed. 161. Principles of Guidance (2) — First and second semesters.
A survey course of guidance principles and techniques, and the administra-
tion of a program of guidance services. The basic course for counseling majors.
A course of value for teachers at any level. (Byrne.)
Ed. 162. Mental Hygiene in the Classroom (2).
The practical application of the principles of mental hygiene to classroom
problems.
Ed. 163, 164, and 165. Community Study Laboratory I, II and III (2, 2, 2).
This course involves experience from the educational standpoint with the
agencies, institutions, cultural patterns, living conditions, and social processes
which play significant roles in shaping the behavior of children and adults and
which must be understood by individuals working toward school and community
improvement. Each participant becomes a member of a group in a given area
of study and concentrates on problems which have direct application in his
school situation. Readings are integrated with techniques of study.
(Schindler.)
Ed. 170. Introduction to Special Education (2)
This course is designed to give teachers, principals, attendance workers, and
supervisors an understanding of the needs of all types of exceptional children.
Preventive and remedial measures are stressed.
Ed. 171. Education of Retarded and Slow-Learning Children (2)
A study of retarded and slow-learning children, including discovery, analysis
of causes, testing techniques, case studies, and remedial educational measures.
Ed. 188. Special Problems in Education (1-3). Prerequisite, consent of
instructor. Not required. Available to mature students only.
Individual study of approved problems of special interest to student.
(Staff.)
NOTE: Course cards must have the title of the problem and the name
of the faculty member who has approved it.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 343
Ed. 191. Principles of Adult Education (2)
The course includes a study of adult educational agencies, both formal and
informal, with special reference to the development of adult education in the
United States, the interests and abilities of adults, and the techniques of adult
learning. Emphasis is laid on practical aids for teachers of various types of
adult groups. (Wiggin.)
For Graduates
Ed. 202. The Junior College (2).
The philosophy and development of the junior college in the United States
with emphasis on curriculum and administrative controls.
Ed. 203. Problems in Higher Education (2).
A study of present problems in higher education.
Ed. 205. Seminar in Comparative Education (2).
Ed. 207. Seminar in History and Philosophy of Education (2).
(Wiggin.)
Ed. 210. The Organization and Administration of Public Education (2) —
First semester.
The basic course in school administration. The course deals with the organi-
zation and administration of school systems — at the local, state, and federal
levels; and with the administrative relationships involved. (Newell.)
Ed. 211. The Organization, Administration, and Supervision of Secondary
Schools (2) — Second semester.
The work of the secondary school principal. The course includes topics such
as personnel problems, supervision, school-community relationships, student
activities, schedule making, and internal financial accounting. (Newell.)
Ed. 212. School Finance and Business Administration (2)
An introduction to the finance phase of public school administration. The
course deals with the basic principles of school finance; the implications of
organization and control; the planning, execution, and appraisal of the activities
involved in public school finance such as budgeting, taxing, purchasing, service
of supplies, and accounting. (Van Zwoll.)
Ed. 214. School Buildings and Equipment (2).
An orientation course in which school plant and plant planning are con-
sidered as contributing to instructional programs. This course supplies the
basis for analyzing existing plant, for determining need for new plant, for select-
ing and developing school building sites, and for planning school building.
Theory is put into practice in the development of line drawings for school
building design in terms of the instructional program. Opportunity is provided
to work on specific equipment problems. (Van Zwoll.)
344 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Ed. 215. Public Education in Maryland (2)
A study of Maryland Public School system with special reference to school
law.
Ed. 216. High School Supervision (2). Prerequisite, teaching experience.
This course deals with recent trends in supervision; the nature and function
of supervision; planning supervisory programs; evaluation and rating; participa-
tion of teachers and other groups in policy development; school workshops; and
other means for the improvement of instruction. Fee, $1.00. (Newell.)
Ed. 217. Administration and Supervision in Elementary Schools (2).
A study of the problems connected with organizing and operating elementary
schools and directing instruction.
Ed. 218. School Surveys (2-6). Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
This course includes study of school surveys with emphasis on problems of
school organization and administration, finance and school plant planning. Field
work in school surveys is required in this course. (Newell.)
Ed. 219. Seminar in School Administration (2). (Van Zwoll.)
Ed. 220. Pupil Transportation (2)
This course includes consideration of the organization and administration of
state, county, and district pupil transportation service with emphasis on safety
and economy. The planning of bus routes; the selection and training of bus
drivers, and maintenance mechanics; the specification of school buses; and pro-
curement procedures are included in this course.
Ed. 222. Seminar in Supervision (2) — Prerequisite, Ed. 216. Prerequisite
may be waived upon approval of the instructor.
Ed. 223. Practicum in Personnel Relationships (2-6) — Prerequisite, consent
of instructor. Enrollment limited.
This course is designed to help teachers, school administrators, and other
school staff members to learn to function more effectively in developing edu-
cational policy in group situations.
Each student in the course is required to be working concurrently in the
field with a group of school staff members or citizens on actual school problems.
(Newell.)
Ed. 224. Internship in School Administration (12-16)
Internships in administration or supervision may be provided for a few
students who have had teaching experience. The intern will be assigned to
assist a principal, supervisor, or some other staff member in a school or school
system. In addition to the experience in the school situation, a program of
studies will be planned by the intern, the appropriate member of the school staff,
and the sponsor from the university. The sponsor will maintain a close working
relationship with the intern and other persons involved. (Newell.)
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 345
Ed. 225. School Public Relations (2).
A study of the relationships between the public school as a social institution
and the community of which it is a part. This course deals with the agents
who participate in the interpretative process, with propaganda and the schools,
with parent-teacher associations and other lay advisory groups, and with such
means of publicity as the newspaper, radio, and school publications.
(Van Zwoll.)
Ed. 226. Child Accounting (2).
An inquiry into the keeping of essential records pertaining to the pre-school,
school, and post-school life of individuals. This course explores the area of
child accounting in terms of need, development, and current practice in local
districts and in the state. Census taking, individual record practices, and ad-
ministrative record procedures are taken into consideration. (Van Zwoll.)
Ed. 227. Public School Personnel Administration (2).
An examination of practices with respect to personnel administration. This
course serves to aid in the development of principles applying to personnel ad-
ministration. Personnel needs, the means for satisfying personnel needs,
personnel relationships, tenure, salary schedules, leaves of absence, and retire-
ment plans are reviewed. Local and state aspects of the personnel problem
are identified. (Van Zwoll.)
Ed. 229. Seminar in Elementary Education. (2).
Attention will be centered on selected problems in curriculum making,
teaching, and child development. Members of the class may concentrate on
seminar papers, prepare materials for their schools, or read extensively to dis-
cover viewpoints and research data on problems and experimental practices.
(Schindler.)
Ed. 230. Elementary School Supervision (2).
This course is especially concerned with the nature and function of super-
vision, various techniques and procedures which supervisors may use, human
factors to be considered in planning supervisory programs, and personal qualities
essential for effective supervision. The supervisor's role in creating conditions
which are conducive to superior teaching and learning is stressed.
Ed. 232. Student Activities in the High School (2).
This course offers a consideration of the problems connected with the so-
called "extra-curricular" activities of the present-day high school. Special con-
sideration will be given to (1) philosophical bases, (2) aims, (3) organization,
and (4) supervision of student activities such as student council, school publica-
tions, musical organizations, dramatics, assemblies, and clubs. Present practices
and current trends will be evaluated.
Ed. 235. Curriculum Development in Elementary Schools (2).
This course is concerned with problems ordinarily encountered in curriculum
evaluation and revision. Attention is given to sociological and philosophical
346 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
factors which influence the curriculum, principles for the selection and organiza-
tion of content and learning activities, patterns of the curriculum organization,
construction and use of courses of study, the utilization of personnel for cur-
riculum development, and controversial curriculum issues.
Ed. 236. Curriculum Development in the Secondary School (2)
Curriculum planning; philosophical bases, objectives, learning experiences,
organization of appropriate content, and means of evaluation.
Ed. 239. Seminar in Secondary Education (2).
Ed. 242. Coordination in Work-Experience Programs (2).
This course surveys and evaluates the qualifications and duties of a teacher-
coordinator in a work-experience program. It deals particularly with evolving
patterns in city and county schools in Maryland, and is designed to help teacher-
coordinators, guidance counselors, and others in the supervisory and adminis-
trative personnel concerned with functioning relationships of part-time co-
operative education in a comprehensive educational program. (Brown.)
Ed. 243. Application of Theory and Research to Arithmetic in Elementary
Schools (2)
Implications of experimental practices, the proposals of eminent writers,
and the results of research for the teaching of arithmetic in elementary schools.
(Schindler.)
Ed. 244. Applications of Theory and Research to the Language Arts in
Elementary Schools (2).
Implications of experimental practices, the proposals of eminent writers,
and the results of research for the language arts in the elementary schools.
(Schindler.)
Ed. 245. Applications of Theory and Research to High School Teaching
(2).
Implications of experimental practices, the proposals of eminent writers, and
the results of research for the improvement of teaching on the secondary level.
Ed. 246. Applications of Theory and Research to the Social Studies in
Elementary Schools (2).
The results of research, viewpoints on what the content and organization of
the social studies program should be, and important curriculum trends are
analyzed critically for their implications.
Ed. 247. Seminar in Science Education (2).
Ed. 248. Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (2). (See
Ind. Ed. 248.) (Brown, Hornbake.)
Ed. 250. Analysis of the Individual (2) — First semester.
To provide guidance workers and teachers with proficiencies in identifying
aptitudes, interests, temperaments, and other essential characteristics of each
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 347
individual through various techniques. Records pertinent to individual analysis
and their interpretation will be studied. Ed. 161 is desirable as a prior course.
Required of counseling majors. (Byrne.)
Ed. 253. Guidance Information (2) — Second semester.
To provide guidance workers and others interested with proficiencies for
finding and presenting to pupils information pupils need in making choices, plans,
and interpretations in major problem areas, such as social, occupational, and
educational problems. Required of counseling majors. Ed. 161 is desirable as
a prior course. (Byrne.)
Ed. 260. Principles of School Counseling (2) — First semester. Prerequi-
sites, Ed. 161, Ed. 250, Ed. 253 for majors. Prerequisites may be waived by
instructor.
A basic course for counselors in public schools in the theories of counseling
and study of techniques. Emphasis is on study of techniques used with pre-
adolescents and adolescents. (Byrne.)
Ed. 261. Case Studies in School Counseling (2) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Ed. 260.
To provide elementary proficiencies in counseling in public schools through
vicarious practice. Discussion of techniques applicable to specific cases. These
cases will be actual ones reported by counselors in person, in writing, and by
sound. Problems met by counselors in addition to problems of technique will
be covered. (Byrne.)
Ed. 263, 264. Aptitudes and Aptitude Testing (2, 2). (Offered in Baltimore.)
Ed. 267. Curriculum Construction Through Community Analysis (2). Pre-
requisites, Ed. 163, 164, 165.
Selected research problems in the field of community study with emphasis
on Baltimore area. (Schindler.)
Ed. 268. Seminar in Educational Sociology (2).
Ed. 269. Seminar in Guidance (2) — Second semester. Registration only by
approval of instructor.
For majors in guidance who are about to complete certification or degree
requirements. Reports and discussions on advanced readings and studies in the
guidance field. (Byrne.)
Ed. 278. Seminar in Special Education (2).
Ed. 279. Seminar in Adult Education (2). (Wiggin.)
Ed. 280. Research Methods and Materials in Education (2).
A study of research in education, the sources of information and techniques
available, and approved form and style in the preparation of research reports and
theses.
348 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Ed. 281. Source Materials in Education (2).
A course based on the text and work-book by Carter Alexander, "How to
Locate Educational Information and Data." The work involves attendance at
class for one hour with two additional hours of work in the library. Especially
valuable for students interested in research.
Ed. 288. Special Problems in Education (1-6) — First and second semes-
ters and summer session.
Master of education or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special
research problems under the direction of their advisers may register for credit
under this number. (Staff.)
NOTE: Course card must have the title of the problem and the name of
the faculty member under whom the work will be done.
Ed. 289. Research — Thesis (1-6). First and second semesters and summer
session.
Students who desire credit for a master's thesis, a doctoral dissertation, or a
doctoral project should use this number. (Staff.)
Ed. 291. Administrative Direction of Special Curricular Fields (2).
A course designed to acquaint school administrators with the administrative
techniques, opportunities and responsibilities in the modern programs of business
education, home economics, and industrial arts. It will include an over-view
of best present practice, recommendations of national organizations and agencies,
and the development of standards for selection of professional personnel, evalua-
tion of programs, development of facilities, and allocation of budget.
BUSINESS EDUCATION
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
B. Ed. 100. Techniques of Teaching Office Skills (2)— First semester.
An examination and evaluation of the aims, methods, and course contents of
each of the office skill subjects offered in the high school curriculum.
(Patrick.)
B. Ed. 101. Methods and Materials in Teaching Office Skills (2).
Problems in development of occupational competency, achievement tests,
standards of achievement, instructional materials, transcription, and the integra-
tion of office skills. (Patrick.)
B. Ed. 102. Methods and Materials in Teaching Bookkeeping and Related
Subjects (2)
Important problems and procedures in the mastery of bookkeeping and
related office knowledges and skills including a consideration of materials and
teaching procedures. (Patrick.)
B. Ed. 103. Basic Business Subjects in the Junior High School (2)
This course deals with the exploratory aspects of basic business subjects and
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 349
fundamentals of consumer business education, available instructional materials,
and teaching procedures.
B. Ed. 104. Basic Business Education in the Secondary Schools (2).
Consideration will be given to the vocational and consumer objectives; sub-
ject matter content; methods of organizing material: types of classroom activi-
ties; and teaching procedures in basic business subjects in the secondary schools.
(Patrick.)
B. Ed. 200. Administration and Supervision of Business Education (2)
Major emphasis on departmental organization, curriculum, equipment, budget
making, guidance, placement and follow-up, visual aids and the in-service training
of teachers.
For administrators, supervisors, and teachers of business subjects.
B. Ed. 255. Principles and Problems of Business Education (2).
Principles and practices in business education; growth and present status;
vocational business education; general business education; relation to consumer
education and to education in general. (Patrick.)
B. Ed. 256. Curriculum Development in Business Education (2-6).
This course is especially designed for graduate students interested in
devoting the summer session to a concentrated study of curriculum planning in
business education. Emphasis will be placed on the philosophy and objectives of
the business education program, and on curriculum research and organization of
appropriate course content.
Opportunity will be provided through individual and group projects to study
local school curricular problems. Available to the group will be the resources
and personnel of the U. S. Office of Education, National Education Association,
Maryland school system, and of various business organizations.
A comprehensive report of the individual and group projects will be pre-
pared at the end of the summer term. Enrollment limited to 25 students.
CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
C. Ed. 2. Orientation, Observation, and Record Taking (2) — First and
second semesters.
Orientation to nursery school and kindergarten; introduction to methods of
observing and recording behavior of children at different age levels. (Glass.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
C. Ed. 100. Child Development I — Infancy (3) — First semester.
Understanding the pattern of growth. Factors influencing the physical,
mental, and emotional development of the infant; relation of care during the
first eighteen months to personality development; study of a child fourteen
months of age or under. (McNaughton.)
350 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
C. Ed. 101. Child Development II— Early Childhood (3)— Second semester.
A study of the developmental growth of the child from eighteen months to
five years; characteristics of each age level; experiences which help the child in
his motor, mental, emotional and social development; observation in the nursery
school; study of one child. (McNaughton.)
C. Ed. 102. Child Development III— The Child from Five to Ten (2)—
First and second semesters.
Development, characteristics and interests of the middle-age child; inter-
personal relations as affected by home, school, and community; observations in
kindergarten, public schools, and community organizations. (Stant.)
C. Ed. 110. Child Development IV (3) — First and second semesters.
A study of the developmental growth of the child from birth to five years;
observation in the nursery school. Designed for students in other colleges of
the University. Laboratory fee, $1.00. (McNaughton.)
C. Ed. 113. Education of the Young Child I (2).
A study of the nature and needs of the child from two to six years of age,
with emphasis upon learning tendencies; the child's relation to the materials,
experiences, and the people of his world at home and at school.
(McNaughton.)
C. Ed. 114. Education of the Young Child II— The Social and Emotional
Needs of the Young Child (2).
An attempt to understand what lies beneath outward behavior rather than
on conformity as such; acceptance of the child's feelings; helping the child to
live richly and fully on his own level; seeing the child as a whole; working with
the parents and the home to bring about the most favorable adjustment of the
child. (Glass.)
C. Ed. 115. Children's Activities and Activities Materials (3) — First and
and second semesters. Prerequisites, C. Ed. 100, 101, or 110. Laboratory fee,
$5.00.
Storytelling; selection of books for pre-school children; the use, preparation,
and presentation of such raw materials as clay, paints (easel and finger), blocks,
wood, and scrap materials for nursery school and kindergarten.
(Shulman.)
C. Ed. 116, 117. Creative Expression; Art, Music, Dance (2-3, 2-3). Pre-
requisite, Mus. 7 or equivalent. First and second semesters.
Creative experience in songs and rhythms for the young child; correlation
of music and everyday teachipg in accordance with the abilities and development
of each level; study of songs and materials; observation and teaching experience
with each age level. (Brown.)
C. Ed. 119. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Cooperative Nursery
School (2-3).
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 351
C. Ed. 140. Curriulum, Instruction, and Observation — Nursery School (3) —
First and second semesters. Prerequisites, C. Ed. 100 and 101, or C. Ed. 110.
Standards and organization of nursery school; study of age levels and
methods of guidance; selection and use of equipment; observation in nursery
school.
C. Ed. 145. Guidance in Behavior Problems (3) — First semester.
Handling of individual and group problems on the pre-school level; gather-
ing of objective data; recording and observation; parent-teacher relationship,
with special handling of child; guidance resources of community.
C. Ed. 149. Teaching Nursery School (4-8) — First and second semesters.
Laboratory fee, $30.00.
Admission to student teaching in Nursery School and Kindergarten de-
pends upon physical and emotional fitness, and upon approval of the teaching
staff of the department. An academic average of 2.275 is required. It is recom-
mended that each student have some summer experience with young children.
Teaching experience in the University Nursery School and in those of nearby
communities. Approximately thirty clock-hours of school experience are re-
quired for each semester-hour of credit. . (Shulman.)
C. Ed. 150. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Kindergarten (2-3)
— First and second semesters.
A study of the interests, needs and activities of children living together in
the kindergarten; discussion and workshop. (Stant.)
C. Ed. 159. Teaching Kindergarten (4-8) — First and second semesters.
Laboratory fee, $30.00.
Admission to student teaching in Nursery School and Kindergarten depends
upon physical and emotional fitness, and upon approval of the teaching staff of
the department. An academic average of 2.275 is required. It is recommended
that each student have some summer experience with young children.
Teaching experience in the University kindergarten and in those of nearby
communities. Approximately thirty clock-hours of school experience are required
for each semester-hour of credit. (Shulman.)
C. Ed. 165. Leadership Training (2).
Designed for leaders in Parent-Teacher groups and in other organizations.
Setting up the duties of a leader, participants, observer and recorder; developing
methods for discussion groups; discussion of special problems of organization.
HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
H. E. Ed. 102. Problems in Teaching Home Economics (3) — First and
second semesters. Required of seniors in Home Economics Education. Pre-
requisite, H. E. Ed. 140.
352 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A study of the managerial aspects of teaching and administering a home-
making program; the physical environment, organization, and sequence of in-
structional units, resource materials, evaluation, home projects. (Spencer.)
H. E. Ed. 120. Evaluation of Home Economics (2). Prerequisite, H. E.
Ed. 140.
The meaning and function of evaluation in education; the development of a
plan for evaluating a homemaking program with emphasis upon types of evalua-
tion devices, their construction, and use. (Spencer.)
H. E. Ed. 140 Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3) — Second
semester. Required of juniors in Home Economics Education.
The place and function of home economics education in the secondary school
curriculum. Philosophy of education for home and family living; characteristics
of adolescence, construction of source units, lesson plans, and evaluation devices;
directed observation in junior and senior high school home economics depart-
ments. (Spencer.)
H. E. Ed. 148. Teaching Secondary Vocational Home Economics (8) —
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. E. Ed. 140 and 102 or 102
parallel. See Ed. 148. Laboratory fee $30.
Observation and supervised teaching in approved secondary school home
economics departments in Maryland and the District of Columbia. (Spencer.)
H. E. Ed. 200. Seminar in Home Economics Education (2) — First semes-
ter. (Spencer.)
H. E. Ed. 202. Trends in the Teaching and Supervision of Home Eco-
nomics (2-4). (Spencer.)
Study of home economics programs and practices in light of current edu-
cational trends. Interpretation and analysis of democratic teaching procedures,
outcomes of instruction, and supervisory practices.
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT EDUCATION
The staff of the Institute for Child Study offers a series of courses on human
development and approaches to the direct study of children for members of the
educational profession. Certain prerequisites are set up within the course se-
quences, but these prerequisites are modified by the student's previous experience
in direct study of children; this is done in order to provide an interrelated series
of experiences leading toward synthesis and the ability to apply the principles of
human development and behavior.
Undergraduate courses are designed both for prospective teachers (H. D.
Ed. 100-101) and in-service teachers (H. D. Ed. 102, 103, 104; H. D. Ed. 112-
13, 114-15, 116-17). The graduate offering contains two series. H. D. Ed. 200,
201, 202, 203 provide a basic core of four seminars for students majoring in the
field, and also provide electives (beginning with H. D. Ed. 200 — Introduction)
COLLEGE OE EDUCATION 353
for any graduate students interested in an overview of the field. The other
seminars (H. D. Ed. 204 and above) are designed for emphasis in depth on the
various areas of major processes and forces that shape the development and
behavior of human beings, and are intended primarily for advanced graduate
students. Along with most of the graduate seminars, H. D. Ed. 250 provides
for concurrent application of scientific knowledge to the direct study of children
as individuals and in groups.
H. D. Ed. 100, 101. Principles of Human Development I and II (3, 3).
These courses give a general overview of the scientific principles that de-
scribe human development and behavior and relate these principles to the task
of the school. A year-long study of an individual child is an integral part of
the course and will require one half-day per week for observing children in
nearby schools. This course is designed to 'meet the usual certification requirements
in Educational Psychology.
H. D. Ed. 102, 103, 104. Child Development Laboratory I, II and III
(2, 2, 2).
These courses involve the direct study of children throughout the school
year. Each participant gathers a wide body of information about an individual,
presents the accumulating data from time to time to the study group for criticism
and group analysis, and writes an interpretation of the dynamics underlying the
child's learning, behavior and development. This course provides opportunity for
teachers in-service to earn credit for participation in their own local child study
group.
H. D. Ed. 112, 114, 116. Scientific Concepts in Human Development I,
II, III (3, 3, 3).
H. E. Ed. 113, 115, 117. Laboratory in Behavior Analysis I, II, III (3,
3, 3).
Summer workshop courses for undergraduates providing credit for as many
as three workshops. In any one summer, concept and laboratory courses must
be taken concurrently.
H. D. Ed. 200. Introduction to Human Development and Child Study (3).
This course offers a general overview of the scientific principles which
describe human development and behavior and makes use of these principles in
the study of individual children. Each student will observe and record the
behavior of an individual child throughout the semester and must have one half-
day a week free for this purpose. The course is basic to further work in child
study and serves as a prerequisite for advanced courses where the student has
not had field work or at least six weeks of workshop experience in child study.
When this course is offered during the summer it will be H. D. Ed. 200 and
intensive laboratory work with case records may be substituted for the study of
an individual child.
354 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
H. D. Ed. 201. Biological Bases of Behavior (3).
This course emphasizes that understanding human life, growth and behavior
depends on understanding the ways in which the body is able to capture, control
and expend energy. Application throughout is made to human body processes
and implications for understanding and working with people. H. D. Ed. 250 a
Or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course.
H. D. Ed. 202. Social Bases of Behavior (3).
This course analyzes the socially inherited and transmitted patterns of pres-
sures, expectations and limitations learned by an individual as he grows up.
These are considered in relation to the patterns of feeling and behaving which
emerge as the result of growing up in one's social group. H. D. Ed. 250 a or
b or c must be taken concurrently with this course.
H. D. Ed. 203. Integrative Bases of Behavior (3).
This course analyzes the organized and integrated patterns of feeling, think-
ing and behaving which emerge from the interaction of basic biological drives
and potentials with one's unique experience growing up in a social group. H. D.
Ed. 250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course.
H. D. Ed. 204, 205. Physical Processes in Human Development (3, 3).
This course describes in some detail the major organic processes of:
conception, biological inheritance ;differentiation and growth of the body;
capture, transportation and use of energy; perception of the environment;
ordination and integration of function; adaptation to unusual demands and
to frustration; normal individual variation in each of the above processes. H. D.
Ed. 250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course.
H. D. 206, 207. Socialization Processes in Human Development I, II (3, 3).
This course analyzes the processes by which human beings internalize the
culture of the society in which they live. The major sub-cultures in the United
States, their training procedures, and their characteristic human expressions in
folk-knowledge, habits, attitudes, values, life-goals, and adjustment patterns are
analyzed. Other cultures are examined to highlight the American way of life
and to reveal its strengths and weaknesses. H. D. Ed. 250 a or b or c must
be taken concurrently with this course.
H. D. 208, 209. Self Processes in Human Development I and II (3, 3).
This course analyzes the effects of the various physical and growth processes,
affectional relationships, socialization processes, and peer group roles and
status on the integration, development, adjustment, and realization of the
individual self. This analysis includes consideration of the nature of intelligence
and of the learning processes; the development of skills, concepts, general-
izations, symbolizations, reasoning and imagination, attitudes, values, goals and
purposes; and the conditions, relationships and experiences that are essential
to full human development. The more common adjustment problems ex-
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 355
erienced in our society at various maturity levels, and the adjustment me-
hanisms used to meet them are studied. H. D. Ed. 250 a or b or c must be
aken concurrently with this course.
H. D. Ed. 210. Affectional Relationships and Processes in Human Develop-
nent (3).
This course describes the normal development, expression and influence
>f love in infancy, childhood, adolescence and adulthood. It deals with the
nfluence of parent-child relationships involving normal acceptance, neglect,
•ejection, inconsistency, and over-protection upon health, learning, emotional
jehavior and personality adjustment and development. H. D. Ed. 250 a or
) or c must be taken concurrently with this course.
H. D. Ed. 211. Peer-culture and Group Processes in Human Develop-
ment (3).
This course analyzes the processes of group formation, role-taking and
status-winning. It describes the emergence of the "peer-culture" during child-
hood and the evolution of the child society at different maturity levels to adult-
hood. It analyzes the developmental tasks and adjustment problems associated
with winning, belonging and playing roles in the peer group. H. D. Ed. 250
or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course.
H. D. Ed. 212, 214, 216. Advanced Scientific Concepts in Human Develop-
ment I, II, III (3, 3, 3).
H. D. Ed. 213, 215, 217. Advanced Laboratory in Behavior Analysis I,
II, II (3, 3, 3).
Summer workshop courses for graduates providing credit for as many as
three workshops. In any one summer, concept and laboratory courses must
be taken concurrently.
H. D. Ed. 218. Workshop in Human Development (6) — Prerequisites
H. D. Ed. 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217.
Summer workshop in human development for graduate students who have
had three workshops and wish additional workshop experience. This course
can be taken any number of times, but cannot be used as credit toward a degree.
H. D. Ed. 220. Developmental Tasks (3).
This course describes the series of developmental tasks faced by children.
These tasks, made necessary by the normal processes of growth and develop-
ment, are learnings that the child needs and desires to accomplish because of
emerging capacities for action and relationship, because of the demands and
expectancies of his family and of society, and because of the progressive
clarification and the directive powers of his own interests, attitudes, values and
aspirations. Emphasis will be placed on the use of developmental tasks
concepts in educational planning and practice.
356 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
H. D. Ed. 230, 231. Field Program in Child Study I and II (2-6).
This course offers apprenticeship training preparing properly qualified
persons to become staff members in human development workshops, con-
sultants to child study field programs and coordinators of municipal or regional
child study programs for teachers or parents. Extensive field experience is
provided. In general this training is open only to persons who have passed
their preliminary examinations for the doctorate with a major in human develop-
ment or psychology. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
H. D. Ed. 250a, 250b, 250c. Direct Study of Children (1, 1, 1).
This course provides the opportunity to observe and record the behavior
of an individual child in a nearby school. These records will be used in con-
junction with the advanced courses in Human Development and this course
will be taken concurrently with such courses. Teachers active in their jobs
while taking advanced courses in Human Development may use records from
their own classrooms for this course. May not be taken concurrently with
H. D. Ed. 102, 103, or 104.
H. D. Ed. 260. Synthesis of Human Development Concepts (3).
A seminar wherein advanced students work toward a personal synthesis
of their own concepts in human growth and development. Emphasis is placed
on seeing the dynamic interrelations between all processes in the behavior and
development of an individual. Prerequisites, H. D. Ed. 204, 206 and 208.
H. D. Ed. 270. Seminars in Special Topics in Human Development (2-6).
An opportunity for advanced students to focus in depth on topics of
special interest growing out of their basic courses in human development.
Prerequisite, consent of the instructor.
INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION
For each semester hour of credit for shop and drawing courses two or
three periods of lecture and practice are scheduled depending upon the specific
needs of the course.
Industrial Education 9, 10, and 11 constitute an art crafts sequence (Art
Crafts I, II, and III). These courses are intended to assist persons who are
preparing to teach art crafts in the junior high schools of Maryland or for
teachers who have already undertaken this type of work in the schools. The
work is appropriate also for persons who teach art crafts at any grade level
and for those who teach art crafts in camps, clubs, adult evening classes, and
the like.
Ind. Ed. 1 — Mechanical Drawing (2) — First semester. Two laboratory
periods a week.
This course constitutes an introduction to orthographic multi-view and
isometric projection. Emphasis is placed upon the visualization of an object
when it is represented by a multi-view drawing and upon the making of
multi-view drawings.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 357
This course carries through auxiliary views, sectional views, dimensioning,
conventional representation and single stroke letters. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 2. Elementary Woodworking (2) — First semester. Two labora-
tory periods a week.
This is a woodworking course which involves primarily the use of hand
tools. The course is developed so that the student uses practically every
common woodworking hand tool in one or more stituations. There is also
included elementary wood finishing, the specifying and storing of lumber, and
the care and conditioning of tools used. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 9. Art Crafts I (2) — First semester and summer session. Two
laboratory periods a week during the regular term.
The materials used in Art Crafts I are wood, metals, leathers and plastics.
Each student is provided the opportunity of doing a variety of types of work
in the four media. Laboratory fee, S5.00.
Ind. Ed. 10. Art Crafts II (2) — Summer session. Two laboratory periods
a day.
Arts Crafts II offers work experiences in model building, ceramics, graphic
arts, and paper construction. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 11. Art Crafts III (2) — Summer session. Two laboratory periods
a day.
Art Crafts III provides instruction in the principles of design which are
pertinent to craft work and takes up reed and raffia, threads (weaving, hooking,
knitting), and seasonal activities. Laboratory fee, §5.00.
Ind. Ed. 12. Shop Calculations (3).
Shop Calculations is designed to give the student an understanding and
working knowledge of the mathematical concepts related to the various aspects
of Industrial Education. The course includes phases of algebra, geometry,
trigonometry, and general mathematics as applied to shop and drawing activities.
Ind. Ed. 21. Mechanical Drawing (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequiste, Ind. Ed. 1.
A course dealing with working drawings, machine design, pattern layouts,
tracing and reproduction. Detail drawings followed by assemblies are presented.
Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 22. Machine Woodworking I (2) — Second semester. Two labo-
ratory- periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 2.
Machine Woodworking I offers initial instruction in the proper operation
of the jointer, band saw, variety saw, jig saw, mortiser, shaper, and lathe. The
types of jobs which may be performed on each machine and their safe operation
are of primary' concern. The mediums of instruction are school-shop equipment,
hobby items, and useful home projects. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
358 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Ind. Ed. 23. Arc and Gas Welding (1) — Second semester. One laboratory
period a week.
A course designed to give the student a functional knowledge of the
principles and use of electric and acetylene welding. Practical work is carried
on in the construction of various projects using welded joints. Instruction
is given in the use and care of equipment, types of welded joints, methods of
welding, importance of welding processes in industry, safety considerations,
etc. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 24. Sheet Metal Work (2) — First semester. Two laboratory periods
a week.
Articles are made from metal in its sheet form and involve the operations
of cutting, shaping, soldering, riveting, wiring, folding, seaming, beading, bur-
ring, etc. The student is required to develop his own patterns inclusive of
parallel line development, radial line development, and triangulation. Common
sheet metal tools and machines are used in this course. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 26. Art Metal Work I (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory
periods a week.
An introductory course in designing and constructing art products in
aluminum, copper and brass. The processes covered include surface decoration
(hammering, piercing, etching, enameling), heat treatment and finishing.
Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 28. Electricity I (2) — First semester. Two laboratory periods a
week.
An introductory course to electricity in general. It deals with the electrical
circuit, elementary wiring problems, the measurement of electrical energy, and
a brief treatment of radio such as may be offered at the junior high school level.
Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 31. Mechhanical Drawing (2) — First semester. Two laboratory
periods a week .Prerequisites, Ind. Ed. 1 and 21.
A course dealing with the topics enumerated in Ind. Ed. 21 but on a more
advanced basis. The reading of prints representative of a variety of industries
is a part of this course. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 41. Architectural Drawing (2) — First semester. Two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent.
Practical experience is provided in the design and planning of houses and
other buildings. Working drawings, specifications and blue-prints are featured.
Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 42. Machine Woodworking II (2) — First semester. Two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 22, or equivalent.
Advanced production methods with emphasis on cabinetmaking and design.
Laboratory fee, $5.00.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 359
Ind. Ed. 48. Electricity II (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory periods
a week.
Principles involved in A-C and D-C electrical equipment, including heating
measurements, motors and control, electro-chemistry, the electric arc, inductance
and reactance, condensers, radio, and electronics. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 50. Methods of Teaching (2). (Offered in CSCS Centers.)
For vocational and occupational teachers of shop and related subjects. The
identification and analysis of factors essential to helping others learn; the types
of teaching situations and techniques; the use of instruction sheets; measuring
results and grading student progress in shop and related technical subjects.
Ind. Ed. 60. Observation and Demonstration Teaching (2). (Offered in
Baltimore.) Prerequisite, Educational Psychology and/or Methods of Teaching
Vocational and Occupational Subjects.
Primarily for vocational and occupational teachers. Sixteen hours of directed
observation and demonstration teaching. Reports, conferences, and criticisms
constitute the remainder of scheduled activities in this course.
Ind. Ed. 66. Art Metal Work (2) — Summer. Two laboratory periods a
day. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 26, or equivalent.
Advanced practicum. It includes methods of bowl raising and bowl
ornamenting. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 67. Cold Metal Work (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory
periods a week.
Metal in the form of bars, rods and tubes are shaped to produce "orna-
mental iron" and bench metal products. The use of the hacksaw, file, drill press,
taps and dies, the designing and forming of scrolls and the finishes appropriate
for cold metal work are representatives of the course content. Laboratory
fee, S5.00.
Ind. Ed. 69. Machine Shop Practice I (2) — First semester. Two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent.
Bench work, turning, planning, milling, and drilling. Related technical
information. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 89. Machine Shop Practice II (2) — Second semester. Two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 69, or equivalent.
Advanced shop practicum in thread cutting, grinding, boring, reaming,
and gear cutting. Work-production methods employed. Related technical
information. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 94. Shop Maintenance (2)— Summer. Prerequisite, 8 semester
hours of shop credit, or equivalent.
Skill developing practice in the maintenance of school-shop facilities.
360 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Ind. Ed. 101. Operational Drawing (2) — Summer. Two laboratory periods
a day. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent.
A comprehensive course designed to give students practice in the modern
drafting methods of industry. Laboratory fee, §5.00.
Ind. Ed. 102. Advanced Woodfinishing and Upholstery (2)— Summer.
Two laboratory periods a day. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 22, or equivalent.
This course offffers instruction in wood finishing techniques applicable to
furniture. restoration and in the processes of upholstering household furniture.
Laboratory fee, §5.00.
Ind. Ed. 104. Advanced Practices in Sheet Metal Work (2)— Two labora-
tory periods a day. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 24, or equivalent.
Study of the more complicated processes involved in commercial items
Calculations and pattern making are emphasized. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 105. General Shop (2).
Designed to meet needs in organizing and administering a secondary school
general shop. Students are rotated through skill and knowledge developing
activities in mechanical drawing, electricity, woodworking, and general metal
working. Laboratory fee, §5.00.
Ind. Ed. 106. Art Metal Work (2) — Summer. Two laboratory periods
a day.
Simple operations in the art of making jewelry including ring making,
stone setting, etc. Laboratory fee, §5.00.
Ind. Ed. 108. Electricity III (2)— Two laboratory periods a day. Pre-
requisite, Ind. Ed. 28, or equivalent.
Experimental development of apparatus and equipment for teaching the
principles of electricity. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 109. Experimental Electricity and Electronics — A, B, C, D (2, 2,
2, 2). (Offered in Baltimore.)
Ind. Ed. 110. Foundry (1) — First semester. One laboratory period a week.
Bench and floor molding and elementary core making. Theory and prin-
ciples covering foundry materials, tools and appliances. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 124 a, b. Organized and Supervised Work Experience (3 credits
for each internship period, total: 6 credits). This is a work experience sequence
planned for students enrolled in the curriculum, "Education for Industry." The
purpose is to provide the students with opportunities for first-hand experiences
with business and industry. The student is responsible for obtaining his own
employment with the coordinator advising him as regards the job opportunities
which have optimum learning value.
The nature of the work experience desired is outlined at the outset of em-
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 361
ployment and the evaluations made by the student and the coordinator are based
upon the planned experiences.
The time basis for each internship period is 6 forty-hour weeks or 240 work
hours. Any one period of internship must be served through continuous em-
ployment in a single establishment. Two internship periods are required. The
two internships may be served with the same business or industry.
The completion for credit of any period of internship requires the em-
ployer's recommendation in terms of satisfactory work and work attitudes.
More complete details are found in the handbook prepared for the student
of this curriculum.
Ind. Ed. 140 (Ed. 140.) Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3).
Major functions and specific contributions of Industrial Arts Education;
its relation to the general objectives of the junior and senior high schools;
selection and organization of subject matter in terms of modern practices and
needs; methods of instruction; expected outcomes; measuring results; pro-
fessional standards. Twenty periods of observation. (Hornbake.)
Ind. Ed. 141, 142. Industrial Safety Education I (2, 2).
Ind. Ed. 141 deals with the history and development of effective industrial
safety education programs; Ind. Ed. 142 treats causes, effects, and values of
safety education in industry.
Ind. Ed. 143, 144. Industrial Safety Education II (2, 2). Advanced.
Ind. Ed. 143 studies exemplary safety practices, while Ind. Ed. 144, through
conference discussion, plant visits, and class demonstrations, covers actual
industrial situations and formulates evaluative criteria in safety education.
Ind. Ed. 145. 146. Industrial Hygiene Education (2, 2).
Ind. Ed. 145 deals with the theory and Ind. Ed. 146 with the practices of
the following: Organization of plant medical department; medical services, in
industry; prevention and control of occupational disease; control of air con-
tamination; the venereal disease problem in industry; fatigue; nutrition; san-
itation; illumination; noise; radiant energy: heating and ventilation; maximum
use of manpower; absenteeism.
Ind. Ed. 148. Methods and Practice of Teaching (8) — First and second
semesters. See Ed. 148. Laboratory fee, $30. (Brown.)
Ind Ed. 150. Training Aids Development (2) — Second semester.
Study of the aids in common use as to their source and application. Special
emphasis is placed on principles to be observed in making aids useful to shop
teachers. Actual construction and application of such devices will be required.
(Maley.)
Ind. Ed. 157. Tests and Measurements (2). Prerequisite, Ed. 150 or
consent of instructor.
The construction of objective test for occupational and vocational subjects.
362 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Ind. Ed. 160. Essentials of Design (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisites, Ind. Ed. 1 and basic shop work.
A study of the basic principles of design and practice in their application
to the construction of shop projects. It treats the art elements of line, mass,
color, and design. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 161. Principles of Vocational Guidance (2).
This course identifies and applies the underlying principles of guidance to
the problems of educational and vocational adjustment of students. (Staff.)
Ind. Ed. 164. Shop Organization and Management (2) — Second semester.
This course covers the basic elements of organizing and managing an In-
dustrial Education program including the selection of equipment and the
arrangement of the shop. (Staff.)
Ind. Ed. 165. Modern Industry (2) — Summer session.
This course provides an overview of manufacturing industry in the American
social, economic, and culture pattern. Representative basic industries are studied
from the viewpoints of personnel and management organization, industrial
relations, production procedures, distribution of products, and the like.
(Hornbake.)
Ind. Ed. 166. Educational Foundations of Industrial Arts (2) — First
semester.
A study of the factors which definitely place Industrial Arts education in
any well-rounded program of general education. Lectures, class discussions,
readings and reports. (Brown and Hornbake.)
Ind. Ed. 167. Problems in Occupational Education (2).
The purpose of this course is to secure, assemble, organize, and interpret
data relative to the scope, character and effectiveness of occupational education.
Ind. Ed. 168. Trade or Occupational Analysis (2) — First semester.
Provides a working knowledge of occupational and job analysis which is
basic in organizing vocational industrial courses of study. This course should
precede Ind. Ed. 169. Brown.
Ind. Ed. 169. Course Construction (2).
Surveys and applies techniques of building and reorganizing courses of
study for effective use in vocational and occupational schools. (Brown.)
Ind. Ed. 170. Principles of Vocational Education (2).
The course develops the Vocational Education movement as an integral
phase of the American program of public education. (Brown.)
Ind. Ed. 171. History of Vocational Education (2).
An overview of the development of Vocational Education from primitive
times to the present. The evolution of Industrial Arts is also considered.
(Maley.)
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 363
For Graduates
Ind. Ed. 207. Philosophy of Industrial Arts Education (2) — First semester.
This course is intended to assist the student in his development of a point
of view as regards Industrial Arts and its relationship with the total educational
program. He should, thereby, have a "yardstick" for appraising current pro-
cedures and proposals and an articulateness for his own professional area.
(Hornbake.)
Ind. Ed. 214. School Shop Planning and Equipment Selection (2) — Second
semester.
This course deals with principles involved in planning a school shop and
provides opportunities for applying these principles. Facilities required in the
operaton of a satisfactory shop program are catalogued and appraised.
(Hornbake.)
Ind. Ed. 216. Supervision of Industrial Arts (2) — Second semester.
(Hornbake.)
Ind. Ed. 220. Organization, Administration and Supervision of Vocational
Education (2).
Tin's course surveys objectively the organization, administration, supervision,
curricular spread and viewpoint, and the present status of vocational education.
(Brown.)
Ind.Ed. 240. Research in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (2) —
First and second semesters.
This is a course offered by arrangement for persons who are conducting
research in the areas of Industrial Arts and Vocational Education. (Staff.)
Ind. Ed. 241. Content and Method of Industrial Arts (2) — Second semester.
Various methods and procedures used in curriculum development are ex-
amined and those suited to the field of Industrial Arts education are applied.
Methods of and devices for Industrial Arts instruction are studies and practiced.
(Hornbake.)
Ind. Ed. 248. Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (2) —
Second semester. . (Brown.)
MUSIC EDUCATION
Mus. Ed. 125. Creative Activities in the Elementary School Which Con-
tribute to Musical Development (2). Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
This course deals with musical experiences in creative listening and creative
response to rhythm and mood, creative use of percussion and simple melody
instruments, creative melody writing, creative interpretation of music performed.
Creative interpretation and creative writing will also be studied in connection
with its development through correlation with other areas and creative programs.
Mus. Ed. 127. Methods and Materials for Program Productions in the
Secondary School (2). Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
364 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Designed especially for those interested in presenting musical assemblies,
concerts and programs for all types. Methods of presentation and materials
suitable for various occasions will be discussed.
Mus. Ed. 128. Workshop in Music for Elementary School (2). Pre-
requisite, consent of instructor.
A workshop for the study of group activities and materials through which
children in the elementary schools experience music. This course has been
planned as an aid to music teachers and classroom teachers in the elementary
schools. It presents an outline of objectives, a survey of materials, and
instructional methods that will develop a more thorough and progressive music
program in the elementary school.
Mus. Ed. 132. Workshop in Music for the Junior High School (2). Pre-
requisite, consent of instructor.
A workshop designed to make a study of the vocal and instrumental pro-
gram in the Junior High School Curriculum. Special study will be made of a
more flexible program that will oer many opportunities for active participation
in experiencing music to the adolescent with or without special music aptitude.
The part that Music can play in the integrated program will also be studied.
Mus. Ed. 140. Workshop in Popular Music for Secondary Schools (2).
This course is designed to train the music education student or school music
teacher in the practical use of popular music as a means in the teaching of more
serious music to the secondary school pupil.
Mus. Ed. 155. Organization and Technique of Instrumental Class In-
struction (2). Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
This course deals with practical instruction in methods of tone production,
tuning, fingering, and care of the instruments in the hands of the students.
A survey will be made of the latest methods and materials for class instruction.
Mus. Ed. 170. Methods and Materials for Class Piano Instruction (2).
Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
This course deals with the fundamental principles of teaching piano in a
group of students of various grade levels. It includes the techniques and pro-
cedures involved in teaching class piano and a survey of materials for piano
class instruction and recommendation for their use.
Mus. Ed. 175. Methods and Materials in Vocal Music for the High School
(2). Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
This course is designed primarily for school choral directors and teachers
of voice training classes. Special attention will be given to song repertoire,
interpretation, diction, tone production, and breath activity.
Mus. Ed. 180. Instrumental Seminar. (2). Prerequisite, consent of in-
structor.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 365
A review of beginning methods and materials for wind and percussion
instruments; materials for bands for all grades; problems of intonation, tone
quality and interpretation; the percussion section; organization and adjudication
of contests and festivals; special maneuvers of the marching band; library
organization; planning and conducting a concert; organization within the band
and the orchestra; point systems, and other related topics.
NURSING EDUCATION
N. Ed. 2. Introduction to Nursing Education (2) — (Offered in Baltimore.)
Exploratory and guidance course for nursing education students. Types
of positions in schools of nursing, teacher supply and demand in such schools,
and the types of professional and personal 'competence required of teachers in
nursing schools are among the topics included. This course may be substituted
for Ed. 2. Students who take N. Ed. 2 will not be permitted to register for
Ed. 2, or vice versa.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
N. Ed. 105, 106. Teaching of Nursing Arts, I and II (3, 3)— (Offered in
Baltimore.)
This is the basic course in principles of teaching as applied to the field of
general nursing.
N. Ed. 112. School of Nursing Finance and Administration (3) — (Offered
in Baltimore.)
Sources of financial support for schools of nursing, budgeting, internal
school accounting, purchase of supplies and equipment, and other selected
problems of financing and administering schools of nursing.
N. Ed. 115, 116. Ward Management and Clinical Teaching (2, 2)—
("Offered in Baltimore.)
This course covers the administrative phase of a hospital unit or ward,
especially the assigning of duties according to the level of ability of the worker.
Emphasis is placed upon hospital economics and the budgeting of supplies. A
program for clinical bedside teaching is stressed through the entire course.
N. Ed. 117. Newer Trends in Nursing Service. (2). (Offered in Baltimore.)
N. Ed. 118. Industrial Nursing (2) (Offered in Baltimore.)
This course involves an analysis of the role of the graduate nurse in
industry and an analysis of specific problem areas in industrial nursing.
N. Ed. 190. Principles of Pediatric Nursing (3) — (Offered in Baltimore.)
Principles of nursing children with emphasis upon the direction of growth
and development of children under conditions where nursing care is required.
366 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
For Graduates
N. Ed. 286. Research Methods and Materials in Nursing Education (2)
This course is designed to acquaint the advanced student in nursing edu
cation with research methodologies and materials as they apply to nursing.
N. Ed. 287. Seminar in Problems in Nursing Education (2).
A study of the current research in nursing education with an emphasi
on evaluation and methodology.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION
A. Physical Education
P. E. 30. Introduction to Physical Education, Health and Recreation (3)-
First and second semesters.
Orientation course in the professional fields.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Courses starred (*) may be taken for graduate credit
P. E. 113, 115. Methods and Materials for secondary Schools I (3, 3)-
Two lectures and two laboratories a week.
Theory and practice; class organization, analysis, and teaching techniqu
of sports, gymnastics, self-testing activities, and rhythms for Junior and Senio
High School programs.
P. E. 114, 116. Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools II (3, 3)-
Two lecture and two laboratory hours a week.
Theory and practice; class organization, analysis, and teaching technique
of sports, gymnastics, self-testing activities, and rhythms for Junior and Senio
High School Programs.
*P. E. 120. Physical Education for the Elementary School. (3) First an
second semesters and summer.
Theory and practice of elementary school physical education planned par
ticularly for the general elementary teacher. The course content will includ
curriculum participation, utilization of restricted play areas, class organizatior
instruction techniques, and introduction to a variety of appropriate activities.
P. E. 123, 125. Coaching Athletics (3, 3)— Two lecture and two laborator
hours a week.
Methods of coaching the various competitive sports commonly found i
high school and college programs.
P.E. 124, 126. Methods and Materials in Team Sports (2, 2)— Four labora
tory hours a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 62, 64, 66, 68.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 367
Theory in coaching and officiating sports for women. Opportunity for
National Officials' Ratings.
P. E. 140. Curriculum, Instruction and Observation (3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisites, MEN— P. E. 113, 115; WOMEN— P. E. 114, 116;
124, 126. (See Ed. 140.)
*P. E. 180. Measurement in Physical Education and Health (3) — First and
second semesters. Two lecture and two laboratory hours a week. The appli-
cation of measurement to physical and health education.
*P. E. 190. Administration and Supervision of Physical Education, Health
and Recreation (3) — First and second semesters.
The application of the principles of administration and supervision to
physical education, health, and recreation.
For Graduates
P. E. 200. Seminar in Physical Education, Recreation and Health (1) —
First and second semesters and summer.
P. E. 201. Foundations in Physical Education, Recreation and Health (3) —
First and second semesters and summer.
An overall view of the total fields with their inter-relations and places in
education.
P. E. 203. Supervisory Techniques in Physical Education, Recreation and
Health (3) — First and second semesters and summer. (Course may be offered
in Baltimore.)
Study of current concepts, principles and techniques of supervision and of
their application to the special fields indicated; observation of available super-
visory programs and visits with local supervisors; practice in the use of selected
techniques.
P.E. 205. Administration of Athletics (3) — First and second semesters
and summer.
Problems and procedures in the administration of school and college athletic
competition, the installation and maintenance of indoor and outdoor athletic
equipment, special problems of surveys, legislation, property acquisition, finances,
inventories, and the selection of personnel.
P. E. 210. Methods and Techniques of Research (3) — First and second
semesters and summer.
A study of methods and techniques of research used in physical education,
recreation, and health education; an analysis of examples of their use; and
practice in their application to problems of interest to the student.
P. E. 220. Quantitative Methods (3) — First and second semesters and
summer.
368 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A course covering the statistical techniques most frequently used in research
pertaining to physical education, recreation, and health education. An effort
will be made to provide the student with the necessary skills, and to acquaint
him with the interpretations and practical applications of these techniques.
P. E. 230. Source Material Survey (3) — First and second semesters and
summer.
A library survey course, covering the total areas of physical education,
recreation, and health, plus research in one specific limited problem of which a
digest, including a bibliography, is to be submitted.
P. E. 250. Mental and Emotional Aspects of Physical Education Activities.
(3). First and second semesters and summers. Prerequisites, Psych. 1; or H.D.
Ed. 100, 101, or equivalents.
This course involves exploring and evaluating the psychological aspects
of physical education, athletics and recreation. Such factors as the following
are taken into account; the psychology of sports and other forms of rec-
reational participation, applications of psychology to teaching, coaching and
learning, psychological aspects of athletic efficiency (motivation, emotional
upset, staleness, etc.), and esthetics in various physical education and recreation
activities.
P. E. 280. Scientific Bases on Physical Fitness (3) — First and second
semesters and summer.
A course designed to meet the needs of persons interested in the solution of
problems related to the kinesiological and physical fitness aspects of sports.
Problems pertaining to the performance of sport skills, the physical conditioning
of participants, and the over-all effects of exercise are studied; in addition, the
techniques employed in the solution of such problems are reviewed.
P. E. 288. Special Problems in Physical Education, Recreation & Health.
(1-6) — First and second semesters and summer.
Master of Education or Doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special
research problems under the direction of their advisers may register for 1-6
hours of credit under this number. A Master of Education candidate may
register for two or more credits under this number, and write one of his seminar
papers.
P. E. 289. Research Thesis (1-5) — First and second semesters and
summer.
Students who desire credit for a Master's thesis or a Doctoral project should
use this number.
P. E. 290. Administrative Direction of Physical Education, Recreation and
Health (3) — First and second semesters and summer.
A course to acquaint school administrators with the administrative tech-
niques, and opportunities and responsibilities in the modern programs of physical
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 369
education, recreation, and health education on a coordinated school-home-com-
munity basis. It will include an over-view of the best present practices, recom-
mendations of national bodies and the development of standards for selection
of professional personnel, evaluation of programs, development of facilities and
allocation of budgets.
P. E. 291. Curriculum Construction in Physical Education and Health (3) —
First and second semesters and summer.
A study of the principles underlying curriculum construction in physical
education and health education and the practical application of those principles
to the construction of a curriculum for a specific situation.
B. Health Education
Hea. 114. Health Education for Elementary Schools (2) — First and second
semesters and summer.
Materials and methods in health education for the classroom teacher.
Hea. 120. Teaching Health (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite,
Hea. 40, or equivalent. (May be offered in Baltimore.)
A study of materials and methods in health education. Planning the health
education curriculum.
*Hea. 160. Problems in School Health Education (2-6) — First and second
semesters and summer.
This is a workshop type course designed particularly for in-service teachers
to acquaint them with the best methods of providing good health services,
healthful environment and health instruction.
*Hea. 190. Organization and Administration of Health Education (3) —
First and second semesters.
The planning of school curricula and presentation of courses of study in
hygiene to the classroom teachers, and the planning of a community health edu-
cation program.
For Graduates
Hea. 220. Principles and Practice of Health Education (3) — First and
second semesters and alternate summers.
This course endeavors to evolve a concept of "total personality health" on
the basis of what is known of the physical, mental and emotional aspects of hu-
man personality and what factors influence its development. The various adminis-
trative and instructional phases of the school situation are examined to evaluate
their role in contributing to such broadly conceived "health".
Hea. 230, Public Health Education (3) — First and second semesters and
summer.
370 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A survey course designed to acquaint the student with the current major
problems in public health and to enable him to recognize and understand the
relationships and relative importance of these problems.
Hea. 240. Advancements in Modern Health (3) — First and second semesters
and summer.
A course designed to review status and trends of modern health from the
perspective of the educator. Study will include a survey of major health prob-
lems of the world; developments in the broad fields of modern medicine; and
current trends in school health education and the role of the school in relation
to mental health and psychosomatic disturbances.
SCIENCE EDUCATION
*Sci. Ed. 1. Science for the Primary Grades (2) — Summer. Laboratory
fee, $1.00.
This course considers the characteristics of elementary school children in
grades one through three. Selecting, organizing, and presenting science ma-
terials appropriate to this level is done in relation to these characteristics.
*Sci Ed. 2. Science for the Primary Grades (2) — Summer. Laboratory
fee, $1.00.
This is a continuation of the previous course using different subject matter
areas to provide a wider range of experiences.
*Sci. Ed. 3. Science for the Upper Elementary Grades (2) — Summer.
This course is designed to meet the needs of teachers of grades four, five and
six by providing background material from selected phases of science which
can contribute to these levels. Special attention will be given to materials of
the local environment. Laboratory fee, $1.00.
*Sci. Ed. 4. Science for the Upper Elementary Grades (2) — Summer.
This is a continuation of the previous course using difffferent subject matter
materials to provide a wider background of experiences. Laboratory fee, $1.00.
Sci. Ed. 105. Workshop in Science for Elementary Schools (2).
This course gives teachers an opportunity to acquire science understandings
and to develop materials which are of practical value. The emphasis is on
content closely related to science units developed in elementary schools.
Laboratory fee, $2.00.
*.Students may receive credit for both Sci. ?3d. 1 and Sci. Ed. 2 or Ed. 3 and Sci. Ed.
4, but no other combination of these courses is accepted.
GLENN L MARTIN
College of
ENGINEERING AND
AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES
STAFF
-, Director of Engineering Education and Research.
S. Sidney Steinberg, B.E, C.E.,
Dean in Charge of Undergraduate Students
William R. Ahrexdt, M.S., Lecturer on Automatic Regulations.
Redfield W. Allen, M.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
Russell B. Allen, B.S., Professor of Civil Engineering.
Edward S. Barber, B.E., C.E., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering.
William D. Becker. M.S., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering.
Joseph H. Bilbrey, Jr., B.S., Instructor in Chemical Engineering.
Doxald T. Boxxey. Ph.D.. Professor of Chemical Engineering.
Albert H. Cooper, Ph.D.. Visiting Professor in Chemical Engineering.
George F. Corcorax, M.S.. Professor of Electrical Engineering and Chairman
of the Department.
Gerald Corxixg, B.S., Associate Professor of Aeronautical Engineering.
Johx B. Courxvx. M.S.E.. Associate Professor of Civil Engineering.
A. Berxard Eyler. M.S.. Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
Richard S. Fey. Instructor in Chemical Engineering.
Jacob J. Freeman, Ph.D., Lecturer on Signal Analysis and Noise.
Carl W. Gohr, B.S.. Associate Professor of Civil Engineering.
Victor G. Gottschalk, Ph.D.. Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering.
Joseph A. Guard, M.S.. Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
Arthl-r L. Guess, M.S.. Assistant Professor of Aeronautical Engineering.
Charles R. Hayleck, Jr.. M.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
Doxald C. Hexnick, B.S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
Lawrexce J. Hodgixs, B.S.. Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering.
371
372 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Wilbert J. Hurr, Ph.D., D.Sc, Professor of Chemical Engineering and Chairman
of the Department ; Director of the Engineering Experiment Station ;
Chairman, Division of Physical Sciences.
Louis C. Hutson, Instructor in Mining Extension.
John W. Jackson, M.S., M.E., Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
Duane R. Keller, M.S.E., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering.
Eugene P. Klier, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering and
Metallurgy.
Ralph H. Long, Jr., D.Eng., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
Robert F. Luce, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering.
Morris J. Ojalvo, M.S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
Louis E. Otts, Jr., M.S., Professor of Civil Engineering.
Harry W. Piper, B.Arch.E., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering.
Henry W. Price, M.S., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering.
Walton R. Read, M.S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
Henry R. Reed, Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering.
Joseph R. Schulman, M.S., Lecturer on Electronics.
Irving H. Shames, M.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering.
Shan-Fu Shen, Sc.D., Associate Professor of Aeronautical Engineering.
A. Wiley Sherwood, M.S., Research Professor of Aerodynamics; Manager of
Wind Tunnel ; Acting Chairman of Aeronautical Engineering Department.
Charles A. Shreeve, Jr., M.S., Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
David E. Simons, M.S., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering.
Eric H. Small, M.E.E., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering.
Joseph S. Smatko, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering.
S. Sidney Steinberg, B.E., C.E., Professor of Civil Engineering and Chairman of
the Department ; Dean in Charge of Undergraduate Students.
William W. Thomas, B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering.
John R. Thorson, B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering.
T. C. Gordon Wagner, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering.
Stanton Walker, B.S., Lecturer on Engineering Materials.
Joseph Weber, Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering.
Presley A. Wedding, M.S., Assistant Professor in Civil Engineering.
John E. Younger, Ph.D., Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Chairman
of the Department.
INSTITUTE FOR FLUID DYNAMICS AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS
Robert Betchov, Ph.D., Assistant Research Professor.
Edward K. Blum, Ph.D., Post-Doctoral Fellow.
Joaquin B. Diaz, Ph.D., Associate Research Professor.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 373
Melville S. Green, Ph.D., Research Associate.
Alfred 0. Huber, Ph.D., Research Associate.
Geoffrey S. S. Ludford, Ph.D., Assistant Professor.
Monroe H. Martin, Ph.D., Head, Department of Mathematics and Acting Director,
Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics.
Elliott W. Montroll, Ph.D., Research Professor (on leave)
Gordon F. Newell, Ph.D., Research Assistant.
Siiih-I Pai, Ph.D., Associate Research Professor.
Lawrence E. Payne, Ph.D., Assistant Research Professor.
Edwin L. Resler, Jr., Ph.D., Associate Research Professor.
Karl H. Roth, Ph.D., Research Associate.
Richard F. Wallis, Ph.D., Post-Doctoral Fellow.
Hans F. Weinberg, Ph.D., Research Associate.
Alexander Weinstein, Ph.D., Research Professor.
Louis Witten, Ph.D., Research Associate.
Eduardo H. Zarantonello, Ph.D., Research Associate.
374
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
GLENN L. MARTIN
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES
Director of Engineering Education and Research.
S. Sidney Steinberg, B.E., C.E.,
Dean in Charge of Undergraduate Students
HE primary purpose of the College of Engineering is to train
young men to practice the profession of Engineering. It
endeavors at the same time to equip them for their duties
as citizens and for careers in public service and in industry
In training professional engineers it is necessary that
great emphasis be placed on the fundamentals of mathe-
matics, science and engineering so as to establish a broad
professional base. Experience has also shown the value of
a coordinated group of humanistic-social studies for en-
gineering students since their later professional activities
are so closely identified with the public. It is well recog-
nized that an engineering training affords an efficient preparation for many
callings in public and private life outside the engineering profession.
The new buildings recently completed for the College of Engineering were
made possible through the interest of Mr. Glenn L. Martin, of the Glenn
L. Martin Company of Baltimore, which resulted in two large gifts from the
Company to the University, to which have been added funds made available by
the Legislature of Maryland. The new units consist of four structures, namely,
the General Engineering building, an Engineering Laboratories building, a
Chemical Engineering building, and a Wind Tunnel building.
This increase in facilities has made possible an expansion of the work
in each department and the establishment in the College of Engineering of an
Institute for Advanced Technological Research. This Institute will carry
on full-time research in connection with an organization known as the State
Institute for Industrial Research, authorized by the Maryland Legislature to be
under the direction of the Board of Regents of the University, and also to
carry on studies in the various departments leading to graduate degrees.
The length of the normal curriculum in the College of Engineering is
four years and leads to the bachelor's degree. In the case of most students
these four years give the engineering graduate the basic and fundamental
knowledge necessary to enter upon the practice of the profession. Engineering
students with superior scholastic records are advised to supplement their
undergraduate programs by at least one year of graduate study leading to
the master's degree. All the engineering departments encourage graduate work
leading to the doctor's degree, and the Department of Chemical Engineering
has already awarded Ph.D. degrees to a number of candidates. Graduate
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 375
engineers desiring to enter research and development work should endeavor
to qualify for the doctorate. Graduate programs will be arranged upon appli-
cation to the chairman of the engineering department concerned.
In order to give the new student time to choose the branch of engineering
for which he is best adapted, the freshman year of the several curriculums
is the same. Lectures and conferences are used to guide the student in making
a proper choice. The courses differ only slightly in the sophomore year, but
in the junior and senior years the students are directed definitely along pro-
fessional lines.
Admission Requirements
In selecting students for admission to the University more emphasis will
he placed upon good marks and other indications of probable success in college
rather than upon a fixed pattern of subject matter. In general, 4 units of Eng-
lish, 3y2 units of Mathematics including Solid Geometry, and 1 unit each of
Social and Natural Sciences are required. Fine Arts, Trade and Vocational
subjects are acceptable as electives.
It is possible, however, for high school graduates having the requisite
number of entrance units to enter the College of Engineering lacking one
unit of Advanced Algebra and one-half unit of Solid Geometry. The program
for such students would be as follows: during the first semester, five hours
a week would be devoted to making up algebra and solid geometry; in the
second semester, mathematics of the first semester would be scheduled; and
the second semester mathematics would be taken in the Summer School.
All students desiring to enroll in the College of Engineering must apply
to the Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at College Park.
For a more detailed statement of admissions, write the Director of Publi-
cations for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog.
Bachelor Degrees in the College of Engineering
Courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science are offered in the
Departments of Aeronautical, Chemical, Civil, Electrical, and Mechanical en-
gineering, and Metallurgy.
Costs
Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165.00 fixed
charges; $71.00 for special fees; $360.00 board; $130.00 to $150.00 room; and
laboratory fees which vary with the laboratory courses pursued. A matricula-
tion fee of $10.00 is charged all new students, and a College fee of $3.00 per
semester is charged to all students registered in the College of Engineering.
An additional charge of $150.00 is assessed students not residents of the State
of Maryland.
Military Instruction
All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules
are required to take basic air force R. O. T. C. training for a period of two
376 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
years. The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation
but it must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of
attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Trans-
fer students who do not have the required two years of military training will
be required to complete the course or take it until graduation, whichever
occurs first.
Selected students who wish to do so may carry Advanced Air Force R. O.
T. C. courses during their Junior and Senior years which lead to a regular
or reserve commission in the United States Air Force.
General Information
For information with reference to the University grounds, buildings, equip-
ment, library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition of resi-
dent and non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates, transcripts
of records, student health and welfare, living arrangenments in the dormitories,
off-campus housing, meals, University Counseling Service, scholarships and
student aid, athletics and recreation, student government, honors and awards,
religious denominational clubs, fraternities, sororities, societies and special clubs,
the University Band, student publications, University Post Office and Supply
Store, write to the Director of Publications for the General Information Issue
of the Catalog.
Master of Science in Engineering
Candidates for the degree of Master in Science in Engineering and in
Metallurgy are accepted in accordance with the procedure and requirements of
the Graduate School. See Graduate School Catalog.
Professional Degrees in Engineering
The degrees of Aeronautical Engineer, Chemical Engineer, Civil Engineer,
Electrical Engineer, and Mechanical Engineer will be granted only to graduates
of the University who have obtained a bachelor's degree in engineering. The
applicant must satisfy the following conditions:
1. He shall have engaged successfully in acceptable engineering work
for not less than five years after graduation.
2. He must be considered eligible by a committee composed of the Dean
of the College of Engineering and the heads of the Departments of Aero-
nautical, Chemical, Civil, Electrical, and Mechanical Engineering.
3. His registration for a degree must be approved at least twelve months
prior to the date on which the degree is to be conferred. He shall present
with his application a complete report of his engineering experience and an
outline of his proposed thesis.
4. He shall present a satisfactory thesis in duplicate on an approved
subject.
Equipment
The Engineering buildings are provided with lecture-rooms, recitation-
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 377
rooms, drafting-rooms, laboratories, and shops for various phases of engineering
work.
Drafting-Rooms. The drafting-rooms are fully equipped for practical
work. The engineering student must provide himself with an approved drawing
outfit, supplies, and books.
LABORATORIES
Chemical Engineering Laboratories
Instruction and research in Chemical Engineering is housed in a new
building designed for this purpose. It contains lecture rooms, library, labora-
tories, shops, storerooms, dark rooms and offices, equipped for the full range
of chemical engineering studies, from the elementary chemical and physical
reactions underlying process development to the construction and operation
of pilot plants and the design of full scale equipment, with provisions for
specialized work in options such as electrochemical engineering, fuel engineer-
ing and metallurgy. Laboratories are maintained for (1) General Testing and
Control; (2) Unit Operations; (3) Unit Processes; (4) Electrochemical En-
gineering; (5) Metallurgy; (6) Gas and Fuel Analysis; (7) Cooperative Re-
search; (8) Graduate Research. Shops include a complete machine shop, a wood
shop and a student shop.
General Testing and Control Laboratory. In this laboratory there is
available complete equipment for the chemical and physical testing of water,
gases, coal, petroleum, and related chemicals, and for general industrial
chemicals, both inorganic and organic.
Unit Operations Laboratory. This laboratory contains equipment for
the study of fluid flow, heat flow, drying, filtration, distillation, evaporation,
crystallization, crushing, grinding, combustion, gas absorption, extraction, and
centrifuging. For the study of fluid flow a permanent hydraulic assembly is
available, and this includes flow meters of most types. A Chemical Control
Laboratory is maintained in conjunction with the Unit Operations Laboratory.
In the laboratory there is a large column still with a kettle capacity
of 100 gallons, equipped for the measurement of temperature and pressure,
sampling devices, condensers, and vacuum receivers. This still is so designed
that it can be used either as a batch type unit, continuous feed type, direct
pot still, steam still, or as a vacuum still. Studies in evaporation can be made
on a double effect evaporator, one unit of which is equipped with a horizontal
tube bundle and the other with a vertical tube bundle. Dryers include cabinet,
tray and vacuum t3rpes. Gas absorption equipment includes a blower and a
stoneware column packed with different types of packings in respective sec-
tions so that comparative studies may be made. Filtration equipment includes
plate and frame, Sweetland and Sparkler types. Combustion equipment available
consists of an industrial carburetor, pot furnace, premix gas-fired furnace and
the usual gas analysis equipment. For grinding there is a comminuting machine,
378 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
jaw crusher, a disc crusher and ball mills. Mechanical shakers, standard sieve,
and sub-sieve separator are available for particle size separation. Centrifuga-
tion studies may be made on a continuous super centrifuge, Tolhurst basket
type or centrifugal dryer. Concentrating equipment includes a flotation cell and
Wilfley table. Student shop facilities include a milling machine, lathes, drill
presses, grinder, welding equipment, and other tools necessary for unit opera-
tion studies.
Unit Processes Laboratory. The Unit Processes Laboratory is designed
to permit the preparation of chemicals on a semi-industrial scale from 1 pound
to 100 pounds. Both organic and inorganic compounds can be made. An ad-
vantageous feature is the integration of this laboratory with the unit operations
laboratory, thereby allowing a broad range of typical chemical engineering
activities. Equipment includes apparatus for autoclaving, nitration, sulfonation,
reduction, oxidation, esterification and neutralization, halogenation, amination,
diazotization and the like. Substances such as dyes, plastics, wetting agents,
organic insecticides, e. g., D.D.T., analine, nitrobenzene, phenol, paradichlor-
benzene, ethyl acetate, cellulose acetate, benzaldehyde, B-naphthyl methyl ether
and many others can be synthesized.
Electrochemical Engineering Laboratory. This laboratory contains ap-
paratus simulating industrial electrochemical engineering equipment, as well
as small laboratory size units to illustrate principles of operation. Studies in-
clude electric furnace operations, metal winning and refining, electroplating,
corrosion, electrochemical preparations, chlorine and caustic soda manufacture,
instrumentation, and related operations and processes.
The laboratory contains small dry rectifiers, one 500-ampere 6-12 V motor
generator set, several 300-ampere motor generator sets, 75 KVA variable D.C.
supply for furnace operations, and numerous storage batteries as power
sources. The equipment includes a small (25KVA) silicon carbide furnace,
aluminum electrolytic cell, small arc furnace for making ferrosilicon, ferro-
chromium, aluminum bronze and other alloys, numerous electrolytic cells for
electroplating, copper, lead, nickel, chromium, zinc, cadmium, brass, silver,
gold, rhodium, and other metals. Flexible arrangements are maintained for the
production electrolytically of materials such as iodoform, white lead, cuprous
oxide, azobenzene, dyes, nitrites, hydroxylamine, chlorine, caustic soda and
other chemicals. Corrosion testing equipment is also on hand. Arrangements
are flexible enough so that most industrial electrochemical operations can be
reproduced on a moderate scale.
Metallurgical Laboratories. These laboratories contain equipment for
heat treating, testing and metallographic work. The large furnaces available
for heat treating include a 16 KW Hoskins muffle furnace, an 18 KW Hevi-
Duty salt pot furnace, an 8 KW Leeds and Northrup Vapocarb unit, and an
American Gas Furnace Company salt pot furnace. Two special units are also
available for student and research work. These are a 10 KW General Electric
Electronic heater and an arc furnace for producing titanium ingots of up to
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 379
en pounds in weight. This latter unit is powered by a 70 KW General Electric
ire welding generator. In addition to the above, a number of smaller furnaces
ire available for general laboratory use.
The testing equipment consists of one Baldwin 60,000 lb. Southwark-
Tate- Emery testing machine, one 5,000 lb. Dillon Universal Tester, one
110/220 ft. lb. Riehle impact testing machine, and a Chapman high temperature
testing machine. Brinell and Rockwell hardness testers are also available.
The metallographic equipment consists of one Vickers projection micro-
scope with full range of accessories, a number of smaller metallurgical micro-
scopes, several Gamma cameras for the small microscopes, a Disa electro-
polishing unit, and all additional equipment (mounting presses, sanders,
polishing wheels, etc.), necessary for mounting and preparing specimens for
examination. The metallurgical laboratories are also equipped with a North
American Phillips 60 KV-50 MA X-ray diffraction apparatus.
Electrical Engineering Laboratories
Electrical Machinery Laboratory. This laboratory, with a floor space of
5,760 square feet, is divided into four working areas, each area being serviced
by a modern distribution switchboard and auxiliary panels. The distribution
switchboard also provides inter-connection between each working area as
well as to the various other laboratories situated throughout the electrical en-
gineering department. Each working area is provided with an educational DC-
AC motor generator and a variety of modern motors, generators, transformers,
and other electrical devices of such size and design as to give typical per-
formance characteristics. An overhead crane is available to facilitate the moving
and rearrangement of the various machines.
Electric power is supplied to the laboratory by a three-unit motor-generator
set consisting of a 150-HP synchronous motor driving a 50-KW, 125/250 volt
direct current generator, and a 62.5 KVA, 80 per cent power factor, 3-phase,
60-cycle generator. This latter machine is so connected as to supply both 120
volts and 240 volts simultaneously. Modern switchgear provides well regulated
voltage from each generator.
Adjoining the laboratory is an instrument and small-equipment room pro-
vided with a large assortment of measuring instruments essential to practical
electrical testing, namely ammeters, voltmeters, wattmeters, watt-hour meters,
frequency meters, strobotacs. tachometers, wheatstone bridges, double bridges,
impedance bridges, oscillographs, and special rheostats.
A well appointed shop is available with modern metal and wood turning
tools for the repair of equipment, the building of experimental devices, and the
general repair of all laboratory facilities. Another adjoining room provides
lecture room facilities, computation tables and reference material.
Industrial Electronics Laboratory. A floor area of 1,900 square feet adja-
cent to the machinery laboratory and connected with it by way of a two-ton
monorail crane is called the Industrial Electronics Laboratory.
380 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
This laboratory is equipped with apparatus and controls similar to those
used in industry in obtaining better products in greater quantities, by means
of electronic devices.
The experimental apparatus consists of several amplidynes, an electronic
welder, a high frequency heating unit, several types of electronic motor con-
trollers, voltage regulators, photo-electric counters, thyratron rectifiers, servo-
control systems, and X-ray installation.
The laboratory is energized from a distribution center similar to the
system used in the adjacent machinery laboratory and in addition, a 400-cycle
power source and high voltage power supplies are provided.
The instrument room and shop which serve the Machinery Laboratory also
serve the Industrial Electronics Laboratory.
Sophomore Laboratory. A balcony overlooking the machine laboratory
is equipped with seven work stations at which basic electrical engineering
experiments are performed.
Equipment is provided for fundamental measurements of current voltage,
power, resistance, and transmission losses. Basic non-linear circuit concepts
are also studied experimentally in this laboratory.
Electrical Measurements Laboratory. Fifteen basic measurements experi-
ments which constitute the laboratory portion of the "Electrical Measure-
ments" course are housed in this laboratory.
Ballistic galvanometers, long solenoids, flux meters, potentiometers, a-c
bridges, oscillographs, rotating standards, and impedance-measuring circuits
are employed in measuring electric and magnetic quantities and in calibrating
electrical instruments.
Photometry and Oscillographic Laboratory. A laboratory, provided with
a dark room, is available for photometric and oscillographic measurements.
The photometry apparatus consists of a bar photometer and four types of
portable photometers and light meters. Typical lighting installations are avail-
able for experimental study.
Electromagnetic oscillographs are available for studying transient and
steady-state time variations of electric currents and voltages. The dark room
facilities permit on-the-spot development of the photographic film.
Electronics and Radio Engineering Laboratories. A room 25 feet in width
by 60 feet in length is equipped with eight work stations, four of which are
specifically outfitted for basic electronics experiments and four specifically
for radio engineering experiments.
The electronics equipment consists of various bread-board layouts, signal
generators, cathode-ray oscilloscopes, vacuum tube voltmeters, frequency meters,
and a wide range of indicating instruments. With this apparatus, pentode and
thyratron characteristics are studied experimentally and basic electronic meas-
urements are performed. The performance characteristics of amplifiers, oscil-
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 381
lators, and regulated power supplies are also investigated in this section of
the laboratory.
The radio equipment consists of various bread-board layouts, including
mixers, discriminators, oscillators, IF stages, inverters, class C amplifiers, and
push-pull audio stages. Complete radio receivers and transmitters are available
both in commercial form and in demonstration panel form for experimental
study.
Adjacent to this laboratory is a combined instrument room and radio re-
pair shop.
Ultra High Frequency Laboratory. Experimentation and measurements in
the frequency spectrum ranging from 200 to 10,000 megacycles per second are
performed in this laboratory.
Signal generators covering this frequency range as well as a wide variety
of magnetron, klystron, and light-house tube oscillators are available.
In the lower frequency ranges, parallel-wire transmission lines are em-
ployed to illustrate single and double stubbing theory. The transmission line
is also used as an impedance measuring device.
In the higher frequency ranges, wave guides, slotted sections, sectoral
horns, and parabolic antennas are employed to demonstrate microwave tech-
niques. Crystal detectors and bolometers are provided for signal detection
and power measurements respectively. Apparatus for making special tubes is
provided.
FM and Television Laboratory. Space is provided on the upper floor of
the main engineering building for experimental study of frequency-modulated
and television signals. Receiving and transmitting apparatus are available
for this purpose. Owing to the location of the laboratory, antennas may be
installed readily and connected from the transmitter to the roof of the building,
where a 50-by-500-foot unobstructed area may be used for antenna pattern
measurements.
Mechanical Engineering Laboratories
Applied Mechanics Laboratory. This laboratory is equipped for the study
of Dynamics and Stress Analysis. Experiments and research can be carried
out in the fields of: vibration, steady and transients, photo-elasticity, and re-
lated subjects.
The equipment includes A.C. and D.C. strain gauge amplifiers, transient
recorder and printers, vibrographs, 15G vibrating table, vibration pick-ups of
various types and a photoelasticity bench for the study of two dimensional stress
problems.
Engine Laboratory. This laboratory is for instruction in all phases of
Internal Combustion Engine work.
Experiments and research can be carried out in the fields of: ignition,
injection, combustion and detonation, and engine performance.
382 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Included in this laboratory are: variable compression ratio test engines
' for octane determination, diesel operation and general ignition work; multi-
cylinder gasoline engines; eddy current, electric, and water dynamometers; and
three jet engines. In addition there are indicators of various kinds including
Piezo-electric and Cox intermittent as well as a number of different exhaust
gas analyzers and temperature measuring devices.
Heating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Laboratory. Equipment is
available in these laboratories for the study of heating and cooling units plus
air flow, dehumidification and humidification systems. Heating tests can be
made on the performance of coal and oil burning units and hot water or warm
air space heaters. In the study of refrigeration, freon and ammonia vapor com-
pression units and absorption units are arranged for visual demonstration and
equipped for performance tests.
In most cases, laboratory units are fitted with both hand and commercial
automatic controls. Instruments that are used include mechanical and hot wire
anemometers, pitot tubes, gas analyzers, orifice plates, inclined and vertical
manometers, thermocouples, potentiometers, resistance thermometers and sling
psychrometers.
Metallography Laboratory. This laboratory is equipped for the physical
study of metals. Research and practice can be carried out in this laboratory
in the following fields: crystallography and alloy systems, heat treatment and
strength of materials, and macro and micro examination of metals. Included
also are controlled heat treating and melting furnaces, bakelite mold press,
polishing wheels, etching equipment, microscopes, photographic equipment,
Universal testing machine, fatigue testing machine, hardness tester, Jominy
end quench testing equipment, creep testing machine, cutting off wheels, thermo-
couples and pyrometers, and other special instruments.
The laboratory has a Bausch and Lomb I L S metalloscope for producing
photomicrographs up to 2,000 magnifications.
Steam Power Laboratory. This laboratory is equipped for the study of
steam power. Experiments and research can be carried out in this laboratory
in the following fields: turbines, compressors, parallel operation of A.C. turbo-
generators, series and parallel operation of turbines, condenser characteristics,
etc.
Included in this laboratory are steam turbines, compressors, engines, in-
dicators, condensers, injectors, and various special equipment and instruments.
There is also a complete Educational Power Plant consisting of two 20KW
A.C. turbogenerators, condenser, synchronous motor and gauge board.
Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer Laboratory. This laboratory is
equipped for study and research in 1 hermodynamics and Heat Transfer.
Experiments can be performed in the determination of viscosity, heating
value, conductivity, calibration of gauges, etc.
Equipment includes: bomb calorimeters, Junkers calorimeters, viscosimeters,
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 383
distillation apparatus, conductivity box, Brown temperature (six channel) re-
corder, potentiometers, galvanometers, and related equipment.
Machine Shop. The machine shop is equipped with various types of lathes,
planers, milling machines, drill presses, shaper, midget mill, and precision boring
head. Equipment is available for gas and electric arc welding.
The shop equipment not only furnishes practice, drill, and instruction for
students, but makes possible the complete production of special apparatus for
conducting experimental and research work in engineering.
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
Aerodynamics Laboratory. The Aerodynamics Laboratory is equipped for
study in several phases of aerodynamic problems. Research can be carried out
in the following fields: Optical evaluation and pressure measurements in super-
sonic flows; total drag measurements on projectile-type bodies and spheres;
analogue solutions of potential flow problems in both incompressible and com-
pressible flow. Equipment available includes: 6-inch supersonic wind tunnel
with interchangeable nozzle blocks for two-dimensional flows at Mach numbers
varying from 1.2 to 3; two-foot circular low speed wind tunnel; ballistic range;
water table for hydraulic analogy; large electrolytic tank for electric analogy;
Schlieren optical system; high speed flash photographic unit; strain-gage type
pressure pick-ups; manometer board; other accessories shared with the struc-
tures laboratory.
Wind Tunnel Laboratory. The University of Maryland Wind Tunnel has a
test section measuring 7.75 feet by 11 feet with air velocities up to 280 miles
per hour. The six component balance system prints and simultaneously punches
data into International Business Machine cards. This permits the reduction
of data automatically through use of standard punched card machines. A
variable frequency power source with precision metering makes possible the
operation of electric motors in airplane models to stimulate propeller effects.
Steady pressures are indicated on a 100-tube manometer board and unsteady
pressures are recorded on a standard oscillograph with special electrical instru-
ments.
The laboratory is currently engaged in a year-round program of military
tests for aircraft companies and the military services. Provision is made for
active participation of senior students in one test during the year in connection
with Aeronautical Laboratory. Facilities are also available to graduate students
working on special subsonic problems.
Structures Laboratory. The laboratory is designed to extend and comple-
ment theoretical solutions to practical design problems and to provide facilities
for proof tests of built-up structural units under both static and dynamic loads.
The equipment consists of a 400,000 pound capacity Universal testing
machine, a 24,000 pound Universal test machine complete with stress-strain
recorder, a 500 ton hydraulic compression jack, hydraulic tension-compression
384 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
jacks and pumps, and lead shot bags for applying structural loading. A rigid
test rig is a permanent fixture in the laboratory. For measuring loads there are
available traction dynamometers and SR-4 tension-compression load cells. The
laboratory also has SR-4 strain indicating equipment with switching and balanc-
ing units, extensometers, compressometers, Huggenberger tensometers, and
an oscillograph for measuring strain.
Aeronautical Shop. The shop includes complete facilities for the working
of metal, sheet metal, and wood with particular emphasis on the tools used in
aircraft construction.
The sheet metal shop includes squaring shears, bending brake, nibbler,
bending rolls, aircraft sheet metal router, rivet squeezers, and an electric furnace
with automatic control for heat treating rivets.
The machine shop includes a quick-change lathe, universal milling machine
with vertical mill attachment, shaper, drill press, electric welder, acetylene
welding and cutting outfit, metal cutting bandsaw, power hacksaw, tool grinders,
arbor press, table saw, belt sander, and two-ton hydraulic floor hoist.
Civil Engineering Laboratories
Hydraulics Laboratory. The equipment consists of four electrically driven
pumps together capable of circulating a maximum of 4,000 gallons of water per
minute, a standpipe 5 feet in diameter and 60 feet high which can be used as a
constant level tank at three different heads; 150 foot head tank, 300 foot head
tank, 3 foot by 4 foot by 15 foot metal weir tank, 3 foot by 4 foot by 25 foot glass
sided flume for weir and model experiments, Pelton water wheel with glass sides
for direct observation, Rodney-Hunt reaction turbine, measuring tanks, weirs,
nozzels, venturi meters, other meters, gauges, and other small apparatus neces-
sary for the study of the flow characteristics of water.
Materials Testing Laboratory. Apparatus and equipment are provided for
making standard tests on various construction materials, such as sand, gravel,
stone, steel, concrete, lumber, brick, bituminous materials and road mixes.
Equipment includes a 400,000-pound universal hydraulic testing machine,
a 60,000-pound universal hydraulic testing machine, three 100,000-pound screw
power universal testing machines, torsion testing machine, impact testing ma-
machine, fatigue testing machine, weather-o-meter, Rockwell, Brinell and Shore
hardness testers, abrasion testing machine, rattler, constant temperature chamber,
moist room and other facilities for mixing, curing and testing concretes and
mortars, as well as extensometer and micrometer gauges, electrical strain gauges
and other special devices for ascertaining the elastic properties of various
materials.
Sanitary Laboratory. The laboratory is designed to provide facilities for
instruction and research in water and sewage problems.
The apparatus and equipment required to make standard chemical and
bacteriological analyses of water and sewage are available.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 385
Ample space and equipment for model work are provided in this laboratory
and since it is adjacent to the hydraulics laboratory, access to its facilities
for additional studies is available.
Soil Mechanics Laboratory. The laboratory is designed for instruction and
research into the properties of soils and their structural applications. The lab-
oratory is equipped for the performance of all the usual soil tests, sieve and
hydrometer analysis, Atterberg limits, compaction, permeability, capillarity,
lidation and strength.
The strength testing equipment includes direct shear and triaxial devices
to be loaded statically or by variable speed motors and a universal testing ma-
chine with a 240-pound low range and automatic recorder. A repetitive loading
device is available to simulate fatigue or compaction from traffic loads. Com-
paction equipment includes an automatic tamper and a variable frequency vibra-
tion table.
Also available are field sampling and resistivity exploration equipment, Cali-
fornia bearing ratio apparatus for field and laboratory, apparatus for chemical
and microscopic studies and motorized pulverization and mixing equipment.
Structural Models Analysis Laboratory. This laboratory is equipped for
the mechanical solution of indeterminate structures by use of scaled models.
The equipment available for this analysis includes the Beggs Deformeter, the
Eney Deformeter and the tools necessary for plastic model construction. Equip-
ment for making brass spring equivalents of trussed frame-works is available,
as are machines for photoelastic studies and membrane analogy (torsion) studies.
Research Foundation. The National Sand and Gravel Association and the
National Ready Mixed Concrete Association have, by arrangement with the
College of Engineering, established their joint testing and research laboratory
at the University. The purpose of the Research Foundation thus organized is
to make available to the Association additional facilities for its investigational
work, and to provide for the College of Engineering additional facilities and
opportunities for increasing the scope of its engineering research.
Surveying Equipment. Surveying equipment for plane, topographic, and
geodetic surveying is provided properly to equip several field parties. A wide
variety of surveying instruments is provided, including domestic as well as
foreign makes, and stereoscopic instruments are available for the interpretation
and use of aerial photographs.
Special Models and Specimens. A number of models illustrating various
types of highway construction and highway bridges are available.
A wide variety of specimens of the more common minerals and rocks has
been collected from various sections of the country, particularly from Mary-
land.
386 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Engineering Library
In addition to the general University Library an Engineering Reading
Room in the Engineering Building receives the standard engineering magazine:
and technical journals and maintains a reference library of the standard engineer
ing works and current technical literature. Also special reference books an<
catalogs for design courses are provided in the design rooms of the various
departments. The Departments of Chemical Engineering and Chemistry main-
tain independent, readily available working libraries, also.
The Davis Library of Highway Engineering and Transport, founded by Dr
Charles H. Davis, President of the National Highways Association, is par'
of the Library of the College of Engineering. This library covers all phases o:
highway engineering, highway transportation, and highway traffic control.
There has also been donated to the College of Engineering the transporta-
tion library of the late J. Rowland Bibbins of Washington, D. C. The books
and reports in this library deal with urban transportation problems, including
railroads, street cars, subways, busses, and city planning.
Curricula
The normal curriculum of each department is outlined on the following
pages. The total credit hours required for graduation varies from 149 to 160
depending upon the engineering department in which the student is enrolled
Students are expected to attend and take part in the meetings of the studenl
chapters of the technical engineering societies.
All curricula in the College of Engineering have been accredited by the
Engineers' Council for Professional Development (ECPD), the national ac-
crediting agency.
Freshman engineering students are given a special course of lectures by
faculty members and practicing engineers covering the work of the several
engineering professional fields. The purpose of this course is to assist the fresh-
man in selecting the particular field of engineering for which he is best adapted.
The student is required to submit a brief written report on each lecture. A
series of engineering lectures for upper classmen is also provided. These are
given by prominent practicing engineers in the various branches of the pro-
fession.
Student branches of the following national technical societies are estab-
lished in the College of Engineering: American Institute of Chemical Engi-
neers, American Society of Civil Engineers, American Institute of Electrical
Engineers, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Institute of Aero-
nautical Sciences, and Institute of Radio Engineers. The student branches meet
regularly for the discussion of topics dealing with the various fields of engi-
neering.
A student in the College of Engineering will be certified as a junior when
he shall have passed all the basic technical courses of the Freshman and Sopho-
more years with an average grade of C or higher.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 387
The proximity of the University to Baltimore and Washington, and to
Rher places where there are large industrial enterprises, offers an excellent
jpportunity for the engineering student to ohserve what is being done in his
:hosen field. An instructor accompanies students on all inspection trips, and
tudents are required to submit a written report of each trip.
The courses listed in the curricula to follow will be found described in de-
rail on the succeeding pages.
BASIC CURRICULUM FOR ALL FRESHMAN STUDENTS
All freshman students are required to take the following curriculum during
heir first year:
r-Semester — \
freshman Year I **
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3
Speech 7— Public Speaking • • • • 2
•Math. 14— Plane Trigonometry 2 ....
•Math. 1 5— College Algebra 3
Math. 17— Analytic Geometry • • • • 4
Chem. 1. 3— General Chemistry 4 4
Dr. 1, 2— Engineering Drawing 2 2
Engr. 1— Introduction to Engineering 1
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 19 19
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
Aeronautical Engineering deals with the design, construction, and mainte-
lance of aircraft and aircraft power plants; aerodynamics and performance of
lircraft; structural design and mechanical equipment; and the organization and
)peration of industrial aircraft plants.
\eronautical Engineering Curriculum r-Semesters
ophomore Year I II
G. & P. 1— American Government 3 ....
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4
Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 5
Surv. 1— Plane Surveying .... 2
Dr. 3— Advanced Engineering Drawing 2 ....
Shop 1— Machine Shop Practice 2 ....
Shop 2 — Machine Shop Practice .... 1
Shop 3 — Manufacturing Processes .... 1
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 20 20
•A qualifying test is given during registration to determine whether the student is
idequately prepared for Math. 14 and 15. A student failing this test is required to take
/lath. 1, Introductory Algebra, without credit and is not eligible to take Math. 14 con-
urrently.
388 UNIVERSITY Of MARYLAND
^-Semester— -v
Junior Year I II
*Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature; or 3 3
*Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3
Math. 84— Differential Equations for Engineers 3 ....
Mech. 2— Statics and Dynamics 5 ....
Mech. 52— Strength of Materials • • • • 5
M. E. 53— Metallography .... 3
M. E. 100— Thermodynamics 3 ....
Aero. E. 101 — Aerodynamics I • • • • 3
Aero. E. 103— Airplane Detail Drafting 1 ....
Aero. E. 105 — Airplane Fabrication Shop .... 1
E. E. 51, 52— Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 4
Total 19 19
Senior Year
*H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Aero. E. 102 — Aerodynamics IT 2 ....
Aero. E. 106 — Airplane Fabrication Shop 1 ....
Aero. E. 107, 1 OS— Airplane Design 4 4
Aero. E. 109, 110— Aircraft Power Plants 3 3
Aero. E. Ill, 112— Aeronautical Laboratory 2 2
Aero. E. 113, 114— Mechanics of Aircraft Structures 3 4
Aero. E. 115 — Aerodynamics III .... 3
Total 18 19
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Chemical Engineering deals primarily with the industrial and economic
transformation of matter. It seeks to assemble and develop information on
chemical operations and processes of importance in modern life and to apply
this under executive direction, according to engineering methods, for the attain-
ment of economic objectives. Modern chemical research has contributed so much
to industrial and social welfare that the field of the chemical engineer may now
be said to cover practically every operation in which any industrial material
undergoes a change in its chemical identity.
When the Department of Chemical Engineering was founded in 1937, the
Board of Regents transferred all the work in Industrial Chemistry, including
the staff and equipment, to the Department of Chemical Engineering.
Beginning in 1948-49. the Department of Chemical Engineering expanded
its offerings to include an option in Metallurgy. Students who elect this option,
which is outlined below, will receive their bachelor's degree in preparation for
work in Metallurgy.
*A. S. 101. 102 and A. S. 103, 104— Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C— 3 credits per
semester may be substituted.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 389
Chemical Engineering Curriculum rSemestei—^
Sophomore Year l n
Math. 20. 21— Calculus \
l-hvs 20, 21— < Jeneral Physics *
Chem. 35, il -Elementary Organii Chemistry Lectures
Chei Elementary Organic Laboratory.
Total.
Junior Year
31, 32— Principles of Economies.
Total.
ititative Chemical Analysis 4 ••••
eh K. 11— Chemical Engineering Control 2
\ s. ::, 4— Basic Air Force it. O T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1
21 19
3 3
••Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 3 3
•*Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3
Ch. E. 10:'., f, s— Elements of Chemical Engineering 3 3
Chem. 187, 189— Elements of Physical chemistry Lectures 3 3
Chen 90— Physical Chemistry Laboratory 2 2
M.ch. 1— Statics and Dynamics '. 3 ■•••
Mech. 51— Strength of Materials • • • • 3
Ch. E. Hi'— Advanced Chemical Engineering Calculations 3
i ;. & p, 1— American Government • • • • 3
20 20
Senior Year
t*H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization; or 3 3
tCh. E. 114— Application of Electrochemistry 4
Ch. E. 105, f. s— Advanced Unit Operations 5 5
Ch. E. 109, f, s— Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics 3 3
Ch. E. 10S, f, s— Industrial Chemical Technology 2 2
E. E. 51, 52— Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 4
JCh. E. 1 04— Seminar 1 1
Ch. E. 123, 124— Elements of Plant Design 3 3
Total 21 or 22 21
Seniors desiring to do so may audit Mech. 53 in preparation of licensing examinations.
**A. S. 101, 102, Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C, 3 credits per semester, may be
substituted.
♦Students who are to become candidates for graduate degrees requiring foreign
language may elect instead a foreign language and secure the American History credit in
their graduate program. Students who wish to do graduate work in Electrochemical
Engineering may elect Ch. E. 114, "Applications of Electrochemistry," and secure the
American History credit in their graduate program.
tA. S. 103, 104, Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C, 3 credits per semester, may be
substituted.
tStudents prepare reports on current problems in Chemical Engineering and partici-
pate under supervision of staff member. The content of this course is constantly changing
so a student may receive a number of credits by re-registration.
390
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Metallurgical Option
Sophomore Year
G. & P. 1— American Government
Math. 20, 21— Calculus
Phys. 20, 21— General Physics
Chem. 19— Quantitative Chemical Analysis
Ch. E. 11— Chemical Engineering Control
Ch. E. 23— Non-ferrous and Ferrous Metallurgy
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
Physical Activities
Total
Junior Year
ttEng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature
or
ttEng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature
Chem. 187, 189— Elements of Physical Chemistry
Chem. 188, 190— Physical Chemistry Laboratory
Ch. E. 64, 66— Physical Metallurgy
Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics
Mech. 1 — Statics and Dynamics
Mech. 51— Strength of Materials
Total
Senior Year
Ch. E. 182, 183— Optical and X-ray Metallography
Ch. E. 164, 166— Thermodynamics of Metallurgical Processes.
Ch. E. 110— Advanced Chemical Engineering Calculations....
$Ch. E. 104— Seminar, Metallurgical Section
Ch. E. 168, 170— Metallurgical Investigations
Ch. E. 103, f, s— Elements of Chemical Engineering
*tH. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
Total
-Semesters
II
20
19
3
3
2
2
5
5
3
3
3
....
3
19
19
4
4
3
3
3
....
1
1
2
4
3
3
3
3
19
18
♦Students who are to become candidates for graduate degrees requiring foreign
language may elect instead a foreign language and secure the American History credit in
their graduate program. Students who wish to do graduate work in Electrochemical
Engineering may elect Ch. E. 114, "Applications of Electrochemistry," and secure the
American History credit in their graduate program.
ttA. S. 101, 102— Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C— 3 credits per semester may be
substituted.
tA. S. 103, 104— Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C— 3 credits per semester may be
substituted.
JStudente prepare reports on current problems in Metallurgy and participate under
supervision of staff member. The content of this course is constantly changing so a stu-
dent may receive a number of credits by re-registration.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES
391
CIVIL ENGINEERING
Civil Engineering deals with the design, construction, and maintenance
of highways, railroads, waterways, bridges, buildings, water supply and sewerage
systems, harbor improvements, dams, and surveying and mapping.
Civil Engineering Curriculum
Sophomore Year
( ; . & P. 1— American Government
Math. 20, 21— Calculus
Fhys. 20, 21— General Physics
Mech. 1— Statics and Dynamics
Surv. 2— Plane Surveying
Surv. 50— Advanced Surveying
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
Physical Activities
Semester—^
II
4
5
3
Total.
19
20
Junior Year
*Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature; or..
*Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature...
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life
Dr. 3— Advanced Engineering Drawing
Geol. 2 — Engineering Geology
Speech 1 OS— Public Speaking
E. E3. 50— Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering.
M. E. 50— Principles of Mechanical Engineering....
Mech. 50— Strength of Materials
Mech. 53— Materials of Engineering
C. E. 50— Fluid Mechanics
C. E. 100— Theory of Structures
Surv. 100— Curves and Earthwork
Total.
IS
19
Senior Year
*H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
Eng. 7 — Technical Writing
Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics
Bact. 55— Lectures in Sanitary Bacteriology ,
Engr. 100— Engineering Contracts and Specifications.
C. E. 101— Soil Mechanics
C. E. 102— Structural Design
C. E. 103— Concrete Design
C. E. 104— Water Supply
C. E. 105— Sewerage
C. E. 106— Elements of Highways
Total.
20
IP
*A. S. 101, 102 and 103,
semester may be substituted.
104— Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C— 3 credits per
392 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Electrical Engineering deals with the generation, transmission, distribu-
tion, and utilization of electrical energy; and with the transmission and recep-
tion of intelligence as, for example, telephone, radio, radar, and television
systems.
Electrical Engineering Curriculum r— Semester— \
Sophomore Year I II
G. & P. 1— American Government 3 ....
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4
Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 a
Mech. 1— Statics and Dynamics .... 3
E. E. 1— Basic Electrical Engineering .... 4
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 19 20
Junior Year
*Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 3 3
*Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3
Mech. 51— Strength of Materials 3 ....
C. E. 50— Fluid Mechanics 3
Math. 64— Differential Equations 3 ....
E. E. 60— Electricity and Magnetism 3 ....
E. E. 62, 63— Electrical Measurements 2 2
E. E. 6 5— Direct Current Machinery .... 3
E. E. 100— Alternating Current Circuits 4 ....
E. E. 101— Engineering Electronics .... 4
E. E. 104— Communication Circuits .... 3
Total 18 18
Senior Year — Electronics Option
*H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
M. E. 51 — Thermodynamics '. 4 ....
E. E. 115— Industrial Electronics .... 4
E. E. 102— Alternating Current Machinery 4 ....
E. E. 103L— Alternating Current Machinery Laboratory .... 1
E. E. 105-106— Radio Engineering 4 4
E. E. 114— Applied Electronics 3 ....
E. E. 109— Pulse Techniques 3
E. E. 108— Electric Transients .... 3
Total 18 18
*A. S. 101, 102 and 103, 104— Advanced R. O. T. C— 3 credits per semester may be
substituted.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 393
r- Semester — ^
Senior Year — Power Option I II
*H. 5, 6— History ol American Civilization 3 3
M. B. 51— Thermodynamics 4 • • • •
M. E. 52— Power Plants •••• 4
E3, E 102-103— Alternating Currenl Machinery 4 4
E3. E. 105 Radio I 4 ....
K E, L06L Radio Engine e rim tory •••• 1
E. E. 117— Power Transmission and Distribution 3 ....
B. B. 116— Alternating Current Machinery Design .... 3
E. E. 108— Electric Transients • ■ • ■ 3
Total 18 18
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Mechanical Engineering deals with the design, construction, and main-
tenance of machinery and power plants; heating, ventilation, and refrigeration;
and the organization and operation of industrial plants.
Mechanical Engineering Curriculum /—Semester— \
Sophomore Year I II
<;. & P. 1— American Government 3 ....
Si..-. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4
Phys. 20, 21— Genera] Physics 5 5
Surv. 1— Plane Surveying .... 2
Dr. 3 — Advanced Engineering Drawing 2 ....
Shop 1— Machine Shop Practice 2 ....
Shop 2— Machine Shop Practice .... 1
Shop 3— Manufacturing Processes .... 1
A. S. 3. 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 20 20
Junior Year
*Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 3 3
*Kng. 5. 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3
Math. 61— Differential Equations for Engineers 3 ....
Mech. 2 — Statics and Dynamics 5 ....
Mech. 52— Strength of Materials .... 5
E. E. 51, 52— Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 4
M E. 53— Metallography .... 3
M. E. 54— Fluid Mechanics .... 3
M. El 100— Thermodynamics 3
Total 18 18
•A. S. 101, 102— Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C— 3 credits per semester may be
substituted.
394 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
r-Semester—\
Senior Year * '*
Engr. 100— Engineering Contracts and Specifications ....
*H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
M. E. 101— Heat Transfer 2
M. E. 102— Heating and Air Conditioning 3 ....
M. E. 103— Reirigeration
M. E. 104, 105— Prime Movers 4 4
M. E. 106, 107— Mechanical Engineering Design 4 4
M. E. 108, 109— Mechanical Laboratory 2 2
Total 18 18
AGRICULTURE — ENGINEERING
A five-year combined program in Agriculture and Engineering, arranged
jointly by the College of Agriculture and the College of Engineering, permits
students to become candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science in the
College of Agriculture at the end of four years and for the degree of Bachelor
of Science in the Departments of Civil, Electrical, Mechanical, or Chemical
Engineering at the end of the fifth year.
Details of this program will be found listed in the catalog of College of
Agriculture.
FELLOWSHIPS OF THE NATIONAL SAND AND GRAVEL ASSOCIA-
TION RESEARCH FOUNDATION AND THE NATIONAL READY
MIXED CONCRETE ASSOCIATION RESEARCH LABORATORY
The University of Maryland, in cooperation with the National Sand and
Gravel Association and the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association, offers
Fellowships for research on appropriate problems related to the sand and gravel
and the ready mixed concrete industries. That offered by the National Sand and
Gravel Association is known as the Stanton Walker Fellowship. Two are offered
by the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association, known as the Stephan
Stepanian and the C. Dolly Gray Fellowships. Fellows enter upon their duties
on August 1 and continue for 11 months. Payments under the Fellowships are
made at the end of each month and amount to $1500 for the year, in addition
to tuition fees and costs of books.
Fellows register as students in the Graduate School of the University of
Maryland. Class work is directed by the heads of the departments of instruc-
tion, but about half of the time will be spent in research work. The faculty
supervisor is the Dean of the College of Engineering of the University of
Maryland.
These fellowships are open to graduates in Engineering from an accredited
college or university, who are qualified to undertake graduate study and research
work leading to a Master's degree. Applications should be accompanied by a
A. S. 103, 104— Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C— 3 credits per semester may be
substituted.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 395
certified copy of college record, applicant's recent photograph, statement of
technical and practical experience (if any), and letters from three persons,
such as instructors or employers, covering specifically the applicant's character,
ability, education, and experience.
The applications should be addressed: Dean S. S. Steinberg, College of
Engineering, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
INSTITUTE FOR FLUID DYNAMICS AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS
The Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics has been estab-
lished by the University to prosecute fundamental research in applied mathe-
matics and in theoretical and experimental fluid dynamics. Its program en-
compasses the important problems of high-speed and high-altitude flight. Re-
search currently under way at the Institute includes coordinated theoretical
and experimental investigations of physical phenomena in gas jets including
shock waves and turbulence, and theoretical investigations of non-linear phe-
nomena, particularly those occurring in gas dynamics and in elasticity, and of
solid-state phenomena, especially those amenable to the methods of statistical
physics. The former program is partially supported by the Air Research and
Development Command, the latter by the Office of Naval Research. The In-
stitute is particularly cognizant of the government research being done in the
neighborhood of the University and offers its facilities for achievement of
common objectives.
The Institute is comprised of Research Professors who are in charge of
the above programs. Each year a scholar of international renown, usually from
abroad, is invited as a Visiting Research Professor. The Senior staff are assisted
by Research Associates, University Fellows (post-doctoral), and University
Assistants (doctoral candidates). In addition, faculty members from several of
the University Departments participate in the activities of the Institute.
The Institute sponsors weekly Seminars dealing with its own research
fields. In addition, it holds weekly colloquia on research problems in applied
mathematics and applied mechanics. The University also sponsors occasional
lectures by distinguished scientists.
Each semester members of the Institute in cooperation with the Depart-
ments of Aeronautical Engineering, Mathematics and Physics, offer courses
carrying full graduate credit for students working towards advanced degrees.
These courses form part of the regular departmental offerings and further in-
formation about them may be obtained from the official publications of the
University, or from the Department concerned.
ENGINEERING SHORT COURSES
Through short courses, the College of Engineering carries the benefits of
engineering teaching to persons and industries in various parts of the State.
These courses offer, in addition to regular instruction, an opportunity for the
discussion of problems of interest to those engaged in public works, in public
health, and in public safety.
396 UNIVERSITY 01: MARYLAND
Volunteer Firemen's Short Course. In cooperation with the Maryland State
Firemen's Association a short course is held annually at College Park for
volunteer firemen throughout the State. This four-day course is designed to
hring to firemen the newest developments in fire prevention, control and ex-
tinguishment, as well as information on inspection, arson investigation and
equipment maintenance.
Information regarding fire service extension courses may be found under
"Fire Service Extension Department."
Mining Extension Classes. In cooperation with the Maryland Bureau of
Mines and the State Departments of Education of Allegany and Garrett
Counties, night mining classes are conducted throughout the year in several
training centers in the western part of the State. The subjects studied are coal
mine gases, coal mine ventilation, map readings, and mine safety.
Motor Fleet Supervisors Training Course. This course is offered annually
in cooperation with many national and state organizations interested in con-
servation and safety. It is open to fleet owners and operators, safety and per-
sonnel directors, fleet supervisors, and safety engineers.
Additional information regarding engineering short courses may be obtained
from Dean S. S. Steinberg, College of Engineering, University of Maryland,
College Park, Maryland.
Water and Sewage Treatment Plant Operators. This course is offered in
cooperation with the State Department of Health, the Maryland-Delaware Water
and Sewage Association, and the American Water Works Association.
Aggregates and Concrete. This course is sponsored jointly by the National
Sand and Gravel Association, the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association
and the College of Engineering. Its purpose is the instruction of representatives
of member companies of the two associations in basic and fundamental tech-
nical information on aggregates and concrete.
FIRE SERVICE EXTENSION DEPARTMENT
The Fire Service Extension Department is organized under the College of
Engineering in cooperation with the State Department of Vocational Educa-
tion, and operates with both Federal and State funds. The Department pro-
vides in-service training for firemen with classes conducted throughout the
State by about 100 local instructors, with two full-time Senior Instructors. Basic
training of 60 clock hours is given in the fundamentals of firemanship, as well
as an advanced course of 69 clock hours, covering the technical field fire pre-
vention, control and extinguishment and a third section of 57 clock hours in
related technical information. A training course of 45 clock hours for industrial
plant fire brigades is also available. A four-day short course is held annually
the first week in September at the University at the new Fire Service Building.
Specialized courses are scheduled to meet growing demand for more com-
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCI UNCI'S 397
prehensive technical knowledge. Included are Instructor Training, Conferences
Eor Fire Company Presidents, Conferences for Fire Chiefs and Schools for Fire
Officers. Firemen who have completed the prescribed training courses have
■ been given preferential rating in positions in the military and naval fire fighting
forces.
The Department also serves in an advisory capacity to the State Fire
Marshal and municipal authorities in matters of fire prevention, fire protection,
and fire safety regulations. The Director serves as Technical Advisor to tin-
Maryland State Firemen's Association, and on various National Committer
the National Fire Protection Association.
Additional information may be obtained from Chief Robert C. Byrus,
Director, hire Service Extension Department, Fire Service Building, Univer-
sity of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
ENGINEERING EXPERIMENT STATION
WlLBERT J. Huff, Director.
The Engineering Experiment Station carries on cooperative investigations
with industries of Maryland and Departments of the State and Federal Govern-
ments. A diversity of engineering training, experience, and equipment repre-
sented by the faculty and laboratories of the College of Engineering is thus
made available for the problems under inquiry.
The staff of the College of Engineering available for research studies will
be glad to discuss proposed problems of importance to industry and of public
interest where means can be found for the cooperative researches; such studies
may be undertaken with the approval of the administration of the University.
COURSE OFFERINGS
The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant giving
the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to another
course.
Courses are designated by numbers as follows:
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)
200 to 299: courses for graduates only.
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course
with a double number extends through two semesters.
Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of credit
hours is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title of the
course.
A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours,
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making out
his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register.
398 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
Professor Sherwood; Associate Professors Corning, Shen;
Assistant Professor Guess
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Aero. E. 101. Aerodynamics I (3) — Second semester. Three lectures z
week. Prerequisite, Phys. 21 and Math. 21.
Basic fluid mechanics and aerodynamic theory. (Sherwood.)
Aero. E. 102. Aerodynamics II (2) — First Semester. Two lectures a
week. Prerequisite, Aero. E. 101.
Elements of hydrodynamics and application to engineering problems.
(Sherwood.)
Aero. E. 103. Airplane Detail Drafting (1) — First semester. One labora-
tory period a week. Prerequisite, Dr. 3.
Standards of airplane drafting. (Corning.)
Aero. E. 105. Airplane Fabrication Shop (1) — Second semester. One lab-
oratory period a week. Prerequisite, junior standing in Aero. E.
Aero. E. 106. Airplane Fabrication Shop (1) — First Semester. One lecture
period a week. Prerequisite, senior standing in Aero. E.
Both Aero. E. 105 and Aero E. 106 include aircraft sheet metal forming
and fabrication. Airframe materials, sheet metal fabrication, machining, fasteners,
welding, casting, forging, and costs.
Aero. E. 107, 108. Airplane Design (4, 4) — First and second semesters.
Two lectures and two supervised calculation periods per wook. Prerequisites,
Aero. 101, Aero. E. 104, and Mech. 52. Aero. E. 102 and Aero. E. 113 to be
taken concurrently.
Theory and method of airplane design, airplane stability and control, and
structural design. Each student designs a jet transport based upon assigned
specifications. Charts and formulas used in industry are derived and used as basis
of design. Optimum airplane is obtained by variation of fundamental param-
eters. (Corning.)
Aero. E. 109, 110. Aircraft Power Plants (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 52,
M. E. 100.
Thermodynamics and dynamics of aircraft power plant design. Gas tur-
bines and jet propulsion. Study and tests of engines in laboratory.
Aero. E. Ill, 112. Aeronautical Laboratory (2, 2)— First and second
semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Aero.
E. 101. To be taken concurrently with Aero. E. 102 and Aero E. 113.
Wind tunnel tests. Structure tests. Ballistics tests. Fluid flow analogies.
(Staff.)
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 399
Aero. E. 113, 114. Mechanics of Aircraft Structures (3, 4)— First and
second semesters. Prerequisite, Mech. 52, and Math. 64.
Principles and problems of airplane stress anyalsis and design. (Guess.)
Aero. E. 115. Aerodynamics III (3) — Second semester. Elementary theory
of the flow of a compressible gas at subsonic and supersonic speeds. Prerequisite,
Aero. E. 102. (Sherwood.)
For Graduates
Aero. E. 200. Advanced Aerodynamics (3) — First semester. Three lec-
tures a week. Prerequisites, Aero. E. 115, Math. 64.
Review of thermodynamics and physical properties of gases. One dimen-
sional flow of a perfect compressible fluid. Shock waves. Fundamental equa-
tions of aerodynamics of compressible fluid. Two-dimensional linearized theory
of compressible flow, Prandtl-Glauert Method, Ackeret method. Rayleigh-Janzen
method. Hodograph method. Karman-Tsien approximation. Two-dimensional
transonic and hypersonic flows. Exact solutions of two dimensional isotropic
flow. (Pai.)
Aero. E. 201. Advanced Aerodynamics (3) — Second semester. Three lec-
tures a week. Prerequisite, Aero E. 200.
Linearized theory of three-dimensional potential flow. Exact solution of
axially symmetrical potential flow. Method of characteristics. (Two-dimensional
and axially symmetrical flow). Nozzle design; flow in jets; rotational flow of
compressible fluid. One-dimensional viscous compressible flow. Laminar bound-
ary layer of compressible fluids. (Pai.)
Aero. E. 202, 203. Advanced Aircraft Structures (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisites, Aero. E. 113, 114.
Advanced theory and problems of aircraft structural analysis.
Aero. E. 204. Aircraft Dynamics (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, Math.
64 and Aero. E. 114.
Dynamics of a rigid body and applications to airplane dynamics. General-
ized coordinates and Lagrange's equations. Vibrations of simple systems. Dy-
namics of elastically connected masses. Influence coefficients. Mode shapes
and principal oscillations. Transient stresses in an elastic structure. (Shen.)
Aero. E. 205. Aircraft Dynamics (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites,
Math. 64 and Aero. E. 101.
Wing divergence and aileron reversal. Theory of two dimensional oscil-
lating airfoil. Flutter problems. Corrections for finite span. Compressibility
effects. (Shen.)
Aero. E. 206, 207. Advanced Aircraft Power Plants (3, 3) — First and
second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequi-
sites, M. E. 100; Aero. E. 109, 110.
400 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Special problems of thermodynamics and dynamics of aircraft power plants;
jet and rocket engines. Research in power plant laboratory.
Aero. E. 208. Advanced Aircraft Design (3) — First semester. Three
lectures a week. Prerequisites, Aero. E. 101, 102, 113, 114.
Theory and method of airplane design. Each student designs either a jet
transport upon assigned specifications or any other airplane that he desires.
Special emphasis is placed on the derivations and theoretical background of the
formulas and experimental data used. (Corning.)
Aero. E. 209. Stability and Control (3) — Second semester. Three lectures
a week. Prerequisites, Aero. E. 101. 102.
Static and dynamic stability and control. (Corning.)
Aero. E. 210. Aerodynamic Theory (3) — First semester. Prerequisites,
Aero. E. 101, Math. 64.
Fundamental equations in fluid mechanics. Irrotational motion. Circulation
theory of lift. Thin airfoil theory. Lifting line theory. Wind tunnel corrections.
Propellor theories. Linearized equations in compressible flow. (Shen.)
Aero. E. 211. The Design and Use of Wind Tunnels Supersonic (3)—
First and second semesters.
The desig'i and use of wind tunnels (supersonic). Review of basic aero-
dynamics and thermodynamics. Problems in supersonic tunnel design such
as pumping, power supply, condensation and driers. Equipment for measuring
results, including balances, manometer, optical instruments, such as schlieren,
spark illumination and Xray equipment.
Investigations in supersonic wind tunnels are described with special refer-
ence to similitude required for conversion to full scale.
Aero. E. 212, 213. Bodies at Supersonic Speeds (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisites, degree in Aero. E. or M. E. or equivalent, and con-
sent of instructor.
Brief review of gasd\rnamics, drag. lift, stability, and damping on a body
in a supersonic stream. Special aerodynamic problems in the design of super-
sonic missiles. Methods for obtaining accurate test data on the aerodynamic
characteristics of supersonic missiles.
Aero. E. 214. Seminar — (Credit in accordance with work outlined by
Aero. Engr. staff.) First and second semesters. Prerequisite, graduate standing.
Aero. E. 215. Research — (Credit in accordance with work outlined by
Aero. Engr. staff.) First and second semesters. Prerequisite, graduate standing.
Aero. E. 216. Selected Aeroballistics Problems (3) — First semester. Phys-
ical processes and aerothermodynamic laws connected with the flow around
supersonic missiles. Boundary layer problems and the transfer of heat and mass.
Prerequisite, degree in Aero. E. or M. E. or equivalent and consent of in-
structor. (Kurzweg.)
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 401
Aero. E. 217. Aerodynamics of Viscous Fluids (3) — Second semester.
fundamental concepts. Navier-Stokes' equations. Simple exact solutions. Lami-
nar boundary layer theory. Pohlhausen method. Turbulent boundary layer;
mixing length and similarity theories. Boundary layer in compressible flow.
Prerequisite, Aero. E. 101, Math. 64. (Shen.)
Aero. E. 218. Selected Topics in Aerodynamics (3) — First or second
semester. Prerequisites, Aero. E. 210, 115.
Topics of current interest and recent advances in the field of aerodynamics.
(Shen.)
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Professors Huff, Bonney, Cooper; Associate Professors Klier, Smatko;
Assistant Professor Gottschalk; Instructor Bilbrey.
Ch. E. 11. Chemical Engineering Control (2) — Second Semester. Six lab-
oratory hours a week. Prerequisite, Chem. 19.
Introductory laboratory studies of widely used materials, methods and
computations encountered in the examination and interpretation of chemical
engineering operations. Laboratory fee $8.00 per semester. (Bonney and Staff.)
Ch. E. 23. Nonferrous and Ferrous Metallurgy (4) — Second semester. Four
lectures and demonstrations a week. Prerequisite, Chem. 3.
The methods of extraction of the important metals and their fabrication.
(Klier and Bilbrey.)
Ch. E. 64, 66. Physical Metallurgy (5, 5) — First and second semesters.
Three lectures, two laboratories a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 23; Math. 20,
21; Physics 20, 21.
Principles of Crystallography as applied to metals; X-ray diffraction;
physical metallurgy of appropriate systems, including optical and X-ray
metallography; constitution and properties of alloy systems; phase transfor-
mations and diffusion theory. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Klier and Bilbrey.)
Ch. E. 68, 70. Mechanical Properties of Metals (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisites, same as
for Ch. E. 64, 66.
Introduction to metal forming operations, ingot casting, forging, rolling;
powder metallurgy; metal tests, tensile, impact, creep, fatigue, hardness. Lab-
oratory fee, $8.00. (Klier.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Ch. E. 103, f, s. Elements of Chemical Engineering (3, 3) — First and
second semesters. Three hours a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 3; Math. 21; Phys.
21.
Theoretical discussion of underlying philosophy and methods in chemical
402 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
engineering and elementary treatment of important operations involving fluid
flow, heat flow, evaporation, humidity and air conditioning, distillation, and
absorption. Illustrated by problems and consideration of typical processes.
(Huff, Smatko.)
Ch. E. 104. Chemical Engineering Seminar (1, 1) — One hour a week.
Students prepare reports on current problems in Chemical Engineering
and Metallurgy and participate in the discussion of such reports.
The content of this course is constantly changing so a student may receive
a number of credits by re-registration. (Bilbrey.)
Ch. E. 105, f, s. Advanced Unit Operations (5, 5) — Two lectures and one
all-day laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 103; Chem. 189, 190.
Advanced theoretical treatment of basic chemical engineering operations.
Study and laboratory operation of small scale semi-commercial type equipment.
A comprehensive problem involving theory and laboratory operations is in-
cluded to illustrate the development of a plant design requiring the utilization
of a number of fundamental topics. Laboratory fee $8.00 per semester.
(Bonney and Staff.)
Ch. E. 106, f, s. Minor Problems (6, 6). Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semes-
ter.
Ch. E. 107. Fuels and Their Utilization (3) — Second semester. Three hours
a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 103, or permission of Department of Chemical
Engineering.
A study of the sources of solid, liquid, and gaseous fuels, their economic
conversion, distribution, and utilization. Problems. (Huff.)
Ch. E. 108, f, s. Industrial Chemical Technology (2, 2) — Two hours a
week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 103. or simultaneous registration therein, or per-
mission of the Department of Chemical Engineering.
A study of the principal chemical industries. Plant inspections, trips, re-
ports, and problems. (Smatko.)
Ch. E. 109, f, s. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (3, 3) — Three
hours a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 187, 189; Ch. E. 103, or permission of in-
structor.
A study of the application of the principles of engineering and chemical
thermodynamics to some industrial problems encountered in the practice of
chemical engineering. (Bonney.)
Ch. E. 110. Advanced Chemical Engineering Calculations (3)— First semes-
ter. Three hours a week. Prerequisite, Math. 21.
A study of methods for analysis and solution of chemical engineering
problems by use of differential equations. Graphical methods and approxima-
tions by use of infinite series are covered. Also given at Army Chemical Center.
(Bilbrey.)
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 403
Ch. E. 114. Applications of Electrochemistry (4) — First semester. Three
lecture hours and three laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite, consent of
instructor.
Topics: Corrosion, batteries, electroplating, electro-oxidations and reduc-
tions, metal winning and refining, electrolytic products, passivation, cathodic
protection, electric furnaces, refractories and abrasives and others. Laboratory
fee, $8.00. (Smatko.)
Ch. E. 119. Empirical Equations and Nomography (3) — Second semes-
ter. Three hours a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
Formulation of empirical equations to represent laboratory data. Con-
struction of various types of nomographs. Also given at Army Chemical
center. (Bilbrey.)
Ch. E. 123, 124 — Elements of Plant Design (3, 3)— First and second
semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Ch.
E. 103, f, s; Ch. E. 110; Chem. 189.
The solution of typical problems encountered in the design of chemical
engineering plants. (Huff.j
Ch. E. 164, 166. Thermodynamics of Metallurgical Processes (3, 3) —
First and second semesters, three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 187,
189; Chem. 188, 190.
The application of the principles of thermodynamics to metallurgical
systems with emphasis on steel making; laws of chemical reactions; materials
and reactions in steel making processes; applications of theory to steel making;
applications of theory to selected non-ferrous systems.
Ch. E. 168, 170. Metallurgical Investigations (2, 4) — First semester, two
three-hour laboratory periods a week; second semester, three lectures and one
three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, concurrent registration in
or completion of Ch. E. 182, 183.
A study of the basic metals industry in which typical metallurgical pro-
cesses in plant installations are considered in some detail. Class and individual
assignments involving laboratory work and literature reviews.
Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. (Klier.)
Ch. E. 182, 183. Optical and X-Ray Metallography (4, 4)— First and second
semesters. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week.
Prerequisites, Ch. E. 64, 66; Ch. E. 68, 70; or permission of instructor.
The application at an advanced level of the principles of metallography,
with emphasis on the correlation of associated test procedures; constitution of
metal systems and phase transformations; alloy steels; hardenability and
tempering of quenched steels.
Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. (Klier.)
Ch. E. 188, 189. Alloy Steels I, II (2, 2)— First and second semesters.
404 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, graduate or undergraduate standing.
(Ch. E. 188 is not prerequisite to Ch. E. 189.)
Recent advances in the physical metallurgy of steel; ferrite, cementite,
and austenite; the isothermal transformation of austenite; variables affecting
the isothermal transformation of austenite; decomposition of austenite by
continuous cooling; the effects of various metallurgical treatments on the me-
chanical properties of steels.
The properties of quenched and tempered steels; importance of harden-
ability in engineering applications; calculation of hardenability; variables af-
fecting hardenability ; intensifiers; effects of alloying elements on the mechani-
cal properties of steels; efficient use of alloying elements in steel.
(Note: To be offered at off-campus naval installations as determined by
departmental and registration requirements.)
For Graduates
Ch. E. 201. Graduate Unit Operations (5) — First semester. One-hour con-
ference, three or more laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, permission of
the Department of Chemical Engineering.
Advanced theoretical treatment of typical unit operations in chemical en-
gineering. Problems. Laboratory operation of small scale semi-commercial
units with supplemental reading, conferences and reports.
Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Bonney.)
Ch. E. 202. Gas Analysis (3) — One lecture and two laboratory periods a
week. One semester. Prerequisite, permission of Department of Chemical En-
gineering.
Quantitative determination of common gases, fuel gases, gaseous vapors,
and important gaseous impurities. Problems.
Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Bonney.)
Ch. E. 203. Graduate Seminar (1) — One hour a week. Required of all
graduate students in Chemical Engineering.
The content of this course is constantly changing so a student may
receive a number of credits by re-registration.
Students prepare reports on current problems in chemical engineering
and participate in the discussion of such reports. Also given at Army Chemical
Center. (Staff.)
Ch. E. 205. Research in Chemical Engineering and in Metallurgy —
Credit hours to be arranged.
The investigation of special problems and the preparation of a thesis in
partial fulfillment of the requirements of an advanced degree.
Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. (Huff, Bonney, Smatko, Klier.)
Ch. E. 207, f, s. Plant Design Studies (3, 3)— Three conference hours
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 405
a week. Prerequisite, permission of Department of Chemical Engineering. Also
given at Army Chemical Center. (Huff.)
Ch. E. 209, f, s. Plant Design Studies Laboratory (3, 3)— Three labora-
tory periods :i week. Prerequisite, permission of Department of Chemical En-
gineering.
Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. (Bonney.)
Ch. E. 210, f, s. Gaseous Fuels (2, 2) — Two hours a week. Prerequi-
site, permission of Department of Chemical Engineering.
An advanced treatment of some of the underlying scientific principles
involved in the production, transmission and utilization of gaseous fuels. Prob-
lems in design and selection of equipment. (Huff.)
Ch. E. 214. Corrosion and Metal Protection (4) — Second semester. Four
lecture hours a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 114 or Chem. 189 or Chem. 190
or consent of the instructor.
The subjects to be covered include: Theories of corrosion of ferrous and
non-ferrous metals, passive films, corrosion inhibitors, metal cleaning, stress
corrosion, corrosive chemicals, electrolytic protection, restoration of ancient
bronzes, organic coatings, metal coloring, parkerizing, hot dip coatings, plated
coatings, and selection oi engineering materials. Class demonstrations will
illustrate the subject matter. Due to the diversity of subjects and scattered
sources, considerable outside reading will be necessary. Also given at Army
Chemical Center. (Smatko.)
Ch. E. 216. Unit Processes of Organic Technology (3) — Second semester.
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of the Department.
This course coordinates the study of fundamental principles of organic
synthesis with the requirements of the industrial plant. (Smatko.)
Ch. E. 217. Unit Processes of Organic Technology Laboratory (2) —
Second semester. Two or more laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, per-
mission of the Department.
Tilot plant operation of processes such as halogenation, hydration, nitra-
tion, oxidation, reduction and sulfonation.
Laboratory fee. S8.00 per semester. (Bonney, Smatko.)
Ch. E. 220, 221. Solid Phase Reactions (3, 3)— First and second semes-
ters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 187, 189; Chem. 188, 190;
Ch. E. 182. 183; or permission of the instructor.
The application of thermodynamics to the study of phase equilibria and
transformations in metals; mechanism and rate determining factors in solid
phase reactions in metals; order-disorder phenomena, diffusion processes, nu-
cleation theory, precipitation from solid solution, eutectoid decomposition.
(Klier.)
Ch. E. 224, 225. Advanced X-Ray Metallography (3, 3)— First and second
406 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites,
Math. 114, 115; Ch. E. 182, 183.
Analysis of crystallography or martensite reactions, and transformations
in general; analysis of complex diffracting systems.
Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. (Klier.)
Ch. E. 228. Seminar in Metallurgy (1) — First and second semesters. One
meeting a week. Required of graduate students in metallurgical curriculum.
Survey of Metals literature, and oral presentation of prepared reports.
The content of this course is constantly changing, so a student may re-
ceive a number of credits by re-registration. (Klier.)
Ch. E. 229. Gases in Metals (2) — Second semester. Two lectures per
week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 182, 183, or permission of the instructor.
A consideration of the behavior of gases in metals with emphasis on the
action of hydrogen in solid metals. (Klier.)
Ch. E. 230, 231. Mechanical Metallurgy (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, Math. 114, 115; Ch. E. 182, 183.
Theory of plastic flow and rupture of polycrystalline metals; the influence
of combined stresses, rate of deformation and temperature variation on the
flow and rupture of metals.
Flow and fracture in single crystals; theoretical crystal plasticity, theory
of failure, recovery, recrystallization, and texture formation. (Klier.)
Ch. E. 232, 233. Advanced Physical Metallurgy (3, 3)— First and second
semesters. Three lectures a week. Required of graduate students in metal-
lurgical curriculum.
The principles of X-ray metallography; the atomic theory of metals;
magnetic materials; phase equilibria; review of important binary and ternary
systems; diffusion and transformations in the solid state. (Offered at the Navy
Department.)
Ch. E. 240, 241. Advanced Heat Transmission (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Elective of graduate students in Chemical Engineering and others.
Prerequisite, permission of the Department. (Offered at the Army Chemical
Center only.)
The technical and scientific elements of the mathematical theory of heat
conduction. (V. H. Gottschalk.)
Ch. E. 250. Chemical Engineering Practice (6) — Four hours conference
and forty hours per week of work in laboratory and plant for eight weeks.
Prerequisite, permission of the Department. (Offered at the Army Chemical
Center only.)
The advanced application of chemical engineering principles to real prob-
lems encountered in a large technical organization. These problems are solved
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 407
by planning and conducting experiments in the laboratory and plant, with the
aid of supplemental reading and conferences. Emphasis is placed on the solution
.of problems under plant conditions and on the presentation of results orally and
in written reports.
Ch. E. 270. Plastics Technology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, permission of the Department.
A study of chemistry of the synthesis of resinous substances and high
polymers. The processes of manufacture of both raw and finished products
The properties in relation to constitution and application.
Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. (Smatko.)
Ch. E. 280. Graduate Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (3) — Second
semester. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 109, f, s; Ch. E. 110; or permission of instructor.
Advanced studies of the applications of the principles of engineering and
chemical thermodynamics to some industrial problems encountered in the
practice of chemical engineering.
CIVIL ENGINEERING
Professors Steinberg, Allen, Otts; Lecturer Walker; Associate Professors
Barber, Cournyn, Gohr, Keller; Assistant Professors Piper, Wedding;
Instructor Luce
C. E. 50. Fluid Mechanics (3) — First or second semesters. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Mech. 1. Required of juniors in
civil and electrical engineering.
A rational and experimental study of fluids at rest and in motion with
special emphasis on water and oils. Principles of viscous and turbulent flow
through pipes, orifices, nozzles and metering devices; impulse and momentum
concepts. Flow through closed conduits and open channels; divided flow, pumps,
turbines, dimensional analysis; laws of similarity. (Cournyn.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
C. E. 100. Theory of Structures (4) — Second semester. Three lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Mech. 50.
Analytic and graphical determination of dead and live load stresses in
beams and framed structures; influence lines; lateral bracing and portals; ele-
ments of slope and deflection. (Allen, Piper.)
C. E. 101. Soil Mechanics (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 50 and 53.
An introductory study of the properties and behavior of soils as engineering
materials. Soil physics, soil mechanics, and applications to engineering.
(Barber.)
C. E. 102. Structural Design (6) — First semester. Five lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 100.
408 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Design and detailing of wood and metal structural members and their con-
nections; wind stresses in building frames; structural framework. (Allen.)
C. E. 103. Concrete Design (6) — Second semester. Five lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite. C. E. 100.
Design and detailing of plain and reinforced concrete structures, appli-
cations of slope-deflection and moment distribution theories; rigid frames.
(Allen.)
C. E. 104. Water Supply (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one labora-
tory period a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 50 and senior standing.
Requirements of a municipal water supply — design, operation, mainte-
nance, and administration. (Otts.)
C. E. 105. Sewerage (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one labora-
tory period a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 50 and senior standing.
The collection, treatment and disposal of sewage. (Otts.)
C. E. 106. Elements of Highways (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 101.
Location, design, construction, and maintenance of roads and pavements.
Laboratory problems and field inspection trips. (Barber, Gohr.)
C. E. 107. Statically Indeterminate Structures (3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisites. C. E. 100, or equivalent.
Deflections in beams, trusses and similar structures, both statically de-
terminate and indeterminate. Real and virtual work, Castigliano's Theorem,
area moments, the Williott-Mohr diagram. Classical methods of analysis of
indeterminate structures; theorem of three moments, method of least work,
slope deflection method. Modern methods of analysis of indeterminate struc-
tures; moment distribution, general method of successive corrections. Applica-
tions to particular structures; arches, closed rings, built-in beams and beams
over multiple supports. (Allen, Keller.)
C. E. 108. Photogrammetry (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Surv. 50.
The fundamental principles of terrestrial and aerial photographic sur-
veying and then application to principles of map making. Laboratory exercises
in the use of the stereoscope, stereocomparagraph, contour finder, inter-
pretometer, and the vertical sketchmaster. Study of the use of photographs
in accident investigations and tax maps. (Gohr.)
C. E. 109. Hydrology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite. C. E. 50.
A study of the factors governing the supply of ground water and the flow
of streams and their relations to water power, water supply, drainage and
sanitary engineering. (Cournyn.)
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 40!
For Graduates
C. E. 200. Advanced Properties of Materials (3) — First or second semester.
Prerequisite, Mech. 53 or equivalent.
A critical study of elastic and plastic properties, flow of materials, resist-
ance to failure by fracture, impact, and corrosion, the theories of failure. As-
signed reading from current literature. (Wedding.)
C. E. 201. Advanced Strength of Materials (3) — First or second semes-
ter. Prerequisite, Mech. 50, 51, or equivalent.
Special problems in engineering stress analysis. Limitations of flexure and
torsion formulas, unsymmetrical bending, curved beams, combined stresses,
thin tubes, thick-walled cylinders and flat plates. (Keller.)
C. E. 202. Experimental Stress Analysis (3)— First or second semester.
Prerequisite, Mech. 50, or equivalent.
An introduction to the theory of elasticity. Applications of this theory to
experimental methods of stress analysis with particular reference to the electric
strain gauge, strain rosettes, photoelastic methods, brittle lacquer technique
and various analogy methods. (Keller.)
C. E. 203. Soil Mechanics (3) — First and second semester. Prerequisite,
C. E. 101, or equivalent.
A detailed study of the properties of engineering soils. Assigned reading
from current literature. (Barber.)
C. E. 204. Advanced Foundations (3) — First or second semester. Prerequi-
sites, C. E. 101, 102 and 103, or equivalent.
A detailed study of types of foundations. Design and construction to meet
varying soil conditions. (Barber.)
C. E. 205. Highway Engineering (3) — -First or Second semester. Prerequi-
site, C. E. 106, or equivalent.
An intensive course in the location, design, and construction of highways.
(Barber, Gohr.)
C. E. 206. Theory of Concrete Mixtures (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, Mech. 53, or equivalent.
A thorough review of the methods for the design of concrete mixtures,
followed by a study of factors affecting the properties of the resulting concrete.
This course is intended as a background for work in the field of concrete,
concrete aggregates, or reinforced concrete. The second semester of this course
is open only to students who are majoring in concrete. (Walker.)
C. E. 207. Advanced Structural Analysis (3) — First semester. Prerequi-
sites, C. E. 102, 103, or equivalent.
Maxwell's Law of Reciprocal Displacements, Castigliano's Theorem, gen-
eral work and energy methods for displacements and for solution of indeter-
410 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
minates, slope-deflection methods, Hardy Cross method of moment distribu-
tion and column analogy methods. Solution of indeterminates by actual de-
formations of scaled models, with particular reference to the Beggs and the
Eney deformeters. (Keller.)
C. E. 208. Advanced Sanitation (3) — First or second semester. Prerequisite,
graduate standing in civil engineering.
A detailed study of environment and its relation to disease, covering
malaria and its control; rodent control; food sanitation; collection and dis-
posal of municipal refuse; housing sanitation, including plumbing, rat-proofing,
etc.; rural water supply and excreta disposal; sanitary inspection procedure.
(Otts.)
C. E. 209. Advanced Water Supply (3) — First or second semester. Prerequi-
site, C. E. 104 or equivalent.
A detailed study of the problems of water supply including recent develop-
ments in the treatment of water. (Otts.)
C. E. 210. Advanced Sewerage (3) — First or second semester. Prerequisite,
C. E. 105 or equivalent.
A detailed study of the problems of sewerage, including recent develop-
ments in the treatment of sewage. (Otts.)
C. E. 211. Sanitary Engineering Design (3) — First or second semester.
Prerequisite, C. E. 104, 105 or equivalent.
Practical problems in the design of sewer systems and appurtenances;
sewage treatment plants; water collection and distribution systems; water puri-
fication plants. (Otts.)
C. E. 212. Research — Credit in accordance with work done. First and second
semesters. (Staff.)
C. E. 213. Seminar — First or second semester. Credit in accordance with
work outlined by the civil engineering staff. Prerequisite, graduate standing in
civil engineering. (Staff.)
C. E. 214. Sanitary Engineering Laboratory (3) — First or second semester.
Prerequisites, C. E. 104 and C. E. 105, or equivalent.
Lectures, conferences, assigned readings, and laboratory exercises in the
technique and principles involved in the physical, bacteriological and chemical
tests used in water analysis. (Otts.)
C. E. 215. Sanitary Engineering Laboratory (3) — First or second semes-
ter. Prerequisites, C. E. 104, and C. E. 105, or equivalent.
Lectures, conferences, assigned readings, and laboratory exercises in the
techniques and principles involved in the physical, bacteriological and chemical
tests used in sewage and industrial waste analysis. (Otts.)
C. E. 216. Hydraulic Engineering (3) — First or second semester. Prerequi-
site, C. E. 50, or equivalent.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 411
Water power and flood control. Analysis of the principal features of a
water power project with special reference to reservoir, waterway, dam, plant
accessories, and power house equipment. Complete report on a water power
project required, including costs and power valuation. (Cournyn.)
C. E. 217. Hydraulic Machinery (3) — First or second semester. Prerequi-
site, C. E. 50, or equivalent.
Principles of design, selection and operation of hydraulic pumps, turbines
and other hydraulic machinery. (Cournyn.)
C. E. 218. Advanced Structural Design (3) — Second semester. Prerequi-
sites, C. E. 102, 103 or equivalent.
Design problems encountered in rigid frames under vertical load. Design
problems encountered in frames under horizontal load, with particular ref-
erence to wind loads. Design of radio towers and of industrial buildings. (Allen.)
C. E. 219. Sanitary Engineering Design (3) — First or second semester.
Prerequisite, C. E. 104, 105 or equivalent.
Selected problems in the design of structure related to the operation of
water supply and sewerage systems and industrial waste treatment plants. (Otts.)
C. E. 220. Soil Mechanics Laboratory (3) — First or second semester. Pre-
requisite, C. E. 101 or equivalent.
Detailed study and practice of standard and special laboratory test methods.
Construction and operation of models. Application of tests to design and con-
struction projects and research problems. (Barber.)
DRAWING
Dr. 1, 2. Engineering Drawing (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Two
laboratories a week. Required of engineering freshmen.
Lettering, use of instruments, orthographic projection, auxiliary views,
revolution, sections, pictorial representation, dimensioning, fasteners, technical
sketching, and working drawings.
Dr. 3. Advanced Engineering Drawing (2) — First semester. Two labora-
tories a week. Required of juniors in Civil Engineering, and sophomores in
Aeronautical and Mechanical Engineering. Prerequisites, Dr. 1 and Dr. 2.
Descriptive Geometry with applications to drafting room problems. De-
velopments, intersections, transition pieces and perspective.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Professors Corcoran, Reed, and Weber; Associate Professors Hodgins,
Wagner, and Small; Assistant Professors Price, Simons, and Becker;
Lecturers Ahrendt, Freeman, and Schulman.
E. E. 1. Basic Electrical Engineering (4) — Second semester. Three lee-
412 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
tures and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Prerequisites,
concurrent registration in Math. 21 and Phys. 21. Required of sophomores in
electrical engineering.
Basic concepts of electric potential, current, power, and energy; d-c cir-
cuit analysis by the mesh-current and nodal methods; network theorems; electric
and magnetic field concepts. (Corcoran, Simons.)
For Advanced Undergraduates
E. E. 50. Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering (3) — First semester.
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Laborator}' fee, $4.00. Pre-
requisites, Math. 21 and Phys. 21. Required of juniors in civil engineering.
Principles of direct and alternating currents; power circuits and distribu-
tion systems; direct and alternating current machines and applications; operat-
ing characteristics of electrical machines and transformers. (Becker.)
E. E. 51, 52. Principles of Electrical Engineering (4, 4) — First and second
semesters. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee,
$4.00. Prerequisites, Math. 21 and Phys. 21. Required of juniors in aeronautical
and mechanical engineering, and seniors in chemical engineering.
A study of elementary direct-current and alternating-current circuits, poly-
phase circuits; magnetic circuits. Principles of operation of direct and alternat-
ing current machinery and transformers. Brief study of vacuum tubes operated
as rectifiers and amplifiers. (Small, Becker.)
E. E. 60. Electricity and Magnetism (3) — First semester. Prerequisites,
Math. 21, Phys. 21, and E. E. 1. Required of juniors in electrical engineering.
Electromagnetism as applied to electrical engineering; electric field theory
with emphasis on capacitance calculations, magnetic field theory with emphasis
on inductance calculations; elements of electrochemistry; boundary layer phe-
nomena; non-linear circuit elements; high-frequency resistance and inductance
calculations involving transmission line parameters. (Reed, Simons.)
E. E. 62, 63. Electrical Measurements (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $4.00 each semes-
ter. Prerequisite, concurrent registration in E. E. 100 and 101. Required of
juniors in electrical engineering.
Measurement and calibration techniques employing potentiometers, bal-
listic galvanometers, bridges, electromagnetic and cathode-ray oscillographs,
photometers, watt-hour meters, and electronic instruments. (Small.)
E. E. 65. Direct-Current Machinery (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Prerequisites, Math.
21, Phys. 21, and E. E. 1. Required of juniors in electrical engineering.
Construction, theory of operation, and performance characteristics of di-
rect-current generators, motors, and control apparatus. Experiments on the
operation and characteristics of direct-current generators and motors.
(Hodgins, Becker.)
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 413
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
E. E. 100. Alternating-Current Circuits (4) — First semester. Three lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Prerequisites, Math.
21. Phys. 21, and E. E. 1. Required of juniors in electrical engineering.
Single- and polyphase-circuit analysis under sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal
conditions of operation. Mesh-current and nodal methods of analysis. Harmonic
analysis by the Fourier series method. Theory and design of tuned coupled
circuits. (Price, Simons.)
E. E. 101. Engineering Electronics (4) — Second semester. Three lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Prerequisite, E. E. 100.
Required of juniors in electrical engineering.
Theory and applications of electron tubes and associated circuits with
emphasis on equivalent circuit analysis of audio amplifiers, reactance tubes,
feedback amplifiers, oscillators, and detectors. (Price, Simons.)
E. E. 102, 103. Alternating-Current Machinery (4, 4) — First and second
semesters. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee,
$4.00. Prerequisites, E. E. 65 and E. E. 100. Required of seniors in electrical
engineering taking the Power option. E. E. 102 is required of seniors taking
the Electronics option.
The operating principles of alternating-current machinery considered from
theoretical, design, and laboratory points of view. Synchronous generators and
motors; single and polyphase transformers; three-phase induction generators
and motors; single-phase induction motors; rotary converters and mercury-
arc rectifiers. (Hodgins, Becker.)
E. E. 103L. Alternating-Current Machinery Laboratory (1) — Second semes-
ter. One laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Prerequisite, E. E. 102.
Required of seniors taking the Electronics option.
A continuation of the laboratory work performed in E. E. 102; similar to
the laboratory portion of E. E. 103. (Hodgins.)
E. E. 104. Communication Circuits (3) — Second semester. Three lec-
tures a week. Prerequisites, E. E. 60 and E. E. 100. Required of juniors in
electrical engineering.
Long-line theory applied to audio-frequency and ultra-high-frequency
systems. Elements of filter theory; impedance matching; Maxwell's equations
in rectangular and cylindrical coordinates and in scalar notation; elements of
rectangular and circular wave-guide theory. (Reed.)
E. E. 105, 106. Radio Engineering (4, 4) — First and second semesters.
Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Pre-
requisite, E. E. 101. Required of seniors in electrical engineering taking the
Electronics option. E. E. 105 is required of seniors taking the Power option.
Characteristics of radio-frequency circuits including the design of tuned
414 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
coupled circuits and Class C amplifiers. Amplification, oscillation, modulation,
and detection with particular emphasis on radio-frequency amplification and
broadcast-range reception. Elements of wave propagation and antenna systems.
(Wagner, Price.)
E. E. 106L. Radio Engineering Laboratory (1) — Second semester. One
laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Prerequisite, E. E. 105.
Required of seniors taking the Power option.
A continuation of the laboratory work performed in E. E. 105; similar
to the laboratory portion of E. E. 106.
E. E. 108. Electric Transients (3) — Second semester. Three lectures a
week. Prerequisite, E. E. 101. Required of seniors in electrical engineering.
Current, voltage, and power transients in lumped-parameter networks.
Transient phenomena in sweep circuits, multi-vibrators, and inverters. Ele-
ments of square-wave testing. (Reed, Price.)
E. E. 109. Pulse Techniques (3) — Second semester. Three lectures a
week. Prerequisite, E. E. 105. Required of seniors taking the Electronics
option.
Generation, shaping, amplification, and delay of non-sinusoidal wave-
forms. Circuit design techniques and applications to radar, television, and
computers. (Schulman.)
E. E. 114. Applied Electronics (3) — First semester. Three lectures a
week. Prerequisite, E. E. 101. Required of seniors taking the Electronics
option.
Detectors and discriminators; gas tube characteristics and associated
circuits; photoelectric tubes and associated circuits; rectifiers and 'regulators;
vacuum tube instruments. (Schulman.)
E. E. 115. Industrial Electronics (4) — Second semester. Prerequisites;
E. E. 101. Required of seniors taking the Electronics Option.
Thyratron control and rectifying circuits; electronic methods of speed and
voltage control; electric welding; X-ray oscillography; sound recording; loud
speaker characteristics; noise and vibration measurements. (Price.)
E. E. 116. Alternating- Current Machinery Design (3) — Second semester.
Two lectures and one calculation period a week. Prerequisite, concurrent
registration in E. E. 103. Required of seniors taking Power option.
Derivation of theoretical design equations; practical design consideration;
numerical design of transformers, synchronous generators, and induction
motors. ' (Reed.)
E. E. 117. Power Transmission and Distribution (3) — First semester.
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, concurrent registration in E. E. 102.
Required of seniors taking Power option.
Inductance and capacitance calculations of polyphase transmission lines on
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 415
a per wire basis; effective resistance calculations and depth-of-penetration
formula; generalized parameters of four-terminal networks and long-line theory
applied to power distribution systems; use of transmission line charts. (Reed.)
E. E. 120. Electromagnetic Waves (3) — First semester. Three lectures
a week. Prerequisites, senior standing in electrical engineering or physics and
B average in mathematics. Required of M.S. degree candidates in electrical
engineering.
The basic mathematical theory of electromagnetic wave propagation em-
ploying Maxwell's equations in vector form and in generalized coordinates;
application to wave-guide transmission; concept of retarded magnetic vector
potential and its application to dipole radiation. (Reed.)
E. E. 160, 161. Vacuum Tubes (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Three
lectures a week. Prerequisites, senior standing in electrical engineering or
physics and B average in mathematics.
Electron emission; laws of electron motion; space charge effects; noise in
vacuum tubes; magnetic lenses; klystrons; magnetrons; photoelectric tubes;
other special-purpose tubes. (Weber.)
For Graduates
E. E. 200. Symmetrical Components (3) — First semester. Three lectures
a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 103.
Application of the method of symmetrical components to synchronous
generators, transmission lines, transformers, static loads possessing mutual
coupling, and induction motor loads. Methods of calculating positive, nega-
tive, and zero sequence reactances of, transmission lines. Complete network
solutions in terms of symmetrical components and comparison of those solutions
with that obtained by classical methods. Methods of measuring positive,
negative, and zero sequence reactances of synchronous generators. (Reed.)
E. E. 201. Electromagnetic Theory (3) — Second semester. Three lectures
a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 120. Required of M.S. degree candidates in
electrical engineering.
Theoretical analysis and engineering applications of Laplace's, Poisson's
and Maxwell's equations. (Weber.)
E. E. 202, 203. Transients in Linear Systems (3, 3)— First and second
semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, undergraduate major in
electrical or mechanical engineering or physics. Required of M.S. degree
candidates in electrical engineering.
Operational circuit analysis; the Fourier integral; transient analysis of
electrical and mechanical systems and vacuum tube circuits by the Laplace
transform method. (Wagner.)
E. E. 204, 205. Advanced Circuit Analysis (3, 3) — First and second semes-
416 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
ters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, undergraduate major in electrical
engineering or physics.
The wave character of the steady-state long-line solutions; attenuation and
phase characteristics; phase and group velocities; four-terminal network theory;
matrix algebra applied to network theory; conventional filter theory. (Reed.)
E. E. 206, 207. Microwave Engineering (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Three lectures a week first semester and two lectures and one laboratory period
a week second semester. Laboratory fee, E. E. 207, second semester, $4.00.
Prerequisite, E. E. 201.
Basic considerations in solving field problems by differential equations;
circuit concepts and their validity at high frequency; propagation and reflection
of electromagnetic waves; guided electromagnetic waves; high-frequency
oscillators and tubes; radiation engineering. (Not offered 1953-54). (Weber.)
E. E. 209. Stability in Power Systems (3) — Second semester. Three lec-
tures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 200.
An extension of symmetrical components, E. E. 200, as applied to power
systems; study of the stability problem; the swing equation and its solution;
the equal-area and Routh's criteria for stability; solutions of faulted three-phase
networks; system design. (Reed.)
E. E. 210, 211. Advanced Radio Engineering (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 106.
Theory of radio-frequency amplification, oscillation, modulation, and de-
tection, including both amplitude-modulation systems and frequency-modulation
systems; broadcast antenna systems; theory of radio-frequency measurements.
(Not offered 1953-54.) (Davies.)
E. E. 212, 213. Automatic Regulation (3, 3)— First and second semesters.
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, undergraduate major in electrical or
mechanical engineering or physics. (It is desirable that the student should have
had E. E. 202.)
The design and analysis of regulatory systems, emphasizing servo-mech-
anisms. Regulatory systems are analyzed by means of the governing dif-
ferential equations to provide background for more practical studies of frequency
spectrum analysis. Characteristics of actual systems and practical considerations
are studied. (Ahrendt.)
E. E. 215, 216. Radio Wave Propagation (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 120.
Propagation over plane earth; underwater reception; propagation over
spherical earth; ionospheric propagation; radar propagation and properties of
radar targets; refraction; meteorological effects.
E. E. 218, 219. Signal Analysis and Noise (3, 3)— First and second semes-
ters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 202 or equivalent.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 417
Fourier series and integrals; phase and frequency modulation; noise figures
of linear systems; shot effect; power spectra; applications of correlation function;
properties of noise. (Not offered 1953-54). (Freeman.)
E. E. 222. Graduate Seminar (1) — First semester. Prerequisite, approved
application for candidacy to the degree of Master of Science or Doctor of
Philosophy in electrical engineering.
Seminars arc held on topics such as micro-wave engineering, radiation en-
gineering, non-linear circuit analysis, tensor analysis, and other topics of current
interest. Since the subject matter is continually changing, a student may receive
a number of credits by re-registering. (Corcoran, Reed, Weber and Wagner.)
E. E. 232. Active Network Analysis (3) — First semester. Three lectures
a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 202 or E. E. 204.
The complex frequency plane; conventional feedback amplifier theory; Bode's
mathematical definitions of feedback and sensitivity; theorems for feedback
circuits; stability and physical readability of electrical networks; Nyquist's
and Routh's criteria for stability. (Corcoran.)
E. E. 233. Network Synthesis (3) — Second semester. Three lectures a
week. Prerequisite, E. E. 232.
Driving point impedance functions; transfer impedance functions; design
of impedance functions with emphasis placed on the manner in which magnetic
coupling and feedback coupling between plate and grid of vacuum-tube circuits
affects the location of the poles of the system determinant; modern methods of
synthesis. (Corcoran.)
E. E. 235. Applications of Tensor Analysis (3) — Second semester. Three
lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 202.
The mathematical background of tensor notation which is applicable to
electrical engineering problems. Applications of tensor analysis to electric
circuit theory and to field theory. (Wagner.)
E. E. 250. Electrical Engineering Research. Prerequisite, approved ap-
plication for candidacy to the degree of Master of Science or Doctor of Philos-
ophy in electrical engineering. Six semester hours of credit in E. E. 250 are
required of M.S. degree candidates and a minimum of eighteen semester hours
is required of Ph.D. candidates.
A thesis covering an approved research problem and written in conformity
with the regulations of the Graduate School is a partial requirement for either
the degree of Master of Science or the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in
electrical engineering. (Graduate Staff.)
GENERAL ENGINEERING SUBJECTS
Engr. 1. Introduction to Engineering (1) — First semester. Required of
freshmen in engineering.
418 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A course of lectures by the faculty and by practicing engineers covering
the engineering professional fields. The purpose of this course is to assist
the freshman in selecting the particular field of engineering for which he is
best adapted. The student is required to present a written report on each lecture.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Engr. 100. Engineering Contracts and Specifications (2) — Second semes-
ter. Prerequisite, senior standing in engineering.
The fundamental principles of law relating to business and to engineering;
including contracts, agency, real property, corporations, negotiable instruments,
common carriers; and their application to engineering contracts and
specifications. (Steinberg.)
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Professors Younger, Shreeve, Jackson; Associate Professors Long, Allen,
Hayleck; Assistant Professors Hennick, Read, Ojalvo, Guard, Eyler,
Instructors Shames, Thomas, Thorson.
For Advanced Undergraduates
M. E. 50. Principles of Mechanical Engineering (3) — First semester. Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 21, and Math.
21. Required of juniors in Civil Engineering.
Elementary thermodynamics and the study of heat, fuel and combustion
in the production and use of steam for generation of power. Supplemented
by laboratory tests and trips to industrial plants.
M. E. 51. Thermodynamics (4) — First semester. Three lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Math. 21, Phys. 21. Required of
seniors in Electrical Engineering.
The properties, characteristics, and fundamental equations of gases and
vapors. An analysis of basic heat engine, air compression, refrigeration, and
vapor cycles. Flow and non-flow processes for gases and vapors. Theory
supplemented by laboratory tests. Laboratory fee, $3.00 per semester.
M. E. 52. Power Plants (4) — Second semester. Three lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Required of seniors in Electrical Engineering.
Prerequisite, M. E. 51.
The theory and operation of steam engines, boilers, condensers, steam
turbines, and their accessories. Laboratory fee, $3.00 per semester.
M. E. 53. Metallography (3) — First and second semesters. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, to be taken concurrently with
Mech. 52.
A study of the structure of metals and alloys as related to their properties.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 419
Study of crystallization, plastic deformation, constitution diagrams, manu-
facturing processes, heat treatment and effect of alloying elements on ferrous
and non-ferrous materials. Laboratory work in thermal analysis, microscopy,
heat treatment and testing of metals.
M. E. 54. Fluid Mechanics (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 2, M. E. 100.
A study of fluids under all possible conditions of rest and motion. The
approach is analytical, rational, and mathematical rather than empirical. Ap-
plications to turbine and centrifugal pump design and flow of gases. Labora-
tory fee, $3.00 per semester.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
M. E. 100. Thermodynamics (3)— First semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 21, Math. 21. Required of
juniors in Mechanical and Aeronautical Engineering.
The properties, characteristics, and fundamental equations of gases and
vapors. An analysis of basic heat engine, air compression, refrigeration, and
vapor cycles. Flow and non-flow processes for gases and vapors. Theory
supplemented by laboratory tests. Laboratory fee, $3.00 per semester.
M. E. 101. Heat Transfer (2) — First semester. Two lectures a week.
Prerequisites, M. E. 54 and M. E. 100. Required of seniors in Mechanical
Engineering.
Basic principles of heat transfer including a study of conduction by steady
state and variable heat flow, free and forced convection, radiation, evaporation
and condensation of vapors, and the application of the principles of heat transfer
to design problems.
M. E. 102. Heating and Air Conditioning (3) — First semester. Two lec-
tures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 100, M. E. 54,
M. E. 101 concurrently.
Required of seniors in Mechanical Engineering. The fundamentals of
heating and cooling load computations. Basic information on heating and air
conditioning systems for residential and industrial use.
M. E. 103. Refrigeration (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 100, M. E. 101, M. E. 102.
Required of seniors in Mechanical Engineering.
Thermodynamic analyses of air, vapor compression, absorption and water
refrigeration systems. Characteristics of refrigerants. Study of refrigeration
as applied to cooling and dehumidification in air conditioning. Low tem-
perature refrigeration, the heat pump, and other special topics. Laboratory
fee, $3.00 per semester.
M. E. 104, 105. Prime Movers (4, 4) — First and second semesters. Three
420 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 52, M. E.
54, M. E. 100. Required of seniors in Mechanical Engineering.
The study of internal combustion cycles such as Otto, Diesel, and Brayton.
Analysis of the effects of fuels, combustion, detonation, carburetion, injection
and supercharging on engine operation. General features of the gas turbine
and the effect of its various components. Analysis and design of the various
components of steam power stations, including: condensers, boilers, heaters,
and turbines.
M. E. 106, 107. Mechanical Engineering Design (4, 4) — First and second
semesters. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,
Mech. 52, M. E. 53.
A study of velocity, acceleration and displacement of linkages; cam motions
and design; statics, inertia and friction forces in machines; gears and mis-
cellaneous motions. Study of stresses and strains in machine parts; design of
machine members including fastenings, hoisting and power transmission devices,
cylinders, springs, shafts, bearings; introduction to Mechanical Vibrations.
Design of a complete machine.
M. E. 108, 109. Mechanical Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, senior standing.
Required of seniors in Mechanical Engineering.
Experiments on fuels and lubricants, steam engines and turbines, air com-
pressors, gasoline and diesel engines and various other mechanical equipment.
Written reports are required on all tests. Laboratory fee, $3.00 per semester.
For Graduates
M. E. 200, 201. Advanced Dynamics (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisites. Mech. 52, Math. 64, M. E. 107, M. E. 109.
Mechanics of machinery. Dynamic forces. Balancing of rotating parts.
Vibrations and vibration damping. Critical speeds.
M. E. 202, 203. Applied Elasticity (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisites, Mech. 52. Math. 64. M. E. 107.
Advanced methods in structural and experimental stress analysis. Advanced
strength of materials involving beam problems, curved bars, thin plates and
shells, buckling of bars, plates and shells, etc. Advanced work in stress con-
centrations, plastic deformations, etc. and problems involving instability of
structures.
M. E. 204, 205. Advanced Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer (3, 3) —
First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 101,
M. E. 104, M. E. 105, Math. 64.
Advanced problems in thermodynamics on compression of gases and liquids,
combustion and equilibrium, humidification and refrigeration and availability.
Problems in advanced heat transfer covering the effect of radiation, conduction,
and convection, steady and unsteady flow, evaporation and condensation.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 421
M. E. 206, 207. Advanced Machine Design (3, 3) — First and second se-
mesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Math.
6.4, M. E. 107.
Application of advanced methods of stress analysis to design of special
stationary and moving machine parts, including rotating disks, bearings, thick
wall cylinders, screw fastenings, crankshafts, etc. Application of linear and
torsional vibration and balancing in the design of machine members. Complete
design of a machine. Study of current design literature.
M. E. 208, 209. Steam Power Plant Design (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite M. E. 105.
The design and specifications of steam power plants for specific purposes.
Each student will carry out complete design including detail drawings.
M. E. 210, 211. Advanced Fluid Mechanics (3, 3)— First and second se-
mesters. Prerequisites, M. E. 54, Math. 64.
Advanced theory of the flow of fluids and gases. Hydrodynamic theory.
Engineering applications.
M. E. 212, 213. Advanced Steam Power Laboratory (2, 2)— First and
second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
registration in M. E. 204, 205.
Research on advanced steam power problems to illustrate and advance
steam power theory. Power plant heat balances.
M. E. 214, 215. Advanced Applied Mechanics Laboratory (2, 2) — First
and second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisites, registration in M. E. 200, 201 and M. E. 202, 203.
Illustrative experiments and research on difficult problems in stress analysis.
Photoelasticity. Mechanical vibrations. Critical speeds. Dynamic stresses.
Fatigue of materials.
M. E. 216, 217. Advanced Internal Combustion Engine Design (3, 3) —
First and second semesters. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisites, M. E. 104, 105; M. F. 106, 107 and registration in M. E. 200,
201 and M. E. 204, 205.
Each student will carry out complete designs of internal combustion
engines.
M. E. 218, 219. Advanced Internal Combustion Engine Laboratory (2, 2)—
First and second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week.
Prerequisite, registration in M. E. 216, 217.
Advanced laboratory tests and problems in the design of internal com-
bustion engines.
M. E. 220. Seminar — Credit in accordance with work outlined by me-
chanical engineering staff. Prerequisite, graduate standing in mechanical
engineering.
422 ' UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
M. E. 221. Research — Credit in accordance with work outlined by me-
chanical engineering staff. Prerequisite, graduate standing in mechanical
engineering.
Research in any field of mechanical engineering as applied mechanics, heat
transfer, thermodynamics, heat, power, etc.
M. E. 222. Advanced Metallography (3) — First semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, M. E. 53, Mech. 52.
Advanced study of the structure and properties of metals and alloys.
Study of the latest developments in ferrous and non-ferrous alloys including
stainless steels, high temperature steels, tool steels, aluminum, magnesium and
copper alloys. Study of inspection of metals by the use of X-Rays, spectograph,
metallograph and magniflux. Review of current literature.
M. E. 223, 224. Steam and Gas Turbine Design (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 101, M. E. 104, M. E.
105, Math. 64.
Study of nozzles and blades, with application to all types of turbines and
compressors based on detailed heat calculations. Design of regenerators and
combustors for gas turbines. Applications to jet propulsion. Fundamentals
of rocket, pulse jet and ram jet design.
M. E. 225, 226. Advanced Properties of Metals and Alloys (2, 2)— Fir>t
and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Mech. 52, M. E.
53, M. E. 106, M. E. 107.
Mechanical properties of alloys and the equilibrium diagram. Effects of
mechanical deformation and methods of fabrication on mechanical properties.
Effect of extreme temperature. Theory of plastic deformation. Fatigue, creep
and damping capacity. Speed effects and stress concentration.
M. E. 227, 228. Theory of Elasticity (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 52, M. E. 53, M. E. 106, M. E.
107, Math. 64.
Stress and strain at a point. Relation between stresses and strains, general
equations of elasticity, plane strain and plane stress, torsion, bending, axially
symmetric distribution of stress, plates, thermal stresses, strain energy and
approximate methods.
M. E. 229, 230. Jet Propulsion (3, 3)— Prerequisites, M. E. 101, M. E. 104,
M. E. 105.
Types of thermal jet units. Fluid reaction and propulsive efficiency. Per-
formance of rockets, aerothermodynamics, combustion chemical kinetics, aero-
dynamics of high speed air flow. Principles and design of solid and liquid
propellant rockets. Design of turbojets and aerojets, ramjets and hydroduct
units, including combustion chambers, turbines and compressors.
Mechanical Engineering Shop
Shop 1. Machine Shop Practice (2) — First semester. One lecture and one
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 423
[aboratorj period a week, Required of sophomores in Aeronautical and Mechani-
cal Engineering.
Study and practice of fundamental principles of machine tools. Laboratory
iii. So. 00 per semester.
Shop 2. Machine Shop Practice (1)— Second semester. One laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite, Shop 1. Required of sophomores in Aeronautical
and in Mechanical Engineering. Laboratory fee. $.100 per semester.
Advanced practice with standard machine tools. Exercises in thread cut-
ting, fluting, cutting spur and helical gears, jig work, and cutter and surface
grinding.
Shop 3. Manufacturing Processes (1) — Second semester. One combination
lecture and laboratory period a week. Required of sophomores in Mechanical
Engineering.
A study of different methods used in industry to fabricate materials of
engineering. Sand casting, metal molds, centrifugal casting, lost wax process,
extrusion, spinning, powder metallurgy, molded plastics, welding, forging, draw-
ing, pressing and rolling.
MECHANICS
Mech. 1. Statics and Dynamics (3) — Second semester. Taken concurrently
with Math. 21. and Phys. 21.
Solutions of force systems; graphic statics; friction, centroids and moments
of inertia; kinetics; work, power, energy, impulse and momentum.
(Keller, Staff.)
Mech. 2. Statics and Dynamics (5) — First semester. Prerequisite, Dr. 3,
Math. 21, Phys. 21. Required of juniors in Mechanical and Aeronautical En-
gineering.
Solution of force systems in stationary and moving bodies; study of the
free bod}-, graphical statics, three dimensional force systems, distributed forces,
friction, centroids and moments of inertia; study of the dynamics of bodies
including velocity, acceleration, translation, rotation, work and energy, impulse
and momentum.
For Advanced Undergraduates
Mech. 50. Strength of Materials (4) — First semester. Prerequisite, Mech.
1 or 2, or equivalent. Required of juniors in civil engineering.
Thin-walled cylinders, riveted and welded joints, torsion; stresses in beams;
design of columns; use of structural steel handbook. Beam deflections; statically
indeterminate beams; combined loadings; composite beams; impact and energy
loadings. (Keller, Wedding.)
Mech. 51. Strength of Materials (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 21.
Mech. 1 or 2, or equivalent. Required of juniors in electrical and in chemical
engineering.
A shorter course than Mech. 50. (Keller, Wedding.)
424 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Mech. 52. Strength of Materials (5) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Math.
21, Phys. 21, Mech. 2. Required of juniors in Mechanical and Aeronautical
Engineering.
Study of the stresses and strains in members under various types of load-
ings including tension, compression, shear, torsion, bending and combined loads.
Study of cylinders, joints, beams, statically indeterminate members, columns,
curved bars and shafts. Work in strain energy methods, photoelastic theory,
fatigue and strain hardening.
Mech. 53. Materials of Engineering (2) — Second semester. One lecture and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Mech. 50 or taken concurrently
with Mech. 50.
The composition, manufacture, and properties of the principal materials
used in engineering; performance of standard tests; interpretation of test re-
sults and of specifications. (Wedding.)
SURVEYING
Surv. 1. Elements of Plane Surveying (2) — Second semester. One lecture
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Math. 14. Required of sopho-
mores in aeronautical, and mechanical engineering.
Theory and practice in the use of the tape, compass, transit, and level.
General survey methods, traversing, areas, coordinates, profiles, cross-sections,
volume, stadia. (Gohr, Staff.)
Surv. 2. Plane Surveying (3) — First semester. One lecture and two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Math. 14. Required of sophomores in civil
engineering.
A more complete course than Surv. 1 with the addition of land surveying,
mapping, traverse table and azimuth from Polaris. (Gohr, Staff.)
For Advanced Undergraduates
Surv. 50. Advanced Surveying (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Surv. 2. Required of sophomores in
civil engineering.
Adjustment of instruments, latitude, longitude, azimuth, time, triangula-
tion, precise leveling, geodetic surveying, together with the necessary adjust-
ments and computations. Topographic surveys. Plane table, land surveys and
boundaries. Mine, tunnel and hydrographic surveys. Aerial photogrammetry.
(Gohr, Staff.)
Surv. 100. Curves and Earthwork (3) — Second semester. One lecture and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Surv. 50. Required of juniors in
civil engineering.
Computation and field work for simple, compound and reversed circular
curves and spirals; parabolic curves; earthwork computations; complete survey
and map, including mass diagram, of a short route. (Luce.)
College of
HOME ECONOMICS
STAFF
Marie Mount, M.A., Dean
Emily W. Akin, M.S., Associate Professor of Textiles.
Pela Braucher, M.S., Associate Professor of Foods and Nutrition.
Allison T. Brown, Instructor of Art.
Elizabeth N. Collins, M.S., Instructor of Nutrition and Institution Management.
Muriel Cooper, B.S., Instructor of Art.
E. Mae Cornell, M.S., Assistant Professor of Foods and Nutrition.
Jane H. Crow, M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Management.
George H. Cuneo, M.A., Assistant Professor of Art.
Vienna Curtiss, M.A., Professor of Art.
Fremont Davis, Instructor of Art.
Eileen Heagney, M.S., Instructor of Textiles and Clothing.
Alice Mahoney, Instructor of Art.
William J. Mahoney, M.A., Assistant Professor of Art.
Nancy J. Mearig, M.S., Instructor of Home Management
T. Faye Mitchell, M.A., Professor of Textiles and Clothing.
Marie Mount, M.A., Professor of Home and Institution Management.
G. Ruth Parker, M.S., Instructor of Textiles and Clothing.
Ada F. Peers, M.S., Assistant Professor of Foods and Nutrition.
Mabel S. Spencer, M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics Education.
June C Wilbur, M.S., Assistant Professor of Textiles and Clothing.
425
426 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS
Marie Mount, M.A., Dean
HE College of Home Economics serves Maryland and the
surrounding area with its educational program for both
young women and young men. The program for young
women combines good personal development with education
for homemaking and for a livelihood. Information on better
health principles, good study habits, efficient use of time,
good grooming, becoming dress and proper adjustment to
new situations are part of the student's program for self-
development. The program for men is directed toward
enriched living, vocationally and avocationally. It em-
phasizes art in merchandising and in crafts, food service,
and textile technology.
In the professional phases of the program, the student consults with the
faculty member assigned as adviser, and has the opportunity to consult with
leaders in the chosen field.
Students are urged to acquire practical experience during vacations. This
experience may be gained either in the actual management of the family home,
in some professional phase of home economics, or both. Students preparing
to teach gain experience on playgrounds in caring for children and in executing
home projects. Commercial firms and institutions provide opportunities for
other types of experience.
Organization
For administrative purposes the College of Home Economics is organized
into the Departments of Textiles and Clothing, Practical Art, Home and
Institution Management, and Foods and Nutrition.
Facilities
The home of the College of Home Economics, following campus tradition,
is a colonial brick building planned and built to present the best modern
equipment and facilities for education in home economics. A home manage-
ment house is maintained on the campus for experience in homemaking.
Located, as the campus is, between two large cities, unusual opportunities
are provided for both faculty and students. In addition to the University's
excellent general and specialized libraries, Baltimore and Washington furnish
the added library facilities so essential to scientific research and creative work
in the arts. The art galleries and museums with their priceless exhibits, the
government bureaus and city institutions, stimulate study and provide practical
experience for the home economics student.
Home Economics Club: Membership is open to all home economics stu-
dents. The Club is affiliated with the American Home Economics Association.
. COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS 427
Omicron Nu, national home economics honor society: Students of high
scholarship are eligible for election to membership.
Honors and Awards, Scholarships and Loan Fund
A fund has been provided by Marie Mount for scholarships to home
economics students.
The Dan u>rth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company Summer
Fellowships: One of four weeks to an outstanding junior; one of two weeks
to an outstanding freshman.
Borden Home Economics Scholarship Award: Three hundred dollars is
given by the Borden Company to the home economics student, who, upon
entering her senior year, has completed two or more courses in foods and
nutrition and has the highest scholastic standing of eligible students.
National Executive Housekeepers Association Scholarship: Five hundred
dollars has been given by the National Executive Housekeepers Association
for scholarships to students majoring in Housekeeping Administration.
Omicron Nu Scholarship Award: Omicron Nu presents annually an award
to the freshman in the College of Home Economics who attains the highest
scholastic average during the first semester.
The Sears Roebuck Foundation has made available four hundred dollars
for home economics scholarships.
A loan fund, composed of contributions by the District of Columbia Home
Economics Association, Maryland Chapter of Omicron Nu, and personal gifts,
is available for students majoring in home economics.
Home Economics Senior Award: The home economics alumnae annually
present an award to the senior student who is outstanding in her application
of the spirit and principles of home economics in her present living and who
best shows promise of carrying these into her future home and community.
For other scholarships and awards, see General Information Issue.
Admission ,
All students desiring to enroll in the College of Home Economics must
apply to the Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at
College Park. *lf]
In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks
and other indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed
pattern of subject matter. In general, 4 units of English and 1 unit each
of Social and Natural Sciences are required. One unit each of Algebra and
Plane Geometry is desirable. While Foreign Language is desirable for certain
programs no Foreign Language is required for entrance. Fine Arts, Trade
and Vocational subjects are acceptable as electives.
Costs
Actual annual costs of attending the University include $165.00 fixed
charges; $71.00 special fees; $360.00 board; $130.00 to $150.00 room; and
428 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
laboratory fees which vary with the laboratory courses pursued. An addi-
tional charge of $150.00 is assessed students not residents of the State of
Maryland. A matriculation fee of §10.00 is charged all new students.
All students enrolled in the College of Home Economics are charged a
College Fee of $10.00 per semester to cover Laboratory Fees in their College.
This fee takes the place of laboratory fees shown for each course which are
charged only to students not enrolled in the College of Home Economics.
General Information
For information in reference to the University grounds, buildings, equip-
ment, library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition
of resident and non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates,
transcripts of records, student health and welfare, living arrangements in
the dormitories, off-campus housing, meals, University Counseling Service,
scholarships and student aid, athletics and recreation, student government,
honors and awards, religious denominational clubs, fraternities, sororities,
societies and special clubs, the University band, student publications, Uni-
versity Post Office and Supply Store, write to the Director of Publications for
the General Information Issue of the Catalog.
Degrees
The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred for the satisfactory com-
pletion, with an average of C or better, of a prescribed curriculum of 120 academ-
ic semester hour credits exclusive of 4 credits in hygiene and 4 in physical
activities — a total of 128 credits for women, and exclusive of 12 credits in
basic Air Science and 4 in physical activities — a total of 136 credits for men.
The Master of Science degree is offered in Foods and Nutrition and Tex-
tiles and Clothing in the College of Home Economics and in Home Economics
Education in the College of Education.*
Military Instruction
All male students, unless specifically exempted under University rules,
are required to take basic Air Force R. O. T. C. training for a period of two
years. The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for grad-
uation, but it must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years
of attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not
Transfer students who do not have the required two years of military training
will be required to complete the course or take it until graduation, whichever
occurs first.
Selected students who wish to do so may carry advanced Air Force
R. O. T. C. courses during their Junior and Senior years which lead to a
regular or reserve commission in the United States Air Force.
For further details concerning the requirements in Military Instruction,
*See the Graduate School announcements.
COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS 420
write the Director of Publications for a copy of the "General Information
Issue" of the Catalog.
The Student Load
The student load in the College of Home Economics varies from 14-18
credits. A student wishing to carry more than 18 credits must have a
B-grade average and the permission of the Dean.
Curricula"*"
A student may elect one of the following curricula, or a combination of
curricula: general, home economics education, textiles, textiles and clothing, prac-
tical art, crafts, home economics extension, institution management — food service
and housekeeping administration, and foods and nutrition. A student who
wishes to teach home economics may register in home economics education in
the College of Home Economics or in the College of Education. See (Home
Economics Education.) All students follow the general home economics
curriculum during the freshman year. It is advisable for students to choose
a curriculum at the beginning of the sophomore year. Before continuing
with the third year of any curriculum, the student must have attained junior
standing: 64 semester hours with a C-grade average.
GENERAL HOME ECONOMICS
The general home economics curriculum is planned to give students
a good basis for best personal development, for training in family living,
and for job opportunities requiring a general knowledge of all phases of
home economics. Electives are adequate for further developing a special
ability or interest, such as: radio, journalism, photography, or one of the
areas of home economics.
t— Semester— \
Freshman Year I J[
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life .... 3
G. & P. 1— American Government 3 ....
Speech IS, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1
•H. E. 1 — Home Economics Lectures 1 ....
Tex. 1— Textiles 3
Pr. Art 1— Design 3
Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (for women only) .... 2 2
A. S. 1, 2— Air Science (for men students) (3) (3)
Physical Activities 1 1
Elective 3 3
Total 17 16
tin order to meet the particular need of a student, certain adjustments in these
requirements may be made with the approval of the student's adviser and Dean.
♦Not required of men students.
430
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature or
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature
**Science
Foods 2, 3— Foods
Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology
Clo. 20A— Clothing Construction
Pr. Art 20— Costume Design
Physical Activities
A. S. 3, 4— Air Science (for men students)
Total
Junior Year
Home Mgt. 150, 151— Management of the Home
Nut. 110— Nutrition or
Nut. 10— Elements cf Nutrition
Pr. Art 2 — Survey of Art History ,
Pr. Art 40, 41— Interior Design
Clo. 22— clothing Construction
Foods 101 — Meal Service ,
Foods 100— Food Economics ,
Zool. 1 6— Human Physiology
Elective
Total
Senior Year
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
Home Mgt. 152— Experience in Management of the Home.
C. Ed. 110— Child Development
Bact. 51— Household Bacteriology
Electives
Total
r— Semester— >,
I
II
3
3
(3)
(3)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
(3)
(3)
16
3
3
(3)
2
1
17
3
3
9
16
16
15
15
Textiles and Clothing
The curricula in textiles and clothing are planned to help students to be
intelligent and responsible consumers; to give them preliminary training for
positions in textiles and clothing in business, in textile testing, and research in
textiles and clothing.
Men majoring in these curricula will be allowed substitutions for certain
required courses and will choose supporting courses according to their particular
interests and needs.
**Science credits totaling 6-8 semester hours may be selected from the following:
Bot. 1— General Botany (4) ; Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry (4, 4) ; Chem. 11, 13—
General Chemistry (3, 3) ; Ent. 1— Introductory Entomology (3) ; Geog. 1, 2— Economic
Resources (2, 2); Physics 1, 2— Elements of Physics (3, 3); Soc. 5— Anthropology (3);
Zool. 1— General Zoology (4).
Chemistry is required for many advanced courses in foods, nutrition, and textiles.
COLLEGE Of HOME ECONOMICS
431
-Semester— \
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature, or
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature
•Science
Foods 1— Introductory Foods
Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics
Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology
Pr. Art 20— Costume Design
Clo. 20A— Clothing Construction
Clo. 22— Clothing Construction
A. S. 3, 4— Air Science (for men students)
Physical Activities
Electives
Total i
Textiles
Junior Year
Home Mgt. 150, 151— Management of the Home
Foods 101— Meal Service
Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition or
Nut. 1 1 0— Nutrition
Art
Physics 1, 2— Elements of Physics
Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry...
Math. 10— Algebra
Tex. 100— Advanced Textiles
Tex. 102— Textile Testing
Total
Senior Year
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
Bact. 51— Household Bacteriology
Tex. 101— Problems in Textiles
Chem. 41— Chemistry of Textiles
Home Mgt. 152— Experience in Management of the Home.
C. Ed. 110— Child Development
B. A. 130— Elements of Statistics
Speech
Tex. 108— Decorative Fabrics
Total
/
3
(3)
3
(3)
1
3
16
3
2
3
(3)
3
3
17
16
//
3
(3)
3
3
3
3
(3)
1
2
3
3
3
3
17
3
3
2
15
•Chemistry 11, 13 are required for a major in textiles.
432
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Textiles and Clothing
Junior Year
Home Mgt. 150, 151— Management of the Home
- Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition
Art
Clo. 122— Tailoring
Clo. 121— Pattern Design
Tex. 100— Advanced Textiles
Foods 101— Meal Service
Psychology
Tex. 108— Decorative Fabrics
Electives
Total
Senior Year
H. 5, 6— History of American Cvilization
Bact. 51— Household Bacteriology
C. Ed. 110— Child Development
Tex. 105— Consumer Problems in Textiles or
Tex. 106— Household Textiles
Home Mgt. 152— Experience in Management of the Home.
Clo. 120— Draping
Clo. 124— Projects and Readings in Textiles and Clothing.
Speech
Clo. 126— Fundamentals of Fashion
Electives
Total
-Semester—^
ic
3
15
3
(3)
17
16
Practical Art (For Women)
This curriculum permits a choice of three fields of concentration: art in
advertising, interior design, costume design. Emphasis is given to the selection
of wearing apparel and house furnishings with relation to personality and
family living. Positions available to graduates include designing, promotion,
selling or buying of wearing apparel or house furnishings or both.
Practical Art (For Women)
Freshman Year
Pr. Art. 2— Survey of Art History (2) and O. T. 1— Principles of Typewriting (2) are
required subjects for the freshman year. O. T. 1 is not required of students who have
completed one full year of typing in high school.
COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS 433
/—Semester-^
Sophomore Year I H
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3
Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 3 ....
Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology .... 3
Foods 1— Introductory Foods 3 ....
Pr. Art 20— Costume Design 3
Pr. Art 21— Action Drawing (2) 2
Pr. Art 30— Typography and Lettering 3 (3)
*Fr. Art 38— Photography (2) 2
Pr. Art 40, 41— Interior Design 1 3
Laboratory Science .... 4
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 16-I8 17-18
Junior Year
Home Mgt. 150, 151— Management of the Home 3 3
Foods 101— Meal Service 2 ....
Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition 3
*Econ. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 ....
*B. A. 154— Retail Store Management .... 3
Pr. Art 0— Professional Lectures .... 0
Pr. Art 120, 121— Costume Illustration, or 2 2
Pr. Art 142, 143— Advanced Interior Design (2) (2)
One group from the following : 3 3
Advertising: Pr. Art. 3— Creative Art Inspired by Primitive Art 2
Pr. Art 4— Three-dimensional Design 2
Cr. 3— Blockprint and Silk Screen 2
Costume : Clo. 120— Draping 3
Tex. 105 — Consumer Problems hi Textiles 3
Interior : Tex. 106— Household Textiles 3
Clo. 128 — Home Furnishings 3
♦Business Mathematics 2-3 ....
Electives 1-3 2
Total 16-18 16-18
NOTE : Students who are interested in merchandising are advised to take Pr.
Art 198 — Store Experience (3) the summer following their junior year. They must make
arrangements with the Head of the Department of Practical Art early in the spring
semester of the junior year.
*See asterisk note on page IS.
r- Semester— \
I II
3
3
(3)
3
(3)
3
3
3
2
(2)
2
(2)
2
2
4-6
2-4
434 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Senior Year
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
Home Mgt. 152— Experience in Management of the Home
C. Ed. 110— Child Development
♦Speech 115— Radio in Retailing
*B. A. 155— Problems in Retail Merchandising
Pr. Art 132— Advertising Layout
Pr. Art 136— Display
Individual Problems in Advertising, Costume, or Interior
Electives
Total 16-18 16-18
Practical Art (For Men)
Requirements are the same as for women with the following modifications:
tOmissions: H. E. 1; Foods 1, 101; Home Mgt. 150, 151, 152; C. Ed. 110;
Hea. 2, 4.
Additions: A. S. 1, 2, 3, 4; 15 hours in art in merchandising, merchandising,
and creative writing to be selected in consultation with the student's adviser.
Crafts (For Women)
This curriculum serves persons who are interested in crafts for recreational,
therapeutic, and professional purposes. Emphasis is given to the joy of
creation through crafts. Positions available to graduates include designing
for crafts production, occupational therapy, instruction at recreational centers,
and classroom teaching of crafts.
*Freshman Year
♦Students who desire a non-business program may substitute one of the following
programs for the 18 credits in starred courses: 12 semester hours of French, German,
or Spanish plus one of the following groups of courses: I— Soc. 5— Anthropology (3) ; Eng.
12— Introduction to Creative Writing (2) ; Eng. 170— Creative Writing (2) or Speech 117—
Radio Continuity Writing (3). II— Journ. 10, 11— News Reporting (6) ; Journ. 165—
Feature Writing (3). Ill— Art 5— Still-life (3); Art 104— Life Class (3); Art 113—
Illustration (3). IV— Soc. 5— Anthropology (3), H. 51, 52— The Humanities (6) or ^.rt 3.
11— Historical Survey of Painting, Sculpture, and Architecture (6). With any of these
variations of the Practical Art curriculum, the student is responsible for being able to
schedule her full program of courses. The above curriculum variations are not open to
men students as their program is sufficiently flexible.
tRequired courses which have been omitted may be taken as electives.
*Pr. Art 2— Survey of Art History is a required subject which would be taken the
fall term of the freshman year.
COLLEGE OE HOME ECONOMICS
435
r-Semester—^
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. ::, 4— Composition and World Literature :: 3
Foods 1— Introductory Foods 3 ....
Econ. 37— Fundamentals oi Economics 3 ....
Psych, 1— Introduction to Psychology .... :;
Pr. Art 3— Creative Art Inspired by Primitive Art 2 ....
Pr. Art 4— Three-dimensional Design .... 2
Pr. Art 20— Costume Design .... 3
Cr. 2— Simple Crafts 2 ....
Cr. 3— Blockprint and Silk Screen .... 2
Laboratory Science .... 4
Physical Activities 1 1
•♦Electives 2-4
Total 16-18 17-i8
Jiuiior Year
Home Mgt. 150, 151— Management of the Home 3 3
Foods 101— Meal Service 2 ....
Nut. 10— Elements r,f Nutrition .... 3
Pr. Art 0— Professional Lectures .... 0
Pr. Art 40, 41— Interior Design 1 3
Cr. 20, 21— Ceramics 2 2
Cr. 30, 31— Metalry 2 2
Cr. 40, 41— Weaving 2 2
♦♦Electives 4-6 1-3
Total 16-18 16-18
Senior Year
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Home Mgt. 152— Experience in Management of the Home 3 (3)
C. Ed. 110— Child Development (3) 3
Pr. Art 3 S— Photography (2) 2
Advanced Crafts 4 4
♦•Electives 6-8 4-6
Total 16-18 16-18
Crafts (For Men)
Requirements are the same as for the Curriculum in Crafts, as set up for
women, with the following modifications:
♦♦Students who expect to work in occupational therapy are advised to elect courses
in Physiology, Kinesiology, and Mental Hygiene.
436 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
♦Omissions— Pr. Art 20; Foods 1, 101; Home, Mgt. 150, 151, 152; H. E. Ed.
110; Hea. 2, 4.
Additions — A. S. 1, 2, 3, 4; 15 hours in art, crafts, and therapy courses
to be selected in consultation with the student's adviser.
For other curricula in art, see offerings under the College of Education
and the College of Arts and Sciences.
Home Economics Education
The Home Economics Education curriculum is designed for students who
are preparing to teach vocational or general home economics or to engage
in any phase of home economics work which requires a knowledge of teaching
methods. It includes studies of all phases of home economics and the allied
sciences, with professional training for teaching these subjects. A student
majoring in this curriculum may also qualify for a science minor.
Students electing this curriculum may register in the College of Education
or in the College of Home Economics.
Home Economics Education Curriculum
r— Semester— \
Freshman Year I II
Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 2 ....
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2
H. E. 1— Home Economics Lectures 1 ....
Pr. Art 1— Design . 3
Elective .... 3
Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Tex. 1— Textiles 3
Total 17 17
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature; or 3 3
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature (3) ' (3)
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry 3 3
Clo. 20A— Clothing 3
Foods 2, 3— Foods 3 3
Pr. Art 20— Costume Design 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 16
♦Required courses which have been omitted may be taken as electives.
COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS
437
Junior Year
H. E. Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation.
H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development...
Home Mgt. 150, 151— Management of the Home
Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition
or
Nut. 110— Nutrition
Foods 101— Feal Service
Clo. 22— Clothing Construction
Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics
Zool. 16— Human Physiology
Pr. Art 2— Survey of Art History
Pr. Art 4 0— Interior Design
Total
* Senior Year
H. E. Ed. 102— Problems in Teaching Home 'Economics. . .
H. E. 148— Methods and Practice in Teaching
Home Mgt. 152— Experience in Management of the Home.
Ed. 145— Principles of Teaching
Ed. 150— Educational Measurement
Bact. 51— Household Bacteriology
Bot. 1— General Botany
Electives
Total
—Semestcr~
I II
3
8 3
3 3
(3)
16
n;
13
17
Home Economics Extension**
This curriculum outlines the training necessary for the young woman who
wishes to work with rural people through extension service or other agencies
interested in the educational and social problems of rural living.
-Semester-^
Sophomore Year*
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature or.
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature..
Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry
Foods 2, 3— Foods
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics
Pr. Art 20— Costume Design
Clo. 20A— Clothing Construction
Zool. 16— Human Physiology
Physical Activities
Total
/
3
(3)
3
3
//
3
(3)
3
3
3
3
17
16
'Subjects in the senior year will be so arranged that the two semesters may be
interchanged.
•'Experience in the field of Home Economics Extension or in social case -work is
encouraged for all students majoring in this curriculum. Such experience should be
gained before the completion of the senior year.
438 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
-Semester— \
^Junior Year
Home Mgt. 150, 151— Management of the Home
Foods 100— Food Economics 2 ....
Nut. 1 1 0— Nutrition 3 ....
Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry 3 3
Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3
Psy. 1— Introduction to Psychology 3 ....
R. Ed. 114— Rural Life Education ....
C. Ed. 110— Child Development
R. Ed. 150— Extension Education .... 2
Total 17 17
Senior Year
Home Mgt. 152— Experience in Management of the Home ....
Foods 103— Demonstrations
Bact. 51— Household Bacteriology .... 3
Clo. 120— Draping 3
Foods 102— Experimental Foods 3 ....
H. E. Ext. 100— Methods in Home Economics Extension 3
Pr. Art 2— Si rvey of Art History 2 ....
Pr. Art 40, 41— Interior Design 1 3
Electives 3 3
Total 14 15
Institution Management
This curriculum provides training for those interested in housing and the
food service administration for large groups of persons. The work is of two
general types: (1) food service in such institutions as hospitals, schools and
colleges; in the public schools where a midday meal is served; and in
commercial organizations; restaurants, inns, hotels and industrial cafeterias;
(2) housekeeping in inns, hotels, hospitals, clubs, schools and colleges.
Standards for an accredited dietitian require a year of interneship in a
training course approved by the American Dietetic Association, following
graduation. This curriculum meets the academic requirements for entrance
to such a course.
Students following this curriculum are required to have, before the senior
year, field experience in food service. This experience must be satisfactory
in length of time, type of work experienced and in quality.
Men specializing in institution management will be allowed substitutions
for certain required courses.
*Students wishing to combine the Extension curriculum with Home Economics Edu-
cation should see their adviser before the beginning of the junior year.
COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS 439
r- Semester— ^
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature or 3 3
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature (3) (3)
Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry 3 3
Foods 2, 3— Foods 3 3
Econ, 37— Fundamentals of Economics .... 3
Zool. 16— Human Physiology 4 ....
Physical Activities 1 1
Psy. 1— Introduction to Psychology .... 3
♦Electives 2 3
A. s:. 3, 4— Air Science (for men students) (3) (3)
Total - 16 16
For students wishing emphasis on food service administration:
Junior Year
Home Mgt. 150, 151— Management of the Home 3 3
Nut. 110— Nutrition 3
Nut. 112— Dietetics 3
Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34— Organic Chemistry 3 3
Inst. Mgt. 160— Institution Organization and Management .... 3
Inst. Mgt. 161 — Institution Purchasing and Accounting 3 ....
C. Ed. 110— Child Development .... 3
Pure or applied Science 3 ....
Total 16 15
Senior Year
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Home Mgt. 152— Experience in Management of the Home .... 3
Pr. Art 2— Survey of Art History 2 ....
Pr. Art 40— Interior Design 1 ....
Bact. 51— Household Bacteriology .... 3
Foods 102— Experimental Foods 3 ....
Inst. Mgt. 162— Institution Foods .... 3
♦Nut. 113— Diet in Disease 2 ....
Inst. Mgt. 164— Advanced Institution Management .... 2
Chem. SI, S2— General Bio-Chemistry 4
Psych. 110— Educational Psychology .... 3
Total 15 17
*One of the following selection of courses is to be taken in place of a freshman or
sophomore elective: Pr. Art 20, Costume Design (3), Clo. 20A, Clothing Construction
(3).
440 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
For students wishing emphasis on housekeeping administration:
t— Semester— \
Junior Year I II
Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition .... 3
C. Ed. 110— Child Development 3
Psych. 110— Educational Psychology or .... 3
(Ed. 191— Principles and Problems of Adult Education) .... (3)
Pr. Art "—Survey of Art History 2
Pr. Art 40— Interior Design 1 ....
Problems in Interior .... 1
Tex. 105 — Consumer Problems in Textiles (or Household Tex-
tiles) 3
Home Mgt. 150, 151— Management of the Home 3 3
Inst. Mgt. 160— Institutional Organization and Management 3 ....
Inst. Mgt. 181 — Institutional Purchasing and Accounting .... 3
Electives 3 ....
Total 15 17
Senior Year
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Home Mgt. 152— Experience in Management of the Home .... 3
Inst. Mgt. 182 — Executive Housekeeping Management 3 ....
Inst. Mgt. 183— Problems in Housekeeping Management .... 3
Psych. 5— Mental Hygiene 3 ....
Clo. 129— ..ome Furnishings 3 ....
Psych. 2— Applied Psychology .... 3
Electives 4 3
Total 16 15
Foods and Nutrition
The purpose of the Foods and Nutrition Curriculum is two-fold — to pro-
vide an education in this field for the individual's personal use or for use
in promoting good health and happiness in the family group, and to provide
training for professional use: in teaching^ research, editorial or promotional
work.
/—Semesters
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and Readings in World Literature or.... 3 3
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature (6) (Z)
Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry 3 3
Foods 2, 3— Foods 3 3
Zool. 1 6— Human Physiology 4 ....
Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology .... 3
Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design or (3) ....
Clo. 20A— Clothing Construction 3
Pr. Art 2— Survey of Art History .... 2
Physical Activities 1 l
A. S. 3, 4— Air Science (for men students) (3) (3)
Total 17 15
♦A student planning to do institutional work other than hospital dietetics is not
required to take Principles of Education and Diet in Disease.
COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS 441
rSemcster-~\
Junior Year I II
Home Mgt. 150, 151— Management of the Home 3 3
Foods 100— Food Economics 2 ....
Foods 101— Meal Service .... 2
Nut. 110— Nutrition 3
Nut. 112— Dietetics 3
Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry 3 3
C. Ed. 110— Child Development 3
Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Econ. 87— Fundamentals of Economics 3 ....
Total 17 17
Senior Year
Chem. 166, 167— Food Analysis or 3 (3)
Elective .... 3
Home Mgt. 152— Experience in Management of the Home .... 3
Pr. Art 40, 41— Interior Design 1 3
Bact. 51— Household Bacteriology .... 3
Nut. ill— Child Nutrition 2
Foods 102— Experimental Foods 3 ....
Foods 103— Demonstrations 2 ....
Foods 104— Advanced Foods .... 2
Chem. 81, 82— General Bio-Chemistry 4
Total 15 14
COURSE OFFERINGS
The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant
giving the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to
another course.
Courses are designated by numbers as follows:
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not all
courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)
200 to 299: courses for graduates only.
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course
with a double number extends through two semesters.
Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of
hours' credit is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title of
the course.
A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours,
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register.
442 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
FOODS AND NUTRITION*
Associate Professor Braucher; Assistant Professors Cornell, Peers;
Instructors, Collins, Duke.
A. Foods
Foods 1. Introductory Foods (3) — First and second semesters. Three
laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $7.00.
For students in other colleges and for majors in Crafts, Practical Art,
Textiles and Clothing.
Foods 2, 3. Foods (3, 3) — First and second semesters. One lecture and
two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $7.00.
Composition, selection and preparation of food with a study of the
scientific principles involved. Analysis of recipes and study of standard
products.
B. Nutrition
Nut. 10. Elements of Nutrition (3) — First and second semesters.
For students in other colleges and for majors in Crafts, Practical Art,
Textiles and Clothing.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Foods 100. Food Economics (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Foods
1 or 2, 3. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $7.00.
Sources of our food supply; buying of food for the family.
Foods 101. Meal Service (2) — First and second semesters. Two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Foods 1, or 2, 3. Laboratory fee $7.00.
Planning and service meals for family groups considering nutritional needs,
and cost; includes simple entertaining.
Foods 102. Experimental Foods (3) — First semester. One lecture and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Foods 2, 3; Organic Chemistry;
Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34. Laboratory fee, $7.00.
A study of food preparation processes from the experimental viewpoint.
Foods 103. Demonstrations (2) — First and Second semester. Two lab-
oratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Clo. 20; Foods 1 or 2, 3; Pr. Art 20,
Tex. 1. Laboratory fee, $7.00.
Practice in demonstrations.
Foods 104. Advanced Foods (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, Foods 1 or 2, 3. Laboratory fee, $7.00.
Advanced study of manipulation of food materials.
"Tailored white uniforms are required for laboratory work in Foods 1, 2, 3, 101,
102, 103, 104, 105, 200, Nutrition 110, 111, 112.
COLLEGE OE HOME ECONOMICS 443
Foods 105. Foods of Other Countries (3) — Second semester. One lecture
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Foods 1 or 2, 3, or equiva-
lent. Laboratory fee, $7.00.
Food preparation and food customs of the peoples of other countries.
Nut. 110. Nutrition (3)— First semester. Prerequisite, Foods 2, 3; Or-
ganic Chemistry, Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 to precede or parallel. Laboratory
-7.00.
A scientific study of principles of human nutrition. Animal experimenta-
tion. Correction of nutritional deficiencies by dietary studies.
Nut. 111. Child Nutrition (2) — First and Second semesters. One lecture
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Foods 1 or 2, 3, Nut. 10 or 110.
Principles of human nutrition applied to growth and development of children.
Experience in a nursery school.
Nut. 112. Dietetics (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, Nut. 110. Laboratory fee, $7.00.
A study of food selection for health; planning and calculating dietaries for
children, adults and family units; and methods of teaching food values and
nutrition.
Nut. 113. Diet and Disease (2) — Second semester. Alternate years. Pre-
requisite, Nut. 110.
Modifications of the Principles of human nutrition to meet the dietary
needs in treating certain diseases.
For Graduates
Foods 200. Advanced Experimental Foods (3-5) — Second semester. Two
lectures, three laboratories. Laboratory fee, $7.00.
Includes experimental problems, special emphasis on use of Maryland
products.
Nut. 210. Readings in Nutrition (3) — First semester.
Reports and discussion of outstanding nutritional research and investigation.
Nut 211. Problems in Nutrition (3-5) — Second semester.
Experience in a phase of nutrition research which is of interest to the
student by the use of experimental animals, human studies, or an extensive
and critical survey of the literature.
Nut. 212. Nutrition for Community Service. (3) — First semester.
Applications of the principles of nutrition to various community problems.
Students may work on problems of their own choosing.
Foods and Nut. 204. Recent Advances in Foods and Nutrition (2-3) —
Second semester.
444 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A study of the recent advances in the manipulation of food materials.
Newer methods of processing and packaging. Study of the effect of these
methods of processing, packaging and storage on the nutritive value of food.
Principles of photography as applied to the preparation and handling of foods
for photographic processes for magazines and newspapers.
Foods and Nut. 220. Seminar (1, 1) — One hour a week, first and second
semesters.
Reports and discussions of current research in the fields of foods and
nutrition.
Foods and Nut. 221. Research — Arranged. Credit in proportion to work
done and results accomplished. Laboratory fee, $7.00.
Investigation in some phases of foods or nutrition which may form the
basis of a thesis.
HOME ECONOMICS— GENERAL
H. E. 1. Home Economics Lectures (1) — First semester. Required of
Home Economics freshman.
Orientation to the student activities and academic life of University.
Demonstrations, lectures, panels, group and individual discussions on personal
and academic adjustment and on vocations open to persons trained in home
economics.
HOME AND INSTITUTION MANAGEMENT
Professor Mount; Associate Professor Braucher; Assistant Professor
Crow; Instructor Mearig
A. Home Management — Family Living
Home Mgt. 150, 151. Management of the Home (3, 3) — First and second
semesters.
The family and human relations; household organization and management;
management of time, energy, and money; housing as a social problem; housing
to meet family needs; selection and care of household equipment.
Home Mgt. 152. Experience in Management of the Home (3) — First and
second semesters. Prerequisites, Home Mgt. 150, 151. Laboratory fee, S7.00.
Residence for one-third of a semester in the Home Management House.
Experience in planning, coordinating and participating in the activities of a
household, composed of a faculty member and a group of students.
Home Mgt. 155. Money Management (2) — Summer session only.
Home Mgt. 156. Household Equipment (2) — Summer session only.
COLLEGE OE HOME ECONOMICS 445
B. Institution Management — Group Living
Inst. Mgt. 160. Institution Organization and Management (3) — Second
semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites,
Foods 2, 3; Home Mgt. ISO, 151 to precede or parallel.
The principles of scientific organization and management as applied to
supervision of food services, and to housekeeping administration within an
institution.
Inst. Mgt. 161. Institution Purchasing and Accounting (3)— First semes-
ter. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
Purchasing of food, supplies, and equipment for institutional use, and the
principles involved in accounting as applied to food services.
Inst. Mgt. 162. Institution Foods (3)— Second semester. One lecture and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,' Foods 2, 3; Inst. Mgt. 160, 161.
Practical experience in preparing and serving food for large groups, in-
cluding the use of standard recipes, calculation of food costs, menu planning
and use of institution equipment.
Inst. Mgt. 164. Advanced Institution Management (2) — Second semes-
ter. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Inst
Mgt. 160, 161, 162.
Special problems in institution management.
Inst. Mgt. 165. The School Lunch (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Foods 2, 3; Nut. 110, or
equivalent.
Problems relating to the planning, organization, management and serving
of the noon meal in schools and in child-care centers.
Inst. Mgt. S166. Nutrition & Meal Planning (2) — Summer session only.
Inst. Mgt. 181. Purchasing and Accounting for Housekeeping Administra-
tion (3) — Second semester.
Purchasing of household textiles, furnishings, supplies and equipment for
institutional use, and the principles involved in budgeting and accounting as
applied to housekeeping administration.
Inst. Mgt. 182. Housekeeping Management (3) — First semester.
Principles concerning housekeeping management, floor plans, sanitation,
safety, personnel and legal problems.
Inst. Mgt. 183. Problems in Housekeeping Management (3) — Second
semester.
Special lectures and advanced problems in housekeeping administration.
Inst. Mgt. 200. Advanced Food Service Management and Supervision (3).
Special problems in management and service. Opportunity for the student
to work out problems encountered on the job.
446 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION*
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
H. E. Ed. 102. Problems in Teaching Home Economics (3) — First and
second semesters. Required of seniors in Home Economics Education.
Prerequisite, H. E. Ed. 140. (See College of Education Issue — H. E. Ed. 149
for scheduling.)
A study of the managerial aspects of teaching and administering a home-
making program; the physical environment, organization and sequence of
instructional units, resource materials, evaluation, home projects.
H. E. Ed. 120. Evaluation of Home Economics (2) — Prerequisite, H. E.
Ed. 140.
The meaning and function of evaluation in education; the development
of a plan for evaluating a homemaking program with emphasis upon types
of evaluation devices, their construction, and use.
H. E. Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3) — Second se-
mester. Required of juniors in Home Economics Education. Prerequisite,
Psych. 110.
The place and function of home economics education in the secondary school
curriculum. Philosophy of education for home and family living; characteristics
of adolescence, construction of source units, lesson plans, and evaluation
devices; directed observations in junior and senior high school home economics
departments.
H. E. Ed. 148. Teaching Secondary School Vocational Homemaking (9)
— First and second semester. Prerequisite, H. E. Ed. 101 and 102 or 102
parallel. Laboratory fee, $30.
Observation and supervised teaching in approved secondary school home
economics departments in Maryland and the District of Columbia. Ten weeks
of practicum in two schools and with both junior and senior high school classes.
Students must reserve a half day in their schedule for the student teaching
assignment.
H. E. Ed. 200. Seminar in Home Economics Education (2) — First semester.
H. E. Ed. 202. Trends in the Teaching and Supervision of Home Economics
(2-4).
Study of home economics programs and practices in light of current ed-
ucational trends. Interpretation and analysis of democratic teaching procedures,
outcomes of instruction, and supervisory practices.
*For further information see College of Education Catalog.
COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS 447
TEXTILES AND CLOTHING
Professor Mitchell; Associate Professor Akin; Assistant Professor Wilbur;
Instructors Heagney Parker
A. Textiles
Tex. 1. Textiles (3) — First and second semesters. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Study of textile fibers; standardization and labeling of textiles; collection and
analysis of fabrics.
B. Clothing
Clo. 20A. Clothing Construction (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Tex. 1. Three laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Interpretation and use of commercial patterns; fabric study; basic fitting and
construction techniques.
Clo. 20B. Clothing Construction (3) — Second semester. Elective for stu-
dents in other colleges. Three laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Interpretation and use of commercial patterns; fabric study; basic fitting
and construction techniques.
Clo. 22. Clothing Construction (2) — First and second semesters. Two
laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Continuation of Clo. 20A or Clo. 20B. To give additional experience in
the use and adaptations of commercial patterns and for increased skill in
construction techniques.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Tex. 100. Advanced Textiles (3) — First semester. One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 1. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
The intensive study of textiles from the fiber to the finished fabric, from
the producer to the consumer. Analysis of fabric construction and service ability
features through the use of laboratory testing.
Tex. 101. Problems in Textiles (3) — First semester. One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Tex. 100, Organic Chemistry.
Laboratory fee, $3.00. Not offered, 1953-54.
Individual experimental problems in textiles.
Tex. 102. Textile Testing (3) — Second semester. Three laboratory periods
a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 100. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
The theory of textile testing methods, the repeated use of physical testing
apparatus, the interpretation of the data, and the presentation of the findings.
Tex. 105. Consumer Problems in Textiles (3) — Second semester. Two lee-
448 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
tures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 1, or equivalent
Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Economic and trade conditions that affect consumer-trade relationships;
buying guides for purchase of clothing; performance tests of fabrics.
Tex. 106. Household Textiles (3) — First semester. Three laboratory periods
a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 1. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Study of textiles for household and institutional use. Evaluation of such
textile products through lectures, laboratory tests, survey of literature and
field trips.
Tex. 108. Decorative Fabrics (2) — Second semester. One lecture and one
laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Study of historic and contemporary fabrics and laces.
Clo. 120. Draping (3) — First and second semesters. Three laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisites, Tex. 1, Clo. 121. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Demonstrations and practice in creating costumes in fabrics on individual
dress forms; modeling of garments for class criticism.
Clo. 121. Pattern Design (2) — First and second semesters. Two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisites, Clo. 20A or B, Pr. Art 20. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Development and use of a basic pattern in dress making.
Clo. 122. Tailoring (2) — First and second semesters. Two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, Clo. 22. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Construction of tailored garments requiring professional skill.
Clo. 123. Children's Clothing (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory periods
a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisite, Clo. 20A or B, or equivalent.
Children's clothing from the standpoint of age, health, beauty, economy and
personality; development of original designs.
Clo. 124. Projects and Reading in Textiles and Clothing (2) — First semester.
Prerequisites, Clo. 22, Tex. 100. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Study of the reasons for dress and the versatility of fabrics; analysis of
wardrobe planning preparatory to the job situation; grooming as related to
the college girl— to the job holder; survey of job opportunities in the field;
one special project.
Clo. 126. Fundamentals of Fashion (2, 3). — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Clo. 120. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Fashion history; current fashions, how to interpret and evaluate them;
fashion show techniques; fashion promotion. The course includes oral and
written reports, group projects, panel discussions and field trips.
Clo. 127. Apparel Design (3) — First and second semesters. One lecture and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Clo. 120. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
COLLEGE OE HOME ECONOMICS 449
The art of costuming; trade and custom methods of clothing design and
construction; original designing on a dress form.
Clo. 128. Home Furnishings (3) — First and second semesters. Three lab-
oratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 1, Clo. 20A or 20B, or consent of
instructor. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Selection of fabrics for home and institutional furnishings; care and repair
of such furnishings; custom construction of slip covers, draperies, bedspreads,
etc.
For Graduates
Tex. 200. Special Studies in Textiles (2-4). First semester. Laboratory
fee, $3.00.
Clo. 220. Special Studies in Clothing (2-4). First semester and summer
session 1953. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Tex. and Clo. 230. Seminar (1). First and second semesters. Laboratory
fee, $3.00.
Tex. and Clo. 231. Research (4-6). First and second semesters. Laboratory
fee, $3.00.
Tex. and Clo. 232. Economics of Textiles and Clothing (3). Summer ses-
sion 1954. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
PRACTICAL ART AND CRAFTS
Professor Curtiss; Assistant Professors Cuneo, W. Mahoney;
Instructors Brown, Cooper, List, Davis, A. Mahoney.
The Department of Practical Art reserves the right to retain one art problem
from each student, from each class, for illustrative purposes; however, it will
retain only such problems as are needed by the department.
Pr. Art O. Professional Lectures (O) — Second semester.
Lectures by current merchandisers, designers, and occupational therapists.
A. Practical Art
Pr. Art 1. Design (3) — First and second semesters. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Art expression through the use of materials, such as opaque water color, wet
clay, colored chalk, and lithograph crayon, which are conducive to free tech-
niques. Elementary lettering, action figures, abstract design and general com-
position study. Consideration of art as applied to daily living. Teaching
methods are emphasized.
Pr. Art 2. Survey of Art History (2) — First and second semesters. Lab-
oratory fee, $3.00.
A rapid survey of art, from prehistoric times to the twentieth century, showing
the great human movements and art ideals which each period has reflected.
450 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Emphasis is given to domestic architecture, furnishings, and costume, and to
the philosophy and significance of art in today's living. Illustrated lectures;
assigned readings, examinations.
Pr. Art 3. Creative Art Inspired by Primitive Art (2) — First semester. Two
laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Modern design produced after the study of vigorous primitive art as found
in the prehistoric art of Spain, France, and the southwestern part of the United
States; archaic Mesopotamia, Egypt, and Greece; Mayan, Aztec, and Peruvian
cultures; past and present primitive tribes; provincial and peasant groups.
Pr. Art. 4. Three-dimensional Design (2) — Second semester. Two labor-
atory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Abstract and symbolic design emphasizing mass, volume, and depth in con-
struction problems, which utilize paper, cork, screen, wire, thin sheet metal,
fabric, wood, plastics, etc. This course stimulates resourcefulness and imagi-
nation in design; it is especially valuable to persons interested in display.
Pr. Art 20. Costume Design (3) — First and second semesters. Three labor-
atory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1, or
equivalent.
Clothing selection with relation to personality. Adaptation of changing
fashions to the individual. Designing of costumes in mediums, such as Conte
and lithograph crayon, transparent and opaque water color, soft pencil, India
ink, and three-dimensional materials. A minimum of fashion figure drawing.
Survey of historic costume and of the fashion industry.
Pr. Art 21, 22. Action Drawing (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Two
laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1,
or equivalent.
Quick sketching of live model, from poses and action. This course is basic
for costume illustration, advertising and mural painting. Pr. Art 21 prerequisite
to Pr. Art 22.
Pr. Art 30. Typography and Lettering (3) — First and second semesters.
Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1, or equivalent.
A study of typography, hand lettering, and their application. Brief survey
of processes of reproduction.
Pr. Art 38, 39. Photography (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Three
laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Consent of the instructor.
Experimental effects in photography with special emphasis upon pictures for
teaching, advertising, displa}', periodicals, murals and scientific recording. It
is advisable for each student to have his own camera.
Pr. Art 40, 41. Interior Design (1, 3) — First semester, one laboratory per
week; second semester, three laboratory periods per week. Laboratory fee, on
41 only, $3.00. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 2, to precede or. parallel Pr. Art 40.
COLLEGE OE HOME ECONOMICS 451
Analysis of interiors as backgrounds for various personalities. Study of
good and poor interiors. ' Trips to historic homes, a furniture factory, and
retail house furnishing establishments. Original floor plans and wall elevations
drawn to scale and rendered in color, considering family life.
B. Crafts
Cr. 2. Simple Crafts (2) — First and second semesters. Two laboratory
periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Creative art expressed in clay modeling, plaster carving, wood burning, thin
metal working, paper sculpture and, finger weaving. Emphasis is laid upon in-
expensive materials and tools and simple techniques, which can be pursued
in the home. Excellent for teachers and directors of recreation centers.
Cr. 3. Blockprint and Silk Screen (2) — First and second semesters. Two
laboratories a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Beginning techniques in linoleum block-printing and in silk screening on paper
and on fabric. Original design is stressed. Excellent for teachers and directors
of recreation centers.
Cr. 5 — Puppetry (3) — First semester. Four laboratory periods a week.
Laboratory fee, §3.00.
Making of marionettes and production of simple puppet shows. Valuable
as a teaching, advertising, or recreational medium.
Cr. 20, 21. Ceramics (2, 2)— First and second semesters. Three laboratory
periods a week. Laboratory fee, §3.00. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1 or Cr. 2, if
possible.
Elementary pottery-making, modeling in relief, intaglio and in the round,
simple glaze effects. Good design is stressed.
Cr. 30, 31. Metalry (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Three laboratory
periods a week. Laboratorjr fee, §3.00. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1 or Cr. 2, if
possible.
Etching, repousse, and sawed filigree in metals, such as copper, aluminum,
brass, pewter and German silver. Good design is stressed.
Cr. 40, 41. Weaving (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Three laboratory
periods a week. Laboratory fee, §3.00. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1, if possible.
Hand weaving on simple looms. Good color, texture, and general design are
stressed.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Pr. Art 100, 101. Mural Design (2, 2) — Second semester. Two laboratory
periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 2, 3, 21, or
consent of the instructor.
Group and individual expression serving two types of objectives: temporary
452 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
murals for the public schools developed from classroom study in music, dance,
literature, social science, etc. and rendered in colored chalk or opaque water
color or wrapping paper; murals for permanent architectural decoration
considering propriety to setting and rendered in oil paint, gouache, fresco, or
mosaic. Brief study of civilization's use of murals. Trips to nearby murals
having social significance. Valuable to art and classroom teachers, and to
interior architects and decorators.
Pr. Art 120, 121. Costume Illustration (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisites, Pr. Art
1, 20, and 21, 22, if possible.
Advanced techniques in rendering of fashion illustration. Experience in use
of Ben Day and Craftint. Organization of fashion shows.
Pr. Art 124, 125. Individual Problems in Costume (2, 2)— First and second
semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prere-
quisites, Pr. Art 1, 20, 120, 121, and permission of the instructor.
Advanced problems in costume design or costume illustration for students
who are capable of independent work.
Pr. Art 132. Advertising Layout (2) — First and second semesters. Two
laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1,
20. 30, and 20, 21, if possible.
Rough layouts and finished advertisements utilizing lettering, type speci-
fications, and illustration. Air brush used in large work.
Pr. Art 134, 135. Individual Problems in Advertising (2, 2)— First and
second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 20, 30, 120, 132, or equivalent, and permission of
the instructor.
Advanced problems in advertising for students who are capable of inde-
pendent work.
Pr. Art 136. Display (2) — First and second semesters. Two laboratory
periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 20, 30.
Practice in effective display for teaching and for merchandising. Cooperation
with retail establishments.
Pr. Art 138. Advanced Photography (2) — First and second semesters. Three
laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisites, Pr. Art
38, 39, or consent of the instructor. '
Individual problems in photography for teaching, advertising, display,
periodicals, murals and scientific recording. It is advisable for each student
to have his own camera.
Pr. Art 142, 143. Advanced Interior Design (2, 2)— First and second se-
mesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisites,
Pr. Art 1, 40, 41, or equivalent.
COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS 453
Designing of rooms and furnishings; scale drawing and color rendering in
plan, elevation and perspective, or making of maquettes. Study of furniture
. manufacture and merchandising. Planning of exhibition rooms or houses when
possible.
Pr. Art 144, 145. Individual Problems in Interior (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prere-
quisites, Pr. Art 1, 40, 41, 142, 143, and permission of the instructor.
Advanced problems in interior design or construction for students who are
capable of independent work.
Pr. Art 198. Store Experience (3) — 160 clock hours, or 20 continuous eight-
hour days, summer following the Junior Year, Practical Art curriculum.
Selling, buying, advertising, or executive work, done under supervision in
a specified department store or studio. Arrangements to be made with the
Head of the Department of Practical Art early in the spring semester,
Junior year.
Cr. 120, 121. Advanced Ceramics (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Three
laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisites, Cr. 20, 21.
Advanced techniques in ceramics; preparation of glazes and handling of
the kiln.
Cr. 124, 125. Individual Problems in Ceramics (2, 2) — First and second se-
mesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisites,
Cr. 20, 21, 120, 121, and permission of the instructor.
Advanced problems in ceramics. For students who are capable of independent
work.
Cr. 130, 131. Advanced Metalry (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Three
laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisite, Cr. 30, 31.
Advanced techniques in metalry, including soldering, stone-setting, and fine
etching.
Cr. 134, 135. Individual Problems in Metalry (2, 2) — First and second se-
mesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisite,
Cr. 30, 31, 130, 131, and permission of the instructor.
Advanced problems in metalry for students who are capable of independent
work.
Cr. 140, 141. Advanced Weaving (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Three
laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisites, Cr. 40, 41.
Advanced techniques in weaving.
Cr. 144, 145. Individual Problems in Weaving (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prere-
quisites, Cr. 40, 41, 140, 141, and permission of the instructor.
Advanced problems in weaving for students who are capable of independent
work.
H^Bfl
■<!■**
Entrance to the Armory
Headquarters of COLLEGE of MILITARY SCIENCE
University of Maryland
College of
MILITARY SCIENCE
College of Military Science Staff
Colonel Joseph R. Ambrose, USAF, Dean.
Colonel Harlan C. Griswold, USA, Ret'd, Assistant Dean.
Colonel James Regan Jr., USA, Ret'd, Assistant to the Dean.
Colonel John M. Virden, USAF, Ret'd, Assistant to the Dean.
Colonel Joseph R. Ambrose, USAF, Professor, Air Science and Tactics.
Lt. Colonel John G. Grier, USAF, Assistant Professor, Air Science and Tactics.
Lt. Colonel Douglas M. Peck, USAF, Associate Professor, Air Science and Tactics.
(Commandant of Air Force R.O.T.C. Cadets)
Major Wesley G. Bedrick, USAF, Assistant Professor, Air Science and Tactics.
Major John D. Garlington, USAF, Assistant Professor, Air Science and Tactics.
Major Calvin T. Higgs, USAF, Assistant Professor, Air Science and Tactics.
Major Bernhardt L. Mortensen, USAF, Assistant Professor, Air Science and
Tactics.
Major William A. Robson, USAF, Assistant Professor, Air Science and Tactics.
Major Frank W. Schlabs, USAF, Assistant Professor, Air Science and Tactics.
Major Thomas H. Stringer, USAF, Assistant Professor, Air Science and Tactics.
Major Frank P. Tipton, USAF, Assistant Professor, Air Science and Tactics.
Captain Edmond W. Bastek, USAF, Assistant Professor, Air Science and Tactics.
Captain Charles F. Girard, USAF, Assistant Professor, Air Science and Tactics.
Captain Paul M. Norris, USAF, Assistant Professor, Air Science and Tactics.
Captain Griffith Orme, USAF, Assistant Professor, Air Science and Tactics.
Captain Robert W. Paul, USAF, Assistant Professor, Air Science and Tactics.
455
456 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Captain Irving B. Schoenberg, USAF, Assistant Professor, Air Science and Tactics.
Captain Harvey J. Sorenson, USAF, Assistant Professor, Air Science and Tactics.
Captain William F. Streit, USAF, Assistant Professor, Air Science and Tactics.
Captain John B. Struble, USAF, Assistant Professor, Air Science and Tactics.
Captain Arthur W. Vanaman Jr., USAF, Assistant Professor, Air Science and
Tactics.
1st Lieutenant Howard R. Lickey, USAF, Assistant Professor, Air Science and
Tactics.
WOJG William J. Campbell, USAF, Assistant Professor, Air Science and Tactics.
Master Sergeant Norman L. Aaron, USAF, Instructor.
Master Sergeant Selig Alterman, USAF, Instructor.
Master Sergeant Paul D. Barnes, USAF, Instructor.
Master Sergeant Royal D. DeCamp, USAF, Instructor.
Master Sergeant Walter Kamar, USAF, Instructor.
Master Sergeant William A. Kelly, USAF, Instructor.
Master Sergeant Joseph H. Knight, USAF, Instructor.
Master Sergeant John H. Martin, USAF, Instructor.
Master Sergeant Dudley D. Reeves, USAF, Instructor.
Master Sergeant John H. Thomas, USAF, Instructor.
Master Sergeant William F. Turton, USAF, Instructor.
Master Sergeant Louis Vicino, USAF, Instructor.
Master Sergeant Clayton J. Wood, USAF, Instructor.
Master Sergeant Edwin D. Wurster, USAF, Instructor.
Technical Sergeant Muller W. Boyer, USAF, Instructor.
Technical Sergeant Kenneth H. Carroll, USAF, Instructor.
Technical Sergeant Irving J. Casey, USAF, Instructor.
Technical Sergeant Leon E. Farrell, USAF, Instructor.
Technical Sergeant Warren C. VanDyke, USAF, Instructor.
Technical Sergeant Denver P. Wallace, USAF, Instructor.
Staff Sergeant James R. Bertges, USAF, Instructor.
Staff Sergeant Oscar P. Rumfola Jr., USAF, Instructor.
Administrative Staff
McKinley L. Fuller (CWO, Ret'd) Military Property Custodian.
Fay J. Norris, (M Sgt Ret'd), Assistant Military Property Custodian.
Dee S. Harpham, Assistant Band Director.
1st Lieutenant Robert Landers, Director of the Band.
COLLEGE OF MILITARY SCIENCE
457
COLLEGE OF MILITARY SCIENCE
Col. Joseph R. Ambrose, U.S.A.F., Dean
HE College of Military Science offers training for students
who wish professional preparation in the field of Military
Science. The length of the normal curriculum is four
years. The college is divided into two main departments
as follows: (1) The Academic Curricula and (2) Air Force
Reserve Officers Training Corps. The work of each of
these departments is described in detail under the appro-
priate heading.
ADMISSIONS AND COSTS
All students desiring' to enroll in the College of Military
Science must apply to the Director of Admissions of the
University of Maryland at College Park.
In selecting students, more emphasis will be placed upon good marks
and other indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed
pattern of subject matter. In general, four (4) units of English and one (1)
unit each of Social and Natural Sciences are required. One (1) unit each of
Algebra and Plane Geometry is desirable. While Foreign Language is desirable
for certain programs no Foreign Language is required for entrance. Fine
Arts, Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable as electives. In addition,
students desiring to enroll in this college must either have possessed or now
hold a commission in one of the Armed Forces or possess those qualities and
attributes, both physical and mental, which are desirable in a commissioned
officer.
Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165.00 fixed
charges; $71.00 special fees; $360.00 board, $130 to $150 room; laboratory
fees which vary with the laboratory courses pursued. A matriculation fee of
$10.00 is charged all new students. An additional charge of $150.00 is assessed
students who are not residents of the State of Maryland. For a more detailed
statement of these costs, write to the Director of Publications for a copy of
the General Information Issue of the catalog.
GENERAL INFORMATION
For information in reference to the University grounds, buildings, equip-
ment, library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition of
resident and non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates,
transcripts of records, student health and welfare, living arrangements in
the dormitories, off-campus housing, meals. University Counseling Service,
scholarships and student aid. athletics and recreation, student government,
honors and awards, religious denominational clubs, fraternities, societies and
special clubs, the University band, student publications, University Post Office
458 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
and Supply Store, write to the Director of Publications for the General
Information issue of the Catalog.
MILITARY INSTRUCTION
All male students, unless specifically exempted under University rules, are
required to take basic Air Force R.O.T.C. training for a period of two years.
The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation but
it must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance
at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students
who do not have the required two years of military training will be required
to complete the course or take it until graduation, whichever occurs first.
Selected students who wish to do so may carry advanced Air Force
R.O.T.C. courses during their Junior and Senior years which lead to a reserve
commission in the United States Air Force.
For further details concerning the requirements in Military Instruction,
write the Director of Publications for a copy of the "General Information
Issue" of the Catalog.
CURRICULA
Two curricula are offered by the College of Military Science — The Cur-
riculum in Military Science and the Curriculum in Military Affairs. These
curricula lead to the degree of Bachelor of Science, providing the student main-
tains a grade average of not less than "C." The requirement for Junior
standing is attained in these curricula when the student has completed 72
hours with a grade average of not less than "C." The requirement for
graduation is 136 semester hours including basic R.O.T.C. physical activities.
The contrplling objective of the curriculum in Military Science is to educate
men who desire to follow a military career. As a prerequisite for completion
of this curriculum, a student must have satisfactorily held or presently hold
a commission in one of the Armed Forces, or possess those physical and mental
requirements which can lead to a commission in one of the Armed Forces. The
completion of the Advanced Air Force R.O.T.C. courses also satisfies this
requirement.
The primary purpose of the curriculum in military affairs is to offer to
those interested students a broad education in subjects pertinent to military
and public affairs, with emphasis on government and politics, history and
military science.
The first two years of these curricula are common.
GRADUATE STUDIES
A student wishing to pursue graduate studies upon the completion of the
Bachelor of Science degree from this college should plan to use the electives
in his curriculum as a major in some one of the departments open to him, such
as, history, government and politics, sociology, economics, and the like. This
major must be arranged under the advisement of the head of the department
concerned and the Dean of the College of Military Science.
COLLEGE OF MILITARY SCIENCE 450
Common Freshman and Sophomore Years
/—Semester— \
Freshman Year I II
♦Eng. l. 2— Composition and Reading in American Literature 3 3
♦Soc. 1— Sociology oi American Life .... 3
•G. .si P. 1— American Government 3 ....
♦♦Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2
.Math. 10, 11— Algebra. Trigonometry, Analytic Geometry, or
Math. 5, 6— General Mathematics, Mathematics ol Finance 3 3
Modern Language— (One language for two years' study) 3 3
..\. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C 3 3
fPhysicai Activities l 1
Total IS is
Sophomore Year
•Eng. 3, 1 or 5, 6— Composition and Reading in World Literature..
Hist. 5, 6 — History oi American Civilization. . . . ;
••Speech 5, 6— Advanced Public Speaking
•Physics 1, 2— Elements of Physics
.Modern Language— I Second year)
tA. S. 3, i— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C
f I 'hysical Activities
Total 18 is
Military Science Curriculum
Junior Year
tJSpeech 127, 12S— Military Speech and Command 2 2
Speech 133— Staff Reports, and Briefings and Visual Aids ....
Econ. 3,1, 32— Principles of Economics 3
1 . 2— Economic Resources 2 2
Soc. 2— Principles of Sociology 3
TtA. S. 101, 102— Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C 3 3
Electives 4 4
Total 17 17
3
2
::
3
2
:;
3
::
3
1
1
♦Credit by examination may be permitted for these courses upon successful com-
pletion of the college level General Educational Development Tests. Students who receive
!2 credit hours in English by this means are required to complete English S or English 14.
The credits earned in either of these courses may be used as electives.
♦♦Adult off-campus students may substitute Speech 103 and 104. Speech Composition
and Rhetoric (3, 3) for Speech 1, 2, (2, 2,), and Speech 5, 6, (2, 2). The additional two
hours may lie credited toward electives.
xAdult off-campus students may substitute Geog. 20 and 21, Economic Geography
(-3, 3 i for Geog. 1. 2. (2. 2).
fCredit allowed for equivalent service in the Armed Forces. Waived for adult off-
campus students.
ttCredit allowed to those holding Regular, Reserve or National Guard commissions.
Students who do not wish to present these subjects for this degree and who have com-
pleted acceptable Service Extension Courses at the Officer Candidate level, or its
equivalent, may substitute therefor an equivalent number of hours in Government and
Politics and History, in courses numbered 100 or above, of which twelve hours must be
in one field.
JJStudents with experience may be relieved of this subject and pursue advanced
studies in lieu thereof.
460
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Senior Year
M. S. 151— Military Logistics
tJM. S. 152— Military Leadership
M. S. 153— Military Policy of the United States
M. S. 154— Management of the Military Establishment. .
Geog. 190— Political Geography
One of the following :
G. & P. 101— International Political Relations
G. & P. 102— International Law
G. & P. 106— American Foreign Relations
G. &' P. 154— Problems of World Politics
G. & P. 197— Comparative Governmental Institutions.
A. S. 103, 104— Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C
Electives
-Semester—
I II
3
Total 15 15
Electives must be taken under advisement and in terms of the objectives of this
curriculum.
The Military Affairs Curriculum
r— Semesters
Junior Year I II
Speech 133— Staff Reports, Briefings and Visual Aids 3 ....
Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3
Soc. 2— Principles of Sociology .... 3
G. & P. 101— International Political Relations 3 ....
G. & P. 10 2— International Law 3
Hist. 127, 12S— Diplomatic History of the United States 3 3
Electives 6 3
Total 18 15
Senior Year
M. S. 151— Military Logistics .... 3
M. S. 153— Military Policy of the United States 3
G. & P. 106 — American Foreign Relations 3 ....
G. & P. 154— Problems of World Politics .... 3
Hist. 175, 176— Europe in the World Setting of the Twentieth
Century 3 3
Geog. 190— Political Geography .... 3
Electives 7 3
Total 16 15
Electives must be taken under advisement and in terms of the objectives of this
curriculum.
ttCredit allowed to those holding Regular, Reserve or National Guard commissions.
Students who do not wish to present these subjects for this degree and who have com-
pleted acceptable Service Extension Courses at the Officer Candidate level, or its
equivalent, may substitute therefor an equivalent number of hours in Government and
Politics and History, in courses numbered 100 or above, of which twelve hours must be
in one field.
tJStudents with experience may be relieved of this subject and pursue advanced
studies in lieu thereof.
COLLEGE OB MILITARY SCIRh 461
THE U.S.A.F. RESERVE OFFICERS TRAINING CORPS
Instruction in military science and tactics has been an important phase
of the College Park division of the University of Maryland since 1856. In 1864
the Genera] Assembly of Maryland accepted the provisions of the Act of
Congress of 1862 whereby public lands were donated to the States providing
colleges in which a course of military training was maintained. Until 1916
the institution was a military school. After the first World War the military
training was reorganized and given as specified in the Acts of Congress
of 1916 and 1920, as amended, which are commonly known as the National
Defense Acts. Under these laws the Reserve Officer Training Corps is or-
ed to provide basic training and to offer advanced training leading to
a commission in the United States Air Force Reserve on a selective basis.
All male students, unless specifically exempted, under University rules are
required to take basic military training for a period of two years. This is a
prerequisite for graduation and must be taken by all eligible students in their
first two years of attendance whether they intend to graduate or not. Students
of the University, regardless of the college in which registered, who successfully
romplete the Basic Course Air Force Reserve Officers Training Corps may be
candidates for the Advanced Course.
The mission of the Senior Division, Reserve Officers' Training Corps is
to produce junior officers who have the qualities and attributes essential to
their progressive and continued development as officers in the United States
Air Force. The major mission is the training of officers to serve with the
Reserve Components of the Air Force of the United States i.e., the United
States Air Force Reserve or the Air National Guard. In addition, the Senior
Air Force Reserve Officers Training Corps will provide the principal source
of procurement of junior officers for the Regular Air Force through extended
active duty tours of volunteer officers from which will be selected personnel
for regular appointments.
Air Force personnel, approved by the President of the University, are
detailed by the Department of the Air Force to administer the course. Officers
serve under appointment by the University as Professor or Assistant Professor
and selected non-commissioned officers as Instructors.
The course of instruction leading to a commission as a second lieutenant
is organized into a two-year basic course which all male students, except
excused veterans and non-citizens, must take, and an elective two-year advanced
course offered to selected students who apply. To those who do not desire to
pursue the advanced course the basic course offers training in leadership,
discipline, citizenship and other beneficial courses which will be of value to
the individual, should he be called into the Armed Forces.
The specialties of the Air Force R.O.T.C. currently offered to seniors at the
University are Administration and Logistics, Air Comptrollership, Flight Opera-
tions and General Technical.
The necessary training equipment including uniforms, weapons, and tech-
462 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
nical material, is loaned to the University by the Department of the Air Force.
Students in the basic courses are issued uniforms without cost.
The New Armory located East of the Administration Building has been
declared by a Department of the Air Force inspector to be one of the finest
buildings used for Military instruction in the country. It contains clothing
and ordnance storerooms, class rooms, offices, projection room, a ten firing
point small bore range, and a drill floor 240 feet long by 120 feet wide. Drill
field parade grounds and other outdoor training activities are nearby.
Advanced Course
The primary object of the Advance Course is to provide military instruc-
tion and systematic training to selected eligible students through the agency
of educational institutions, to the end that they may qualify as United States
Air Force Reserve officers. It is intended to attain this objective in accordance
with the terms of the contract during the time the students are pursuing their
academic studies at the University.
A student prior to enrollment in the course must have satisfactorily com-
pleted the Basic Course or have been honorably discharged after at least one
year active service in. one of the armed forces. The student must have in-
dicated in writing his desire to undertake the course. Selection of students
in the advanced course will be made by the President of the University and
the Professor of Air Science and Tactics, as provided in Section 47c, National
Defence Act. No applicant will be admitted to the advanced course who is
less than eighteen or more than twenty-five years of age at the time of
admission or who is not able to pass physical standards set forth in Air Force
Manual 160-1. Students who are commissioned, after serving 18 months on active
duty, may apply for regular commissions.
Program of Instruction
For first and second years, basic course, the instruction will consist of
five (5) hours per week, three (3) hours of classroom instruction and two (2)
hours of drill. The advance course will consist of five (5) hours per week, three
(3) hours per week of classroom instruction and two (2) hours of drill. Drill
may be cancelled for all students during the inclement season at the discretion
of the PAS&T. Advanced students will attend lectures during cancelled periods
of drill. Special formations may be held as the PAS&T may direct.
Uniforms
All members must appear in proper uniforms at all Military drill formations
and at such other times as the Military Department may designate.
Uniforms for students in the elementary course are furnished by the
Government. The uniforms are the regulation uniforms of the United States
Air Force, with certain distinguishing features. Such uniforms must be kept
in good condition by the students. They remain the property of the Air Force,
and though intended primarily for use in connection with military instruction
they may be worn at other times unless the Military Department instructs
COLLEGE OF MILITARY SCIENCE 463
otherwise. The uniforms will not be worn in part nor used while the wearer
is engaged in athletic sports. A basic uniform will be returned to the Military
Department at the end of the year; or before, if a student severs his connection
with the Department.
The Advanced Course students will wear an officer-type uniform, purchased
on a Federal Government allowance.
Commutation
All members of the Advanced Course will receive a monetary allowance
in lieu of subsistence, equivalent to the current value of the garrison ration,
to be paid monthly during the periods of enrollment in the Advanced Course
less the period of the Advanced Camp of six weeks. During this Camp
the student will receive the pay of the seventh enlisted grade and travel pay.
The total period of receiving commutation will not exceed 595 days for any
student. This allowance will be paid in addition to benefits authorized by the
GI Bill of Rights.
Credits
Military instruction at this Institution is on a par with other university
work, and the requirements of this department as to proficiency are the same
as those of other departments. Academic elective credits are given in all colleges
for the advanced Air Force R.O.T.C. course.
Students who have received Military Training at any other educational
institution under the direction of officers detailed as Professor of Military
Science and Tactics, Professor of Air Science and Tactics and Professor of
Naval Science and Tactics, may receive such credit as the P.A.S.&T. and the
President may jointly determine.
University and Air Force Reserve Officer's Training Corps Bands
The University of Maryland Band and the Air Force Reserve Officers'
Training Corps Band are separate musical organizations at the University,
existing for the purpose of furthering the musical knowledge of interested
students. The Air Force Reserve Officers Training Corps Band functions
under the Military Department. The University Band is under the direction
of the Music Department and is assisted by the Military Department.
The Air Force Reserve Officers' Training Corps Band is composed of
Air Force Reserve Officers' Training Corps students. It practices during
drill periods and plays for drills and military formations. Uniforms and
instruments are furnished by the Federal Government. Members of the Air
Force Reserve Officers' Training Corps Band are eligible for enrollment in
any of the University Bands.
The University of Maryland Bands are very important and active under-
graduate organizations on the Alaryland Campus. Membership in the Uni-
versity Bands is open to all interested students of the University by audition
with the Director. The Bands furnish music for athletic events and special
occasions during the School Year. The Fall practice sessions are devoted
464 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
to the support of the football season, with the band accompanying the football
team on some of its trips away from home. During the Winter season the
Activities Band plays for basketball games and for boxing matches. At the
close of football season, the Concert and Activities Bands are formed. The
Concert Band plays several concerts, both on and off the Campus^ during
the year.
Students who play musical instruments, applying for admission to the
University, and who desire to be considered for the University Bands, should
indicate their experience and ability on their application form, and should
contact the Director at the earliest opportunity for enrollment in one of
the University Bands after being accepted for admission to the University.
Band is a regularly scheduled course of instruction under its own consti-
tution. One credit per semester, not to exceed a total of eight (8) credits,
may be earned by the student participating in this activity. Uniforms and
certain instruments are furnished by the University. Band rehearsals are
conducted in the Band Room in the New Armory. A band letter may be
earned each year by faithful attendance. A gold award is presented to the
student who earns a letter for four successive years. Students may be elected
to positions of honor and responsibility within this student organization which
operates under its own constitution.
The University Rifle Teams
The University Rifle Teams are under the supervision of the Military
Department. Rifle competition at the University of Maryland is rated as
a major sport activity, and the varsity letters and sweaters are awarded each
year to team members. The rifle teams representing this institution have
a high national standing as they have consistently placed in the top brackets
in the National Intercollegiate Rifle Match. The Varsity Rifle Team won the
National Intercollegiate Championship in 1947, 1949, and 1953, each time with
a new record score. The R.O.T.C. Team has been a consistent winner in
the William Randolph Hearst Trophy Match and the Third Service Command
Reserve Officers' Training Corps Match as well as winning a very high per-
centage of the regular schedule of postal and shoulder matches. Rifle and
ammunition are furnished by the State and Federal Governments and the
rifle range in the New Armory used by the team has been pronounced by
officials of the National Rifle Association to be one of the finest in the country.
Both a Varsity Team and a Freshman Team are placed in intercollegiate
competition, with members of the latter team being awarded class numerals.
COLLEGE OF MILITARY SCIENCE 465
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course
for which an insufficient number of students have registered t<> warrant giving
the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to another
course.
Courses are designated by numbers as follows:
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)
200 to 299: courses for graduates only.
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course
with a double number extends through two semesters.
Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of
hours' credit is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title of
the course.
A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours,
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making
out his program. Subjects of courses in Military Science and Tactics are
subject to changes necessitated by changes in R.O.T.C. programs prescribed
by the armed forces. Students obtain these schedules when they register.
MILITARY SCIENCE AND AIR FORCE R.O.T.C.
A. S. 1, 2. Basic Air Force ROTC (3,3).
Two hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command. Three
one-hour periods of class instruction. Subjects taught: Introduction to Air
Force ROTC, Introduction to Aviation, Fundamentals of Global Geography,
International Tensions and Security Organizations, Instruments of National
Military Security.
A. S. 3,4. Basic Air Force ROTC (3,3).
Two one-hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command.
Three one-hour periods of class instruction. Subjects taught: Elements of
Aerial Warfare, Targets, Weapons, Aircraft, Air Ocean, Bases, Forces;
Careers in USAF.
A. S. 101, 102. First Year Advanced Air Force ROTC (3,3).
Two one-hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command.
Three one-hour periods of class instruction. Subjects taught: Air Force
Commander and Staff, Problem Solving Technique, Communications, Process
and Air Force Correspondence, Military Law, Courts and Boards, Applied
Air Science, Aircraft Engineering, Navigation and Weather.
466 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A. S. 103A, 104A. Second Year Advanced Air Force ROTC Adminis-
tration and Logistics (3, 3).
Two hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Command. Three one-hour
periods of classroom. Subjects taught: advanced course in organization and
functions of wing base staff and natures and problems of logistical support
of military efforts.
A. S. 103AC, 104AC. Second Year Advanced Air Force Air Comptroller-
ship (3, 3).
Two hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Command. Three one-hour
periods of classroom. Subjects taught: Advanced Budget Progress, Evaluation
of Air Force Mission, Military Law, Military Teaching, Air Force Management.
A. S. 103FO, 104FO. Second Year Advanced Flight Operations (3, 3).
Two one-hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Command. Three one-hour
periods of classroom. Subjects taught: Navigation and Bombing, Theory
of Radar, Responsibilities of Counter Electronic Measures Officer and Radar
Observer, Military Law, Military Management, Military Teaching Methods.
A. S. 103GT, 104GT. Second Year Advanced General Technical (3, 3).
Two one-hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Command. Three one-hour
periods of classroom. Subjects taught: Understanding of Technical Problems
in the Air Force, New Technical and Scientific Developments, Military Law,
Military Teaching Methods, Military Management.
M. S. 151. Military Logistics (3) — First and second semesters.
A study of logistics, including (a) the principles governing the national
economic activities and resources necessary to support the armed forces (b)
a study of the principles and fundamentals of the elements of military logistics.
including supply maintenance, transportation, hospitalization and evacuation,
construction and logistics planning (c) research by the student on a selected
phase of logistics.
M. S. 152. Military Leadership (3) — First semester.
Three one-hour classroom periods. A study of the basic requisites, prin-
ciples and attributes of good military leadership, including both the practical
and psychological approaches to the subject. Individual differences in human
behavior and the personal element in successful leadership are stressed.
M. S. 153. Military Policy of the United States (3)— First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Historj' 5 and 6.
A studv of our military history and our military concepts and policies,
and their effects upon national objectives, national policies. A continuing analysis
of all the factors which influence national policies, particularly military policy;
an evaluation of the lessons to be learned from this historical study.
COLLEGE OF MILITARY SCIENCE
467
M. S. 154. Management of the Military Establishment (3) — Second
semester. Prerequisite, M. S. 151.
A study of the need for intelligent and scientific management of the Armed
Forces, including a consideration of the background of modern management,
the development of the science of management and the emphasis on post-war
management of the military establishment. A detailed evaluation of the current
thoughts and philosophies of military management.
M. S. 155. Industrial Mobilization for National Defense (3) — Second
semester. Prerequisite, M. S. 151.
A study of industrial mobilization for National defense, including: elements
of industrial mobilization, development of a production program, conversion
and expansion of industrial facilities, problems of increasing industrial pro-
duction, production controls, past and current programs for industrial mobiliza-
tion, relations of Federal and Defense Department agencies with industry,
international approach to industrial preparedness.
Proposed Library Building
' ,/"
yfe
.fa ,
■'■
*§r
"^AT",
^^s
KiL-j ■
%
Stf / '
' JSI
/$k
sMf
ffist&b///
■-' * 3$* "
If. >w
sfe*
' %j£r$ '
' tjfc * 1 ' " ... ■ '-
g- — gg
gyjg
riiHH
f^
*■'■
Mini
%m
THE GYMNASIUM
Headquarters of the College of Physical Education,
Recreation and Health
College of
Physical Education,
Recreation, and Health
STAFF
Lester M. Fraley, Ph.D., Dean
M. Emmett Cheek, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education and Football
Coach
W. W. Cobey, B.A., Associate Professor, Graduate Manager of Athletics.
Frank H. Cronin, B.S., Associate Professor of Physical Education; Head Boxing
Coach and Head Golf Coach.
Dorothy F. Deach, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Department of Physical Education
for Women.
David A. Field, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Physical Education and Gymnastic
Coach.
Elizabeth I. Flinchbaugh, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
Warrex K. Giese, M.Ed., Associate Professor, Football Coach.
Ellex E. Harvey, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Recreation.
Martha Haverstick, M.S., Instructor of Physical Education.
Jonx M. Hexxemier, A.B., Associate Professor, Football Coach.
Louise Howarth, M.Ed., Instructor of Physical Education.
Burris F. Husman, M.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education and Basketball
Coach.
Warrex R. Johxsox, Ed.D., Professor of Physical Education and Health.
James H. Kehoe, B.S., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Head Track
Coach.
Marguerite F. Key, M.P.H., Assistant Professor of Health Education.
William E. Krouse, M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Physical Education and Head
Wrestling Coach.
Dorothy G. Madden, M.A., Instructor of Physical Education.
Benjamin H. Massey, Ph.D., Professor of Physical Education.
469
470 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
H. A. Millikan, B.S., Associate Professor and Head Basketball Coach.
Dorothy R. Mohr, Ph.D., Professor of Physical Education.
Thomas A. Mont, B.S., Instructor of Physical Education and Football Coach.
Mary T. McCormic, M.A., Assistant Professor of Health Education.
Doris Neyendorf, M.S., Instructor of Physical Education.
H. Burton Shipley, B.S., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Head
Baseball Coach.
Mildred R. Stewart, M.S., Visiting Instructor of Health Education.
James M. Tatum, B.S., Professor, Director of Athletics, Head Football Coach.
Edward L. Teague, M.A., Instructor of Physical Education and Assistant Football
Coach.
Theron A. Tompkins, M.A., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
Janet A. Wessel, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
Albert W. Woods, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
Alfred J. Wyre, Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy and Athletic Training.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 471
COLLEGE OF
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH
Lester M. Fraley, Ph.D., Dean
HE College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health
trains specifically for the following classes of positions: (1)
leaders in Physical Education and Health Education as
teachers, supervisors, or directors in the public schools
and colleges; (2) technicians and specialists in these fields
outside the schools; (3) leaders in the many aspects of
Recreation such as community programs, boys' and girls'
clubs, camp work, social organizations, and the schools;
(4) directors of intramural sports programs and other
extracurricular activities; and (5) prepares those who
expect to do advanced work in physical therapy.
In addition the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health
offers a required program of physical education for all students in their first
two years, and courses in health for all freshmen women.
ORGANIZATION
This college is organized as a distinct administrative unit. It is divided into
a Department of Physical Education for Men, and a Department of Physical
Education for Women. These Departments are so coordinated that the various
curricula are common to both with sufficient flexibility to meet the needs of
each group.
The curricula of the College are Physical Education, Health Education,
Recreational Leadership, and Physical Therapy.
All teacher preparation is conducted in close cooperation with the College
of Education. Students may enroll either in the College of Physical Education,
Recreation, and Health, or in the College of Education with a major in Physical
Education or Health Education. In either case, the same standards of pro-
fessional preparation prevail.
The staff of this College articulates with the Graduate School in providing
graduate programs in Physical Education, Health Education, and Recreational
Leadership. Sufficient work is offered at the graduate level to qualify students
for the usual advanced degrees.
The Department of Intercollegiate Athletics is administered separately from
the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health. There is a co-
operative relationship between this department and the College in the use of
facilities and coaches for teaching some of the profssional courses.
The intramural programs for both men and women are closely coordinated
with both the required physical education and the professional programs.
472 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
SPECIAL FACILITIES AND ACTIVITIES
The close proximity to Baltimore and Washington, and particularly to
the Federal agencies and headquarters of national professional organizations
in the capital city, affords unusual contact for those who wish to study in the
fields which the College embraces. The evolving county-wide programs in these
fields in Maryland and adjoining states offer unusual opportunity for practical
experience in many types of situations. The great variety of intercollegiate
athletic competition in the University offers maximum opportunity for practical
advanced athletic participation for those interested in this type of work.
WORKSHOPS AND CLINICS
Health Education
During the summer session, the College offers a workshop in Health
Education, usually in cooperation with other state or national agencies and
organizations. This is planned according to the situation to meet the needs of
teachers, administrators, nurses, and other health workers.
Recreation and Outdoor Education
The College seeks to serve the recreation interests of the state and of its
professional leadership by initiating and cooperating in the sponsoring of
conferences, institutes and workshops. This College also cooperates with the
College of Education and the Maryland State Department of Education in
periodically offering a workshop in Outdoor Education to meet the needs of
teachers, administrators, social workers, recreation leaders, and others in this
rapidly developing educational area.
Athletic Clinics
The Athletic Department, at various times, offers clinics and institutes for
trainers, coaches, and officials. Faculty members of this College participate in
these clinics. Credit for participation by major students may be given under
certain conditions.
OFF-CAMPUS COURSES
Through the College of Special and Continuation Studies, professional
courses of this College may be offered in Baltimore and elsewhere. Advisers
are available to help plan and develop programs leading to a degree. Announce-
ments of course offerings may be obtained by writing the Director of the College
of Special and Continuation Studies, College Park.
STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS
Women's Professional Club
All women students enrolled in the College are eligible for membership in
this organization. It conducts various professional meetings, brings in speakers
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AN I > HEALTH 471
and promotes various co-recreational activities. It has sponsored trips to
District and National conventions of the American Association for Health,
Physical Education, and Recreation, and is chartered as a student major club
of that organization.
Women's Recreation Association
All women students, on admission to the University, automatically become
members of the Women's Recreation Association. Through the Association's
program of intramurals, recreational activities, social functions, and in co-
operation with other University groups and organizations, students are en-
couraged to develop their many and varied interests. Leadership of these ac-
tivities and functions is exercised and maintained by the annually elected student
representatives and their assisting committees.
The Women's Recreation Association as an affiliate of the American Fed-
eration of College Women, the national organization of college recreation and
athletic associations, is invited to attend and participate in various sportsdays
and playdays on nearby campuses. Though varsity squads as such do not exist at
the University of Maryland, such special days as mentioned above, and others
sponsored by individual institutions, provide opportunity for the more highly
skilled player.
An intramural program in a variety of sports is carried on throughout the
year, including both free and tournament play. Such activities as archery, bad-
minton, basketball, bowling, field hockey, softball, swimming, tennis, and volley-
ball are organized for individual or team tournaments through the dormitory,
sorority, and day-student organizations.
Opportunities are provided for those students interested in obtaining a
Women's National Official Rating in basketball, field hockey, softball, tennis, or
volleyball. On completion of the required practice sessions and the successful
passing of the written and practical examinations such students officiate intra-
mural and sportsday games, and the games of nearby high schools and recre-
ational groups.
Social events are scheduled throughout the school year and include, for
example, coeducational parties and games, roller skating trips, cookouts, and
square dancing. An effort is made to supplement, not duplicate, existing campus
social activities and events.
Various special groups and clubs interested in recreation exist on the campus
inside and outside the jurisdiction of the Women's Recreation Association which
offer rich opportunities for the development of recreational interests. Some of
these are the Terrapin Trail Club, the Creative Dance Club, the Ballroom Dance
Club, the Riding Club, musical and dramatic groups, and the most recent in
organization, the Swimming Club. In addition, the completion of the new pool
has made possible the sponsorship by the Women's Department and the
Women's Recreation Association of swimming meets, Water Safety Instructor
courses, and free swimming periods open to all women afternoons and evenings
474 • UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Swimming Club
The Swimming Club is open to all women registered in the Univeristy.
Through weekly meetings, the group concentrates on additional stroke per-
fection, rhythmic swimming, individual and group stunts, and diving. Members
also perform group routines and participate in swim meets on sports days and
play days. One of the main objectives of the club is to present a water show in
the spring.
Creative Dance Group
Men and women who are interested in the modern dance work together
during the school year on techniques and composition of individual and group
dances. A concert is presented in the spring.
Intramurals for Men
The Intramural Department offers an extensive opportunity for all men to
participate in a recreational program of either individual or team sports. A
variety of activities are available to fill the student's leisure time and develop
skills which may be carried over into later life. Also, many desirable attributes,
such as fair play, leadership, team work and sportsmanship, are encouraged and
developed by the student participating in the program.
Leagues and tournaments are conducted in the following sports: touch
football, horsehoe pitching, tennis, cross country, track and field, basketball,
table tennis, badminton, boxing, wrestling, bowling, volleyball, swimming, foul
shooting and softball.
Management and officiating in intramural sports are conducted by students
majoring in physical education under the supervision of the Director of Intra-
murals and under policies and regulations established by the Intramural Council.
ADMISSIONS
All students desiring to enroll in the College of Physical Education, Rec-
reation, and Health must apply to the Director of Admissions of the University
of Maryland at College Park.
In selecting students, more emphasis will be placed on good marks and
other indications of possible success in college, rather than upon a fixed pattern
of subject matter. In general, 4 units of English and 1 unit each of Social and
Natural Sciences are required. One unit each of Algebra and Plane Geometry is
desirable. While Foreign Language is desirable for certain programs, no Foreign
Language is required for entrance. Fine Arts, Trade and Vocational subjects
are acceptable as electives. It is especially desirable that the student have at
last one unit each in Bioligical Science and in Physical Science; and in addition,
health and safety education, and participation in school programs of physical
education and athletics are desirable. Any experience in music, drama, camp-
ing, playground and recreational activities, and group leadership also will be
helpful. Students whose high school records are consistently low should not
enroll in any of the teacher education curricula of this College.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 475
Students desiring to enroll in the professional curriculum must be free
from handicapping defects. Physical examinations can be required periodically
to determine physical status. Students developing physical defects after enroll-
ing in the College may be recommended for transfer to another curriculum.
Competence in motor activities is essential for success in the Physical Education
program.
For a more detailed statement of admission, write the Director of Publi-
cations for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog.
COSTS
Actual annual costs of attending the University of Maryland include: $165.00
fixed charges; $71.00 special fees; $360.00 board; $130.00 to $150.00 room and
laboratory fees which vary with the laboratory courses pursued. A matriculation
fee of $10.00 is charged all new students. An additional charge of $150.00 is
assessed non-residents of the State of Maryland.
For a more detailed statement of these costs, write to the Director of
Publications for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog.
MILITARY INSTRUCTION
All male students, unless specifically exempt under University rules, are
required to take Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. training for a period of two years.
The successful completion of these courses is a prerequisite for graduation,
but it must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of
attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer
students who do not have the required two years of military training will be
required to complete the course or take it until graduation, whichever occurs first.
Selected students who wish to do so may carry Advanced Air Force
R. O. T. C. courses, during their junior and senior years, which lead to a regular
or reserve commission in the United States Air Force.
GENERAL INFORMATION
For information in reference to the University grounds, buildings, equipment,
library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition of resident and
non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates, transcripts of records,
student health and welfare, living arrangements in the dormitories, off-campus
housing, meals, University Counseling Service, scholarships and student aid, ath-
letics and recreation, student government, honors and awards, religious denomina-
tional clubs, fraternities, sororities, societies and special clubs, the University
Band, student publications, University Post Office and Supply Store, write to the
Director of Publications for the General Information Issue of the Catalog.
476 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
JUNIOR STATUS
For junior standing in this College, the requirements shall be, in addition
to required military and physical education for men, and required physical
education and health for women: (1) fifty-six (56) semester hours of academic
credit, the whole program to be completed with an average grade of "C" (2.0) ;
and (2) completion of all required physical education and health courses with no
grade below "C". Students who have not attained this status must repeat
courses with low grades and may take only those advanced courses for which
written permission is given by the Dean. The student must obtain a grade of "C"
or above in all professional courses during the junior and senior years.
DEGREES
The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred upon students who have
met the conditions of their curricula as herein prescribed by the College of
Physical Education, Recreation, and Health, and have completed 120 academic
hours, not including military science and/or physical activities. Candidates
enrolled in the College of Education with a major in Physical .Education or
Health Education receive a Bachelor of Science degree upon fulfillment of the
requirements as prescribed by that College.
Certain curricula in the College of Physical Education, Recreation and
Health, such as Recreational Leadership and Physical Therapy, are not
planned to meet state certification requirements.
Each candidate for a degree must file in the Office of the Registrar eight
weeks prior to the date of graduation, a formal application for a degree.
Requirements for Degree in Physical Education
Requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in Physical Education
in the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health are as follows:
Men Sem. Cr.
Professional physical education courses (P. E. 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 61
63, 65, 67, 100, 101, 103, 113, 115, 123, or 125, 160, 180, 190) 42
Foundation science courses as prescribed (Zool. 1, 14, 15; Phjrs. 1).... 15
Education courses as prescribed (including C. I. O.) 20
General requirements (Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4; Hist. 5, 6; Soc. 1; G. & P. 1) 24
Specially prescribed requirements (Sp. 4) 3
University requirements in Basic Air Force R. O. T. C 12
Health courses as prescribed (Hea. 40, 50) 5
Electives 15
Total 136
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 477
11 'emeu
Professional physical education courses (P. E. 20, 30, 40, 50, 52, 54, 56,
60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 78, 82, 100, 114, 116, 124, 126, 160, 180, 190) 4',
Foundation science courses as prescribed (Zool. 1, 14, 15; Phys. 1).. 15
Education courses as prescribed (including C. I. O.) 20
General requirements (Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4; Hist. 5, 6; Soc. 1; G. & P. 1) 24
Specially prescribed requirements (Sp. 4) 3
Health courses as prescribed (Hea. 40, 50) 5
Electives 15
I otal 128
Requirements for Degree in Recreation
Requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in Recreation in the College
of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health are as follows:
Men Sent. Cr.
College recreation courses (Rec. 10, 30, 40, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 190) 2?,
Prescribed courses in related areas (H. D. Ed. 100, 101; Crafts 2;
Music 7; P.E. 30, 40, 50, 60, (61, 63, 65, 67, any two), 101 or 103, 113,
115, 123 or 125; Practical Arts 1; Psych. 1; Soc. 2, 118; Sp. 1, 4, 10,
113) 45-47
Prescribed health courses (Hea. 50) 2
Prescribed foundation science courses (Zool. 1, 16) 8
General requirements (Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4; Hist. 5, 6; Soc. 1; G. & P. 1) 24
Basic academic sequence 9
University requirements in Basic Air Force R. O. T. C 12
Electives 13
Total 136-138
Women
College recreation courses (Rec. 10, 30, 40, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 190) 23
Prescribed courses in related areas (H. D. Ed. 100, 101; Crafts 2;
Music 7; P. E. 30, 40, 50, 52, 60 (62, 64, 66, 68, any two), 72, 74, 76
or 78, 82, 114, 116, 124 or 126; Practical Arts 1; Psych. 1; Soc.
2, 118; Sp. 1, 4, 10, 113) 48-49
Prescribed health courses (Hea. 40, 50) 5
Prescribed foundation courses (Zool. 1, 16) 8
General requirements (Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4; Hist. 5, 6; Soc. 1; G. & P. 1) 24
Basic academic sequence 9
Electives 13
Total 130-131
478 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Requirements for Degree in Physical Therapy
Requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in Physical Therapy in the
College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health are as follows:
Men Sem. Cr.
Foundation science courses (Zool. 1, 14, 15, 53; Chem. 1, 3; Physics 1, 2) 28
General University requirements (English 1, 2, 3, 4; Hist. 5, 6; Soc. 1;
G. & P. 1) 24
Specially prescribed requirements (Speech 1, 10, 105; Psych. 1, 2, 126;
Hea. 40; P. E. 100, 160; P.T. 10, 11, 20, 21 ; Sociology 131) 31
University requirements in Basic Air Force R. O. T. C 12
Physical Education activity courses (P. E. 50, 60, 5, 7) 4
Physical Therapy Curriculum (12 months in affiliated school approved
by the Council on Medical Education and Hospitals) 32
Electives 10
Total 141
Women
Foundation science courses (Zool. 1, 14, 15, 53; Chem. 1, 3; Phvsics
1, 2) 28
General University requirements (English 1, 2, 3, 4; Hist. 5, 6; Soc.
1; G. & P. 1) 24
Health Education requirements (Hea. 2, 4) 4
Specially prescribed courses (Speech 1. 10, 105; Psych. 1, 2, 126; P. E.
100, 160; P. T. 10, 11, 20, 21; Soc. 131) 30
Physical Education activity courses (P. E. 40, 60, 4, 8) 4
Physical Therapy Curriculum (12 months in affiliated school approved
by the Council on Medical Education and Hospitals) 32
Electives 8-11
Total 128-131
Requirements for Degree in Health Education
Requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in Health Education in the
College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health are as follows :
Men Sem. Cr.
Foundation science courses (Zool. 1, 14, 15; Bact. 1, 4; Chem. 11, 13;
Phys. 1,2) 32
General requirements (Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4 ; Hist. 5, 6; Soc. 1 ; G. & P. 1) 24
Specially prescribed requirements (Sp. 4, 10; Psych. 1, 5; Nut. 10) 14
Professional health education courses (P. E. 30, 180 (or Ed. 150) ; Hea,
40, 50, 70, 110, 120, 190) 21-22
Education courses (H. D. Ed. 100, 101 ; Ed. 145, 148 ; P. E. 140) 20
University requirements in Basic Air Force R. O. T. C 12
Physical activity courses (P. E. 1, 3, 5, 7) 4
Electives 16
Total 143-144
Electives
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 479
Women
-Foundation science courses (Zool. 1, 14, 15; Bact. 1, 4; Chem. 11, 13;
Phys. 1,2) 32
General requirements (Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4; Hist. 5, 6; Soc. 1; G. & P. 1) 24
Specially prescribed requirements (Sp. 4, 10; Psych. 1, 5; Nut. 10) 14
Professional health education courses (P. E. 30, 180 (or Ed. 150) ; Hea.
40, 50, 70, 110, 120, 190) 21-22
Education courses (H. D. Ed. 100, 101; Ed. 145, 148; P. E. 140) 20
Physical education activity courses (P. E. 2, 4, 6,- 8)
15
Total'.'.''*'''.'.''.' 130-131
PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA
Physical Education
This curriculum prepares students (1) for teaching physical education
in the secondary schools, (2) for coaching, and (3) for leadership in youth and
adult groups which offer a program of physical activity. The first two years
of this curriculum are considered to be an orientation period in which the student
has an opportunity to gain an adequate background in general education as well
as in those scientific areas closely related to this field of specialization. In
addition, there is considerable emphasis placed upon the development of skills
in a wide range of motor activities. This basic training makes it possible for the
student to select related areas, especially in the fields of biology, health ed-
ucation, and recreation as fields of secondary interest. These materially increase
the vocational opportunities which are available to a graduate in physical
education.
MEN
Physical Education Curriculum
r— Semester— \
Freshman Year * '■'■
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1— American Government • • • • 3
Zool. 1— General Zoology • • • • 4
Sp. 4— "Voice and Diction 3
P. E. 20— Orientation to Measurement 2
P. E. 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health 3
P. E. 40— Basic Body Controls *
P. E. 50— Rhythmic Analysis and Movement 1
P. E. 60— Basic Rhythm Skills
P. E. 61, 63— Sport Skills and Gymnastics
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C 3
Total
19 18
480 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
/—Semester— s
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3
Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 4
Phy. 1— Elements of Physics 3 ....
Hea. 40— Personal and Community Health .... 3
P. E. 65, 67— Sport Skills and Gymnastics 2 2
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C 3 3
Total 18 18
Junior Year
H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I, II 3 3
P. E. 100— Scientific Bases of Movement 4 ....
P. E. 101, 103— Organization and Officiating in Intramurals 2 2
P. E. 113, 115— Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools.... 3 3
P. E. 123 or 125— Coaching Athletics 3
P. E. 180— Measurement in Physical Education and Health .... 3
Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety .... -
Electives • • • • 3
Total 15 16
Senior Year
P. E. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation .... 3
P. E. 160— Scientific Bases of Movement Applied 3 ....
P. E. 190— Administration and Supervision of Physical Education,
Recreation, and Health .... 3
Ed. 14 5— Principles of High School Teaching .... 3
Ed. 14S— Methods and Practice of Teaching (see note below) . . ....
Electives 12
Total 15 1"
NOTE: Ed. 14S may be scheduled either semester. Ed. 145, P. E. 140 and P. E.
190 must be scheduled concurrently.
WOMEN
Freshman Year
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3
Zool. 1— General Zoology • .... 4
Sp. 4— Voice and Diction 3 ....
P. E. 20— Orientation to Measurement .... 2
P. E. 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health 3
P. E. 40— Basic Body Controls 1 ....
P. E. 50— Rhythmic Analysis and Movement 1
P. E. 60— Basic Rhythm Skills 1
P. E. 52— Dance Techniques .... 1
P. E. 62, 64— Elementary Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics 2 2
Total 16 16
NOTE : P. E. 72 and/or 74 may be requested, depending upon swimming ability
of student.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 481
r- Semester—*
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3. 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3
Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 4
Phys. 1— Elements of Physics 3 ....
Hea. 40— Personal and Community Health — . 3
P. E. 54— Dance Techniques 1 ....
P. E. 56— Methods and Materials in Dance .... 2
P. E. 66, 68— Techniques of Sports 2 2
P. E. 82 Officiating 1 ....
Total 17 17
NOTE: P. E. 76 may be required, depending upon swimming ability of student.
Junior Year
H. D. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I, II 3 3
P. E. 78— Methods of Teaching Aquatics .... 2
P. E. 100— Scientific Bases of Movement 4
P. E. 114, 116— Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools.. 3 3
P. E. 124, 126— Methods and Materials in Team Sports 2 2
P. E. 180— Measurement in Physical Education and Health 3 ....
Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety 2
Electives .... 3
Total 15 15
Senior Year
P. E. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation .... 3
P. E. 160— Scientific Bases of Movement Applied 3 ....
P. E. 190— Administration and Supervision of Physical Education,
Recreation and Health .... 3
Ed. 1 15— Principles of High School Teaching; .... 3
Ed 148— Methods and Practice of Teaching (.see note below)... .... s
Electives 12 ....
Total 15 17
NOTE: When Ed. 148 is taken, Ed. 14."., P. E. 140 and P. E. 190 musl
luled c< mcurrently.
Minor in Physical Education
20 semester hours in Physical Education and 4 semester hours in cognate
areas.
482 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Required Courses:
Men— P. E. 30; P. E. 61, 63, 65, 67 (2-6*) P. E. 113 or 115; P. E. 101 or 103.
Women— P. E. 30; P. E. 62, 64, 66, 68, (2-6*); P. E. 114 or 116; P. E. 124
or 126.
Elective Courses:
Men and women— P. E. 78, 82, 100; P. E. 123; P. E. 125; P. E. 140;
P. E. 160; P. E. 180; P. E. 190; Hea. 110; Hea. 120; Rec. 30; Rec. 40;
Rec. 100; Rec. 150.
If planning to teach, the cognate courses for men should be Hea. 40 and
Hea. 50; for women, Hea 50 and Hea. 120. Men should include P. E. 123 or
P. E. 125 if planning to coach.
NOTE: To be certified to teach in Maryland, 30 semester hours are re-
quired in this area, including the following or equivalent: Zool. 14, 15; Hea. 50;
P. E. 100, 140; Ed. 145 and Ed. 148 including at least 25 hours of student teaching.
Minor in Dance
18 semester hours in Dance and 6 semester hours in cognate areas.
Required Courses:
P. E. 50, 52, 54, 56, 60; P. E. 70, 80, 110; P. E. 182; Music 7.
Elective Courses:
Sp. 14, 15, 16; Music 90, 120; Pr. Arts 2, 3; P. E. 100.
Recreation
The increased amount of leisure time existent in our society because of
the rapid development of modern civilization, and the imperative need for
guidance in the wise use of that leisure time has made us cognizant of the
need for trained recreation leaders.
This curriculum therefore is designed to meet the needs of students who
wish to qualify for the many positions in the field of recreation, and the
needs of those students who desire a background of culture and skills which
will enable them to render distinct contributions to community life. The College
draws upon various other departments and colleges within the University for
courses to balance and enrich its offerings for its recreation major students.
Majors in recreation also have opportunity for observation and practical
experiences in local recreation and agency programs, in those programs of
metropolitan Washington and Baltimore, and in various programs of the
Armed Forces.
♦Activities selected according to need.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH
483
MEN
Recreation Curriculum
Freshman Year
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Lile
G. & P. — Am^.ican Gov ;rnment
Sp. 1— Public Speaking
Sp. 4— Voice and Diction
Zool. 1— General Zoology
P. E. 30— Introduction to Physical E'.ucation, Recreation, and
Health
P. E. 4 0— Basic Body Controls ,
P. E. 50— Rhythmic Analysis and Movement
P. E. 60— Basic Rhythm Skills
P. E. 61, 63, 65, or 67— Sport Skills and Gymnastics (see note
below)
Rec. 10 — Recreation Orientation
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C
Total
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization
Sp. 10 — Group Discussion
Zool. 16— Human Physiology (or Bot. 1— General Botany)
Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety
Pr. Arts 1— Design
Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology
Rec. 30 — History and Introduction to Recreation
Rec. 40— Camp Counseling (or Rec. 150— Camp Management if
experienced)
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C
Total
Junior Year
•Basic Academic Sequence (9 hours)
Cr. 2— Simple Crafts
Mus. 7 — Fundamentals of Music
P. E. 113, 115. 123 or 125— Methods and Materials for Secondary
Schools or Coaching Athletics (see note)
Rec. 100— Co-recreational Games and Programs
Rec. 1 1 0 — Nature Lore
Rec. 120— Program Planning
Soc. 2— Principles of Sociology
Sp. 113— Play Production
Electives
Total
-Semester— ^
is
3
3
4
3
2
IS
3-6
2
2
16-18
11
■i
19
3
3
2
2
3
19
3-6
2-3 or 2-3
2
2
3
3
3
0-2 3
16-20
*The basic sequence encourages a student to pursue his minor in an academic field,
preferably sociology-psychology.
(NOTE: Choice of activities depends upon student's background and interest.)
484
UXIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Senior Year
H. D. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I, II
P. E. 101 or 103— Organization and Officiating in Intramurals.
Rec. 130 — Leadership Techniques and Practices ,
Rec. 140— Observation and Service in Recreation (field work) . . ,
Rec. 190 — Organization and Administration of Recreation
Soc. 118— Community Organization ,
Electives
Total
/—Semester—
I
//
3
3
2
or 2
3
5
3
3
2-4
4-6
15
15
WOMEN
Freshman Year
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life
G. & P. 1— American Government
Sp. 1— Public Speaking
Sp. 4 — Voice and Diction '
Zool. 1— General Zoology
Hea 40 — Personal and Community Health
P. E. 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health
P. E. 40— Basic Body Controls
P. E. 50— Rhythmic Analysis and Movement
P. E. 52— Modern Dance
P. E. 60— Basic Rhythm Skills
P. E. 62, 64, 66 or 68— Elementary Techniques of Sports and
Gymnastics (see note)
Rec. 10 — Recreation Orientation
Total
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature
Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
Sp. 10— Group Discussion
Hea. 5 0— First Aid and Safety
P. E. 62, 64, 66 or 68— Elementary Techniques of Sports and
Gymnastics (see note)
P. E. 72, 74, 76 or 78— Elementary, Intermediate and Advanced
Swimming, Diving and Life Saving ; Methods of Teaching
Aquatics (see note)
Pr. Arts 1— Design
Psych 1— Introduction to Psychology
Rec. 30— History and Introduction to Recreation
Rec. 40— Camp Counseling (or Rec. 150— Camp Management if
experienced)
Zool. 16— Human Physiology (or Bot. 1— General Botany)
Total
3
3
3
3
2
3
4
3
3
1
1
1
1
2 or 2
0
0
16-18
15-17
3 3
3 3
2
2
2 or 2
1-2 or 1-2
3
3
2
16-18
16-18
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 485
r- Semester— >
Junior Year I II
Basic Academic Sequence (9 hours) 3-6 3-6
Cr. 2— Simple Crafts 2
Mas. 7— Fundamentals of Music 2 ....
P. K. 114, 116, 124 or 126— Methods and Materials for Sec-
'. Schools (Individual Sports; Team Sports) (see note) . < 2 or 3
Rec. 100— Co-recreational Games and Programs 2 ....
Rec. 110— Nature Lore .... 2
Rec. 120— Program Planning 3 ....
Soc. 2— Principles of Sociology 3 ....
Sp. 113— Play Produotion 3
Electives .... 3
Total 17-18 13-17
Senior Year
H. D. Ed. 100, "'01— Principles of Human Development I, II 3 3
P. E. 82— Officiating 1
Rec. 130— Leadership Techniques and Practices 3 ....
Rec. 140 — Observation and Service in Recreation (field work) . . 5 ....
Rec. 190— Organization and Administration of Recreation .... 3
Soc. IIS— Community Organization .... 3
Electives 3 7
Total 15 16
NOTE : Choice of activities depends upon student's background and interest.
Minor in Recreation
18 semester hours in Recreation and 6 semester hours in cognate areas.
Required Courses:
10 hours in Rec. 30, 40, 120, 130, or 190; Rec. 100; Soc. 118.
6 hours of work in areas of the recreational skills — nature, arts and crafts,
speech and dramatics — but NOT in the area of the student's' major.
2 hours of work in the areas of swimming, sports and dance skills: (men) —
P.E. 40, 50, 60, 61, 63, 65, 67, 113, 115, 123, 125; (women)— P.E. 40,
50, 60, 52, 54, 56, 62, 64, 66, 68, 72, 74, 76, 78, 114, 116, 124, 126.
OR other courses approved by the student's adviser and the various depart-
ments involved, depending upon the student's interest and background.
Elective Courses:
6 hours in cognate areas of sociology, psychology, etc., on approval of
the student's adviser.
Recommended Elective Courses :
Art 100, 101; Astron. 1, 2; C. Ed. 112, 116, 117; Cr. 3, 5, 6, 20, 21, 30, 31,
40, 41, 198; Ed. 52, 147; Ind. Ed. 2, 9; Journ. 10; Music 1, 4, 5, 10, 50;
P. E. 180; Pr. Arts 38 or 39; Psych. 121, 125, 126; R. Ed. 114, 150; Soc.
13, 62, 113, 131, 153; Sp. 101, 129, 130.
♦The basic academic sequence encourages a student to pursue his minor in an
academic field, prefrably sociology- psychology.
486
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Health Education
This curriculum is designed to prepare the student to give leadership in the
development of the school health education program including (1) health
services, (2) healthful environment, and (3) health instruction. The relation-
ships of the school health program to the community health agencies are
emphasized. The minor is planned to be particularly suitable for the students
who are majoring in physical education, home economics, and nursery school-
kindergarten education.
Health Education Curriculum
MEN
Freshman Year
Eng:. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life
G. & P. 1 — American Government
Zool. 1 — General Zoology
Sp. 4— Voice and Diction
Sp. 1 0 — Group Discussion
P. E. 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health
P. E. 1, 3— Conditioning and Fitness Exercises
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C
Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry
Total
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature
Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology
Hea. 40— Personal and Community Health
Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety
P. E. 5, 7 — Sports and other Recreational Activities
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C
Phys. 1, 2— Elements of Physics
Total
Junior Year
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology
Bact. 5— Advanced General Bacteriology
Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition
P. E. 180— Measurement in Physical Education and Health or
Ed. 150— Educational Measurement
Hea. 110— Health Service and Supervision
Hea. 120— Teaching Health
H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I, II
Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology
Psych. 5— Mental Hygiene
Electives
Total
-Semester-
12
19
2-3
2
//
3
3
4
20
16-17
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH
4n;
Senior Year
Hea. 70— Safety Education
P. E. HO— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation
Hea. 190— Organization and Administration of Health.,
Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching
Ed. L 4 8 — Methods and Practice of Teaching (see note below),
Electives
Total
NOTE: When Ed. 148 is taken, Ed. 145.
concurrently.
-Semester—^
I II
L2
17 15
E. 140 and Hea. 190 must be scheduled
WOMEN
Freshman Year
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3
G. & P. 1— American Government ....
Zool. 1— General Zoology ....
Sp. 4— "Voice and Diction 3
Sp. 10— Group Discussion ....
P. E. 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health 3
P. E. 2, 4— Basic Skills of Sports and Rhythms 1
Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry 3
Total 16
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3
Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3
Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 4
Hea. 4 0— Personal and Community Health ....
P. E. 6, S— Selected Sports and Dance 1
Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition 3
Phys. 1, 2— Elements of Physics 3
Total 17
Junior Year
Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 4
Bact. 5— Advanced General Bacteriology ....
P. E. ISO — Measurement in Physical Education and Health or
Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement
Hea. 110 — Health Service and Supervision
Hea. 120— Teaching Health
H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I, II 3
Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology 3
Psych. 5— Mental Hygiene ....
Electives 2
Total 16-17
2-3
2
16
17
16
488 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
t— Semester— ^
Senior Year I II
Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety 2
Hea. 70— Safety Education .... 3
P. E. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation 3 ....
Hea. 190— Organization and Administration of Health 3 ....
Ed. 148— Methods and Practice of Teaching (see note below) ... 8 ....
Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching 3 ....
Electives • • • • 10
Total 17 15
NOTE: When Ed. 14S is taken, Ed. 145, P. E. 140 and Hea. 190 must be scheduled
concurrently.
Minor in Health Education
10 semester hours in Health and Physical Education and 14 semester hours
in cognate areas.
Required Courses:
Hea. 2, 4 or Hea. 40 (women); Hea. 40 (men); Hea. 50, 110, 120; Zool. 14, 15.
Elective Courses:
Psych. 1; Psych. 5; Nut. 10; Bact. 1; Hea. 60; Hea. 70; P. E. 30; P. E. 140
(in Hea. Ed.) and Hea. 190; Zool. 16. Courses selected as cognates should
be approved by the student's adviser.
Physical Therapy (Revised curriculum, effective September, 1953)
Physical Therapy is one of the Auxiliary Medical Services. It embodies the
utilization of heat, cold, light, water, electricity, massage and therapeutic exercise
for treatment and rehabilitation of persons with diseases or injury, and adminis-
tration of tests and measurements for the evaluation of physical disabilities and
achievement. It is a profession in which there are unlimited employment
opportunities. Most physical therapists are employed in hospitals, voluntary
or governmental (Veterans Administration, Public Health Service, Army and
Navy), rehabilitation centers, curative workshops, schools for the handicapped,
and private physician's offices.
The degree of Bachelor of Science in Physical Therapy is conferred upon
students who have met the requirements of the University of Maryland and the
specific conditions of their curricula as herein prescribed by the College of
Physical Education, Recreation, and Health.
The first three years of the course are planned as studies in liberal arts
and specific sciences which are basic for courses taken in the last year of
specialization. The first three years will be spent on the campus of the University
of Maryland at College Park. The last year will be spent at an Approved School
of Physical Therapy affiliated with the University of Maryland.* Upon com-
pletion of this work, the student will return to the University of Maryland for
a review of his records. If the records are satisfactory, a degree will be awarded.
♦Albany Hospital, Baruch Center of Physical Medicine, Boston University D. T. Wat-
son School, New York University, University of Colorado, University of Southern
California, others of student's choice.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 489
Completion of the three year Physical Therapy curriculum in itself does
not guarantee admission to the Affiliated Approved School of Physical Therapy.
An acceptable student must satisfy admission standards set up by the Committee
on Admissions. A grade of "D" or less in any of the required prerequisite
courses (zoological, physical and social sciences) is not acceptable. In addition,
to the academic regulations, the student has to satisfy the standards of personal
qualification and physical health.
All candidates are required to take the Graduate Record Examination prior
to admission to an Approved Affiliated School.
During the summer months of the Freshman, Sophomore, and Junior year,
students are urged to obtain practical field experience in Physical Medicine and
Rehabilitation Units in public and private agencies, and in a Camping Program
for Handicapped Children. Such experience will be arranged with the advisor.
Physical Therapy Curriculum
MEN
r-Semester— >
Freshman Year I J J
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3
Zool. 1— General Zoology 4 ....
P. E. 50— Rhythmic Analysis and Movement (see note) 1 ....
P. E. 60— Basic Rhythm Skills (see note) 1
Sp. 1— Public Speaking 2 ....
Sp. 10— Group Discussion .... 2
Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology 3 ....
Psych. 2— Applied Psychology .... 3
P. T. 10, 11— Physical Therapy Orientation 0 0
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C 3 3
Elective .... 4
Total 19 19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature
Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy & Physiology
Phys. 1, 2— Elements of Physics
Hea. 40— Personal and Community Health
P. E. 5, 7— Sports & Other Recreatior.il Activities
P. T. 20, 21— Foundations of Physical Therapy
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C
Elective
Total
3
3
4
4
4
4
8
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
490
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Junior Year
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization ;
Chem. 1, 2 — General Chemistry :
P. E. 100— Scientific Bases of Movement
P. E. 160— Scientific Bases of Movement Applied
Sp. 105— Pathology
Zool. 53— Physiology of Exercise ...
Psych. 126— Developmental Psychology (see note)
Soc. 131— Introduction to Social Service
Elective ...
Total 1
NOTE : Selection of this course depends upon student's background.
-Semester-
II
18
WOMEN
Freshman Year
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3
Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 ....
P. E. 40— Basic Body Mechanics 1 ....
P. E. 50— Rhythmic Analysis & Movement 1 1
P. E. 60— Basic Rhythm Skills 1
Hea. 2, 4 — Personal and Community Health 2 2
Psych. 1, 2— Introduction to Psychology 3 3
P. T. 10, 11— Physical Therapy Orientation 0 0
Speech 1— Public Speaking .... 2
Elective .... 3
Total 17 18
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Phys. 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 4 4
Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy & Physiology 4 4
P. E. 6, 8^Selected Sports and Dance 1 1
P. T. 20, 21— Foundations of Physical Therapy 1 1
Speech 10 — Group Discussion .... 2
Total 16 18
Junior Year
Chem. 1, 2— General Chemistry 3 3
P. E. 100— Scientific Bases of Movement 4 ....
P. E. 160— Scientific Bases of Movement Applied .... 3
Sp. 105-Pathology 3
Soc. 131— Introduction to Social Service 3 ....
Zool. 53— Physiology of Exercise ....
Psych. 126— Developmental Psychology (see note) 3
Electives 3
Total , 16
NOTE : Selection of this course depends upon student's background.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH
491
Physical Therapy Curriculum with Minor in Physical Education
MEN
r-Semesler—\
Freshman Year I jj
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3
G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3
Zool. 1— General Zoology 4
P. E. 30— Introduction to P. E., Rec, & Hea 3
P. E. 4 0— Basic Body Controls 1
P. E. 60— Basic Rhythm Skills 1
P. E. 61, 63— Sport Skills & Gymnastics 2 2
* P. E. 20— Orientation to Measurent .... 2
P. T. 10. 11— Physical Therapy Orientation 0 0
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C 3 3
Psych. L— Introduction to Psychology .... 3
Total 19 17
Sophouwre Year
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3
Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
I 'hys. 1, 2— Elements of Physics :; 3
Zool. 14, 15 — Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 4
P. E. 65, 67— Sport Skills & Gymnastics 2 2
P. T. 20, 21— Foundations of Physical Therapy 1 1
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C 3 3
Total 19 19
Junior Year
Sp. 4— Voice and Diction 3 ....
Sp. 105— Pathology 3
P. E. 100— Scientific Bases of Movement 4 ....
P. E. 103— Organization & Officiating in Intramurals 2 ....
P. E. 113— Methods & Materials for Secondary Schools 3
P. E. 160— Scientific Bases of Movement Applied .... 3
Hea. 40 — Personal & Community Health 3 ....
Chem. 1, 2— General Chemistry 4 4
Zool. 53— Physiology of Exercise .... 2
Soc. 131 — Introduction to Social Service 3 ....
Elective .... 3
Total 19 18
NOTE : An additional semester is required to complete three hours in Psychology,
and to be certified to teach in Maryland, 30 semester hours are required in P. E. courses,
including Hea. 50, and Ed. 148, and including at least 25 hours of student teaching.
•May be waived with consent o( advisor.
492
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
WOMEN
Freshman Year
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life
G. & P. 1— American Government
Zool. 1— General Zoology
P. E. 30— Introduction to P. E., Rec, & Hea
P. E. 40— Basic Body Cor.tr ols
P. E. 60— Basic Rhythm Skills
P. E. 62, 64— Eiem. Techniques of Sports & Gymnastics.
*P. E. 20— Orientation to Measurement
P. T. 10, 11— Physical Therapy Orientation
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology
Elective
Total
Sophomore Year
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature..
Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology. . .
Physics 1, 2— Elements of Physics
P. E. 66, 68— Techniques of Sports
P. T. 20, 21— Foundations of Physical Therapy.
Total .
Junior Year
Sp. 4— Voice and Diction
Sp. 105— Pathology
Zool. 53— Physiology of Exercise
P. E. 100— Scientific Bases of Movement
P. E. 116— Methods & Materials for Secondary Schools.
P. E. 126— Methods and Materials in Team Sports
P. E. 160— Scientific Bases of Movement Applied
Chem. 1, 2— General Chemistry
Hea. 40— Personal and Community Health
Soc. 131— Introduction to Social Service
Semester— \
II
1G
16
16
Total
11
NOTE : An additional semester is required to complete three hours in Psychology,
and to be certified to teach in Maryland, 30 semester hours are required in P. E. courses,
including Hea. 50, and Ed. 148, and including at least 25 hours of student teaching.
*May be waived with consent of advisor.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 493
SPECIAL INFORMATION
Transfer Students
Only students in good standing as to scholarship and conduct are eligible to
transfer under the general University regulations. Basic courses in health,
science, and physical activity must be completed, or satisfactory competence
demonstrated, before the student will be permitted to enter advanced professional
courses. It may be necessary to do additional work 10 meet these requirements.
Delinquent Students
The University reserves the right to request at any time the withdrawal of a
student who cannot or does not maintain the required standard of scholarship, or
whose continuance in the University would be detrimental to his or her health,
or to the health of others, or whose conduct is not satisfactory to the authorities
of the University.
Guidance
At the time of matriculation each student is assigned to a member of the
faculty of the College who acts as the student's academic adviser. The choice of
curricula within which the student will major will be made under faculty guidance
during the first year in the Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health course required of all freshmen. Thereafter, the student will confer
regularly with the faculty member assigned as his adviser.
Electives
Electives should be planned carefully, and well in advance, preferably
during the orientation course the first semester, or with his academic adviser
during the second semester. It is important to begin certain sequences as soon
as possible to prevent later conflict. Electives may be selected from any
department of the University in accordance with a student's professional needs.
Electives selected must meet with the approval of the adviser and the Dean
of the College.
Equipment
Students will be required to provide individual equipment for certain courses,
such as archery, badminton, golf, and tennis.
Uniforms
Suitable uniforms, as prescribed by the College, are required for the activity
classes and for student teaching. These uniforms should be worn only during
professional activities.
Men — White cotton T-Shirt, full length black pants with gold braid on side,
supporters, sweat shirt, sweat pants, all white tennis shoes, and white wool socks.
Women — Tailored maroon shorts, ankle socks, and tennis shoes, dance
leotard and skirt, and warm-up suit.
For Student Teaching — An appropriate teaching costume will be selected
under the guidance of the supervisor of student teaching at the beginning of
the junior year.
494 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Minors
It is relatively easy for any student majoring in this College to complete
the requirements for a minor as indicated after each major curriculum. Those
who plan to teach in the public schools should also qualify in an academic area if
possible. This is more difficult with the limited number of elective credits and
must be planned carefully in advance, preferably during the freshman year. If it
seems advisable, the Dean may waive certain specified courses to allow develop-
ment of a needed minor, or the student may be able to carry a heavier load if
his grade average permits.
Normal Load
The normal load for students in this College is 15 credits per semester,
exclusive of the credits for required military science for men, and health for
women. The requirement in physical education for men, and in physical
education and health for women are fulfilled by professional courses in the
College. Thus the normal load for freshmen and sophomore men is 19 credits;
for women 17 credits. No junior or senior may register for more than 19 hours
unless he has a "B" (3.0) average for the preceding semester and approval of
the Dean of the College.
Freshman and Sophomore Programs
The work of the first two years in this College is designed to accomplish
the following purposes: (1) provide a general basic or core education and prepare
for later specialization by giving a foundation in certain basic sciences; (2) develop
competency in those basic techniques of the motor activities necessary for
successful participation in the professional courses of the last two years.
While much of the academic course work will be alike, the technique courses
will vary considerably in the different curricula. The core of University require-
ments should be completed in the first two years in such manner as to justify
acceptance as a junior in the desired major. The technique courses must be
satisfactorily completed, or competencies demonstrated before the student can
be accepted for the advanced courses in method and in student teaching. It is
very important that each requirement be met as it occurs.
Certification
The Maryland State Department of Education certifies for teaching only
when an applicant has a tentative appointment to teach in a Maryland county
school. No certificate may be secured by application of the student on grad-
uation. Course content requirements for certification are indicated with each
curriculum. Certification is specifically limited to graduates who "rank academic-
ally in the upper four-fifths of the class and who make a grade of 'C or
better in student teaching." In order to insure the meeting of these require-
ments, students will not be approved for student teaching except as indicated
below. A student intending to qualify as a teacher in Baltimore, Washington, or
other specific situations should secure a statement of certification requirements
before starting work in the junior year and discuss them with his academic
adviser.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 495
Student Teaching
Opportunity is provided for student teaching experience in Physical Educa-
tion or Health Education, or Health and Physical Education. The student
devotes eight weeks during either semester of his senior year to obser-
vation, participation, and teaching under a qualified supervising teacher in an
approved junior or senior high school in the vicinity of the University. The
student progresses to gradual assumption of all of the responsibilities of the
supervising teacher. A supervisor from the College of Physical Education,
Recreation, and Health visits the student periodically and confers with both the
student teacher and the supervising teacher, giving assistance when needed. To
be eligible for student teaching, the student must have an accumulative point
average of 2.275, must have satisfied the competency requirements in P. E. 61,
63, 65 and 67 (men), P. E. 62, 64, 66 and 68 (women), and must have completed
the following courses: P. E. 100; P. E. 113, 115 (men); P. E. 114, 116, 124, 126
(women) ; and P. E. 140.
For students who are unable to teach on the entire day schedule, special
schedule arrangements may be made upon application to the Director of
Student Teaching.
GRADUATE STUDIES
Graduate work in this College is conducted in cooperation with the College
of Education in acordance with the procedures and requirements of the
Graduate School.
For graduate study a student must have earned at least 16 semester credits
in education at the undergraduate level, and hold a Bachelor's or Master's degree
from a college or university of recognized standing. The committee on Master's
programs may interpret this requirement so that foundation work in fields other
than education may be accepted in cases of graduate students not preparing for
school work. The student must also satisfy the graduate Dean as to his ability
to do graduate work.
Registration
A graduate student must matriculate in the Graduate School. Application for
admission to the Graduate School should be made prior to date of registration
on blanks obtained from the office of the Dean of the Graduate School. For
further instructions a student should consult the Graduate School catalog.
Master's Degrees
A graduate student, as in Education, may matriculate for a Master of
Education or a Master of Arts degree. For requirements for these degrees,
the student should consult both the Graduate School catalog and the special
material issued by the Education faculty. On matriculation, the student should
select a faculty advisor of professorial rank.
Undergraduate requirements for admission to candidacy for a graduate
496 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
degree in Physical Education are: human anatomy and physiology; physiology
of exercise; kinesiology; therapeutics; sport skills; methods; human develop-
ment; measurement; principles of physical education; administration; and student
teaching. In cases where a student has had successful experience in teaching
Physical Education, the prerequisites of sport skills, methods, and student
teaching may be waived. Undergraduate prerequisites in Recreation are:
psychology; sociology; principles of recreation; administration; basic sciences;
recreational activities; and practical experience. Undergraduate prerequisites in
Health Education are: biological sciences; bacteriology; human anatomy;
physiology; nutrition, chemistry; psychology; measurement; administration;
principles of health; and field work.
Every graduate student majoring in Physical Education, Recreation, or
Health Education is required to take the following courses (or transfer their
equivalent) before taking the qualifying examination: P. E. 201, Foundations in
Physical Education, Recreation, and Health; P. E. 210, Methods and Tech-
niques of Research in Physical Education, Recreation and Health; and P. E. 230,
Survey Techniques in Physical Education, Recreation, and Health. In addition,
every graduate student must register for and complete P. E. 200, Seminar
in Physical Education, Recreation, and Health at some time during his graduate
career.
Doctor's Degrees
Programs leading to a Doctor of Philosophy or a Doctor of Education
degree are administered for the Graduate School in cooperation with the
Department of Education. For requirements of these degrees, the student
should consult both the Graduate School catalog and the statement of policy
relative to doctoral programs in Education. If the student has not already
made arrrangements with a member of the faculty to advise him, he should
consult with the chairman of the Committee on Candidacy regarding a proper
adviser.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS FOR MEN AND WOMEN
All undergraduate men and women students classified as freshmen or
sophomores, who are registered for more than six semester hours of credit,
are required to enroll in and successfully complete four prescribed courses in
physical education and/or athletics for a total of four semester hours of credit. The
successful completion of these courses is required for graduation. These courses must
be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance at
the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Men and women who
have reached their thirtieth birthday are exempt from these courses. Students
who are physically disqualified from taking these courses must enroll in
adaptive courses for which credit will be given. Transfer students who do not
have credit in these courses, or their equivalent, must complete them or take
them until graduation, whichever occurs first. Students with military service
may receive credit for these courses by applying to the Air Force R.O.T.C.
Records Office.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 497
Students majoring or minoring in physical education, recreation, health education,
or physical therapy may meet these requirements by special professional cour
Equipment
Students will be required to provide individual equipment for certain
elective courses, such as archery, badminton, golf, and tennis.
Men's Program
This program is designed to develop physical vigor and stamina, motor
abilities, knowledge and appreciations, and habits of regular physical activity
which will best prepare the student for successful living now and in the future.
Special attention is given to those accomplishments which will prepare for
participation in the University intramural program, and in desirable leisure-
time activities of later life.
Freshmen: Enroll in P. E. 1 (Fall) and in P. E. 3 (Spring) unless definitely
assigned to adaptives by the Dean of the College.
Sophomores: Enroll in P. E. 5 (Fall) and in P. F. 7 (Spring) provided minimal
requirements have been met in freshmen courses. Sophomores may elect from a
variety of activities, such as badminton, basketball, boxing, gymnastics and in-
dividual skills, soccer, softball, tennis, touch football, track and field, tumbling,
volleyball, weight lifting, and wrestling.
Uniform
White cotton T-shirt, black trunks, supporters, white gym shoes, sweatsuits,
and white socks; all of which may be purchased at the Students' Supply Store.
Women's Program
Through participation in a variety of activities, freshman and sophomore
women have the opportunity to acquire skills, knowledge, and attitudes which
will contribute to personal enjoyment and better physical efficiency.
Students are required to complete a unit of work in a team or individual
sport, dance, body mechanics, and swimming. They enroll in P. E. 2, 4, 6, or 8.
The swimming requirement may be met either by completing one of the courses
or by successfully passing the classification test administered at the beginning
of each semester.
Activities within the specified areas may be selected according to individual
interests and needs. Students are urged to develop new skills as well as to
select those in which they would like to have further experience. Each student
may choose from the following activities:
Individual Sports — Archery, badminton, bowling, golf, rifle, tennis.
Team Sports— Basketball, hockey, softball, speedball, volleyball.
Dance — Folk and square, modern, social.
Body Mechanics.
Sivimming — Beginning, intermediate, and advanced; life saving.
498 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Health Education Requirements
All freshmen women are required to satisfactorily complete two semesters
of Personal and Community Health (Hea. 2, 4) for graduation. Transfer
students who do not have credit in these courses, or their equivalent, must
complete them or take them until graduation, whichever occurs first. This year
course is designed to meet the interests and the needs of college women. It
consists of units which attempt to form up-to-date scientific background for
developing attitudes, habits, and skills among students that will contribute to
better everyday living. Audio-visual aids, readings, reports, field trips, and
special lectures help to enrich the class discussions. The University environment,
the personal and group adjustments which the students must make are considered
a vital part of these courses.
Women who have reached their thirtieth birthday are exempt from these
courses.
Costume
Each woman student is expected to provide herself with gymnasium costume
consisting of dark green gabardine shorts, white slip-over blouse, white socks
and tennis shoes. Special sandals will be worn in modern dance classes. These
may be purchased at the Maryland Book Exchange.
Locks and Lockers
A locker and lock are assigned to each girl at the first meeting of her class
upon presentation of her University fee receipt. At the close of the last class
each one is responsible for cleaning out her locker and returning the lock.
REQUIRED COURSES
FOR ALL FRESHMEN AND SOPHOMORES*
P. E. courses only to men are given in odd numbers.
P. E. courses open only to women have even numbers.
P. E. courses ending in zero are open to both men and women.
Physical education for women; fee per semester (to be charged for any
woman registered in any course or combination of courses in Physical Education
involving the use of the swimming pool), $3.00.
A. Physical Education
A student having a physical handicap which prevents participation in the regular
required or service program will be assigned to an adaptive activity suitable to his
physical capacity. This refers to P. E. 1 to 8, both inclusive.
*P. E. 1, 3. Conditioning and Fitness Exercises (1, 1). Three hours a
week. First and second semesters.
Conditioning and body building activities, instruction in techniques of various
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 499
sports activities, limited competition in selected sports. Men not physically
qualified must substitute work in the adaptive program.
*P. E. 2, 4. Basic Skills of Sports and Rhythms (1, 1). Three hours a
week. First and second semesters.
Required of all freshman women. Instruction and practice in fundamentals
of sports, rhythms, body mechanics, and swimming.
*P. E. 5, 7. Sports and Other Recreational Activities (1, 1). Three hours a
week. First and second semesters. Prequisite, P. E. 1, 3.
Sophomores may elect from the following: Badminton, basketball, boxing,
gymnastics and individual skills, soccer, softball, tennis, touch football, track and
field, tumbling, volleyball, weight lifting, and wrestling.
*P. E. 6, 8. Selected Sports and Dance (1, 1). Three hours a week. First
and second semesters.
Sophomores may elect from the following: Archery, badminton, basketball,
bowling, fencing, folk and square dance, modern dance, social dance, golf, hockey,
rifle, softball, speedball, swimming, tennis, and volleyball.
B. Health Education (Required for all women)
Hea. 2, 4. Personal and Community Health (2, 2) First and second
semesters.
A course concerned with health principles as applied to the individual as
well as with health of people as a group and with organizations, both private
and governmental, which attempt to improve health conditions.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION, AND HEALTH
PROFESSIONAL COURSES
The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course for
which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant giving the
course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to another course.
Courses are designed by numbers as follows:
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.
100 to 150: courses for advanced undergraduates.
150 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates.
200 to 299: courses for graduates only.
A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours,
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making out
his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register.
P. E. courses open only to men are given in odd numbers.
P. E. courses open only to women have even numbers.
P. E. courses ending in zero are open to both men and women.
♦Physical activities required by freshmen and sophomores in all colleges except those
majoring in physical education, recreation, and health. Sophomore courses are selective
as indicated.
500 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Physical education for women; fee per semester (to be charged for any
woman registered in any course or combination of courses in Physical Education
involving the use of the swimming pool), $3.00.
A. Physical Education
P.E. S10. Physical Education Activities (1-6). Summers only.
Instruction and practice in selected sports; tennis, badminton, archery, golf,
swimming, and square dance.
Note. (1). Not available for credit to Physical Education Majors.
Note. (2). Non-majors in Physical Education may use this credit to fulfill
graduation requirements in physical Education.
P. E. 20. Orientation to Measurement (2). First and second semesters.
A course designed to acquaint the student with the purposes and place of
measurement in physical education and to develop the techniques needed in the more
advanced courses. Prerequisite for P.E. 100, P.E. 160, and P.E. 180.
P. E. 30. Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and Health (3).
First and second semesters.
Orientation course in the professional fields.
P.E. 40. Basic Body Controls (1). Three hours a week. First and
second semesters.
This course is designed to acquaint the student with the fundamental
principles and techniques of body movement, and to provide for practical appli-
cation in sports, rhythmic and gymnastic activities.
P. E. 50. Rhythmic Analysis and Movement (1). Three hours a week.
First and second semesters and summer.
The development of response to rhythmic patterns and the building of
coordinated movement. Analysis of basic music patterns and usage of rhythmic
work. Use of percussive and rhythmic instruments.
P. E. 52, 54. Dance Techniques (1, 1). — Three hours a week. First and
second semesters.
A basic course which includes movement techniques of modern dance and
analysis of form and composition.
P. E. 56. Methods and Materials in Dance (2). First and second semesters
and summer. One lecture and three laboratories a week.
Theory and practice: class organization, analysis, and teaching techniques
of modern, folk, square and social dance for junior and senior high school
programs.
P. E. 60. Basic Rhythm Skills. (1) Three hours a week. First and second
semesters.
This course is designed to acquaint the student with the basic skills in social,
folk, and square dancing for use in schools and recreational groups.
PHYSIC. II. EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 501
P.E. 61, 63. Sport Skills and Gymnastics (2, 2). Six hours a week. First
and second semesters.
Progressive techniques and parctice of skills in apparatus, calisthenics,
cross-country, dual recreation activities, mass games and relays, soccer, touch
football, track, tumbling, and volleyball.
P.E. 62, 64. Elementary Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics (2, 2).
Six hours a week. First and jeuond semesters.
Progressive techniques and practice of seasonal sports, stunts, tumbling,
self-testing activities, and gymnastic exercises.
P. E. 65. 67. Sport Skills and Gymnastics (2, 2). Six hours a week. First
and second semesters.
Progressive techniques and practice of skills in basketball, bowling, boxing,
dual net games, golf, lacrosse, Softball, tennis, and wrestling.
P.E. 66, 68. Techniques of Sports (2, 2). Six hours a week. First and
second semesters.
Techniques of selected team and individual sports.
P. E. 70. Intermediate Modern Dance (2). First and second semesters.
Four laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 52, 54, or permission of
instructor.
More advanced techniques and dance forms.
P. E. 71. Elementary Swimming (1). First and second semesters.
Progressive techniques and practice of elementary swimming. Course
includes basic and intermediate swimming instruction. American Red Cross
Beginner, Intermediate, and Swimmer certificates will be issued to those
successfully completing the course.
P. E. 72. Elementary Swimming and Diving (1). Three hours a week.
First and second semesters.
Progressive techniques and practice in the elementary phases of swimming
and diving, designed to make the student self-sufficient in deep water.
P. E. 73. Advanced Swimming (1). First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, P. E. 71, or equivalent.
Progressive techniques and practice of advanced swimming and water safety.
American Red Cross Senior Life Saving certificates will be issued to those
successfully completing the course.
P. E. 74. Intermediate Swimming and Diving (1). Three hours a week.
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, P. E. 72, or equivalent.
Continuation of the techniques in P. E. 72 to include proficiency in the
standard swimming strokes and the ability to perform a fully coordinated
standing dive.
502 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
P.E. 76. Advanced Swimming and Diving and Life Saving (1). Three
hours a week. First and second semesters. Prerequisites, P. E. 72 and P. E.
74, or equivalents.
Continuation of the techniques in P. E. 74, to include more advanced
swimming strokes, fancy diving, water stunts, and synchronized swimming.
The American Red Cross course in senior life-saving will be offered to those
qualified to pursue it.
P. E. 77. Methods of Teaching Aquatics (2). One lecture and three labor-
atory hours a week. First and second semesters. Prerequisite, P. E. 73, or
equivalent.
This course is designed to train students for aquatic leadership in schools,
camps, and clubs. Course includes teaching methods, administration, facilities
and equipment, and advanced swimming techniques. American Red Cross
Instructor's certificate in Swimming and Life Saving will be issued to those
successfully completing the course.
P. E. 78. Methods of Teaching Aquatics (2). One lecture and three lab-
oratory hours a week. First and second semesters. Prerequisites, P. E. 72, 74,
76, or equivalents.
This course is designed to prepare the students to teach swimming and
diving, administer swimming pools, conduct recreational aquatic activities, and
direct camp aquatic programs.
P. E. 80. Advanced Modern Dance (2). Four laboratory hours a week.
Second semester. Prerequisites, P. E. 52, 54, 70, or permission of instructor.
Advanced techniques and practice in teaching dance. Planning dances for
specific historic periods.
P. E. 82. Officiating (1). Three hours a week. First and second semesters.
Techniques of officiating women's sports. Opportunities to qualify for
local and national ratings in hockey and basketball.
For Advanced Undergraduates
P. E. 100. Scientific Bases of Movement (4). First and second semesters
and summer. Two lectures and two laboratory hours a week. Prerequisites,
Zool. 14 and 15.
A course designed to study kinesiological and physiological principles of
exercise and the solution of problems concerned with increasing efficiency of
movement in motor activities and work, as well as those of physical conditioning
and training. In addition, their relationships to growth and development will
be emphasized.
P. E. 101, 103. Organization and Officiating in Intramurals (2, 2). Six
hours a week. First and second semesters.
Organization, administration, and promotion of intramurals at various school
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 503
levels. Types of tournaments, units of competition, handling of student leader
personnel, etc.
P. E. 110. Workshop in Dance (3). First and Second semesters. Prere-
quisites: P. E. 52, 54; P. E. 70; P. E. 80, or permission of instructor.
Practice in planning of group and individual choreography. Instruction in
percussion accompaniment; aspects of dance production, such as make-up,
staging, costumes, music suitable for dance.
P. E. 113, 115. Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools (3, 3). Two
lectures and three laboratories a week. First and second semesters.
Theory and practice: class organization, analysis and teaching techniques of
sports, gymnastics, self-testing activities, and rhythms for junior and senior high
school programs.
P. E. 114, 116. Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools (3, 3). Two
lectures and three laboratory periods a week. First and second semesters.
Theory and practice: class organization, analysis and teaching techniques of
sports, gymnastics, self-testing activities, and rhythms for junior and senior high
school programs.
P. E. 120. Physical Education for the Elementary School (3). First and
second semesters and summer.
Theory and practice of elementary school physical education planned par-
ticularly for the general elementary teacher. The course content will include
curriculum participation, utilization of restricted play areas, class organization,
instruction techniques, and introduction to a variety of appropriate activities.
P. E. 123, 125. Coaching Athletics (3, 3). Two lectures and two laboratory
hours a week. First and second semesters.
Methods of coaching the various competitive sports commonly found in high
school and college programs.
P. E. 124, 126. Methods and Materials in Team Sports (2, 2). Two lecture
periods a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 62, 64, 66, 68. First and second semesters.
Specific techniques of teaching team sports in secondary schools.
P. E. 130. Fundamentals of Body Dynamics (3). First and second semes-
ters and summer.
This course is designed to acquaint the elementary teacher with the scientific
principles applied to fundamental motor skills, posture and body mechanics as
they relate to physical growth and development.
P. E. S131. Coaching Basketball (2). Summer only.
Methods of coaching basketball in high school and college.
P. E. SI 33. Coaching Football (2). Summer onby.
Methods of coaching football in high school and college.
504 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
P. E. 140. Curriculum, Instruction and Observation (3). First and second
semesters. Prerequisites, men — P. E. 113, 115; women — P. E. 114, 116, 124, 126.
A course designed to provide directed observation and discussion, coordinat-
ing these experiences with those from previous methods courses in the develop-
ment of curricula for health and physical education. The course is planned to
prepare for student teaching which follows in the same semester. The observa-
tions will be made of health and physical education programs in junior and
senior high schools.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
P. E. 150. Physical Education for Aviation Personnel (3). First and second
semesters and summer.
This course will be concerned with making application of the principles of
physical education to aviation personnel. Emphasis will be upon the needs for
physical fitness in relation to body efficiency and endurance, exigencies of war-
fare and flight stresses; the nature and bases of physical and psychological fitness
for stress situations; areas of common bodily weaknesses; practical measure-
ments of physical fitness, and techniques of building muscular and cardiovascular
fitness through special exercises and sports participation.
P. E. 160. Scientific Bases of Movement Applied (3). First and second
semesters and summer. Two lectures and one laboratory hour a week. Prere-
quisite, P. E. 100.
An application of selected aspects of physical and biological sciences to
fatigue, relaxation, uses of exercise; the corrective therapy aspect of physical
and mental rehabilitation; sports for the handicapped; and prevention and care
of athletic injuries.
P. E. 180. Measurement in Physical Education and Health (3). First and
second semesters and summer. Two lecture and two laboratory periods a week.
The application of measurement to physical and health education.
P. E. 181. Advanced Training and Conditioning (3). Second semester.
Two lectures and two laboratory hours a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 14, 15;
P. E. 100.
The training and physical conditioning of athletes. Treatment of athletic
injuries by taping, massage, hydro-therapy, physical therapy, and electro-therapy.
Remedial and conditioning exercises. Theory and practice.
P. E. 182. History of Dance (3). First and second semesters. Prere-
quisites, P. E. 52, 54, or permission of instructor.
Designed to give an overview of the development of dance from primitive
to modern times. Students have experience in planning dances for specific
historic periods.
P. E. 190. Administration and Supervision of Physical Education, Recrea-
tion, and Health (3). First and second semesters and summer.
PHYSIC. II. EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 505
The application of the principles of administration and supervision to physical
education, recreation, and health.
For Graduates
P. E. 200. Seminar in Physical Education, Recreation, and Health (1).
First and second semesters and summer.
P. E. 201. Foundations in Physical Education, Recreation, and Health (3).
First and second semesters and summer.
An overall view of the total fields with their inter-relations and places in
education.
P. E. 203. Supervisory Techniques in Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health (3). First and second semesters and summer.
A study of current concepts, principles and techniques of supervision and
of their application to the special fields indicated; observation of available super-
visory programs and visits with local supervisors; practice in the use of selected
techniques.
P. E. 205. Administration of Athletics (3). First and second semesters and
summer.
Problems and procedures in the administration of school and college athletic
competition, the installation and maintenance of indoor and outdoor athletic
equipment, special problems of surveys, legislation, property acquisition, finances,
inventories, and the selection of personnel.
P. E. 210. Methods and Techniques of Research (3). First and second
semesters and summer.
A study of methods and techniques of research used in physical education,
recreation, and health education; an analysis of examples of their use; and
practice in their application to problems of interest to the student.
P. E. 220. Quantitative Methods (3). First and second semesters and
summer.
A course covering the statistical techniques most frequently used in research
pertaining to physical education, recreation, and health education. An effort
will be made to provide the student with the necessary skills, and to acquaint
him with the interpretations and practical applications of these techniques.
P. E. 230. Source Material Survey (3). First and second semesters and
summer.
A library survey course, covering the total areas of physical education,
recreation, and health, plus research in one specific limited problem of which a
digest, including a bibliography, is to be submitted.
P. E. 250. Mental and Emotional Aspects of Physical Education Activities
(3). First and second semesters and summer. Prerequisites, Psych. 1, or H. D.
Ed. 100, 101, or equivalents.
506 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
This course involves exploring and evaluating the psychological aspects of
physical education, athletics and recreation. Such factors as the following are
taken into account; the psychology of sports and other forms of recreational
participation, applications of psychology to teaching, coaching and learning,
psychological aspects of athletic efficiency (motivation, emotional upset, staleness,
etc.), and esthetics in various physical education and recreation activities.
P. E. 280. Scientific Bases of Physical Fitness (3). First and second
semesters and summer.
A course designed to meet the needs of persons interested in the solution of
problems related to the kinesiological and the physical fitness aspects of sports.
Problems pertaining to the performance of sport skills, the physical conditioning
of participants, and the overall effects of exercise are studied; in addition, the
techniques employed in the solution of such problems are reviewed.
P. E. 288. Special Problems in Physical Education, Recreation and
Health (1-6). First and second semesters and summer.
Master of Education or Doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special
research problems under the direction of their advisers may register for 1-6
hours of credit under this number. A Master of Education candidate may
register for two or more credits under this number and write one of his seminar
papers.
P. E. 289. Research — Thesis (1-5). First and second semesters and
summer.
Students who desire credits for a Master's thesis, a Doctoral dissertation,
or a Doctoral project should use this number.
P. E. 290. Administrative Direction of Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health (3). First and second semesters and summer.
A course designed to acquaint school administrators with the administrative
techniques, opportunities and responsibilities in the modern programs
of physical education, health education, and recreation on a coordinated school-
home-community basis. It will include an over-view of the best present practices,
recommendations of national bodies and the development of standards for
selection of professional personnel, evaluation of program, development of
facilities and allocation of budget.
P. E. 291. Curriculum Construction in Physical Education and Health (3).
First and second semesters and summer.
A study of the principles underlying curriculum construction in Physical
Education and Health Education and the practical application of these principles
to the construction of a curriculum for a specific situation.
B. Recreation
Rec. 10. Recreation Orientation (0, 0). First and second semesters.
Through occasional meetings the recreation majors will have opportunity to
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 507
meet and hear leaders in the field, to hecome acquainted and affiliated with some
of the national organizations, and to further their interest in recreation, and in
their fellow majors.
Rec. 30. History and Introduction to Recreation (2). First and second
semesters.
An introduction to the beginnings, growth, and possibilities in recreation as
presently fostered by individuals, agencies and governments; attitudes toward
and theories of play; historical events and figures; present principles and ob-
jectives; organizations and groups interes'ted in recreation, and their relation-
ships; job opportunities, specifications and demands; self analysis of individual
student interests; limitations and capabilities in light of the specifications and
demands.
Rec. 40. Camp Counseling and Administration (3). First and second
semesters.
A study of the philosophy and techniques of camp counseling including the
qualifications, responsibilities and skills involved; the basic organization, ad-
ministration and program planning practices and problems of camping as a
whole; the relationship of these practices and problems to the counselor and her
probable success. Outdoor skills will be taught and practiced insofar as possible.
Rec. 90. General Fundamentals of Recreation (3). First and second
semesters.
This course is designed for students not majoring in recreation who wish
to develop some understanding of the place, importance and potentialities of
recreation in modern life. Included will be limited study of the areas of
philosophy, program planning, personality and leadership techniques, organiza-
tion and administration, and interrelationships with other fields.
For Advanced Undergraduates
Rec. 100. Co-recreational Games and Programs (2). First and second
semesters and summer.
Compilation of and techniques in developing low organization and party
games and activities that might be of therapeutic or leisure time value to the
recreation worker or teacher. Observations and experiences in working with
specific groups will be utilized wherever possible.
Rec. 102. Recreational Games for the Elementary Schools (2). First
semester.
Materials and methods, theory and practice in teaching games.
Rec. 110. Nature Lore (1-2). Second semester.
An overall orientation course conducted in conjunction with the National
Park Service of Washington, D. C, and covering various of the areas of physical
and biological sciences; rocks, trees, animals, birds, flowers, etc. Two credits
508 UNIVERSITY Of MARYLAND
will be granted those students completing the maximum requirements of the
course including evening lectures, Saturday and/or Sunday observations, the
Saturday Outdoor Leadership Workshop (24 hours), and periodic class meetings
held at the University of Maryland.
Rec. 120. Program Planning (3). First and second semesters.
Study of the various aspects, problems and practices of family, agency and
governmental recreation programs and their planning, with particular emphasis
on playground-community and teen-age center plans and procedures. This
course should be of interest and value to those students planning to do part-
time summer playground work.
Rec. 140. Observation and Service in Recreation (5). First and second
semesters.
Included are observation and field work at various of the facilities available;
particular emphasis will be placed on whatever observations may be needed to
complete coverage of the various opportunities; field work opportunities them-
selves will be selected and assigned on the basis of student interest and future
job plans.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Rec. 130. Leadership Techniques and Practices (3). First and second
semesters.
A study of the various kinds of levels of leadership exerted by professional
and semi-professional workers, some of the difficulties and probable weaknesses
to be met, and some of the tangible techniques to be used in personal, staff, and
public relationships; handling of problem children, of personnel, of public re-
lations campaigns, committee gatherings, etc. The group work approach will be
emphasized and used, insofar as possible, in the solution of particular problems.
Rec. 150. Camp Management (3). First and second semesters and summer.
An advanced camping course for those students with previous training and
experience; organization, administration, programming, current trends, evalua-
tion, and special problems. Whenever possible, visiting specialists and field
trips will be included.
Rec. 170. Principles and Practice of Recreation (3). First and second
semesters and summer.
Theories of recreation and methods of conducting individual and group
recreation.
Rec. S184. Outdoor Education (6). Summer only.
A full-time program for teachers, administrators, recreation leaders, and
social workers in functionalized child development through utilization of the
surrounding natural environment and resources. Guided group work implements
the acquired techniques for use with children in developing education in demo-
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 509
cratic living, worthy use of leisure, certain character traits and also for vita'
such subject-matter areas as mathematics, language, arts, social and natural
sciences, music, health and physical education, graphic and plastic art-.
Rec. 190". Organization and Administration of Recreation (3). First and
second semesters and summer.
A study of the organizational patterns for and administrative problems in-
volved in the various kinds of operating recreation groups and agencies; forms
of organization; finance and budgets; personnel; areas, facilities, and equipment,
etc.
For Graduates
Rec. 210. Modern Trends in Recreation (3). First and second semesters
and summer.
A study of emphasis and recent developments in the recreation field as a
whole and within its various specialized areas.
Rec. 220. Hospital Recreation (3). First and second semesters and summer.
An introductory study of the philosophy and practices of hospital and insti-
tutional recreation. Where possible the course will include opportunities for
observation and field work.
Rec. 230. Industrial Recreation (3). First and second semesters and
summer.
A study of the practices and problems of industrial recreation. Where
possible, the course will include opportunities for observation and field work.
Rec. 240. Philosophy of Recreation (2). First and second semesters and
summer.
A study of the meanings, relationships, and services of recreation as ex-
pressed by past and present authorities and leaders. This course should be of
interest to people active in education, social work and related fields.
C. Health Education
Hea. 40. Personal and Community Health (3). First and second semesters.
Meaning and significance of physical, mental, and social health as related to
the individual and to society; important phases of national health problems;
constructive methods of promoting health of the individual and the community:
health problems of college students and young people with special emphasis on
health knowledge for the future teacher.
Hea. 50. First Aid and Safety (2). First and second semesters.
Standard American Red Cross course in first aid; safety in physical activities.
Hea. 60. Advanced First Aid (2). First and second semesters.
Opportunity to secure Red Cross Advanced and Instructor's Certificate.
510 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Hea. 70. Safety Education (3). First and second semesters.
A study of the causes of accidents and methods of prevention, including
principles of traffic and industrial safety.
For Advanced Undergraduates
Hea. 110. Health Service and Supervision (2). First and second semesters.
Organization and administration of school health services based on the
indicated needs of the school health environment and the needs of the students
in the schools.
Hea. 114. Health Education for Elementary Schools (2). First and second
semesters and summer.
Materials and methods in health education for the classroom teacher.
Hea. 120. Teaching Health (3). First and second semesters. Prerequisite,
Hea. 40, or equivalent.
The development of health instruction based on the needs of school-age
children. The formulation of objectives, scope and sequence of instruction, the
examination of teaching methods, source materials, community resources, and
evaluation procedures.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Hea. 160. Problems in School Health Education (2-6). First and second
semesters and summer.
This is a workshop type course designed particularly for in-service teachers
to acquaint them with the best methods of providing good health services,
healthful environment and health instruction.
Hea. 190. Organization and Administration of Health (3). First and
second semesters.
The planning of school curricula and presentation of courses of study in
health to the classroom teachers, and the planning of a community health
education program.
For Graduates
Hea. 220. Principles and Practice of Health Education (3). First and second
semesters and summer.
This course endeavors to evolve a concept of "total personality health" on
the basis of what is known of the physical, mental and emotional aspects of
human personality and what factors influence its development. The various
administrative and instructional phases of the school situation are examined to
evaluate their role in contributing to such broadly conceived "health".
Hea. 230. Public Health Education (3). First and second semesters and
summer.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 511
A survey course designed to acquaint the student with the current major
problems in public health, and to enable him to recognize and understand the
relationships and relative importance of these problems.
Hea. 240. Advancements in Modern Health (3). First and second semes-
ters and summer.
A course designed to review status and trends of modern health from the
perspective of the educator. Study will include a survey of major health prob-
lems of the world; developments in the broad fields of modern medicine; and
current trends in school health education and the role of the school in relation
to mental health and psychosomatic disturbances.
D. Physical Therapy
P. T. 10, 11. Physical Therapy Orientation (0, 0). One hour per week.
First and second semesters.
General introductory course to the professional field of physical therapy.
Field trips to physical therapy departments in government and private agencies.
Orientation of the student to job opportunities with their specifications and de-
mands; self analysis to the students' capabilities and the major curriculum in
light of such specifications and demands.
P. T. 20, 21. Foundations of Physical Therapy (1, 1). One hour per week.
First and second semesters.
Introduction to the development, growth and function of physical medicine
and rehabilitation with regard to the role of the physical therapist. A study
of the national organization and the leaders in the field. Analysis of medical
terminology and development of a field vocabulary.
OPERATION EDUCATION
Thule-North Pole
900 mi.
m
GREENLAND
o*
,Sondrestrom
e
8
CANADA
Goose Bay
^
jPepperrell
McAnSrew"
JNITED STATES
COLLEGE PARK, MD
Home of the
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
O
^>
4i200m
MARYLAND SERVES Y
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
In cooperation with
ARMED FORCES EDUCATION PROGRAM
College of Special and Continuation Studies
OVERSEAS CAMPUS •
"jeW.
?%**■&. -**■ W
TE*t a»
THE PENTAGON
University of Maryland's largest U. S. Off-Campus Center.
BEYOND THE ARCTIC CIRCLE
Dean Ray Ehrensberger meets with Major W. Smith and Lt. H. Lahr
to discuss the Maryland Program at Thule Air Base, Greenland.
J UNIVERSITY
10F M4RY1
■COUXGE Of' S
College of
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES
ISSUE 1953-1954
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Ray Ehrensberger, Dean
Stanley J. Drazek, Assistant Dean
Richard H. Stottler, Director of Institutes and Assistant to the Dean
George R. Wiegand, Director, Division of General Studies
Edward F. Cooper, Director, Baltimore Office
Mary K. Carl, Educational Adviser
HEIDELBERG OFFICE, EUROPEAN PROGRAM
Augustus J. Prahl, Director
John D. Hall, Assistant Director
Mason G. Daly, Assistant Director for the United Kingdom
Joseph Malone, Assistant to the Director
Arthur P. Bouvier, Resident Dean in Munich
Robert A. Bays, Assistant Supervisor of Language Courses
Ernest Herbster, Assistant Comptroller
Ann R. Reed, Assistant Director of Admissions
Mona Jean Bias, Assistant Registrar
Hazel M. Millinger, Administrative Assistant
INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF, ALL CENTERS
Milton Abramowitz, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Ruth Adams, M.A., Lecturer in English.
William R. Ahrendt, M.S., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
Ralph M. Albaugh, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English (Europe).
Albert L. Alford, M.A., Lecturer in Government and Politics.
Frank G. Anderson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology.
James R. Anderson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Geography.
Robert D. Arnold, Ph.D., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
Richard P. Bailey, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Cecil R. Ball, M.A., Associate Professor of English.
Harry Bard, Ed.D., M.A., Lecturer in Education.
Jack C. Barnes, M.A., Instructor in English.
Arnold Bass, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Edmond W. Bastek, B.S., Assistant Professor of Military Science.
Dorothy P. Bates, Assistant in History.
515
516 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
James L. Bates, Ph.D., Instructor in History.
George F. Batka, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech.
Richard H. Bauer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History.
Joseph O. Baylen, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History (Europe)
Alfred W. Becker, M.A., Instructor in Foreign Languages.
Edward D. Benter, M.A., Instructor in Speech.
C. J. Bernado, Ph.D., Lecturer in Military Science.
Warren B. Bezanson, M.A., Instructor in English.
Alfred Bingham, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages.
Edgar Bingham, M.A., Lecturer in Geography.
Josiah Blacklock, M.Ed., Lecturer in Education.
Lamont V. Blake, M.S., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
Walter Blake, A.M., Instructor in College of Special and Continuation Studies.
Dorothy Block, Assistant in Government and Politics.
William J. Blundon, M.A., Lecturer in Mathematics. (North Atlantic^
Harold E. Bookbinder, M.A., Lecturer in Education.
Arthur Bouvier, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English (Europe).
Jean Boyer, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Harry W. Braun, Ph.D., Lecturer in Psychology.
Robert G. Breckenridge, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Furman A. Bridgers, A.M., Lecturer in Foreign Languages.
Rolla L. Brooks, B.S., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Simeon M. Bright, Jr., M.A., Lecturer in History.
Carlton E. Brown, Sc.D., Lecturer in Bacteriology.
Glen D. Brown, M.A., Professor and Head of Industrial Education.
Herbert Brown, M.A., Lecturer in Business Administration.
Franklin L. Burdette, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Government and Politics.
Clinton S. Burhans, Jr., M.A., Instructor in English (Europe).
Richard H. Byrne, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education.
Mary K. Carl, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education.
Eugene F. Carraher, M.A., Instructor in History (North Atlantic).
George Chertock, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Thomas D. Clareson, M.A., Instructor in English and Speech (North Atlantic).
Charles Clark, Ph.D., Lecturer in History.
Eli W. Clemens, Ph.D., Professor of Business Administration.
Mildred Cohen, Assistant in Education.
Jean Coney, B.S., Assistant in Bacteriology.
J. Allan Cook, Ph.D., Professor of Economics.
Franklin Cooley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
Albert H. Cooper, Ph.D., Visiting Professor of Chemical Engineering.
John M. Coppinger, M.A., Instructor in Speech.
Gerald Corning, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Aeronautical Engineering.
John L. Coulter, Jr., M.A., Assistant Professor of English.
Earl C. Crockett, Ph.D., Professor of Economics (Europe).
Herbert A. Crosman, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History.
Frances Cruikshank, Assistant in History.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 517
Dieter Cunz, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages (Europe).
John A. Daiker, B.A., C.P.A., Assistant Professor of Business Administration.
Mason G. Daly, Ph.D., Assistant Professor in Speech (Europe).
Durant H. da Ponte, M.A., Lecturer in English.
Homer L. Davis, B.S., Lecturer in Military Science.
Dorothy F. Deach, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Physical Education for Women.
Lois W. DeBrule, R.N., M.Ed., Lecturer in Nursing Education.
Lloyd Delamater, M.A., Instructor in Economics (Europe).
Jules de Launay, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Henri deMarne, B.A., Instructor in Foreign Languages.
James D. de Marr, Lecturer in Military Science.
Marie Denecke, M.A., Instructor in Education. ,
George J. Dillavou, ALA., Instructor in Speech and English (North Atlantic).
Robert G. Dixon, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics.
Eitel W. Dobert, B.A., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages.
William E. Dooley, M.S., Instructor in Geography (Europe).
Thomas C. Doyle, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Lewis A. Dralle, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History. (North Atlantic).
Louis F. Drum meter, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Charles B. Edelson, M.B.A., Instructor in Business Administration.
H. E. Ellingson, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Jerald L. Erickson, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Gaylord B. Estabrook, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics and Physical
Chemistry.
William F. Falls, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages.
Bruce J. Faraday, M.S., Lecturer in Physics.
E. James Ferguson, Ph.D., Instructor in History.
Louise Ferguson, Assistant in History.
John R. Fernstrom, B.A., Lecturer in Geography.
Warren Ferris, Ph.D., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
Robert H. Fisk, B.S.* Instructor in Mathematics.
Sherman K. Fitzgerald, Ph.D., Instructor in Sociology.
Rudd Fleming, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
William J. Flynn, M.A., Lecturer in Business Administration.
Jacob G. Franz, M.A., Instructor in Sociology.
Lowell K. Frazer, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Werner J. Fries, B.S., Lecturer in Foreign Languages.
Wesley M. Gewehr, Ph.D., Professor and Head of History.
Herbert R. Gillis, M.A., Instructor in Speech.
Fred G. Ginther, B.S., Assistant Professor of Military Science.
Robert Goostree, Ph.D., Instructor in Government and Politics.
Donald C. Gordon, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History.
Francis Gordon, Ph.D., M.D., Lecturer in Bacteriology.
Ira J. Gordon, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education.
Norma Gordon, Assistant in History.
Arthur Grad, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
518 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Henry W. Grayson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics.
John D. Greene, M.A., Assistant Professor of Human Development Education.
Maurice Greenhill, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Nursing Education.
Ulrich Artur Gronke, Lecturer in Foreign Languages, (Iceland).
Noel H. Gross, Ph.D., Lecturer in Bacteriology.
Lawrence W. Grosser, M.A., Instructor in Speech (Europe).
Allan G. Gruchy, Ph.D., Professor of Economics.
John D. Hall, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics (Europe).
Ludwig Hammerschlag, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages.
R. Justus Hanks, M.A., Instructor in History.
Susan Harman, Ph.D., Professor of English.
Truett W. Harris, M.A., Instructor in English and Foreign Languages (North
Atlantic).
Ellen E. Harvey, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
Ralph J. Havens,. Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Margaret Hayes, M.S., Instructor in Nursing Education.
John D. Haynes, M.S., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Roy K. Heintz, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology.
Richard E. Hendricks, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech.
Norman Henley, M.A., Lecturer in Foreign Languages.
John C. Herbst, Jr., Ph.D., Instructor in Geography.
Walter J. Hesse, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering.
J. Ross Heverley, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Calvin T. Higgs, M.A., Assistant Professor of Military Science.
J. Wesley Hoffman, Ph.D., Professor of History (Europe).
Harold C. Hoffsommer, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Sociology.
Mary Rockwell Hovet, M.A., Lecturer in Education.
Sylvanis T. Howell, Jr., Assistant Professor of Military Science.
Charles Y. Hu, Ph.D., Professor of Geography.
Daniel Hutton, M.A., Instructor in Psychology (Europe).
Thomas P. Imse, M.A., Instructor in Sociology.
Ralph T. Jans, Ph.D., Instructor in Government and Politics (Europe).
Barry T. Jensen, Ph.D., Lecturer in Psychology.
Morris L. Kales, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Arthur E. Karinen, M.A., Assistant Professor of Geography.
Marguerite F. Key, M.P.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Women.
Ralph J. Klein, Ph.D., Instructor in History (Europe).
Eugene D. Klier, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering.
Harvey Kreuzburg, M.Ed., Lecturer in Education.
Charles J. Kriesmann, Jr., Lecturer in Physics.
Donald W. Krimel, Ph.M., Associate Professor of Journalism.
John J. Kurtz, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Human Development Education.
Hermann H. Kurzweg, Ph.D., Lecturer in Aeronautical Engineering.
Norman C. Laffer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Bacteriology.
Robert L. Landers, B.A., B.M., Bandleader in Music.
Harold W. Landin, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History (Europe).
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 519
Louis Landweber, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Walter W. Leach, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology (Europe).
■Le Roy L. Lee, A.B., Instructor in Business Administration.
Patrick Leehey, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
K. William Leffland, M.S., Instructor in Business Administration (Europe).
Peter P. Lejins, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology.
Russell W. Lembke, Ph.D., Professor of Speech (Europe).
Benjamin Lepson, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Daniel C. Lewis, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Irving Linkow, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech.
B. Loring, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering.
Richard Lowitt, Ph.D., Instructor in History.
Leonard Lutwack, Ph.D., Instructor in English.
Donald W. Lynch, M.S., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
John Maidanek, M.A., Lecturer in Foreign Languages.
Donald Maley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Industrial Education.
Morton V. Maun, M.A., Lecturer in History.
David E. Mann, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Charles Manning, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
Fedor S. Mansvetov, Lecturer in Foreign Languages.
Minerva L. Martin, Ph.D., Instructor in English.
Albert P. Maslow, Ph.D., Lecturer in Psychology.
Benjamin H. Massey, Ph.D., Professor of Physical Education.
M. Taylor Matthews, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology (Europe).
Lyle V. Mayer, M.A., Instructor in Speech.
William McCool, M.S., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
Mary McCormic, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Women.
Elliott McGinnies, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology.
Hugh B. McLean, B.S., Instructor in Mathematics.
Kenton L. Meals, M.A., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Walter S. Measday, B.S., Instructor in Economics.
John F. Mehegan, M.A., Instructor in Mathematics.
Bruce L. Melvin, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology.
Ramon Mercado, M.A., Lecturer in Foreign Languages.
Horace S. Merrill, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History.
Madelaine J. Mershon, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Human Development
Education.
Edna M. Merson, M.A., Lecturer in Education.
Edward J. Miles, M.A., Instructor in Geography and Economics (North Atlantic).
Melvin H. Miller, M.A., Instructor in Speech (Europe).
Don Mittleman, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Dorothy R. Mohr, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
H. G. Morgan, Ph.D., Professor of Human Development Education.
George T. Morris, M.S., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
Martin W. Moser, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics
(Europe).
520 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Annabelle B. Motz, Ph.D., Instructor in Sociology
Earl W. Mounce, M.A., LL.M., Professor of Law and Labor.
Charles D. Murphy, Ph.D., Professor and Head of English
David S. Muzzey, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering.
William A. Nash, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics
Boyd L. Nelson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Business Administration
William Neumann, Ph.D., Lecturer in History.
Robert H. Newell, M.A., Instructor in English (Europe)
Homer Newell, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
J. Willard Newton, Ed.D., Lecturer in Education.
Otto Nieuwejaar, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics (Europe).
Ann E. Norton, M.A., Instructor in Foreign Languages.
Hugh S. Norton, M.A., Instructor in Economics.
Walter C. Odlin, B.A., Lecturer in Military Science.
Gunnar Ohman, M.S., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
Raymond C. O'Rourke, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Paul D. Oyer, M.A., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Edward R. Padgett, M.A., Lecturer in Government and Politics.
Norman M. Paris, M.A., Instructor in Psychology.
John Francis Parr, Ph.D., Instructor in Government and Politics (Europe).
Arthur S. Patrick, M.A., Associate Professor of Business Administration
Donald J. Patton, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Geography.
Samuel Pevsner, B.S., Lecturer in Foreign Languages.
Charles Pierce, M.A., Lecturer in Foreign Languages.
Elmer Plischke, Ph.D., Professor of Government and Politics.
Harry Polachek, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
John Portz, M.A., Instructor in English.
Raymond S. Potter, B.E.E., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
Augustus J. Prahl, Ph.D., Director, Professor of Foreign Languages (Europe)
Daniel A. Prescott, Ph.D., Professor of Education
Henry W. Price, M.A., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering
Thelwall Proctor, Instructor in English and Foreign Languages (North Atlantic)
Rudolph Pulgliese, M.A., Instructor in Speech.
Irving Raines, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Business Administration.
Lester Raines, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Speech (Europe).
Joseph M. Ray, Ph.D., Professor of Government and Politics.
Henry R. Reed, Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering.
Sidney G. Reed, Jr., Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
James H. Reid, M.A., Professor of Economics.
Loren D. Reid, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Speech (Europe)
Francis S. Richardson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Business Administration
(Europe).
Mary L. Robbins, Ph.D., Lecturer in Bacteriology.
Joseph Roberts, B.A., Lecturer in Military Science.
Richard C. Roberts, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Edward A. Robinson, M.A., Instructor in Economics.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 521
John Robinson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Philosophy.
Julian B. Roebuck, M.A., Instructor in Sociology.
Franklin Root, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics.
John H. Roscoe, Ph.D., Lecturer in Geography.
Norman R. Roth, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology.
Philip Rovner, M.A., Instructor in Foreign Languages.
Samuel Saslaw, Ph.D., Visiting Lecturer in Mathematics.
William K. Saunders, Ph.D., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
Wayne W. Scanlon, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Paul J. Scheips, M.A., Lecturer in Government and Politics.
Alvin W. Schindler, Ph.D., Professor of Education.
John F. Schmidt, Ph.D., Instructor in Sociology.
Fern Schneider, Ph.D., Instructor in Education.
Ida Georgie Scholl, Lecturer in Foreign Languages.
Georgene Schreiner, Assistant in Economics.
E. A. Schuchard, Ph.D., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
Mark Schweizer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages.
Irving H. Shames, M.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering.
Paul W. Shankweiler, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology.
Donald E. Shay, Ph.D., Professor of Bacteriology.
Milton M. Slawsky, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Zaka I. Slawsky, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
James S. Smart, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Charles V. L. Smith, Ph.D., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
Culver H. Smith, Ph.D., Professor of History (Europe).
Gerald A. Smith, Ph.D., Instructor in English.
Harrison D. Smith, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics
(Europe).
Benjamin L. Snavely, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Helmut Sommer, Ph.D., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
David S. Sparks, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History.
Phyllis Sparks, Ph.D., Assistant in History.
Robert A. Spurr, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
E. Thomas Starcher, M.A., Instructor in Speech.
Joseph R. Starr, Ph.D., Professor of Government and Politics.
Martin C. Steele, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Reuben C. Steinmeyer, Ph.D., Professor of Government and Politics.
Charles T. Stewart, B.A., Instructor in Education.
Edwin J. Stillings, Ph.D., Instructor in Government and Politics.
Warren L. Strausbaugh, M.A., Associate Professor of Speech.
Roland N. Stromberg, Ph.D., Instructor in History (Europe).
Harold F. Sylvester, Ph.D., Professor of Business Administration.
Victor G. Szebehely, Dr. Engr., Lecturer in Physic?.
Fedor Theilheimer, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Dorothy Thompson, Assistant in Education.
Sanford T. Thompson, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
522
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
William F. Tierney, Ph.D., Instructor in Industrial Education.
Don Edward Totten, M.A., Instructor in Geography (Europe).
Horace M. Trent, Ph.D., Lecturer in Electrical .Engineering.
John L. Vanderslice, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Wilhelm VonAulock, B.A., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
Marvin Wachman, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History (Europe).
Walter W. Wada, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Walter Waetjen, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Human Development Education.
J. Arthur Waites, Ph.D., Lecturer in Psychology.
Robert N. Walker, Ph.D., Lecturer in Education.
Roald K. Wangsness, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
James Watson, Ph.D., Professor of Business Administration.
Edward Wenk, Jr., Ph.D., Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering.
Garner E. Wessman, Ph.D., Lecturer in Bacteriology.
Gladys A. Wiggin, Ph.D., Professor of Education.
Catherine Wohlson, Associate Professor of Nursing Education.
John E. Younger, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Mechanical Engineering.
W. Gordon Zeeveld, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
Military Personnel
calaureate Degrees
Office, June, 1952.
Colonel Harland C.
SPECIAL GRADUATION EXERCISES
receive congratulations upon the successful completion of their B:
from Secretary of the Army, Frank Pace, Jr. in his Pentag
Representing the University of Maryland are the Assistant Dea
Gnswold, U.S.A. (Rtd-), College of Military Science and Dr. Stan]
Drazek, College of Special and Continuation Studies.
I 4 ^^T^-*1 ^""*
>1t?
I
:
•*"!
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 523
COLLEGE OF SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Ray Ehrensberger, Dean
Stanley J. Drazek, Assistant Dean
Richard H. Stottler, Director of Institutes and Assistant to the Dean
George R. J. Weigand, Director, Division of General Studies
SECTION I
GENERAL
HE primary purpose of the College of Special and Continuation
Studies is to extend the facilities of the University by offering
educational programs at conveniently established off-campus
centers overseas and throughout the State of Maryland
and environs of the District of Columbia. This college is
especially designed: (1) to coordinate and administer the
manifold educational services and functions of the various
colleges, schools and departments of the University; (2) to
serve those individuals who are unable to attend regularly
scheduled classes on the University campus; (3) for those
who are in close proximity to research laboratories which
make highly specialized advanced training feasible; (4) for those members of
the armed services on active duty who wish to continue part-time study; (5) for
other special students qualified to do University level work.
History
On the recommendation of the Administrative Board and the President
of the University, the Board of Regents established in 1947 the College of
Special and Continuation Studies. This College performs two principal func-
tions. First, it is charged with the responsibility of administering all off-campus
instruction for adult part-time students. Secondly, it enrolls special full-time
students on the University's main campus through the General Studies Division
of the College.
The scope of activity of this College has been greatly extended since its
inception in 1947. The College administers one of the world's largest campuses
with operations conducted on four continents. There are more than one hun-
dred different Education Centers in fifteen countries, serving five thousand
students during each semester. In addition there are forty conveniently
established Centers located throughout the State of Maryland and the environs
of the District of Columbia, serving 4500 adults.
524 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
* Office of the Dean:
University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. Telephone, Washington,
D. C. Exchange: WArfield 7-3800, extensions 425, 434.
ADULT EDUCATION PROGRAMS*
The adult education programs offered by the College of Special and Con-
tinuation Studies afford students a convenient opportunity to continue their
education. Students who have full-time employment or who, for some other
reason, cannot follow a full-time program at College Park may pursue degrees
off-campus.
Credit
Courses at both the graduate and undergraduate level are offered in govern-
ment agencies, industrial establishments, educational institutions, military estab-
lishments, and other centers. All courses offered and instructors assigned to
teach them are fully approved by the University department concerned.
DIVISION OF GENERAL STUDIES**
Purpose
The General Studies Division of the College of Special and Continuation
Studies was originally established to provide a special program for high school
graduates whose secondary school preparation was deficient. In answer to other
needs, this Division now admits special students. Those who wish to pursue
a special curriculum suited to their own individual needs are one type. The
second group consists of those who wish to transfer from one degree-granting
college to another but do not have the necessary 2.0 average. These come to
the Division of General Studies to make up these deficiencies. A third group
of students are those who recognize the need for assistance in basic disciplines.
Curricula
The special students pursue regular University courses in combinations
which are especially adapted to their own requirements but which may not
meet the specific requirements of any authorized curriculum.
The remaining students who may wish to enter other colleges but do not
satisfy the specific requirements are provided special study supervision and
vocational and educational orientation. Effective study techniques are taught
and practiced and individual assistance in English, science, mathematics, and
social science is given in conferences adjusted to the needs of the students. The
Division of General Studies represents a philosophy of education which allows
for individual needs.
* Adult education is here used to include all those forms of training and learning
pursued incidentally during leisure hours by persons otherwise regularly and fully
employed.
**WArfield 7-3800, extension 459.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 525
Any student who seeks to transfer from one degree-granting college to
another, and whose academic record in his present college is not sufficiently
good to qualify for admission to the second college, may be transferred to the
On-Campus Division of the College of Special and Continuation Studies for an
opportunity to improve his academic standing.
ESTABLISHMENT OF OFF-CAMPUS CENTERS
The College is prepared to establish credit courses, institutes, and special
programs for groups of adults who are qualified to do university work. If
facilities permit and demand is sufficient, courses or institutes may be set up
in any community requesting this service.
The ability of the College of Special and Continuation Studies to meet all
requests for off-campus courses is limited by three factors. (1) The College
prefers to use regular university staff members to teach its courses. With
increased demands, staff members are occasionally not free for off-campus
assignments. (2) Courses can be given only where there are adequate reference
library materials, laboratories or other necessary facilities. (3) Another limiting
factor is student enrollment. Occasionally a course which has been scheduled
must be cancelled if there is insufficient enrollment.
TYPES OF COURSES AND INSTITUTES
The College of Special and Continuation Studies offered during the 1952-
1953 school year approximately 250 courses each semester for credit. Some 50
courses were given in the summer term. These figures do not include the
European and North Atlantic Programs, which offer more than 200 courses
during each eight-week term. While credit courses comprise the bulk of off-
campus offerings, institutes, certificate programs, and in-service training pro-
grams, are also given.
Credit Courses
The College offers credit courses in the social and natural sciences, military
science, the humanities, mathematics, engineering, and education. There are
limited offerings, in other technical areas.
In off-campus centers, such as Baltimore and military establishments,
planned sequences of courses are offered. It is not always possible to offer
a complete sequence of courses satisfying special curriculums at all centers.
CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
Requirements for all degrees must be met to the satisfaction of the dean
of the college concerned.
Institutes
Adults whose primary interest is that of acquiring additional knowledge
and skills in specialized fields should call the Director of Institutes.*
•WArfleld 7-3800, extension 541.
526 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Institutes, short courses and educational programs specifically designed to
meet the particular needs of a group may be arranged.
Certificate Programs
Single courses leading to a certificate may be set up where university credit
is not desired. Examples of this kind of program are as follows:
Courses in labor, industry, commerce, and personnel work in Baltimore.
A program in mathematics and electrical engineering at the Patuxent
Naval Air Station.
A basic program in cosmetology in Baltimore.
A school for Maryland assessing officers.
In-Service Training Programs
A number of in-service training programs involving credit or non-credit
courses have been offered in the fields of labor-management, supervisory train-
ing, health and welfare, and social service. Examples are as follows:
A program for recreation leaders in the Bureau of Recreation, Baltimore.
Job training and cultural interest courses at Calvert Distilling Company,
Elkridge.
Courses for teachers in communities throughout the State.
Special Programs for Teachers
The staff of the Institute for Child Study of the College of Education
offers for teachers a series of courses on human development and on the tech-
niques of child study. The sequence of three courses, Child Development
Laboratory I, II, and III, involves the direct year-long study of children as in-
dividuals and in groups. It is offered to teachers in the field through this
College.
A series of community study courses offered in Baltimore and in several
counties supplement the child development work by emphasizing the social
environment of the child.
The College of Special and Continuation Studies, through the College of
Education, offers courses which fulfill the State Department requirements for
certification.
SPEAKERS BUREAU
The College maintains a list of professors and instructors who are prepared
to give lectures on their specialties to high school and adult groups. When
college duties permit, professional staff members are available free of charge
for single talks to Maryland groups.
ADVANCED STANDING
Credit by Correspondence
In adult programs of education at the University of Maryland, credit for
correspondence courses pursued by persons in the armed forces or armed forces
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 527
programs is accepted toward a degree at the University of Maryland from
approved institutions, providing this credit is accepted hy the institution
conducting the correspondence course as credit toward its own baccalaureate
degrees.
The amount of such credit by correspondence that can be accepted toward a
degree at the University of Maryland may not exceed 12 semester hours.
Credit by Examination, including GED Credits*.
Credit towards the Bachelor's degree may be established by examination
under the following conditions:
a. The applicant must have completed at the University of Maryland at least
12 semester credits with a minimum average grade of C before making the
application for an examination to establish credit.
b. Usually credit by examination will not be accepted for any of the final
30 semester credits.
c. No more than 20 semester credits can be granted by examination except
when a student takes GED credit. Students who establish 24 hours of credit
by GED tests are ineligible for further credit by examination. A combination of
credit by GED tests and by advanced standing examination may not total
more than 24 hours. Non-degree students are not qualified to establish credit
by examination.
d. A foreign student may not establish credit by examination in freshman
or sophomore courses of his native language.
e. The fee for an advanced standing examination is $5 per semester-hour
credit.
Maximum Service School Credit
Credit earned by means other than regular class attendance in an approved
degree-granting institution, excluding basic R.O.T.C. and physical activities
and credit by examination including credit for General Educational Development
(GED) tests, cannot be applied toward a degree at the University of Maryland
in excess of 36 semester hours. This credit embraces credit for military educa-
tion for (Officers Candidate School), credit which might be transferred from
service schools recommended by the American Council on Education, and
credit earned by correspondence courses from approved institutions. The
amount of such credit actually used for a degree at the University of Maryland
depends upon the curriculum and college from which an adult students elects to
graduate.
•Effective September 1, 1953 the following conditions will govern credit granted
for the completion of the General Education Development examinations:
Test Scores Course Equivalent Predits
I 65 English 1 & 2 3. 3
II 60 Soc. 1. G & P 1
III 61 General Science 6
IV 60 English 3. 4 3, 3
No credit will be given for English 3 and 4 until the requirements for English 1
and 2 are satisfied. English S or 14 will be required of all those who receive 12 hours
of English credit by means of the GED examinations.
528 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Associate in Arts and Associate in Science
Students following an adult program in the University of Maryland who
have completed the first two years of an approved established curriculum may
be granted a Certificate of Associate in Arts or Associate in Science, whichever
is appropriate, providing they have completed 60' semester hours, not including
Basic R.O.T.C. and physical activities, and that at least 15 semester hours
have been completed in residence at the University of Maryland with an average
grade of 2.0. The student, must make formal application for the certificate to
the Office of the Registrar. The certificate must be recommended by the college
in charge of the curriculum, as in the case of degrees.
STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY IN PLANNING
A PART-TIME PROGRAM
Candidates for Degrees
Students taking credit work in this College will receive their degrees
through the degree-granting colleges and the Graduate School. Work to be
credited toward an undergraduate or graduate degree should be planned with
advisers in colleges granting the degrees. Admission requirements for off-
campus degree candidates are the same as for full-time day students at the
University. Before registering, a candidate for a degree should be admitted to
the University.
Each candidate for a degree must file in the office of the Registrar, eight
weeks prior to the date he expects to graduate, a formal application for a degree.
Teacher Certification Requirements.
A student intending to qualify as a teacher in any city, county, or state
should obtain a statement of certification requirements for that particular area
and plan a program accordingly.
Maryland State Department of Education requirements provide that a
teacher in service may present for certificate credit not more than six semester
hours of credit completed during a school year.
Prerequisites
Students taking off-campus courses must have the approval of their advisers
in degree-granting colleges to take any course for which prerequisites have
not been fulfilled.
Off Campus Library Service
With the cooperation of the University of Maryland library, the College of
Special and Continuation Studies operates a mobile off-campus library service.
Regularly scheduled visits are made to the various off-campus centers, where
students may borrow library materials for collateral reading. In overseas pro-
grams collateral readings are sent with individual instructors from base to
base in specially packed, transportable containers.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES
529
SECTION II
UNIVERSITY REGULATIONS REGARDING ADMISSION,
REGISTRATION, FEES, WITHDRAWALS, AND GRADES
CREDIT COURSES
Regular Admission
The admission requirements for part-time students who desire to become
candidates for degrees are the same as for full-time students at the University.
Before registering, a candidate for a degree must be admitted to the University.
All students desiring to enroll in any of the degree-granting colleges must apply
to the Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at College Park.
In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good grades and
other indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed pattern
of subject matter. In general, 4 units of English and 1 unit each of social and
natural sciences are required. One unit each of algebra and plane geometry
is desirable. While foreign language is desirable for certain programs, no
foreign language is required for entrance. Fine arts, trade and vocational
subjects are acceptable as electives.
MARYLAND'S TRAVELING LIBRARY
The above pictured vehicle carries reference books and collateral reading material to
students enrolled in off-campus courses.
530 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
For a more detailed statement of admissions, write the Director of
Publications for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the catalog.
Those who seek graduate degrees should apply to the Dean of the Graduate
School, College Park.
Provisional Admission
Students who are taking work for transfer to other colleges and universities,
or who are not sure that they wish to matriculate for degrees, may be admitted
to the University on a provisional basis.
Classification of Students
Regular Students. Students who prior to their registration for work in the
College of Special and Continuation Studies have been admitted to degree-
granting colleges will be considered as students in good standing subject to
academic regulations of the University.
Special Students. Applicants who are at least twenty-one years of age, and who
do not meet the regular entrance requirements, may be admitted to such courses as
they seem fitted to take. Special students are ineligible to matriculate for a degree
until entrance requirements have been satisfied.
Students who desire to matriculate for a degree must be high school graduates
or must present a high school equivalence certificate.
Other categories of special students are: (a) those who wish to transfer
their University of Maryland credits to another institution, or (b) take Uni-
versity of Maryland courses for self-improvement. These students may pursue
any courses for which they have met the prerequisites.
Guidance
The student who wishes to pursue work toward a degree in a program
administered by the College of Special and Continuation Studies must secure
guidance and permission to take off-campus courses from an adviser in the
college in which he wishes to obtain his degree.
Degrees
Credit courses taken under these conditions through the College of Special
and Continuation Studies may be counted toward any of the degrees granted
by the colleges of the University.
Quality of Credit Courses
Both instructors and courses in the College of Special and Continuation
Studies are approved by appropriate department heads and deans. Courses
carry residence credit identical to that given for regular campus courses. Classes
meet for sixteen weeks, making a total of 48 class hours for three-credit courses
and 32 class hours for two-credit courses.
Course Load
Six semester hours is considered a full load for off-campus fully employed,
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES
531
part-time students. For exceptional adult students up to nine semester hours
may be approved providing the student's academic average for previous
college work be not less than a 2.5 Honor Point Rating. (This means a grade
average midway between a C and a B.) In case laboratory is involved no more
than seven semester hours may be approved. On-campus part-time students
taking courses through this college are governed by the same rules.
SHORT COURSES AND INSTITUTES
Admission and registration requirements will be adjusted to fit the clientele of
each short course or institute.
FEES
Credit Courses
Matriculation Fee (Payable once at time of first registration by all students,
full-time and part-time; candidates for degrees and non-candidates. Only
one matriculation fee need be paid for each degree.)
For Undergraduates S10.00
For Graduates 10.00
Tuition Charge (same for all students) per credit hour lO.OOt
LABORATORY AND OTHER FEES
Laboratory Fees Per Semester Course
Agricultural Engineering .... S3.00
Bacteriology $10.00 and 20.00
Botany 5.00
Chemical Engineering 8.00
Chemistry 10.00
Education (Depending on
Laboratory)
S1.00, S2.00, $3.00, $5.00, and 6.00
Practice Teaching 30.00
Dairy 3.00
Electrical Engineering 4.00
Entomology 3.00
Home Economics —
(Xon-Home Ec. Students)
Practical Art, Crafts,
Textiles and Clothing .... 3.00
Foods and Home Manage
ment (each) 7.00
Horticulture 5.00
Industrial Education 5.00
Journalism $3.00 and 6.00
Mechanical Engineering 3.00
Music (applied music only).. 30.00
Physics —
Introductory 3.00
All other 6.00
Psychology 4.00
Office Techniques and Man-
agement 7.50
Speech —
Radio and Stagecraft 2.00
All other 1.00
Statistics 3.50
Zoology 8.00
t Part -time graduate students enrolled in the college of Special and Continuation
Studies must pay the fee of $10.00 per semester credit hour regardless of the amount of
work taken.
532 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The above laboratory fees will be charged whenever the availability of
personnel, facilities, and other factors make it possible to offer laboratory
instruction. If equipment other than that belonging to the University of Mary-
land is used, laboratory fees may not be charged, depending upon the arrange-
ments that can be made with the cooperating party.
Miscellaneous Fees and Charges
Late Registration Fee
All students are expected to complete registration, including the filing
of class cards and payment of bills, on the regular registration days.
Those who do not complete registration during the prescribed days
will be charged a fee of $5.00
Fee for Change in Registration (Substitution of one course for
another) * 3.00
Special Examination Fee — to establish college credit — per semester
hour 5.00
Makeup Examination Fee
For students who are absent during any class period when tests
or examinations are given 1.00
Transcript of Record Fee
No charge is made for first copy
Each additional copy 1.00
Property Damage Charge — Students will be charged for damage to prop-
erty or equipment. Where responsibility for the damage can be fixed
the individual student will be billed for it ; where responsibility cannot
be fixed, the cost of repairing the damage or replacing equipment
will be pro-rated.
Library Charges :
Fine for failure to return book from general library before expiration
of loan period per day .05
In case of loss or mutilation of a book, satisfactory restitution must be
made.
Diploma and Graduation Fees
Diploma Fee for Bachelor's degree 10.00
Cap and Gown Fee for Bechelor's degree 2.50
Diploma Fee for Master's Degree 10.00
Cap and Gown Fee for Master's Degree 2.75
Graduation Fee for Doctor's Degree 35.00
Cap and Gown Fee for Doctor's Degree 3.75
All fees, except Diploma Fee and Graduation Fee, are payable at the
time of registration for each semester.
Diploma Fee and Graduation Fee must be paid prior to graduation.
♦This fee is not charged to part-time students who drop a course and do not sub-
stitute in its place another course carrying the same number of credit hours.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 533
Payment of Fees
All checks, money orders, or postal notes should be made payable to the
University of Maryland.
SHORT COURSES AND INSTITUTES
Fees for short courses and institutes will be determined in terms of cost
of each such short course or institute.
WITHDRAWAL AND REFUND OF FEES*
Any student compelled to leave the University at any time during the
academic year should file, in person or by letter, a request for withdrawal. The
Dean of the College of Special and Continuation Studies will initiate and sign
the necessary withdrawal forms and forward them to the office of the Registrar.
If this is not done, the student will not be entitled, as a matter of course, to a
certificate of honorable dismissal, and will forfeit his right to any refund to
which he would otherwise be entitled. The date used in computing refunds
is the date the application for withdrawal is filed in the office of the Dean of
the College of Special and Continuation Studies.
Students withdrawing from the University will receive a refund of all
charges, less the matriculation fee, in accordance with the following schedule:
Period from Date Instruction Begins — 16 Week Semester.
2 weeks or less 80%
between 2 and 3 weeks 60%
between 3 and 4 weeks 40%
between 4 and 5 weeks 20%
over 5 weeks 0
Period from Date Instruction Begins — 8-Week Term or Less
First week 60%
Second week 20%
Over two weeks 0%
When regularly enrolled part-time students officially drop a course or courses
and continue with one or more courses, they may receive a refund of 80% for
the dropped courses if they drop after not more than two meetings of a class.
If drop action occurs after two meetings of a class, no refund will be made.
GRADES
Marking System: The following symbols are used for marks: A, B, C, and
D, Passing; F, Failure; I, Incomplete; W, Withdrawal; X, unofficial withdrawal
in emergency circumstances, carries no prejudice.
An average grade of "C" is required for the bachelor's degree.
* Nq refunds of the fixed charges, tuition, laboratory fees, etc., are allowed when
courses are dropped, unless the student withdraws from the University.
534
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
SECTION III
CURRICULA
Any curriculum of the University may be followed by the student enrolled
in the College of Special and Continuation Studies. It is not always possible
to offer the key courses in many of these curricula, however, for two principal
reasons: (1) some courses require laboratories which cannot be established at
all centers; (2) the number of students desiring a specialized course of study at
a given center may not be large enough to justify its being given.
The University requires that the last 30 semester hours be completed in
residence for a baccalaureate degree. Credit earned in the College of Special
and Continuation Studies is residence credit. In case of hardships upon an
adult student, the thirty-hour rule may be adjusted. An adult (or veteran)
student who has an average of 2.50 may petition to take six of the last thirty
hours required for a degree at some other institution of recognized high
standing.
The curricula most frequently desired by off-campus students are offered
in four of the University's Colleges: (1) Arts and Sciences, (2) Business and
Public Administration, (3) Education, and (4) Military Science.
Requirements Common to All Curricula
Most curricula require 16 semester hours in Physical Education and R.O.T.C.
in the freshman and sophomore years. These requirements are waived . for
adult, off-campus students.
"OPERATION BOOTSTRAP"
Forty-three Air Force Personnel assigned to the University of Maryland Campus oi
temporary duty, Spring Semester, 1953, to complete their degree programs. Picturec
with the group top row center, Left to Right, Dr. Ray Ehrensberger, Dean, Collegt
of Special and Continuation Studies, Colonel Joseph Ambrose, Dean, College of Military
Science, Colonel James Regan, U.S.A. (Rtd), Assistant to the Dean, College of Military
Science and Captain Edmund Bastek, Spring Class Advisor.
o
rs
§
m
VI
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 535
All students (unless specific exceptions are noted in printed curricula) are
required to take twelve semester hours of English (Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4 or Eng. 1, 2,
5, 6), three semester hours of sociology (Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life),
three semester hours of government (G. & P. 1 — American Government), and
six semester hours of history (H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization).
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
Telephone, Washington, D. C.
Exchange: WArfield 7-3800, extension 287
Degrees in the College of Arts and Sciences are based primarily upon major
and minor concentrations rather than upon curricula. The student must meet the
conditions set for both major and minor by the department in charge of his
major work. These requirements vary from one department to another. In
general, they include a full year's work in the major subject (30 to 40 semester
hours) and a half year's; work in the minor (18 semester hours). The major
department has authority over both the major and the minor. A general college
requirement is that the student must have a "C" average in his major and a
"C" average in his major and minor combined unless the major department
sets a higher requirement.
Major work uniformly must be done in one department, as in history,
sociology, or government and politics. Minor work need not be restricted to one
department, provided the head of the major department approves of the
individual courses taken. For example, a history major may take, as a part of
his 18 semester hours of minor work, courses in such subjects as sociology,
government and politics, psychology, and economics. The minor, however,
must consist of a coherent group of courses, and the head of the major depart-
ment must approve such a divided minor. Of the 18 semester hours required in
the minor, at least six must be in one department in courses numbered 100 or
above. The safest procedure, for the adult off-campus student, who is denied
the privilege of registering each semester with the direct approval of the head
of his major department, is to concentrate his minor work in one department.
Thus, the major in history may take his 18 semester hours of minor work in
sociology, or government and politics, or other comparable departments.
A student must acquire a minimum of 56 semester hours of academic work
with an average grade of C or better before he will be permitted to take courses
numbered 100 or above in his major or minor. A student who has -±stablished a
B average in work done at this University may take courses numbered 100 or
above after the completion of 48 semester hours of academic work. The stu-
dent should be careful to avoid taking courses for which he does not have the
prescribed prerequisites.
Before a student selects a major or minor, he should consult the head
of the major department at College Park. It is this person alone, or his desig-
nated representative, who can give the candidate for the Arts and Sciences
536 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
degree approval on major and minor requirements. Department heads are
willing to answer by mail or telephone any inquiries from adult off-campus
students majoring with their departments.
Majors offered in the College of Arts and Sciences are as follows::
1. American Civilization 11. Geography
2. Art 12. Government and Politics
3. Bacteriology 13. History
4. Botany 14. Mathematics
5. Chemistry 15. Philosophy
6. Comparative Literature 16. Physics
7. Economics 17. Psychology
8. English 18. Sociology
9. Entomology 19. Speech
10. Foreign Languages 20. Zoology
Two considerations must be emphasized in connection with this listing of
majors. In the first place, many science courses cannot be given at off-
campus centers where laboratory facilities are not available. And, in the
second place, courses in specialized subjects cannot be offered at a given
center if there is not a sufficiently large body of students to support them.
For this latter reason, especially, it is not always practicable for a student to
complete all degree requirements in specialized subjects off-campus. The Arts
and Sciences majors which have been shown by experience to be most nearly
attainable at off-campus centers are history, government and politics, and
sociology.
It must be noted that no course generally required in the University may
be counted toward a major or minor in the College of Arts and Sciences.
Thus, the courses Government and Politics 1, Sociology 1, History 5 and 6,
and the first two years of English may not be counted toward majors and
minors. The twelve semester hours required in a foreign language and the
twelve semester hours required in mathematics or science may not be counted
toward the major or minor.
Requirements in Arts and Sciences
The following requirements are common to all majors in the College of
Arts and Sciences.
1 English — twelve semester hours.
2. Foreign Language — twelve semester hours in one language. Stu-
dents wishing to enroll in a language they have studied in high
school will be given a placement test.
3. Social Studies — twelve semester hours; Government and Politics 1,
three semester hours; Sociology 1, three semester hours; History 5,
and 6, six semester hours.
4. Speech — two to four semester hours depending upon the particular
schedule.
5. Natural Science and Mathematics — twelve semester hours.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 537
History Major
1. Every major in History is required to complete a minimum of 24
semester hours in advanced courses (courses numbered 100 or above), with
the following exceptions: (a) the total may be reduced by 3 credit hours for
those students who, in addition to the prerequisites, have taken 6 credits in
other history courses under the 100 level; and (b) the total may be reduced
by 6 credit hours for those who, in addition to the prerequisites have completed
12 semester hours in history courses under the 100 level.
2. No less than 15 nor more than 18 semester hours of the 24 in advanced
courses should be taken in any one field of history, e. g. European, American,
or Latin American.
3. Prerequisites for majors in history are History 5 and 6 (required of all
students) and History 1 and 2.
4. All majors are required to take the proseminar (History 199) during
their senior year. History 199, the proseminar, may be waived in hardship
cases where the off-campus student cannot come to the campus or is unable
to take this course at his off-campus center.
5. No grades of "D" in the major field will be counted toward completing
the major requirements. An average grade of "C" must be maintained in the
courses selected for a minor.
Sociology Major
1. Every major in Sociology is required to take 27 hours in Sociology
exclusive of Sociology 1.
2. Required courses for Sociology majors are the following:
Sociology 2, Principles of Sociology
Sociology 183, Social Statistics
Sociology 186, Sociological Theory
Sociology 196, Senior Seminar
Sociology 196, the Senior Seminar, may be waived in hardship cases, where
the off-campus student cannot come to the campus or is unable to take the
course at his off-campus center.
3. No grades of "D" in the major field will be counted toward completing
the major requirements.
Government and Politics Major
In addition to the regular University requirements, a student majoring in
the field of Government and Politics must meet the following conditions:
1. Government and Politics 1, American Government, or its equivalent, is
prerequisite to all the other courses offered by the Department. All persons
majoring in Government and Politics must first complete this course with a
grade of "C" or better.
2. All majors must take 33 hours of Government and Politics, exclusive
of Government and Politics 1.
538 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
3. No grades of "D" in the major field will be counted toward completing
the major requirements.
4. A student's program must include at least one course in each of five of
the six following fields: (1) foreign and international, (2) local government, (3)
public administration, (4) public law, (5) public policy and (6) political theory.
Information as to the classification of Government and Politics courses in the
fields may be obtained by application to a major adviser.
American Civilization Major
The program in American Civilization embraces a combined major-minor
plan. The Committee in charge of the program consists of the heads of the
departments of English, History, Government and Politics, and Sociology.
Members of the committee serve as official advisers to students electing to
work in the field. The principal objectives of the work for majors are cultural
rather than professional.
In choosing a curriculum, students are required to concentrate in one of
the four departments primarily concerned with the program. A student follow-
ing this curriculum must elect at least 18 hours of work at the 100 level in
at least two of the departments represented in this program. Elective courses
are, with the aid of an official adviser, chosen from courses offered in the
humanities, in the social sciences, or in education. Normally, most elective
courses are in history, English, foreign languages, comparative literature,
economics, sociology, government and politics, and philosophy; but it is possible
for a student to fulfill, the requirements of the program and to elect as many
as thirty semester hours in such subjects as art and psychology, provided that
such work fits into a carefully planned program.
In his senior year, each major is required to take a conference course of
six semester hours in which the study of American civilization is brought to
a focus. During this course, the student analyzes eight or ten important books
which reveal fundamental patterns in American life and thought and receives
incidental training in bibliographical matters, in formulating problems for special
investigation, and in group discussion.
Emphasis History
A student following this curriculum must elect at least 18 hours of work
at the 100 level in at least two of the four departments represented in the
program.
This curriculum is in some ways ideal for the off-campus student, in that it
enables the student to move toward a degree with a minimum of semester hours
in one department. There are, however, two principal obstacles to its usefulness
to the off-campus student. First, not all courses offered by the departments
mentioned above are applicable to this program. For example, the departmental
adviser might not approve a course in medieval history for this program. A
planned program for the individual student necessitates full agreement with
advisers in one of the four departments directing the program. It is necessary
for the student to understand fully what courses will fit into his program.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 53V
Secondly, it may prove difficult, at a given center, to arrange for the conference
course of six semester hours required in the senior year. If, however, a large
enough group of students desire the course at a given time, it can be arranged.
Students interested in this program should consult with the Executive
Secretary of the American Civilization Curriculum, Professor Carl Bode, De-
partment of English, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
Philosophy
The department's undergraduate courses are designed to help students
attain philosophical perspective, clear understanding, and sound critical eval-
uation concerning the nature of man, his place in the universe, and the sig-
nificance of the principal types of human experiences and activities. Students
planning to major in Philosophy should consult the chairman of the department
about preparation for the major.
Other Majors
Other majors in the College of Arts and Sciences are available as men-
tioned above. None of them are closed to adult off-campus students except in
practical terms of (1) the difficulties in offering laboratory courses, and (2) an
adequate number of students to support them at a given center during a
given term. The work in history, government and politics, and sociology are
emphasized above only because experience with off-campus offerings has shown
them to be most nearly feasible as off-campus majors.
Combined Program in Arts and Sciences and Law
The School of Law of the University requires at least three years of
academic credit for admission to the school. Many students plan to take a
four year program for the degree of Bachelor of Arts before entering law
school. Such students may select any appropriate subject for their major.
The University offers also a combined program in arts and sciences and law
leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws. Students
pursuing this combined program will spend the first three years in the College
of Arts and Sciences at College Park. During this period they will complete
a prescribed curriculum in prelegal studies for a total of 90 semester hours in
addition to the requirements in physical activities and military science, and they
must complete the requirements for graduation, as indicated below. If students
enter the combined program with advanced standing, at least the third full year's
work — i.e., 30 semester hours of credit must be completed in residence at
College Park. After the successful completion of one year of full-time law
courses in the School of Law in Baltimore (or the equivalent in semester hours
of work in the Evening Division of the School of Law), the degree of Bachelor
of Arts may be awarded on the recommendation of the Dean of the School of
Law, provided the student has earned at least a total of 120 credits exclusive
of military science and physical activities with at least a C average in his work
at College Park and at least a C average in thirty semester hours of work in
Baltimore. The degree of Bachelor of Laws may be awarded upon the
540 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
completion of the combined program. The completion of a year's work in the
Law School in Baltimore constitutes a major, and the student is required to
complete a satisfactory minor at College Park. Recommended fields for the
minor are English, Economics, Government & Politics, History, Philosophy,
Psychology, and Sociology. There are required courses in the sophomore year
in some of these fields. Students should use the electives available during that
year to meet these requirements.
Arts-Law Curriculum
z— Semester— ^
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 3
Science or Mathematics 3 3
G. & P. 1 — American Government ~|
and L 3 3
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life J
Foreign Language 3 3
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2
L. S. 1, 2— Library Methods 1 1
A. S. 1, 2-Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Total 18-19 18-19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and Readings in World Literature "1
or 13 3
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and Readings in English Literature J
Science and Mathematics 3 3
Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Foreign Language (continued) 3 3
Electives 3 3
A. S, 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 16-19 16-19
Junior Year
. *Minor 6 or 9 6 or 9
Electives 9 or 6 9 or 6
Total 15 15
♦The selection of courses for the minor must meet the approval of the student's
advisor.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 541
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
Telephone, Washington, D. C.
Exchange: WArfield 7-3800, Extension 346
The College of Business and Public Administration is fully accredited by
the American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business. Among the
curricula it offers are the following:
1. General Administration
2. Accounting and Statistics
3. Financial Administration
4. Industrial Administration
5. Insurance and Real Estate
6. Marketing Administration
7. Personnel Administration
8. Transportation Administration
9. Public Utilities and Public Administration
10. Foreign Service and International Relations
11. Journalism and Public Relations
12. Office Techniques and Management
For the details of these curricula, the student should consult the catalog of
the College of Business and Public Administration. Most important, in
addition to the regular university requirements, are the following:
1. Most curricula require the following courses:
Econ. 4 and 5 Economic Developments
Econ. 31 and 21 Principles of Economics
B. A. 10 and 11 Organization and Control
B. A. 20 and 21 Principles of Accounting
2. A student must acquire a minimum of 56 semester hours of academic
work with an average grade of C or better before he will be permitted to take
courses numbered 100 or above. A student who has established a B average
in work done at this University may take courses numbered 100 or above after
the completion of 48 semester hours of academic work, providing he has the
necessary prerequisites.
3. The curricula in Business Administration are specialized, as the above list
indicates. As in the cases of some other curricula and Arts and Sciences majors
it is not always possible to complete these curricula at off-campus centers
operated by the College of Special and Continuation Studies. Any course in
any curriculum may be given, however, if an adequate number of students
desire it at a given time and center.
542 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Telephone, Washington, D. C.
Exchange: WArfield 7-3800, Extension 234
The College of Education offers curricula for students of Education and
for teachers in service. Education curricula and advisers are as follows:
1. Academic Education
English — Marie D. Bryan
Foreign Languages — Marie D. Bryan
Mathematics — Henry Brechbill
Natural Sciences — Henry Brechbill
Social Sciences — Alvin W. Schindler
Speech — Warren L. Strausbaugh
2. Agricultural Education (under the College of Agriculture) — -Arthur M.
Ahalt
3. Art Education — Vienna Curtiss
4. Business Education — Arthur S. Patrick
5. Dental Education — Harry B. McCarthy (School of Dentistry, Baltimore)
6. Elementary Education — Alvin W. Schindler, Marie Denecke
7. Home Economics Education — Mabel Spencer
8. Industrial Education — Glen D. Brown, R. Lee Hornbake
9. Music Education — Mary A. French Kemble
10. Nursery School— Kindergarten Education — Edna B. McNaughton
11. Nursing Education — Florence M. Gipe (School of Nursing, Baltimore)
Margaret Hayes (College Park)
12. Physical Education (Men)— Lester M. Fraley, Albert W. Woods
13. Physical Education (Women) — Dorothy Deach, Dorothy Mohr
Specific curriculum requirements may be obtained from the College of
Education catalog.
Off-campus Courses in Education
The College of Special and Continuation Studies offers courses in education
to permit students to complete a part of the work required for a bachelor's
degree, to enable graduate students to work toward advanced degrees, and to
fulfill or renew the Maryland State Department of Education certification re-
quirements. Education courses are offered most frequently at the Baltimore
Center and at centers at the seats of the various counties in Maryland.
Elementary Education Curriculum
This curriculum is open only to persons who have completed a two or
three-year curriculum in a Maryland State Teachers College or other accredited
teacher education institutions and whose records give evidence of ability and
character essential to elementary teaching. Such persons will be admitted to
advanced standing and classified provisionally in appropriate classes.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 543
For graduates of two-year normal schools Credits
Credit for normal school work, not more than 64
Requirements
Education 4
English (not including freshman English) 10
".Natural science (chemistry, physics, hotany, zoology, bacteriology,
entomology, meteorology, general science) 10
Social science (history, government, sociology, economics, geog-
raphy) 12
fElectives 28
For graduates of three-year normal schools
Credit for normal school work, not more than 96
Requirements
Education 2
English (not including freshman and sophomore English) 6
*Natural science (as above) 6
Social science (as above) 12
fElectives 6
Industrial Education
Three curriculums are administered by the Industrial Education Department:
(l)Industrial Arts Education, (2) Vocational-Industrial Education, and (3)
Education for Industry.
The Industrial Arts Education curriculum prepares people to teach industrial
arts at the secondary level. It is a four-year professional program leading to a
Bachelor of Science degree.
The Vocational-Industrial curriculum may lead either to certification as a
vocational-industrial teacher, with no degree involved, or to a Bachelor of Science
degree including certification. The University of Maryland is designated as the
institution which shall offer the "Trade and Industrial" certification courses and
hence the courses which are offered are those required for certification in Maryland.
The Vocational-Industrial curriculum requires trade competence as specified by the
Maryland State Plan for Vocational Education. A person who aspires to take the
certification courses should review the State plan and he may well contact Maryland
State Department of Education officials. If the person has in mind teaching in a
designated city or county he should discuss his plans with the vocational-industrial
official of that city or county inasmuch as there are variations in employment and
training procedures.
•Not more than four semester hours ol Education and other approved <ud-
stitutions fur regular science course vvili be counted toward meeting the natural science
requirement.
flf a student is not allowed full credit for normal school work by the director of
Admissions, he must take additional electives to the amount needed to complete 12S
semester hours of work.
544 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A total of 240 clock hours of instruction (sixteen semester hours) is re-
quired for vocational-industrial teacher certification. The courses required for
certification are reviewed and revised periodically by officials of the State
Department of Education and the Baltimore City Department of Education.
At the present time the courses listed below are required.
Ind. Ed. 50 — Methods of Teaching
Ind. Ed. 60 — Observation and Demonstration Teaching
Ind. Ed. 164 — Shop Organization and Management
Ind. Ed. 168 — Trade or Occupational Analysis
Ind. Ed. 169 — Course Construction
Ind. Ed 170 — Principles of Vocational Education, or
Ind. Ed. 171 — History of Vocational Education
The remaining hours may be met through elective courses approved by the
student's adviser.
The Education for Industry curriculum is a four-year program leading to a
Bachelor of Science degree. The purpose of the program is to prepare persons
for jobs within industry and, as such, it embraces four major areas of competence,
(a) technical competence, (b) human relations and leadership competence, (c)
communications competence, and (d) social and civic competence. The student
who is enrolled in this curriculum is required to obtain work in industry in
accordance with the plan described in the course, Industrial Education 124, a.b.
Consult course descriptions in the back section of this catalog.
Nursing Education
By cooperative arrangement between the School of Nursing and the College
of Education, a curriculum is provided for persons who desire to become as-
sistant head nurses or assistant clinical instructors of nursing. The total
number of credits required for graduation in this curriculum is 128, of which
the last 30 hours of work must be taken with the University of Maryland.
Students eligible for this curriculum must have completed a three year course
in an approved School of Nursing, successfully passed the Maryland State
Board Examination for Nurses, and qualified as Registered Nurses.
Nursing Education Curriculum Credits
Credit for Nurse Training 30 to 42
General Requirements
English 12
Social Sciences (Soc. 1, G. & P. 1, H. 5, and H. 6) 12
Education
Ed. 100 — History of Education (or Nursing Education when offered). 2
Ed. 90— Development and Learning (or H.D. Ed. 100, 101) 3 or 6
Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement 2
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 545
Ed. 130 — Theory of the Junior High School or Ed. 131 — Theory of
the Senior High School 2
Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation-Nursing 3
Ed. 148 — Methods and Practice of Teaching 6
N. Ed. 105, Teaching of Nursing Arts 3
P. E. 160 — Therapeutics of Physical Education 3
Physical Education as required by the University
Science
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 3
Bact. 101 — Pathogenic Bacteriology 3
Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry (or Chem. 1,3) 6
Electives (in sociology, psychology, education, science and other areas
upon approval of adviser.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION, AND HEALTH
Telephone, Washington, D. C.
Exchange: WArfield 7-3800, Extension 252
The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred upon students who have
met the conditions of their curricula as herein prescribed by the College of
Physical Education, Recreation, and Health. Candidates enrolled in the College
of Education with a major in Physical Education or Health Education receive
a Bachelor of Science degree upon fulfillment of the requirements as prescribed
by that College.
Certain curricula in the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health, such as Recreational Leadership and Physical Therapy, are not planned
to meet state certification requirements.
Each candidate for a degree must file in the Office of the Registrar eight
weeks prior to the date of graduation, a formal application for a degree.
COLLEGE OF MILITARY SCIENCE
Telephone, Washington, D. C.
Exchange: WArfield 7-3800, Extension 261
The College of Military Science offers courses of study designed primarily
for armed services personnel or those desiring to follow military careers. Its
curricula are given below. These curricula are pursued usually at centers
maintained at military installations.
546 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
CURRICULA*
Two curricula are offered by the College of Military Science — The Military
Affairs Curriculum and the Curriculum in Military Science. These curricula
lead to the degree of Bachelor of Science, providing the student maintains a
grade average of not less than C. The requirement for Junior standing is
attained in these curricula when the student has completed 72 hours with a grade
average of not less than C.
The primary purpose of the Military Affairs Curriculum is to offer to those
interested students a broad education in subjects pertinent to military and
public affairs, with emphasis on government and politics, history and military
science.
The primary purpose of the curriculum in Military Science is to educate
men who desire to follow a military career. As a prerequisite for completion of
this curriculum, a student must have satisfactorily held or presently hold a
commission in one of the Armed Forces, or possess those physical and mental
requirements which can lead to a commission in one of the Armed Forces.
The completion of the Advanced Air Force R.O.T.C. courses also satisfies
this requirement.
The first two years of these curricula are common.
Military Science Curricula Amended Jan. 1, 1953
Common Freshman and Sophomore Years
r- Semester— s
Freshman Year* I II
♦Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Reading in American Literature.... 3 3
*Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life ... 3
*G. & P. 1— American Government 3 ...
♦♦Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2
Math. 10, 11— Algebra, Trigonometry, Analytic Geometry....
or
Math. 5, 6— General Mathematics, Mathematics of Finance....
Modern Language— (One language for two years' study) ' 3 3
tA. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R O. T. C 3 3
•{•Physical Activities 1 1
Total 18 18
♦Students desiring to pursue Graduate Studies upon completion of the Bachelor of
Science degree in Military Science are advised to plan, under advisement of their Dean
and the department head concerned, a coherent group of courses in one area of social
sciences, i.e., government and politics, economics, sociology or history.
♦Credit by examination may be permitted for these courses upon succcessful com-
pletion of the college level General Educational Development Tests. Students who re-
ceive 12 credit hours in English by this means are required to complete English 8 or
English 14. The credits earned in either of these courses may be used as electives.
♦•Adult off-campus students may substitute Speech 103 and 104, Speech Composition
and Rhetoric (3, 3) for Speech 1, 2 (2, 2) and Speech 5, 6 (2, 2). The additional
two hours may be credited toward electives.
4-Credit allowed for equivalent service in the Armed Forces. Waived for adult
off- campus students.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES
547
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and Reading in World Literature
Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
••Speech 5, 6— Advanced Public Speaking
•Physics 1, 2— Elements of Physics
t A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C
Modern Language— (Second year)
•j- Physical Activities
Total
r-Setnester-
I II
IS
■■',
3
2
3
3
3
1
18
Military Science Curriculum
Junior Year
ttSpeech 127, 128— Military Speech and Command
Speech 133— Staff Reports, Briefings and Visual Aids.
Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics
***Geog. 1, 2— Economic Resources
Soc. 2 — Principles of Sociology
ttA.S.101, 102— Advanced Air Force R.O.T.C
t ftEIectives
Total
17
17
Senior Year
M.S. 151— Military Logistics
ttM.S. 152— Military Leadership
M.S. 153— Military Policy of the United States
M.S. 154— Management of the Military Establishment
Geog. 190 — Political Geography
Any one of the following Government and Politics courses
G. & P. 101— International Political Relations or
G. & P. 102— International Law, or
G. & P. 106 — American Foreign Relations, or
G. & P. 154— Problems of World Politics, or
G. & P. 197 — Comparative Governmental Institutions...
ttA.S. 103, 104— Advanced Air Force R.O.T.C
tttElectives
Total.
1G
15
tttElectives must be taken under advisement and in terms of the objective of this
curriculum. At least six semester hours of elective credits must be taken in courses
numbered in the 100 series.
••Adult off-campus students may substitute Geog. 20 and 21, Economic Geography
(3, 3) for Geog. 1, 2 (2, 2).
ttCredit allowed to those holding Regular, Reserve or National Guard commissions.
Students who do not wish to present these subjects for this degree and who have com-
pleted acceptable Service Extension Courses at the Officer Candidate level, or its
equivalent, may substitute therefore an equivalent number of hours in Government and
Politics and History, in courses numbered 100 or above, of which twelve hours must
he in one field.
548
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The Military Affairs Curriculum
Junior Year
Speech 133— Staff Reports, Briefing and Visual Aids, or
Speech 134— Intelligibility and Voice Communication in the
Armed Forces
Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics
Soc. 2— Principles of Sociology
G. &. P. 101— International Political Relations
G. & P. 102— International Law
Hist. 127, 128— Diplomatic History of th3 U. S
tttElectives
Total
Senior Year
M.S. 151— Military Logistics
M.S. 153— Military Policy of the U. S
G. & P. 106— American Foreign Relations
G. & P. 154— Problems of World Politics
Hist. 175, 176— Europe in the World Setting of the 20th Century
Geog. 190— Political Geography
tttElectives
Total
r-Semester-
I II
18
3
3
3
7
16
15
15
tttElectives must be taken under advisement and in terms of the objectives of this
curriculum. At least six semester hours of elective credits must be taken in courses
numbered in the 100 series.
COURSE IN RUSSIAN
Mr. Fedor Mansvetov (center with glasses) conducts a Pentagon evening class in c<
sation Russian. These courses have been proven to be extremely popular and ben
to Armed Forces personnel.
r%
) .
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 549
GRADUATE SCHOOL
Telephone, Washington, D. C,
Exchange: WArfield 7-3800, Extension 232
Master's and doctor's degrees are given by most of the departments at the
University. Graduate programs are administered by the Graduate School in
cooperation with the various departments. Students are admitted to the
Graduate School only if (1) they hold baccalaureate degrees and (2) their
previous work is in quality and extent acceptable to the department in which
they desire to work. Normally a "B" average is required.
A student pursuing a graduate program should keep constantly in touch ivith
the graduate adz'iser of his major department.
It is sometimes difficult to proceed toward graduate degrees at off-campus
centers conducted by the College of Special and Continuation Studies. Library
and laboratory facilities are not always available at off-campus centers. Many
of the departments require that a certain number of courses be completed on
the campus. Furthermore, graduate work is highly specialized, and the number
of students desiring particular courses at a given time and center is seldom large.
If the circumstances are favorable, however, graduate work in some fields can
be offered off-campus.
Courses may be taken for graduate work only if the student has been
admitted to the Graduate School. A student may be admitted to CSCS classes as
a "Graduate Student Pending" and receive graduate credit, provided he is
admitted to the Graduate School before the course is completed^
Graduate degrees are awarded at the completion of an individually planned
course study. The student must register for each course in full consultation
with the departmental adviser concerned. In general, the master's degree is
based upon a division of work between a major and a minor. A minimum of
half the required courses for this degree must be taken in courses numbered
200 or above. These courses are open only to graduate students. The remaining
courses required for the degree may be taken in courses numbered between 100
and 199. These courses are open to juniors and seniors as well as to graduate
students. Courses taken for undergraduate credit may not be counted toward
graduate degrees. Information regarding the requirements for all advanced
degrees may best be obtained from the Graduate School Catalog and by consul-
tation with the head of the department concerned.
The College of Special and Continuation Studies arranges extensive graduate
course programs at several centers. The programs in the various counties and
550 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
at Baltimore frequently include graduate courses in Education. Graduate]
courses in mathematics and the sciences are offered at the Aberdeen Proving
Ground, Bureau of Ships, David Taylor Model Basin, Forest Glen, National
Bureau of Standards, Naval Ordnance Laboratory, Naval Research Laboratory,
Patuxent Naval Air Station and the U. S. Naval Academy.
Occasionally graduate courses in the social sciences, particularly history,
government and politics, and sociology, are offered at other centers.
SECTION IV
CENTERS
The College of Special and Continuation Studies provides educational pro-
grams in the counties, in Baltimore, in various Air, Army, Navy, and other
governmental agencies, and in industrial establishments.
Classes are offered at centers ranging from Cumberland, approximately 140
miles west of College Park, to Worcester County, which borders on the At-
lantic Ocean.
Centers also range from counties bordering on Pennsylvania to Patuxent
in Southern Maryland.
During the 1952-1953 school year, programs were offered at the thirty-eight
stateside centers listed below:
*Aberdeen Proving Ground David Taylor Model Basin
Andrews Air Force Base Denton
*Annapolis (U. S. Naval Academy) Detrick (Camp)
*Baltimore *Dundalk
Belair Easton
Boiling Air Force Base *Edgewood (Army Chemical Center)
Bureau of Aeronautics Fort Meade
Bureau of Ships Frederick
*Calvert Distilling Company Hagerstown
Campus (College Park) Hancock
*Crownsville State Hospital *Holabird (Fort)
Cumberland La Plata
♦Courses at these centers are administered through the Baltimore office, Lombard
and Greene Streets, Baltimore 1, Maryland.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 551
Montgomery Blair Prince Frederick
National Bureau of Standards Princess Anne
Naval Ordnance Laboratory *Reisterstown
Naval Research Laboratory Salisbury
Patuxent (Naval Air Test Center) Silver Spring
*Pennsylvania Railroad Walter Reed (Army Hospital)
Pentagon Wilson Teachers College
A schedule of courses for each of the centers described is available ap-
proximately six weeks prior to the beginning of each semester.
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT EDUCATION
Human Development laboratory courses are offered in many states through-
out the country. These courses are given by the Institute for Child Study
and registrations are administered by the College of Special and Continuation
Studies.
During the 1952-1953 school year students in the following states enrolled
in this program for credit:
Alabama Florida Maryland Pennsylvania
Arkansas Georgia New Jersey South Carolina
California Kentucky New York Virginia
District of Columbia Louisiana Ohio
COUNTY PROGRAMS FOR TEACHERS
The College of Special and Continuation Studies offers courses in nearly
every county in Maryland. The specific courses and their locations depend on
the requests made by County Superintendents of Education, their Supervisors
and Assistants, and teachers. The actual courses presented will depend on
local interest and support of specific courses. Experience has shown that at
least two months are required to arrange courses at off-campus centers. The
courses are normally scheduled concurrently with campus courses. See Section
I for further details. For information concerning registration, contact the
College of Special and Continuation Studies, or the County Superintendent of
Education.
Courses have been offered in the counties indicated below:
Allegany — Cumberland
Anne Arundel — Annapolis and Crownsville
Baltimore — Reisterstown and Dundalk
Calvert — Prince Frederick
Caroline — Denton
Charles — La Plata and Indian Head
•Courses at these centers are administered through the Baltimore office, Lombard
a. id Greene Streets, Baltimore 1, Maryland.
552 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
District of Columbia — Wilson Teachers College
Dorchester — Cambridge
Frederick — Frederick
Garrett — Grantsville, Accident, and Oakland
Harford — Aberdeen and Bel Air
Kent — Chestertown
Montgomery — Montgomery Blair High School, Silver Spring
Prince Georges — College Park and Frederick Sasscer High School
Somerset — Princess Anne
St. Mary's — Leonard town
Talbot — Easton
Washington — Hagerstown and Hancock
Wicomico — Salisbury
Worcester — Snow Hill
Teachers interested in having a program in Education started in their
county or community should make their requests known to this college through
their county superintendent of schools or some other school official.
Child Study
The staff of the Institute for Child Study, College of Education, offers in
each county a series of courses on human development and on the techniques
of child study for members of the educational profession. The sequences of
three courses called Child Development Laboratory I, II, and III intolve the
direct year-long study of children as individuals and in groups and are offered
to teachers in the field. Teachers should contact their county Superintendent
of Schoals for offerings in their community. Graduate courses in Human
Development are also available in a few of the counties.
Community Study
During the past year, four separate courses in community study were
offered in various counties. These programs dealt with the study of local
community problems and their influence upon the child, the school, and the home.
The complexity of this program prohibits its being offered in a number of
centers. Teachers interested in this program should direct their inquiries to
the Dean of this college.
ABERDEEN PROVING GROUND
Courses offered at the Aberdeen Proving Ground are planned to meet the
educational needs of military and civilian personnel of the Aberdeen-Edgewood
area. During the past year, courses in business administration, economics,
English, history, languages, government and politics, mathematics, military
science, psychology and speech were offered. A regular sequence of courses
is arranged to permit Army personnel to pursue degrees in Military Science.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 553
The Army Information and Education Office at the Proving Ground assists
the University in planning this program. The Army Chemical Center program
complements the Proving Ground Program. Persons may enroll at cither
center or they may enroll concurrently at both.
Civilians, not working at either installation, may enroll if they can secure
special passes from the military post concerned.
Further information regarding this program may be obtained from Captain
William Struble, Chief I. and E. Officer or Mr. George Baker, Educational
Adviser, telephone: Aberdeen 1000, Extension 12272, or the Baltimore office of
CSCS.
ANDREWS AIR FORCE BASE
During the 1951 spring semester an educational program was initiated at
Andrews Air Force Base. The education office at Andrews, with the cooperation
of this College, plans the program for Andrews several months in advance of
each semester.
The past semester's offerings included courses in business administration,
economics, English, foreign languages, government and politics, history,
mathematics, military science, psychology, sociology, and speech. Officers and
airmen enroll in the various courses to pursue military science and other degrees.
The Andrews educational program complements that of Boiling Air Force
Base. Personnel may enroll at either installation or they may enroll con-
currently at both.
Further information may be obtained from Mr. Murphy Mears, Director of
Education, JOrdan 8-3100, Extension 4222, or this College.
ANNAPOLIS
The educational program at Annapolis is planned in cooperation with the
U. S. Naval Academy under the Severn River Naval Command. Although this
program is designed primarily for service personnel and government employees,
the courses may be taken by anyone who meets the entrance requirements for
the University of Maryland. The program is planned to allow persons to
enroll for non-dagree work, as well as for undergraduate and graduate study.
During the past year courses were offered in education, electrical engi-
neering, government and politics, mathematics, physics, and Spanish.
Further information may be secured from Professor J. Ross Heverly
(Sampson Hall) at the Naval Academy, Annapolis 2611, Extension 443, or by
writing or calling the Director of the Baltimore Center, College of Special and
Continuation Studies, University of Maryland, Lombard and Greene Streets
Baltimore 1, Maryland.*
♦Telephone: PLaza 2-1100, Extension 292, 293.
554 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
BALTIMORE
Edward F. Cooper, Director, Baltimore Office*
Mary K. Carl, Educational Adviser
An office of the College of Special and Continuation Studies is maintained
in the Administration Building, University of Maryland, Baltimore, at Lombard
and Greene Streets, to serve as headquarters for the largest center of the College.
This office also administers the programs in the environs of Baltimore.
During the academic year 1952-1953, over fifteen hundred students from
Baltimore County and surrounding counties were enrolled in some 100 different
courses. Students are currently working on degrees in several undergraduate
colleges and in the Graduate School of the University.
Scope of Offerings
The plan of the Baltimore Branch is to offer each semester courses in
chemistry and the various natural and physical sciences, business administra-
tion, economics, education, government and politics, geography, history, in-
dustrial education, languages, philosophy, psychology, sociology, speech, and
special institutes.
Education
The College of Education supports a steadily expanding offering for
teachers and school officials in Baltimore City and in surrounding counties.
Elementary and Secondary School Education
Four-year and five-year sequences of courses are offered which teachers
may apply toward bachelor's degrees in elementary education and master's
degrees in education. These courses lie in the general areas of community and
child study and educational activities related to core teaching.
Child Study
The staff of the Institute for Child Study, College of Education, offers each
year a series of courses on Human Development, and on the techniques of
child study for members of the educational profession. The sequences of three
courses called Child Development Laboratory I, II, and III, which involve
the direct year-long study of children as individuals and in groups, are offered
to teachers in the field. Teachers should contact their Boards of Education for
offerings in their community. Graduate courses in Human Development are
also available through cooperation of the Institute.
Community Study
With the cooperation of the Department of Education of the City of Balti-
more, a series of community study courses are offered in Baltimore to supple-
ment the child development work by presenting the social environment of the
child. University courses dealing with city and community organization and
structure are regularly scheduled to enrich the community study program.
•Telephone: PL,aza 2-1100, Extension 292, 293.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 555
Chemistry
To accommodate men from industry and government agencies who are
interested in work toward master's degrees in chemistry, a sequence of courses
is presented in cooperation with the Department of Chemistry and the Staff of
the Schools of Dentistry and Pharmacy.
Nursing Education
With the advice of the Director of the School of Nursing, the College of
Education offers a limited number of courses in nursing education. These are
planned for registered nurses who are working for bachelor's degrees in nursing
education or for master's degrees in education. Candidates in nursing education
may also take regular education and arts and sciences courses.
The School of Nursing schedules eacli summer a program in Nursing Edu-
cation in Baltimore.
For further information, nurses should contact the Dean, School of Nursing,
University Hospital, or the College of Special and Continuation Studies, Lom-
bard and Greene Streets, Baltimore 1, Maryland.
Industrial Education
The College of Special and Continuation Studies offers a two-year cycle
of courses required by the Baltimore and. State Departments of Education for
vocational, occupational, and shop center teachers.
BOLLING AIR FORCE BASE
An extensive educational program is offered at the Boiling Air Force Base
each semester and during each summer session. The education office at Boiling,
with the cooperation of this College, plans each program several months in
advance.
The past years offerings included courses in business administration, eco-
nomics, education, English, foreign languages, government and politics, history,
mathematics, military science, psychology, sociology and speech. Officers and
airmen enroll in the various courses to pursue military science and other degrees.
The Boiling educational program complements that of the Andrews Air
Force Base. Personnel may enroll at either installation or they may enroll
concurrently at both.
Further information may be obtained from Mrs. Lois K. Roberts, Director
of Education, Airmen Education Office, JOhnson 2-9000, extension 679 and 348,
or this College.
BUREAU OF AERONAUTICS, DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY
18th and Constitution Ave., N. W., Washington, D. C.
Each semester the training office of the Bureau of Aeronautics with the
cooperation of this College plans an educational program for its employees.
556 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Courses in business administration and speech were offered during the past
year.
Further information relative to this program may be obtained from Dr.
Louis Pingitore, Head, Training Unit, Room 3916, Liberty 5-6700, extension
64219, or this College.
BUREAU OF SHIPS, DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY
18th and Constitution Ave., N. W., Washington, D. C.
The educational program at the Bureau of Ships is designed to aid Navy
engineers and scientists to work toward degrees in engineering, physics, and
mathematics. This program is offered in cooperation with the training divisions
in the Navy bureaus and this College.
During the past year, advanced courses were offered in electrical engineer-
ing, chemical engineering, mechanical engineering and mathematics.
Further information may be obtained from Mr. Carl L. Bush, Training
Officer, Room 2424 Main Navy, Liberty 5-6700, extension 62090, or this College.
THE CALVERT DISTILLING COMPANY
Elkridge, Maryland
The University of Maryland, in cooperation with the Education Director
of the Calvert Distilling Company, has a regularly planned program for the
Company's employees. Courses are designed to meet both technical and non-
technical needs.
During the past year courses were offered in philosophy and distillery
operations. Further information concerning this program may be obtained from
Mr. William De Rubertis, Director of Personnel of the Calvert Company,
SAratoga 7-1500, or the College of Special and Continuation Studies, University
of Maryland, Lombard and Greene Streets, Baltimore 1, Maryland.
CAMP DETRICK— FREDERICK, MARYLAND
The educational program at Camp Detrick is planned to advance the
technical knowledge of the personnel employed at this post. This program is
planned by the Detrick Education Office and this College.
During the past year courses were offered in bacteriology and chemistry.
Further information relative to this program may be obtained from Miss
Veronica Catlett, Project Officer, Frederick, MOnument 3-4111, Extension 2247,
or this College.
DAVID TAYLOR MODEL BASIN— NAVY DEPARTMENT
Carderock, Maryland
A program of graduate study in fluid mechanics, aeronautical engineering,
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 557
mechanical engineering, physics and mathematics is offered at the David Taylor
Model Basin, under the sponsorship of the Glenn L. Martin College of I
neering and Aeronautical Sciences of the University of Maryland.
Courses in aeronautical engineering, mathematics and physics, were offered
during the past year. These courses were intended to review mathematical
methods and physical principles.
Further details about this program may be obtained from Dr Louis Land-
weber of Hydrodynamics, O Liver 4-2600, extension 440, or Mr. L. David Korb,
Head of Training and Safety Branch, OLiver 4-2600, extension 394, or this
College.
EDGEWOOD
ARMY CHEMICAL CENTER
Edgewood, Maryland
Courses offered at the Army Chemical Center are planned to meet the
educational needs of the Edgewood-Aberdeen area. A regular sequence of
courses is arranged to permit Army personnel to pursue the Military Science
degrees.
The Aberdeen Proving Ground program complements that of the Army
Chemical Center. Persons may enroll at either center or may enroll con-
currently at both centers. Civilians not working at either installation may enroll
for courses. Special passes are provided by the respective posts.
During the past years courses were offered in foreign languages and govern-
ment and politics.
Further information concerning this program may be obtained from Mr.
Louis High, Educational Adviser, telephone: Edgewood 1000, extension 81183
Army Chemical Center, or the Baltimore office of this College.
FORT GEORGE G. MEADE— HEADQUARTERS SECOND ARMY
Courses offered at Fort Meade are designed to meet the educational needs
of military and civilian personnel at this post. A regular sequence of courses
is arranged for each semester to permit Army personnel to pursue the Military
Science degrees.
During the past year courses in geography, government and politics, history,
mathematics, military science and speech were offered.
Further information may be obtained from Captain Albert L. McCarthy,
T. I. & E. Officer, Odenton 3311, extension 2588, or Mr. Harry E. Shilling, Jr.,
Post Education Adviser, Information and Education Office, Odenton 3311, ex-
tension 2575, or this College.
FORT HOLABIRD
Courses offered at Fort Holabird are planned to meet the educational needs
558 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
of the military and civilian personnel at this installation. A sequence of courses
is arranged to permit Army personnel to pursue the Military Science degrees.
During the past year courses were offered in government and politics,
psychology, and speech. Since Fort Holabird is located a short distance from
Baltimore, many of the military and civilian personnel find it desirable to enroll
concurrently in Baltimore and Holabird courses. This arrangement permits a
wider selection of courses.
Further information may be obtained from Captain Lloyd Roedell, Chief
T. I. & E., or Mr. Gustaf Berglund, Education Adviser, I. & E. Office, Fort
Holabird, MEdford 3-1700, extension 2110, or the Baltimore office of this
College.
NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS
Connecticut Avenue at Upton Street N. W., Washington 25, D. C.
Courses at the National Bureau of Standards are offered under the direc-
tion of the Bureau's Educational Committee and this College. The program
includes graduate and undergraduate courses.
During the past year the educational program at the National Bureau of
Standards included courses in chemistry, electrical engineering, mathematics,
mechanical engineering and physics. An announcement of courses for each
year is available from the Registrar at the National Bureau of Standards.
Further information concerning this program may be obtained from Mr.
Joseph Hilsenrath, member of the Educational Committee, or Mrs. L. L. Chapin,
Registrar, EMerson 2-4040, extension 366, The Manse, or this College.
NAVAL ORDNANCE LABORATORY
White Oak, Silver Spring, Maryland
The center at the Naval Ordnance Laboratory is set up for Navy Depart-
ment personnel in the Washington area. For the most part, courses at this
center are of graduate level.
In addition to its regular program, special courses are offered from time to
time in support of new projects. A number of courses are arranged at the
College Park campus evenings and Saturdays to amplify the NOL program.
During the past year, advanced courses were offered in aeronautical engi-
neering, business administration, chemical engineering, electrical engineering,
mathematics, mechanical engineering, and physics. A printed brochure is
available which explains the NOL program.
Additional information may be obtained from Mr. D. E. Starnes, Chief,
Training Division, or Mr. Harold B. Simpson, Education and Training Specialist,
HEmlock 4-7100, extension 646, NOL, or this College.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 559
NAVAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
Anacostia
Courses under this program are designed primarily for Navy scientists
doing graduate study in the fields of chemistry, engineering, mathematics, and
physics and are given in cooperation with the Science Education Section of the
Naval Research Laboratory. A printed brochure is available at the Naval Re-
search Laboratory which explains the program.
During the past year the Naval Research Laboratory program included
advanced courses in chemistry, chemical engineering, electrical engineering,
foreign languages, mathematics, and physics.
Further information concerning this program may be obtained from Mr.
Raymond Potter, Head, Science Education Section, JOhnson 3-6600, extension
856, or this College.
PATUXENT RIVER— UNITED STATES NAVAL AIR STATION
The Patuxent program is aimed primarily at meeting the graduate needs of
personnel interested in electrical, mechanical, and aeronautical engineering.
During the past year, advanced courses were offered in electrical engineering,
mathematics, and mechanical engineering.
Further information may be obtained from Mr. James L. Plummer, Patuxent
River or Dr. H. R. Reed, Professor of Electrical Engineering, College Park
campus, or this College.
PENNSYLVANIA RAILROAD— MARYLAND DIVISION
The University of Maryland in cooperation with the Superintendent of
Personnel of the Pennsylvania Railroad participates with thirteen other colleges
and universities in presenting a series of institutes on Human Relations for
Supervisors, and Public Relations for Trainmen, throughout the Pennsylvania
Railroad system. Courses have been conducted at the Pennsylvania Station in
Baltimore and in the Washington Terminal.
Further details concerning this program may be obtained by calling Mr.
George C. Vaughan, Superintendent Maryland Division, Pennsylvania Station,
Baltimore 2, Maryland, at MUlberry 5-4800, extension 201, or the Baltimore
office of this College.
THE PENTAGON
The Pentagon program is operated in cooperation with the Army, Air Force,
Marine Corps, and Navy in the Washington area. Well in advance of each
semester, the respective services conduct polls to determine the educational
needs of military personnel.
Except for the Baltimore center, the Pentagon program is larger than that
of any other center. During the past year courses were offered in business
560
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
administration, economics, English, foreign languages, geography, government
and politics, history, journalism, mathematics, military science, philosophy,
psychology, sociology, and speech. The majority of the students at the
Pentagon are primarily interested in courses leading to the Military Science
degrees. Others are working toward degrees in various colleges. A few
students are pursuing graduate degrees.
Army personnel may obtain further information concerning this program
from Miss Dorothy Martin at Gravelly Point on Tuesday and Thursday, or
from the Information Desk, Concourse, Pentagon on Monday, Wednesday and
Friday, Liberty 5-6700, extension 72823, or from Major Harry J. Anderson,
Liberty 5-6700, extension 77384. Air Force personnel may obtain information
from Mrs. Lois Roberts, Educational Adviser, Room 5D280, Pentagon, Liberty
5-6700, extension 77074, or this College.
WALTER REED ARMY HOSPITAL
ARMY MEDICAL CENTER
Washington 12, D. C.
Courses are given at the Army Medical Center in cooperation with the
Troop Information and Education Office at the post. Course offerings are
planned to meet the needs of Army and Air Force personnel interested in work-
ing for Military Science degrees and nurses interested in meeting requirements
for a professional degree.
Courses in English, foreign languages, geography, history, mathematics,
military science, psychology, and speech have been offered during the past year.
Further information regarding the Walter Reed program may be obtained
from Capt. Robert C. King, TI&E officer, or Mr. Robert E. Hynes, Education
Adviser, RAndolph 3-1000, extension 670, or this College.
AT GOOSE BAY, LABRADOR
Mr. Edward J. Miles, University of Maryland instructor, lecturing to an Economics
'I'll
ml
if)*
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 561
COLLEGE OF SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES
EUROPEAN PROGRAM
RAY EHRENSBERGER, Dean
STANLEY J. DRAZEK, Assistant Dean
Administrative Staff Overseas
AUGUSTUS J. PRAHL, Director
JOHN D. HALL, Assistant Director
JOSEPH MALONE, Assistant to the Director
MASON G. DALY, Assistant Director for the United Kingdom
ARTHUR P. BOUVIER, Resident Dean in Munich
, Supervisor of Mathematics Courses
ROBERT A. BAYS, Assistant Supervisor of Language Courses
ERNEST HERBSTER, Assistant Comptroller
ANN R. REED, Assistant Director of Admissions
MONA JEAN BIAS, Assistant Registrar
HAZEL M. MILLINGER, Administrative Assistant
OVERSEAS PROGRAM
History
Thei success of the course work offered by the University of Maryland at
the Pentagon since 1947 encouraged high officials in the Army and in the Air
Force to propose the establishment of similar operations in Europe (with other
institutions undertaking like assignments in other areas; notably, the University
of California in the Pacific and Louisiana State University in the Caribbean).
Exploratory studies revealed the need and indicated the probable benefits
of such a program. Classes began on October 31, 1949, at six of the Armed
Forces Education Centers selected for the initiation of the program: Berlin,
Frankfurt, Heidelberg, Munich, Nurnberg, and Wiesbaden. The Administrative
Offices were opened in Heidelberg in April, 1950.
The fact that 1,851 students registered for the first term was interpreted
as an expression of appreciation for the co-operative efforts of the Armed Forces
and the University in bringing college-level instruction to where the men were
located. In successive terms the program has been expanded and decentralized,
so that over ten thousand students were served during the past academic year.
The Program is operated on an accelerated basis, with classes meeting two
evenings each week for eight weeks. There are five terms each year. The
terms are as follows:
September — November
November — January
February — March
April — May
June — July
The Heidelberg Office has more autonomy than do the various state-side
centers. It maintains an assistant comptroller, and assistant registrar, and an
assistant director of admissions.
562
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Courses Offered
The courses of study arranged for the European Program point primarily
to the degrees in Military Science. Courses are taught in business administra-
tion, economics, English, foreign languages, geography, government and politics,
history, mathematics, military science, psychology, sociology, and speech.
Teaching Personnel
Foreign language teachers and mathematics teachers are selected from
qualified European nationals. Military science courses are taught by military
men chosen in Europe. Other teachers are selected at College Park in consulta-
tion with the respective department heads. An average teaching staff of forty-
five full-time teachers, fifteen mathematics teachers, ten military science teachers,
and sixty-five language teachers was maintained during the various terms in
1952-1953.
Classes were offered at the following centers during recent terms.
OVERSEAS CENTERS
United Kingdom
Germany
France
Bentwaters
Aschaffenburg
Chaumont
Brize Norton
Augsburg
Chateauroux
Burtonwood
Babenhausen
Fontainebleau
Bushy Park
Bad Kreuznach
Laon
Fairford
Bad Nauheim
La Rochelle
Greenham Common
Bamberg
Orly
Lakenheath
Berlin
Paris
Manston
Birkenfeld
Toul
Mildenhall
Bonn
Prestwick
Darmstadt
Greece
Sculthorpe
Erding
Athens
Sealand
Frankfurt/ Main
Shaftesbury
Freising
Italy
Shepherd's Grove
Giessen
Florence
South Ruislip
Hanau
Leghorn
Upper Heyford
Heidelberg
Waddington
Kaiserslautern
Trieste, Free Territory of
West Drayton
Landsberg
Trieste
Wethersfield
Munich
Wytton
Nurnberg
Libya
Austria
Rhein-Main
Tripoli
Salzburg
Rothwesten
Vienna
Stuttgart
Turkey
French Morocco
Ulm
Ankara
Nouasseur
Wiesbaden
Rabat
Wiirzburg
Ethiopia (Eritrea)
Sidi Slimane
Asmara
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 563
Cooperation of Information and Education Branches
The European Program would not be possible except for tbe valuable
assistance and support of the Information and Education Branches of the Armed
Services. Full-time staff members are provided military transportation to and
from Europe. Extensive assistance is given to the University in matters involv-
ing registration, quarters, and many other essentials of university existence in
the centers of troop concentration in Europe.
American and European civilians are admitted to the University of Mary-
land classes, provided that no armed services personnel are excluded thereby.
Degree Opportunities
Credit earned in the European program is considered as residence credit at
the University of Maryland, as is credit earned at the stateside centers. Students
may pursue studies leading to degrees at the University of Maryland or transfer
credits to other institutions.
European Catalog
An independent catalog for the European Program is published by the
Heidelberg office. A copy of this catalog may be obtained from the College
of Special and Continuation Studies at College Park or by addressing a request
to: University of Maryland, Heidelberg Military Post, APO 403, c/o Postmaster,
New York, New York.
NORTH ATLANTIC PROGRAM
Newfoundland
At the request of the North East Air Command, the College of Special
and Continuation Studies inaugurated a Newfoundland program on July 1, 1951.
This program is operated on an accelerated basis, with classes meeting two
evenings each week for eight week terms.
Classes in economics, English, foreign languages, geography, government
and politics, history, mathematics, and speech were offered during 1952-1953.
Courses are offered at the following Newfoundland and Labrador Centers:
Goose Bay Air Force Base — Labrador
Harmon Air Force Base — Stephenville
McAndrew Air Force Base — Argentia
Pepperrell Air Force Base — St. John's
Greenland
At the request of the North East Air Command, the College of Special and
Continuation Studies inaugurated the Greenland program in February, 1953.
Classes in English, French, history and speech were offered during the
1953 Spring terms at the following Greenland bases:
Narsarssuak (BW-1)
Sondrestrom (BW-8)
Thule
564 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Further information regarding the Newfoundland, Labrador and Greenland
centers may be obtained from Lt. Colonel Hall F. Achenbach, Director,
Personnel Service Division, Headquarters, North East Air Command, Pep-
perrell Air Force Base, St. John's Newfoundland, or the College of Special
and Continuation Studies, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
Iceland
At the request of the Military Air Transport Service a center was estab-
lished at Keflavik, Iceland, in December 1951. Courses have been offered in
English, foreign languages, history, government and politics, and speech.
Further information relative to Iceland offerings may be obtained from
Lt. Glenn E. Staggs, I. and E. Officer, Keflavik Air Force Base, Keflavik,
Iceland, or Major Tom A. Harloy, Headquarters, Military Air Transport Service,
Andrews Air Force Base, Washington, D. C, or this College.
Administration
The Newfoundland, Greenland and Iceland offerings are administered as
the North Atlantic Program from the College of Special and Continuation
Studies at College Park.
This program would not be possible without the valuable assistance and
support of the Information and Educational Personnel at the respective centers.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 565
SECTION V
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Below are listed by departments or special units, the courses offered in
the academic year 1952-1953 through the College of Special and Continuation
Studies.
Courses are designated by numbers as follows:
1 to 99: Courses for undergraduates.
100 to 199: Courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not all
courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)
200 to 299: Courses for graduates only.
The number of hours of credit is shown by the arabic numeral in paren-
theses after the title of the course.
A student pursuing a graduate program should keep constantly in touch
with the graduate adviser of his major department.
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING*
Aero. E. 101. Aerodynamics (3).
Basic fluid mechanics and the aerodynamic theory of air foils. Airplane
performance and stability calculation. Laboratory demonstration.
For Graduates
Aero. E. 200. Advanced Aerodynamics (3) Three lectures a week. Pre-
requisites, Aero. E. 115, Math. 64.
Review of thermodynamics and physical properties of gases. One dimen-
sional flow of a perfect compressible fluid. Shock waves. Fundamental equa-
tions of aerodynamics of compressible fluid. Two-dimensional linearized theory
of compressible flow, Prandtl-Glauert Method, Ackeret method. Rayleigh-
Janzen method. Hodograph method, Karman-Tsien approximation. Two-
dimensional transonic and hypersonic flows. Exact solutions of two dimen-
sional isotropic flow.
Aero. E. 201. Advanced Aerodynamics (3) Three lectures a week. Pre-
requisite, Aero E. 200.
Linearized theory of three-dimensional potential flow. Exact solution of
axially symmetrical potential flow. Method of characteristics. (Two-dimen-
sional and axially symmetrical flow). Nozzle design; flow in jets; rotational
flow of compressible fluid. One-dimensional viscous compressible flow. Laminar
boundary layer of compressible fluids.
•Additional Aeronautical Engineering courses, are offered on the campus at times
convenient to off-campus students.
566 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Aero. E. 202, 203. Advanced Aircraft Structures (3, 3) Prerequisites,
Aero. E. 113, 114.
Advanced theory and problems of aircraft structural analysis.
Aero. E. 204. Aircraft Dynamics (3) Prerequisites, Math. 64 and Aero.
E. 114.
Dynamics of a rigid body and applications to airplane dynamics. General-
ized coordinates and Lagrange's equations. Vibrations of simple systems.
Dynamics of elastically connected masses. Influence coefficients. Mode shapes
and principal oscillations. Transient stresses in an elastic structure.
Aero. E. 205. Aircraft Dynamics (3) Prerequisites, Math. 64 and Aero.
E. 101.
Wing divergence and aileron reversal. Theory of two dimensional oscil-
lating airfoil. Flutter problems. Corrections for finite span. Compressibility
effects.
Aero. E. 208. Advanced Aircraft Design (3) — Three lectures a week. Pre-
requisites, Aero. E. 101, 102, 113, 114.
Theory and method of airplane design. Each student designs either a jet
transport upon assigned specifications or any other airplane that he desires.
Special emphasis is placed on the derivations and theoretical background of the
formulas and experimental data used.
Aero E. 209. Stability and Control (3) — Three lectures a week. Prerequisites,
Aero. E. 101, 102.
Static and dynamic stability and control.
Aero. E. 210. Aerodynamic Theory (3) — Prerequisites, Aero/ E. 101,
Math. 64.
Fundamental equations in fluid mechanics. Irrotational motion. Circu-
lation theory of lift. Thin airfoil theory. Lifting line theory. Wind tunnel
corrections. Propellor theories. Linearized equations in compressible flow.
Special topics.
Aero E. 211.— The Design and Use of Wind Tunnels (Supersonic) (3).
The design and use of wind tunnels (supersonic). Review of basic aero-
dynamics and thermodynamics. Problems in supersonic tunnel design such
as pumping, power supply, condensation and driers. Equipment for measuring
results such as balances, manometer, optical instruments, such as schlieren,
spark illumination and X-ray equipment.
Investigations in supersonic wind tunnels are described with special refer-
ence to similitude required for conversion to full scale.
Aero. E. 212, 213. Bodies at Supersonic Speeds (3, 3)— First and second
semesters. Prerequisites, degree in Aero. E. or M. E. or equivalent, and consent
of instructor.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 567
Brief review of gasdynamics, drag, lift, stability, and damping on a body in
a supersonic stream. Special aerodynamic problems in the design of supersonic
missiles. Methods for obtaining accurate test data on the aerodynamic char-
acteristics of supersonic missiles.
Aero. E. 214 — Seminar. (In accordance with work outlined by the Aero. E.
Staff.) Prerequisite, graduate standing.
BACTERIOLOGY
Bact. 1. General Bacteriology (4).
The physiology, culture and differentation of bacteria. Fundamental
principles of microbiology in relation to man and his environment. Labora-
tory fee, $10.00.
Bact. 52. Sanitary Bacteriology (2)— Two lecture periods a week. Pre-
requisite, Bact. 1.
This course comprises only the lectures of Bact. 53.
Bact. 101. Pathogenic Bacteriology (4). Prerequisite, Bact. 5.
The role of microorganisms in the diseases of man and animals with em-
phasis upon the differentiation and culture of bacterial species, types of diseases,
modes of disease transmission; prophylactic, therapeutic and epidemiological
aspects. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
Bact. 204. Bacterial Metabolism (2) — Two lecture periods a week. Prere-
quisites, 30 credits in bacteriology and allied fields, including Chem. 161 and
162.
Bacterial enzymes, nutrition of autotrophic and heterotrophic bacteria,
bacterial growth factors, dissimilation of carbohydrate and nitrogenous
substrates.
Bact. 206, 208. Special Topics (1, 1) — Prerequisite, 20 credits in bac-
teriology.
Presentation and discussion of fundamental problems and special subjects
in the field of bacteriology.
Bact. 210. Virology (1) — One lecture period a week. Prerequisite, Bact.
101 or equivalent.
Characteristics and general properties of viruses and rickettsiae.
Bact. 211. Virology Laboratory (2) — One lecture and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 101 or equivalent. Registration only upon
consent of instructor.
Laboratory methods in virology. Laboratory fee, S20.00.
568 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
BOTANY
Bot. 1. General Botany (4).
General introduction to botany, touching briefly on all phases of the
subject. Emphasis is on the fundamental biological principles of the higher
plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
B. A. 10, 11. Organization and Control (2, 2). Required in all Business
Administration curriculums.
A survey course treating the internal and functional organization of a
business enterprise. B. A. 11 includes industrial management, organization
and control.
B. A. 20, 21. Principles of Accounting (4, 4). Required in all Business
Administration curriculums. Prerequisite, Sophomore training.
The fundamental principles and problems involved in accounting for
proprietorships, corporation and partnerships.
B. A. 130. Elements of Business Statistics (3). Prerequisite, Junior
standing. Required for graduation. Laboratory fee $3.50.
This course is devoted to a study of the fundamentals of statistics.
Emphasis is placed upon the collection of data; hand and machine tabulation;
graphic charting; statistical distribution; averages; index numbers; sampling;
elementary tests of reliability; and simple correlations.
B. A. 140. Financial Management (3). Prerequisite, Econ. 140.
This course deals with the principles and practices involved in the organ-
ization, financing, and reconstruction of corporations; the various types of
securities and their use in raising funds, apportioning income, risk, and control;
intercorporate relations; and new developments. Emphasis on solution of
problems of financial policy faced by management.
B. A. 160. Personnel Management (3). Prerequisite, Econ. 160.
This course deals essentially with functional and administrative relationships
between management and the labor force. It comprises a survey of the
scientific selection of employees, "in-service" training, job analysis, class-
ification and rating, motivation of employees, employee adjustment, wage in-
centives, employee discipline and techniques of supervision, and elimination
of employment hazards.
B. A. 163. Industrial Relations (3). Prerequisite, Econ. 160.
A study of the development and methods of organized groups in industry
with reference to the settlement of labor disputes. An economic and legal
analysis of labor union and employer association activities, arbitration, medi-
ation, and conciliation; collective bargaining, trade agreements, strikes, boy-
cotts, lockouts, company unions, employee representation, and injunctions.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 569
B.A. 164. Recent Labor Legislation and Court Decisions (3). Prerequisite
.B. A. 160 and senior standing.
B. A. 165. Office Management (3). Prerequisite, B. A. 11 or junior
standing.
Considers the application of principles of scientific management in their
application to office work.
B. A. 166. Business Communications (3). Prerequisites, junior standing.
The principles of effective written communication in business — formal and
informal reports, including digesting of information, organizing for pre-
sentation, methods of handling various types of information, and physical
set-up; the various type of business letters; special consideration will be
given to application letters.
B A. 167. Job Evaluation and Merit Rating (2). Prerequisite, B. A. 160.
The investigation of the leading job evaluation plans used in industry,
study of the development and administrative procedures, analyzing jobs and
writing job descriptions, setting up a job evaluation plan, and relating job
evaluation to pay scales. Study of various employee merit rating programs,
the methods of merit rating, and the uses of merit rating.
B. A. 169. Industrial Management (3). Prerequisites, B. A. 11 and 160.
Studies the operation of a manufacturing enterprise. Among the topics
covered are product development, plant location, plant layout, production plan-
ning and control, methods analysis, time study, job analysis, budgetary control,
standard costs, and problems of supervision. An inspection trip to a large
manufacturing plant is made at the latter part of the semester.
B. A. 170. Transportation Services and Regulation (3). Prerequisite,
Econ. 32 or 37.
A general course covering the five fields of transportation, their develop-
ment, services and regulation. (This course is a prerequisite for all other
transportation courses.)
B. A. 177. Motion Economy and Time Study (3). Prerequisite, B. A. 169.
A study of the principles of motion economy, simo charts, micromotion
study, the fundamentals of time study, job evaluation, observations, standard
times, allowances, formula construction, and wage payment plans.
B. A. 178. Production Planning and Control (2) — Prerequisite B. A. 169.
Analysis of the man-, and material-, and machine requirements for produc-
tion according to the several types of manufacture. The development and ap-
plication of inventory records, load charts, production orders, schedules,
production reports, progress reports and control reports. One lecture period
and one laboratory period each week.
570 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
B. A. 179. Problems in Supervision (3). Prerequisite, B. A. 169.
A case study course of supervisory problems divided into difficulties with
subordinates, with associates, and with superiors. The purposes of the course
are to apply general principles of industrial management to concrete cases and
to extract principles from a study of cases.
B. A. 180, 181. Business Law (4, 4). Prerequisite, senior standing. Re-
quired in all Business Administration curriculums.
Legal aspects of business relationships, contracts, negotiable instruments,
agency, partnerships, corporations, real and personal property, and sales.
B. A. 269. Studies of Special Problems in Employer-Employee Relation-
ships. (Arranged).
CHEMISTRY
Chem. 1, 3. General Chemistry (4, 4). Laboratory fee, $10.00.
Chem. 5. Introductory Qualitative Analysis (3). Prerequisite, Chem. 3.
Laboratory fee, $10.00.
Chem. 19. Quantitative Analysis (4). Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3. Lab-
oratory fee, $10.00.
Chem. 101. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (2). Prerequisites, Chem. 23,
37, 38.
Chem. 141, 143. Advanced Organic Chemistry (2, 2). Prerequisites, Chem.
37, 38.
An advanced study of the compounds of carbon.
Chem. 142, 144. Advanced Organic Laboratory (2, 2). Prerequisites,
Chem. 19 or 23, and Chem. 37, 38. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
Syntheses and the quantitative determination of carbon and hydrogen,
halogen, and nitrogen are studied.
Chem. 146, 148. The Identification of Organic Compounds (2, 2). Pre-
requisites, Chem. 141-143, or concurrent registration therein. Laboratory fee,
$10.00.
The systematic identification of organic compounds.
Chem. 161, 163. Biochemistry (2, 2) — Two lectures per week. Prere-
quisites, Chem. 31, 33, or Chem. 35, 37.
This course is designed primarily for students in agriculture, bacteriology,
or chemistry, and for those students in home economics who need a more
extensive course of biochemistry than is offered in Chem. 81, 82.
Chem. 162, 164. Biochemistry Laboratory (2, 2). Prerequisites, Chem.
32, 34, or Chem. 36, 38. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 571
Chem. 187. Physical Chemistry (3). Prerequisites, Chem. 19 or 21; Phys.
20. 21; Math. 20, 21.
A course primarily for chemists and chemical engineers.
Chem. 201, 203. The Chemistry of the Rarer Elements (2, 2).
Chem. 205. Radiochemistry (2).
Chem. 239. Physical Techniques in Chemistry (2).
A survey of the tools available for the solution of chemical problems by
means of physical techniques.
Chem. 261. Advanced Biochemistry (2). Prerequisites, Chem. 141, 143, or
consent of the instructor.
Chem. 262. Advanced Biochemistry Laboratory (2). Prerequisite, consent
of the instructor. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
Chem. 285. Colloid Chemistry (2).
Chem. 287. Infra-red Raman Spectroscopy (2). Two lectures a week.
Prerequisites, Chem. 141, 143, 187, 189 and permission of instructor.
Chem. 289. Selected Topics in Advanced Colloid Chemistry (2) — Prere-
quisite, Chemistry 285.
Chem. 299. Reaction Kinetics (3).
Chem. 303. Electrochemistry (3).
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Ch. E. 188, 189. Alloy Steels I, II (2, 2) Prerequisites, graduate or un-
dergraduate standing. (Ch. E. 188 is not prerequisite to Ch. E. 189).
Recent advances in the physical metallurg}^ of steel; ferrite, cementite, and
austenite; the isothermal transformation of austenite; variables affecting the iso-
thermal transformation of austenite; decomposition of austenite by continuous
cooling; the effects of various metallurgical treatments on the mechanical
properties of steels.
The properties of quenched and tempered steels; importance of harden-
ability in engineering applications; calculation of hardenability; variables affect-
ing hardenability; intensifiers; effects of alloying elements on the mechanical
properties of steels; efficient use of alloying elements in steel.
(Xote: To be offered at off-campus naval installations as determined by
departmental and registration requirements.)
Ch. E. 207 f,s. Plant Design Studies (3, 3). Three hours a week, both
semesters. Prerequisite permission of the department. Also given at Army
Chemical Center.
572 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Ch. E. 228. Seminar in Metallurgy (1). Required of graduate students
in metallurgical curriculum.
Survey of the Metals literature, and oral presentation of prepared reports.
The content of this course is constantly changing, so a student may re-
ceive a number of credits by re-registration.
Ch. E. 230, 231. Mechanical Metallurgy (3, 3). Prerequisites, Math. 114,
115; Ch. E. 182, 183.
Theory of plastic flow and rupture of polycrystalline metals; the influence
of combined stresses, rate of deformation and temperature variation on the flow
and rupture of metals.
Flow and fracture in single crystals; theoretical crystal plasticity, theory
of failure, recovery, recrystallization, and texture formation.
Ch. E. 232, 233. Advanced Physical Metallurgy (3, 3).
Required of graduate students in metallurgic curriculum. The principles of
x-ray metalography, the atomic theory of their metals, magnetic materials,
phase equilibria, review of important binary and ternary systems, diffusion and
transformations in the solid state.
COLLEGE AIMS
C. A. 1, 2. College Aims (1, 1). Open only to students in the College of
Special and Continuation Studies or consent of the instructor.
This course primarily aimed at orienting new students in the College of
Special and Continuation Studies toward the practice of efficient study tech-
niques. It will be concerned with such topics as: 1. How to study and develop
higher level work skills; 2. Diagnosing and remedying skills disabilities; 3.
Handling problem area which distracts students from their studies.
ECONOMICS
Econ. 31, 32. Principles of Economics (3, 3). Prerequisite, sophomore
standing. Required in the Business Administration Curriculums.
A general analysis of the functioning of the economic system. A con-
siderable portion of the course is devoted to a study of basic concepts and
explanatory principles. The remainder deals with the major problems of the
economic system.
Econ. 131. Comparative Economic Systems (3). Prerequisite, Econ. 32
or 37.
An investigation of the theory and practice of various types of economic
systems. The course begins with an examination and evaluation of the
capitalistic system, and is followed by an analysis of alternative types of eco-
nomic systems such as fascism, socialism, and communism.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 573
Econ. 132. Advanced Economic Principles (3). Prerequisite, Econ. 32.
Required for Economics majors.
This course is an analysis of price and distribution theory with special
attention being paid to recent developments in the theory of imperfect compe-
tition.
Econ. 134. Contemporary Economic Thought (3). Prerequisite, Econ. 32.
A survey of recent trends in American, English, and Continental economic
thought with special attention being given to the work of such economists as
VV. C. Mitchell, J. R. Commons, T. Veblen, W. Sombart, J. A. Hobson, and
other contributors to the development of economic thought since 1900.
Econ. 136. International Economic Policies and Relations (3). Prere-
quisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
A descriptive and theoretical analysis of international trade. Full considera-
tion is given to contemporary problems facing international trade and to the
impact of governmental policy upon international commercial relations.
Econ. 137. The Economics of National Planning (3). Prerequisite, Econ.
32 or 37.
An analysis of the principles and practice of economic planning with special
reference to the planning problems of Great Britain, Russia and the United
States.
Econ. 140. Money and Banking (3). Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
A study of the organization, functions, and operation of our monetary,
credit, and banking system; the relation of commercial banking to the Federal
Reserve System; the relation of money and credit to prices; domestic and
foreign exchange, and the impact of public policy upon banking and credit.
Econ. 142. Public Finance and Taxation (3). Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
A study of governmental fiscal policy with special emphasis upon sources
of public revenue, the tax system, government budgets, and the public debt.
Econ. 150. Marketing Principles and Organization (3). Prerequisite,
Econ. 32 or 37.
This is an introductory course in the field of marketing. Its purpose is to
give a general understanding and appreciation of the forces operating, institu-
tions employed, and methods followed in marketing agricultural products,
natural products, services, and manufactured goods.
Econ. 160. Labor Economics (3). Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
The historical development and chief characteristics of the American labor
movement are first surveyed. Present-day problems are then examined in
detail: wage theories, unemployment, social security, labor organization, col-
lective bargaining.
574 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Econ. 171. Economics of American Industry (3). Prerequisite Econ. 32
or 37.
A study of the technology, economics and geography of twenty representa-
tive American industries.
EDUCATION
Ed. 90. Development and Learning (3).
A study of the principles of learning and their application to school
situations. Designed to meet the usual teacher-certification requirement for
educational psychology.
Ed. 102. History of Education in the United States (2).
A studj' of the origins and development of the chief features of the present
system of education in the United States.
Ed. 105. Comparative Education — European (2).
A study of national systems of education with the primary purpose of
discovering their characteristic differences and formulating criteria for judging
their worth.
Ed. 106. Comparative Education — Latin American (2).
This course is a continuation of Ed. 105, with emphasis upon the national
educational systems of the Western Hemisphere.
Ed. 107. Philosophy of Education I (2).
A study of the great educational philosophers and their contributions to
modern education. Earlier periods.
Ed. 121. The Language Arts in the Elementary School (2).
This course is concerned with present trends in the teaching of reading,
spelling, handwriting, written and oral language, and creative expression.
Special emphasis is given to the use of the skills in meaningful situations having
real significance to the pupils.
Ed. 122. The Social Studies in the Elementary School (2).
The emphasis in this course is on pupil growth through social experiences.
Consideration is given to the utilization of environmental resources, curriculum,
organization and methods of teaching, and evaluation of newer methods and
materials in the field.
Ed. 126. The Elementary School Curriculum (2).
A study of important developments in elementary education with particular
attention to methods and materials which may be used to improve the develop-
ment of pupils in elementary schools. Problems which are encountered in day-
to-day teaching situations receive much attention.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 575
*Ed. 130. Theory of the Junior High School (2).
This course gives a general overview of the junior high school. It includes
consideration of the purposes, functions, and characteristics of this school
unit; a study of its population, organization, program of studies, methods, staff,
and other similar topics, together with their implications for prospective
teachers.
*Ed. 131. Theory of the Senior High School (2).
The secondary school population; the school as an instrument of society;
relation of the secondary school to other schools; aims of secondary education;
curriculum and methods; extra-curricular activities; guidance and placement;
teacher certification and employment in Maryland and the District of Columbia.
Ed. 134. Materials and Procedure for the High School Core Curriculum (2).
This course is designed to bring practical suggestions to teachers who are
in charge of core classes in junior and senior high schools. Materials and
teaching procedures for specific units of work are stressed.
Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3).
This course is offered in separate sections for the various subject-matter
areas, namely, English, social studies, foreign language, science, mathematics,
art education, business education, industrial education, and physical education.
Registration cards must include the subject-matter area as well as the name and
number of the course. Graduate credit is allowed only by special arrangement.
In each section the objectives, selection and organization of subject matter,
appropriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks, and other instructional materials,
measurement, and other topics pertinent to the particular subject matter area
are treated.
Twenty periods of observation.
Ed. 141. High School Course of Study-English (2).
This course is concerned with the selection and organization of content
for English classes in secondary schools. Subject matter is analyzed to clarify
controversial elements of form, style, and usage.
E. 147. Audio- Visual Education (2).
Sensory impressions in their relation to learning; projection apparatus,
its cost and operation; slides, film-strips, and films; physical principles under-
lying projection; auditory aids to instruction; field trips; pictures, models, and
graphic materials; integration of sensory aids with organized instruction. Fee,
$1.00.
Ed. 148. Methods and Practice of Teaching (2-8). Prerequisite, Ed. 140,
grade-point average of 2.275, and approval of faculty. Laboratory Fee, $30.
Undergraduate credit only.
♦Credit is accepted for Ed. 130 or Ed. 131, but not for both courses.
576 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Application forms for this course, properly filled in, must be submitted to
the Director of Student Teaching not less than ninety days before registration.
Students who register for this course serve as apprentice teachers in the
schools to which they are assigned. For eight credits, full time for one-half
of one semester, is devoted to this work. For experienced teachers and some
graduate students the time and credit may be reduced.
In the half semester not devoted to student teaching, certain courses are
blocked, including the following: Ed. 145, Ed. 140, Ed. 134, Cr. 198, H. E.
Ed. 102, H. Mgt. 152, P. E. 140, P. E. 190, P. E. 124.
Ed. 150. Educational Measurement (2).
A study of tests and examinations with emphasis upon their construction
and use. Types of tests; purposes of testing; elementary statistical concepts
and processes used in summarizing and analyzing test results; school marks.
Ed. 151. Remedial Reading Instruction (2).
Causes for reading disabilities; diagnostic techniques; and corrective methods
are studied. Instructional materials are evaluated. The course is designed for
both elementary and secondary school teachers.
Ed. 152. The Adolescent: Characteristics and Problems (2).
This course deals with the intellectual, emotional, social, and vocational
problems which arise in the transitional period between childhood and adulthood,
the secondary school period.
Ed. 153. The Improvement of Reading (2).
This course is intended for teachers working at the intermediate and
secondary school levels. Attention is given to the teaching of reading in
different school subjects, the selection of reading materials, the study of in-
dividuals with reference to causes of reading deficiencies, types of reading
lessons, and certain elements of psychology essential to intelligent consideration
of problems in this field.
Ed. 160. Educational Sociology — Introductory (2).
This course deals with data of the social sciences which are germane to
the work of teachers. Consideration is given to implications of democratic
ideology for educational endeavor, educational tasks imposed by changes in
population and technological trends, the welfare status of pupils, the socio-
economic attitudes of individuals who control the schools, and other elements
of community background which have significance in relation to schools.
For Graduates
Ed. 210. The Organization and Administration of Public Education (2).
The basic course is school administration. The course deals with the organi-
zation and administration of school systems — at the local, state, and federal
levels; and with the administrative relationships involved.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 577
Ed. 211. The Organization, Administration, and Supervision of Secondary
Schools (2).
The work of the secondary school principal. The course includes topics
such as personnel problems, supervision, school-community relationships, stu-
dent activities, schedule making, and internal financial accounting.
Ed. 212. School Finance and Business Administration (2).
An introduction to the finance phase of public school administration. The
course deals with the basic principles of school finance; the implications of
organization and control; the planning, execution, and appraisal of the activities
involved in public school finance such as budgeting, taxing, purchasing, service
of supplies, and accounting.
Ed. 215. Public Education in Maryland (2).
A study of Maryland Public School system with special reference to school
law.
Ed. 216. High School Supervision (2). Prerequisite, teaching experience.
This course deals with recent trends in supervision; the nature and func-
tion of supervision; planning supervisory programs; evaluation and rating;
participation of teachers and other groups in policy development; school work-
shops; and other means for the improvement of instruction. Fee $1.00.
Ed. 217. Administration and Supervision in Elementary Schools (2).
A study of the problems connected with organizing and operating ele-
mentary schools and directing instruction.
Ed. 219. Seminar in School Administration (2).
Ed. 223. Practicum in Personnel Relationships (2-6).
Study of personnel relationships. Opportunities are provided for students
to work with groups of laymen or school staff members on local school
problems.
Ed. 225. School Public Relations (2).
A study of the relationships between the public school as a social institution
and the community of which it is a part. This course deals with the agents
who participate in the interpretative process; with propaganda and the schools;
with the P. T. A. and the other lay supervisory groups, and with such means
of publicity as the newspaper, radio, and school publications.
E. 227. Public School Personnel Administration (2).
An examination of practices with respect to personnel administration.
This course serves to aid in the development of principles applying to personnel
administration. Personnel needs, the means for satisfying personnel needs,
personnel relationships, tenure, salary schedules, leaves of absence, and retire-
ment plans are reviewed. Local and state aspects of the personnel problem
are identified.
578 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Ed. 161. Principles of Guidance (2).
A general orientation course in the principles of guidance and in the
organization and administration of guidance programs. It is also designed to
provide a general understanding of guidance procedures in terms of the day-
by-day demands made upon the classroom teacher in the guidance of youth
in his classes and in the extra-curricular activities which he sponsors.
Ed. 162. Mental Hygiene in the Classroom (2).
The practical application of the principles of mental hygiene to classroom
problems.
Ed. 163, 164, 165. Community Study Laboratory I, II and III (2, 2, 2).
1 his course involves experience from the educational standpoint with the
agencies, institutions, cultural patterns, living conditions, and social processes
which play significant roles in shaping the behavior of children and adults and
which must be understood by individuals working toward school and community
improvement. Each participant becomes a member of a group in a given area
of study and concentrates on problems which have direct application in his
school situation. Readings are integrated with techniques of study.
Ed. 171. Education of Retarded and Slow-Learning Children (2).
A study of retarded and slow-learning children, including discovery,
analysis of causes, testing techniques, case studies, and remedial educational
measures.
Ed. 188. Special Problems in Education (1-3). Prerequisite, consent of
instructor. Available to mature students only.
Ed. 191. Principles of Adult Education (2).
The course includes a study of adult educational agencies, both formal and
informal, with special reference to the development of adult education in the
United States, the interests and abilities of adults, and the techniques of adult
learning. Emphasis is laid on practical aids for teachers of various types of
adult groups.
Ed. 203. Problems in Higher Education (2).
A study of present problems in higher education.
Ed. 207. Seminar in History and Philosophy of Education (2).
Ed. 239. Seminar in Secondary Education (2).
Ed. 243. Application of Theory and Research to Arithmetic in Elementary
Schools (2).
Implications .of experimental practices, the proposals of eminent writers,
and the results of research for the teaching of arithmetic in elementary schools.
Ed. 248. Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (2).
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 579
Ed. 250. Analysis of the Individual (2).
This course is concerned with considering policies for adjusting the school
to the pupil; using the school's special services — attendance, health guidance —
and records, reports, tests and inventories to promote a better understanding
of the individual. Interpretation and use of data are stressed.
Ed. 253. Guidance Information (2).
To provide guidance workers and others interested with proficiencies for
finding and presenting to pupils information pupils need in making choices,
plans, and interpretations in major problem areas, such as social, occupational,
and educational problems. Required of counseling majors. Ed. 161 is desirable
as a prior course.
Ed. 260. Principles of School Counseling (2). Prerequisites, Ed. 161, Ed.
250, Ed. 253 for majors. Prerequisites may be waived by instructor.
A basic course for counselors in public schools in the theories of counseling
and study of techniques. Emphasis is on study of techniques used with pre-
adolescents and adolescents.
Ed. 261. Case Studies in School Counseling (2). Prerequisite, Ed. 260.
To provide elementary proficiencies in counseling in public schools through
vicarious practice. Discussion of techniques applicable to specific cases. These
cases will be actual ones reported by counselors in person, in writing, and by
sound. Problems met by counselors in addition to problems of technique will be
covered.
Ed. 267. Curriculum Construction Through Community Analysis (2).
Prerequisites, Ed. 163, 164, 165.
Selected research problems in the field of community study with empha-
sis on the Baltimore area.
Ed. 268. Seminar in Educational Sociology (2).
Ed. 269. Seminar in Guidance (2).
Ed. 278. Seminar in Special Education (2).
Ed. 280. Research Methods and Materials in Education (2).
Ed. 288. Research Problems in Education (1-6) — First and second semes-
ters.
Master of education or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special
research problems under the direction of their advisers may register for credit
under this number.
Ed. 289. Research — Thesis (1-6) — First and second semesters.
Students who desire credit for a master's thesis, a doctoral dissertation, or
a doctoral project should use this number.
580 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
E. E. 100. Alternating-Current Circuits (4). Prerequisites, Phys. 20, 21;
Math. 20, 21; E. E. 1. Required of juniors in electrical engineering. Labora-
tory fee, $4.00.
Single- and polyphase-circuit analysis under sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal
conditions of operation. Harmonic analysis by the Fourier series method.
Theory and operation of mutually-coupled circuits. Elementary symmetrical
components,
E. E. 101. Engineering Electronics (4). Prerequisites, E. E. 100. Re-
quired of juniors in electrical engineering. Laboratory fee, $4.00.
Theory and applications of electron tubes and associated circuits with
emphasis on equivalent circuit analysis of audio amplifiers, reactance tubes,
feedback amplifiers, oscillators, and detectors.
E. E. 104. Communication Circuits (3). Prerequisites, E. E. 60 and 100.
Required of juniors in electrical engineering.
Long-line theory applied to audio-frequency and ultra-high-frequency
systems. Elements of filter theory; impedance matching; Maxwell's equations
in rectangular and cylindrical coordinates and in scalar notation; elements of
rectangular and circular wave guide theory.
E. E. 105, 106 — Radio Engineering (4, 4) — First and second semesters.
Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Pre-
requisite, E. E. 101. Required of seniors in electrical engineering.
Characteristics of radio-frequency circuits including the design of tuned
coupled circuits and Class C amplifiers. Amplification, oscillation, modulation,
and detection with particular emphasis on radio-frequency amplification and
broadcast-range reception. Elements of wave propagation and antenna systems.
E. E. 108. Electric Transients (3). Prerequisite, E. E. 101.
Current, voltage, and power transients in lumped-parameter networks.
Transient phenomena in sweep circuits, multi-vibrators, and inverters. Elements
of square-wave testing.
E. E. 109. Pulse Techniques (3). Prerequisite, E. E. 105.
Systems for detection of radio echoes; pulse formation; transients in R-C
circuits; multivibrators, particularly the cathode-coupled type; indicators; re-
ceivers; modulators.
E. E. 114. Applied Electronics (3). Prerequisite, E. E. 101. Senior
elective.
Detectors and discriminators; oscillators; gas tube characteristics and as-
sociated circuits; photoelectric tubes and associated circuits; vacuum-tube instru-
ments.
E. E. 115. Industrial Electronics (4). Prerequisite, E. E. 101. Required
of seniors taking the Electronics Option.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 581
Thyatron control and rectifying circuits; electronic methods of Bpeed and
Itage control; electric welding; X-ray oscillography; sound recording; loud
;aker characteristics; noise and vibration measurements.
E. E. 120. Electromagnetic Waves (3). Prerequisite, senior standing in
ctrical engineering or physics and "B" average in mathemati [llired
M.S. degree candidates in electrical engineering.
Basic mathematical theory of electromagnetic wave propagation employing
ixwell's equations in vector form and in generalized coordinates; application
wave-guide transmission; concept ot' retarded magnetic vector potential and
application to dipole radiation.
E. E. 160. Vacuum Tubes (3). Prerequisites, senior standing in electrical
gineering or physics and "B" average in mathematics.
Electron emission; laws of electron motion; space charge effects; noise in
cuum tubes; magnetic lenses; klystrons magnetrons; photoelectric tubes;
ler special-purpose tubes.
E. E. 200. Symmetrical Components (3). Prerequisite, E. E. 103.
Application of the method of symmetrical components to synchronous
nerators, transmission lines, transformers, static loads possessing mutual
upling, and induction motor loads. Methods of calculating positive, negative,
d zero sequence reactances of transmission lines. Complete network sol
terms of symmetrical components and comparison of these solutions with
it obtained by classical methods. Methods of measuring positive, negative,
d zero sequence reactances of synchronous generators.
E. E. 201. Electromagnetic Theory (3). Prerequisite, E. E. 120. Required
M.S. degree candidates in electrical engineering.
Theoretical analysis and engineering applications of Laplace's, Poisson's,
axwell's equations.
E. E. 202, 203. Transients in Linear Systems (3, 3). Prerequisite, under-
aduate major in electrical engineering, mechanical engineering, or physics.
quired of M.S. degree candidates in electrical engineering.
Operational circuit analysis; the Fourier integral, transient analysis of
xtrical and mechanical systems and vacuum tube circuits by the Laplace
insformer method.
E. E. 204, 205. Advanced Circuit Analysis (3, 3). Prerequisites, under-
aduate major in either physics or electrical engineering.
The wave character of the steady-state, long-line solutions; attenuation
d phase characteristics; phase and group velocities; four-terminal network
pry; matrix algebra applied to network theory; conventional filter theory.
E. E. 206, 207. Microwave Engineering (3, 3). Prerequisite, E. E. 201.
Moratory fee on 207, $4.00.
582 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Basic consideration in solving field problems by differential equations;
circuit concepts and their validity at high frequency: propagation and reflection
of electromagnetic waves; guided electromagnetic waves; high frequency oscil-
lators and tubes; radiation engineering.
E. E. 212, 213. Automatic Regulation (3, 3). Prerequisite, undergraduate
major in electrical or mechanical engineering or physics. (It is desirable that
the student should have had E. E. 202.)
The design and analysis of regulatory systems, emphasizing servo-mech-
anisms. Regulatory systems are analyzed by means of the governing differential
equations to provide background for more practical studies of frequency spec-
trum analysis. Characteristics of actual systems and practical considerations
are studied.
E. E. 215, 216. Radio Wave Propagation (3, 3). Prerequisite, E. E. 120.
Propagation over plane earth; underwater reception; propagation over
spherical earth; ionospheric propagation; radar propagation and properties of
radar targets; refraction; meteorological effects.
E. E. 232. Active Network Analysis (3). Prerequisite, E. E. 202 or E. E.
204.
The complex frequency plane; conventional feedback amplifier theory;
Bode's mathematical definitions of feedback and sensitivity; theorems for feed-
back circuits; stability and physical realizability of electrical networks;
Nyquist's and Routh's criteria for stability.
E. E. 233. Network Synthesis (3). Prerequisite, E. E. 232.
Driving point impedance functions: transfer impedance functions; design
of impedance functions with emphasis placed on the manner in which magnetic
coupling and feedback coupling between plate and grid of vacuum-tube circuits
affects the location of the poles of the system determinant.
E. E. 235. Applications of Tensor Analysis (3). Prerequisite, E. E. 202.
The mathematical background of tensor notation which is applicable to
electrical engineering problems. Applications of tensor analysis to electric
circuit theory and to field theory.
E. E. 250. Electrical Engineering Research. Prerequisite, approved ap-
plication for candidacy to the degree of Master of Science or Doctor of Phi-
losophy in electrical engineering. Six semester hours of credit in E. E. 250
are required of M.S. degree candidates and a minimum of twelve semester hours
are required of Ph.D. candidates.
A thesis covering an approved research problem and written in conformity
with the regulations of the Graduate School is a partial requirement for either
the degree of Master of Science or the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in
electrical engineering.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 583
ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Eng. 1, 2. Composition and American Literature (3, 3). Required of
freshmen.
Grammar, rhetoric, and the mechanics of writing; frequent themes. Read-
ings will be in American literature.
Eng. 3, 4. Composition and World Literature (3, 3). Prerequisite, Eng.
1, 2. Eng. 3, 4, or Eng. 5, 6, or an acceptable* combination of the two required
of sophomores.
Practice in composition. An introduction to world literature, foreign
classics being read in translation.
Eng. 5, 6. Composition and English Literature (3, 3). Prerequisite, Eng.
1, 2.
Practice in Composition. An introduction to major English writers.
Eng. 7. Technical Writing (2). Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2.
For students desiring practice in writing reports, technical essays, or
popular essays on technical subjects.
Eng. 8. College Grammar (3) — Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2.
An analytical study of Modern English grammar, with lectures on the
origin and history of inflectional and derivational forms.
Eng. 14. Expository Writing (3). Prerequisites, Eng. 1, 2. Credit will
not be given for Eng. 7 or Eng. 10 in addition to Eng. 14.
Methods and problems of exposition; practice in several kinds of informa-
tive writing, including the preparation of technical papers and reports. Not
offered on the College Park campus.
Eng. 101. History of the English Language (3).
An historical and critical survey of the English language; its origin, and
development.
Eng. 115, 116. Shakespeare (3, 3).
Twenty-one important plays.
Eng. 134, 135. Literature of the Victorian Period (3, 3).
The chief writers of prose and poetry from the close of the Romantic
period to the end of the nineteenth century.
Eng. 143. Modern Poetry (3).
The chief British and American poets of the twentieth century.
Eng. 144. Modern Drama (3).
The drama from Ibsen to the present.
•In practice this means one first semester course and one second semester
course. Combinations 3-6 and 4-5 are acceptable. 3-5 and 4-6 are not.
584 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Eng. 145. The Modern Novel (3).
Major English and American novelists of the twentieth century.
Eng. 155, 156. Four Major American Writers (3, 3).
Two writers studied intensively each semester.
Eng. 157. Introduction to Folklore (3).
Historical background of folklore studies; growth of the field; type
folklore. Emphasis upon American folklore: ballads; folk songs; folk t
regional customs and beliefs.
Eng. 170. Creative Writing (2). Prerequisite, permission of the instru
Eng. 171. Advanced Creative Writing (2). Prerequisite, permission of
instructor.
GEOGRAPHY
Geog. 1, 2. Economic Resources (2, 2) — First and second semesters,
lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week for Geog. 1 ; two lee
periods for Geog. 2. Freshman requirement in the Business Administrj
Curriculums.
General comparative study of the geographic factors underlying prod
tion economics. Emphasis upon climate, soils, land forms, agricultural produ
power resources, and major minerals, concluding with brief survey of ge
raphy of commerce and manufacturing.
Geog. 20, 21. Economic Geography (3, 3). Cannot be taken for credit
students who have had Geog. 1 and 2 or 60 and 61.
Study of the nature and geographic distribution of the world's resourc
it's agricultural, mineral, and other industries in relation to such basic fact
as land forms, climates, population centers, and trade routes.
Geog. 30. Principles of Morphology (3).
A study of the physical features of the earth's surface and their geograp
distribution, including subordinate land forms. Major morphological process
the development and land forms, and the relationships between various tyj
of land forms and land use problems.
Geog. 35. Map Reading and Interpretation (3).
Designed to familiarize the student with various types of maps, their fui
tions and limitations. Introduction to map projections and their adaptabil
to different purposes. Emphasis upon characteristics and interpretation of toi
graphic maps.
Geog. 40. Principles of Meteorology (3).
An introductory study of the weather. Properties and conditions of t
atmosphere, and methods of measurement. The atmospheric circulation a
conditions responsible for various types of weather and their geographic dist
bution patterns. Practical applications.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 585
Geog. 41. Introductory Climatology (3). Prerequisite Geog. 40, or per-
sion of the instructor.
Climatic elements and their controls, the classification and distribution
jvorld climates, and relevance of climatic differences to human activities.
Geog. 50. Problems of Cartographic Representation (3). Prerequisite,
>g. 30 and 35, or equivalent.
Introduction to theory of projections. Study of principles and problems
i-epresentation of natural features according to map scales, and of generaliza-
I and symbolization; also of classification, representation, and generalization
cultural features, including place-name selection.
I Geog. 90. Problems of Cartographic Procedure (3). Prerequisite, Geog. 30.
Study of compilation methods and their relationship to drafting and repro-
tion methods, including basic concepts of compilation, criteria used in the
hction of methods of transfer, relationships of reproduction methods to the
iree of accuracy, drafting methods in compilation and in color-separation
ij-k, and analysis of type styles and their uses.
" Geog. 100, 101. Regional Geography of the United States and Canada
i3). Prerequisite, Geog. 1, 2, or Geog. 10, 11, or permission of the instructor.
!A study of regional diversity of the natural and human resources of the
,» countries, and the economic activities and settlement patterns of the popu-
jon.
i Geog. 105. Geography of Maryland and Adjacent Areas (3). Prerequisite,
mission of the instructor.
} An analysis of the physical environment, natural resources, and population
'elation to agriculture, industry, transport, and trade in the State of Mary-
d and adjacent areas.
Geog. 120. Economic Geography of Europe (3).
| The natural resources of Europe in relation to agricultural and industrial
jelopment and to present-day economic and national problems.
! Geog. 130, 131. Economic and Political Geography of Southern and Eastern
la (3, 3).
iA study of China, Japan, India, Burma, Indo-China and the Dutch East
lies; natural resources, population, and economic activities. Comparisons of
I'sical and human potentialities of major regions and of their economic, social,
|[ political development.
; Geog. 134, 135. Cultural Geography of East Asia (3, 3).
j A comprehensive and systematic survey of the geographical distribution
Jl interpretation of the major racial groups and cultural patterns of China,
Lan, and Korea. Special emphasis will be placed on the unique characteristics
the peoples of these areas, their basic cultural institutions, outlooks on life,
586 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
contemporary problems, and trends of cultural change. Designed especially for
students of the social sciences, and those preparing for careers in foreign service,
foreign trade, education, and international relations.
Geog. 140. Soviet Lands (3).
The natural environment and its regional diversity. Geographic factors in
the expansion of the Russian State. The geography of agricultural and industrial
production, in relation to available resources, transportation problems, and
diversity of population.
Geog. 150. Problems of Map Evaluation I — Topographic Maps (3). Pre-
requisite, Geog. 30.
Review of status of topographic mapping with consideration of important
schools of topographic concepts and practices. Theoretical and practical means
of determining map reliability and utility, including studies of map coverage.
Emphasis on methods of preparation of data for compilation purposes, including
a study of types of source materials. Methods of map cataloging and bibli-
ography are given brief consideration.
Geog. 151. Problems of Map Evaluation II — Non-topographic Special-use
Maps (3). Prerequisite, Geog. 150.
Deals exclusively with non-topographic special-use maps used in the fields
of geolog}', pedology, climatology, forestry and botany, geography, economics,
agricultural economics, demography, transportation and communication, military
science, and certain other special fields. Each type is studied from the view-
point of history, basic criteria upon which the selection of features and scales
is determined, methods of representation and preparation, interpretation, and
availability of source materials. Field trips when possible.
Geog. 152. Problems and Practices of Photo Interpretation (3). Two-
hour lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Geog. 31, or
equivalent.
Reading and interpretation of aerial photographs with emphasis on topo-
graphic features. Study of limitations of photo interpretations. Interpretations
of soil, geologic, vegetation, and military data.
Geog. 190. Political Geography (3).
Geographical factors in national power and international relations; an
analysis of the role of "Geopolitics" and "Geostrategy," with special reference
to the current world scene.
Geog. 250. Seminar in Cartography (Credit to be arranged).
The historical and mathematical background of cartographic concepts,
practices and problems, and the various philosophical and practical approaches to
cartography. Discussions will be supplemented by the presentation of specific
cartographic problems investigated by the students.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 587
GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
G. & P. 1. American Government (3).
This course is designed as the basic course in government for the American
Civilization program, and it or its equivalent is a prerequisite to all other courses
in the Department. It is a comprehensive study of governments in the United
States and of their adjustment to changing social and economic conditions.
G. & P. 97. Major Foreign Governments (3).
An examination of characteristic governmental institutions and political
processes in selected major powers, such as Britain, Russia, France, Germany,
Italy, Japan, and China.
Students may not receive credit in this course and also obtain credit in
G. & P. 7, 8, or 10.
G. & P. 101. International Political Relations (3). Prerequisite, G. & P. 1.
A study of the major factors underlying international relations, the influence
of geography, climate, nationalism, and imperialism, and the development of
international organization, with emphasis on the United Nations.
G. & P. 102. International Law (3). Prerequisite, G. & P. 1.
Fundamental principles governing the relations of states, including matters
of jurisdiction over landed territory, water, airspace and persons; treatment of
aliens: treaty-making; diplomacy and the laws of war and neutrality.
G. & P. 105. Recent Far Eastern Politics (3) — First semester. Prere-
quisite G. & P. 1.
The background and interpretation of recent political events in the Far
East and their influence on world politics.
G. & P. 106. American Foreign Relations (3). Prerequisite, G. & P. 1.
The principles and machinery of the conduct of American relations, with
emphasis on the Department of State' and the Foreign Service, and analysis of
the major foreign policies of the United States.
G. & P. 108. International Organization (3 semester hours).
A study of the objectives, structure, functions, and procedures of interna-
tional organizations, including the United Nations as well as functional and
regional organizations such as the Organization of American States.
G. & P. 110. Principles of Public Administration (3). Prerequisite, G. &
P. 1.
A study of public administration in the United States, giving special atten-
tion to the principles of organization and management and to fiscal, personnel,
planning, and public relations practices.
G. & P. 142. Recent Political Theory (3). Prerequisite, G. & P. 1.
A study of nineteenth and twentieth century political thought, with special
emphasis on recent theories of socialism, communism, fascism.
588 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
G. & P. 144. American Political Theory (3). Prerequisite, G. & l\
A study of the development and growth of American political concj
from the colonial period to the present.
G. & P. 154. Problems of World Politics (3). Prerequisite, G. & P
A study of governmental problems of international scope, such as cause:
war, problems of neutrality, and propaganda. Students are required to rej
on readings from current literature.
G. & P. 174. Political Parties (3). Prerequisite, G. & P. 1.
A descriptive and analytical examination of American political par
nominations, elections, and political leadership.
G. & P. 197. Comparative Governmental Institutions (3). Prerequi:
G. and P. 1.
A careful study of major political institutions, such as legislatures, ext
tives, courts, administrative systems, and political parties, in selected fort
governments.
G. & P. 201. Seminar in International Political Organization (3).
A study of the forms and functions of various international organizat
G. & P. 207. Seminar in Comparative Governmental Institutions (3)
Reports of selected topics assigned for individual study and reading
governmental and political institutions in governments throughout the wo
G. & P. 211. Seminar in Federal-State Relations (3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field
recent federal-state relations.
G. & P. 225. Man and the State (3).
Individual reading and reports on such recurring concepts in political the<
as liberty, equality, justice, natural law and natural rights, private proper
sovereignty, nationalism, and the organic state.
HEALTH
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Hea. 160. Problems in School Health Education (2-6).
Two workshops each, of three weeks duration and granting 3 semes
hours credit, will be given., The first workshop will be planned primarily
elementary school personnel; the second will be planned for secondary schc
personnel. The workshops will deal with health services, healthful environme
and health instruction with emphasis in the latter.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 589
For Graduates
Hea. 230. Public Health Education (3).
A survey course designed to acquaint the student with the current major
problems in public health, and to enable him to recognize and understand the
relationships and relative importance of these problems.
Hea. 240. Advancements in Modern Health (3). First and second semes-
ters and summer.
Latest knowledge of the fundamental principles involved in personal, com-
munity, state and national health; functions and relationships of the various
health agencies cooperating with the educational faculties and their contribu-
tions to health; present status of preventive medicine and sanitation.
HISTORY
H. 1, 2. History of Modern Europe (3, 3).
The basic course, prerequisite, for all advanced courses in European History.
A study of European history from the Renaissance to the present day.
H. 5, 6. History of American Civilization (3, 3). Required for graduation
of all students who enter the University after 1944-45. Normally to be taken
in the sophomore year.
H. 102. The American Revolution (3). Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the
equivalent.
The background and course of the American Revolution through the for-
mation of the Constitution.
A study of the outstanding social and economic problems and of the cul-
tural changes of twentieth century America.
H. 115. The Old South (3). Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
A study of the institutional and cultural life of the ante-bellum South with
particular reference to the background of the Civil War.
H. 118, 119. Recent American History (3, 3). Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or
the equivalent.
Party politics, domestic issues, foreign relations of the United States since
1890. First semester, through World War I. Second semester, since World
War I.
H. 127, 128. Diplomatic History of the United States (3, 3)— Prerequisites,
H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
A historical study of the diplomatic negotiations and foreign relations of
the United States. First semester, from the Revolution to the Civil War;
second semester, from the Civil War to the present.
590 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
H. 129. The United States and World Affairs (3)— Prerequisites, H. 5, 6,
or the equivalent.
A consideration of the changed position of the United States with refer-
ence to the rest of the world since 1917.
H. 135, 136. Constitutional History of the United States (3, 3). Prere-
quisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
A study of the historical forces resulting in the formation of the Constitu-
tion, and the development of American constitutionalism in theory and practice
thereafter.
H. 141, 142. History of Maryland (3, 3). Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the
equivalent.
First semester, a survey of the political, social and economic history of
colonial Maryland. Second semester, Maryland's historical development and
role as a state in the American Union.
H. 145, 146. Latin-American History (3, 3). Prerequisites, 6 hours of
fundamental courses.
A survey of the history of Latin America from colonial origins to the
present, covering political, cultural, economic, and social development, with
special emphasis upon relations with the United States.
H. 171, 172. Europe in the Nineteenth Century, 1815-1919 (3, 3). Prere-
quisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4.
A study of the political, economic, social and cultural development of
Europe from the Congress of Vienna to the First World War.
H. 175, 176. Europe in the World Setting of the Twentieth Century (3, 3).
Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4.
A study of political, economic, and cultural developments in twentieth
century Europe with special emphasis on the factors involved in the two World
Wars and their global impacts and significance.
H. 186. History of the British Empire (3). Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H.
3, 4.
The rise of the Second British Empire and the solution of the problem of
responsible self-government, 1783-1867; the evolution of the British Empire
into a Commonwealth of Nations, and the development and problems of the
dependent Empire.
H. 191. History of Russia (3). Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or the equivalent.
A history of Russia from the earliest times to the present day.
H. 192. Foreign Policy of the USSR (3). Prerequisite, H. 191.
A survey of Russian foreign policy in the historical perspective, with special
emphasis on the period of the USSR. Russian aims, expansion, and conflicts
with the western powers in Europe, the Near and Middle East, and the Far
East will be studied.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 591
H. 195. The Far East (3).
A survey of the institutional, cultural and political aspects of the history of
China and Japan, and a consideration of present-day problems of the Pacific
area.
H. 200. Research (3-6) — Credit proportioned to amount of work.
H. 201. Seminar in American History (3).
H. 250. Seminar in European History (3).
H. 282. Problems in the History of World War II (3). Investigation of
various aspects of the Second World War, including military operations,
diplomatic phases, and political and economic problems of the war and its
aftermath.
H. 287. Historiography (3).
Readings and occasional lectures on the historical writing, the evolution
of critical standards, the rise of auxiliary sciences, and the works of selected
masters.
HOME ECONOMICS
Nut. 110. Nutrition (3). Prerequisite, Foods 2, 3; Organic Chemistry,
Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 to precede or parallel. Laboratory fee $7.00.
A scientific study of principles of human nutrition. Animal experimenta-
tion. Correction of nutritional deficiencies by dietary studies.
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT EDUCATION
H. D. Ed. 100, 101. Principles of Human Development I and II (3, 3).
These courses give a general overview of the scientific principles that
describe human development and behavior and relate these principles to the task
of the school. A year-long study of an individual child is an integral part of
the course and will require one half-day per week for observing children in
nearby schools. This course is designed to meet the usual certification require-
ments in Educational Psychology.
H. D. Ed. 102, 103, 104. Child Development Laboratory I, II and III
(2, 2, 2). Prerequisite, General or Fdu^ational Psychology or any course in
Human Development.
This course involves the direct study of children throughout the school
year. Each participant gathers a wide body of information about an indivi
dual; presents the accumulating data from time to time to the study group for
criticism and group analysis, and writes an interpretation of the dynamic? un-
derlying the child's learning, behavior and development.
H. D. Ed. 200. Introduction to Human Development and Child Study (3).
This course offers a general overview of the scientific principles which
592 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
describe human development and behavior and makes use of these principles
in the ,study of individual children. Each student will observe and record the
behavior of an individual child throughout the semester and must have one
half-day a week free for this purpose. The course is basic to further work in
child study and serves as a prerequisite for advanced courses where the student
has not had field work or at least six weeks of workshop experience in child
study.
H. D. Ed. 201. Biological Bases of Behavior (3).
This course emphasizes that understanding human life, growth and behavior
depends on understanding the ways in which the body is able to capture, control
and expend energy. Application throughout is made to human body processes
and implications for understanding and working with people. H. D. 250 a or
b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. (Prerequisite, H. D. Ed.
200.)
H. D. Ed. 202. Social Basis of Behavior (3).
This course analyzes the socially inherited and transmitted patterns of
pressures, expectations and limitations learned by an individual as he grows up.
These are considered in relation to the patterns of feeling and behaving which
emerge as the result of growing up in one's social group. H. D. Ed. 250a
or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. (Prerequisite, H. D.
Ed. 200).
H. D. Ed. 250a, 250b, 250c. Direct Study of Children (1, 1, 1).
This course provides the opportunity to observe and record the behavior
of an individual child in a nearby school. These records will be used in con-
junction with the advanced courses in Human Development and this course
will be taken concurrently with such courses. Teachers active in their jobs
while taking advanced courses in Human Development may use records from
their own classrooms for this course. May not be taken concurrently with
H. D. Ed. 102, 103, or 104.
H. D. Ed. 270. Seminars in Special Topics in Human Development (2-6).
An opportunity for advanced students to focus in depth on topics of special
interest growing out of their basic courses in human development. Prerequisites,
consent of the instructor.
INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION
Ind. Ed. 50. Methods of Teaching (2). (Offered in Baltimore.)
For vocational and occupational teachers of shop and related subjects.
The identification and analysis of factors essential to helping others learn; the
types of teaching situations and techniques; the use of instruction sheets;
measuring results and grading student progress in shop and related technical
subjects.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 593
Ind. Ed. 145, 146. Industrial Hygiene Education (2, 2).
-Ind. Ed. 145 deals with the theory and Ind. Ed. 146 with the practices
the following: Organization of plant medical department; medical services
industry; prevention and control of occupational disease; control of air con-
mination; the venereal disease problem in industry; fatigue; nutrition; sanita-
.n; illumination; noise; radiant energy; heating and ventilation; maximum
ie of manpower; absenteeism.
Ind. Ed. 150. Training Aids Development (2).
Study of the aids in common use as to their source and application. Special
iphasis is placed on principles to be observed in making aids useful to shop
ichers. Actual making and application of such an aid will be required.
Ind. Ed. 164. Shop Organization and Management (2).
This course covers the basic elements of organizing and managing an
.dustrial Education program including the selection of equipment and the
rangement of the shop.
Ind. Ed. 167. Problems in Occupational Education (2).
The purpose of this course is to secure, assemble, organize, and interpret
ita relative to the scope, character and effectiveness of occupational education.
Ind. Ed. 168. Trade or Occupational Analysis (2).
Provides a working knowledge of occupational and job analysis which
basic in organizing Industrial Education courses of study. This course should
ecede Ind. Ed. 169.
Ind. Ed. 169. Course Construction (2).
Surveys and applies techniques of building and reorganizing courses of
udy for effective use in vocational and occupational schools.
Ind. Ed. 170. Principles of Vocational Education (2).
The course develops the Vocational Education movement as an integral
hase of the American program of public education.
Ind. Ed. 171. History of Vocational Education (2).
An overview of the development of Vocational Education from primitive
mes to the present. The evolution of Industrial Arts is also considered.
Ind. Ed. 207. Philosophy of Industrial Arts Education (2).
This course is intended to assist the student in his development of a point
f view as regards Industrial Arts and its relationship with the total educational
rogram. He should, thereby, have a "yardstick" for appraising current pro-
dures and proposals and an articulateness for his own professional area.
Ind. Ed. 214. School Shop Planning and Equipment Selection (2).
This course deals with principles involved in planning a school shop and
rovides opportunities for applying these principles. Facilities required in the
peration of a satisfactory shop program are catalogued and appraised.
594 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Ind. Ed. 216. Supervision of Industrial Arts (2).
Ind. Ed. 248. Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (2).
JOURNALISM
Journ. 165. Feature Writing (3). Two lectures, two laboratory periods
each week. Prerequisite, Journ. 11. Production of newspaper features, Lab-
oratory fee, $3.00.
Journ 166. Publicity Techniques (3). Prerequisite, Journ. 11.
Techniques and media used in professional publicity work.
Journ. 170. Public Relations (3). Prerequisite, Journ. 11.
Survey of media used in public relations; objectives, principles, methods.
LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE, FOREIGN
French
French 1, 2. Elementary French (3, 3).
Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in com-
position and translation.
French 4, 5. Intermediate Literary French (3, 3). Prerequisite, French
1 and 2 or equivalent. Second-year French for students interested in literature
or in fields related to literature. Students who expect to do major or minor
work in French are required, however, to take French 17 in place of the second
semester of this course.
Translation; conversation; exercises in pronunciation. Reading of texts
designed to give some knowledge of French life, thought, and culture.
French 17. Grammar Review (3). Prerequisite, French 4, French 6, or
permission of instructor. Recommended for students who expect to major or
minor in French.
An intensive review of the elements of French grammar; verb drill; compo-
sition.
French 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3). Prerequisite, consent of the
instructor. This course is intended for students who have good general knowl-
edge of French and who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking
the language.
German
German 1, 2. Elementary German (3, 3). Elements of grammar; pro-
nunciation and conversation; exercises in composition and translation.
German 4, 5. Intermediate Literary German (3, 3). Prerequisite, German
1, 2, or equivalent. Students who have taken German 6 and 7, cannot receive
credit for German 4 and 5.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 595
Reading of narrative prose designed to give some knowledge of German
-life, thought, and culture. Translation, grammar review, pronunciation.
German 161, 162. German Civilization (3, 3).
Survey of German geography, history, government, literature, folklore and
thought; with special emphasis on the inter-relationship of social and literary
history.
Russian
Russian 1, 2. Elementary Russian (3, 3).
Elements of grammar; composition; pronunciation and translation.
Russian 4, 5. Intermediate Russian (3, 3). Prerequisite, Russian 1 and
2, or equivalent.
Translation; conversation: exercises in pronunciation. Reading of texts
designed to give some knowledge of Russian life, thought, and culture.
Russian 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2). Admission by consent of
instructor.
An intermediate spoken course in spoken Russian.
Spanish
Spanish 1, 2. Elementary Spanish (3, 3). Elements of grammar; pronun-
ciation and conversation; exercises in composition and translation.
Spanish 4, 5. Intermediate Spanish (3, 3). Prerequisite, Spanish 1, 2 or
equivalent. Students who do major or minor work in Spanish are advised to
take Spanish 17 in place of the second semester of this course.
Translation, grammar review, exercise in pronunciation. Reading of texts
designed to give some knowledge of Spanish and Latin-American life, thought,
and culture.
Spanish 251, 252. Seminar (3, 3). Required of all graduate majors in
Spanish.
Italian
Italian 1, 2. Elementary Italian (3, 3). Also recommended to advanced
students in French and Spanish.
Elements of grammar; pronunciation; exercises in translation.
Italian 3. Elementary Conversation (1). Prerequisite, Italian 1 and consent
of instructor.
A practice course in simple Italian.
Italian 4, 5. Intermediate Italian (3, 3). Prerequisite, Italian 1, 2, or
equivalent.
Reading of narrative prose designed to give some knowledge of Italian life,
thought and culture. Translation, grammar review, pronunciation.
596 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Modern Greek
Mod. Gr. 1, 2. Spoken Modern Greek (3, 3).
An intensive course in the colloquial style of Athens with emphasis on
vocabulary of everyday situations and including an introduction to Gre
writing.
Mod. Gr. 3. Elementary Conversation (1). Prerequisite, Modern Gre
1, and consent of instructor.
Mod. Gr. 4, 5. Intermediate Greek (3, 3). Prerequisite, Modern Greek
2, or equivalent.
Reading of literary texts and newspapers in Modern Greek.
MATHEMATICS
In general, students should enroll in only one course in the groups belo
In case this rule is not followed credit will be assigned as indicated.
Math. 5, 10, 15. Credit on only one course.
Math. 11, 14. Math. \\—V/2 credits; Math. 14—2 credits.
Math. 11, 17. Math. U—V/2 credits; Math. 17—4 credits.
Math. 11, 14, 17. Math. 11—0 credits; Math. 14 — 2 credits.
Math. 17 — 4 credits.
Math. 0. Basic Mathematics (0). Required of students who fail the qualif
ing examination for Math. 5 or 10.
The fundamental principles of algebra.
Math. 5. General Mathematics (3). Prerequisite, one unit of algebr
Open only to students in the College of Business and Public Administratio
the College of Agriculture, College of Military Science, and the Department (
Industrial Education. Note regulation above in case student enrolls in raoi
than one of the courses, Math. 5, 10, 15.
Fundamental operations, fractions, ratio and proportion, linear equation
exponents, logarithms, percentage, trade discount, simple interest, bank discoun
true discount, and promissory notes.
Math. 6. Mathematics of Finance (3). Prerequisite, Math. 5 or equivalen
Required of students in the College of Business and Public Administration, an
open to students in the College of Arts and Sciences only for elective credi
Line diagrams, compound interest, simple interest, ordinary annuitie
general annuities, deferred annuities, annuities due, perpetuities, evaluation c
bonds, amortization, and sinking funds.
Math. 10. Algebra (3). Prerequisite, one unit each of algebra and plan
geometry. Open to biological, premedical, predental, College of Military Science
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 597
and general Arts and Science students. Note regulation above, in case student
enrolls in more than one of the courses, Math. 5, 10, 15.
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, linear equations, exponents
and radicals, quadratic equations, progressions, logarithms, permutations and
combinations, probability and mathematics of investment.
Math. 11. Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry (3). Prerequisite, Math.
10, or equivalent. Open to biological, premedical, predental, College of Military
Science and general Arts and Science students. This course is not recommended
for students planning to enroll in Math. 20. Note regulation above, in case
student enrolls in both Math. 11 and 14, or in both Math. 11 and 17.
Trigonometric functions, identities, addition formulas, solution of conic
sections and graphs.
Math. 13. Elements of Mathematical Statistics (3). Prerequisite, Math.
10 or equivalent.
Frequency distributions, averages, moments, measures of dispersion, the
normal curve, curve fitting, regression and correlation.
Math. 14. Plane Trigonometry (2). Prerequisite, Math. 15 or concurrent
enrollment in Math. 15. Open to students in engineering, education, and Math.
11 and 14.
Trigonometric functions, identities, the radian, graphs, addition formulas,
solutions of triangles, and trigonometric equations.
Math. 15. College Algebra (3). Prerequisite, high school algebra com-
pleted and plane geometry. Open to students in engineering, education and the
physical sciences. Note regulations above, in case student enrolls in more
than one of the courses, Math. 5, 10, 15.
Fundamental operations, variation, functions and graphs, quadratic equa-
tions, theory of equations, binominal theorem, complex numbers, logarithms,
determinants and progressions.
Math. 17. Analytic Geometry (4). Prerequisite, Math. 14 and 15, or
equivalent. Open to students in engineering, education, and the physical
sciences. Note regulation above, in case student enrolls in both Math. 11 and 17.
Coordinates, locus problems, the straight line and circle, graphs, transforma-
tion of coordinates, conic sections, parametric equations, transcendental equa-
tions, solid analytic geometry.
Math. 20, 21. Calculus (4, 4). Prerequisite, Math. 17, or equivalent. Open
to students in engineering, education and the physical sciences.
Limits, derivatives, differentials, maxima and minima, curve sketching,
rates, curvature, kinematics, integration with geometric and physical applica-
tions, partial derivatives, space geometry, multiple integrals, infinite series.
Math. 64. Differential Equations for Engineers (3). Prerequisite, Math.
21, or equivalent. Required of students in mechanical and electrical engineering.
598 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Ordinary and partial differential equations of the first and second order
with emphasis on their engineering applications.
Math. 102. Theory of Equations (3). Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21, or
equivalent.
Solution of algebraic equations, symmetric functions.
Math. 103. Introduction to Modern Algebra (3). Prerequisite, Math. 20,
21, or equivalent.
Linear dependence, matrices, groups, vector spaces.
Math. 110, 111. Advanced Calculus (3, 3). Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21, or
equivalent.
Limits, continuous functions, differentiation and integration with applica-
tion to mechanics, infinite series, Fourier series, functions of several variables,
multiple integrals, the theorems of Gauss and Stokes, the calculus of variations.
Math. 114, 115. Differential Equations (3, 3). Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21,
or equivalent.
Ordinary differential equations, symbolic methods, successive approxima-
tions, solutions in series, orthogonal functions, Bessel functions, Sturmian theory.
Partial differential equations of first and second order, characteristics, boundary
value problems, Pfaffians, systems of equations, applications.
Math. 116. Introduction to Complex Variable Theory (3). Prerequisite,
Math. 20, 21, or equivalent. Open to students of engineering and the physical
sciences. Graduate students of mathematics should enroll in Math. 210, 211.
Fundamental operations in complex numbers, differentiation and integration,
analytic functions, conformal mapping, residue theory, power series.
Math. 117. Fourier Series (3). Prerequisite, Math. 114, or equivalent.
Representation of functions by series of orthogonal functions. Applications
to the solution of boundary value problems of some partial differential equa-
tions of physics and engineering.
Math. 130, 131. Analytic Mechanics (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math 21 or
equivalent.
Statics, kinematics, dynamics of a particle, elementary celestial mechanics,
Lagrangian equations for dynamical systems of one, two, and three degrees
of freedom, Hamilton's principle, the Hamilton-Jacobi partial differential equa-
tion.
Math. 132, 133. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Physicists (3,
3). Prerequisite, Math. 64, or equivalent.
Designed to introduce the student to advanced mathematical methods and
their applications to problems arising in the fields of aeronautical, electrical
and mechanical engineering, and in the physical sciences.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 599
Math. 134. Vector Analysis (3). Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21, or equivalent.
Vector algebra, Vector Calculus with applications to geometry and me-
chanics.
Math. 135. Numerical Analysis (3). Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21, or equiv-
alent.
A brief survey of computing machines, study of errors involved in solution
of polynomial and transcendental equations, interpolation, numerical differen-
tiation and integration, ordinary differential equations, systems of linear equa-
tions.
Math. 139. Operational Calculus (3). Prerequisite, Math. 64 or equivalent.
Operational solutions of ordinary and partial differential equations, Fourier
and Laplace transforms.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
For Graduates
M. E. 200, 201. Advanced Dynamics (3, 3). Prerequisites, Mech. 52;
Math. 64; M. E. 107; M. E. 109.
Mechanics of machinery. Dynamic forces. Balancing of rotating parts
Vibrations and vibration damping. Critical speeds.
M. E. 202, 203. Applied Elasticity (3, 3). Prerequisite, Mech. 52; Math.
64: M. E. 107.
Advanced methods in structural and experimental stress analysis. Advanced
strength of materials involving beam problems, curved bars, thin plates and
shells, buckling of bars, plates and shells, etc. Advanced work in stress con-
centrations, plastic deformations, etc., and problems involving instability of
structures.
M. E. 204, 205. Advanced Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer (3, 3).
Prerequisites, M. E. 101, 104, 105; Math. 64.
Advanced problems in thermodynamics on compression of gases and liquids,
combustion and equilibrium, humidification and refrigeration and availability.
Problems in advanced heat transfer covering the effect of radiation, conduction,
and convection, steady and unsteady flow, evaporation and condensation.
M. E. 206, 207. Advanced Machine Design (3, 3). Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Math. 64, M. E. 107.
Application of advanced methods of stress analysis to design of special
stationary and moving machine parts, including rotating disks, bearings, thick
wall cylinders, screw fastenings, crankshafts, etc. Application of linear and tor-
sional vibration and balancing in the design of machine members. Complete
design of a machine. Study of current design literature.
600 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
M. E. 208, 209. Steam Power Plant Design (3, 3). One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, M. E. 105.
The design and specifications of steam power plants for specific purposes.
Each student will carry out complete design including detail drawings.
M. E. 210, 211. Advanced Fluid Mechanics (3, 3). Prerequisite, M. E.
54, Math. 64.
Advanced theory of the flow of fluids and gases. Hydrodynamic theory.
Engineering applications.
M. E. 220. Seminar — Credit in accordance with work outlined by me-
chanical engineering staff. Prerequisite, graduate standing in mechanical
engineering.
M. E. 221. Research — Credit in accordance with work outlined by me-
chanical engineering staff. Prerequisite, graduate standing in mechanical en-
gineering.
Research in any field of mechanical engineering as applied mechanics,
heat transfer, thermodynamics, heat, power, etc.
M. E. 223, 224. Steam and Gas Turbine Design (3, 3). Three lectures
a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 101, M. E. 104, M. E. 105, Math 64.
Study of nozzles and blades, with application to all types of turbines and
compressors based on detailed heat calculations. Design of regenerators and
combusters for gas turbines. Applications to jet propulsion. Fundamentals of
rocket, pulse jet and ram jet design.
M. E. 225, 226. Advanced Properties of Metals and Alloys (2, 2). Pre-
requisite, Mech. 52, M. E. 53, M. E. 106, M. E. 107.
Mechanical properties of alloys and the equilibrium diagram. Effects of
mechanical deformation and methods of fabrication on mechanical properties.
Effect of extreme temperature. Theory of plastic deformation. Fatigue, creep
and damping capacity. Speed effects and stress concentration.
M. E. 227, 228. Theory of Elasticity (3, 3). Prerequisites, Mech. 52, M. E.
53, M. E. 106, M. E. 107, Math. 64, M. E. 202, 203.
Stress and strain at a point. Relation between stresses and strains, general
equations of elasticity, plane strain and plane stress, torsion, bending, axially
symmetric distribution of stress, plates, thermal stresses, strain energy and
approximate methods.
M. E. 229, 230. Jet Propulsion (3, 3). Prerequisites, M. E. 101, M. E. 104,
M. E. 105.
Types of thermal jet units. Fluid reaction and propulsive efficiency. Per-
formance of rockets, aerothermodynamics, combustion chemical kinetics, aero-
dynamics of high-speed air flow. Principles and design of solid and liquid
propellant rockets. Design of turbojets and aerojets, ramjets and hvdroduct
units, including combustion chambers, turbines and compressors.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 601
MILITARY SCIENCE
M. S. 151. Military Logistics (3) — First and second semesters.
A study of logistics, including (a) the principles governing the national
economic activities and resources necessary to support the armed forces (b)
a study of the principles and fundamentals of the elements of military logistics,
including supply maintenance, transportation, hospitalization and evacuation,
construction and logistics planning (c) research by the student on a selected
phase of logistics.
M. S. 152. Military Leadership (3) — First semester.
Three one-hour classroom periods. A study of the basic requisites, prin-
ciples and attributes of good military leadership, including both the practical
and psychological approaches to the subject. Individual differences in human
behavior and the personal element in successful leadership are stressed.
M. S. 153. Military Policy of the United States (3)— First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, History 5 and 6.
A study of our military history and our military concepts and policies,
and their effects upon national objectives, national policies. A continuing anal-
ysis of all the factors which influence national policies, particularly military
policy; an evaluation of the lessons to be learned from this historical study.
M. S. 154. Management of the Military Establishment (3). Prerequisite,
M. S. 152.
A study of the need for intelligent and scientific management of the Armed
Forces, including a consideration of the background of modern management, the
development of the science of management and the emphasis on post-war man-
agement of the military establishment. A detailed evaluation of the current
thoughts and philosophies of military management.
MUSIC
Music 50. Elementary conducting (2).
The student develops a technique of the baton based on the fundamental
meter designs. Choral and simple orchestra numbers are conducted. Euryhth-
mics are applied to develop a sense of rhythm through muscular coordination.
Accompanying is also a feature of the course.
NURSING EDUCATION
N. Ed. 2. Introduction to Nursing Education (2).
Exploratory and guidance course for nursing education students. Types
of positions in schools of nursing, teacher supply and demand in such schools,
and the types of professional and personal competence required of teachers in
nursing schools are among the topics included. This course may be substituted
for Ed. 2. Students who take N. Ed. 2 will not be permitted to register for
Ed. 2, or vice versa.
602 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
N. Ed. 5. Fundamentals of Nursing (3).
This is the basic course in principles of teaching as applied to the field of
nursing arts. It is a course which is roughly parallel to the general course Ed.
145.
Nursing 105. Obstetric nursing (8). Term II, junior year.
To develop in the student the ability to give sympathetic, safe and scientific
nursing care during the reproduction cycle as it pertains to the family life of
the patient. This instruction includes knowledge and skill in regards to the
managing and teaching of patients during the ante-partum, delivery and post-
partum periods.
Nursing 106 — Health Organization (2). Term I, junior year.
To acquaint the student with the general administration of health agencies
and to give her an appreciation of how they function on local, national and
international levels.
N. Ed. 112. School of Nursing Finance and Administration (3).
Sources of financial support for schools of nursing, budgeting, internal
school accounting, purchase of supplies and equipment, and other selected
problems of financing and administering schools of nursing.
N. Ed. 115, 116. Ward Management and Clinical Teaching (2, 2).
This course covers the administrative phase of a hospital unit or ward,
especially the assigning of duties according to the level of ability of the
worker. Emphasis is placed on hospital economics and the budgeting of sup-
plies. A program for clinical bedside teaching is stressed through the entire
course.
N. Ed. 117. Newer Trends in Nursing Service (2).
Inclination and effect on the care of the patient; how to evaluate a nursing
service by the point rate system as advocated by the American College of
Surgeons. The importance of a close working relationship between the director
of nursing and the hospital administrators as well as all other department heads.
N. Ed. 118. Industrial Nursing (2).
This course involves an analysis of the role of the graduate nurse in
industry and an analysis of specific problem areas in industrial nursing.
N. Ed. 190. Principles of Pediatric Nursing (3).
Principles of nursing children with emphasis upon the direction of growth
and development of children under conditions where nursing care is required.
OFFICE TECHNIQUES AND MANAGEMENT
O. T. 111. Office Machines (3). Six periods per week. Prerequisites,
O. T. 2 and junior standing. Laboratory fee, $7.50.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 603
A course designed to give the students training in the use of modern office
devices — duplicators, calculators, voice writing machines, and other common
office appliances. Some attention is given to supervision of small groups of
office workers.
PHILOSOPHY
Phil. 1. Introduction to Philosophy (3).
A critical survey of representative philosophical beliefs concerning the
nature of man and the nature and function of scientific knowledge and religion.
Phil. 2. Introduction to Philosophy (3).
A critical survey of representative philosophical beliefs concerning the na-
ture and function of morality, government, education and art.
Phil. 114. Contemporary Movements in Philosophy (3).
A survey of recent and present developments in philosophy. Attention will
be given to such thinkers as James, Bergson, Russell, Dewey and Whitehead,
and to such movements as Pragmatism, Idealism, Naturalism, Positivism and
Existentialism. Popular consideration will be paid to the bearing of these
developments on contemporary problems of science, religion and society.
Phil. 120. Oriental Philosophy (3).
A brief survey of Indian and Chinese philosophy. Discussion of Indian
thought will center about the Rig- Veda, the Upanishads, the Buddhist philoso-
phers and the chief Hindu systems. Discussion of Chinese thought will center
about Confucius, Lao-tse and their disciples, particular attention being given
to the development of democratic ideals from Mencius to Sun Yat-sen.
Phil. 130. The Conflict of Ideals in Western Civilization (3).
Critical and constructive study, from a broad philosophical perspective, of
some of the most important contemporary conflicts of social ideals. In the
light of the best philosophical knowledge the assumptions, goals, and methods
of democracy, fascism, socialism, and communism will be examined with special
attention given to the ideological conflict between the U. S. and Russia.
Phil. 151. Ethics (3).
A critical study of the problems and theories of human conduct aimed at
developing such principles of ethical criticism as may be applied to contempo-
rary personal and social problems and to the formulation of an ethical philoso-
phy of life.
Phil. 155. Logic (3).
A study of the conditions of effective thinking and clear communication,
and, in contrast, of the source of fallacies in ambiguity, irrelevancy or inconsis-
tency. General principles and techniques of deductive inference. Practical il-
lustrations and applications throughout.
604 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Courses open only to men are given odd numbers.
Courses open only to women have even numbers.
Courses for men and women have numbers ending with zero.
For Advanced Undergraduates
P. E. 120. Physical Education for the Elementary School (2).
Designed to aid educators in the development of elementary school children
through the use of selected rhythmic activities and games. Some demonstra-
tion and practice with children will be included.
P. E. 130. Fundamentals of Body Dynamics (3).
This course is designed to acquaint the elementary teacher with the scientific
principles applied to fundamental motor skills, posture and body mechanics
as they relate to physical growth and development.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
P. E. 150. Physical Education for Aviation Personnel (3).
This course will be concerned with making application of the principles
of physical education to aviation personnel. Emphasis will be upon the needs
for physical fitness in relation to body efficiency and endurance, exigencies of
warfare and flight stresses; the nature and bases of physical and psychological
fitness for stress situations; areas of common bodily weaknesses; practical
measurements of physical fitness, and techniques of building muscular and car-
diovascular fitness through special exercises and sports participation.
P. E. 160. Scientific Bases of Movement Applied (3) — Prerequisite, P. E.
100. (Two lectures and one laboratory per week).
An application of selected aspects of physical and biological sciences to
fatigue, relaxation, uses of exercise; the corrective therapy aspect of physical
and mental rehabilitation; sports for the handicapped; and prevention and care
of athletic injuries.
For Graduates
P. E. 200. Seminar in Physical Education, Recreation, and Health (1).
P. E. 201. Foundations in Physical Education, Recreation, and Health (3).
An overall view of the total fields with their inter-relations and places in
education.
P. E. 205. Administration of Athletics (3).
Problems and procedures in the administration of school and college athletic
competition, the installation and maintenance of indoor and outdoor athletic
equipment, special problems of surveys, legislation, property acquisition, finances,
inventories, and the selection of personnel.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 605
P. E. 210. Methods and Techniques of Research (3).
A study of methods and techniques of research used in physical education,
reation, and health education; an analysis of examples of their use; and
.ctice in their application to problems of interest to the student.
P. E. 230. Source Material Survey (3).
A library survey course, covering the total areas of physical education,
reation, and health, plus research in one specific limited problem of which a
est, including a bibliography, is to be submitted.
5. E. 250. Mental and Emotional Aspects of Physical Education Activities
Prerequisites. Psych. 1, or H. D. Ed. 100, 101, or equivalents.
This course involves exploring certain psychological phenomena of recog-
ed importance to physical education teachers and coaches. Taken into con-
eration are such factors as aesthetic appreciations of the dance and sports
ivities, psychological readiness for competition, problems of staleness,
otional upset in relation to diet and instruction, the effect of anxiety upon
Bily functions, and the measurement of emotional disturbance.
P. E. 280. Scientific Bases of Physical Fitness (3).
A course designed to meet the needs of persons interested in the solution
problems related to the kinesiological and the physical fitness aspects of
>rts. Problems pertaining to the performance of sport skills, the physical
iditioning of participants, and the overall effects of exercise are studied; in
iition, the techniques employed in the solution of such problems are reviewed.
P. E. 288. Research (1-6).
Master of Education or Doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special
earch problems under the direction of their advisers may register for 1-6
jrs of credit under this number. A Master of Education candidate may
ister for two or more credits under this number and write one of his seminar
Ders.
P. E. 289. Thesis (1-6).
Students who desire credits for a Master's thesis, a Doctoral dissertation,
a Doctoral project should use this number.
P. E. 291. Curriculum Construction in Physical Education and Health (3).
A study of the principles underlying curriculum construction in Physical
lucation and Health Education and the practical application of these principles
the construction of a curriculum for a specific situation.
PHYSICS
Phys. 1. Elements of Physics: Mechanics, Heat, and Sound (3). The first
f of a survey course in general physics. This course is for the general student
■ :ot satisfy the requirement of the professional schools. Prerequisite, suc-
sful passing of the qualifying examination in elementary mathematics. Lecture
nonstration fee, $3.00.
606 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Phys. 2. Elements of Physics: Magnetism, Electricity, and Optics (3).
The second half of a survey course in general physics. This course is for the
general student and does not satisfy the requirements of the professional schools.
Prerequisite, Phys. 1. Lecture demonstration fee, $3.00.
Phys. 20. General Physics: Mechanics and Heat (5). The first half of
a course in general physics. Required of all students in the engineering curricula.
Math. 20 is to be taken concurrently. Lecture demonstration and laboratory fee,
$6.00.
Phys. 21. General Physics: Sound, Optics, Magnetism, and Electricity (5).
The second half of a course in general physics. Required of all students in the
engineering curricula. Prerequisite, Phys. 20. Math. 21 is to be taken concurrently.
Lecture demonstration and laboratory fee, $6.00.
Phys. 100. Advanced Experiments. Three hours' laboratory work for
each credit hour. One or more credits may be taken concurrently. Prere-
quisites, Phys. 52 or 54 and four credits in Phys. 60. Laboratory fee, $6.00
per credit hour.
Phys. 102. Optics (3). Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or 21 and Math. 21.
Phys. 104, 105. Electricity and Magnetism (3, 3). Prerequisites, Phys. 11
or 21 and Math. 21.
Phys. 106, 107. Theoretical Mechanics (3, 3). Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or
21 and Math. 21.
Phys. 108. Physics of Vacuum Tubes (3). Prerequisite, Phys. 104.
Phys. 112, 113. Modern Physics (2, 2). Prerequisites, Phys. 102 or 104.
Phys. 114, 115. Introduction to Biophysics (2, 2). Two lectures a week;
prerequisites: intermediate Phys. and Calculus.
Phys. 116, 117. Fundamental Hydrodynamics (3, 3). Three lectures a
week. Prerequisites, Phys. 107 and Math. 21.
Phys. 120, 121. Experimental Nuclear Physics (3, 3). Prerequisite, Phys.
115, and two credits of Phys. 100.
Phys. 126. Kinetic Theory of Gases (3) — Off-campus. Prerequisites, Phys.
107 and Math. 21, or equivalent.
Phys. 200, 201. Introduction to Theoretical Physics (5, 5). Primarily for
students planning to do graduate work. Prerequisite, advanced standing in
physics and mathematics.
Phys. 204. Electrodynamics (4). Prerequisite, Phys. 201.
Phys. 206. Physical Optics (3). Prerequisite, Phys. 201.
Phys. 208, 209. Thermodynamics (2, 2). Prerequisite, Phys. 201 . or
equivalent.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 607
Phys. 210, 211. Statistical Mechanics and the Kinetic Theory of Gases
(2, 2). Prerequisite, Phys. 112 and 201.
Phys. 212, 213. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (3, 3). Prerequisite,
Phys. 201.
Phys. 222, 223. Boundary- Value Problems of Theoretical Physics (2, 2).
Prerequisite, Phys. 201.
Phys. 224, 225. Supersonic Aerodynamics and Compressible Flow (2, 2).
Prerequisite, Phys. 201.
Phys. 228, 229. The Electron (2, 2). Prerequisite, Phys. 204 and Phys.
213.
Phys. 230. Seminar (1).
Phys. 234, 235. Nuclear Physics (2, 2). Prerequisite, Phys. 213.
Phys. 236. Theory of Relativity (3). Prerequisite, Phys. 200.
Phys. 238. Quantum Theory — selected topics (3). Prerequisite, Phys. 236.
Phys. 240, 241. Theory of Sound and Vibrations (3, 3). Prerequisite,
Phys. 201.
Phys. 242, 243. Theory of Solids (2, 2). Prerequisite, Phys. 213.
Phys. 248, 249. Special topics in modern physics. (2, 2). Two lectures
per week. Prerequisite, calculus and consent of instructor.
Phys. 250. Research. (Credit according to work done). Laboratory fee,
$6.00 per credit hour.
PSYCHOLOGY
Psych. 1. Introduction to Psychology (3).
A basic introductory course, intended to bring the student into contact
with the major problems confronting psychology and the more important at-
tempts at their solution.
Psych. 2. Applied Psychology (3). Prerequisite, Psych. 1.
Application of research methods to basic human problems in business and
industry, in the professions, and in other practical concerns of everyday life.
Psych. 5. Mental Hygiene (3). Prerequisite, Psych. 1.
The more common deviations of personality; typical methods of adjust-
ment.
Psych. 106. Statistical Methods in Psychology (3). Prerequisite, Psych 1.
A basic introduction to quantitative methods used in psychological research;
measures of central tendency, of spread, and of correlation. Majors in Psy-
chology must take this course in the junior year.
608 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Psych. 110. Advanced Educational Psychology (3). Prerequisite, Psy<
1 or 3.
Researches on fundamental psychological problems encountered in edu<
tion; measurement and significance of individual differences, learning, motn
tion, transfer of training.
Psych. 121. Social Psychology (3). Prerequisite, Psych. 1 or 3.
Psychological study of human behavior in social situations; influence
others on individual behavior, social conflict and individual adjustment, coi
munication and its influences on normal social activity.
Psych. 125. Child Psychology (3). Prerequisite, Psych. 1.
Behavioral analysis of normal development and normal socialization of t
growing child.
Psych. 128. Human Motivation (3). Prerequisite, Psych. 121.
Review of research literature dealing with determinants of human pc
formance, together with consideration of the major theoretical contributions
this area.
Psych. 131. Abnormal Psychology (3). Prerequisite, three courses
Psychology. Two lectures, one clinic.
The nature, occurrence, and causes of marked psychological abnormality
with emphasis on clinical rather than theoretical aspects.
Psych. 161. Psychological Techniques in Personnel Administration (c
Prerequisite, Psych. 128.
A survey course, intended for those who plan to enter some phase
personnel work, but who do not plan to undertake graduate study.
RECREATION
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Rec. 120. Program Planning (3).
Study of the various aspects, problems and practices of family, agen<
and governmental recreation programs and their planning, with particul;
emphasis on playground-community and teen-age center plans and procedure
This course should be of interest and value to those students planning to c
part-time summer playground work.
Rec. 130. Leadership Techniques and Practices (3).
A study of the various kinds of levels of leadership exerted by profe
sional and semi-professional workers, some of the difficulties and probab
weaknesses to be met, and some of the tangible techniques to be used
personal, staff, and public relationships; handling of problem children,
personnel, of public relations campaigns, committee gatherings, etc. The grot-
work approach will be emphasized and used, insofar as possible, in the solutic
of particular problems.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 609
For Graduates
Rec. 210. Modern Trends in Recreation (3).
A study of emphases and recent developments in the recreation field as a
whole and within its various specialized areas.
Rec. 230. Industrial Recreation (3).
A study of the practices and problems of industrial recreation. Where
possible, the course will include opportunities for observation and field work.
SOCIOLOGY
Soc. 1. Sociology of American Life (3).
Sociological analysis of the American social structure; metropolitan, small
town, and rural communities; population distribution, composition and change;
social organization.
Soc. 2. Principles of Sociology (3).
The basic forms of human association and interaction; social processes;
institutions; culture; human nature and personality.
Soc. 52. Criminology (3). Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and sophomore standing.
Criminal behavior and the methods of its study; causation; topologies of
criminal acts and offenders; punishment, correction, and incapacitation; preven-
tion of crime.
Soc. 64. Courtship and Marriage (3).
A sociological study of courtship and marriage including considerations of
physiological and psychological factors. Inter-cultural comparisons and prac-
tical considerations. Designed primarily for students in the lower division.
Soc. 105. Applied Anthropology (3).
Examination and critical analysis of recent applications of anthropological
methods and data in the fields of administration, industrial relations, and social
and cultural adjustment.
Soc. 113. The Rural Community (3).
A detailed study of rural life with emphasis on levels of living, the family,
school, and church and organizational activities in the fields of health, recrea-
tion, welfare, and planning.
Soc. 114. The City (3).
The rise of urban civilization and meropolitan regions; ecological process
and structure; the city as a center of dominance; social problems, control, and
planning.
Soc. 115. Industrial Sociology (3).
Social organization of American industry; functions of members of indus-
610 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
trial organization, status, social structure, patterns of interaction and relations
of industry and society.
Soc. 118. Community Organization (3).
Community organization and its relation to social welfare; analysis of
community needs and resources; health, housing, recreation; community
centers; neighborhood projects.
Soc. 121, 122. Population (3, 3).
Population distribution, composition and growth in North America and
Eurasia; trends in fertility and mortality; migrations; population prospects and
policies.
Soc. 123. Ethnic Minorities (3).
Basic social processes in the relations of ethnic groups within the state;
immigration groups and the Negro in the United States; ethnic minorities in
Europe.
Soc. 141. Sociology of Personality (3).
Development of human nature and personality in contemporary social life;
processes of socialization; attitudes, individual differences, and social behavior.
Soc. 144. Collective Behavior (3). Prerequisites, Soc. 1 or equivalent.
Social interaction in mass behavior; communication processes; structure
and functioning of crowds, strikes, audiences, mass movements, and the public.
Soc. 145. Social Control (3). Prerequisites, Soc. 1 or its equivalent.
Forms, mechanisms, and techniques of group influence on human behavior;
problems of social control in contemporary society.
Soc. 147. Sociology of Law (3).
Law as a form of social control; interrelation between legal and other con-
duct norms as to their content, sanctions and methods of securing conformity;
law as an integral part of the culture of the group; factors and processes
operative in the formation of legal norms; legal as determinants of humar
behavior.
Soc. 153. Juvenile Delinquency (3).
Juvenile delinquency in relation to the general problem of crime; analysis
of factors underlying juvenile delinquency; treatment and prevention.
Soc. 154. Crime and Delinquency Prevention (3). Prerequisite, Soc. 52
or Soc. 153. or consent of instructor. (Offered in alternate years with Soc. 156).
Mobilization of community resources for the prevention of crime and
delinquency; area programs and projects.
Soc. 164. The Family and Society (3). Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and Soc. 64,
or its equivalent.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 611
Study of the family as a social institution; its biological and cultural founda-
tions, historic development, changing structure and function; the interactions
of marriage and parenthood, disorganizing and reorganizing factors in present-
day trends. Open to upper division students.
Soc. 171. Family and Child Welfare (3).
Programs of family and child welfare agencies; social services to families
and children; child placement; foster families.
Soc. 174. Public Welfare (3).
Development and organization of the public welfare movement in the United
States; social legislation; interrelations of federal, state, and local agencies and
institutions.
Soc 186. Sociological Theory (3).
Development of the science of sociology; historical backgrounds; recent
theories of society.
Soc. 201. Methods of Social Research (3).
Selection and formulation of research projects; methods and techniques of
sociological investigation and analysis. Required of graduate majors in
sociology.
Soc. 224. Race and Culture (3).
Race and culture in contemporary society; mobility and the social effects
of race and culture contacts and intermixture.
Soc. 255. Seminar: Juvenile Delinquency (3).
Selected problems in the field of juvenile delinquency.
Soc. 256. Crime and Delinquency as a Community Problem (3).
An intensive study of selected problems in adult crime and juvenile delin-
quency in Maryland.
Soc. 262. Family Studies (3).
Case studies of family situations; statistical studies of family trends;
methods of investigation and analysis.
SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART
Speech 1, 2. Public Speaking (2, 2). Prerequisite for advanced speech
:ourses. Speech I prerequisite for Speech II.
The preparation and delivery of short original speeches; outside readings;
•eports, etc. It is recommended that this course be taken during the fresh-
nan year. Laboratory fee, $1.00 for each course.
Speech 4. Voice and Diction (3).
Emphasis upon the improvement of voice, articulation, and phonation.
Vlay be taken concurrently with Speech 1, 2.
(Please turn to Page 110)
^
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
COLLEGE OF SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES
OFF-CAMPUS CENTERS •
CENTERS LOCATED IN THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA AREA
As A Part Of The Education Program
For
The Armed Forces And Government Agencies
Andrews. Air Force Base National Bureau of Standards
Boiling Air Force Base Naval Ordnance Laboratory
Bureau of Aeronautics Naval Research Laboratory
Bureau of Ships Pentagon
David Taylor Model Basin Walter Reed (Army Hospital)
L
MARYLAND SERVES YOU WHILE YOU SERVE
614 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Speech 101. Radio Speech (3). Prerequisite, Speech 4.
The theory and application of microphone techniques. Practice in all types
of radio speaking. Laboratory fee, $2.00.
Speech 103, 104. Speech Composition and Rhetoric (3, 3).
A study of rhetorical principles and models of speech composition in con-
junction with the preparation and presentation of specific forms of public
address. Speech 103 is prerequisite to Speech 104.
Speech 105. Pathology (3).
The causes, nature, symptoms, and treatment of common speech disorders.
Speech 106. Clinic (3). Prerequisite, Speech 105.
A laboratory course dealing with the various methods of correction plus
actual work in the clinic both on and off the campus.
Speech 110. Teacher Problems in Speech (3).
Everyday problems in speech that confront the teacher with emphasis on
the correction of minor speech disorders. Opportunity for clinical observation
and practice is provided.
Speech 120. Speech Pathology (3). Prerequisite, Speech 105.
A continuation of Speech 105, with emphasis on the causes and treatment
of organic speech disorders.
Speech 126. Semantic Aspects of Speech Behavior (3).
An analysis of speech and language habits from the standpoint of General
Semantics.
Speech 127, 128. Military Speech and Commands (2, 2).
Limited to students in the College of Military Science.
Speech 133. Staff Reports, Briefings, and Visual Aids (3).
Limited to students in the College of Military Science. Prerequisite, Speech
104.
BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL
SURGERY, DENTAL COLLEGE
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
H. C. Byrd, B.S., LL.D., D.Sc, President of the University
J. Ben Robinson, D.D.S., D.Sc, Dean
Katharine Toomey, Administrative Assistant
G. Watson Algire, M.S., Director of Admissions
Alma H. Preinkert, M.A., Registrar
OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION
1952-1953 SESSION
Emeritus
Burt B. Ide, D.D.S 2010 E. Thirty-first Street
Professor of Operative Dentistry
Professors
♦Myron S. Aisenberg, D.D.S 3619 Rosedale Road
Professor of Pathology
♦Joseph C. Biddix, Jr., D.D.S 72 Dunkirk Road
Professor of Oral Diagnosis
♦Edward C. Dobbs, D.D.S 716 Hunting Place
Professor of Pharmacology
JBrice M. Dorsey, D.D.S Defense Highway, R. D. 1, Annapolis, Md.
Professor of Oral Surgery and Anesthesiology
♦Gardner P. H. Foley, M.A 4407 Sedgwick Road
Professor of Dental Literature
♦Grayson W. Gaver, D.D.S 218 Midhurst Road
Professor of Dental Prosthesis
♦William E. Hahn, D.D.S., A.B., M.S 47 Holmehurst Ave., Catonsville
Professor of Anatomy
♦♦Harry B. McCarthy, D.D.S., B.S., M.A 5821 Bcllona Avenue
Director of Clinics
♦Marion W. McCrea, D.D.S., M.S 1200 St. Paul Street
Professor of Embryology and Histology
♦Ernest B. Nuttall, D.D.S 409 Georgia Court, Towson
Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
♦Robert H. Oster, PhJD 694 Gladstone Avenue
Professor of Physiology
Kyrle W. Preis, D.D.S Mt. Vista Road, Glen Arm, Md.
Professor of Orthodontics
♦Kenneth V. Randolph, D.D.S., B.S 4500 Pen Lucy Road
Professor of Operative Dentistry
•♦J. Ben Robinson, D.D.S., D. Sc Roland Park Apartments
Professor of Dental History and Dental Ethics
►Full time :|:Half time **On sabbatical leave
785
786 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
♦Donald E. Shay, Ph.D 205 Hilltop Road, Linthicum Heights, Md.
Professor of Bacteriology
*E. G. Vanden Bosche, Ph.D , 7 Bumbrae Road, Towson
Professor of Biochemistry
Associate Professors
Douglas A. Browning, D.D.S 425 Nottingham Road
Associate Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
♦Joseph P. Cappuccio, B.S., D.D.S 1010 St. Paul Street
Associate Professor of Oral Surgery and Anesthesiology
JBenjamin A. Dabrowski, A.B., D.D.S 5410 Springlake Way
Associate Professor of Clinical Oral Roentgenology
♦Stanley H. Dosh, D.D.S 216 Rosewood Avenue, Catonsville
Associate Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
Harold Golton, D.D.S 3728 Winterbourne Road
Associate Professor of Oral Diagnosis
Hugh T. Hicks, D.D.S 5214 Springlake Way
Associate Professor of Periodontology
George McLean, M.D 5507 St. Albans Way
Associate Professor of Physical Diagnosis and Principles of Medicine
*Peter McLean-Lu, D.D.S 4417 Kathland Avenue
Associate Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
*Jose E. Medina, D.D.S 1662 East Cold Spring Lane
Associate Professor of Operative Dentistry
ffRoBERT G. Miller, D.D.S 3734 Oak Avenue
Associate Professor of Oral Diagnosis
Walter L. Oggesen, D.D.S 425 Wingates Road
Associate Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
♦Wilbur O. Ramsey, D.D.S Seminary Avenue, Lutherville
Associate Professor of Clinical Dental Prosthesis
JNathan B. Scherr, D.D.S 2426 Eutaw Place
Associate Professor of Dentistry for Children
♦Josephine V. Ezekiel Schueler 5001 Hazel Avenue, Relay
Director of Visual Aids
♦Guy P. Thompson, A.M 3024 Ailsa Avenue
Associate Professor of Anatomy
fL. Edward Warner, D.D.S Northwood Apartments
Associate Professor of Dental Prosthesis
Assistant Professors
♦W. Robert Biddington, D.D.S 5428 Channing Road, Catonsville
Assistant Professor of Periodontology
♦Charles W. DeVter, D.D.S 5733 The Alameda
Assistant Professor of Clinical Dentistry for Children
A. Bernard Eskow, D.D.S 3611 Copley Road
Assistant Professor of Periodontology
*Full time t Approximately full time JHalf time
ttApproximately half time
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 787
Burton R. Pollack, D.D.S 5600 South Bend Road
Assistant Professor of Physiology
Leonard Rapoport, B.S., D.D.S 7031 Wallis Avenue
Assistant Professor of Pharmacology
E. Roderick Shipley, A.B., M.D 6206 Blackburn Lane
Assistant Professor of Physiology
Special Lecturers
Harry M. Robinson, M.D 106 E. Chase Street
Professor of Dermatology (School of Medicine)
Arthur G. Siwinski, A.B., M.D 603 Edgevale Road
Assistant Professor of Surgery (School of Medicine)
F. Noel Smith, D.D.S 321 Broxton Road
Special Lecturer in Dental Prosthesis
John S. Strahorn, Jr., A.B., LL.B., S.J.D., J.S.D.. 3936 Cloverhill Road
Professor of Law (School of Law.)
George H. Yeager, B.S., M.D 212 Ridgewood Road
Professor of Surgery (School of Medicine)
Instructors
JAlvin D. Aisenberg, D.D.S 3619 Rosedale Road
Instructor in Pathology
Carl E. Bailey, D.D.S 1308 E. Belvedere Avenue
Instructor in Dental Materials and Dental Prosthesis
Sterrett P. Beaven, D.D.S 736 West Hills Parkway, Catonsville
Instructor in Clinical Operative Dentistry
*Olivia L. Bricker, A.B 3301 St. Paul St.
Instructor in Visual Aids
Samuel H. Bryant, A.B., D.D.S 522 Old Orchard Road
Instructor in Diagnosis
Arthur M. Bushey, D.D.S 216 Paradise Avenue, Catonsville
Instructor in Oral Surgery
Morris E. Coberth, D.D.S 209 Goodale Road
Instructor in Clinical Dentistry for Children
♦Virginia H. Cooksey, M.S 1735 Waverly Way
Instructor in Embryology and Histology
Ralph J. Gordon, D.D.S 2320 Anoka Avenue
Instructor in Dental Prosthesis
Julian W. Habercam, D.D.S 5839 York Road
Instructor in Oral Diagnosis
*Cecil G. Hewes, B.A., M.S 3 Glenwood Road, Essex
Instructor in Anatomy
*John M. Hyson, Jr., D.D.S 502 Worcester Road, Towson
Instructor in Operative Dentistry
Conrad L. Inman, D.D.S 3504 Grantley Road
Instructor in Anesthesiology
•Full time JHalf time
788 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
♦Joseph A. Kaiser, M.S 339 S. Folcrof t Street
Instructor In Biochemistry
Lester Lebo, B.S., M.D 3600 Eldorado Avenue
Instructor in Physical Diagnosis
Richard C. Leonard, D.D.S., M.S.P.H 1607 The Terraces, Mt. Washington
Instructor in Public Health Dentistry
♦Yam-hin Louie, B.S., D.D.S., M.S.D 1725 Aberdeen Road, Towson
Instructor in Operative Dentistry
*Paul H. McFarland, A.B., D.D.S 5664 Woodmont Avenue
Instructor in Oral Surgery
*Joseph McKechnie, Jr., D.D.S 4213 Kennison Avenue
Instructor in Clinical Oral Roentgenology
Max D. Nordeck, B.S., D.D.S 1262 Circle Drive
Instructor in Periodontology
Frank N. Ogden, M.D 2701 N. Calvert Street
Instructor in First Aid and in Charge of Medical Care of Students
ffVERNON F. Ottenritter, D.D.S 5800 Loch Raven Boulevard
Instructor in Operative Dentistry
% Albert C. Reed, D.D.S 8422 Greenway Road, Towson
Instructor in Operative Dentistry
Aaron Schaeffer, A.B., D.D.S., M.S 3114 Wolcott Avenue
Instructor in Clinical Orthodontics
*Alice M. Shupe, A.B 4025 Colborne Road
Instructor in Visual Aids
D. Robert Swinehart, B.A., D.D.S 1119 Bellemore Road
Instructor in Clinical Orthodontics
R. Kent Tongue, Jr., D.D.S 402 W. Pennsylvania Avenue, Towson
Instructor in Clinical Orthodontics
ffEDMOND G. Vanden Bosche, B.S., D.D.S 113 Dumbarton Road
Instructor in Clinical Operative Dentistry
Earle H. Watson, A.B., D.D.S S. Rolling Road, Catonsville
Instructor in Dental Materials and Dental Prosthesis
B. Sargent Wells, Jr., D.D.S 7224 Lanark Road
Instructor in Dental Prosthesis
♦Margaret W. Wood, R.N 701 Cathedral Street
Instructor in Visual Aids
Graduate Assistants
♦John P. Burns, B.S., D.D.S University Hospital
Graduate Assistant in Oral Surgery
♦Maurice E. Hinds, D.D.S University Hospital
Graduate Assistant in Oral Surgery
♦Ernest C. Merkel, Jr., B.S 518 Old Orchard Road
Graduate Assistant in Bacteriology
♦Vincent J. Speckhart, B.S 1003 N. Calvert Street
Graduate Assistant in Biochemistry
•Full time JHalf time tt Approximately half time
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 789
Fellow
Sangiem Limbasuta, B.D.S. (Thailand) 1 123 E. North Avenue
U.S.P.H.S. Fellow in Anatomy
Library Staff
Ida Marian Robinson, A.B., B.S.L.S 2100 Mt. Royal Terrace
Librarian and Associate Professor of Library Science
Hilda E. Moore, A.B., A.B.L.S 822 Belgian Avenue
Associate Librarian
Beatrice Marriott, A.B 709 Reservoir Street
Assistant Librarian
Alice Morrison Melvin, A.B 5719 Rusk Avenue
Library Assistant
Laboratory Technicians
Jane C. Clark, A.B 319 E. University Tarkway
Anatomy
Ann K. Dentry, B.S 226 Rogers Forge Road
Histology
Joseph F. Killian 3012 E. Monument Street
Pathology
William H. Neilund, B.S 5022 Branchville Road, Branchville
Bacteriology
Leah M. Proutt, B.S., M.S 4503 Springdale Avenue
Physiology
Henry Yeager 2607 Gwynndale Avenue
Orthodontics
Assisting Stan*
June G. Bingen, R.N 604 Hastings Road, Towson
Assistant in Oral Surgery
Delores V. Brannan 1102 S. Binney Street
Stenographer
Lorraine J. Cook 7110 Marley Neck Road
Stenographer
Ruth E. Cooke 8412 Loch Raven Boulevard
Secretary, Diagnostic Clinic
Mary Katharine Cross 3821 Dolfield Avenue
Information and Case Record Clerk
Mary A. Hagan 2804 E. Baltimore Street
Secretary, Orthodontic Clinic
Louise B. Kaiser 339 S. Folcrof t Street
Stenographer
Marie W. Ketch am 3607 Woodbine Avenue
Secretary, Prosthetic Clinic
Ellen Lynch 3543 Chesterfield Avenue
Stenographer
790 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Mary Margaret Pryor 503 E. 41st Street
Stenographer
Mary C. Reed 215 N. Linwood Avenue
Accountant, Clinics
Patricia G. Reynolds 3433 Elmora Avenue
Secretary, Oral Surgery Clinic
Addie A. Spicer Hampstead, Maryland
Cashier
Mary H. Stiexemann 1257 Stevens Avenue, Halethorpe
Secretary, Roentgenology Clinic
Anna Timchula 2905 Clifton Avenue
Stenographer
Katherine L. Underwood 124 Newburg Avenue, Catonsville
Stenographer
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 791
HISTORY
The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery occupies an important and inter-
esting place in the history of dentistry. At the end of the regular session —
1952-53 — it completed its one hundred and thirteenth year of service to dental
education. The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery represents the first effort
in history to offer institutional dental education to those anticipating the practice
of dentistry.
The first lectures on dentistry in America were delivered hy Dr. Horace
H. Hayden in the University of Maryland, School of Medicine, hetween the
years 1823-25. These lectures were interrupted in 1825 by internal dissensions
in the School of Medicine and were as a consequence discontinued. It was
Dr. Hayden's idea that dental education merited greater attention than had been
given it by medicine or could be given it by the preceptorial plan of dental teaching
then in vogue.
Dr. Horace H. Hayden began the practice of dentistry in Baltimore in
1800. From that time he made a zealous attempt to lay the foundation for a
scientific, serviceable dental profession. In 1831 Dr. Chapin A. Harris came to
Baltimore to study under Hayden. Dr. Harris was a man of unusual ability
and possessed special qualifications to aid in establishing and promoting formal
dental education. Since Dr. Hayden's lectures had been interrupted at the
University of Maryland and there was an apparent unsurmountable difficulty
confronting the creation of dental departments in medical schools, an independent
college was decided upon. A charter was applied for and granted by the Mary-
land Legislature February 1, 1840. The first Faculty meeting was held February
3, 1840, at which time Dr. Horace H. Hayden was elected President and Dr.
Chapin A. Harris, Dean. The introductory lecture was delivered by Dr. Hayden
on November 3, 1840, to the five students matriculating in the first class.
Thus was created as the foundation of the present dental profession the Balti-
more College of Dental Surgery, the first dental school in the world.
Hayden and Harris, the admitted founders of conventional dental education, con-
tributed, in addition to the factor of dental education, other opportunities for pro-
fessional growth and development. In 1839 the American Journal of Dental Science
was founded, with Chapin A. Harris as its editor. Dr. Harris continued fully re-
sponsible for dentistry's initial venture into periodic dental literature to the time of
his death. The files of the old American Journal of Dental Science testify to the
fine contributions made by Dr. Harris. In 1840 the American Society of Dental
Surgeons was founded, with Dr. Horace H. Hayden as its President and Dr. Chapin
A. Harris as its Corresponding Secretary. This was the beginning of dental
organization in America, and was the forerunner of the American Dental Association,
which now numbers approximately seventy-five thousand in its present membership.
The foregoing suggests the unusual influence Baltimore dentists and the Baltimore
College of Dental Surgery have exercised on professional ideals and policies.
In 1873, the Maryland Dental College, an offspring of the Baltimore College
of Dental Surgery, was organized. It continued instruction until 1879, at which
time it was consolidated with the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery. A
department of dentistry was organized at the University of Maryland in the
year 1882, graduating a class each year from 1883 to 1923. This school was
chartered as a corporation and continued as a privately owned and directed
792 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
institution until 1920, when it became a State institution. The Dental Depart-
ment of the Baltimore Medical College was established in 1895, continuing until
1913, when it merged with the Dental Department of the University of Maryland.
The final combining of the dental educational interests of Baltimore was
effected June 15, 1923, by the amalgamation of the student bodies of the Balti-
more College of Dental Surgery and the University of Maryland, School of
Dentistry; the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery becoming a distinct depart-
ment of the University under State supervision and control. Thus we find in
the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of Maryland,
a merging of the various efforts at dental education in Maryland. From these
component elements have radiated developments of the art and science of
dentistry until the strength of its alumni is second to none, either in number or
degree of service to the profession.
BUILDING
The School of Dentistry is located at the northwest corner of Lombard and
Greene Streets, adjoining the University Hospital. The building occupied by
the Dental School provides approximately fifty thousand square feet of floor
space, is fireproof, splendidly lighted and ventilated, and is ideally arranged for
efficient use. It contains a sufficient number of large lecture rooms, classrooms,
a library and reading room, science laboratories, technic laboratories, clinic
rooms, and locker rooms. It is furnished with new equipment throughout and
provides every accommodation necessary for satisfactory instruction under com-
fortable arrangements and pleasant surroundings.
Special attention has been given to the facilities in clinic instruction. The
large clinic wing contains 148 operating spaces ; each space contains a chair,
operating table and unit equipped with an electric engine, compressed air, gas,
running water, etc. Clinic instruction is segregated, and the following depart-
ments have been arranged for effective teaching: Operative, Prosthesis (including
Fixed Partial Prosthesis and Ceramics), Anesthetics and Surgery, Orthodontics,
Diagnosis, Pathology, Pedodontics. Roentgenology, and Visual Aids. All
technic laboratories are equipped with every modern facility to promote efficiency
in instruction.
LIBRARY
The Dental School is fortunate in having one of the better equipped and
organized dental libraries among the dental schools of the country. The Library
is located in the main building and consists of a stack room, offices and a
reading room accommodating ninety-six students. Over 15,000 books and bound
journals on dentistry and the collateral sciences, together with numerous
pamphlets, reprints and unbound journals, are available for the student's use.
More than 200 journals are regularly received by the Library. An adequate
staff promotes the growth of the Library and assists the student body in the
use of the Library's resources. The Library is financed by direct appropriations
from the State, by the income from the endowment established by the Maryland
State Dental Association and by the proceeds of the sale of books to students.
One of the most important factors of the dental student's education is to teach
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 793
him the value and the use of dental literature in his formal education and in
promoting his usefulness and value to the profession during practice. The Balti-
more College of Dental Surgery is ideally equipped to achieve this aim of dental
instruction.
COURSE OF INSTRUCTION
The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of
Maryland, offers a course in dentistry devoted to instruction in the medical
sciences, the dental sciences, and clinical practice. Instruction consists of didactic
lectures, laboratory instruction, demonstrations, conferences, and quizzes. Topics
are assigned for collateral reading to train the student in the value and use of
dental literature. The curriculum for the complete course is found on pages 16
and 17 of this catalogue.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
Applicants for admission must present evidence of having completed success-
fully two academic years of work in an accredited college of arts and sciences
based upon the completion of a four-year high school course or the equivalent
in entrance examinations. The college course must include at least a year's
credit in English, in biology, in physics, in inorganic chemistry, and in organic
chemistry. All required science courses shall include both classroom and labora-
tory instruction. Although a minimum of 60 semester hours of credit, exclusive
of physical education and military science, is required, additional courses in the
humanities and the natural and social sciences are desirable.
In considering candidates for admission, the Committee on Admissions will
give preference to those applicants who have high scholastic records in secondary
school and in college; who make satisfactory scores in the dental aptitude tests;
who present favorable recommendations from their respective predental com-
mittee or from one instructor in each of the departments of biology, chemistry,
and physics; and who, in all other respects, give every promise of becoming
successful students and dentists of high standing.
COMBINED ARTS AND SCIENCES-DENTAL PROGRAM
The University offers a combined arts and sciences-dental curriculum
leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Doctor of Dental Surgery.
The preprofessional part of this curriculum shall be taken in residence in the
College of Arts and Sciences at College Park, and the professional part in the
School of Dentistry in Baltimore.
Students who elect the combined program and who have completed the
arts and sciences phase of it may, upon the recommendation of the Dean of the
School of Dentistry, be granted the degree of Bachelor of Science by the College
of Arts and Sciences at the commencement following the completion of the
student's second year in the School of Dentistry. A student may enter the
arts and sciences-dental program at College Park with advanced standing from an
accredited college or university, but the last year of the preprofessional training
must be completed at College Park and the professional training must be com-
pleted in the School of Dentistry of the University of Maryland.
794
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Arts-Dentistry Curriculum
Freshman Year
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature....
Zool. 2, 3— Fundamentals of Zoology
Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry
Math. 10, 11— Algebra, Trigonometry, Analytic Geometry
Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech
Physical Activities
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women)
Total
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and World or English Literature
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life
and
G. & P. 1— American Government
Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38— Organic Chemistry
Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics
*Modern Language
Physical Activities
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
Total
Junior Year
Modern Language (continued)
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
Approved Minor Courses
Electives
Total
r-Semester-
I II
3
4
4
1
1
3
2
18-19
18-21
3
3
9
3
18
18-19
18-21
IS
Senior Year
The curriculum of the first year of the School of Dentistry of the University
of Maryland is accepted by the College of Arts and Sciences as the fourth year
(major sequence) of academic work toward the degree of Bachelor of Science.
If at the end of the junior year the student decides to postpone his entrance
to the School of Dentistry and to remain in the College of Arts and Sciences
and complete work for the Bachelor's degree, he may choose a major and minor
in any of the departments in which he has completed the necessary underclass
requirements. The general nature of the first three years of this curriculum and
the generous electives of the third year make possible for the student a wide
choice of departments in which he may specialize. In general the electives of
the third year will be chosen as for a major in some particular department.
*Fr. or Ger. 6, 7— Intermediate Scientific French or German recommended.
796
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
MaHlONwON*
<1««N • C\ 00 CO v© M CO
P. S
~ a
rf CM tf tJ-
■° tZ 1-4
TT N O TT
000000 • VO VO • 00 00 N
\fl VO •CMvOvOtJ-VOVO?MVO
CO CO • «-i to N to to >-i VO
n
,o
VO •
• CM
VO 00
VO
VO
^
ri
CO •
• l^.
CO T
CO
CO
l<
M
tp
w
K
P
^J
Tf CM
CM ■*
CM
CM
E
u
CM «-h
»-i CM
O
<D
M
u
o
H
A
VO •
CM •
CM 00
m
vo
u
DO
CO
tx •
l^ ■*
CO
ID
C
0>
i
0
09
■* •
CM •
Tt Tf
.
CM
O
^O
CM •
•_l
CM CM
*
•"•
i— i
<U
H
J
tt
C/3
E>
*
H
o
to
VO
VO ■
CM •
VO 00
1—1
1
CO •
t^ •
ON Tj"
o
CO
VO
i
|
Ot
2
•—1
'E
CM
CM •
CM CM
I
I
<J
h
J
J
Oh
CM "O CM
3
CM CM CM CM • O
,— I rt T-H .-H -CO
U
to
>.
bo
_o
o
&
o
o
tfl
..-.
o
en
a'
"C
E
o
_>
rt
O
rt
rt
s
£
C
<
o
?i
u
Xi
E
W
-a
c
be
o
be
"S
a
In
o
O
o
E
o
a
o
Gig
>> en
in 6C O
8.2
.2 Q
g S c
.2 o w
PQ U Q
3 P -C
■*-• en is ** •*-*
C o tn 3 O
a> u — « O
«3 3
to -5
o o C *0 w
T3 bC C
C ° O
•O T
c cs <u c .s .5
+2 >-
<MQWtotoOOtototo
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
797
Kf^-HinX'*5m(ONKfO'v5
(ON • tM co C>J co co «— vo CO — '
OJ tN] . rsj CM • CM CM CM tJ- cm
—I —■ ._— • • ^ ^H ^ (\J —
. CM CM Tf CM c\)
O hN.
CM -<N CM
rS
.2 u
2 « S
C be
U O >>
— • o w o
J3 bo«j
o o o
ti bC_2
— M w
3 e X a u
- — X -r
__ o
o 2 "E
5 E"§
'u *.S
=■ ba $
Q Q W £ O 5 6 6 £ £ ^ C^ en
-.^.;5S^:h £
5 s =
— — on
3
u C en
tU cS U
-
~ Z
& 2 12
.-' — — —
if* cs rt o
rt«5 C g
1 3
t-
QQQUu;^ ^2 CCCC---~~& cAf-
798 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
REQUIREMENTS FOR MATRICULATION AND ENROLLMENT
In the selection of students to begin the study of dentistry the School con-
siders particularly a candidate's proved ability in secondary education and his
successful completion of prescribed courses in predental collegiate training.
The requirements for admission and the academic regulations of the College of
Arts and Sciences, University of Maryland, are strictly adhered to by the
School of Dentistry.
A student is not regarded as having matriculated in the School of Dentistry
until such time as he shall have paid the matriculation fee of $10.00, and is not
enrolled until he shall have paid a deposit of S285.00 if a nonresident or $175.00
if a resident student. This deposit is intended to insure registration in the class
and is not returnable.
APPLICATION PROCEDURES
Candidates seeking admission to the Dental School should first write to
the office of the Dean requesting a preliminary information form. Upon the
receipt and the examination of this form by the Committee on Admissions an
application blank will be sent to those candidates who merit consideration.
Each applicant should fill out the blank in its entirety and mail it promptly
together with the application fee and photographs, to the Director of Admissions,
University of Maryland, Baltimore 1, Maryland. The early filing of an appli-
cation is urged. Applicants wishing advice on any problem relating to their
predental training or their application should communicate with the Committee
on Admissions.
All applicants will be required to take the Dental Aptitude Test. This
test will be given at various testing centers throughout the United States, its
possessions and Canada. Applicants will be notified by the Council on Dental
Education of the American Dental Association of the dates of the tests and the
locations of the testing centers.
Promising candidates will be required to appear before the Committee
on Admissions for an interview. On the basis of all available information the
best possible applicants will be chosen for admission to the School.
A certificate of entrance will be issued to each successful applicant, which
will permit him to matriculate and to register in the class to which he has
applied.
ADMISSION WITH ADVANCED STANDING
(a) Graduates in medicine or students in medicine who have completed two
or more years in a medical school, acceptable to standards in the School of Medicine,
University of Maryland, may be given advanced standing to the Sophomore year
provided the applicant shall complete under competent regular instruction the courses
in dental technology regularly scheduled in the first year.
fb) Applicants for transfer must (1) meet fully the requirements for ad-
mission to the first year of the dental course; (2) be eligible for promotion to
the next higher class in the school from which he seeks to transfer; (3) show an
average grade of five per cent above the passing mark in the school where
transfer credits were earned; (4) show evidence of scholastic attainments, char-
acter and personality; (5) present letter of honorable dismissal and recommen-
dation from the dean of the school from which he transfers.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 799
(c) All applicants for transfer must present themselves in person for an
interview before qualifying certificate can be issued.
ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENTS
In order to receive credit for a full session, each student must have entered
and be in attendance on the day the regular session opens, at which time lectures
to all classes begin, and remain until the close of the session, the dates for which
are announced in the calendar of the annual catalogue.
Regular attendance is demanded. A student whose attendance in any
course is unsatisfactory to the head of the department will be denied the privilege
of final examination in any and all such courses. In certain unavoidable cir-
cumstances of absence the Dean may honor excuses, but a student with in-
different attendance will not be promoted to the next succeeding class.
GRADING AND PROMOTION
The following symbols are used as marks for final grades: A (100-91),
B (90-84), C (83-77), and D (76-70), Passing; F (below 70), Failure; I, In-
complete. Progress grades in courses are indicated as "Satisfactory" and
"Unsatisfactory."
A Failure in any subject may be removed only by repeating the subject
in full. Students who have done work of acceptable quality in their completed
assignments but who, because of circumstances beyond their control, have been
unable to finish all assignments, will be given an Incomplete. A student shall
not carry an Incomplete into the next succeeding year. When he has completed
the requirements for the removal of an Incomplete, the student shall be given
the actual grade earned in the course.
Scholastic averages are computed on the basis of trimester credits assigned
to each course and numerical values for grades. The numerical values are:
A-4; B-3; C-2; D-l; F-0. The grade point average is the sum of the products
of trimester credits and grade values, divided by the total number of trimester
credits.
Students who attain a grade point average of 1.5 in the Freshman year will
be promoted. At the end of the Sophomore year an overall grade point
average of 1.75 is required for promotion. A grade point average of 2.0 is
required for promotion to the Senior year and for graduation.
EQUIPMENT
A complete list of necessary instruments and materials for technic and
clinic courses is prescribed by the Dental School. Arrangements are made by
the Dental School in advance of formal enrollment for books, instruments and
materials to be delivered to the student at the opening of school. Each student
is required to provide himself promptly with these prescribed necessities. A
student who does not meet this requirement will not be permitted to continue
with his class.
DEPORTMENT
The profession of dentistry demands, and the School of Dentistry requires,
of its students evidence of their good moral character. The conduct of the
student in relation to his work and fellow students will indicate his fitness
to be taken into the confidence of the community as a professional man. In-
800 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
tegrity, sobriety, temperate habits, truthfulness, respect for authority and asso-
ciates and honesty in the transaction of business affairs as a student will be
considered as evidence of good moral character necessary to the granting of a
degree.
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
The degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery ia conferred upon a candidate who
has met the following conditions:
1. A candidate must furnish documentary evidence that he has attained the
age of 21 years.
2. A candidate for graduation shall have attended the full scheduled course
of four academic years.
3. He will be required to show a grade point average of 2.0 for the full course
of study.
4. He shall have satisfied all technic and clinic requirements of the various
departments.
5. He shall have paid all indebtedness to the college prior to the beginning
of final examinations, and must have adjusted his financial obligations in the
community satisfactorily to those to whom he may be indebted.
FEES
Matriculation fee (required of all entering students) $ 10.00
Tuition (each year) :
Non-resident student 550.00
Resident student 330.00
Student Health Service (each year) 20.00
Laboratory breakage deposit, Freshman, Sophomore and Junior years.... 5.00
In addition to fees itemized in the above schedule, the following assessments
are made by the University:
Application fee (paid at time of filing formal application for admission) . . $5.00
Penalty for late registration 5.00
Examinations taken out of class and re-examinations 5.00
One certified transcript of record is issued free of charge.
Each additional copy is issued only upon payment of 1.00
Student Activities Fee — Special
For the purpose of administering and disciplining various student activities,
the Student Senate, after approval by the separate classes and the Faculty
Council, voted a fee of $12.50 to be paid at the time of registration to the
Financial Office of the Baltimore Division of the University.
Refunds
According to the policy of the University no fees will be returned. In case
the student discontinues his course or fails to register after a place has been
reserved in a class, any fees paid will be credited to a subsequent course, but are
not transferable.
REGISTRATION
The registration of a student in any school or college of the University shall
be regarded as a registration in the University of Maryland, but when such
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 801
student transfers to a professional school of the University or from one profes-
sional school to another, he must pay the usual matriculation fee required by
each professional school.
Each student is required to fill in a registration card for the office of the
Registrar, and pay to the Comptroller one-half of the tuition fee in addition
to all other fees noted as payable before being admitted to classwork at the
opening of the session. The remainder of tuition and fees must be in the hands
of the Comptroller during registration period for the second half of the academic
year.
The above requirements will be rigidly enforced.
DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE AND NONRESIDENCE
Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if at the
time of their registration their parents have been domiciled in this state for
at least one year.
The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his
first registration in the University, and may not thereafter be changed by him
unless, in the case of a minor, his parents move to and become legal residents of
the state by maintaining such residence for at least one full year. However,
the right of the minor student to change from a non-resident to resident status
must be established by him prior to the registration period for any semester.
Adult students are considered to be resident if at the time of their registra-
tion they have been domiciled in this state for at least two years, provided such
residence has not been acquired while attending any school or college in Mary-
land or elsewhere.
The word domicile as used in this regulation shall mean the permanent place
of abode. For the purpose of this rule only one domicile may be claimed as a
permanent abode.
DEPARTMENT OF STUDENT HEALTH
The School undertakes to supply medical and surgical care for its students
j through the Department of Student Health. This care includes the daily services
rendered by a physician and a medical secretary in a well-equipped clinic,
conveniently located in the Dental School. Also consultations, surgical proce-
dures and hospitalization, judged to be necessary by the Department, are
covered under liberal limitations, depending on length of hospitalization and
special expenses incurred.
Students who need medical attention are expected to report at the office
bf the Department of Student Health. Under circumstances requiring home
treatment, the students will be visited at their College residences.
It is not within the scope of the Department to provide medical care for
conditions antedating each annual registration in the University; nor is it the
function of this service to treat chronic conditions contracted by students be-
fore admission or to extend treatment to acute conditions developing in the
period between academic years or during authorized school vacations. The cost
of orthopedic appliances, the correction of visual defects, the services of special
nurses, and special medication must be paid for by the student. The School
does not accept responsibility for illness or accident occurring away from the
802 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
community, or for expenses incurred for hospitalization or medical services in
institutions other than the University Hospital, or, in any case, for medical
expense not authorized by the Department of Student Health.
Every new student is required to undergo a complete physical examination,
which includes oral diagnosis. Any defects noted must be corrected within
the first school year. The passing of this examination is a requirement for the
final acceptance of any student.
Each matriculant must present, on the day of his enrollment, a statement from
his ophthalmologist regarding the condition of his eyes, and where defects in vision
exist he shall show evidence that corrections have been made.
If a student should enter the hospital during the academic year, the De-
partment will arrange for the payment of part or all of the hospital expenses,
depending on the length of stay and the special expenses incurred. This ar-
rangement applies only to students admitted through the office of the School
physician.
Prospective students are advised to have any known physical defects cor-
rected before entering the School in order to prevent loss of time which later
correction might involve.
SCHOLARSHIP LOANS
A number of scholarship loans from various organizations and educational
foundations are available to students in the School of Dentistry. These loans
are offered on the basis of excellence in scholastic attainment and the need
on the part of students for assistance in completing their course in dentistry.
It has been the policy of the Faculty to recommend only students in the last
two years for such privileges.
The Henry Strong Educational Foundation — From this fund, established under
the will of General Henry Strong of Chicago, an annual allotment is made to
the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of Mary-
land, for scholarship loans available for the use of young men and women stu-
dents under the age of twenty-five. Recommendations for the privileges of
these loans are limited to students in the Junior and Senior years. Only students
who through stress of circumstances require financial aid and who have demon-
strated excellence in educational progress are considered in making nominations
to the secretary of this fund.
The Edward S. Gaylord Educational Endowment Fund — Under a provision of
the will of the late Dr. Edward S. Gaylord, of New Haven, Connecticut, an
amount approximating $16,000 was left to the Baltimore College of Dental
Surgery, Dental School, University of Maryland, the proceeds of which are to
be devoted to aiding worthy young men in securing dental education.
The W . K. Kellogg Foundation — During World War II the Foundation recog-
nized the burden that the accelerated course imposed upon many dental students
who under normal circumstances would earn money for their education by
employment during the summer vacation. The Foundation granted to this
School a fund to provide rotating loans to deserving dental students.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 803
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
GROSS ANATOMY
Professor Halm, Associate Professor Thompson and Mr. Hewes
This course consists of dissection and lectures, supplemented by frequent
conferences, oral and written quizzes, and practical demonstrations. Each stu-
dent is required to dissect the lateral half of the human body. The osteology
of a given region is studied at the time of the dissection of that region so that
the value of learning this phase of anatomy may be better demonstrated.
The subject is taught with the purpose of emphasizing the principles of
structure of the body, the knowledge of which is derived from a study of its
development, its organs and tissues, and the action of its parts.
Arrangements can be made to accommodate qualified students and dentists
rnterested in research or in making special dissections or topographical studies.
NEUROANATOMY
Professor Hahn, Associate Professor Thompson and Mr. Hewes
Neuroanatomy is offered in the Freshman year following Gross Anatomy.
The work consists of a study of the whole brain and spinal cord by gross dis-
sections and microscopic methods. Function is taught with structure; correla-
tion is made, whenever possible, with the student's work in the histology and
physiology of the central nervous system.
COMPARATIVE TOOTH MORPHOLOGY
Associate Professor Thompson
The course treats the evolutionary development of dentition as a necessary
factor in the study of human oral anatomy. It includes a comparative study of
the teeth of the animal kingdom, both vertebrates and invertebrates, with a
comparative study of the number, position and form of the teeth.
TOOTH MORPHOLOGY
Drs. Edrnond G. Vandcn Boschc and McKechnic
This course is designed to teach the form and structure of the teeth, and
includes a study of the nomenclature of surfaces, divisions and relations of the
teeth. In the laboratory the student is trained in the carving of the various
teeth and in the dissection of extracted teeth through their various dimensions.
The second part of the course includes a study of the supporting structures of
the teeth and of the relation of the teeth to these structures. The periods of beginning
calcification, eruption, complete calcification, and shedding of the deciduous teeth;
followed by the periods of beginning calcification, eruption, and complete calcifi-
cation of the permanent teeth, are studied and correlated with the growth in
size of the jaws and face.
804 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
HISTOLOGY AND EMBRYOLOGY
Professor McCrea and Miss Cooksey
Histology, general and special dental, is given during the Freshman year
and is presented by lectures and laboratory instruction. It embraces the
thorough study of the cells, elementary tissues, and the organs of the various
systems of the body. Special dental histology includes the gross and microscopic
study of the oral cavity, teeth and their investing tissues. At all times correla-
tions are made with the other phases of the curriculum. The use of fresh
tissues in the laboratory is included to associate further the structure with
function.
The course in Embryology is given by means of lectures and laboratory
classes. It covers the fundamentals of the development of the human body,
particular emphasis being given to the head and facial regions, oral cavity and
teeth with their surrounding structures. At all times emphasis is placed on the
association of embryology to histology and anatomy.
Students are trained in the proper use of the microscope and its accessories,
and in staining, mounting and properly manipulating sections made for
microscopic study. All sections are prepared for class.
BIOCHEMISTRY
Professor Vanden Bosche, Mr. Kaiser and Mr. Spcckhart
The course is given in the Freshman year. The prerequisite subjects are
inorganic and organic chemistry. Additional training in analytical and physical
chemistry is desirable.
Instruction is presented in the form of lectures, demonstrations and laboratory
experience. The chemistry of living matter, its constituents and processes,
forms the basis of the course. The detailed subject matter includes the
chemistry of carbohydrates, fats, proteins, enzymes, vitamins, and hormones;
the processes of respiration, digestion, metabolism, secretion and excretion are
considered.
Instruction in qualitative and quantitative blood and urine examination is
included. These procedures are given clinical application during the Junior and
Senior years.
PHYSIOLOGY
Professor Oster and Assistant Professors Pollack and Shipley
The purpose of the course in Physiology is to equip the student of dentistry
with a knowledge of the fundamental physiological functions of the human
body. The basic physical and chemical properties and processes in living tissues
and organisms are analyzed.
The material of the lectures is divided into sections concerned with nerve
and muscle function, the central nervous system and its integrative role,
respiration, digestion, metabolism, circulation, humoral control of function
water balance, kidney function, and the special senses.
Laboratory work is given in the second trimester. Simple experiments
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 805
performed on frogs and turtles are followed by more advanced work on cats
and dogs and on the students themselves. Principles illustrating the application
of physiology to medicine and dentistry are given special attention. .
Throughout the course, emphasis is placed upon the experimental and
objective approach to problems as the basis of the scientific method. Effort
is made to present modern physiological developments and evaluate them in
terms of their clinical significance.
PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS
Professor Dobbs and Assistant Professor Rapoport
The course is designed to provide a general survey of pharmacology, afford-
ing the students the necessary knowledge for the practice of rational thera-
peutics.
The course is taught during the second and third trimesters of the Junior
year by lectures, laboratories and demonstrations. The second trimester con-
sists of twenty-four (24) hours of didactic and twenty-four (24) hours of lab-
oratory work including instruction in pharmaceutical chemistry, pharmacy,
prescription writing, and the pharmacodynamics of the local-acting drugs.
The third trimester consists of thirty-six (36) hours of didactic and thirty-
six (36) hours of laboratory instruction. The subject material consists of the
pharmacodynamics of the systemic-acting drugs.
In therapeutics the students are instructed in the use of drugs for the pre-
vention, treatment, and correction of general and oral diseases.
NUTRITIONAL THERAPEUTICS
Professor Dobbs
This course presented in the Senior year consists of twelve (12) hours of
lectures and demonstrations devoted to the principles and practices of nutri-
tional therapeutics. The presentation includes a study of the dietary require-
ments of essential food substances in health and disease. The vitamin and
mineral deficiency states with their pathology and symptomatology are pre-
sented with suggestions for dietary and drug therapy. Metabolic diseases are
discussed, and their effects on the nutritional states are considered. Diets are
planned for patients with various nutritional problems, such as those resulting
from loss of teeth, the use of new appliances, dental caries, stomatitis, cellulitis,
osteomyelitis, and bone fractures.
A project study is made by each student which includes analyses of his
basal metabolic requirement, his total energy requirement, and his dietary intake
in relation to his daily needs.
ORAL THERAPEUTICS
Professor Dobbs
Oral therapeutics is presented in the Senior year and consists of twelve (12)
hours of lectures and demonstrations. The course is designed to acquaint the
806 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
students with the practical applications of pharmacology in the treatment of
dental and oral diseases. Particular emphasis is given to the newer drugs and
the moi*e recent advances in therapeutics. Patients from the dental clinic and
hospital will be used for demonstrations whenever possible.
BACTERIOLOGY
Professor Shay and Mr. Merkel
The course in Bacteriology is given in the Sophomore year. It embraces
lectures, demonstrations, recitations, and conferences, augmented by guided
reading.
Practical and theoretical consideration is given to bacteria, both pathogenic
and nonpathogenic, viruses, protozoa, and some of the yeasts and molds. Special
attention is given to those organisms which cause lesions in and about the oral
cavity, particularly primary focal infection about the teeth, tonsils, pharynx,
nose, accessory sinuses, adenoids and naso-pharynx, and the types of systemic
disease which result from the establishment of secondary foci.
Immunological and serological principles are studied with special considera-
tion given to antitoxins, antisera, bacterins, vaccines and other antigens.
Laboratory teaching includes the methods of staining and the preparation
of media; cultural characteristics of bacteria; their reaction to disinfectants,
antiseptics, germicides and various methods of sterilization; animal inoculation,
preparation of sera, vaccines, etc.; various laboratory tests and reactions; a
study of the antibiotics; and demonstrations of virus techniques.
GENERAL PATHOLOGY
Professor Aisenberg and Dr. A. D. Aisenberg
General Pathology is taught in the Sophomore year by means of lectures,
demonstrations, quizzes and laboratory work.
The general principles of disease processes and tissue reactions, both gross
and microscopic, are taught with the objectives of training the student to
recognize and be familiar with the abnormal and of creating a foundation for
further study in the allied sciences.
Emphasis is placed upon those diseases in the treatment of which medico-
dental relationships are to be encountered.
ORAL PATHOLOGY
Professor Aisenberg and Dr. A. D. Aisenberg
Special Oral Pathology is taught in the first trimester of the Junior year.
It includes a study of the etiology, the gross and microscopic manifestations,
and the correlation with treatment of diseases of the teeth, and their investing
structures: namely, pathologic dentition, tooth malformations, dental anomalies,
periodontal diseases, tissue changes in orthodontic movement of teeth, calcific
deposits, dental caries, pulp diseases, focal infection, and oral manifestations of
systemic diseases.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
Instruction includes lectures, demonstrations, lantern slides, prepared slides,
■microscopic study of macroscopic specimens and models.
In an endeavor to correlate the scientific laboratories with clinical practice,
the Department of Oral Pathology also carries on in the clinic the work of
examination, diagnosis and treatment of Vincent's infection and periodontal
diseases, and the filling of root canals.
ENDODONTICS
Professor Aisenberg and Assistant Professor Bidding ton
This course consists of lectures, clinics and technic laboratory instruction.
The lecture and laboratory procedures are given in the third trimester of the
Sophomore year. The lecture phase presents the indications and contraindica-
tions for maintaining pulp-involved teeth and the various methods which may
be used in performing all the necessary steps in root-canal therapy.
The laboratory phase is designed to acquaint the student with the actual
technic of performing root-canal therapy. This he accomplishes by carrying
out the necessary procedures on extracted teeth.
During the Junior and Senior years, the student applies the fundamentals
he has learned previously by performing root-canal therapy oh clinical cases,
under supervision of the Endodontic Staff.
ORAL DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT PLANNING
Professor Biddix ; Associate Professors Golton and Miller; Drs. Bryant,
Habercam and Lebo
The Department of Oral Diagnosis emphasizes the study of fundamental
principles and procedures in the diagnosis of oral and related diseases. The
Junior and Senior students, in seminar groups, receive instruction by intimate
:linical observation and discussion of interesting cases. An intelligent and
scientific approach to each case is the prime teaching principle of this depart-
ment.
Abundant clinic material is available so that the student may observe every
type of disease to which the oral cavity is susceptible. Emphasis is placed upon
the fact that one must approach a study of the oral cavity through an under-
standing of its relationship to other parts of the body. To this end the depart-
ment is singularly fortunate in having easy access for consultation with the
medical service of the University Hospital.
Treatment planning is given the great importance it deserves. Students
are permitted to give their impressions of plans of treatment, which are care-
fully discussed in this department. Consultations with other departments are
always available so that the practice of thorough diagnosis is developed.
Much time is given to the study of the relationship of mouth infection to
systemic disease. The theory of local infection is emphasized and properly
evaluated so that the student may interpret clinical, roentgenologic, and lab-
oratory findings in an intelligent and competent manner. A large collection
of color slides serves to make lectures in oral diagnosis interesting and
instructive.
808 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
OPERATIVE DENTISTRY
Professor Randolph; Associate Professors Medina and Scherr; Drs. Beaven,
Hyson, Louie, Ottenritter, Reed and Vanden Bosche
Operative Dentistry is the treatment of diseases and injuries of the teeth
to restore the normal tooth forms and provide for the better health and function
of the oral mechanism. The course of instruction is given during the Sopho-
more, Junior and Senior years.
In the Sophomore year, the student is trained in the technical procedures
in instrumentation, cavity preparation and manipulation of restorative mate-
rials. The variables which must be observed in preparing cavities to receive
different types of filling materials are carefully outlined. These modifications
are carried out by the student in a series of cavity preparations made in composi-
tion teeth, arranged in normal proximal relation on forms especially designed
for the purpose. These fundamental principles are then applied to extracted
teeth in order that the student might study the characteristic resistance of tooth
structure to instrumentation. The management of gold foil, amalgam, gold inlay
and cement is given in detail and the student restores the prepared cavities with
these materials. This course of instruction consists of twenty-four lectures
and forty-eight laboratory periods. Demonstration lectures, visual aids and
conferences are used to augment the student's training.
Operative Dentistry as taught in the Junior and Senior years is a con-
tinuing development of the principles presented in the Sophomore year. The
student is trained to render a satisfactory Oral Health service by restoring
pathologic teeth to their normal form and function and to evaluate new pro-
cedures suggested by experience and research as improvements in operative
practice. These objectives are pursued through a combination of didactic and
clinical instruction.
The didactic instruction includes twenty-four one-hour lectures offered dur-
ing the Junior year, and twenty-four lectures during the Senior year. The
student is instructed in the treatment of the pathology of the hard tissues of
the teeth; he is taught how to apply the principles of idealism to unorthodox
conditions; and he is directed in the professional treatment of his patients in
terms of what they expect of him and what he can expect of them. A certain
amount of time is devoted to conferences which provide the student an oppor-
tunity to bring his individual problems to the instructor for intimate discussion.
Clinical instruction includes the practical application of the principles under-
lying rational operative procedures. During the Junior and the Senior years
the student treats the dental pathologies of several cases under the supervision
of the Operative Instruction Staff.
DENTISTRY FOR CHILDREN
Associate Professor Scherr, Assistant Professor DeVier, and Dr. Coberth
This course consists of lectures, clinics and technic laboratory instruction
which cover the technical aspects of treatment of children's teeth. Instruction
is offered in the fundamentals and modification required in the preparation of
all classes of cavities in the temporary teeth for the proper reception of different
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 809
filling materials, emphasizing conservation of tooth structure. The proper
manipulation and insertion of various metallic and plastic filling materials are
carefully taught. The proper care of the first permanent molars is particularly
emphasized. Various methods and procedures indicated in the restoration of
broken and fractured central incisors in children are demonstrated. For the
purpose of rational tooth conservation the technic of partial pulpotomy is taught,
together with its indications and contraindications. The problem of the pre-
mature loss of deciduous teeth which necessitates proper space maintenance is
carefully considered. Methods of constructing various types of space retainers
in the treatment of such spaces are demonstrated. Prophylaxis is emphasized as
a factor in prevention.
A children's clinic, separate from the general operative clinic, equipped with
sixteen chairs and supervised by a special pedodontia staff, offers an opportunity
for clinical demonstration of the practices stressed in the lectures.
PREVENTIVE AND PUBLIC HEALTH DENTISTRY
Dr. Leonard
The objectives of this course are to emphasize those measures other than
remedial operations that will tend to minimize the occurrence or the extension
of oral pathology, and to outline the status of dentistry in the field of general
public health. The relationships of dentistry with other phases of public health
are discussed, as are the problems affecting the administration of dental health
programs. Special effort is made to demonstrate methods and materials suitable
for use in dental health education programs.
DENTAL MATERIALS
Professor Gavcr; Associate Processor Ramsey;
Drs. Bailey and Watson
This course is designed to provide the Freshman student with a scientific
background in the nomenclature, composition, physical properties, practical
application, and proper manipulation of the important materials used in the
practice of dentistry, excluding all drugs and medicinals.
The theoretical aspect of the course is presented by the instructors in the
form of lectures, demonstrations, informal group discussions, and directed sup-
plemental reading. From the practical standpoint, the student manipulates and
tests the various materials in the laboratory, being guided by prepared project
sheets.
At the termination of the course, the student will have developed an under-
standing of the following factors: the importance of scientific testing of a
material before it is used by the profession at large; the realization of the fact
that every material has its limitations, which can be compensated for only by
intelligent application and manipulation; and an appreciation of the vast field of
research open to those who wish to help improve the materials that are available
at the present time.
810 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
DENTAL PROSTHESIS
Professor Gaver ; Associate Professors Ramsey and Warner; Drs. Bailey,
Gordon, Smith, Watson and Wells
This course is carried through four years of study and includes lectures,
clinics, and demonstrations. It embraces lectures and technic work in the first
and second years, and lectures and clinics in the third and fourth years.
The work of the first year is devoted to a study of materials used in denture
construction. A series of lecture-demonstrations is given, explaining the properties
and manipulation of all the materials used. Experiments and exercises are ar-
ranged to give the student practical knowledge of the materials demonstrated
and are designed to impress the student with the importance of the essential
fundamentals in all the various steps in full denture construction.
During the second year the intsruction embraces a study of materials used
in partial denture construction. Lecture-demonstrations, experiments, exercises,
and technical demonstrations are given, using the same method of presentation
as followed in the first year.
The course in the third year includes a study of the practical application
in the Infirmary of the fundamentals taught in the preceding years. Demonstra-
tions are offered of the various technics of impression and bite-taking to provide
the student with additional knowledge necessary for practical work in the In-
firmary.
The last year is given to the application in the Infirmary of the fundamentals
taught in the previous year, particular attention being given to a standard
method of denture construction by the clinical instructors to equip the student
with a basic technic. The didactic course of this year includes all the various
methods employed in advanced prosthesis.
FIXED PARTIAL PROSTHESIS
Professor Nuttall; Associate Professors Browning, Dosh,
McLean-Lu and Oggesen
Instruction includes lecture and laboratory courses during the Sophomore
and Junior years which embrace the teaching of the principles involved and the
procedures necessary in abutment preparations, the construction of fundamental
retainers and the assemblage of fixed partial dentures. The technics include the
construction of pontics, wax manipulation, pattern carving, investing and casting.
The didactic work in the Junior year includes a study of the biological
factors, the mechanical requirements and the indications and contraindications
of fixed partial prosthesis. Instruction is given in the history and development
of porcelain and methyl methacrylate as restorative materials. These materials
are employed in the construction of complete jacket crowns, dowel crowns, and
staining and glazing technic.
During the Junior and Senior years excellent clinical opportunities are
afforded the student to fulfill the practical requirements.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 811
ORAL HYGIENE AND PERIODONTIA
Associate Professor Hicks; Assistant Professors Biddington
and Eskow; and Dr. Nordeck
Oral Hygiene
Oral Hygiene is taught by a combined lecture and laboratory course.
Prevention, or care of the mouth, is stressed in lectures. Emphasis is
placed on the functions and limitations of dentifrices and mouth washes, tooth-
brushes, and brushing methods; the role of diet in dental health and develop-
ment; and the relation of dental foci to systemic diseases. Causes, results,
treatment, and eradication of unhygienic conditions of the oral cavity are fully
considered. Demonstrations are given in the prophylactic treatment and in the
home care of the mouth, and in the methods of brushing teeth.
The student is taught in laboratory the fundamental use of scalers upon
special mannikins. By progressive exercises and drills he is carried through the
basic principles of good operating procedure and is taught the methods of a
thorough prophylactic treatment. The class is divided into two sections, one as
operators, the other as patients, to perform the actual clinical prophylactic
treatment. The sections are then alternated.
Periodontia
The lecture course presents the pathology, etiology, clinical symptoms,
diagnosis, prognosis, and methods of 'treatment of the various forms of periodon-
tal disease. The recognition of periodontal disease in its incipient forms and the
importance of early treatment are stressed. The various methods of treatment
are considered and evaluated.
The lectures are well illustrated with color slides and moving pictures.
Demonstrations, using patients, are correlated with the lecture course to show
conditions of actual practice.
Infirmary practice is required of both Junior and Senior students. Individual
cases are managed according to systematized procedure. Diagnosis is based on
the study of radiographs, clinical signs and symptoms, models, and history, and
each case is rated according to its own particular needs.
ORTHODONTICS
Professor Preis; Drs. Schaeffer, Swinehart and Tongue
The Orthodontic course consists of lectures, clinical observations and com-
prehensive diagnosis. The subject matter includes the history of orthodontics
and the study of growth and development, the evolution of human dental oc-
clusion, forces of occlusion, etiology of malocclusion, aberrations of the maxilla
and mandible which affect occlusion, and tissue changes incident to tooth move-
ment.
Methods of orthodontic therapy are explained and demonstrated; advanced
students are provided the opportunity for assisting during the treatment of
clinical patients.
Lectures are given during the three trimesters of the Junior, year. The
Seniors are assigned to the orthodontic clinic.
812 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
ORAL SURGERY
Professors Dorsey, H. M. Robinson and Y eager ; Associate Professor Cappuccio;
Assistant Professor Siwinski; Drs. Bums, Bushey, Hinds and McFarland
Oral Surgery is given in the Junior and Senior years and consists of lec-
tures, clinical assignments, and practical demonstrations on the etiology,
pathology, diagnosis and treatment of all classes of tumors, infections, deformi-
ties, anomalies, impacted teeth, fractures and of minor oral surgical conditions
associated \yith the practice of dentistry. Special group hospital clinics, demon-
strations and ward rounds are given to familiarize the student with abnormal
conditions incident to the field of his future operations and to train him thor-
oughly in the diagnosis of benign and malignant tumors.
Weekly seminars are held in the hospital and each Senior student is re-
quired to prepare and present an oral surgery case report according to the re-
quirements of The American Board of Oral Surgery.
Instruction is given in the classification of teeth for extraction, in the re-
moval of teeth, and in the pre- and post-operative treatment of patients, both
ambulatory and hospitalized.
Students are required to produce anesthesia and to extract teeth under the
direction and supervision of an instructor.
Clinics are held to demonstrate the removal of impacted and imbedded teeth
and cysts, and the treatment of fractures and other oral conditions requiring
surgery. Abundant clinical material and .adequate facilities enable the student
to receive exceptional training and practice.
ANESTHETICS
Professor Dorsey; Associate Professor Cappuccio ; Dr. Inman
Local anesthesia is taught both in principle and in practice. All types of
intraoral, extraoral, conduction and infiltration injections; the anatomical rela-
tionship of muscles and nerves; the theory of action of anesthetic agents, the
dangers involved, and toxic manifestations and their treatment, are taught in
lectures and clinics. Demonstrations are given in conduction and infiltration
technics, and students are required to give similar injections under direct super-
vision of the instructor.
General anesthesia is taught in both lecture and clinic, including the action
of the anesthetic agents, methods of administration, indications and contraindica-
tions, dangers and the treatment of toxic manifestations. Demonstrations are
given in the preparation of the patient, the administration of all general anes-
thetics (inhalant, rectal, spinal, and intravenous), and the technic for oral
operations, with clinics being held in the Infirmary and in the Hospital.
ORAL ROENTGENOLOGY
Associate Professor Dabrowski and Dr. McKechnie
The advances made in dental science and in the art of practice have
established Roentgenology as one of the most important departments of dental
education. The course offered is based on the universal utility of the x-ray in
oral diagnosis and is consistent with the modern concept of preventive dentistry.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 813
In the lectures are included a study of the physical principles involved in
the production of Roentgen rays, a thorough discussion of their nature as to
properties and effects, and the hackground of information necessary to their
practical application.
In the clinic, students of the Junior and Senior years are in constant asso-
ciation with the routine practical use of the x-ray. They are required to master
thoroughly the fundamental scientific principles thereof and to acquire a
reasonable degree of technical skill, under supervision. It is the design of the
course to equip students to take, process, and interpret all types of intraoral
and extraoral films. Abundant clinical material is available as the result of a
policy calling for the routine use of the x-ray in all oral diagnoses.
PRINCIPLES OF MEDICINE
Associate Professor McLean and Dr. Lebo
Principles of Medicine is taught by lecture, visual education, and clinical
demonstrations. The course is given to the Junior and Senior classes for one
hour a week during the entire year. The course is supplemented by comprehen-
sive lectures in Physical Diagnosis given to the Senior class for one hour each
week during the second trimester.
The purpose of the course is to give the dental student a general under-
standing of medical problems, especially of diagnostic and therapeutic proce-
dures, and to show the close relationship between oral diseases and general
systemic disturbances.
In the Junior year, the course is largely didactic, and the signs and symptoms
of the more common diseases are discussed. In the Senior year, importance is
placed on the close application of medical knowledge, with the emphasis on
organic and psychosomatic diseases; the last two trimesters of the Senior year
are devoted to medical clinics and seminars.
This department cooperates with the instruction procedures of the oral
diagnosis clinic by discussing and demonstrating the medical aspects of cases
presented.
Available clinical material is used and free discussion is encouraged, in order
to show the art of practice in history taking, diagnosis, laboratory examinations,
and the modern concepts of treatment.
Guest lecturers present specific scientific papers relating to medical-dental
topics.
DENTAL HISTORY
Professors Robinson and Foley
Dentistry occupies a prominent position in the present social structure
because of its important relationship to the general health of the individual and
of the community. From its crude beginnings in ancient times the dental art
has been improved down through the ages to the present time by various
educative processes, and has gradually and firmly advanced in scientific quality
and technological excellence. An appreciation of the true objectives of dentistry
will be greatly enhanced by the practitioner's knowledge of its philosophy as
814 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
revealed through an understanding of its development to its present high state
of usefulness. A knowledge of the history of dentistry is a necessary part of the
education of the modern dentist. Lectures in Dental History describe the be-
ginnings of the art of dental practice among ancient civilizations, its advance-
ment in relation to the development of the so-called medical sciences in the
early civilizations, its struggle through the Middle Ages and, finally, its attain-
ment of recognized professional status in modern times. Special attention will
be given to the forces and stresses that have brought about the evolutionary
progress from a primitive dental art to a scientific health service profession.
PRACTICE MANAGEMENT
Professors Robinson, Biddix, Foley and Strahorn
Professional Ethics
The course in Professional Ethics includes a series of lectures on the history
of general ethics and its basic teachings, which is followed by an interpretation
of philosophical principles in terms of a code of professional ethics and its
application to the present-day needs of the dental profession. Emphasis is
placed upon the importance of right conduct in the dentist's relations with the
public, the dental profession, the patient, the physician, the dental specialist
and the dentist in general practice.
Office Management
The chief objective of this course is to prepare the students to assume
intelligently the social, economic and professional responsibilities of dental
practice. The training in practice management is a continuous growth with
the student during his entire clinical experience.
In preparation for the course the students are given introductory lectures
and demonstrations relative to the conduct of practice at the beginning of their
Junior year when they come into the clinics for formal practice training. The
training they receive in handling patients, keeping records, etc., serves as an
introduction to the problems they will experience in practice.
The formal Senior lectures stress the selection of the proper office location
and the purchase of office equipment, the manner of reception and handling
of patients, the basis of fixing fees, the methods of collecting accounts, the
choice of various types of insurance and of sound investments. A comprehensive
bookkeeping system for a dental office is fully outlined and explained.
Jurisprudence
The special aim in the course in Jurisprudence is to ground the student in
the fundamentals of law as they relate themselves to the dentist and his patient.
The rights and limitations of each are pointed out through lecture work and
class conference. A series of practical cases in which suits have been threatened
or entered by patients against the dentist will be reviewed in the light of trial
table outcome or basis on which compromise adjustments have been made.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 815
ORAL AND WRITTEN EXPRESSION
Professor Foley
A formal course of lectures is given in the second year. Many aspects of
the instruction are given practical application in the third and fourth years. The
course has many purposes, all of them contributing to the training of the stu-
dents for effective participation in the extra-practice activities of the profession.
Particular attention is given to instruction in the functioning of the agencies
of communication in dentistry: the dental societies and the dental periodicals.
The practical phases of the course include a thorough study of the preparation
and uses of oral and written composition by the dental student and the dentist;
the use of libraries; the compilation of bibliographies; the collection, the organi-
zation, and the use of information; the management of dental meetings; the
oral presentation of papers; and professional correspondence.
VISUAL AIDS IN TEACHING
Associate Professor Schueler, Mrs. Bricker, Mrs. Shupe, and Miss Wood
Visual aids are essential to instruction in all the courses of the dental cur-
riculum. From his first class to his graduation day the student's learning is
assisted by the use of visual materials.
Through photography the School retains for teaching purposes many inter-
esting cases that appear in the clinics, preserves evidence of unusual pathological
cases, and records anatomical anomalies, facial disharmonies and malocclusions
of the teeth. In addition the student, through his contacts with photographic
uses, becomes acquainted with the value of photography in clinical practice and
acquires a working knowledge of black and white and color photography, still
j and motion pictures, photomicrography, and the making of transparencies. Stu-
dents are advised as to the use of visual aids in the preparation of lectures and
theses, the arrangement and co-ordination of materials, and the organization and
maintenance of records and histories.
Moulage and art are used to supplement the photographic services where
applicable. Drawings of anatomical, pathological, surgical and operative cases
are used to teach the student detailed technics. In moulage, rubber master
molds are made of gross and embryological specimens and from these are cast
both plaster and wax positives. Through the use of agar molds, facial and oral
masks are made of unusual and interesting clinical subjects. This work is
particularly valuable in courses in which it is not possible to use actual specimens
for instructional purposes.
By the combination and correlation of these various types of visual educa-
tion, all departments of instruction in the School are provided with an unlimited
supply of valuable and often irreplaceable materials for lectures, clinics and
exhibits.
FIRST AID
Dr. Ogden
This course is offered in the Sophomore year for the purpose of acquainting
the student with the basic principles of First Aid. Instruction consists of
lectures combined with practical demonstrations.
816 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
DENTAL MILITARY SCIENCE
Major Howard H. Morgan, United States Air Force, Dental Corps,
Professor of Military Science and Tactics
M/Sgt. Adrian L. McQuistion, Assistant Instructor
Sgt. Ronald F. Hinman, Administrative Assistant
The general objectives of the course in dental military science are to pro-
duce junior officers who will possess a fundamental knowledge of the activities
of the Army and Air Force as a whole, and of the Medical Service in particular,
which will be essential to their progressive and continued development in the
Officers Reserve Corps of the Army and Air Force of the United States.
The Reserve Officers Training Corps (ROTC) course is composed of
thirty-two (32) hours of instruction for each of the four years it is offered. The
lectures are scheduled one hour each week. The instruction consists of lectures,
training films, film strips and projection slides dealing with military and allied
activities of the Dental Corps.
Dental Military Science I and II are elective basic courses which may be
offered to male freshmen and sophomore students who are academically and
physically qualified.
Dental Military Science III and IV are elective courses normally offered
to qualified junior and senior male students dependent upon (a) satisfactory
completion of the basic course (courses I and II) or (b) previous active military
service of at least twelve months. Enrollment in the advanced course is also
dependent upon selection by the Dean and the Professor of Military Science
and Tactics.
The Department of the Army pays students enrolled in the advanced course
commutation in lieu of subsistence during the two academic years of the course.
These students are required to attend one summer camp of six weeks' duration
at the expense of the government.
SPECIAL COURSES
Summer Courses
As the need arises, summer courses are offered in any of the subjects
included in the regular curriculum. For details concerning each course consult
pages 23-35 in this catalogue. A charge of $8.00 for each trimester hour credit
is made for these courses.
Graduate Courses
Graduate courses are offered by the departments of Anatomy, Histology
and Embryology, Bacteriology, Biochemistry, Physiology, Oral Pathology and
Oral Surgery. For descriptions of these courses, consult the catalogue of the
University of Maryland Graduate School. The tuition fees for these courses
are the same as those at College Park. The following additional charges are
made to cover the cost of textbooks, laboratory fees and supplies:
Anatomy
$65.00
Histology and
Bacteriology
35.00
Embryology
$30.00
Biochemistry
15.00
Physiology
30.00
Oral Pathology
25.00
Oral Surgery
55.00
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 817
Postgraduate Courses
Committee on Postgraduate Studies
William E. Hahn, Chairman and Director
Marion W. McCrea, Secretary
E. G. Vanden Bosche G. W. Gaver Brice M. Dorsey
J. Ben Romnson, Dean — Ex Officio
Postgraduate courses are offered to qualified dental graduates. These
courses are designed to provide opportunities for study in special fields on a
refresher level, and are arranged so that particular emphasis is placed on
clinical practices.
Airbrasive Technic
Courses in the use of the Airbrasive Technic in dental operative procedures
will he offered in the summer months and at selected times during the 195.3-54
session. Each course will consist of lectures, demonstrations and clinical prac-
tice. Each class will be limited to ten students, and assignment to the courses
will be made in the order in which the applications are received. Each course
will continue for six successive days, with morning and afternoon sessions, or
the full equivalent in evening sessions. Tuition, $150.00.
Anatomy of the Head and Neck
This course is designed to review certain principles of Anatomy and to
furnish the student opportunities to relate these principles to clinical practice.
Instruction is presented in the form of illustrated lectures, seminars, and lab-
oratory dissection. One trimester, full time. Tuition, $200.00. Maximum ex-
pense for books, supplies, and equipment, $45.00.
Oral Pathology
The course in Oral Pathology is presented with the objective of correlating
a knowledge of histopathology with the various aspects of clinical practice. The
physiology of the periodontal attachment and the pathology of the dental pulp,
the periodontium, the hard tissues of the teeth, odontogenic cysts and tumors,
and cancer in and about the oral cavity are stressed. Studies of surgical and
biopsy specimens are also emphasized. Opportunity for supervised research in
areas of particular interest to the student will be available. One year, full time.
Tuition, $550.00. Maximum expense for books, supplies, and equipment, $75.00,
which figure includes microscope fee of $25.00.
Oral Surgery
The course in Oral Surgery is organized to train the dentist in advanced
surgical procedures of the oral cavity and the associated parts. Although
primarily designed for the general practitioner, the course can be used as credit
toward specialization in Oral Surgery. One year, full time. Tuition, $550.00.
Maximum expense for books, supplies, and equipment, $75.00.
Periodontia
The course in Periodontia consists of a review of the etiology, pathology,
clinical symptoms, diagnosis and methods of treatment of the various types
818 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
of periodontal disease. Instruction is presented by means of lectures, seminars
and clinical demonstration. One trimester, full time. Tuition, $200.00. Maxi-
mum expense for books, supplies, and equipment, $75.00.
Prosthesis
Instruction will be given in the fundamental principles and factors involved
in complete denture prosthesis, the general problems in diagnosis and treatment
planning, and the procedures of constructing partial and complete dentures.
Ample opportunity will be provided for the application of the basic principles
and procedures of clinical practice. One trimester, full time. Tuition, $200.00.
Maximum expense for books, supplies, and equipment, $300.00.
Visual Aids
The basic principles and practices of Visual Aids are presented by lecture,
demonstration and laboratory technics. Practical photography and moulage are
featured, with instruction in department organization and exhibition arrangement.
Four weeks, full time. Tuition $150.00.
Occasional Part-Time Courses
The fees charged part-time students who may be enrolled in any of the
special courses are prorated on a basis of the full-time charge of $550.00, with
a minimum charge of $100.00 for any one course.
NOTE : Inquiries concerning these courses should be addressed to the Chairman of
the Committee on Graduate and Postgraduate Studies, Dental School, University of
Maryland, Baltimore 1, Maryland.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 819
THE GORGAS ODONTOLOGICAL SOCIETY
The Gorgas Odontological Society was organized in 1916 as an honorary
student dental society with scholarship as a basis for admission. The Society
was named after Dr. Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas, a pioneer in dental education, a
teacher of many years' experience, and during his life a great contributor to
dental literature. It was with the idea of perpetuating his name that the Society
adopted it
To be eligible for membership a student must be in the first 30 per cent of
his class. The selection of this 30 per cent shall be based on the weighted
percentage average system as outlined in the school regulations. The meetings,
held once each month, are addressed by prominent dental and medical men, an
effort being made to obtain speakers not connected with the University. The
members have an opportunity, even while students, to hear men associated with
other educational institutions.
OMICRON KAPPA UPSILON
Phi Chapter of Omicron Kappa Upsilon honorary dental society was
chartered at the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University
of Maryland, during the session of 1928-29. Membership in the society is
awarded to a number not exceeding 12 per cent of the graduating class. This
honor is conferred upon students who through their professional course of study
creditably fulfill all obligations as students, and whose conduct, earnestness,
evidence of good character and high scholarship recommend them to election.
The following graduates of the 1953 Class were elected to membership :
Jordan Sidney Bloom Walter Casper Maslowski
Joseph Benjamin Bonura Robert Raymond Morrison, Jr.
Hector F. P. DiNardo, Jr. Norman Alexander Seese, Jr.
George Louis Fogtman Daniel Wertz Shupe
Edward Dean Gardenter Percy Frank Walters
Leonard Bishop Isbister Harvey L. Wertz
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
The first annual meeting of the Society of the Alumni of the Baltimore
College of Dental Surgery was held in Baltimore, March 1, 1849. This organi-
zation has continued in existence to the present, its name having been changed
to The National Alumni Association of the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery,
Dental School, University of Maryland.
The officers of the Alumni Association for 1953-1954 are as follows:
Eugene L. Pessagno, Jr. Albert C. Cook
President President-Elect
Medical Arts Building 72 Pershing Street
Baltimore 1, Maryland Cumberland, Maryland
Albert A. Harrington
Vice-President
43 Bleecker Street
Newark, New Jersey
820 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Joseph M. Tighe Howard Van Natta
Secretary Treasurer
6601 York Road Medical Arts Building
Baltimore 12, Maryland Baltimore 1, Maryland
Leon Seligman Joseph C. Biddix
Historian Editor
2230 Garrison Boulevard 72 Dunkirk Road
Baltimore 15, Maryland Baltimore 12, Maryland
Representatives to University Alumni Council
Eugene L. Pessagno, Jr., 1954 Albert C. Cook, 1955
Medical Arts Building 72 Pershing Street
Baltimore 1, Maryland Cumberland, Maryland
William E. Trail, 1956
Professional Building
Frederick, Maryland
Executive Council
Henry A. Youngs, 1954 Carl Russell, 1954
Chairman 17 State Street
667 Washington Boulevard Annapolis, Maryland
Baltimore 30, Maryland „, „ ,„„_.
William Schunick, 1955
C. Howard Scheid, 1955 3431 Park Hdghts Avenue
4509 Liberty Heights Avenue Baltimore 15, Maryland
Baltimore 7, Maryland
James L. Trone, Sr., 1956 Benjamin A. Brown, 1956
127 E. Main Street 2701 Pacific Avenue
Elkton, Maryland Atlantic City, New Jersey
Harry Levin, Ex-Officio
3429 Park Heights Avenue
Baltimore 15, Maryland
Trustees for National Alumni Fund
Trustees Ex-Officio
Eugene L. Pessagno, Jr., President
Albert C. Cook, President-Elect
Arthur I. Bell, Secretary-Treasurer
Henry A. Youngs, Chairman of Executive Committee
Dean of the School of Dentistry
Elmer F. Corey, 1954 Phil W. Winchester, 1954
1901 E. 31st Street Morganton, North Carolina
Baltimore 18, Maryland
George M. Anderson, 1955 Edgar J. Jacques, 1955
831 Park Avenue 63 High Street
Baltimore 1, Maryland Manchester, New Hampshire
Harry Levin, 1956 Michael B. Messore, 1956
3429 Park Heights Avenue 807 Union Trust Building
Baltimore 15, Maryland Providence, Rhode Island
SCHOOL OF LAW 821
THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND SCHOOL OF LAW
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
H. C. Byrd, B.S., LL.D., D.Sc, President of the University
Roger Howell, LL.B., Ph.D., Dean
Bridgewater M. Arnold, LL.B., Assistant Dean
G. Watson Algire, M.S., Director of Admissions
Alma H. Preinkert, M.A., Registrar
THE FACULTY COUNCIL
Bridgewater M. Arnold Roger Howell
Randolph Barton, Jr. Hon. Emory H. Niles
James T. Carter G. Kenneth Reiblich
Hon. W. Calvin Chesnut Edwin G. W. Ruge
Hon. Edwin T. Dickerson John S. Strahorn, Jr.
THE FACULTY OF LAW (1952-53)
Bridgewater M. Arnold Assistant Dean and Professor of Law
A. B. (1923), Princeton University; LL.B. (1931), University of Maryland.
Stewart Brown Lecturer on Insurance and Mortgages
A.B. (1930), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1933), Harvard University.
J. Wallace Bryan Lecturer on Pleading
A.B. (1903), Ph.D. (1908), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1905), Univer-
sity of Maryland.
James T. Carter Lecturer on Contracts
A.B. (1914), Oberlin College; LL.B. (1918), University of Maryland; Ph.D.
(1919), Johns Hopkins University.
Richard W. Case Lecturer on Taxation
A.B. (1941), LL.B. (1942), University of Maryland.
L. Whiting Farinholt, Jr Professor of Law
A.B. (1932), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1940), University of Mary-
land; LL.M. (1947), Harvard University.
Hon. Eli Frank Professor Emeritus
A.B. (1894), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1S96), University of Maryland.
George Gump Lecturer on Taxation
A.B. (1930), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1933), University of Maryland.
Roger Howell Dean and Professor of Law
A.B. (1914), Ph.D. (1917), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1917), Univer-
sity of Maryland.
Frederick William Invernizzi Professor of Law
A.B. (1932), LL.B. (1935), University of Maryland.
Laurence M. Jones Professor of Law
A.B. (1930), J.D. (1932), State University of Iowa; LL.M. (1933), S.J.D.
(1934), Harvard University.
822 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Joseph O. Kaiser Lecturer on Pleading
A.B. (1933), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1936), University of Maryland.
John H. Lewin Lecturer on Federal Jurisdiction
A.B. (1920), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1923), Harvard University.
Gerald Monsman Supervisor Legal Aid Clinic
A.B. (1926), Calvin College; LL.B. (1933), University of Maryland; J.D.
(1935), Georgetown University.
Hon. Emory H. Niles Lecturer on Evidence
A.B. (1912), Johns Hopkins University; B.A. (1915), B.C.L. (1916), M.A.
(1930), Oxford University; LL.B. (1917), University of Maryland.
Reuben Oppenheimer Lecturer on Federal Jurisdiction
A.B. (1917), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1920), Harvard University.
Norman P. Ramsey Lecturer on Agency
LL.B. (1947), University of Maryland.
G. Kenneth Reiblich Professor of Law
A.B. (1925), Ph.D. (1928), Johns Hopkins University; J.D. (1929), New
York University; LL.M. (1937), Columbia University.
Russell R. Reno Professor of Law
A.B. (1931), LL.B. (1927), University of Illinois; LL.M. (1940), Columbia
University.
Edwin G. W. Ruge Professor of Law
A.B. (1912), Yale University; LL.B. (1915), Harvard University.
John S. Strahorn. Jr Professor of Law
A.B. (1922), St. John's College; LL.B. (1925), Washington and Lee Univer-
sity; S.J.D. (1926), Harvard University; J.S.D. (1931), Yale University.
Roszel C. Thomsen Director of Practice Court
A.B. (1919), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1922), University of Maryland.
R. Dorsey Watkins Lecturer on Torts
A.B. (1922), Ph.D. (1925), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1925), Univer-
sity of Maryland.
Gertrude M. Anderton Secretary
Anne C. Bagby Law Librarian
A.B. (1922), Goucher College; B.L.S. (1927), Pratt Institute School of
Library Science.
Edwin W. Lowe Research Associate and Editorial Secretary,
Maryland Law Review
A.B. (1929), St. John's College; LL.B. (1935), University of Maryland.
Nettie G. Abrahams Stenographer
Ruth Walter Typist
SCHOOL OF LAW 823
SCHOOL OF LAW
Introductory Statement
The Law School of the University of Maryland is rated as an
"Approved School" by the Section of Legal Education and Admissions
to the Bar of the American Bar Association. It is also a member of the
Association of American Law Schools, an organization whose purpose
is the advancement of legal education, membership in which is dependent
upon meeting and maintaining certain standards as to entrance require-
ments, faculty, library and curriculum.
It is the only school in Maryland which has been so recognized and
which offers what is regarded by the bodies named as proper prepara-
tion for the practice of law or whose standards of admission and in-
struction are those recommended by them. In 41 jurisdictions, graduates
of schools not substantially complying with those standards are not
eligible to take the bar examinations; and in a substantial number of juris-
dictions, recognition is now refused to law study in a school not fully
approved by the American Bar Association.
The American Bar Association standards are set forth in the fol-
lowing resolutions, adopted in 1921, with the exception of 1 (f), which
was adopted in 1938:
"(1) The American Bar Association is of the opinion that every
candidate for admission to the Bar should give evidence of graduation
from a law school complying with the following standards:
(a) It shall require as a condition of admission at least
two years of study in a college.
(b) It shall require its students to pursue a course of three
years' duration if they devote substantially all of their work-
ing time to their studies, and a longer course, equivalent to
the number of working hours, if they devote only part of their
working time to their studies.
(c) It shall provide an adequate library available for the
use of the students.
(d) It shall have among its teachers a sufficient number
giving their entire time to the school to insure actual personal
acquaintance with the whole student body.
(e) It shall not be operated as a commercial enterprise and
the compensation of any officer or member of its teaching staff
shall not depend on the number of students or on the fees
received.
(f) It shall be a school which in the judgment of the Coun-
cil on Legal Education and Admissions to the Bar possesses
reasonably adequate facilities and maintains a sound educa-
tional policy; provided, however, that any decision of the
Council in these respects shall be subject to review by the
House of Delegates on the petition of any school adversely
affected.
824 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
"(2) The American Bar Association is of the opinion that gradu-
ation from a law school should not confer the right of admission to the
Bar, and that every candidate should be subjected to an examination by
public authority to determine his fitness.
"(3) The Council on Legal Education and Admission to the Bar
is directed to publish from time to time the names of those law schools
which comply with the above standards and those which do not, and
to make such publications available so far as possible to intending law
students."
The policy set forth in these resolutions has been consistently and
vigorously adhered to in subsequent meetings of the American Bar
Association. The minimum admission requirement stated in 1 (a) was in-
creased in 1950 to three years of college study, beginning in September, 1952.
The standards of the Association of American Law Schools are sub-
stantially the same, being somewhat more exacting in some instances.
HISTORICAL SKETCH
The General Assembly of Maryland in 1812 authorized the College
of Medicine of Maryland, founded in 1807, "to constitute, appoint and
annex to itself three other colleges or faculties, viz., the Faculty of
Divinity, the Faculty of Law, and the Faculty of Arts and Sciences,"
and declared that "the four colleges or faculties thus united should be
constituted an University by the name and under the title of the Univer-
sity of Maryland." In pursuance of this authority the University was
organized in 1813, and is thus one of the oldest chartered universities in
America.
The first faculty of law was chosen in 1813, when David Hoffman
was elected Professor of law. He published in 1817 "A Course of Legal
Study Addressed to Students and the Profession Generally," which
Justice Story in an article in the North American Review pronounced to
be "by far the most perfect system for the study of law which has
ever been offered to the public," and which recommended a course of
study so comprehensive as to require for its completion six or seven
years. Regular instruction in law was begun in 1823, but was suspended
in 1836 for lack of proper pecuniary support. Hoffman's ideals of legal
education were far in advance of his times and in consequence there were
but few students able or willing to spend the time required by his course.
In 1869 the Law School was reorganized, and in 1870 regular instruction
therein was resumed. Its graduates now number more than thirty-five
hundred, and include a large proportion of the past and present leaders
of the bench and bar in the State, as well as many who have attained
prominence in the profession elsewhere.
Two other schools, the Baltimore Law School and the Baltimore
University of Law, were organized under charters granted by the State
of Maryland. These two schools were subsequently consolidated under
the name of the Baltimore Law School in 1911 and in 1913 the Baltimore
SCHOOL OF LAW 825
Law School was in turn merged into the Law School of the University
of Maryland. On July 1, 1920, the University oi Maryland at Baltimore
and the Maryland State College at College Park were consolidated under
the name of the University of Maryland.
BUILDING AND EQUIPMENT
The buildings of the Schools of Law, Medicine, Dentistry and
Pharmacy of the University of Maryland are located in the vicinity of
Lombard and Greene Streets, in the City of Baltimore, the Law School
building being at the southeast corner of Redwood and Greene Streets.
This building was erected in 1931 and is a three-story building of colonial
design, devoted exclusively to law-school purposes. The first floor con-
tains a large auditorium and practice court, students' lounge, the adminis-
trative offices and the women's locker room; on the second floor are four
large class-rooms; the third, floor is devoted to the reading-room, and
offices and reading-room for the law faculty and Law Review staff; in
the basement is the men's locker room. The entire west wing of the
building is devoted to stack space, affording room for more than 50,000
volumes.
The Law Library now contains some 28,000 volumes. Included
therein are several complete sets of the Maryland and Baltimore City
reports; all the editions, official and unofficial, of the Supreme Court
reports and inferior Federal courts; the National Reporter System and
the reports of the Courts of last resort of all states prior thereto, as well
as the published decisions of the more important inferior state Courts;
the English Law Reports since 1865 and the English Reprint and English
Common Law and Chancery Reports covering the period prior to that
time; the various selected case series of annotated reports; the statute
law of the United States, the several states, and Great Britain, as well
as multiple sets of all Maryland codes and session laws; the American
Digest System, the English and Empire Digest, and multiple sets of all
Maryland Digests; a large collection of carefully selected textbooks and
treatises; all of the leading legal periodicals, encyclopedias, citators and
other search books. The library is open on weekdays for the use of the
students from 9:00 A. M. to 10:30 P. M., and on Saturdays from 9:00 A. M.
to 5:00 P.M.
ARRANGEMENT OF HOURS
The Law School is divided into two divisions, the Day School and
the Evening School. The same curriculum is offered in each school, and
the standards of work and graduation requirements are the same.
The normal Day School course covers a period of three years of
thirty-two weeks each, exclusive of holidays.
The normal Evening School course covers a period of four years
of thirty-six weeks each, exclusive of holidays. The class sessions are
held on Monday, Wednesday and Friday evenings of each week from
6:30 to 9:40 o'clock, leaving the alternate evenings for study and prepa-
ration bv the student.
826 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
Candidates for Degree — Applicants for admission as candidates for
a degree are required to produce evidence of the successful completion
of at least three-quarters of the work acceptable for a bachelor's degree
granted on the basis of a four-year period of study by the State Uni-
versity of the State in which the prelegal work is taken, or if there is no
State University, then at a principal college or university located therein;
to satisfy this requirement, applicants must have successfully completed
at least 90 semester hours or 135 quarter hours at an accredited college
or university; not more than ten per cent of the credit presented for
admission may include credit earned in nontheory courses in military
science, hygiene, domestic arts, physical education, vocal or instrumental
music, or other courses without intellectual content of substantial value.
All prelegal work must have been passed with a scholastic average at least
equal to the average required for graduation 'in the institution attended.
The right is reserved to refuse admission to applicants with suffi-
cient scholastic credit, whose presence in the School would, in the judg-
ment of the Faculty Council, be detrimental to the best interests of the
School.
Special Students. Candidates for Certificate of the School — A lim-
ited number of students, not exceeding ten per cent of the average
number of students admitted as beginning regular law studen,ts during
the two preceding years, applying for entrance with less than the aca-
demic credit required of candidates for the law degree, may be admitted
as candidates for the certificate of the school, but not for the degree,
where, in the opinion of the Faculty Council, special circumstances, such
as the maturity and the apparent ability of the student, seem to justify
a deviation from the rule requiring at least three years of college work.
Applicants for admission as special students must be at least twenty-
three years of age and must be specially equipped by training and experi-
ence for the study of law.
Application for admittance as a special student should be made as
early as possible by letter, showing the age of the applicant, together
with a detailed statement of attendance at educational institutions, and
of the work therein completed and the work pursued by the applicant
since leaving such educational institutions.
Admission to Advanced Standing — Students complying with the re-
quirements for admission to the school who have, in addition, suc-
cessfully pursued the study of law elsewhere in a law school which,
at the time of such student's attendance, was either a member of
the Association of American Law Schools or approved by the Council
on Legal Education of the American Bar Association may, in the discre-
tion of the Faculty Council, upon presentation of a certificate from such
accredited law school showing honorable dismissal therefrom, and the
successful completion of equivalent courses therein, receive credit for
credit for such courses and be admitted to advanced standing. No student
transferring from another law school will be admitted who is not in good
SCHOOL OF LAW 827
scholastic standing at the school from which he transfers. No degree will be
conferred until alter at least one year of residence and study at this school.
Prelegal Study— The School does not prescribe any particular under-
graduate courses for admission. Proper preparation for the study of
law is generally thought to depend not so much upon the specific courses
taken by the prelegal student as upon the development of capacity to
read and comprehend rapidly and accurately, to think precisely, to
analyze complex fact situations, and to speak and write clearly and in-
telligently. Ordinarily a prelegal student would do well to follow a
Bachelor of Arts or Science program with emphasis on courses in English,
American and English history, economics, political science and govern-
ment* and sociology. However, students differ widely in their tastes,
and are well advised to concentrate primarily on subjects which they find
of particular intellectual interest and stimulation.
Students planning to take the Maryland bar examination on com-
pletion of their law studies are required by the rules as to prelegal study
of the Court of Appeals to include in their prelegal course at least eight
semester hours of English and eight semester hours of history, economics
or political science: in addition at least one year of Latin, at either high
school or college, is required, for which four semester hours of advanced
English may be substituted.
Times of Admission — Beginning students are admitted only once a
year, at the opening of the fall semester in September. Applicants for
admission to advanced standing may be admitted at the beginning of any
semester.
Law School Admission Test — The Law School Admission Test is a
legal aptitude test administered by the Educational Testing Service,
which charges an examination fee of ten dollars. The test is not required
for admission to the School. However, applicants with undergraduate
scholastic averages not well above the minimum required for admission
would be well advised to take it; application forms and information as to
dates and administration of the test may be obtained by writing to the
Educational Testing Service, P. O. Box 592, Princeton, N. J.
COMBINED PROGRAM OF STUDIES LEADING TO THE
DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF ARTS OR BACHELOR
OF SCIENCE AND BACHELOR OF LAWS
The University of Maryland offers combined programs in arts or
business administration and law leading to the degrees of bachelor of
arts or bachelor of science and bachelor of laws.
Students pursuing such combined programs in college and prelegal
subjects will spend the first three years in either the College of Arts and
Sciences or in the College of Business and Public Administration at
College Park. They will then register in the Law School, and upon the
successful completion of the work of the first year in the Day School,
828 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
or the equivalent work in the Evening School, the degree of bachelor of
arts or bachelor of science will be awarded; a weighted average of at
least C is required on law work submitted in satisfaction of the require-
ments for either of these degrees. Because the general university
commencement in June takes place before the School of Law is pre-
pared to release grades of the first-year class, these combined degrees
will be conferred at the commencement following the candidate's second
year of residence in the School of Law. The degree of bachelor of laws
will be awarded upon the successful completion of the work prescribed
for graduation in the School of Law.
Details of the combined courses are included in the catalogues of
the College of Arts and Sciences and the College of Business and Public
Administration; these may be obtained upon application to the Director
of Publications, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
REGISTRATION
All students are required, when entering for each session, to report
in person at the office of the Secretary of the Law School and enroll.
No registration will be allowed except by special action of the Dean after
the last day for registration as designated in the calendar.
Students who fail to pay the tuition and other fees required on or
before the day of registration for each term or semester, as stated in
the catalogue, will be required to pay, in addition to the fees required,
a fine of five (S5.00) dollars. The last permissible day for registration,
with the fine included, is Saturday at noon of the week in which instruc-
tion begins following the specified registration period. This rule may
be waived only by action of the Dean.
VETERANS' EDUCATIONAL BENEFITS
The University is approved by the Veterans Administration for
participation in the program of educational benefits provided for veterans
under Public Laws 346 (the Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944
or "GI Bill"), 550 (the Veterans Readjustment Assistance Act of 1952)
and 16 (the Vocational Rehabilitation Act).
A veteran planning to *»nter law school under either of these laws
should file his application with the Veterans Administration as early as
possible, in order that this may be approved before the veteran begins
his law studies.
FEES AND EXPENSES
The charges for instruction for resident students are as follows:
Application fee, to accompany application $ 5.00
Matriculation fee. payable on first registration 10.00
Diploma fee, payable upon graduation 15.00
Tuition fee. per semester, residents of Maryland (Day School) 100.00
Tuition fee, per semester, non-residents of Maryland
(Day School) 125.00
Tuition fee, per semester (Evening School) 75.00
Deficiency examination fee, per examination 5.00
y
SCHOOL OF LAW 829
The tuition fee for each semester is payable at the time of registra-
tion therefor. Students wishing to make arrangements for deferred
payment of tuition charges must do so with the Financial Office at or
prior to registration for the semester for which such charges are im-
posed. Students carrying less than ten credit hours in the Day division
or less than six credit hours in the Evening division will be charged on
the basis of $10.00 per semester hour carried; an additional fee of $25.00
per semester will be charged such students in the Day division who are
non-residents of Maryland.
DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE AND NON-RESIDENCE
Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if at
the time of their registration their parents have been domiciled in this
State for at least one year.
The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of
his first registration in the University, and may not thereafter be changed
by him unless, in the case of a minor, his parents move to and become
legal residents of this State by maintaining such residence for at least
one full year. However, the right of the minor student to change from
a non-resident to resident status must be established by him prior to the
registration period set for any semester.
Adult students are considered to be residents if at the time of their
registration they have been domiciled in this Slate for at least one year
provided such residence has not been acquired while attending any school
or college in Maryland or elsewhere.
The word domicile as used in this regulation shall mean the perma-
nent place of abode. For the purpose of this rule only one domicile may
be maintained.
The following interpretations or modifications of the above rules
shall apply:
(a) The domicile of a wife shall be that of her husband, except in the
case of a minor supported by her parents in which event the marital
status will not be considered in determining the residence status.
(b) Should the parents be separated, the domicile of the parent who
furnishes the support shall determine the residence status of a minor
child.
(c) Should the support for a minor not be furnished by the parents or
guardians, the domicile of the person who furnishes the entire support
shall determine the residence status of such minor.
(d) Should the support for a student be derived from a trust fund estab-
lished specifically for his support and education, the domicile of the
person who established the fund during the full year previous thereto
shall determine the residence status of the student.
(c) Should the parent or other person responsible for a student be re-
quired to leave this State for business or military reasons, he shall not be
deprived of his right to claim residence status if it is evident that he
830 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
intends to return to this State upon the completion of the special business
or military assignment.
(f) The non-resident status of an adult may be changed upon proof that
he has purchased and has maintained a home in Maryland for at least
one full year; that he has become a registered voter of this State; and
that he intends to make this State his domicile. These facts must be
established prior to the registration period of the semester for which
this change of status is requested.
REBATES
The matriculation fee is not subject to rebate. Other tuition charges
will be rebated in case of withdrawal of a student during the course of
a semester, in accordance with the following schedule:
Period From Date Instruction Begins
2 weeks or less 80%
Between 2 and 3 weeks 60%
Between 3 and 4 weeks 40%
Between 4 and 5 weeks 20%
Over 5 weeks No rebate
In all cases of withdrawals from school, immediate notice in writing must
be given to the Dean. The effective date for withdrawals, so jar as concerns
refunds of tuition, is the date that such notice is received in the Dean's Office.
SCHOLARSHIPS
In 1922, Mr. Louis S. Ashman, of the Baltimore Bar and an alumnus
of the Law School, assigned to the Regents all royalties to be received
from the publication of his book, "Prayers and Instructions" in order
to provide a fund for the establishment of a scholarship or scholarships
to be known as "The Louis S. Ashman Scholarship," for a student or
students recommended annually by the Faculty Council as worthy to
receive the same by reason of scholarly attainments and the need of
financial assistance in pursuing the study of law. The value of each
scholarship is about $150.00. In accordance with the donor's wishes, pref-
erence will be given to former servicemen in making such awards.
For the purpose of continuing these scholarships, Mr. Ashman in
1939 also assigned the royalties from his book on "Directed Prayers and
Instructions" to the Regents; and for the same purpose has currently
under preparation a book on "Maryland Court and Office Forms, Anno-
tated."
Applications for these scholarships must be filed on or before Sep-
tember 1 of the school year for which the scholarship is to be awarded.
Scholarships will be awarded for one year only, but the same person may
receive more than one award, provided his scholastic work and influence
in the School are such as to merit this.
SCHOOL OF LAW 831
REGISTRATION WITH THE COURT OF APPEALS AND
ADMISSION TO THE BAR
Under the rules governing admission to the Bar in the State of
Maryland, each applicant is required to register with the State Board
of Law Examiners as a law student before beginning the study of law.
Applicants for such registration must have completed, in addition to a
high-school education or the equivalent, two years of work in a college
approved by the Board of Law Examiners, or the equivalent. Appli-
cation blanks for such registration may be procured from the Secretary
by the student at the time of his registration in the Law School. A fee
of $15.00, payable to the State Board of Law Examiners must accompany
each application for registration. Such registration as a law student with the
State Board of Law Examiners does not automatically qualify an applicant
for admission to the Law School, for which compliance with the requirements
set forth on page 9 is essential.
Admission to the Bar is upon examination by the State Board of Law
Examiners. The examinations are held in July and March each year,
and embrace the following subjects: Agency, Conflict of Laws, Constitu-
tional Law, Contracts, Corporations, Criminal Law, Domestic Relations,
Equity, Evidence, Negotiable Instruments, Personal Property, Pleading
and Practice at Law and in Equity, Administrative Law Including Public
Service Companies. Real Property, Torts, and Testamentary Law. All
of the required courses are included in the curriculum offered by the
Law School.
Applicants for admission to the Bar must have studied law in the
office of a member of the bar of this state, or in a law school of the
United States and must file a petition with the State Board of Law
Examiners at least twenty days before the day fixed for the examination
they wish to take. A fee of $25.00, payable to the State Board of Law
Examiners, must accompany each application for permission to take
the bar examination.
Further information concerning the examination or matters relating
to admission to the bar may be had upon application to Mr. Wilson K.
Barnes, Secretary, State Board of Law Examiners, 900 Maryland Trust
Building, Baltimore 2, Maryland.
EXAMINATIONS AND GRADES
Written examinations are held at the end of the course in all subjects
except Practice Court and the Legal Aid Clinic. Unless excused by the
Dean, all students must present themselves for examination in each sub-
ject for which they are registered at the first regular examination held
therein in order to receive credit for such course. A student may not
drop a course for which he is registered after the third week of the semes-
ter. A course may be audited only with the permission of the instructor.
Students dropping a course or changing from credit to audit must give im-
mediate notice to the Dean's office. No student will be permitted to take the
examination in any course unless he has attended at least 85 per cent of the
832 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
lectures therein, except upon the recommendation of the instructor in such
course and by permission of the Dean; nor may any student, without special
permission from the Dean, carry in the Day School less than 12 nor more than
16 hours per week and, in the Evening School, less than 6 nor more than 10
hours per week.
A student failing to present himself for examination in any course
must report to the Dean as soon as the circumstances which caused the
absence will permit. If the Dean is satisfied that the absence was justi-
fiable (as if due to sickness or other exceptional circumstances) he will
give permission for a deferred examination in place of the one missed;
otherwise a grade of F will be entered. A fee of $5.00 will be charged
for every deferred examination, except that one fee will cover all deferred
examinations due to the same cause.
The following grade symbols are used: A, signifying "excellent";
B, signifying "very good"; C, signifying "good"; D, signifying "passed";
F, signifying "failure"; I, signifying "incomplete." Of these, A, B, C,
and D are passing grades, but a grade of D can be counted toward
graduation only as hereinafter stated. For the purpose of computing
the average grade of a student, the following values are assigned to
the grades received: A equals 4; B equals 3; C equals 2; D equals 1;
F equals 0.
The grade of I (incomplete) is given only to those students who
have a proper excuse for failure to present themselves for examinations
or to complete any other work that may be required by the instructor
in any course. It is not used to signify work of inferior quality. It may
be replaced later by a definite grade for the course, when the instructor
therein is prepared to report it.
A student receiving a grade of less than C in any course, may, in
the discretion of the instructor, take a re-examination therein, for the
purpose of raising such grade, the grade received on such re-examination
to be substituted for the original grade received, except with respect
to eligibility for scholarship honors. Such re-examination, unless special
permission is obtained from the Dean to the contrary, must be taken
either at the next regular examination given in such course, or at the
next deficiency examination period. Deficiency examinations are held
prior to the opening of the school session in September of each year.
Not more than one re-examination may be taken in any one course; if a
student is not successful in raising his grade thereon, he may do so
thereafter only by repeating such course.
In determining the eligibility of a student to continue in attendance
at the school; a grade of F in a course of three or more semester hours
shall constitute one failure, and a grade of F in a course of less than
three semester hours shall constitute a half-failure. A student in the
Day division having three or more failures, so computed, and a student
in the Evening division having two and a half failures, so computed,
is permanently excluded from the School and is not permitted to take re-
examinations in the courses failed.
SCHOOL OF LAW 833
A student in the Day division having less than three failures, so
computed, or a student in the Evening division having less than two
and a half failures, so computed, and a weighted average below C, will
be required to take deficiency examinations in the subjects failed; if on
such deficiency examinations, he shall remove all failures and half-
failures, he may continue with his class, subject to the conditions as to
number of hours of D grades stated hereafter. If, after taking such
deficiency examinations, he still is not eligible to continue with his class,
he must elect either (1) to withdraw from the School; or (2) to continue
on scholastic probation, taking assigned work only. A student with a
weighted average of at least C, who has a mark of F in not more than
one subject, shall be entitled to continue with his class without removing
such failure by re-examination.
Except in the case of a student whose weighted average is at least
C, students with the number of hours of D grades following on their
records shall be ineligible to continue into the succeeding class, except
after reducing such hours of D grades sufficiently by taking deficiency
examinations: a first-year day student with more than nine semester
hours; a second-year day student with more than fifteen semester hours;
a first-year evening student with more than eight semester hours; a
second-year evening student with more than twelve semester hours; a
third-year evening student with more than sixteen semester hours. If,
after taking such deficiency examinations, such a student is still not
eligible to continue with his class, he must elect either (1) to withdraw
from the School; or (2) to continue on scholastic probation, taking as-
signed work only.
A student electing to continue on scholastic probation, who fails to
receive a grade of at least C in at least three-fourths of the work in
which he is registered during the succeeding year, is permanently ex-
cluded from the School and is not permitted to take re-examinations in
any course.
The Faculty Council reserves the right to require the withdrawal of
any student whose continued presence would not, in the judgment of the
Council, either because of low scholastic standing or other reasons, be
of benefit to himself or would be detrimental to the best interests of
the School.
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
To be eligible for either the degree or the certificate, a student must
have successfully completed courses totaling at least 80 semester hours,
in at least three-fourths of which he must have received a grade of C or
higher; provided, however, that a student who has failed in not more
than one subject, may be allowed to graduate if his general weighted
average, including such failure, is at least C.
HONORS AND PRIZES
A student who complies with the requirements for graduation and
834 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
who attains in all work done in courses offered in the school, and pre-
sented for the degree, an average grade of not less than 3.15, may be
recommended by the Faculty Council for Graduation with Honor.
Under the will of Mrs. W. Calvin Chesnut, the sum of $1,000.00 was
paid to the Regents of the University as an endowment, the annual in-
come to be used for the purpose of giving a prize for good scholarship in
a broad sense, to be determined by the Dean of the School of Law annu-
ally, to be known as the Elizabeth Maxwell Carroll Chesnut Prize.
The G. Ridgely Sappington Prize, established in memory of G.
Ridgely Sappington, for many years a member of the Faculty of the
School of Law, is awarded annually to the student doing the best work
in the day division course in Practice, in which Mr. Sappington was the
instructor at the time of his death.
The Edward H. Curlander Prizes are awarded annually to the
students doing the best work in the courses in Testamentary Law and
in Future Interests (Real Property III).
The Nu Beta Epsilon National Law Fraternity Prize was established
in 1951 by the Alpha Chapter, founded at the University of Maryland
School of Law in 1918. Law books are awarded annually to the student
who is adjudged by the faculty editors of the Maryland Law Review to
have submitted the most significant initial piece of legal writing for
present publication in the Review. All students are eligible to compete
for the award, but it is advisable to consult with the faculty editors
before undertaking a project.
The editors of the United States Law Week offer a prize of a year's
subscription to the student who, in the judgment of the faculty, makes
the most satisfactory scholastic progress during his final school year.
ORDER OF THE COIF
The Order of the Coif is a national law-school honor society, founded
to encourage scholarship and to advance the ethical standards of the
legal profession, membership in which depends upon high scholastic
attainments. Only those students standing among the first tenth of the
senior class are eligible for membership. Elections of seniors to the
Maryland Chapter of the Order are held during the last semester of the
school year.
CURRICULUM
Explanation of Abbreviations — In the list of courses given below,
the credit value of each course is indicated in semester units by a
numeral in parentheses following the title. The session during which
a course is given is shown as follows: I, Fall Semester; II, Spring
Semester; Yr., throughout the year. Courses starred are elective; all
others required.
The Faculty Council reserves the right to make such changes in
the curriculum as may be found necessary or desirable. Books listed as
used in any course are also subject to change as decided by the instructor.
SCHOOL OF LAW 835
DAY SCHOOL
First Year
Agency (2) II — Seavey's Cases on Agency. Mr. Reiblich.
Contracts (6) Yr.— Williston's Cases on Contracts (5th ed.). Mr. Ruge.
Criminal Law (3) I— Hall and Glueck's Cases and Materials on Criminal
Law. Mr. Strahorn.
Domestic Relations (2) II — Compton's Cases on Domestic Relations.
Mr. Strahorn.
Legal Bibliography (1) I — Putnam, How to Find the Law (4th ed.).
Mr. Invernizzi.
Personal Property (2) I— Fraser's Cases on Property, Vol. II (2nd ed.).
Mr. Jones.
Pleading (3) I — Common law pleading with special reference to Mary-
land procedure. Keigwin's Cases on Common Law Pleading (2nd
ed.) ; mimeographed material. Mr. Bryan.
Real Property I (3) II — Bigelow, Introduction to the Law of Real
Property; Fraser's Cases on Property, Vol. I and Vol. II (2nd ed.).
Mr. Reno.
Torts (6) Yr. — Seavey, Keeton and Thurston's Cases on Torts. Mr.
Farinholt.
Second Year
^Admiralty (2) I — Sprague & Healy's Cases on Admiralty. Mr. Howell.
Corporations (4) Yr. — Richard's Cases on Corporations (Rev. 3rd ed.).
Mr. Ruge.
Equity (4) Yr. — Cook's Cases on Equity (4th ed.). Mr. Howell.
Equity Pleading (2) II — Selected Material. Mr. Invernizzi.
Evidence (4) II — McCormick's Cases on Evidence (2nd ed.). Mr.
Strahorn.
^Insurance (2) II — Vance's Cases on Insurance (4th ed.). Mr. Jones.
Negotiable Instruments (3) II — Britton's Cases on Bills and Notes (4th
ed.). Mr. Invernizzi.
* Partnership (2) I — Crane and Magruder's Cases on Partnership (Shorter
Selection). Mr. Arnold.
Practice (2) I — Trial and appellate practice and procedure with special
reference to Maryland procedure. McBaine's Cases on Trial Practice
(3rd ed.). Mr. Invernizzi.
Real Property II (4) I — Kirkwood's Cases on Conveyances (2nd ed.).
Mr. Reno.
Sales (3) I — Williston and McCurdy's Cases on Sales. Mr. Arnold.
Testamentary Law (2) II — Mechem and Atkinson's Cases on Wills and
Administration (3rd ed.). Mr. Reno.
836 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Third Year
^Admiralty (2) I — Sprague & Healy's Cases on Admiralty. Mr. Howell.
*Administrative Law (3) II — Gellhorn's Cases on Administrative Law
(2nd ed.)- Mr. Reiblich.
*Conflict of Laws (4) I — Cheatham, Goodrich, Griswold & Reese's Cases
on Conflict of Laws (3rd ed.). Mr. Farinholt.
Constitutional Law (4) I — Dowling's Cases on Constitutional Law (4th
ed.) and Supplement. Mr. Reiblich.
^Creditors' Rights (4) II — Hanna and MacLachlan's Cases on Creditors'
Rights, Vol. I (4th ed.). Mr. Arnold.
^Federal Jurisdiction and Procedure (2) II — McCormick and Chadbourn's
Cases on Federal Courts (2nd ed.) and Supplement. Mr. Oppenheimer.
*Insurance (2) II — Vance's Cases on Insurance (4th ed.). Mr. Jones.
*Labor Law (3) II — Handler and Hays' Cases on Labor Law (1951 Rev.
ed.). Mr. Farinholt.
*Legal Aid Clinic (2) — Students registering for this course work two
afternoons a week during one semester at the Baltimore Legal Aid
Bureau. Limited to eight students in each semester. Mr. Monsman.
^Mortgages (2) I — Walsh and Simpson's Cases on Security, Vol. II.
Mr. Arnold.
*Partnership (2) I — Crane and Magruder's Cases on Partnership (Shorter
Selection). Mr. Arnold.
Practice Court and Legal Ethics (4) Yr. — Selected Material. Mr.
Thomsen.
*Real Property III (3) I — Simes' Cases on Future Interests (2nd ed.).
Mr. Jones.
*Restitution (2) I — Durfee and Dawson's Cases on Remedies, Vol II.
Mr. Reno.
*Taxation (4) I — Griswold's Cases on Federal Taxation (3rd ed.) and
Supplement. Mr. Gump.
^Trusts (3) II — Scott's Cases on Trusts (4th ed.). Mr. Jones.
EVENING SCHOOL
First Year
Contracts (5) Yr. — Shepherd's Cases on Contracts (3rd ed.). Mr. Carter.
Criminal Law (3) I — Hall and Glueck's Cases and Materials on Criminal
Law. Mr. Strahorn.
Domestic Relations (2) II — Compton's Cases on Domestic Relations.
Mr. Strahorn.
Legal Bibliography (1) II — Putnam, How to Find the Law (4th ed.).
Mr. Invernizzi.
Personal Property (2) I — Fraser's Cases on Property, Vol. II (2nd ed.).
Mr. Jones.
SCHOOL OF LAW 837
Real Property I (3) II — Bigelow, Introduction to the Law of Real
Property; l-'raser's Cases on Property, Vol. 1 and Vol. II (2nd ed.).
Mr. Reno.
Torts (5) Yr. — Seavey, Keeton and Thurston's Cases on Torts. Mr.
Watkins.
Second Year
Agency (2) I— Seavey's Cases on Agency. Mr. Ramsey.
Equity (4) Yr. — Cook's Cases on Equity (4th ed.). Air. Howell.
Negotiable Instruments (3) II — Britton's Cases on Bills and Notes (4th
ed.). Mr. Invernizzi.
Pleading (3) II — Common law pleading with special reference to Mary-
land procedure. Keigwin's Cases on Common Law Pleading (2nd
ed.); mimeographed material. Mr. Kaiser.
Real Property II (4) I — Kirkwood's Cases on Conveyances (2nd ed.).
Mr. Reno.
Sales (3) I — YVilliston and McCurdy's Cases on Sales. Mr. Arnold.
Testamentary Law (2) II — Mechem and Atkinson's Cases on Wills and
Administration (3rd ed.). Mr. Reno.
Third Year
^Admiralty (2) I— Sprague & Healy's Cases on Admiralty. Mr. Howell.
Corporations (4) Yr. — Richard's Cases on Corporations (Rev. 3rd ed.).
Mr. Ruge.
Creditors' Rights (4) II — Hanna and MacLachlan's Cases on Creditors'
Rights. Vol. I (4th ed.). Mr. Arnold.
Equity Pleading (2) II — Selected Material. Mr. Invernizzi.
Evidence (4) Yr.— McCormick's Cases on Evidence (2nd ed.). Judge Niles.
insurance (2) I — Vance's Cases on Insurance (4th ed.). Mr. Brown.
^Mortgages (2) II — Walsh and Simpson's Cases on Security, Vol. II.
Mr. Brown.
Practice (2) I — Trial and appellate practice and procedure with special
reference to Maryland procedure. McBaine's Cases on Trial Practice
(3rd ed.). Mr. Invernizzi.
*Real Property III (3) I — Sime's Cases on Future Interests (2nd ed.).
Mr. Jones.
Fourth Year
*Administrative Law (3) II— Gellhorn's Cases on Administrative Law
(2nd ed.). Mr. Reiblich.
*Admiralty (2) I — Sprague & Healy's Cases on Admiralty. Air. Howell.
*Conflict of Laws (4) I— Cheatham, Goodrich, Griswold & Reese's Cases
on Conflict of Laws (3rd ed.). Air. Farinholt.
* Constitutional Law (4) I — Dowling's Cases on Constitutional Law (4th
ed.) and Supplement. Air. Reiblich.
838 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
^Federal Jurisdiction and Procedure (2) II — McCormick and Chadbourn's
Cases on Federal Courts (2nd ed.) and Supplement. Mr. Lewin.
^Insurance (2) I — Vance's Cases on Insurance (4th ed.). Mr. Brown.
*Labor Law (3) II — Handler and Hays' Cases on Labor Law (1951 Rev.
ed.). Mr. Farinholt.
Practice Court and Legal Ethics (4) Yr. — Selected material. Mr.
Thomsen.
^Taxation (4) Yr. — Griswold's Cases on Federal Taxation (3rd ed.) and
Supplement. Mr. Case.
^Trusts (3) II — Scott's Cases on Trusts (4th ed.). Mr. Jones.
PRACTICE COURT
The Law School endeavors not only to equip its students with an
accurate knowledge of legal principles, but also to train them in the
application of that knowledge and to fit them for the practice of the law.
To that end special care and thought are devoted to the conduct of the
Practice Court, which is in session throughout the scholastic year.
The work of the Practice Court is designed to afford opportunity not
only for the argument of law questions, but also for preparation and
conduct of a case through all its stages as nearly as possible in accord-
ance with the procedure in actual trial and appellate work.
A set of Court Rules has been adopted in accordance with which the
students are required to prepare and file their pleadings and conduct
their cases. Students are furnished with statements of facts, involving
debatable principles of law, supposed to represent the claims of the
respective parties to the litigation, from which they draft the necessary
pleadings and prepare their cases for trial. They are also required to
prepare and file trial briefs and appeal briefs.
The course is given in the third year of the Day School and the
fourth year of the Evening School. In connection with the course in-
struction in Legal Ethics is offered. Except as herein otherwise provided,
the course is required for graduation and attendance at all sessions of
the Court by members of those classes is compulsory. Except by per-
mission of the Dean, no student will receive credit for work in the
Practice Court unless he has attended at least 85 per cent of the sessions
each year. There is no examination in this course, the grade of the
student being based upon the work done in the Court. The grade thus
attained by the student is treated in the same manner as the grade given
on examination in other subjects, and the successful completion of the
course gives the student credit toward his degree.
LEGAL AID CLINIC
By arrangement with the Baltimore Legal Aid Bureau, selected senior
students, not exceeding eight in any one semester, may substitute one
semester's work at the Legal Aid Bureau for one semester of the Practice
Court. Students taking clinic work are required to spend at least two
SCHOOL OF LAW 839
afternoons a week at the Legal Aid Bureau, working under the super-
vision of a member of the Bureau staff. The work includes consultation
with clients, interviews with witnesses, preparation of memoranda, exami-
nation of records of various kinds, and in general such work as a clerk in
a general law office would be called upon to perform.
MARYLAND LAW REVIEW
The Maryland Laiv Review, appearing quarterly, is published by
the Law School with the support and cooperation of the Maryland State
Bar Association, the Bar Association of Baltimore City, and the Junior
Bar Association of Baltimore City. The Review is devoted primarily to
the discussion of Maryland law and of questions regarded as of particu-
lar interest to Maryland lawyers. Members of the Law School faculty
serve as Faculty Editor and Assistant Editor and Business Manager;
there is also a Student Editorial Board composed of students selected on
the basis of scholarship. Members of the Student Editorial Board may,
upon the recommendation of the Faculty Editor of the Law Review,
receive semester hour credit toward the degree of Bachelor of Laws,
not to exceed a total of 4 semester hours and not to exceed 2 semester
hours in any one year. Such credit may be substituted, pro tanto, for
work in Practice Court. Selection for the Student Editorial Board
is an honor, and an opportunity for training of high value in legal
research. The governing Board of Trustees consists of a representative
from the State Judiciary, representatives of the Bar Associations, the
Dean of the Law School, and the Faculty Editor and Business Manager.
STUDENT COUNCIL
The Student Council is a student organization functioning as a co-
ordinating agency between the student body, the school administration
and the faculty. Members are elected by vote of their respective classes;
there is also a faculty advisor appointed by the Dean.
COMMENCEMENT
The Annual Commencement for the Session 1951-52 was held at Col-
lege Park at 9:45 A. M., June 7, 1952, jointly with the other departments
of the University. His Excellency, Theodore R. McKeldin, Governor of
Maryland, delivered the annual address, and Dr. H. C. Byrd, B.S., LL.D.,
D.Sc, President of the University, conferred the degrees and awarded
certificates.
Graduates of the Law School for the Year 1951-52 on Whom Was Con-
ferred the Degree of Bachelor of Laws
•Joseph Patrick Alcarese Maryland
Charles Henry Amrhine Maryland
Frederick Hanson Anderson Maryland
'With honor
PSYCHIATRY BUILDING
Psychiatric Institute of the University of Maryland, Baltimore, Md.
AN OLD WOOD CUT
An old wood cut of Maryland's origins 1
Medical School Building, the oldest in th ^
United States from which classes hav
been graduated continuously since th
building's erection in 1812.
SCHOOL 0/ MEDICINE
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
EMERITI
J. M. H. Rowland, M.D., D.Sc, LL.D.
Professor of Obstetrics, Emeritus; Dean, Emeritus
Henry J. Walton, M.D Professor of Roentgenology, Emeritus
Page Edmunds, M.D Professor of Traumatic Surgery, Emeritus
Ruth Lee Briscoe ! Librarian, Emeritus
[rving J. Spear, M.D Professor of Neurology, Emeritus
Carl L. Davis, M.D Professor of Anatomy, Emeritus
\rthur M. Shipley, M.D., D.Sc Professor of Surgery, Emeritus
lyde A. Clapp, M.D Professor of Ophthalmology, Emeritus
\ndrew C. Gillis, M.A., M.D., LL.D.. Professor of Neurology, Emeritus
Edgar B. Friedenwald.'M.D Professor of Clinical Pediatrics, Emeritus
harles Bagley, Jr., M.A., M.D Professor of Neurological Surgery, Emeritus
ArAiTMAN F. Zinn, M.D Professor of Otolaryngology, Emeritus
L. Jennings, M.D Professor of Clinical Surgery, Emeritus
Thomas R. Chambers, A.B., M.D Associate Professor of Surgery, Emeritus
Charles W. Maxson, M.D Associate Professor of Surgery, Emeritus
ADVISORY BOARD OF THE FACULTY
Dean H. Boyd Wylie, Chairman
0. G. Harne, Secretary
George H. Buck, Ex Officio Member
VlLLIAM R. AMBERS0N
ames G. Arnold, Jr.
Valter A. Baetjer
Edmund Bradley
)tto C. Brantigan
lAYMOND M. BURGISON
Howard M. Bubert
. Nelson Carey
. Jelleff Carr
arl Dame Clarke
1chard g. coblentz
EVERLEY C. Compton
,dward F. Cotter
harles N. Davidson
dhn DeCarlo Jr.
obert b. dodd
ouis H. Douglass
C. Reid Edwards
Monte Edwards
Frederick P. Ferguson
Frank H. J. Figge
Jacob E. Finesinger
A. H. Finkelstein
Russell S. Fisher
Gordon E. Gibbs
Maurice H. Greenhill
Frank W. Hachtel
Paul R. Hackett
Edward J . Herbst
Harry C. Hull
J. Mason Hundley, Jr.
Frank D. Kaltreider
James R. Karns
Walter L. Kilby
841
Edward A. Kitlowski
F. Edwin Knowles
Vernon E. Krahl
John C. Krantz, Jr.
Louis A. M. Krause
Philip F. Lerner
William S. Love, Jr.
John F. Lutz
Henry J. L. Marriott
Zachariah Morgan
Theodore H. Morrison
H. Whitman Newell
Thomas R. O'Rourk
D. J. Pessagno
H. R. Peters
Maurice C. Pincoffs
J. Morris Reese
842
UXIVERSITY OF MARYLASD
Charles A.
Reifschneider
Dexter L. Reimann
Harry M. Robinson, Sr.
Milton S. Sacks
Emil G. Schmidt
Andrew G. Smith
Dietrich C. Smith
Frederick B. Smith
Hugh R. Spencer
Edward Steers
Edwin H. Stewart, Jr.
Matthew L. Taback
W. Houston Toulson
Eduard Uhlenhuth
Henry F. Ullrich
Raymond E. Vanderlinde
Allen F. Voshell
John A. Wagner
C. Gardner Warner
John I. White
Huntington Williams
Walter D. Wise
Theodore E. Woodward
Thomas C. Wolff
George H. Yeager
ADVISORY COMMITTEE OF THE FACULTY
William R. Amberson
J. Edmund Bradley
Robert B. Dodd
Louis H. Douglass
C. Reid Edwards
Iacob E. Finesinger
Frank W. Hachtel
O. G. Harne, Assistant
to the Dean, Secretary
J. Mason Hundley
Walter L. Kilby
F. Edwin Knowles, Jr.
John C. Krantz, Jr.
Maurice C. Pincoffs
Emil G. Schmidt
Hugh R. Spencer
Eduard Uhlenhuth
H. Boyd Wylie, Dean
Chairman
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
PROFESSORS
Myron S. Aisenberg, D.D.S., Professor of Pathology, School of Dentistry.
William R. Amberson, Ph.D., Professor of Physiology and Head of the Department.
Tames G. Arnold, Jr., M.D., Professor of Neurological Surgery2 and Acting Head of the
Department.
Joseph C. Biddix, Jr., D.D.S., Professor of Oral Diagnosis, School of Dentistry.
J. Edmund Bradley, M.D., Professor of Pediatrics and Head of the Department.
Otto C. Brantigan, B.S., M.D., Professor of Surgical Anatomy, Clinical and Thoracic
Surgery.
T. Nelson Carey. M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine.
C. Jelleff Carr, Ph.D., Professor of Pharmacology.
Richard G. Coblentz, M.A., M.D., Professor of Clinical Neurological Surgery.
Edward C. Dobbs, D.D.S., Professor of Pharmacology, School of Dentistry.
Robert B. Dodd, M.D., Professor of Anesthesiology and head of the department.18
Brice M. Dorsey, D.D.S., Professor of Oral Surgery, School of Dentistry.
Louis H. Douglass, M.D., Professor of Obstetrics and Head of the Department.
It is to be noted that for convenience of reference the names of the mem-
bers of the Faculty are listed in the forepart of this catalogue in alphabetical
order. The names are listed in order of seniority under each preclinical anc
clinical department of the school on subsequent pages.
On the lists of the Faculty of Medicine and Fellows and the Hospital and Dispensary
staffs are given the names and positions assigned during the period July 1, 1953 to June 30
1954 unless otherwise indicated. Changes are noted as follows:
1 Appointments effective July 1, 1953.
1 Promotions effective July 1, 1953.
3 Resignations effective July 1, 1953.
* Retirements.
s Deaths.
6 Leave of absence.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 843
Charles Reid Edwards, M.D., Professor of Surgery and Acting Head of the Department.
Monte Edwards, M.D., Clinical Professor of Surgery and Professor of Proctology.
Ray Ehrensberger, Ph.D., Professor of Speech, College of Arts and Sciences.
Frank H. J. Figge, Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy.
Jacob E. Finesinger, M.D., Professor of Psychiatry and Head of the Department.
Russell S. Fisher, B.S., M.D., Professor and Head of the Division of Legal Medicine.
Grason W. Gaver, D.D.S., Professor of Dental Prosthetics, School of Dentistry.
Frank VV. Hachtel, M.D., Professor of Bacteriology and Head of the Department.
Harry C. Hull, M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery.
J. Mason Hundley, Jr., M.A., M.D., Professor of Gynecology and Head of the Department.
Elliott H. Hutchins, M.A., M.D , Professor of Surgery.
C. Loring Joslin, M.D., Professor of Pediatrics.
Walter L. Kilby, M.D., Professor of Roentgenology and Head of the Department.
Edward A. Kitlowski, A.B., M.D., Clinical Professor of Plastic Surgery.
John C. Krantz, Jr., Ph.D., D.Sc, Professor of Pharmacology and Head of the Depart-
ment.
Louis A. M. Krause, M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine.
Kenneth D. Legge, M.D., Professor of Clinical Urology
Edward A. Looper, M.D., D.Oph., Professor of Otolaryngology and Head of the Depart-
ment.5
William S. Love, A.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine.2
Lorin J. Mullins, B.S., Ph.D., Visiting Professor of Psychiatry.lb
Theodore H. Morrison, M.D., Clinical Professor of Gastro-Enterology.
\lfred T. Nelson, M.D., Clinical Professor of Anaesthesiology.
James W. Nelson, M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine.
Ernest B. Nuttall, D.D.S., Professor of Crown and Bridge, School of Dentistry.
Thomas R. O'Rourk, M.D., Professor of Otolaryngology.
D. J. Pessagno, A.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery
H. Raymond Peters, A.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine
Maurice C. Pincoffs, B.S., M.D., Professor of Medicine and Head of the Department.
Kyrle W. Preis, D.D.S., Professor of Orthodontics, School of Dentistry.
Kenneth V. Randolph, D.D.S., Professor of Operative Dentistry, School of Dentistry.
Zharles A. Reifschneider, M.D., Clinical Professor of Traumatic Surgery.
rohn R. Reid, Ph.D., Professor of Philosophy in Psychiatry.1
Harry L. Rogers, M.D., Clinical Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery.
rlarry M. Robinson, Sr., M.D., Professorof Dermatology.
Emil G. Schmidt, Ph.D., LL.B., Professor of Biological Chemistry and Head of the De-
partment.
Dietrich Conrad Smith, Ph.D., Professor of Physiology and Assistant Director Post-
graduate Committee.
Hugh R. Spencer, M.D., Professor of Pathology and Head of the Department.
Thomas P. Sprunt. A.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine
N. Houston Toulson, M.Sc, M.D., Professor of Urology
L Ridgeway Trimble, M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery.
Sduard Uhlenhuth, Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy and Head of the Department.
\llen Fiske Voshell, A.B., M.D., Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery
Huntington Williams, M.D., Dr. P.H., Professor of Hygiene and Public Health.
l.Valter D. Wise, M.D., Professor of Surgery.
5 Died Jan. 14, 1953.
844 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
George H. Yeager, B.S., M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery and Director of Clinical
Research.
Waitman F. Zinn, M.D., Professor of Otolaryngology.33
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Merle Ansberry, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech, College of Arts and Sciences.
H. M. Bubert, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine.
Carl Dame Clarke, Associate Professor of Art as Applied to Medicine.
Edward F. Cotter, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine.2
Charles N. Davidson, M.D., Associate Professor of Roentgenology.
Ross Davies, M.D., Associate Professor of Hygiene and Public Health.
J. S. Eastland, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine.
Francis A. Elliss, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Dermatology.
A. H. Finkelstein, M.D., Associate Professor of Pediatrics.
Leon Freedom, M.D., Associate Professor of Neurology.
Frederick P. Ferguson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physiology.
Samuel L. Fox, Ph.G., B.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Otolaryngology,2 Instructor in
Physiology.
William L. Garlick, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Thoracic Surgery and Associate
in Surgery.
Moses Gellman, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery.
Gordon E. Gibbs, A.B., M.A., Ph.D., M.D., Associate Professor of Clinical Pediatric
Research.
Maurice H. Greenhill, M.D., Associate Professor of Psychiatry.
Lewis P. Gundry, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine.
Manfred S. Guttmacher, A.B., M.D., Associate Clinical Professor of Psychiatry.1
Paul R. Hackett, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Anesthesiology.1
0. G. Harne, Associate Professor of Anatomy and Asst. to the Dean.
Edward J. Herbst, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Biological Chemistry.
Hugh H. Hicks, D.D.S., Associate Professor of Periodontology, School of Dentistry.
Cyrus F. Horine, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery.
Albert Jaffe, M.D., Associate Clinical Professor of Pediatrics.
Edward S. Johnson, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery.
D. Frank Kaltreider, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Obstetrics.
Fayne A. Kayser, M.D., Associate Professor of Otolaryngology.
Vernon E. Krahl, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Anatomy.
Frederick T. Kyper, M.D., D.Sc, Associate Professor of Otolaryngology.
H. Vernon Langeluttig, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine.2
Ephraim T. Lisansky, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine2; Associate
in Psychiatry.
R. W. Locher, M.D., Associate Professor of Clinical Surgery.6
Henry J. L. Marriott, A.B., B.M., Associate Professor of Medicine.2
Walter C. Merkel, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Pathology.
Samuel Morrison, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine and Gastro-enterology.
Effective appointment dates: Professors.
la Feb. 13, 1953.
lbDec. 15, 1952 to Feb. 15, 1953.
3a Resigned Mar. 26, 1953.
6 Died Jan. 3, 1953.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 845
H. Whitman Newell, M.D., Associate Professor of Psychiatry.
C. W. Peake, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery.
J. Morris Reese, M.D., Associate Professor of Obstetrics.
Dexter L. Reimann, B. S., M.D., Associate Professor of Pathology.
Samuel T. R. Revell, Jr., A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine.2
Benjamin S. Rich, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Otolaryngology.
Harry M. Robinson, Jr., B.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Dermatology.
Ida M. Robinson, A.B., B.S.L.S., Associate Professor of Library Science.
Milton S. Sacks, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine and Head of Clinical Pathology,
Associate in Pathology.
Isadore A. Siegel, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Obstetrics.
Frederick B. Smith, M.D., Associate Professor of Pediatrics.
William H. Smith, M.D., Associate Professor of Clinical Medicine.
Edward Steers, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Bacteriology.
George F. Sutherland, M.D., Associate Professor of Psychiatry.
Henry F. Ullrich, M.D., D.Sc, Associate Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery.
John A. Wagner, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Pathology.
W. Wallace Walker, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery and Surgical Anatomy.
C. Gardner Warner, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Pathology.
William H. F. Warthen, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Hygiene & Public Health.
T. Conrad Wolff, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine and Head of the Division of
Physical Diagnosis.
Theodore E. Woodward, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine
Robert B. Wright, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Pathology.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Thurston R. Adams, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery and Proctology.
Marie A. Andersch, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Biochemistry in Medicine.
Donald J. Barnett, M.D., Assistant Professor of Roentgenology.
Robert E. Bauer, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.2
Edmund G. Beacham, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.2
Eugene S. Bereston, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Dermatology.
Annie M. Bestebreurtje, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Pediatrics.8
H. F. Bongardt, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery.
Harry C. Bowie, B.S.,M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery,2 Associate in Surgical Anatomy.
Leo Brady, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology.
Simon H. Brager, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery and Proctology.
Charles F. Bramble, A.M., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.2
Raymond M. Burgison, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Pharmacology.
Beverley C. Compton, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology.
Ernest I. Cornbrooks, Jr., A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology.
J. G. N. Cushing, M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry.
John DeCarlo, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Roentgenology.
William K. Diehl, M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology and Director Gynecological
Oncology.
Everett S. Diggs, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology.
William W. Elgin, M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry.
Maurice Feldman, M.D., Assistant Professor of Gastro-Enterology.
6 Leave of absence.
846 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Jerome Fineman, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pediatrics.
Wetherbee Fort, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.
Henry C. Freimuth, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Legal Medicine.2
Frank J. Geraghty, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.
Francis W. Gillis, M.D., Assistant Professor of Urology.
Samuel S. Glick, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pediatrics.
Albert E. Goldstein, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pathology.
George Govatos, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery.
Robert G. Grenell, B.A., M.Sc, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Psychiatric Research.
John S. Haines, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Urology.2
John F. Hogan, M.D., Assistant Professor of Urology.
Benjamin H. Isaacs, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Otolaryngology.2
Meyer W. Jacobson, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.2
James R. Karns, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine and Director Student
Health Service.
Harold W. Keschner, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pathology.1* 3a
F. Edwin Knowles, Jr., M.D., Assistant Professor of Ophthalmology and Chairman
of the Department.
C. Edward Leach, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.
Samuel Legum, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.2
Philip L. Lerner, M.D., Assistant Professor of Neurology.
Hans W. Loewald, M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry.
William V. Lovitt, Jr., B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Legal Medicine.2
John F. Lutz, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Anatomy.
Howard B. Mays, M.D., Assistant Professor of Genito- Urinary Surgery and Instructor in
Urology and Pathology.
W. Raymond McKenzie, M.D., Assistant Professor of Otolaryngology.
Karl F. Mech, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Anatomy, Associate in Surgery,1 Instruc-
tor in Pathology.
George G. Merrill, M.D., Assistant Professor of Neurology.2
Zachariah Morgan, M.D., Assistant Professor of Gastro-Enterology.
Hugh B. McNally, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Obstetrics.
S. Edwin Muller, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.2
Harry M. Murdock, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry.
George McLean, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.
Robert T. Parker, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.2
I. O. Ridgely, M.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery.
William F. Rienhoff, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery.
Robert A. Reiter, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.
R. C. V. Robinson, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Dermatology.
John E. Savage, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Obstetrics.
Sidney Scherlis, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine, and Associate in Pediatrics.
Kathyrn L. Schultz, M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry.
Theodore A. Schwartz, M.D., Assistant Professor of Otolaryngology.
William M. Seabold, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pediatrics.
Lawrence M. Serra, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.2
William B. Settle, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgical Anatomy and Associate in Surgery.
Albert Shapiro, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Dermatology.
Resignations: Assistant Professors.
33 May 7, 1953.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 847
Arthur G. Siwinski, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery.
Andrew G. Smith, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Bacteriology.
Edward P. Smith, M.D.. Ph.G., Assistant Professor of Gynecology.
Sol Smith, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.
Merrill J. Snyder, B.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine in Clinical Bacteriology2;
Instructor in Bacteriology.
Matthew L. Taback, A.B., A.M., Assistant Professor of Hygiene and Public Health.
Harry Teitelbaum, B.S., M.D., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.
Raymond K. Thompson, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Neurological Surgery.2
Raymond E. Vanderlinde, A.B., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Biological Chemistry.
Philip S. Wagner, M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry.36
Gibson J. Wells, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pediatrics.
John I. White, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physiology.
Milton J. Wilder, M.D., Assistant Professor of Orthopedic Surgery.
Israel Zeligman, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Dermatology.
ASSOCIATES
Conrad B. Acton, M.D., Associate in Medicine and Instructor in Pathology.
Leon Ashman, B.S., M.D., Associate in Medicine.
J. Tyler Baker, B.S., M.D., Associate in Obstetrics.
Margaret B. Ballard, M.D., Associate in Obstetrics.
Robert Z. Berry, A.B., M.D., Associate in Otolaryngology.
Louis V. Blum, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Kenneth B. Boyd, A.B., M.D., Associate in Gynecology.
Henry A. Briele, M.D., Associate in Postgraduate Surgery.
William R. Bundick, M.D., Associate in Dermatology.
Harold H. Burns, M.D., Associate in Surgery.
M. Paul Byerly, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Richard A. Carey, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Osborne D. Christensen, M.D., Associate in Obstetrics.
Jonas Cohen, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
R. Adams Cowley, M.D., Associate in Thoracic Surgery and Assistant Director Experi-
mental Surgery.2
William F. Cox, III, M.D., Associate in Medicine.2
Edward R. Dana, A.B., M.D., Associate in Roentgenology.
John B. DeHoff, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
John M. Dennis, B.S., M.D., Associate in Radiology.
Francis G. Dickey, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
D. McClelland Dixon, M.D., Associate in Obstetrics.
William G. Ebeling III, B.S., M.D., Associate in Medicine and Chief of Division of Gastro-
enterology.1
J. J. Erwin, M.D., Associate in Gynecology.
L. K. Fargo, M.D., Associate in Urology.
William L. Fearing, M.D., Associate in Neurology.
Donald E. Fisher, M.D., Associate in Pathology.
William H. Fisher, M.D., Associate in Postgraduate Surgery.
Effective appointment dates: Assistant Professors.
ta Nov. 1, 1952.
3b Resigned Jan. 1, 1953.
848 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Irving Freeman, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Joseph E. Furnari, M.D., Associate in Medicine and Director, Medical Out-Patient De-
partment.
Perry 0. Futterman, A.B., M.D., Associate in Medicine.2
Alvin J. Hartz, A.B., M.D., Associate in Medicine.33
Raymond F. Helfrich, A.B., M.D., Associate in Surgery.
W. Grafton Fferspberger, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Henry W. J. Holljes, M.D., Associate in Medicine and Director Medical Care Clinic.
Z. Vance Hooper, M.D., Associate in Gastro-Enterology.
Clewell Howell, B.S., M.D., Associate in Pediatrics.
Joseph V. Jerardi, B.S., M.D., Associate in Surgery.
Hugh J. Jewett, M.D., Associate in Urology.
Arthur Karfgin, B.S., M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Walter Karfgin, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Joseph I. Kemler, M.D., Associate in Ophthalmology.
Albert W. Kitts, M.D., Associate in Postgraduate Pediatrics.
Elizabeth LaForge, M.S.S., Associate in Psychiatric Social Work.
Richard Lindenberg, M.D., Associate in Legal Medicine.
H. Edmund Levin, M.D., Associate in Bacteriology.
Kurt Levy. M.D., Associate in Medicine.
F. Ford Loker, B.S., M.D., Associate in Surgery.2
William B. Long, M.D., Associate in Postgraduate Surgery.
H. Patterson Mack, M.D., Associate in Anatomy.6b
G. Bowers Mansdorfer, B.S., M.D., Associate in Pediatrics.
I. H. Maseritz, M.D., Associate in Orthopaedic Surgery.
William J. McClafferty, M.D., Associate in Legal Medicine.
Lyle J. Millan, M.D., Associate in Urology.
Joseph M. Miller, M.D., Associate in Surgery.2
Donald W. Mintzer, M.D., Associate in Medicine.2
Frank K. Morris, A.B., M.D., Associate in Gynecology.
J. Huff Morrison, B.S., M.D., Associate in Obstetrics.
Patrick C. Phelan, Jr., A.B., M.D., Associate in Surgery.la
Ross Z. Pierpont, M.D., Associate in Surgical Anatomy and Assistant in Surgery.
J. Emmett Queen, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Herbert E. Reifschneider, A.B., M.D., Associate in Surgery and Surgical Anatomy.
Martin A. Robbins, M.D., Associate in Urology.2
Clarence P. Scarborough, M.D., Associate in Plastic Surgery.2
Leonard Scherlis, B.S., M.D., Associate in Medicine.2
William M. Seabold, A.B., M.D., Associate in Pediatrics
Robert C. Sheppard, M.D., Associate in Surgery.2
E. Roderick Shipley, A.B., M.D., Associate in Surgery.2
Benedict Skitarelic, A.B., M.D., Associate in Pathology.
Melchijah Spragins, B.S., M.D., Associate in Pediatrics.
Edwin H. Stewart, Jr., M.D., Associate in Surgery.
William T. Supic, M.D., Associate in Proctology.2
Wilfred H. Townshend, Jr., A.B., M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Isadore Tuerk, M.D., Associate in Psychiatry.
Stephen J. Van Lill, A.B., M.D., Associate in Medicine.2
to Resigned Apr. 21, 1953.
6b On leave.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 849
William K. Waller, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Arthur Ward, M.D., Associate in Otolaryngology.
Daniel Wilfson, Jr., A.B., M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Austin H. Wood, M.D., Associate in Urology.
John D. Young, Jr., M.D., Associate in Urology.
Joseph B. Workman, A.B., M.D., Associate in Medicine.
LECTURERS
Amedeo S. Marrazzi, M.D., Lecturer in Pharmacology.
John L. Peck, M.D., Lecturer in Pediatrics.1*
William H. Summerson, Ph.D., Lecturer in Biological Chemistry.
Joseph M. White, III, B.S., M.D., Lecturer in Pharmacology.1
J. Henry Wills, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physiology.
INSTRUCTORS
A. Russell Anderson, M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry.
David Bacharach, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Dermatology.
Ruth W. Baldwin, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics and Director Pediatric Seizure Clinic.
Jeanne Ann Barry, A.B., Junior Instructor in Physiology. 3b- la
Harry McB. Beck, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology, and Assistant in Obstetrics.
Klaus W. Berblinger, M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry.
Joseph G. Bird, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Melvin N. Borden, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics.
Thomas S. Bowyer, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology and Assistant in Obstetrics.
John T. Brackin, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Roentgenology.30
George H. Brouillet, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
Ann Virginia Brown, A.B., Instructor in Biological Chemistry.
J. E. Brumback Jr., B.S., M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology.
William J. Bryson, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Pathology.
Bernard Burgin, A.B., Md., Instructor in Medicine.
Enoch Calloway, Jr., A.B., M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry.
Lester H. Caplan, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics.
Joseph P. Cappuccio, D.D.S., Instructor in Oral Surgery, School of Dentistry.
John W. Chambers, M.D., Instructor in Neurosurgery, Assistant in Surgery.
Thomas A. Christensen, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics.
Morris M. Cohen, M.D., Instructor in Dermatology.
Herbert B. Copeland, M.D., Instructor in Roentgenology.
Joseph M. Cordi, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics.
Robert M. N. Crosby, M.D., Instructor in Neurosurgery and in Pediatrics.10
Richard J. Cross, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology and Otolaryngology.
Raymond M. Cunningham, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Anatomy, Proctology and Pa-
thology; Assistant in Surgery.
Effective appointment dates: Associates.
^ Sept. 1, 1952.
Effective Appointment Dates: Lecturers.
* Feb. 1, 1953.
3b Resigned Mar. 15, 1953.
30 Resigned Dec. 31, 1952.
850 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
George H. Davis, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Obstetrics.
John R. Davis, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
W. Allen Deckert, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology and Assistant in Surgery.
Michael L. DeVincentis, B.S., M.D.. Instructor in Surgery.
William A. Dodd, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology, and Assistant in Obstetrics.
Charles H. Doeller, Jr., A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology and Assistant in Obstetrics.
William C. Duffy, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.
Ernest S. Edlow, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.5
Maurice Feldman, Jr., A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Edward G. Field, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics.
William X. Fitzpatrick, M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry.6
Marjorie R. Fleitzer, B.S., M.S.S., Instructor in Psychiatric Social Work.2
Philip D. Flynn, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Paul N. Friedman, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology.5
Joseph E. Furnari, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
L. Calvin Gareis, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Pathology and Obstetrics, Assistant in
Gynecology.
Richard M. Garrett, M.D., Instructor in Surgical Anatomy and Assistant in Surgery.
Jason H. Gaskel, M.D., Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery.
Marvin Goldstein, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.2
Howard Goodman, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics.
Louis E. Goodman, M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
H. L. Granoff, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.
Isaac Gutman, Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery.
Samuel J. Hankin, M.D. Instructor in Medicine.
Charles W. Hawkins, M.D., Instructor in Anatomy.
Mary L. Hayleck, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics.
Robert F. Healy, M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
Donald B. Hebb, M.D., Instructor in Proctology and Assistant in Surgery and Thoracic
Surgery.
Elizabeth C. Heinz, A.B., Junior Instructor in Bacteriology.11*
William G. Helfrich, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
L. Ann Hellen, B.S., Instructor in Medicine.
Sylvia Himmelfarb, A.B., Instructor in Physiology.
John H. Hirschfield, M.D., Instructor in Otolaryngology.2
Mark B. Hollander, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Dermatology and Syphilology.
DeWitt T. Hunter, Jr., B.S., M.D., Instructor in Anatomy.3
Calvin Hyman, M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
Conrad L. Inman, D.D.S., Instructor in Anesthesiology, School of Dentistry.
Joseph A. Jachimczyk, M.D., Instructor in Legal Medicine.1
Marshall I. Kader, D.D.S., Instructor in Oral Surgery, School of Dentistry.
Edward S. Kallins, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
William H. Kammer, Jr., A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Harry F. Kane, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.
Theodore Kardash, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology and Pathology.
Clyde F. Kams, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
Irvin B. Kemick, B.S., Ph.G., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
5 Died April 25, 1953.
6 Leave of absence.
6 Died July 5, 1953.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 851
Lauriston L. Keown, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Leon A. Kochman, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Schuyler G. Kohl, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Obstetrics.
Edward L. J. Kreig, M.D., Instructor in Pathology.
A. Kremen, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology.
Arnold F. Lavenstein, Instructor in Pediatrics.
Algert P. Lazauskas, D.D.S., Instructor in Oral Surgery, School of Dentistry.
Franklin E. Leslie, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Helen I. Maginnis, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.
William W. Magruder, M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry.1
Charles B. MaTek, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.
Joseph C. Matchar, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.2
Marion W. Mathews, A.B., M.S., M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry.
Robert E. McCafferty, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Instructor in Anatomy.
Francis J. McLaughlin, M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry.
D. J. McHenry, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology.
Jose Medina, D.D.S., Instructor in Oral Surgery, School of Dentistry.
Joseph H. Menning, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Urology.1
Israel P. Meranski, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics.
James P. Miller, M.D., Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery.
Stanley Miller, B.A., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
J. Duer Moores, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
William H. Mossberg, Jr., M.D., Instructor in Neurosurgery.
Joseph E. Muse, Jr., B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Ruth Musser, M.S., Instructor in Pharmacology.
John A. Myers, M.E.E., M.D., Instructor in Medicine, Assistant in Gastro-Enterology.
James J. Nolan, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Samuel Novey, M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry.
John S. Osborne, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Frank J. Otenasek, M.D., Instructor in Neuro-Surgery.
Samuel E. Proctor, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
James H. Ramsey, M.D., Instructor in Pathology.
Daniel R. Robinson, M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
Kent E. Robinson, M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry.le
Robert C. Rodgers, M.D., Instructor in Pathology.
John D. Rosin, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Proctology.
Seymour W. Rubin, M.D., Instructor in Pathology.
William J. Rysanek, Jr., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.
John F. Schaefer, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
J. King B. E. Seegar, Jr., A.B., M.D., Instructor in Obstetrics.
Charles E. Shaw, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Joseph C. Sheehan, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology
Jerome Sherman, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Elizabeth D. Sherrill, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Albert J. Shochat, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Gastro-Enterology.
George W. Smith, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Anatomy.38 Assistant in Neuro-Surgery.
Ruby A. Smith, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology.
Merrill J. Snyder, B.S., Instructor in Bacteriology.
Resignations: Instructors.
* May 1952.
852 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Nathan Snyder, Ph.G., M.D., Instructor in Anatomy.
Thomas M. Stevenson, Jr., Junior Instructor in Art as Applied to Medicine.1
Jerome Styrt, M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry .le
Stuart D. Sunday, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Virginia Suttenfield, M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry.
Robert B. Tunney, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.
Roy B. Turner, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Pathology,, and Neuro-Anatomy.
William D. VandeGrift, M.D., Instructor in Pathology.
Edmond G. Vanden Bosche, D.D.S., Instructor in Oral Surgery School of Dentistry.
Frederick J. Vollmer, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Gladys E. Wadsworth, B.S., M.A., Instructor in Anatomy.
Herbert L. Warres, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Roentgenology.1- *
Charles Herman Williams, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Frederick S. Wolf, M.D., Instructor in Neurology.
Harold L. Zupnik, M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
ASSISTANTS
Robert C. Abrams, M.D., Assistant in Orthopaedic Surgery.
Fred B. Agee, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
Jose A. Alvarez, M.D., Assistant in Neurological Surgery.
John J. Angelo, M.D., Assistant in Plastic Surgery.
Vahram Aratoon, M.D., Assistant in Ophthalmology.1
Nancy M. Balchun, Assistant in Art as Applied to Medicine.
Harry McB. Beck, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics.
Harold P. Biehl, M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
Joseph C. Blazek, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
Jane L. Bleakley, Assistant in Art as Applied to Medicine.
James S. Brown, M.D., Assistant in Anatomy .lb
A. V. Buchness, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
William O. Burk, Assistant in Art as Applied to Medicine.3
Donald B. Campbell, M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics.1
L. T. Chance, M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
James N. Cianos, M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
Raymond J. Clayton, Jr., Assistant in Art as Applied to Medicine.
Edmund P. Coffay, Sr., M.D., Assistant in Medicine.1
Harry Cohen, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics and Pathology.
Samuel H. Culver, M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
Martha Curtiss, B.S., R.N., Assistant in Medicine and Assistant Director, Medical
Care Clinic.
Miriam S. Daly, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics (part time).1
Garrett E. Deane, M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics.
William A. Dodd, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics.
Effective appointment dates: Instructors.
la April 1, 1953.
lb Sept. 1, 1952.
10 Mar. 15, 1952.
" Feb. 2, 1952.
le Jan. 1, 1953.
* Part time.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 853
Josephine L. Doughton, A.B., M.A., M.S.S., Assistant in Psychiatry.10
William C. Dunnigan, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
Daniel Ehrlich, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics.6
Frank Fariano, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Thoracic Surgery.
Vincent dePaul Fitzpatrick, Jr., A.B., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics.
William D. Gentry, M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics.1'
William R. Geraghty, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
James J. Gerlach, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Otolaryngology.1
Charles Richard Gilbert, M.D., Assistant in Gynecology.
Helen L. Guest, A.B., M.S.S., Assistant in Psychiatric Social Work.10
Angelino Guido, M.D., Assistant in Ophthalmology.
Leonard G. Hamberry, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Surgery.1
Donald B. Hebb, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Surgery and Thoracic Surgery.
Frederick J. Heldrich, Jr., M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics.6
Hermione Hunt Hawkins, M.A., Assistant in Clinical Psychology .3b
John A. Hightower, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.6
John V. Hopkins, M.D., Assistant in Orthopaedic Suigery.
Rollin C. Hudson, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
Sarah V. Hurler, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Psychiatry.1
Everett D. Jones, M.D., Assistant in Orthopaedic Surgery.
Arthur Kandel, M.S., Assistant in Clinical Psychology.
Vernon C. Kelley, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics.
August Kiel, Jr., M.D., Assistant in Neurological Surgery and Neuroanatomy.115
Irvin P. Klemkowski, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics.
Raymond M. Lauer, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
Herbert Joseph Levickas, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
Lee R. Lerman, M.D., Assistant in Dermatology.
Berton V. Lock, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
Fern E. MacAllister, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Psychiatry.3*
Stephen L. Magness, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Medicine.1
Arlie R. Mansberger, Jr., M.D., Assistant in Surgery.1
W. Kenneth Mansfield, Jr., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics.
Clarence W. Martin, M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics.
Mary B. Matthews, Assistant in Pediatrics.1
Howard B. McElwain, M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
Kirk Moore, M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
J. Carl Myers, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
William A. Niermann, M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics.1
John C. Ozazewski, M.D., Assistant in Ophthalmology.
Sumner Malone Parham, M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics.
William F. Peterson, M.D., Assistant in Gynecology.1
Harry P. Porter, M.D., Assistant in Otolaryngology.
Ross Z. Pierpont, M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
John M. Rehberger, M.D., Assistant in Otolaryngology.6
William B. Rever, Jr., M.D., Assistant in Surgery.1
James Russo, M.D., Assistant in Anaesthesiology.
Resignations: Assistants.
to April 14, 1953.
3bSept. 1, 1952.
6 Leave of absence.
854 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Ernest Scher, M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics.
James H. Shell, Jr., B.S., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics and Gynecology.
O. Walter Spurrier, M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics.
Stanley R. Steinbach, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Medicine.1
Vesta May Stevens, M.S.S., Assistant in Psychiatric Social Work.3c
John J. Tansey, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Orthopaedic Surgery.le
F. X. Paul Tinker, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics.
T. J. Touhey, M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
Arnold Tramer, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics.
Thomas C. Webster, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics.
William Earl Weeks, M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics.
Jack Wexler, A.B., M.D.. Assistant in Medicine.
J. Carlton Wich, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics.
Marcella Wiseman, M.S.S., Assistant in Psychiatric Social Work.
Geraldine F. Wolfe, B.S., M.S., Assistant in Anatomy.
Thomas Worsley, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
Ernest C. Young, A.B., M.A., Assistant in Clinical Psychology.1*1
John H. Young, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Psychiatry.1
RESEARCH ASSOCIATES
V. V. Brunst, Sc.D., Nat. Ins. of Health Research Associate in Anatomy.
Kenneth F. Clute. M.D., P.H.S. and M & R Fund Research Associate in Pediatrics and
Legal Medicine.38
Betty J. Fax, Ph.D., Navy Psychiatric Research Fund Research Associate in Psychiatry.
Lester M. Libo, A.M., Ph.D., Research Associate in Medical Psychology.13
Moritz Michaelis, Ph.D., Army Chemical Center Research Associate in Psychiatry.
John Walker Powell, Ph.D., Research Associate in Psychiatry.
Nancy V. Reid, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Bressler Reserve Fund Research Associate in Psy-
chiatry.311
FELLOWS
Alice M. Band, A.B., M.D., Baltimore Rh Typing Laboratory Fellow in Medicine.1'
Frederick K. Bell, Ph.D., Fellow in Pharmacology.
Brigitte E. Blankenhorn, B.A., Research Fellow in Physiology.1'
Francis J. Borges, M.D., Fellow in Medicine.
Mary Frances Bradyhouse, A.B., Fellow in Pharmacology.3'1
Effective appointment date: Assistants.
la July 29, 1953.
lb Feb. 1, 1953 to May 30, 1953.
lc Sept. 22, 1952.
ld Oct. 1, 1952.
le Sept. 16, 1952.
30 Resigned Oct. 1, 1952.
Effective appointment dates: .Research Associates.
la Jan. 9, 1953.
Resignations: Research Associates.
38 Jan. 31, 1953.
3bMay 1, 1953.
Resignations: Fellows.
" Aug. 31, 1953.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 855
Leonard S. Brahen, B.S., M.S , Fellow in Pharmacology.
Joseph B. Bronushas, M.D., Fellow in Medicine (part-time).
Rowland J. Dowell, Fellow in Pediatrics. lk,3b
Ruth Page Edwards, A. B., A. M. Ph.D., Fellow in Medical Psychology.
William G. Esmond, B.S., M.D., Baltimore Rh Typing Laboratory Fellow in Medicine.1
Mary S. Fassel, A.B., Fellow in Pharmacology.38
Joseph C. Fitzgerald, M.D., Fellow in Medicine (part-time).
Jane Wray Forrest, Emerson Fellow in Pharmacology.10
Luigi Frighi, M.D., Fellow in Psychiatry.11
Vernon M. Gelhaus, John F. B. Weaver Fellow in Histology.10
Bella R. Hearst, M.S., M.D., Research Fellow in Medicolegal Pathology.ld
Ernest C. Herrmann, Jr., B.S., Fellow in Bacteriology.11
Frank R. Holter, M.D., Fellow in Psychiatry.1?
Dorothy H. Hubbard, A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Research Corporation and Bressler Re-
serve Fund Post Doctorate Fellow in Biological Chemistry.3
Marvin Jaffee, M.D., Fellow in Psychiatry.
Theodore Kardash, B.S., M.D., Research Fellow in Gynecological Pathology.
Norma May Keigler, B.S., Bressler Reserve Fund Research Fellow in Bacteriology.
Gerald Kessler, B.S., M.S., Nutrition Foundation Fellow in Biological Chemistry.
Paul W. Knowles, John F. B. Weaver Fellow in Histology.1"
Xorman W. Lavy, A.B., Summer Fellow in Clinical Pathology.1"
Johnson S. L. Ling, A.B., M.S., Eli Lilly Fellow in Pharmacology.*
Sze-Jui Liu, M.D., Fellow in Medicine.1
David H. Looff, Fellow in Infectious Diseases.13
Go Lu, M.D., Fellow in Pharmacology.3
Fern E. MacAllister, B.S., M.D., Fellow in Psychiatry.1™
Jack Mendelson, Fellow in Psychiatry.1*1
P. Govinda Menon, M.D., Fellow in Pediatrics.1
George C. Peck, A.B., John F. B. Weaver Fellow in .Anatomy.30
Henry D. Perry, Jr., M.D., Fellow in Medicine (part-time).
Gerardo B. Polanco, M.D., National Cancer Institute Trainee in Pathology.
Giovanni Raccuglia, M.D., Anna Corman Fellow in Hematology.1
Mary V. Reed, A.B., A.M., Bressler Reserve Fund Research Fellow in Bacteriology.11
Aubrey D. Richardson, M.D., Fellow in Medicine (part-time).10
George Schimert, B.S., M.D., Fellow in Thoracic Surgery.1
Arthur H. Schmale, Jr., M.D., Fellow in Psychosomatic Medicine.
John O. Sharrett, M.D., Fellow in Neurological Surgery.1
Joseph E. Shuman, Fellow in Infectious Diseases.
Robert T. Singleton, Fellow in Infectious Diseases.
Ursula T. Slager, B.A., M.D., Hitchcock Fellow in Neuropathology.1
Henry H. Startznan, Jr., M.D., Fellow in Roentgenology.1
Thomas A. Stebbins, A.B., Medical Illustrator in Oncology and Gynecology. P.H.S.
Cancer Teaching Program.
Virginia Suttenfield, M.D., Fellow in Psychiatry.
Kyle W. Swisher, Jr., M.D., Fellow in Medicine (part-time).
Resignations: Fellows.
3 Mar. 1, 1953.
34 Oct. 1, 1952.
3b June 19, 1953.
* Aug. 31, 1952.
* Half time.
856
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Andre J. Toussant, B.S., Fellow in Bacteriology.14
Ira N. Tublin, B.S., Summer Fellow in Medicine.1"
Frank D. Vasington, A.B., M.S., Bressler Reserve Fund Fellow in Biological Chemistry.
Emma Vestergaard, M.D., Fellow in Psychiatry.11,
Robert T. Walker, M.D., Fellow in Medicine.
Harry F. Wilson, Jr., B.S., Fellow in Pharmacology.le
Elizabeth A. Winiarz, M.D., Fellow in Psychiatry.
Robert C. Wood, B.A., M.S., U. S. Navy Research Fellow in Bacteriology.
Joseph B. Workman, A. B., M.D., Research Fellow in Medicine.
CONSULTANTS
Robert W. Swain, B.S., Consultant in Radiologic Physics.
Gordon Leslie Lippitt, B.S., M.A., M.D., Consultant in Psychiatry.
RESEARCH ASSISTANTS
Dorothy Doe Adams, A.B., Research Assistant in Psychiatry.111
Elizabeth Anne Adams, Bressler Reserve Fund Research Assistant in Psychiatry. 3c
Frances S. Barbusca, A.B., Research Assistant in Clinical Pathology .lx
Edna L. Barrabee, Research Assistant in Psychiatry.1'
Maryanne E. Berger, B.S., Research Assistant in Anatomy.10
Bernard D. Blaustein, B.S., M.A., Research Assistant in Legal Medicine.
Abraham B. Brody, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Research Assistant in Psychiatry.
Catherine S. Brunst, A.B., Research Assistant in Anatomy.
Florence M. Burnett, B.S., M.S., R.N., Research Assistant in Psychiatry }'>
Elsa A. Burrows, A.B., Research Assistant in Anatomy.1*
Shirley A. Cox, A.B., Research Assistant in Biochemistry.1
Delma Phelps Decsi, B.A., Research Assistant in Biological Chemistry.
Donald H. Dembo, A.B., Research Assistant in Psychiatry.lk
Jose Cecilio Echiandia, Research Assistant in Medicine.
William J. Elton, Research Assistant in Psychiatry.lk
Arthur J. Fisk, B.S., Research Assistant in Legal Medicine.3d
David Freedenberg, B.S., Bressler Reserve Fund Research Assistant in Pediatrics.1'
Ella Freytag, Research Assistant in Legal Medicine.
Jean D. Gardenier, A.B., Research Assistant in Biological Chemistry.3
Awilda Gay, B.S., Research Assistant in Medicine.
Joseph J. Geller, M.D., Research Assistant in Psychiatry.
Marion C. Glass, A.B., Research Assistant in Psychiatry.11
Richard L. Glasser, A.B., Research Assistant in Physiology.le
Effective appointment dates; Fellows.
"June 1 to Aug. 31, 1952.
lb June 1, 1952 to May 31, 1953.
lcNov. 1, 1952.
ld Sept. 15, 1952.
le Sept. 1, 1952.
»f Jan. 1, 1952
^Sept. 1, 1952 to Aug. 31, 1953.
lh Sept. 1, 1952 to Aug. 31, 1953.
11 Oct. 15, 1952 to Sept. 30, 1953.
]j Jan. 1, to Jan. 31, 1953.
lk Nov. 1, 1952.
11 Sept. 1, 1952.
Im Apr. 15, 1953.
ln June 1 to Sept. 11, 1953.
10 Mar. 1, to June 30, 1953.
ip April 20, 1953.
1(i Sept. 15, 1952.
lr Aug. 1, 1952 to June 30, 1953.
la June 1 to July 31, 1953.
14 June 1, 1953 to May 31, 1954.
luJune 1, to Aug. 31, 1953.
lv July 1 to Aug. 25, 1953.
Resignations: Research Assistants.
30 Aug. 31, 1952.
3d Sept. 1, 1952.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
857
J Eleanor G. B. Glinos, A.B., Research Assistant in Biological Chemistry.
Martin K. Gorten, A.B., M.D., Research Assistant in Pediatrics.1
I Ruth K. Hall, Research Assistant in Psychiatry.11
i William M. Headley, B.S., Research Assistant in Biochemistry.111
Carolyn F. Hendrickson, B.S., Bressler Reserve Fund Research Assistant in Physiology.
June E. Hunt, Research Assistant in Psychiatry.
iBetty I. Ives, Research Assistant in Pediatrics.12
Eunice P. Kennelly, Research Assistant in Psychiatry.10
Anna M. Laster, Research Assistant in Pediatrics.3g
Lydia D. Lipinski, Research Assistant in Anatomy.13
Joseph B. Margolin, Research Assistant in Psychiatry.
Doris H. Markley, A.B., Research Assistant in Psychiatry.
John J. McLaren, B.S., Research Assistant in Anatomy (Part time).lb
Jack H. Mendelson, Research Assistant in Psychiatry.1
June H. Mendelson, B.S., Research Assistant in Psychiatry.lm
Invin H. Moss, A.B., Research Assistant in Medicine.lv
Dorothy M. Peterson, Research Assistant in Medicine.
Edwin L. Poole, B.S., Research Assistant in Psychiatry.
Albert M. Powell, Jr., M.D., Research Assistant in Pediatrics.ly
Jeannette F. Rayner, Research Assistant in Psychiatry.3"4
M. Joseph Rehak, A.B., Research Assistant in Legal Medicine.lg
Jane G. Rowell, B.S., Research Assistant in Psychiatry.10 -3f
Martha K. Salter, R.N., Research Assistant in Legal Medicine.1"
Arthur B. Silverstein, A.B., A.M., Research Assistant in Psychiatry.1"
Elizabeth R. Steele, A.B., Research Assistant in Anatomy .3b
Barbara T. Stewart, B.A., Research Assistant in Psychiatry.1"
Karl E. Sussman, A.B., Research Assistant in Physiology.1"1
Patricia S. Thorpe, B.A., Research Assistant in Biological Chemistry .3e
Frank D. Vasington, B.S., M.S., Bressler Reserve Fund Research Assistant in Biological
Chemistry.
Floris de Balbian Verster, B.S., Research Assistant in Psychiatry.
Amy Lee Wells, R.N., Research Assistant in Gynecological Pathology.
Priscilla Rae Wilson, A.B., Research Assistant in Anatomy.30
Herbert L. Yousem, Research Assistant in Psychiatry.1*1
Betty May Zimmerman, Research Assistant in Legal Medicine.1'
Effective appointment dates: Research lp Mar. 1, 1953.
Assistants.
la Feb. 1 to Dec. 31, 1953.
lb Oct. 1, 1952 to Sept. 30, 1953.
lc Feb. 1, 1953 to Jan. 31, 1954.
ld June 16 to July 31, 1953.
le June 1 to Aug. 31, 1953.
11 Feb. 24, 1953.
lg Apr. 1, 1953.
* June 1 to Aug. 31, 1953.
11 Mar. 1, 1953.
!j Sept. 1, 1952.
lk June 15 to Sept. 15, 1953.
11 Sept. 22, 1952.
lm June 9, 1952.
ln Nov. 15, 1952 to June 30, 1953.
10 Nov. 17, 1952.
la- June 18, 1953 to Sept. 16, 1953.
lrDec. 1, 1952.
19 Jan. 1, to Aug. 31, 1953.
" Feb. 16, 1953.
lu May 1, to June 30, 1953.
lv June 1 to Sept. 16, 1953.
l» Sept. 1, 1953 to Aug. 31, 1954.
11 June 1, 1953 to May 31, 1954.
ly July 1, to Oct. 31, 1953.
12 June 1 to Sept. 9, 1953.
Resignations: Research Assistants.
38 May 1, 1953.
3bJan. 31, 1953.
3e April 30, 1953.
3f Feb. 20, 1953.
3g Oct. 20, 1952.
858 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL
George H. Buck, Director
James L. Dack, Asst. Director
Kurt H. Nork, Assl. Director
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF THE STAFF
J. Edmund Bradley, Chairman
D. Frank Kaltreider, Vice Chairman
David R. Will, Secretary-Treasurer
Robert B. Dodd Walter L. Kilby
Louis H. Douglass F. Edwin Knowles, Jr.
Charles Redd Edwards Maurice C. Pincoffs
Jacob E. Finesinger Milton S. Sacks
J. Mason Hundley, Jr. George H. Yeager
Elected Members Term Expires
Everett S. Diggs 1953
William G. Helfrich 1953
Harry C. Bowie 1954
W. Kennedy Waller 1954
Raymond K. Thompson 1955
Charles N. Davidson 1955
George H. Buck, Director, University Hospital] _ _ . .
tt t> iir r, o i i _* ij- j. ■ > Ex officio members
H. Boyd Wylie, Dean, School of Medicine J
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL STAFF
Pliysician-in-Chief Maurice C. Pincoffs
Thomas P. Sprunt
T. Nelson Carey
Louis A. M. Krause
William S. Love, Jr.
Milton S. Sacks
Lewis P. Gundry
Thedore E. Woodward
Edward F. Cotter
Ephraim T. Lisansky
Samuel T. R. Revell, Jr.
Howard M. Bubert
Samuel Morrison
Frank J. Geraghty
James R. Karns
C. Edward Leach
Sidney Scherlis
{ Irving J. Spear
| Leon Freedom
Neurologists \ William L. Fearing
Physicians .
I Edward F. Cotter
[George G. Merrill
Dermatologisl-in-Chief Harry M. Robinson, Sr.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 859
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL STAFF— Cont'd.
Francis A. Ellis
Harry M. Robinson, Jr.
Dermatologists \ A. Albert Shapiro
| Israel Zeligman
Eugene S. Bereston
Psychiatrist-in-ChieJ Jacob E. Finesinger
(H. Whitman Newell
| Kathryn L. Schdltz
Psychiatrists JEphriam T. Lisansky
Maurice H. Greenhill
(George F. Sutherland
Pediatrician-in-Chief J. Edmund Bradley
, [C. LORING JOSLIN
Pediatricians \ Gordon E. Gibbs
[a. H. Finkelstein
Pathologist-in-CHef Hugh R. Spencer
/ Dexter L. Reimann
Pathologists \john A. Wagner
Surgeon-in-CIiief Charles Reid Edwards
George H. Yeager
Surgeons .
Otto C. Brantigan
Charles A. Reifschnelder
Harry C. Hull
Neurological Surgeon-in-Chief James G. Arnold, Jr.
/Richard G. Coblentz
Neurological Surgeons \ Raymond K. Thompson
Laryngologists /Thomas R. O'Rourk
[Frederick T. Kyper
Proctolologist-in-Chief Monte Edwards
Proctologist Thurston R. Adams
Orthopedic Surgeon-in-Chief Allen F. Voshell
Moses Gellman
Henry F. Ullrich
Milton J. Welder
James P. Miller
Urologist-in-Chief W. Houston Toulson
(LYLE J. MlLLAN
Urologists j Howard B. Mays
j John D. Young
( Martin A. Rob bins
Anesthesiologist-in-Chief Robert B. Dodd
Anesthesiologist Paul R. Hackett
Dental Surgeon-in-Chief Brice M. Dorsey
Orthopedic Surgeons .
860
Dentists .
Roentgenologist-in-Chief .
Roentgenologists
Bronchoscopists .
Otologist-in-Chief
Obstetricians-in-Chief .
Obstetricians .
Ophthalmologist-in-Chief .
Ophthalmologist
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL STAFF— Cont'd.
Myron S. Aisenberg
Joseph C. Biddix
Harold Golton
Joseph P. Cappuccio
j Edward C. Dobbs
\ Grayson W. Gaver
Hugh T. Hicks
Conrad L. Inman
Ernest B. Nuttall
Kenneth V. Randolph
Wilbur O. Ramsey
Walter L. Kllby
{Charles N. Davidson
Donald J. Barnett
John M. Dennis
Thoiias R. O'Rourk
Frederick T. Kyper
-J John H. Hlrschfeld
| Richard J. Cross
[Thomas D. Michael
Thomas R. O'Rourk
ILouis H. Douglass
\D. Frank Kaltreideb
J. Morris Reese
ISADORE A. SLEGEL
John E. Savage
Hugh B. McNally
D. McClelland Dixon
J. K. B. E. Seegar
Louis C. Gareis
George H. Davis
J. Huff Morrison
F. Edwin Knowles, Jr.
Assistant Ophthalmologists .
Gynecologist-in-Chief
Gynecologists
Oncologist-in-Chief .
. Paul N. Friedman6
(Ruby A. Smith
.{ J. E. Brumback
(John C. Ozazewski
. J. Mason Hundley, Jr.
(Leo Brady
Beverley C. Compton
.{ William K. Diehl
| Everett S. Diggs
[Ernest I. Cornbrooks, Jr.
. J. Mason Hundley, Jr.
IE
it
Si::
Str:
I In
U:
)[--
:
111
He
t
]-■-
C:
I
Bffi
Gi:; ;
C^ :.;
E - •
6 On leave.
'*ta
r
ShuC* ^^^ C loW - folk roirr
i
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
861
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL RESIDENT AND INTERN STAFF
July 1, 1953 to June 30, 1954
Iharles B. Adams, Jr., B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine
Ienjamin A. Adelstein, B.A., M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
rAUARAM Aratoon, M.B., Resident in Ophthalmology
Iobert K. Arthur, Jr., B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Obstetrics
Charles Bagley, III, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Psychiatry
ames S. Browne, M.D., Co-Resident in Neurosurgery: Mercy and Baltimore City Hos-
pitals, July 1, 1953 to December 31, 1953; University Hospital, January 1, 1954 to
June 30, 1954
Frank E. Brumback, M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
Donald B. Campbell, M.D., Resident in Obstetrics
Raymond L. Clemmens, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Pediatrics
STestor F. de Venecia, M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
,5Amcel VV. Deisher, B.A., M.D., Assistant Resident in Obstetrics and Gynecology
ivValter S. Easterling, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Psychiatry
Lee W. Elgin, Jr., M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine
Maria Paz Flor, D.D.M., Dental Resident
James P. Gallaher, A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident in Obstetrics
F. Sidney Gardner, Jr., B.A., M.D., Assistant Resident in Gynecology
L. Felipe Gonzalez, M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine
William R. Greco, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Obstetrics and Gynecology
Albert R. Gutlerrez, M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
John R. Hankins, B.A., M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
Calvin Y. Hadldian, A.B., M.D., Resident in Thoracic Surgery
William L. Heimer, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine
Maurice E. Hinds, D.D.S., Dental Resident
William A. Holbrook, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
Virginia Huffer, B.S., M.D., Resident in Psychiatry
L. Virginia Hunter, B.A., M.D., Assistant Resident in Pediatrics
Ricardo Ibanez, M.D., Assistant Resident in Psychiatry
J. Paul Johnson, Jr., B.A., M.D. , Assistant Resident in Obstetrics
August Kiel, Jr., M.D., Co-Resident in Neurosurgery: University Hospital, July 1, 1953
to December 31, 1953; Mercy and Baltimore City Hospitals, January 1, 1954 to June
30, 1954.
John M. Krager, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Pediatrics
Frank G. Kuehn, A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine
Henry E. Langenfelder, B.A., M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
Santiago Lombana, M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
George H. Long ley, M.D., Assistant Resident in Psychiatry
John W. Looper, Jr., M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine
Charles W. McGrady, Jr., A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
Kathleen R. McGrady, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Pediatrics
Arlie R. Mansberger, Jr., M.D., Resident in Surgery
P. Govinda Menon, B.S., M.B., Assistant Resident in Pediatrics
Francesco Michlenzi, M.D., Assistant Resident in Psychiatry1
Edmund B. Mlddleton, M.D., Assistant Resident in Obstetrics and Gynecology
1 September 10, 1953.
862
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Eduardo M. Morales, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Obstetrics
William A. Niermann, M.D., Resident in Pediatrics
William F. Peterson, M.D., Resident in Gynecology
Albert M. Powell, Jr., M.D., Assistant Resident in Pediatrics*
Edward C. Prevost, M.D., Assistant Resident in Gynecology
Jonas R. Rappeport, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Psychiatry
Howard F. Raskin, A.B., M.D., Resident in Medicine
Eugene B. Rex. M.D., Resident in Otolaryngology*
Georgia Reynolds, M.D., Assistant Resident in Pediatrics
Henry G. Reeves, Jr., B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
Aubrey D. Richardson, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine
G. V. Rama Row, M.B., B.S., Assistant Resident in Pediatrics
Jordan M. Scher, A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident in Psychiatry
James A. Sewell, M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
Nathaniel Sharp, M.D., Assistant Resident in Orthopedics, serving at Baltimore City
Hospitals
John O. Sharrett, M.D., Assistant Resident in Neurosurgery
Charles E. Simons, Jr., M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
George H. Smith, A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident in Psychiatry
Herbert K. Speers, M.D., Assistant Resident in Obstetrics and Gynecology
John Spiropoulos, M.D., Externe in Pediatrics
Henry H. Startzman, Jr., M.D., Fellow in Roentgenology
John F. Strahan, M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine
W. J. Tanenbaum, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Psychiatry
Bate C. Toms, Jr., M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
John H. Young, B.A., M.D., Resident in Psychiatry
ROTATING INTERNS
Charles W. Brady, A.B., M.D.
Herbert S. Bell, M.D.
Joseph R. Bove, B.S., M.D.
G. Ross Brinkley, Jr., A.B., M.D.
Walter H. Byerly, A.B., M.D.
Geoffrey C. R. Carey, M.D.
John B. Codington, B.S., M.D.
Stephen C. Cromwell, Jr., B.A., M.D.
Wyand F. Doerner, Jr., B.S., M.D.
Robert W. Gibbes, B.S., M.D.
William S. Kiser, B.S., M.D.
Herbert H. Leighton, M.D.
Sadredin Musavi, A.B., M.D.
John K. Pearson, A.B., M.D.
Jose Ramirez-Rivera, B.A., M.D.
James L. Read, B.S., M.D.
Lewis C. Richmond, Jr., M.D.
Phild? Sheinberg, M.D.
Robert T. Singleton, B.S., M.D.
W. Howry Slasman, A.B., M.D.
Douglas H. Smith, B.A., M.D.
Louis M. Sod, B.A., M.D.
William A. Tyson, B.S., M.D.
Karl H. Weaver, A.B., M.D.
Joel S. Webster, B.S., M.D.
Israel H. Weiner, B.A., M.D.
Francis E. Winslow, Jr., A.B., M.D.
INTERN IN NEUROSURGERY
Rafael Longo-Cordero, B.S., M.D.
DENTAL INTERN
Carmen V. Rodriquez Mettee, B.S., D.D.S.
July 1 to Aug. 31, 1953.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
863
Physicians .
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL OUTPATIENT DEPARTMENT STAFF
Kurt H. Xork Director
Chief of Medical Clinic Maurice C. Pincoffs
Assistant Chief, Medical Clinic Joseph C. Furnari
William H. Triplett
T. Nelson Carey
Considlants ] Edward F. Cotter
Samuel T. R. Revell, Jr.
E. T. Lisansky
William K. Waller
Louis V. Blum
Kurt Levy
James R. Karns
Jonas Cohen
John B. DeHoff
Robert E. Bauer
Donald Mintzer
Henry W. Holljes
Robert T. Parker
William F. Cox, III
Marvin Goldstein
Walter Karfgin
Joseph Muse
Stanley Steinback
Stephen Magness
Joseph B. Workman
. . Wm. Carl Ebeling, III
. Albert J. Shochat
. Leon Freedom
J William L. Fearing
\ Harry A. Teitelbaum
Chief of Chest Clinic Meyer W. Jacobson
A ssislani, Diseases of the Lungs Manuel Levin
Chief of Diabetic Clinic Perry O. Futterman
Assistant Joseph G. Bird
Chief of Cardiovascular Clinic C. Edward Leach
Wilfred H. Townshend
Rollin C. Hudson
Sddney Scherlis
Stephen J. Van Lill, III
James J. Nolan
E. R. Smith
Chief of Allergy Clinic Howard M. Bubert
Assistant Chiefs of Allergy Clinic /Irvin B. Kemick
\ Jerome Sherman
Chief of Gastro-Enterology Clinic .
Assistant Gaslro-Enlerologist . . . .
Chief of Neurology Clinic
A ssislant Neurologists .
A ssistant Cardiologists .
864
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL OUTPATIENT DEPARTMENT— cont'd.
Assistant Allergists (Edward S. Kalijns
1 Raymond M. Latter
Director of Dermatology and Syphilis Clinic.
Chief of Dermatology and Syphilis Clinic. . .
Harry M. Robinson, Sr.
Harry M. Robinson, Jr.
(Francis A. Ellis
I Israel Zeligman
Dermatologists and Sy philologists \ A. Albert Shapiro
R. C. V. Robinson
Eugene S. Bereston
William R. Bundick
[Morris M. Cohen
Assistant Dermatologists and Syphilologists \ Mark B. Hollander
(Lee R. Lerman
Chief of the Arthritis Clinic Leon A. Kochman
Director of Psychiatric Clinic Maurice H. Greenhill
Director of Child Guidance Clinic H. Whitman Newell
Kathryn L. Schultz
Hans W. Loewald
Ephriam Lisansky
Isadore Tuerk
Sam Novey
G. S. Ingalls
Enoch Gallaway, III
William N. Fitzpatrick
Marion Mathews
Assistant Psychiatrists < __ *L
Virginia Suttonfield
George F. Sutherfield
Manfred S. Guttmacher
Klaus W. Berbltnger
Kent E. Robinson
Jerome Styrt
William W. Magruder
Fern E. MacAllister
Arthur H. Schmale, Jr.
Frank R. Holter
Chief Roentgenologist Walter L. Kilby
f Charles N. Davidson
Roentgenologists < Donald J. Barnett
[John M. Dennis
Director, Pediatric Clinic A. H. Finkelstein
Chief of Pediatric Clinic Samuel S. Glick
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
865
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL OUTPATIENT DEPARTMENT— Cont'd.
Arnold F. Lavenstein
Thomas E. Weeks
J. Carlton Wich
Howard Goodman
[ssistant Pediatricians \ Melvin N. Borden
Lester Caplan
Ruth B. Baldwin
Edward Field
Garret E. Deane
director, Pediatric Cardiac Clinic Sidney Scherlis
Issistant Director, Pediatric Cardiac Clinic. . . . Gibson J. Wells
Assistant Pediatrician, Cardiac Clinic Mary Hayleck
Director, Pediatric Seizure Clinic Ruth B. Baldwin
Director, Pediatric Chest Clinic Louis V. Blum
irector, Developmental Clinic Annie M. Bestebreurtje
Zhief of Surgical Clinic Robert C. Sheppard
Samuel E. Proctor
William B. Settle
Karl F. Mech
James N. Cianos
William D. Lynn
David R. Will
Chief of Plastic Surgery Edward A. Kitlowski
Chief of Orthopedic Surgery Clinic Allen Fiske Voshell
Moses Gellman
Henry F. Ullrich
Milton J. Wilder
James P. Miller
Robert C. Abrams
Everett D. Jones
John J. Tansey
[Robert T. Strang
Chief of Urology Clinic W. Houston Toulson
(John F. Hog an
| Lyle J. Millan
Assistant Urologists { Howard B. Mays
| John D. Young, Jr.
I Martin A. Robbins
Assistant Surgeons .
Assistant Orthopedic Surgeons.
Chief of Otolaryngology Clinic Benjamin S. Rich
Otolaryngologists
Chief of Proctology Clinic Monte Edwards
/Samuel L. Fox
\ Richard J. Cross
866
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL OUTPATIENT DEPARTMENT— Cont'd.
Thurston R. Adams
Assistant Proctologists .
Donald B. Hebb
William J. Supik
Raymond Cunningham
John D. Rosin
Chief of Gynecology Clinic J. Mason Hundley, Jr.
Assistant Chief of Gynecology Clinic Beverley C. Compton
William K. Diehl
Everett S. Diggs
Assistant Gynecologists.
Female Cysloscopists .
Chief of Dental Clinic
Assistant Chief of Dental Clinic. . .
Chief of Obstetrical Clinic
Assistant Chief of Obstetrical Clinic.
Assistant Obstetricians .
Chief of Oncology Clinic, Gynecological Division .
Assistants in Gynecological Division.
Ernest I. Cornbrooks, Jr.
W. Allen Deckert
Helen I. Maginnis
Charles B. Marek
Theodore Kardash
J. Mason Hundley, Jr.
Beverley C. Compton
\ William K. Diehl
Ernest I. Cornbrooks, Jr.
Everett S. Diggs
Brice M. Dorsey
Joseph P. Cappuccio
J. Huff Morrison
Margaret B. Ballard
J. K. B. E. Seegar
Charles H. Doeller, Jr.
George H. Davis
Theodore Kardash
Harry McB. Beck
William A. Dodd
Irvin P. Klemkowski
Clarence W. Martin
Vernon C. Kelly
Harry Cohen
Thomas C. Webster
Vincent DeP. Fitzpatrick
Ernest Scher
James H. Shell, Jr.
F. X. Paul Tinker
Daniel Ehrlich
William D. Gentry
J. Mason Hundley, Jr.
Beverley C. Compton
William K. Diehl
Ernest I. Cornbrooks, Jr.
Everett S. Diggs
f
)
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL OUTPATIENT DEPARTMENT-Con/'<f.
Arthur G. Siwinski
E. Eucene Covington
J. Duer Moores
Edwin H. Stewart, Jr
Louis E. Goodman
Assistants in Surgical Division
Chief of Vascular Clinic George H. Yeager
Assistant Chief of Vascular Clinic Raymond Cunningham
Medical Consultant — Vascular Clinic Lewis P. Gundry
Chief of Ophthalmology Clinic F. Edwin Knowles, Jr.
Paul N. Friedman8
Ruby A. Smith
D. J. McHenry
J. E. Brumback, Jr.
(John C. Ozazewski
Associate Professor of Speech, University of
Maryland at College Park Merle Ansberry, Ph.D.
A ssistanl Ophthalmologists .
Department
Allergy
Arthritis
Cardiology
Cystoscopy (Gyn)
Cystoscopy (G.U.)
Dermatology
DepVS"1
Diabetic
Ear, Nose & Throat . . .
Endocrine
Eye
Gastro Intestinal
Genito Urinary
Gynecology
Hematology
Medicine
Neurology
Neuro Surgery
Obstetrics
Occupational Therapy .
Oncology
OUT-PATIENT REPORT
JANUARY 1, 1952 TO JANUARY
New Cases Re-Visits
52
21
24
83
51
900
98
22
345
6
442
65
222
782
13
897
26
92
1536
1
127
3683
277
1015
326
35
3910
2158
1193
1181
227
2363
403
958
3875
330
5678
243
326
13127
1058
1466
1, 1953
Re/erred*
65
27
78
0
0
664
322
53
433
17
524
71
143
617
36
688
80
105
0
59
94
867
Total
3800
325
1117
409
86
5474
2578
1268
1959
250
3329
539
1323
5274
379
7263
349
523
14663
1118
1687
8 On Leave.
4 A referral has already been a patient in the Out-patient Department, and has been
referred to one of the clinics for treatment or consultation.
1 Syphilology Clinic.
868
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
OUT-PATIENT REPORT— Cont'd.
Department New Cases Re-Visiis
Oral Surgery 102 701
Orthopedic 591 2535
Pediatric 2340 5825
Pediatric Cardiology 30 250
Pediatric Chest 22 173
Pediatric Seizure 88 383
Physical Therapy 2 2094
Plastic Surgery 11 16
Proctology 45 260
Psychiatry 19 2562
Surgery 1656 6886
Tuberculosis 79 1138
Vascular 24 344
Clinics Established July 1952
Well Baby2 285 2068
Minor Surgery 0 45
Circumcision 0 28
Comprehensive Medicine3 0 54
Total 11,099 69,194
Referred*
Total
278
1081
450
3576
86
8251
1
281
6
201
4
475
324
2420
10
37
108
413
286
2867
760
9302
210
1427
53
421
1
2354
3
48
3
31
1
55
6,660
86,952
MEDICAL CARE CLINIC
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL
Director Henry W. D. Holljes
Assistant Director Martha Curtis
The Medical Care Clinic of the University of Maryland is the result of a study
by the Medical and Chirurgical Faculty of Maryland in cooperation with the
State Planning Commission. The present Clinic, located on the third floor of
the Out-patient Department Building, is the first of its kind in this country.
Public assistance clients are referred to the Clinic by the Baltimore City Health
Department and are scheduled for an initial physical examination by physicians
affiliated with the University of Maryland. A family physician is chosen by the
patient from a list available at the Clinic. Copies of the individual's medical
history and examinations are sent to the physician selected, who then becomes
responsible for the medical care of the patient.
The Medical Care Program is, in this way, an entirely new approach to the
problem of the indigent patient. For the first time, he becomes the responsibility
of a private physician. This places the practice of medicine to the indigent on a
par with the practice of private medicine.
After the initial examination, the Clinic functions as a diagnostic center to
serve the needs of the neighborhood practitioner. Consultants working in the
2 Maintained by the City Department of Health in cooperation with the Department
of Pediatrics.
3 Directed by the Department of Psychiatry.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 869
Medical Care Clinic are available and at present represent Medicine, Surgery,
Gynecology and Otolaryngology. Others will be added as required.
. The Clinic functions between 8:30 and 4:30 daily. Registrations and referrals
! are conducted in the morning. Clinical examinations and consultations are held
during the afternoon. Approximately eighty neighborhood physicians have
agreed to work with the Medical Care Program. Twenty-five members of the
Out-patient Department and University Hospital Staff will conduct examinations
in the Clinic.
The Faculty Committee on Post Graduate Education has also undertaken plans
to provide instruction to all affiliated physicians.
4,606 public assistance clients have been assigned to this Clinic.
MERCY HOSPITAL
BOARD OF GOVERNORS
Walter D. Wise, Chairman
Mother M. Bernadette Sister M. Brendan
Sister M. Veronica Henry F. Bongardt
Sister M. Carmel H. Raymond Peters
Sister M. Ellen Marie Maurice C. Pincoffs
Sister M. Frances Louise Daniel J. Pessagno
Sister M. Damian J. Shelton Eastland
Sister M. Thomas Frank K. Morris
Sister M. Hlldegard Sol Smith
ADVISORY BOARD OF MERCY HOSPITAL
Most Reverend Lawrence J. Sheehan August B. Haneke
Henry C. Evans Samuel H. Hoffberger
Thomas B. Butler James W. McElroy
H. C. Byrd Allen W. Morton
Charles C. Conlon S. Page Nelson
Clarence E. Elderkin Thomas W. Pangborn
Richard A. Froehlinger William F. Schmick
William L. Galvin
MERCY HOSPITAL STAFF
Surgeon-in-Chiej Walter D. Wise
[ Elliott H. Hutch ins
| D. J. Pessagno
I F. L. Jennings
SuT&eons ■ ■) Thomas R. Chambers
William F. Rienhoff
Henry F. Bongardt
Neurological Surgeon in Chief James D. Arnold, Jr.
Consultant Neurological Surgeon Charles Bagley, Jr.
870
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Associate Surgeons.
Assistant Surgeons
MERCY HOSPITAL STAFF— Cont'd.
(Richard B. Coblentz
| Frank J. Otenasek
Neurological Surgeons \ John W. Chambers
i Raymond K. Thompson
[Robert N. Crosby
I. 0. Ridgely
James W. Nelson
Howard B. McElwain
Simon H. Brager
John A. O'Connor
Charles W. Maxson
I. RjDGEWAY TRQIBLE
Raymond F. Helfrich
Juxros Goodman
S. Demarco, Jr.
T. J. Touhey
William N. McFaul, Jr.
Meyer H. Zuravin
Howard L. Zupnlk
Daniel R. Robinson
Joseph V. Jerardi
<Wm. C. Dunnigan
Harold H. Burns
William L. Garlick
John F. Schaefer
F. Ford Loker
Patrick C. Phelan, Jr.
Michael L. DeVincentis
Harold P. Beehl
Kirk Moore
William L. Garlick
J Edward A. Kitlowski
\ Clarence P. Scarborodgh
Ophthalmologist-in-Chief F. Edwin Knowles, Jr.
Associate Ophthalmologist Joseph V. Jeppi
)M. Raskin
Joseph I. Kemler
F. A. Pacienza
[W. Raymond McKenzie
\ George W. Mitchell
Consultant Rhinologist and Laryngologist Waitman F. Zinn
(Fayne A. Kayser
! Benjamin S. Rich
Associate Rhinologists and Laryngologists { Theodore A. Schwartz
Benjamin H. Isaacs
I Arthur Ward
Thoracic Surgeon-in-Chiej .
Plastic Surgeons
Consulting Rhinologists and Laryngologists .
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 871
MERCY HOSPITAL STAFF— Cont'd.
[ John M. Rehberger6
Assistant Rhinologist and Laryngologist \ Harry P. Porter3
(James J. Gerlach
Bronchoscopist-in-Chief Waitman F. Zinn3
Associate Bronchoscopist Fayne A. Kayser
/Theodore A. Schwartz
Assistant Bronchoscopes \Robert Z. Berry
Orthopaedic Surgeon-in-Chief H. L. Rogers
Associate Orthopaedic Surgeon Henry F. Ullrich
Assistant Orthopaedic Surgeons
I. H. Maseritz
J. H. Gaskel
Isaac Gutman
Everett D. Jones
Proctologist-in-Chief Slmon P. Brager
Associate Proctologist William J. Supik
Urologist-in-Chief Kenneth D. Legge
(Leon K. Fargo
J Francis W. Gillis
Associate Urologists |j. S. Haines
[Joseph H. Menning
Dermatologisl-in-Chief Francis A. Ellis
(Eugene S. Bereston
R. C. V. Robinson
vWlLLIAM R. BUNDICK
Dentist J. D. Fusco
Consulting Dentist Conrad L. Inman
Consulting Physician Maurice C. Pincoffs
Consultant, Diseases of the Chest H. Vernon Langeluttig
Physician-in-Chief H. Raymond Peters
Thomas P. Sprunt
George McLean
J. Sheldon Eastland
Louis A. M. Krause
Thomas C. Wolff
T. Nelson Carey
Sol Smith
S. Edwin Muller
Physicians .
3 Resigned March 26. 1953.
872
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
MERCY HOSPITAL STAFF— Cont'd.
(Bartus T. Baggott
I Wetherbee Fort
| Hugh J. Welch
| Frederick J. Vollmer
Associate Physicians \ William H. Kammer
J. Emmett Queen
John C. Osborne
Henry J. L. Marriott
James J. Nolan
S. A. TUMMINELLO
J. Howard Burns
Earl L. Chambers
K. W. Golley
John R. Davis, Jr.
Arthur Karfgin
Maurice Feldman, Jr.
E. Ellsworth Cook, Jr.
Richard A. Carey
Frank T. Kaslk, Jr.
William H. Grenzer
Thaddius C. Siwinski6
William J. Ebeling
Assisiani Physicians.
Chief of Gastro-Enterology
Consultant Gastro-Enterologist .
Associate Gastro-Enterologist. .
Consulting Pediatrician
Pediatrician-in-Chief
Associate Pediatrician
Assistant Pediatricians
Consulting Neurologist
Neuro-Psychiatrist-in-Chief .
Associate Neurologists and Psychiatrists.
Maurice Feldman
Phlld? D. Flynn
Edgar B. Friedenwald
Frederick B. Smith
G. Bowers Mansdorfer
Jerome Fineman
O. Walter Spurrier
Israel P. Meranski
Edward L. Frey, Jr.
Earl Weeks
Donald D. Cooper
Joseph M. Cordi
J. Carlton Wich
David Josephs6
Frederich J. Heldrich6
Andrew C. Gillis
Philip F. Lerner
George G. Merrill
Edward L. Suarez-Murias
Frederick S. Wolf6
John C. Brickner
William A. Rinn
Frank A yd, Jr.
6 On Leave.
SCUOOL OF MEDICINE
873
A ncsthesiologist
Consulting Obstetrician .
Obstetrician-in-Chiej '. . .
MERCY HOSPITAL STAFF— Con't.
James Rosso
Edward P. Smith
Obstetricians .
Associate Obstetricians .
Assistant Obstetricians .
Gynecologist-in-C hie) '. .
Gynecologists
Associate Gynecologists
Assistant Gynecologists.
\Patkologist-in-Chief . . .
Consultant Pathologist.
Clinical Pathologist
Clinical Hemalologist .
Clinical Biochemist. . .
John J. Erwin
Thomas K. Galvin
Frank K. Morris
Hugh B. McNally
William C Duffy
Harry F. Kane
Charles H. Doeller, Jr.
William A. Dodd
Harry McB. Beck
[Joseph C. Sheehan
I Robert B. Tunney
William J. Rysanek, Jr.
Anthony Di Paula
J. Brooke Boyle, Jr.
John F. Ullsperger
Vincent deP. Fitzpatrick, Jr.
William D. Gentry, Jr.
Walter K. Spelsberg
F. X. Paul Tinker
H. Howard Burns
Thomas K. Galvin
[Edward P. Smith
John J. Erwin
[Frank K. Morris
George A. Strauss, Jr.
Charles H. Doeller, Jr
William A. Dodd
Harry McB. Beck
William C. Duffy
Gerald A. Galvin
Joseph C. Sheehan
Robert B. Tunney
Harry F. Kane
William J. Rysanek, Jr.
j John F. Ullsperger
| F. X. Paul Tinker
| Vincent deP. Fitzpatrick
( William D. Gentry, Jr.
C. Gardner Warner
Hugh R. Spencer
H. T. Collenberg
H. Raymond Peters
Charles E. Brambel
874 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
MERCY HOSPITAL STAFF— Cont'd.
[ Sister Paula Marie
j Sister M. Conrad
| Eleanor Behr
j Elizabeth Johnson
Constance Chapman
Technicians { Florese Samorodin
Mary Meyer
Patricia Fogarty
Ann Rogers
j Theresa Papiri
[Geraldine Dabrzykowski
Radiologist Edward R. Dana
Supervisor (X-ray) Elizabeth Kenly, R.N.
(Sister M. Juliena
|Sara Cross
Technicians (X-ray) \ Ruth May, R.N.
| Ruth Hall
I Shirley Horner
MERCY HOSPITAL RESIDENT AND INTERN STAFF
JULY 1, 1953— JUNE 30, 1954
RESIDENT STAFF
William B. Reyer, Jr., M.D Co-Resident in Surgery
Leonard G. Hamberry, A.B., M.D Co-Resident in Surgery
Frank A. Theuerkauf, Jr., M.D Senior Assistant Resident in Surgery
Robert A. Moore, Jr., A.B., M.D Senior Assistant Resident in Surgery
Fausto M. Prezioso, M.D Junior Assistant Resident in Surgery
Ira B. Anderson, B.S., M.D Junior Assistant Resident in Surgery
Calvin Y. Hadidian, B.A., M.D Resident in Thoracic Surgery
James S. Browne, M.D Resident in Neurosurgery
(July 1, 1953 to Dec. 31, 1953)
August Kiel, Jr., M.D Resident in Neurosurgery
(Jan. 1, 1954 to June 30, 1954)
Francis J. Januszeski, B.S., M.D Resident in Pathology
Milagros M. Correa, M.D Resident in Gynecology
Edward M. Barczak, M.D Resident in Obstetrics
Joseph T. Michels, B.S., M.D Assistant Resident in Gyn and Obs
James M. McDonald, Jr., B.S., M.D Assistant Resident in Gyn and Obs
Herbert Eckert, B.S., M.D Resident Pediatrician
Clara F. Manalo-Santamaria, A.A., M.D Assistant Resident in Pediatrics
E. Paul Coffay, Jr., B.S., M.D Resident in Medicine
William G. Esmond, B.S., M.D Senior Assistant Resident in Medicine
Harry B. Scott, B.A., M.D Senior Assistant Resident in Medicine
Jacento Gochoco, A.A., M.D Junior Assistant Resident in Medicine
Robert J. Lyden, M.D Junior Assistant Resident in Medicint
Nicholas C. Garcia, M.D Resident in Dentistry
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
875
ROTATING INTERNES
George H. Beck, A.B., M.D.
James G. Boyes, Jr., B.A., M.D.
Charles F. Carroll, Jr., B.S., M.D.
Donald S. Carter, M.D.
Roy J. Fischer, M.D.
Leonard H. Flax, B.S., M.D.
John \V. Heisse, Jr., A.B., M.D.
Thomas L. Jones, B.S., M.D.
George H. Miller, B.S., M.D.
Joseph F. Palmisano, B.S., M.D.
Corbett L. Quinn, A.B., M.D.
Richard E. Schindler, B.S., M.D.
James R. Troxel, A.B., M.D.
David G. Wallin, B.S., M.D.
Jack T. Watson, B.S., M.D.
Harry S. Wbeks, Jr., A.B., M.D.
Thomas C. Lee, B.S., M.D.
MERCY HOSPITAL OUTPATIENT DEPARTMENT STAFF
Dispensary Director Sister M. Anita
Director of Surgical Clinic Walter D. Wise
Chief of Surgical Clinic Harold H. Burns
(I. Ridgeway Trimble
Howard L. Zupntk
Daniel R. Robinson
Joseph V. Jerardi
William C. Dunnigan
William L. Garlick
John F. Schaefer
Assistant Surgeons < F. Ford Loker
Patrick C. Phelan
Arthur G. Siwinski
Melvtn F. Polek
Michael L. DeVincentis
Paul R. Ziegler
Harold P. Biehl
Kirk Moore
'hief of Plastic Surgery Edward A. Kitlowski
Assistant in Plastic Surgery Clarence P. Scarborough
Zhief of Urology Clinic Kenneth D. Legge
Assistant Urologists.
(Francis W. Gillis
L. K. Fargo
John S. Haines
(Joseph H. Menning
Zhief of Proctology Clinic Simon H. Brager
Assistant Proctologist William J. Supik
Zhief of Orthopaedic Clinic Harry L. Rogers
Henry F. Ullrich
Isaac Gutman
Jason H. Gaskel
I. H. Maseritz
Everett D. Jones
Assistant Orthopaedic Surgeons
876
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
MERCY HOSPITAL OUTPATIENT DEPARTMENT STAFF— Cont'd.
Chief of Thoracic-Surgery Clinic William L. Garlick
Consulting N euro-Surgeon Charles Bagley, Jr.
Chief of N euro-Surgery James G. Arnold, Jr.
[ John W. Chambers
Neuro-Surgeons \ Frank J. Otenasek
[Raymond K. Thompson
Director of Medical Clinic H. Raymond Peters
Chiefs of Medical Clinic ,
Assistant Physicians.
Sol Smith
S. Edwin Muller
Frederick J. Vollmer
William H. Kammer
John R. Davis
J. Emmett Queen
Charles F. O'Donnell
Arthur Karfgin
John C. Osborne
Maurice Feldman, Jr.
James J. Nolan
E. Ellsworth Cook, Jr.
Thaddeus C. Siwinski4
j Donald J. Roop
| Richard A. Carey
| William H. Grenzer
[Frank T. Kasek, Jr.
Chief of Allergy Clinic S. Edwin Muller
Chief of Cardiovascular Clinic Thomas C. Wolff
JLeon Ashman
\ Henry J. L. Marriott
Chief of Metabolism Clinic J. Sheldon Eastland
Assistant in Metabolism Clinic J. Emmett Queen
Chief of Gastro-Enterology Clinic Karl W. Ebeling
Associate Gastro-Enterologist Phild? D. Flynn
Consulting Gastro-Enterologist Maurice Feldman, Sr.
Director of Pediatric Clinic Fred B. Smith
Chief of Pediatric Clinic G. Bowers Mansdorfer
Israel T. Meranski
Assistant Cardiologists.
Assistant Pediatricians.
O. Walter Spurrier
Edward L. Frey, Jr.
Earl Weeks
Joseph Cordi t
Davld Josephs6
6 On Leave.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
877
MERCY HOSPITAL OUTPATIENT DEPARTMENT STAFF— Cont'd.
Associate in Pediatric-N eurology Robert L. Crosby
Chief of Neurologic and Psychiatric Clinics Philip F. Lerner
Associate Neurologist and Psychiatrist George G. Merrill
/Andrew C. Gillis
'\Edward L. Suarez-Murias
[Frank J. Ayd, Jr.
JJohn C. Beickner
' ' J William A. Rinn
[Frederick F. Wolf8
Consulting Psychiatrists .
Assistant Neurologist and Psychiatrists .
Director of Dermatology and Syphilis Clinic.
Assistant Dermatologists and Sy philologists .
Oncologist
Director of Anticoagulant Clinic
Medical Director of Anticoagulant Clinic.
Director of Gynecology
Chief of the Gynecology Clinic
. Francis A. Ellis
[R. C. V. Robinson
a Eugene S. Bereston
[William R. Bundick
. James W. Nelson
. Charles E. Brambel
. H. T. COLLENBERG
. Thomas K. Galvin
. . Frank K. Morris
A ssistant Gynecologists .
Chief of Obstetrical Clinic.
Assistant Obstetricians
J. J. Erwin
Charles H. Doeller, Jr.
William A. Dodd
Harry F. Kane
Harry McB. Beck
William C. Duffy
Joseph C. Sheehan
Robert B. Tunney
Gerald A. Galvin
John M. Palese
John F. Ullsperger
F. X. Paul Tinker
Vincent dePaul Fitzpatrick, Jr.
Anthony DiPaula
John J. Erwin
Harry F. Kane
William A. Dodd
Harry McB. Beck
Joseph C. Sheehan8
Robert B. Tunney
William J. Rysanek, Jr.
Anthony DiPaula
John F. Ullsperger
Vincent DePaul Fitzpatrick, Jr.
J. Brooke Boyle, Jr.
8 On Leave.
878 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
MERCY HOSPITAL OUTPATIENT DEPARTMENT STAFF— Cow 7.
Associate Esophagoscopisl Fayne A. Kayser
[Theodore A. Schwartz
Benjamin H. Isaacs
[ Arthur Ward
Assistant Rhinologists and Laryngolo gists -{Robert Z. Berry
John M. Rehberger6
Harry P. Porter
James J. Gerlach
Chief of Ophthalmology Clinic M. Raskin
|F. A. Pacienza
Assistant Ophthalmologists. . .
(Joseph V. Jeppi
Chief of Dental Clinic J. D. Fusco
A ssistant Chief, Dental Clinic Edward R. Stinebert
Consulting Dentist Conrad L. Inman
Radiology Edward R. Dana
Anesthesiology James Russo
n, . ., ... . [Leon Hannan
Physiotherapists < . _ TX
[Alice R. Hannan
Director Social Service Department Sister M. Scholastica
MEDICAL CARE CLINIC
MERCY HOSPITAL
Director S. Edwin Muller
Assistant Director M. Patrica Lemmon
The Medical Care Clinic at Mercy Hospital is one of six special clinics established
and conducted for the Baltimore City Health Department. These clinics were established
by the Medical and Chirurgical Faculty of Maryland and the State Planning Commission.
The program takes up an unmet need for the indigent.
The City Welfare Department certifies recipients of public assistance to the Health
Department. The Health Department in turn, assigns recipients to one of the medical
care clinics operated by local hospitals, namely — Johns Hopkins, Sinai, University of
Maryland, Mercy, Provident and South Baltimore. The clinic assignments are made
primarily on a geographic basis.
During the current year the Medical Care Clinic at Mercy Hospital is providing facil-
ities for three thousand clients. It provides the eligible individual an initial physical
examination, chest X-ray, bacteriological and other laboratory tests as indicated. Ar-
rangements are also made by the Clinic to have each client register with a family physi-
cian of his or her choice selected from those Baltimore physicians who have agreed to par-
ticipate in the program. The Clinic notifies the physician chosen, and sends to him a
complete written report of the physical findings.
The plan gives physicians an opportunity for contacts with the personnel and diagnostic
facilities of the participating hospitals. At the request of the client's physician, consul-
tation services of the Staff at Mercy are made available. These services include Medicine,
Surgery, Gynecology, Urology, Orthopedics, Dermatology, Neurology and other specialties,
together with clinical laboratory facilities.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
879
The Mercy Clinic is located on the 4th floor of the College Building. It includes a
reception area, offices and examining rooms. An active personnel of Doctors, Nurses,
Medical Technician and Medical Secretary are on duty from 9 A.M. to 5 P.M.
MERCY HOSPITAL OUT-PATIENT DEPARTMENT REPORT
JANUARY 1, 1952 TO JANUARY 1, 1953
Visits
New Old Total
Medical Clinics
Allergy 7 21 28
Cardiac 65 410 475
Diabetes 32 735 767
Gastro-Intestinal 29 126 155
Medicine 759 2901 3660
Neurology 132 600 732
Skin 327 748 1075
Surgical Clinics
Genito-Urinary 78 232 310
Neurological Surgery 63 122 185
Orthopedics 222 437 659
Proctology 68 72 140
Surgery 1164 2952 4116
Surgical Follow Up 139 499 638
Other Clinics
Bronchoscope 148 233 381
Dental 194 120 314
Eye 331 369 700
Gynecology 455 1194 1649
Medical Care 484 0 484
Nose & Throat 545 804 1349
Pediatrics 676 1532 2208
Physiotherapy 10 206 216
Prenatal 326 2293 2619
Postnatal 231 1 232
Total 6485 16607 23092
Special Service Departments
Basal Metabolism Tests 72
Cystoscopic Examinations 46
Electrocardiographs 190
X-ray Patients 2118
Total 25,518
THE BALTIMORE CITY HOSPITALS
STAFF, 1953-1954
Parker J. McMillin, Superintendent
Surgeon-in-Chief Otto C. Brantigan, M.D.
Visiting Surgeons .
880 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
BALTIMORE CITY HOSPITAL STAFF— Cont'd.
James C. Owings, M.D.
I. Ridgeway Trimble, M.D.
Amos Koontz, M.D.
Thurston R. Adams, M.D.
Harry C. Bowie, M.D.
Donald B. Hebb, M.D.
Richard Garrett, M.D.
Joseph Miller, M.D.
Tr. ... „, . „ / William L. Garlick, M.D.
Vtsiting Thoracic Surgeon <_, . _ ' , ._
[R. Adams Cowley, M.D.
Consultant in Traumatic Surgery C. A. Reifschneeder, M.D.
Visiting Hand Surgeon Raymond M. Curtis, M.D.
Visiting Gastro-Enterologist William Eberling, M.D.
fRlCHARD G. COBLENTZ, M.D.
Visiting N euro-Surgeons j James G. Arnold, M.D.
(R. K. Thompson, M.D.
. ., , tr- :• »t o /William Mosberg, M.D.
Assistant Visiting N euro-Surgeon <_. _ , __ _ ..^
^Robert M. N. Crosby, M.D.
Consultant N euro-Surgeon Charles Bagley, M.D.
Consultant in Plastic Surgery Edward A. Kitlowski, M.D.
Visiting Plastic Surgeon Clarence P. Scarborough, M.D.
Visiting Proctologist Monte Edwards, M.D.
fw. Houston Toulson, M.D.
_. . . ,T , . JHoward B. Mays, M.D.
Vtstting Urologists ] Hugh Jewitt, M.D.
[John D. Young, M.D.
Chief Gynecologist Beverley C. Compton, M.D.
William K. Diehl, M.D.
j Everett S. Diggs, M.D.
Visiting Gynecologists < Edward r_ r^hardson, Jr., M.D.
Gerald Galvin, M.D.
/Allen F. Voshell, M.D.
Visiting Orthopedic Surgeons \Milton J. Wilder, M.D.
flSAAC A. GUTMAN, M.D.
Assistant Visiting Orthopedic Surgeons \ Everett D. Jones, M.D.
[John Tansey, M.D.
Consultant Otolaryngologist John Bordley, M.D.
[Fred T. Kyper, M.D.
Visiting Otolaryngologists { Alfred T. Lleberman, M.D.
[John Herschfeld, M.D.
Visiting Ophthalmologist William Marr, M.D.
Visiting Oncologist Arthur G. Siwinski, M.D.
[Alfred T. Nelson, M.D.
Visiting Anesthesiologists j Theodore Stacy, M.D.
[Leonard Abramovitz, M.D.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
881
BALTIMORE CITY HOSPITAL STAFF— Cont'd.
Consultant in Peripheral Vascular Diseases George H. Yeager, M.D.
Chief Pathologist To be appointed
Visiting Neuropathologist John A. Wagner, M.D.
Consultant in Psychiatry Esther L. Richards, M.D.
Chief Radiologist John DeCarlo, Jr., M.D.
Visiting Radiologist Herbert Copeland, M.D.
Chief Pediatrician Harold E. Harrison, M.D.
Assistant Chief Pediatrician Laurence Finburg, M.D.
[ Milton Markowitz, M.D.
T,. ... D ,. . . . I Arnold Tramer, M.D.
Visiting Pediatricians < _ '
I Talmage Pinkney, M.D.
[Paul F. Wehrle, M.D.
Chief Hospital Physician — Tuberculosis H. Vernon Langeluttig, M.D.
Assistant Hospital Physician — Tuberculosis Edmund G. Beach \m, M.D.
Visiting Physicians — Tuberculosis John H. Hirschfeld, M.D.
Chief Physician George S. Mirick, M.D.
a ' . . m ■ t dl • • /Douglas Carroll. M.D.
Assistant Chief Physicians <„ „ '
(Howard K. Rathbun, M.D.
Louis A. M. Krause, M.D.
Julius Waghelstein, M.D.
Julius Krevans, M.D.
C. Gordon Wiswell, M.D.
John T. King, M.D.
C. Holmes Boyd, M.D.
A. McGhee Harvey, M.D.
A. Murray Fisher, M.D.
Orlyn Wood, M.D.
William G. Speed, III, M.D.
Crawford Kirkpatrick, M.D.
Ernest Cross, M.D.
Joseph King, M.D.
L. A. M. Krause, M.D.
Joseph Bunim, M.D.
(John H. Miller, M.D.
I Milton Landowne, M.D.
I Donald M. Watkins, M.D.
[Joseph A. Falzone, M.D.
Physiologist Nathan W. Shock, PH.D.
Visiting Neurologist J. W. Magladery, M.D.
Assistant Visiting Neurologist Davtd B. Clare, M.D.
Consultant Neurologist Frank R. Ford, M.D.
Visiting Dermatologist, Raymond C. V. Robinson, M.D.
Consultant in Hematology Philip F. Wagley, M.D.
Chief Dental Surgeon H. Glenn Waring, D.D.S.
Visiting Physicians .
Assistant Visiting Physicians (USPHS).
882
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
BALTIMORE CITY HOSPITAL STAFF— Cont'd.
Visiting Dental Surgeons .
Orthodontist
Chief Obstetrician . . .
Visiting Obstetrician.
Assistant Visiting Obstetricians .
L. W. BlMESTEFER, D.D.S.
Michael Varipatis, D.D.S.
B. W. Miksinski, D.D.S.
Elpidio Diaz, D.D.S.
[J. T. Reilly, D.D.S.
R. Kent Tongue, D.D.S.
Louis H. Douglass, M.D.
J. Morris Reese, M.D.
D. Frank Kaltreider, M.D.
John E. Savage, M.D.
J. William Dorman, M.D.
George W. Anderson, M.D.
Louis C. Gareis, M.D.
James H. Shell, M.D.
Vincent Fitzpatrick, M.D.
William Gentry, M.D.
Trent Busby, M.D.
THE JAMES LAWRENCE KERNAN HOSPITAL .AND
INDUSTRIAL SCHOOL OF MARYLAND FOR
CRIPPLED CHILDREN
STAFF, 1953-1954
Surgeon-in-Chief and Medical Director Allen Fiske Voshell, A.B., M.D.
Moses Gellman, B.S., M.D.
Harry L. Rogers
Harry F. Ullrich, M.D.
Winthrop M. Phelps, A.B., M.D.
Mllton J. Wilder, M.D.
David L. Filtzer, M.D.
James P. Miller, M.D.
Robert C. Abrams, M.D.
Isaac A. Gutman, M.D.
John J. Tansey, M.D.
Roentgenologist Charles N. Davidson, M.D.
Plastic Surgeon Edward A. Kitlowski, A.B., M.D.
Aurisl and Laryngologisi Benjamin S. Rich, A.B., M.D.
Dentist M. E. Coberth, D.D.S.
Cardiologist Helen M. Taussig, M.D.
Pediatrist Melchijah Spragins, M.D.
Consulting Surgeon Charles Redd Edwards, A.B., M.D.
Considting Neurological Surgeon Charles Bagley, Jr., M.A., M.D.
( Harry M. Robinson, Sr., M.D.
\Leon Ginsburg, M.D.
[Irving J. Spear, M.D.
\R. V. Seliger, M.D.
Associate Orthopaedic Surgeons.
Consulting Dermatologists .
Consulting Neurologists. . .
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 883
KERNAN HOSPITAL STAFF— Cont'd.
n ... D ,. . . . /Benjamin Tappan, A.B., M.D.
Consulting Pediatrists < , _ „ ' . '
[J. Edmund Bradley, M.D.
Consulting Pathologist Hugh R. Spencer, M.D.
Consulting Roentgenologist Henry J. Walton, M.D.
Resident Orthopaedic Surgeon Robert T. Strang
Superintendent Miss Maud M. Gardner, R.N.
Dispensary and Social Service Nurse Mrs. Evelyn Byrd Zapf, R.N.
(Miss Nancy R. Butler
Physical Therapists and X-ray Technicians { Miss Julia A. Collins
[Mrs. Georgiana Wisong
Physical Therapists (William Neill, III
(Miss Julia A. Collins
Occupational Therapist Mrs. Virginia Shaun, O.T.
Instructor in Grammar School Miss Bertha Sendelback
HISTORY OF THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
The present School of Medicine, with the title University of Maryland School
of Medicine and College of Physicians and Surgeons, is the result of a consolida-
tion and merger of the University of Maryland School of Medicine with the
Baltimore Medical College (1913) and the College of Physicians and Surgeons of
Baltimore (1915).
Through the merger with the Baltimore Medical College, an institution of
thirty-two years' growth, the facilities of the School of Medicine were enlarged in
faculty, equipment and hospital connection.
The College of Physicians and Surgeons was incorporated in 1872, and estab-
lished on Hanover Street in a building afterward known as the MaterniU, the
first obstetrical hospital in Maryland. In 1878 union was effected with the
Washington University School of Medicine, in existence since 1827, and the college
was removed to Calvert and Saratoga Streets. Through the consolidation with
the College of Physicians and Surgeons, medical control of the teaching beds in
the Mercy Hospital was obtained.
The School of Medicine of the University of Maryland is one of the oldest foun-
dations for medical education in America, ranking fifth in point of age among the
medical colleges of the United States. It was organized in 1807 and chartered
in 1808 under the name of the College of Medicine of Maryland, and its first
class was graduated in 1810. In 1812 the College was empowered by the Legisla-
ture to annex three other colleges or faculties: Divinity, Law, and Arts and
Sciences ; and the four colleges thus united were "constituted an University by the
name and under the title of the University of Maryland."
The original building of the Medical School at the N. E. corner of Lombard and
Greene Streets was erected in 1812. It is the oldest structure in this country
from which the degree of doctor of medicine has been granted annually since its
erection. In this building were founded one of the first medical libraries and one
of the first medical school libraries in the United States.
884 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
At this Medical School dissection was made a compulsory part of the curriculum,
and independent chairs for the teaching of gynecology and pediatrics (1867), and
of ophthalmology and otology (1873), were installed for the first time in America.
This School of Medicine was one of the first to provide for adequate clinical
instruction by the erection of its own hospital in 1823. In this hospital intramural
residency for senior students was established for the first time.
The School of Medicine has been co-educational since 1918.
BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES
The original medical building at the N. E corner of Lombard and Greene
Streets houses the office of the Dean, Room 101, the office of the Committee on
Admissions, Room 102, two lecture halls, the faculty room and office of the assist-
ant business manager.
The Administration Building, to the east of the original building, contains the
Baltimore offices of the Registrar and two lecture halls.
The laboratory building at 31 South Greene Street is occupied by the depart-
ments of Pathology, Bacteriology and Biochemistry
The Frank C. Bressler Research Laboratory provides the departments of
Anatomy, Histology and Embryology, Pharmacology, Physiology and Clinical
Pathology with facilities for teaching and research. It also houses the research
laboratories of the clinical departments, animal quarters, a laboratory for teaching
Operative Surgery, a lecture hall and the Bressler Memorial Room.
This building was erected in 1939-1940 at 29 South Greene Street opposite the
University Hospital. It was built with funds left to the School of Medicine by
the late Frank C. Bressler, an alumnus, supplemented by a grant from the Federal
government. The structure, in the shape of an I, extends east from Greene
Street, just north of the original building.
MEDICAL LIBRARY
The Medical Library of the University of Maryland, founded in 1813 by the
purchase of the collection of Dr. John Crawford, now numbers 33,000 volumes and
several thousand pamphlets and reprints. Over four hundred of the leading
medical journals, both foreign and domestic, are received regularly. The library
is housed in Davidge Hall, in close proximity to classrooms and laboratories, and
is open daily for the use of members of the faculty, the student body and the
profession generally. Libraries pertaining to particular phases of medicine are
maintained by several departments of the medical school.
The library of the Medical and Chirurgical Faculty of Maryland and the Welch
Medical Library are open to students of the medical school without charge.
Other libraries of Baltimore are the Peabody Library and the Enoch Pratt Free
Library.
OUT PATIENT DEPARTMENT
The Out Patient Department is located on the S.W. corner of Lombard and
Greene Streets. The building was originally the University Hospital. It has
been remodeled to provide space and facilities for more than thirty clinics, the
departments of X-ray, a Pharmacy, Laboratory and other ancillary services.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 885
Admission policies are predicated upon the teaching requirements of the School of
Medicine and the ward services of the University Hospital.
A close liaison is maintained with the City Health Department through the joint
efforts of the University Hospital and the City Department of Health in main-
taining the Well Baby Clinic, the Western Health District and the Medical Care
Clinic, which are housed in the Out Patient Department building.
The Department of Art and the Department of Dental Anatomy also have
quarters in the Out Patient Department building.
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL
The University Hospital, which is the property of the University of Maryland,
is the oldest institution for the care of the sick in the state of Maryland. It was
opened in September 1823, under the name of the Baltimore Infirmary, and at
that time consisted of but four wards, one of which was reserved for patients with
diseases of the eye.
In 1933-1934 the new University Hospital was erected and patients were
admitted to this building in November 1934. The new hospital is situated at the
southwest corner of Redwood and Greene Streets, and is consequently opposite
the medical school buildings. The students, therefore, are in close proximity
and little time is lost in passing from the lecture halls and laboratories to the
clinical facilities of the new building.
This new building, with its modern planning, makes a particularly attractive
teaching hospital and is a very valuable addition to the clinical facilities of the
medical school.
The new hospital has a capacity of 435 beds and 65 bassinets devoted to general
medicine, surgery, obstetrics, pediatrics, and the various medical and surgical
specialties.
The teaching zone extends from the second to the eighth floor and comprises
wards for surgery, medicine, obstetrics, pediatrics, and a large clinical lecture hall.
There are approximately 270 beds available for teaching.
The space of the whole north wing of the second floor is occupied by the de-
partment of roentgenology. - The east wing houses clinical pathology and special
laboratories for clinical microscopy, biochemistry, bacteriology, and an especially
well appointed laboratory for students' training. The south wing provides space
for electro-cardiographic and basal metabolism departments, with new and very
attractive air-conditioned or oxygen therapy cubicles. The west wing contains
the departments of rhinolaryngology and bronchoscopy, industrial surgery, and
male and female cystoscopy.
The third and fourth floors each provide two medical and two surgical wards.
The fifth floor contains two wards for pediatrics, and on the sixth floor there are
two wards for obstetrics. Each ward occupies the space of one wing of the
hospital.
On the seventh floor is the general operating suite, the delivery suite, and the
central supply station. The eighth floor is essentially a students' floor and affords
a mezzanine over the operating and delivery suites, and a students' entrance to
the clinical lecture hall.
886 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
In the basement there is a very well appointed pathological department with a
large teaching autopsy room and its adjunct service of instruction of students in
pathological anatomy.
The hospital receives a large number of accident patients because of its prox-
imity to the largest manufacturing and shipping districts of the city.
The obstetrical service provides accommodation for 40 ward patients and
assures the student abundant obstetrical training. During the year ending De-
cember 31st 1952, 3160 patients were delivered and discharged. Of these, 2220
were service cases and available for teaching. Each member of the graduating
class participated in an average of 11 deliveries in addition to those he attended
at Baltimore City Hospitals as a junior student.
The dispensaries associated with the University Hospital and the Mercy Hospi-
tal are organized upon a uniform plan in order that the teaching may be the same
in each. Each dispensary has the following departments: medicine, surgery,
pediatrics, ophthalmology, otology, genito-urinary, gynecology, gastroenterology,
neurology, orthopaedics, proctology, dermatology, laryngology, rhinology, car-
diology, tuberculosis, psychiatry, oral surgery and oncology.
All students in their junior year work each day during one-third of the year
in the departments of medicine and surgery of the dispensaries. In their senior
year, all students work one hour each day in the special departments.
MERCY HOSPITAL
The Sisters of Mercy first assumed charge of the Hospital at the corner of Cal-
vert and Saratoga Streets, then owned by the Washington University, in 1874
By the merger of 1878 the Hospital came under the control of the College of
Physicians and Surgeons, but the Sisters continued their work of ministering to the
patients.
In a very few years it became apparent that the City Hospital, as it was then
called, was much too small to accommodate the rapidly growing demands upon it.
However, it was not until 1888 that the Sisters of Mercy, with the assistance of
the Faculty of the College of Physicians and Surgeons, were able to lay the corner-
stone of the present hospital. This building was completed and occupied late in
1889. Since then the growing demands for more space have compelled the erec-
tion of additions, until now there are accommodations for 350 patients.
In 1909 the name was changed from The Baltimore City Hospital to Mercy
Hospital.
The clinical material in the free wards is under the exclusive control of the
Faculty of the University of Maryland School of Medicine and College of Physi-
cians and Surgeons.
THE BALTIMORE CITY HOSPITALS
The clinical facilities of the School of Medicine have been largely increased by
the liberal decision of the Department of Public Welfare to allow the use of the
wards of these hospitals for medical education. The autopsy material also is
available for student instruction.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 887
Members of the junior class make daily visits to these hospitals for clinical
instruction in medicine, surgery, and the specialties.
The Baltimore City Hospitals consist of the following separate divisions:
The General Hospital, 400 beds, 90 bassinets.
The Hospital for Chronic Cases, 575 beds.
The Hospital for Tuberculosis, 280 beds.
Infirmary (Home for Aged) 700 beds.
THE JAMES LAWRENCE KERNAN HOSPITAL AND INDUSTRIAL SCHOOL OF
MARYLAND FOR CRIPPLED CHILDREN
This institution is situated on an estate of 75 acres at Dickeyville. The site
is within the northwestern city limits and of easy access to the city proper.
The location is ideal for the treatment of children, in that it affords all the ad-
vantages of sunshine and country air.
A hospital unit, complete in every respect, offers all modern facilities for the
care of any orthopaedic condition in children.
The hospital is equipped with 80 beds — endowed, and city and state supported.
The orthopaedic dispensary at the University Hospital is maintained in closest
affiliation and cares for the cases discharged from the Kernan Hospital. The
physical therapy department is very well equipped with modern apparatus
and trained personnel. Occupational therapy has been fully established and
developed under trained technicians.
THE BALTIMORE EYE, EAR, AND THROAT HOSPITAL
This institution was first organized and operated in 1882 as an outgrowth of the
Baltimore Eye and Ear Dispensary, which closed on June 14, 1882. The name
then given to the new hospital was The Baltimore Eye and Ear Charity Hospital.
It was located at the address now known as 625 W. Franklin St. The out-patient
department was opened on September 18, 1882 and the hospital proper on
November 1 of the same year. In 1898 a new building afforded 24 free beds
and 8 private rooms; by 1907 the beds numbered 47; at present there are 60 beds,
29 of which are free. In 1922 the present hospital building at 1214 Eutaw Place
was secured and in 1926 the dispensary was opened. In 1928 a clinical laboratory
was installed. During 1952 the out-patient visits numbered 23,643.
Through the kindness of the Hospital Board and Staff, our junior students
have access to the dispensary which they visit in small groups for instruction in
ophthalmology.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
METHOD OF MAKING APPLICATION
Requests for application forms should be filed not earlier than September 15th
preceding by one year the desired date of admission. These forms may be secured
from the Committee on Admissions, School of Medicine, University of Maryland.
Baltimore 1, Maryland.
888 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION TO THE FIRST YEAR
Application for admission is made by filing the required form and by having all
pertinent data sent directly to the Committee on Admissions, in accordance with
the instructions accompanying the application.
Consideration will be given applications received after December 1st provided
the class is not complete.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING
Students who have attended approved medical schools are eligible to file ap-
plications for admission to the second- and third-year classes only. These ap-
plicants must be prepared to meet the current first-year entrance requirements in
addition to presenting acceptable medical school credentials, and a medical school
record based on courses which are quantitatively and qualitatively equivalent to
similar courses in this school.
Application to advanced standing is made in accordance with the instructions
accompanying the application form.
Persons who already hold the degree of Doctor of Medicine will not be admit-
ted to the Medical School as a candidate for that degree from this university.
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
The minimum requirements for admission to the School of Medicine are;
(a) Graduation from an approved secondary school, or the awarding of a high
school equivalency certificate by a state or county board of public educa-
tion, and
(b) Three academic years of acceptable college credit, exclusive of physical edu-
cation and military sciences, earned in colleges of arts and sciences,
whose names occur in the current list of "Approved Colleges of Arts and
Sciences" as compiled by the Council on Medical Education and Hos-
pitals of the American Medical Association. The quantity and quality
of this course of study shall be equivalent to that required for recommen-
dation by the institution where the college courses are being, or have
been, pursued.
(c) The following courses and credits in basic required subjects must be
completed by June of the year the applicant desires to be admitted :
Stmesler hours Quarter houri
General biology or zoology *(6) 8 *(9) 12
Inorganic chemistry *(6) 8 *(9) 12
Organic chemistry 6-8 9-12
General physics *(6) 8 *(9) 12
English 6 9
Modern language (German, French, Spanish) . . 6 9
* Consideration will be given applicants from the New England area where 6 semester
hours, or 9 quarter hours, is the standard credit for a science course.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
889
(d) The total semester-hour or quarter-hour credits presented must be equiv-
alent in quantity and quality to three-fourths of the credit requirement
for graduation by the recommending institution, exclusive of courses in
physical education and military sciences.
Applicants who are unable to complete these requirements by June of the
year admission is desired, will be considered contingent on places being
available, provided all basic required courses and credits shall have been
absolved by June as indicated in (c) above.
(e) Students will not be admitted who have unabsolved conditions or failures
in college courses.
Elective courses should be selected from the following three groups,
desirable courses are shown in bold face type.
Highly
Natural Sciences
Vertebrate Embryol-
ogy
Comparative Vertebrate
Anatomy
Quantitative Analysis
Physical Chemistry
Mathematics
Social Sciences
Economics
History
Political Science
Psychology (a genera!
course is desirable)
Sociology, etc.
Humanities
English (an advanced
course in English
composition should
be taken, if possible)
Scientific German or
French (A reading
knowledge of either
language is desirable,
although German is
preferred)
Philosophy
Careful attention should be given the selection of elective courses in the
natural sciences. It is suggested that the elective list given herewith be used as
a guide. The remainder of college credits should be accumulated from courses
designed to promote a broad cultural development. Thirty six semester hours
in the humanities and social sciences are recommended in a three-year col-
lege course. Students should avoid taking courses in college which are included
in the medical curriculum, for example histology, human anatomy, bacteriology,
physiology, neurology and physiological chemistry.
It is not intended that these suggestions be interpreted as restrictions upon
the education of students who manifest an aptitude for the natural sciences or as
limitations upon the development of students who plan to follow research work in
the field of medicine.
In accepting candidates for admission, preference will be given to those appli-
cants who have acceptable scholastic records in secondary school and college,
satisfactory scores in the Medical College Admission Test, given in May each
year, favorable letters of recommendation from their premedical committees, or
from one instructor in each of the departments of biology, chemistry, and
physics, and who in other respects give promise of becoming successful students
and physicians of high standing.
Those candidates for admission who are permanently accepted will receive
a certificate of matriculation from the office of the Dean.
890 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
COMBINED COURSE IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND MEDICINE
A combined seven years' curriculum leading to the degrees of Bachelor of
Science and Doctor of Medicine is offered by the University of Maryland. The
first three years are taken in residence in the College of Arts and Sciences at Col-
lege Park, and the last four years in the School of Medicine in Baltimore. (See
University catalogue for details of quantitative and qualitative college course
requirements.)
If a candidate for the combined degree completes the work of the first year in
the School of Medicine with an average of C or better without failures, and if he
has absolved the quantitative and qualitative college requirements set up by the
University, he is eligible to recommendation by the Dean of the School of Medicine
that the degree of Bachelor of Science be conferred.
Because the general commencement usually takes place before the School of
Medicine is prepared to release grades of the first-year class, this combined degree
of Bachelor of Science is conferred at the commencement following the candidate's
second year of residence in the School of Medicine
STATE MEDICAL STUDENT QUALIFYING CERTIFICATES
Candidates for admission who live in or expect to practice medicine in Pennsyl-
vania, New Jersey or New York, should apply to their respective state boards of
education for medical student qualifying certificates (Pennsylvania and New
Jersey) or approval of applications for medical student qualifying certificates
(New York).
Those students who are accepted must file satisfactory State certificates in the
office of the Committee on Admissions, School of Medicine, before registration.
No exceptions will be made to this requirement.
Addresses of the Stale Certifying Offices
Director of Credentials Section, Pennsylvania Department of Public In-
struction, Harrisburg, Pa.
Chief of the Bureau of Credentials, New Jersey Department of Public In-
struction, Trenton, N. J.
Supervisor of Qualifying Certificates, The State Education Department,
Examinations and Inspections Division, Albany, N. Y.
DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE AND NON-RESIDENCE
Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if at the time of
their registration their parents have been domiciled in this State for at least one
year.
The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his first
registration in the University, and may not thereafter be changed by him unless,
in the case of a minor, his parents move to and become legal residents of the State
by maintaining such residence for at least one full year. However, the right of the
minor students to change from a non-resident to resident status must be estab-
lished by him prior to the registration period for any semester.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 891
Adult students are considered to be resident if at the time of their registration
they have been domicilied in this State for at least one year provided such resi-
dence has not been acquired while attending any school or college in Maryland or
elsewhere.
The word domicile as used in this regulation shall mean the permanent place of
abode For the purpose of this rule only one domicile may be maintained.
CURRENT FEES
Matriculation fee (paid once) $10.00
Tuition fee (each year) — Residents of Maryland 450.00
Tuition fee (each year) — Non-Residents 700.00
Laboratory fee (each year) 25.00
Student health service fee (each year) 30.00
Student activities and service fee (each year) 20.00
fLodging and meals fee 20.00
Graduation fee 15.00
Re-examination fee (each subject) 5.00
Transcript fee to graduates. First copy gratis, each copy thereafter 1.00
t Senior Students will be billed for this fee, covering lodging and meals for a two-week
period while on obstetrical service at Baltimore City Hospitals. This fee must be paid
by all senior students whether or not they serve during the previous summer or dur-
ing the academic year.
RULES FOR PAYMENT OF FEES
No fees are returnable.
Make all checks or money orders payable to the "University of Maryland".
When offering checks or money orders in payment of tuition and other fees,
students are requested to have them drawn in the exact amount of such fees.
Personal checks whose face value is in excess of the fees due will be accepted for
collection only.
Acceptance. — Payment of the matriculation fee of $10.00 and of a deposit on
tuition of $50.00 is required of accepted applicants before the expiration date
specified in the offer of acceptance. This $60.00 deposit is not returnable and
will be forfeited if the applicant fails to register, or it will be applied to the appli-
cant's first semester's charges on registration.
Registration. — All students, after proper certification, are required to register
at the business office, Gray Laboratory. (See calendar page 5 of this bulletin
for dates for the payments of fees, and the note regarding late registration fee.)
One-half of the tuition fee and all of the following — the laboratory fee, the
student health fee, the maintenance and service fee and the student activities fee
are payable on the date specified for registration for the first semester.
The remainder of the tuition fee shall be paid on the date designated for the
payment of fees for the second semester. Fourth year students shall pay the
graduation fee, in addition, at this time.
892 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
PENALTY FOR NON-PAYMENT OF FEES
If semester fees are not paid in full on the specified registration dates, a penalty
of $5.00 will be added.
If a satisfactory settlement, or an agreement for settlement, is not made with
the business office within ten days after a payment is due, the student automatically
is debarred from attendance on classes and will forfeit the other privileges of the
School of Medicine.
REEXAMINATION FEE
A student who is eligible to reexaminations must pay the business office $5.00 for
each subject in which he is to be examined, and he must present the receipt to the
faculty member giving the examination before he will be permitted to take the
examination.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES AND SERVICE FEE
This fee pays for the use of clothing lockers, provides library privileges, main-
tains student loan collections, a student lounge and cafeteria. It supports a rec-
reational program for students of all classes, provides photographs for all school
purposes, including state boards. It supports the activities of the Student
Council. A portion ($5) of this fee provides a year-book for each medical student.
STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
James R. Karns, M.D Director, Student Health Service.
The Medical School has made provision for the systematic care of students ac-
cording to the following plan:
1. Preliminary Examination — All new students will be examined during the
first week of the semester. Notice of the date, time, and place of the examination
will be announced to the classes and on the bulletin board. The passing of this
physical examination is necessary before final acceptance of any student.
2. Medical Attention — Students in need of medical attention will be seen by
the director, Dr. James R. Karns, in his office on the 8th floor University Hospital
at 12 m. daily, except Saturday and Sunday. In case of necessity, students will
be seen at their homes.
3. Hospitalization — If it becomes necessary for any student to enter the hospital
during the school year, the school has arranged for the payment of part or all of his
hospital expenses, depending on the length of his stay and special expenses incur-
red. This applies only to students admitted through the school physician's office.
4. Physical Defects — Prospective students are advised to have any known
physical defects corrected before entering school in order to prevent loss of time
which later correction might incur.
5. Eye Examination — Each new matriculant is required to undergo an eye
examination at the hands of an oculist (Doctor of Medicine) within the three
months immediately preceding his entrance to the School of Medicine. Long
study hours bring out unsuspected eye defects which cause loss of time and ineffi-
ciency in study if not corrected before school work is under way.
6. Limitations — It is not the function of this service to treat chronic conditions
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 893
contracted by students before admission, nor to extend treatment to acute condi-
tions arising in the period between academic years, unless the school physician
recommends this service.
GENERAL RULES
The right is reserved to make changes in the curriculum, the requirements for
graduation, the fees and in any of the regulations whenever the university
authorities deem it expedient.
GRADING SYSTEM
Official grades are designated by these symbols:
Symbol Scholarship Numerical Equivalent
A Superior 93-100
B Good 87- 92
C Fair 80- 86
D Passing 75- 79
F Failure Below 75
I Incomplete —
\VF Withdrew, failing —
The class standing of seniors only will be released. This standing will appear
on senior grade reports sent out from the Registrar's office after graduation.
ADVANCEMENT AND GRADUATION
1. No medical student will be permitted to begin work for credit in any semester
of any year who reports for classes later than one week after classes begin, except
by permission of the Dean.
2. No student will be permitted to advance with unabsolved failures.
3. An average of C or better without failures in the years most recently com-
pleted is required for advancement to junior and senior standing and for grad-
uation.
4. A student who in any one year has one failure together with grades of D
in all other subjects, will be dropped from the rolls.
5. A student who has failures in two completed major subjects will be dropped
from the rolls.
6. All students are required to attend 85% of scheduled classes and (excluding
seniors) take spring examinations unless excused by the Dean.
7. Should a student be required to repeat any year in any course, he must pay
regular fees.
8. A student failing his final examinations for graduation at the end of the fourth
year will be required to repeat the entire course of the fourth year and take exam-
inations in such other branches as may be required, provided he is permitted to
enter the school as a candidate for graduation.
9. The general fitness of a candidate for advancement and for graduation as
well as the results of his examinations will be taken into consideration by the
faculty.
894 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
EQUIPMENT
10. At the beginning of the first year, all freshmen must provide themselves
with microscopes of a satisfactory type equipped with a mechanical stage and a
substage lamp. Also, each freshman must possess a complete set of dissecting
instruments.
A standard microscope made by Bausch & Lomb; Leitz. Zeiss or Spencer
fitted with the following attachments, meets the requirements.
16 mm., lOx, 0.25 N.A. — 4.9 mm. working distance.
4 mm., 43x, 0.65 N.A. — 0.6 mm. working distance.
1.8 mm., 97x, oil immersion, 1.25 N.A. — 0.13 mm. working distance.
Oculars: lOx and 5x. Huygenian eyepieces.
Triple nose pieces with 16 mm., 4 mm., and 1.9 mm. 125 N.A. oil immersion lens.
Wide aperture stage with quick screw condenser and built on, but detachable,
ungraduated mechanical stage. Substage condenser, variable focusing type 1.25
N.A. with iris diaphragm. A rack and pinion focusing device is preferred. Mir-
ror-plane on one side, concave on the other. A carrying case is recommended.
Students are cautioned with respect to the purchase of used or odd-lot micro-
scopes since some older instruments were equipped with a 4 mm. (high dry)
objective whose N.A. is marked as 0.85 N.A. This objective has such a short
working distance (0.3 mm.) that it is difficult or impossible to focus through thick
cover glasses or the standard haemocytometer cover glass without breakage. All
used microscopes are subject to inspection and approval by the Department of
Microscopic Anatomy, second floor Bressler Research Laboratory, 29 S. Greene
Street. See Dr. Lutz. This inspection is not made during August.
11. Students in the second year class are required to provide stethoscopes.
12. Third- and fourth-year students are required to provide themselves with
haemocytometers, sphygmomanometers, opthalmoscopes and otoscopes.
STATE QUALIFYING CERTIFICATES
13. Candidates for admission who live in or expect to practice medicine in
Pennsylvania, New Jersey or New York must file State qualifying certificates in
the office of the Committee on Admissions, School of Medicine, before registration.
No exception will be made to this rule.
EYE EXAMINATION BEFORE ADMISSION
14. Each new matriculant in each class is required to present to the Committee
on Admissions a certificate from an oculist, (a graduate in medicine) that the
matriculate's eyes have been examined under a cycloplegic and are in condition,
with or without glasses as the case may be, to endure the strain of close and in-
tensive reading.
It is required that this examination be completed within three months prior to
registration and that the certificate be mailed to the Committee on Admissions
not later than one month before registration.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 895
AWARDING OF COMBINED DEGREES
15. Students entering the School of Medicine on a three-year requirement basis
from colleges which usually grant a degree on the successful completion of the first
year of medicine, are restricted by the following regulations:
a — The candidate must present a certificate from his college or university that
he has absolved the quantitative and qualitative premedical requirements
for this degree.
b — The candidate must acquire an average of C or better without failures for
the work of his first year in the School of Medicine.
c — The Dean of the School of Medicine reserves the right to withhold his
recommendation that a bachelor's degree be conferred at a commencement
which occurs before the official release of first-year medical grades.
COST OF TRANSCRIPTS
16. Graduates will receive the first transcript of record without charge. After
the first copy has been issued single copies will cost one dollar. When two or more
copies are requested at the same time the first copy will cost one dollar, ad-
ditional copies fifty cents each. Requests for transcripts must be filed with the
Registrar's Office, University of Maryland, 522 West Lombard Street, Baltimore-1,
Maryland.
CHANGE OF ADDRESS
17. Students are required to give the Dean's Office prompt notice of change in
address.
HOUSING
There are no housing or living accommodations on the campus of the medical
school.
PARKING
Because of lack of space on the university parking lots no parking facilities
are provided thereon for students.
LIBRARY REGULATIONS
Loan Regulations
Loan periods have been worked out according to demand for and protection of
different types of material.
Two-Week Loans: All books except those on reserve.
One-Week Loans: All journals except the latest number (which does not
circulate), and those on reserve.
Overnight Loans: Books and journals on reserve.
(4 p.m-12 :30 a.m.)
Special Rules for Books on Reserve:
Students whose names appear on the check-list for the Mercy Hospital section
will be granted the necessary hours to return reserve books.
896 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Overnight books may be reserved in advance only within the week in which they
will be used. Books may be reserved on Saturday for the following Monday.
Overnight books may not be reserved two successive nights by the same person.
Advance reserves will be held until one hour before closing.
Fines
Fines are imposed not to acquire money, but to assure equal access to books
Two-Week Loans: 5f! per day.
One-Week Loans: 5£ per day.
Overnight Loans: 15£ for first hour; 5£ for each additional hour or fraction
thereof.
Lost Books: List price of the book. (Lost books should be reDorted at once).
All books must be returned, lost books replaced or paid for, and fines paid before
a student can finish the year in good standing.
In fairness to all concerned, these rules must be enforced without exception.
CERTIFICATION FOR STATE BOARD AND NATIONAL BOARD
EXAMINATIONS
No student will be certified to State Board or National Board examiners who
has unabsolved failures in subjects taken during the academic period covered
by these examinations.
WITHDRAWALS AND REFUNDS
Formal Withdrawal Procedures
Students over 21 years of age desiring to leave the School of Medicine at any
time during the academic year are required to file with the Dean a written applica-
tion for withdrawal. In addition, the student must secure an "honorable dismissal
release" form from the Dean's secretary, and return this to the Dean's office
appropriately signed by representatives of the departments listed thereon, together
with his "matriculation certificate."
If these procedures are not completed, the student will not be entitled to honor-
able dismissal nor to refund of fees.
Students under 21 years of age, must supplement the procedures previously
described with the written consent of their parents or guardians.
Academic Standing On Withdrawal
Students who voluntarily withdraw during an academic semester will be given
no credit.
Students are not permitted to resort to withdrawal in order to preclude current
or impending failures. Their standing on withdrawal will be recorded in the
registrar's office.
Students who withdraw from the School of Medicine, must apply to the Com-
mittee on Admissions for readmission, unless other arrangements have been con-
summated with the Dean's written consent.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 897
Refunds on Withdrawal
Students who are eligible to honorable dismissal will receive a refund of current
charges, after the matriculation fee has been deducted, according to the following
schedule:
Period elapsed after instruction begins. Percentage refundable
Two weeks or less 80%
Between two and three weeks 60%
Between three and four weeks 40%
Between four and five weeks 20%
After five weeks 0
PRIZES
THE FACULTY PRIZE
The Faculty will award the Faculty Gold Medal and Certificate and five Certifi-
cates of Honor to six of the first ten highest ranking candidates for graduation
who, during the four academic years, have exhibited outstanding qualifications
for the practice of medicine.
THE DR. A. BRADLEY GAITHER MEMORIAL PRIZE
A prize of $25.00 is given each year by Mrs. A. Bradley Gaither as a memorial
to the late Dr. A. Bradley Gaither, to the student in the senior class doing the best
work in genito-urinary surgery.
THE WILLIAM D. WOLFE MEMORIAL PRIZE
(Value $100.00 each)
A certificate of proficiency and a prize of $100.00 will be awarded each year
until the fund is dissipated, to the graduate selected by the Advisory Board of the
Faculty showing greatest proficiency in Dermatology.
THE DR. LEONARD M. HUMMEL MEMORIAL AWARD
A gold medal and certificate of proficiency will be awarded annually, as a
memorial to the late Dr. Leonard M. Hummel, to the graduate selected by the
Advisory Board of the Faculty who has manifested outstanding qualifications in
Internal Medicine.
SCHOLARSHIPS
All scholarships are assigned for one academic year, unless specifically rea warded
on consideration of an application.
Official application forms are obtainable at the Dean's office, where they
must be filed not later than May 15th for the ensuing academic year.
THE DR. SAMUEL LEON FRANK SCHOLARSHIP
(Value $100.00)
This scholarship was established by Mrs. Bertha Rayner Frank as a memorial
to the late Dr. Samuel Leon Frank, an alumnus of this university.
898 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
It is awarded by the Trustees of the Endowment Fund of the University each
year upon nomination by the Advisory Board of the Faculty "to a medical stu-
dent of the University of Maryland, who in the judgment of said Council, is of
good character and in need of pecuniary assistance to continue his medical
course."
This scholarship is awarded to a second, third or fourth year student who has
successfully completed one year's work in this school. No student may hold
this scholarship for more than two years.
THE CHARLES M. HITCHCOCK SCHOLARSHIPS
(Value $100.00 each)
Two scholarships were established from a bequest to the School of Medicine
by the late Charles M. Hitchcock, M.D., an alumnus of the university.
These scholarships are awarded annually by the Trustees of the Endowment
Fund of the University, upon nomination by the Advisory Board of the Faculty,
to students who have meritoriously completed the work of at least the first year
of the course in medicine, and who present to the Board satisfactory evidence of
a good moral character and of inability to continue the course without pecuniary
assistance.
THE RANDOLPH WINSLOW SCHOLARSHIP
(Value $100.00)
This scholarship was established by the late Randolph Winslow, M.D., LL.D.
It is awarded annually by the Trustees of the Endowment Fund of the Univer-
sity, upon nomination by the Advisory Board of the Faculty, to a "needy student
of the Senior, Junior, or Sophomore Class of the Medical School."
"He must have maintained an average grade of 85% in all his work up to the
time of awarding the scholarship."
"He must be a person of good character and must satisfy the Faculty Board
that he is worthy of and in need of assistance."
THE DR. LEO KARLINSKY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP
(Value $125.00)
This scholarship was established by Mrs. Ray Mintz Karlinsky as a memorial
to her husband, the late Dr. Leo Karlinsky, an alumnus of the university.
It is awarded annually by the Trustees of the Endowment Fund of the Univer-
sity, upon the nomination of the Advisory Board of the Faculty, to "a needy stu-
dent of the Senior, Junior or Sophomore Class of the Medical School."
He must have maintained in all his work up to the time of awarding the scholar-
ship a satisfactory grade of scholarship.
He must be a person of good character and must satisfy the Advisory Board
that he is worthy of and in need of assistance.
THE UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIP
A scholarship which entitles the holder to exemption from payment of tuition
fee for the year, is awarded annually by the Advisory Board of the Faculty to a
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
student of the senior class in need of assistance who presents to the Board satis-
factory evidence of good character and scholarship.
THE FREDERICA GEHRMANN SCHOLARSHIP
(Value $200.00)
(Not open to holders of Warfield and Cohen Scholarships)
This scholarship was established by the bequest of the late Mrs. Frederica
Gehrmann and is awarded to a third-year student who at the end of the second
year has passed the best practical examinations in physiology, pharmacology,
pathology, bacteriology, immunology, serology, surgical anatomy and neuro-
anatomy.
THE CLARENCE AND GENEVRA WARFIELD SCHOLARSHIPS
(Value $300.00 each)
There are five scholarships established by the regents from the income of the
fund bequeathed by the will of Dr. Clarence Warfield.
Terms and Conditions: These scholarships are available to students of any of
the classes of the course in medicine. Preference is given to students from the
counties of the state of Maryland which the Advisory Board of the Faculty may
from time to time determine to be most in need of medical practitioners.
Any student receiving one of these scholarships must agree, after graduation
and a year's internship, to undertake the practice of medicine, for a term of two
years, in the county to which the student is accredited, or in a county selected by
the Board. In the event that a student is not able to comply with the condition
requiring him to practice in the county to which he is accredited by the Board,
the money advanced by the regents shall be refunded by the student.
THE ISRAEL AND CECELIA E. COHEN SCHOLARSHIP
(Value $150.00)
This scholarship was established by the late Eleanor S. Cohen in memory of
her parents, Israel and Cecelia E. Cohen. Terms and conditions: This scholarship
will be available to students of any one of the classes of the course in medicine;
preference is given to students of the counties in the state of Maryland which the
Advisory Board of the Faculty may from time to time determine to be most in
need of medical practitioners. Any student receiving one of these scholarships
must, after graduation and a year's internship, agree to undertake the practice of
medicine for a term of two years in the county to which the student is accredited,
or in a county selected by the council. In the event that a student is not able to
comply with the condition requiring him to practice in the county to which he is
accredited by the Board, the money advanced by the regents shall be refunded.
THE DR. HORACE BRUCE HETRICK SCHOLARSHIP
(Value $250.00)
This scholarship was established by Dr. Horace Bruce Hetrick as a memorial
to his sons, Bruce Hayward Hetrick and Augustus Christian Hetrick. It is to
be awarded by the Advisory Board of the Faculty to a student of the senior class.
900 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
THE HENRY ROLANDO SCHOLARSHIP
(Value approximately $250.00)
The Henry Rolando Scholarship was established by the Board of Regents o:
the University of Maryland from a bequest to the Board by the late Anne H
Rolando for the use of the Faculty of Medicine.
This scholarship will be awarded each academic year on the recommendation
of the Advisory Board of the Faculty to a "poor and deserving student."
THE READ SCHOLARSHIPS
The sum of $500.00 is now available to cover two (2) scholarships in the
amount of $250.00 each for a given academic year. Beginning in 1945, these
scholarships were made possible by a donation from the Read Drug and Chemical
Company of Baltimore, Maryland. Two students are to be selected by the Dean
of the School of Medicine in collaboration with the Scholarship and Loan Commit-
tees of the Medical School with the provision that the students selected shall be
worthy, deserving students, residents of the State of Maryland.
LOAN FUNDS
W. K. KELLOGG FUND
This loan fund was established in the academic year 1942 with money granted
by the W. K. Kellogg Foundation. The interest paid on the loans, together with
the principal of the fund as repaid, will be used to found a rotating loan fund.
Loans will be made on the basis of need, character and scholastic attainment.
FACULTY OF MEDICINE LOAN FUND
A Faculty of Medicine Loan Fund was established with money derived from
the bequest of Dr. William R. Sanderson, Class 1882, and the gift of Dr. Albert
Stein, Class 1907 and a gift of Dr. Frank A. Merlino, Class 1928. Loans will be
made on the basis of need, character, and scholastic ability.
THE EDWARD L. MEIERHOF LOAN FUND
This bequest was established through a grant from Dr. Edward L. Meierhof,
who was graduated from the Medical School in 1881. The principal of this fund
will be used as a rotating loan fund from which loans will be made to regularly
enrolled students of the School of Medicine on the basis of need, character and
scholastic attainment.
THE CHAS. PFIZER & CO., INC. LOAN FUND
This fund was made possible through the generosity of Chas. Pfizer & Co.,
Inc.
Loans are made upon the recommendation of the Scholarship and Loan Com-
mittee with the approval of the Dean.
Students are eligible for loans from this fund who furnish evidence of financial
need and manifest traits of character and scholastic attainment giving promise of
being physicians of high standing.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 901
THE JAY W. EATON LOAN FUND
This fund was established by the local chapter of the Nu Sigma Nu Fraternity
n memory of Jay W. Eaton of the class of 1946.
Beginning in 1946 an interest-free loan of $100.00 will be made to some worthy
nember of the senior class, on recommendation of the Scholarship Committee of
the School of Medicine. This loan is to be credited to the tuition fee of the ap-
pointed student and is to be repaid by the student within four years following his
graduation.
THE SENIOR CLASS LOAN FUND
The senior class of 1945 originated this fund which will accumulate by subscrip-
tion from among members of each senior class.
The conditions of the agreement provide that the dean of the School of Medicine
ward a loan of $100.00 to a needy member of the senior class on the recommenda-
tion of a self-perpetuating committee of two members of the faculty.
Loans from this fund are to be credited to the tuition fee of the appointed
student and are to be repaid within five years from the date of graduation.
THE STUDENT AID FUND FOR SENIORS
This fund was originated by the class of 1950 and is sponsored by the senior
class of each succeeding year. The purpose of the fund is to provide financial
aid for any deserving member of the senior class. All members of the senior
class are eligible to apply for a loan. Applications may be filed at the office of the
dean.
The conditions of the agreement provide that the Scholarship and Loan Com-
mittee award loans to members of the senior class on recommendation of a self-
perpetuating committee of two members of the faculty who may call on the
president of the senior class for assistance, if desired.
Loans from this fund are made on a non-interest bearing basis and are payable
within five years. A signed note is required. No co-signers are necessary.
ORGANIZATION OF THE CURRICULUM
The curriculum is organized under fifteen departments.
1. Anaesthesiology.
2. Anatomy (including Histology, Embryology, and Neuro-anatomy) .
3. Bacteriology and Immunology.
4. Biological Chemistry.
5. Gynecology.
6. Medicine (including Medical Specialties).
7. Obstetrics.
8. Ophthalmology.
9. Pathology.
10. Pediatrics.
15. Pharmacology.
16. Physiology.
13. Psychiatry.
14. Roentgenology.
15. Surgery (including Surgical Specialties).
902 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The instruction is given in four academic years of graded work.
Several courses of study extend through two years or more, but in no case are
the students of different years thrown together in the same course of teaching.
The first and second years are devoted largely to the study of the structures,
functions and chemistry of the normal body. Laboratory work occupies most of
the student's time during these two years.
Some introductory instruction in medicine and surgery is given in the second
year. The third and fourth years are almost entirely clinical.
A special feature of instruction in the school is the attempt to bring together
teacher and student in close personal relationship. In many courses of instruc-
tion the classes are divided into small groups and a large number of instructors
insures attention to the requirements of each student.
In most courses the final examination as the sole test of proficiency has dis-
appeared and the student's final grade is determined largely by partial examina-
tions, recitations and assigned work carried on throughout the course.
ANESTHESIOLOGY
Robert B. Dodd Professor of Anaesthesiology and Head of the Department
Alfred T. Nelson Clinical Professor of Anesthesiology
Paul R. Hackett Associate Professor of Anesthesiology
Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology
Associate in Anaesthesiology
James Russo Assistant in Anaesthesiology
During the pre-clinical years and the third year, the department of Anesthe-
siology will present a series of guest lectures. The purpose of these lectures will
be to show the application of the basic science material to the clinical practice of
anesthesiology. In the third year the lectures will demonstrate how the various
facets of the clinical entity under discussion affect the choice of pre-anesthetic
medication, the anesthetic agent and the technique to be employed.
Fourth Year. Each senior student is required to spend six hours per week for
four weeks observing and administering anesthesia in the operating room at the
University Hospital. During this period informal group discussions will be held
to emphasize the factors affecting the management of the patient and the relation
of these factors to the cases observed by the students in the operating rooms.
ANATOMY
Gross Anatomy
Eduard Uhlenhtjth Professor of Anatomy and Head of the Department
Vernon E. Krahl Associate Professor of Anatomy
Karl F. Mech Assistant Professor of Anatomy
Robert E. McCafferty Instructor in Anatomy
Nathan Snyder Instructor in Anatomy of the Eye, Ear, Nose and Throat
Gladys E. VVadsworth Instructor in Anatomy
William E. Loechel Medical Artist
Histology, Embryology and N euro- Anatomy
Frank H. J. Figge Professor of Anatomy
O. G. Harne Associate Professor of Anatomy
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 903
John F. Lutz Assistant Professor of Anatomy
Geraldine F. Wolfe Assistant in Anatomy
V. V. Brunst Research Associate in Anatomy
Vernon M. Gelhaus. John F. B. Weaver Summer Fellow in Histology and Embryology
Surgical Anatomy
Otto C. Brantigan Professor of Surgical Anatomy
W. Wallace Walker Associate Professor of Surgical Anatomy
William B. Settle Assistant Professor of Surgical Anatomy
Herbert E. Reifschneloer Associate in Surgical Anatomy
Harry C. Bowie Associate in Surgical Anatomy
Ross Z. Pierpont Associate in Surgical Anatomy
Richard M. Garrett Instructor in Surgical Anatomy
Gross Anatomy. First Year. First semester. The gross structure of the
human body, studied by dissection of the human cadaver. The entire human
body is dissected. Approximately 370 hours; of these 80 hours are devoted to
lectures and conferences, the rest to laboratory work and demonstrations. Drs.
Uhlenhuth, Krahl, Mech, McCafferty and Miss Wadsworth.
First Year. First Semester. Peripheral Nervous System. A lecture course
of approximately 32 hours, in two-hour periods each Saturday morning. Dr.
Uhlenhuth.
Histology and Embryology First Year. First Semester. The Microscopic
Structure of the Organs, Tissues and Cells of the Human Body.
This course will present an integrated study of the histology and embryology
of the human body.
An attempt will be made to correlate this with gross anatomy as well as other
subjects in the medical curriculum. Special emphasis will be placed on the dy-
namic and functional aspects of the subject. 150 hours. Dr. Figge, Prof. Harne,
Drs. Lutz and Brunst.
Neuroanatomy. First Year. Second Semester. The Central Nervous Sys-
tem. The study of the detailed anatomy of the central nervous system will
be coordinated with the structure and function of the entire nervous system. This
study will require the dissection of a human brain and the examination of stained
microscopic sections of various levels of the brain stem. 100 hours. Dr. Figge,
Prof. Harne, Drs. Lutz, Browne and Kiel.
Surgical Anatomy. Second Year. Second Semester. Topographic and
Surgical Anatomy. The course is designed to bridge the gap between abstract
anatomy and clinical anatomy as applied to the study and practice of medicine
and surgery. Students are required to dissect and demonstrate all points, out-
lines and regions of the cadaver. Underlying regions are dissected to bring out
lines and relations of structures. Dr. Brantigan and staff.
Total hours: 96
Graduate and Postgraduate Courses. Consult the general catalog of the
University of Maryland for descriptions of these courses.
ART AS APPLIED TO MEDICINE
Carl Dame Clarke Associate Professor of Art as Applied to Medicine
Thomas M. Stevenson, Jr Junior Instructor in Art as Applied to Medicine
904 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Raymond J. Clayton, Jr Assistant in Art as Applied to Medicine
Jane L. Bleakxey Assistant in Art as Applied to Medicine
Nancy M. Balchun Assistant in Art as Applied to Medicine
This department is maintained for the purpose of supplying pictorial and plastic
illustrations for visual teaching in the classrooms of the medical school and for
publication in scientific periodicals. This also includes the preparation of illustra-
tions for use in public relations, drawings, paintings, photography, cinema-
tography, lithography and moulage. Research in prosthetics and the production
of prosthetic appliances are also carried out in this department.
Special courses of instruction are given to qualified students.
BACTERIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY
Frank W Hachtel Professor of Bacteriology and Head of the Department
Edward Steers Associate Professor of Bacteriology
Andrew G. Smith Assistant Professor of Bacteriology
H. Edmund Levin Associate in Bacteriology
Merrill J. Snyder Instructor in Bacteriology
Elizabeth C. Heinz Junior Instructor in Bacteriology
Norma Mary Keigler Bressler Reserve Fund Research Felllow in Bacteriology
Robert C. Wood U. S. Navy Research Fellow in Bacteriology
Mary V. Reed Bressler Reserve Fund Research Fellow in Bacteriology
Second Year. First Semester. The principles of general bacteriology are
taught by quiz, conference, and lecture.
Instruction given in the laboratory includes the methods of preparation of
culture media, the study of pathogenic bacteria, and the bacteriological examina-
tion of water and milk. The bacteriological diagnosis of communicable diseases
is also included.
Second Year. Second Semester. The principles of immunology are presented
by means of quizzes, conferences and lectures.
The course includes a consideration of infection and immunity, the nature and
action of the various antibodies, complement fixation and flocculation tests, hyper-
sensitiveness, and the preparation of bacterial vaccines.
Experiments are carried out by the class in the laboratory. During the latter
half of the semester the class is divided into sections.
Total hours: Bacteriology 150.
Immunology 72.
Graduate Courses. Consult the catalogue of the Graduate School for descrip-
tions of the graduate courses offered by members of the staff.
BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY
Emil G. Schmidt Professor of Biological Chemistry and Head of the Department
Edward J. Herbst Associate Professor of Biological Chemistry
Raymond E. Vanderlinde Assistant Professor of Biological Chemistry
William H. Summerson Lecturer in Biological Chemistry
Ann Virginia Brown Instructor in Biological Chemistry
Eleanor B. Glinos Research Assistant in Biological Chemistry
Shirley A. Cox Research Assistant in Biological Chemistry
Gerald Kessler Nutrition Foundation Fellow in Biological Chemistry
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 905
Frank D. Vasington Bressler Reserve Fund Fellow in Biological Chemistry
Andre J. Toussaint Fellow in Bacteriology
First Year. Second Semester. This course is designed to present the prin-
ciples of biological chemistry and to indicate their applications to the clinical
aspects of medicine. The phenomena of living matter and its chief ingredients,
secretions and excretions are discussed in lectures and conferences and examined
experimentally. Training is given in biochemical methods of investigation. Total
hours: 208.
Graduate Courses. Consult the catalogue of the Graduate School for descrip-
tions of the graduate courses offered by members of the staff.
BIOSTATISTICS
Refer to the Department of Hygiene and Public Health for a description of
this course.
CARDIOLOGY [a division of medicine]
In the third year a series of lectures and clinics correlated with pathological
studies is given the entire class.
In the fourth year students are assigned for two periods weekly for five weeks
to the Cardiac Clinic and attend consultation rounds and conferences on cardio-
vascular cases on the Medical wards.
CLINICAL PATHOLOGY [a division of medicine]
Milton S. Sacks Associate Professor of Medicine and Head of
the Division of Clinical Pathology
Marie A. Andersch Assistant Professor of Biochemistry in Medicine
Joseph B. Workman ■ Associate in Medicine
Perry O. Futterman Associate in Medicine
L. Ann Hellen Instructor in Medicine
Audrey M. Funk Instructor in Medicine
Stanley Miller Instructor in Medicine
William G. Esmond Baltimore Rh Typing Laboratory Fellow in Medicine
Alice M. Band Baltimore Rh Typing Laboratory Fellow in Medicine
Giovanni Raccuglia Anna Corman Fellow in Hematology
Frances S. Barccsca Research Assistant in Clinical Pathology
Third Year. First and second semesters. The course in Clinical Pathology is
designed to train the student in the performance and interpretation of fundamental
diagnostic laboratory procedures used in clinical medicine.
During the first semester the work is devoted to a thorough consideration of dis-
eases of the hematopoietic system. In the second semester, laboratory work in
urinalysis, gastric analysis, hepatic, pancreatic and renal functions, together with
a thorough discussion of underlying biochemical and physiological mechanisms is
undertaken. During this semester examination of cerebrospinal fluid, transudates
ind exudates is included. Elements of clinical parasitology complete the work in
this semester.
906 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Each student provides his own microscope and blood counting equipment. A
completely equipped locker is assigned to every student.
Total Hours: 128.
Fourth Year. During the fourth year the student applies in the laboratories of
the various affiliated hospitals the knowledge acquired during the preceding year.
A completely equipped locker is assigned enabling him to work independent of
the general laboratories. Instructors are available during certain hours to give
necessary assistance and advice.
DENTISTRY [a division of surgery]
'Brice M. Dorsey Professor of Oral Surgery
'Myron S. Aisenberg Professor of Pathology
'Joseph C. Biddix, Jr Professor of Oral Diagnosis
'Kyrle W. Preis Professor of Orthodontics
'Harry M. Robinson, Sr Professor of Dermatology
'Grayson W. Gaver Professor of Dental Prosthesis
'Ernest B. Nuttall Professor of Crown and Bridge
'Kenneth V. Randolph Professor of Operative Dentistry
'Edward C. Dobbs Professor of Pharmacology
George H. Yeager Professor of Clinical Surgery
Grant E. Ward Associate Professor of Surgery and Oral Surgery
'Hugh H. Hicks Associate Professor of Periodontology
George McLean Assistant Professor of Medicine
'Wilbur O. Ramsay Assistant Professor of Clinical Dental Prosthesis
'Samuel H. Bryant Instructor in Oral Diagnosis
'Russell Gigliotti Instructor in Clinical Oral Diagnosis
'Joseph P. Cappuccio Instructor in Oral Surgery
'Conrad L. Inman Instructor in Anesthesiology
This section has been reorganized for the teaching of both medical and dental
students. There has been established a division in the out-patient department,
and beds will be provided in the University Hospital, for the care of patients who
will be available for the teaching of students from both schools.
Senior year: clinics weekly.
Ward instruction and group teaching are given. This includes diagnosis anc
treatment of diseases of the face, mouth and jaws.
DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY [a division of medicine
Harry M. Robinson, Sr Professor of Dermatology
Francis A. Ellis Associate Professor of Dermatology
Harry M. Robinson, Jr Associate Professor of Dermatolog:
Eugene S. Bereston Assistant Professor of Dermatolog;
A. Albert Shapiro Assistant Professor of Dermatolog.
Israel Zeligman Assistant Professor of Dermatolog;
R. C. V. Robinson Assistant Professor of Dermatolog;
William R. Bundick Associate in Dermatolog
1 Faculty Member, School of Dentistry.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 907
Mark B. Hollander Instructor in Dermatology
Morris M. Cohen Instructor in Dermatology
David Bacharach Instructor in Dermatology
Lee R. Lerman Assistant in Dermatology
The third year class receives six lecture-demonstrations on the principles of
dermatology by Dr. Robinson.
The senior course consists of conferences and demonstrations of the common
skin diseases and venereal diseases in the outpatient dermatologic and syphilis
clinics and on the medical wards.
G ASTRO- ENTEROLOGY [a division of medicine]
Wm. Carl Ebeling, III Associate in Medicine and Chief of Division
of Gastro-Enterology
Theodore H. Morrison Clinical Professor of Gastro-Enterology
Samuel Morrison Associate Professor of Gastro-Enterology
Maurice Feldman Assistant Professor of Gastro-Enterology
Zachariah Morgan Assistant Professor of Gastro-Enterology
Francis G. Dickey Associate in Medicine
Z. Vance Hooper Associate in Gastro-Enterology
Albert J. Shochat Instructor in Gastro-Enterology
Philip D. Flynn Instructor in Medicine
Third Year. A series of six lectures is given on the diseases of the digestive
tract.
Fourth Year. Students attend the gastro-intestinal clinic for two periods weekly
for five weeks, and consultation rounds on gastro-intestinal cases on the Medical
wards. Practical instruction is given in the use of modern methods of study of
the diseases of the gastro-intestinal tract.
GYNECOLOGY
J. Mason Hundley, Jr Professor of Gynecology, and Head of the Department
Leo Brady Assistant Professor of Gynecology
Edward P. Smith Assistant Professor of Gynecology
William K. Diehl Assistant Professor of Gynecology
Everett S. Diggs Assistant Professor of Gynecology
Beverley C. Compton Assistant Professor of Gynecology
Ernest I. Cornbrooks, Jr Assistant Professor of Gynecology
J. J. Erwin Associate in Gynecology
Frank K. Morris Associate in Gynecology
Gerald A. Galvin Associate in Gynecology
John T. Hibbitts Associate in Gynecology
Kenneth B. Boyd Associate in Gynecology
Theodore Kardash Instructor in Gynecology
Charles B. Marek Instructor in Gynecology
Thomas S. Bowyer Instructor in Gynecology
JW. Allen Deckert Instructor in Gynecology
Helen I. Maginnis Instructor in Gynecology
Charles H. Doeller, Jr Instructor in Gynecology
908 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Willi am A. Dodd Instructor in Gynecology
Harry McB. Beck Instructor in Gynecology
William C. Duffy Instructor in Gynecology
Joseph C. Sheehan Instructor in Gynecology
William J. Rysanek Instructor in Gynecology
Harry F. Kane Instructor in Gynecology
Robert B. Tunney Instructor in Gynecology
James H. Shell, Jr Assistant in Gynecology
William F. Peterson Assistant in Gynecology
Thomas A. Stebblns U.S.P.H.S., Cancer Teaching Fund Medical Illustrator
in Oncology and Gynecology
Amy Lee Wells Research Assistant in Gynecological Pathology
Third Year. A comprehensive course of 30 lectures in the field of gynecology,
female urology, and female oncology is given to the entire class.
Fourth Year. An intensive course is given to small groups of students through-
out the year, during which time the students are assigned exclusively to this
department. The course consists of instructions including lectures, seminars,
ward rounds, and operative clinics. In addition, two special instruction periods
are given in pathology at which time a review of the pathological material seen
at operation is made with especial reference to the pathology of malignant disease.
The students are assigned patients on the gynecological wards, and also work
in the gynecological, cystoscopy and oncology, out-patient departments each day.
Third year 30 hours
Fourth year 75 hours
Total: 105 hours
HISTORY OF MEDICINE
Louis A. M. Krause Professor of Clinical Medicine
Beginning with the spring of 1942 a group of lectures on the history of medicine
has been presented on selected phases and trends of the development of medical
knowledge and practice. It is planned to avoid duplication of subject matter
for at least four years.
These lectures are offered primarily for our students, but a cordial invitation
is extended to anyone who may wish to attend.
Announcement of the lectures will be made by mail and on the bulletin
board of the School of Medicine.
HYGIENE AND PUBLIC HEALTH [a division of medicine]
Huntington Williams Professor of Hygiene and Public Health
William H. F. Warthen Associate Professor of Hygiene and Public Health
Ross Davtes Associate Professor of Hygiene and Public Health
Matthew L. Taback Assistant Professor of Hygiene and Public Health
Third Year. A one-hour lecture is given to the whole class each Tuesday during
both semesters. Basic instruction is afforded in the clinical and public healtt
aspects of the communicable diseases including syphilis and tuberculosis. The
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 909
lectures are under the auspices of the Department of Medicine and are given by
staff members of that department, including physicians representing pediatrics,
hygiene and public health, and by staff members of the Baltimore City Health
Department.
Fourth Year. Elective work is also assigned at the Western Health District
Building of the City Health Department, 617 West Lombard Street, where the
District Health Officer arranges for home visiting and the student prepares and
presents a Home Survey Report.
The course deals with the fundamentals of public health and supplements the
work in the third year. The major emphasis in both years is on the practice of
preventive medicine and the relation of prevention to diagnosis and treatment,
and on the civic and social implications of the medical services.
BIOSTATISTICS
First Year. A series of 15 one hour lectures is given to the whole class during the
Second Semester dealing with the basic methods of statistical analysis and demon-
stration of their use in several areas of medical investigation.
Instruction is designed to assist the medical student in evaluating quantitative
aspects of medical information.
INDUSTRIAL MEDICINE AND SURGERY [a division of surgery]
Charles A. Reifschneider Clinical Professor of Traumatic Surgery
Thurston R. Adams Assistant Professor of Surgery
This section is under the combined supervision of the medical and surgical
departments. It is a cooperative effort by members of the medical school and
hospital staff to afford means for clinical and laboratory study of the patient who
has been subjected to traumatic or medical industrial hazard, so that adequate
care may be instituted to promote his physical well-being. The facilities of the
laboratories of the medical school and hospital are available as required.
Under direction of this department limited undergraduate instruction is given,
especially in the methods of examination and of keeping records and in the general
medico-legal principles as they affect the industrial employee, the employer, the
general insurers, the physician and the hospital. There is also instruction on
methods of making life insurance and other physical examinations, whether for
employment or for health purposes. The wards of the University, Mercy and
Baltimore City Hospitals provide for bed-side instruction.
Total hours: 8.
LEGAL MEDICINE [a division of medicine]
Russell S. Fisher Professor and Head of the Division of Legal Medicine
Henry C. Freimuth Assistant Professor of Legal Medicine
William V. Lovitt, Jr Assistant Professor of Legal Medicine
William J. McClafferty Associate in Legal Medicine
Richard Lindenberg Associate in Legal Medicine
Joseph A. Jachimczyk Instructor in Legal Medicine
M. Joseph Rehak Research Assistant in Legal Medicine
Ella Freytag Research Assistant in Legal Medicine
Bella R. Hearst Research Fellow in Medicolegal Pathology
910 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Third Year. This course embraces a summary of medical jurisprudence in-
cluding the laws governing the practice of medicine, industrial compensation
and malpractice, proceedings in criminal and civil prosecution, medical evidence
and testimony, identification of bodies, injuries by blunt force, gunshot and other
mechanisms, natural and homicidal deaths, medicolegal toxicology and the medico-
legal autopsy. (12 hours.)
Elective Course (summer). A small number of students may upon application
be assigned to elective work in the laboratory of the Chief Medical Examiner of
the State of Maryland.
MEDICINE
Maurice C. Pincoffs Professor of Medicine and Head of the Department
T. Nelson Carey Professor of Clinical Medicine
Thomas P. Sprunt Professor of Clinical Medicine
H. Raymond Peters Professor of Clinical Medicine
Louis A. M. Krause Professor of Clinical Medicine
William S. Love, Jr Professor of Clinical Medicine
Thomas C. WoLFr Associate Professor of Medicine
Howard M. Bubert Associate Professor of Medicine
J. Sheldon Eastland Associate Professor of Medicine
Milton S. Sacks Associate Professor of Medicine
Lewis P. Gundry Associate Professor of Medicine
Samuel Morrison Associate Professor of Medicine
Theodore E. Woodward Associate Professor of Medicine
Henry J. L. Marriott Associate Professor of Medicine
H. Vernon Langeluttig Associate Professor of Medicine
Edward F. Cotter Associate Professor of Medicine
Ephraim T. Lisansky Associate Professor of Medicine
Samuel T. R. Revell, Jr Associate Professor of Medicine
William H. Smith Associate Professor of Clinical Medicine
George McLean Assistant Professor of Medicine
Wetherbee Fort Assistant Professor of Medicine
Frank J. Geraghty Assistant Professor of Medicine
Sol Smith Assistant Professor of Medicine
C. Edward Leach Assistant Professor of Medicine
Robert A. Reiter Assistant Professor of Medicine
Sidney Scherlis Assistant Professor of Medicine
James R. Earns Assistant Professor of Medicine
Robert T. Parker Assistant Professor of Medicine
Merrill J. Snyder Assistant Professor of Medicine in Clinical Bacteriology
Marie A. Andersch Assistant Professor of Biochemistry in Medicine
Samuel Legum Assistant Professor of Medicine
Edmund G. Beacham Assistant Professor of Medicine
Robert E. Bauer Assistant Professor of Medicine
Meyer W. Jacobson Assistant Professor of Medicine
Charles F. Bramble Assistant Professor of Medicine
S. Edwin Muller Assistant Professor of Medicine
Laurence M. Serra Assistant Professor of Medicine
W. Grafton Herspberger Associate in Medicine
Conrad B. Acton Associate in Medicine
Francis G. Dickey Associate in Medicine
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
911
Harry M. Robinson, Jr Associate
William K. Waller Associate
Arthur Karfgin Associate
M. Paul Byerly Associate
Henry W. D. Holljes Associate
Kurt Levy Associate
Wilfred H. Townshend Associate
Alvin J. Hartz Associate
Louis V. Blum Associate
Leon Ashman Associate
Daniel Wilfson, Jr Associate
Jonas Cohen Associate
Walter Karfgin Associate
Irving Freeman Associate
J. Emmet Queen Associate
John B. DeHoff Associate
William C. Ebeling, III Associate
Joseph B. Workman Associate
Joseph Furnari Associate
Stephen J. Van Lill, III Associate
Leonard Scherlis Associate
Richard A. Carey Associate
Perry O. Futterman Associate
William F. Cox, III Associate
Donald W. Mintzer Associate
Philip D. Flynn Instructor
John A. Myers Instructor
William G. Helfrich Instructor
Joseph E. Muse Instructor
William H. Kammer, Jr Instructor
Samuel J. Hankin Instructor
Frederick J. Vollmer Instructor
John R. Davis Instructor
L. Ann Hellen Instructor
Audrey M. Funk Instructor
Leon A. Kochman Instructor
C. Herman Williams Instructor
Jerome Sherman Instructor
Elizabeth D. Sherrill Instructor
Bernard Burgin Instructor
Lauriston L. Keown Instructor
Franklin E. Leslie Instructor
Philip D. Flynn Instructor
Stuart D. Sunday Instructor
Irvin B. Kemick Instructor
Maurice Feldman, Jr Instructor
James J. Nolan Instructor
Charles E. Shaw Instructor
Joseph G. Bird Instructor
Stanley Miller Instructor
John C. Osborne Instructor
Edward S. Kallins Instructor
n Medicine
n Medicine
□ Medicine
D Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
912
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Joseph C. Matchar Instructor
Marvin Goldstein Instructor
Rollin C. Hudson Assistant
Raymond M. Lauer Assistant
Burton V. Lock Assistant
Carl F. Myers Assistant
Jack Wexler Assistant
Joseph C. Myers Assistant
Thomas Worsley Assistant
Herbert J. Levickas Assistant
Joseph C. Blazek Assistant
Stephen L. Magness Assistant
Stanley R. Steinbach Assistant
Edmund P. Copfay, Sr Assistant
William G. Esmond Baltimore Rh Typing Laboratory Fellow
Alice M. Band Baltimore Rh Typing Laboratory Fellow
Francis J. Borges Fellow
Sze-Jui Liu Fellow
Kyle W. Swisher, Jr Part-Time Fellow
Joseph B. Bronushas Part-Time Fellow
Joseph C. Fitzgerald Part-Time Fellow
Harry D. Perry Jr Part-Time Fellow
Aubrey Richardson Part-Time Fellow
Awilda Gay Research Assistant
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
Second Yeab
Introduction to clinical medicine.
(a) Introductory physical diagnosis. (1 hour a week, first semester; 2 hours a week,
second semester.)
(b) Medical clinics. (1 hour a week, second semester.)
Third Year
I. The methods of examination: (a) History taking, (b) Physical diagnosis, (c)
Clinical pathology.
Instruction includes lectures and practice in the wards, outpatient department and
laboratory.
II. The principles of medicine :
(a) Lectures, clinics and demonstrations in general medicine, neurology, and pre-
ventive medicine.
Third Year teaching of physical diagnosis is carried out chiefly in the various units
of the City Hospital.
Foorth Year
The practice of medicine :
I. Clinical clerkship on the medical wards (31 hours a week for ten weeks).
(a) Responsibility, under supervision, for the history, physical examination,
laboratory examinations and progress notes of assigned cases.
(b) Ward classes, ward rounds and conferences in general medicine, the medical
specialties, and therapeutics.
II. Out-Patient Department work in the medical specialties.
III. Clinical-pathological conferences (1 hour a week).
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 913
The medical out-patient department of the University Hospital is utilized for
teaching in the third year. Each student spends two hours daily for ten weeks in
out-patient department work. The work is done in groups of four to six students
under an instructor. Systematic history-taking is especially stressed. Physical
findings are demonstrated. The student becomes familiar with the commoner
acute and chronic disease processes.
Clinical clerkships in the Fourth Year are served on the medical wards of both
the University and Mercy Hospitals.
NEUROLOGICAL SURGERY [a division of surgery]
James G. Arnold, Jr.
Professor of Neurological Surgery. Acting Head of the Department
Richard G. Coblentz Professor of Clinical Neurological Surgery
John A. Wagner Associate Professor of Pathology and Neuropathology
Raymond K. Thompson Assistant Professor of Neurological Surgery
Robert Oster
Associate in Electro-physiology, and Director of the Hoffberger Electroencephalo-
graphic Laboratory
Frank J. Otenasek Instructor in Neurological Surgery
John W. Chambers Instructor in Neurological Surgery
Robert M. N. Crosby Instructor in Neurological Surgery
William H. Mossberg, Jr Instructor in Neurological Surgery
August Kiel, Jr Assistant in Neurological Surgery
James S. Browne Assistant in Neurological Surgery
John O. Sharrett Fellow in Neurological Surgery
Third Year. This course comprises lectures and d';mostrations in the funda-
mentals of neurological surgery. Total hours, twelve.
Fourth Year. Weekly ward rounds at the University and Mercy Hospitals.
Total hours, sixteen.
Dispensary Instruction. A small number of students may apply for instruction
in the neurological out-patient department.
NEUROLOGY [a division of medicine]
Leon Freedom Associate Professor of Neurology
Philip F. Lerner Assistant Professor of Neurology
Harry Teitelbaum Assistant Professor of Neurology
George G. Merrill Assistant Professor of Neurology
William L. Fearing Associate in Neurology
Edward F. Cotter Associate in Neurology
Second Year. Fifteen one-hour lectures are given to correlate the anatomy
and physiology of the nervous system with clinical neurology.
Third Year. Twenty hours of instruction are given to the whole class in neuro-
pathology supplemented with pathological demonstrations. Sixteen lecture-
demonstrations are given in which the major types of the diseases of the nervous
system are discussed. A course is also given at the Baltimore City Hospitals,
comprising eight periods of two hours each, in which the students in small groups
914
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
carry out complete neurological examinations of selected cases which illustrate
the chief neurological syndromes.
Fourth Year. Fourth year students in the Medical section attend neurological
consultation rounds on ward patients in the University and Mercy Hospitals.
All patients presented at these clinics are carefully examined.
Dispensary Instructions. Small sections are instructed in the neurological dis-
pensary of the Mercy Hospital five afternoons each week. In this way students
are brought into contact with nervous diseases in their early and late manifesta-
tions.
OBSTETRICS
Louis H. Douglass Professor of Obstetrics and Head of the
J. Morris Reese Associate Professor
D. Frank Kaltreider Associate Professor
Isadore A. Siegel Associate Professor
John E. Savage Assistant Professor
Hugh B. McNally Assistant Professor
Margaret B. Ballard Associate
D. McClelland Dixon Associate
Osborne C. Christensen Associate
J. Tyler Baker Associate
J. Huff Morrison Associate
George H. Davis Instructor
J. King B. E. Seegar Instructor
Louis C. Gareis : Instructor
Kenneth B. Boyd Assistant
W. Kenneth Mansfield, Jr Assistant
Charles H. Doeller, Jr Assistant
Theodore Kardash Assistant
Harry McB. Beck Assistant
William A. Dodd Assistant
Irvin P. Klemkowski Assistant
Clarence W. Martin Assistant
Vernon C. Kelley Assistant
Harry Cohen Assistant
Thomas C. Webster Assistant
Vincent DeP. Fitzpatrick Assistant
Ernest Scher Assistant
James H. Shell, Jr Assistant
F. X. Paul Tinker Assistant
Daniel Ehrlich Assistant
William D. Gentry Assistant
Donald B. Campbell Assistant
Department
of Obstetrics
of Obstetrics
of Obstetrics
of Obstetrics
of Obstetrics
n Obstetrics
n Obstetrics
n Obstetrics
n Obstetrics
n Obstetrics
n Obstetrics
n Obstetrics
n Obstetrics
n Obstetrics
n Obstetrics
n Obstetrics
n Obstetrics
n Obstetrics
n Obstetrics
n Obstetrics
n Obstetrics
n Obstetrics
n Obstetrics
n Obstetrics
n Obstetrics
n Obstetrics
n Obstetrics
n Obstetrics
in Obstetrics
in Obstetrics
in Obstetrics
Second Year: During the second semester lectures are given one hour weekly.
Students are oriented on the normal pelvis, generative tract and the physiology
of pregnancy and labor. The conduct of normal delivery and the puerperium are
explained, and in general an attempt is made to prepare the student for the prac-
tical training he is to receive in his third year. Dr. J. M. Reese.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 915
Third Year: Lectures and recitations consist of 2 hours teaching weekly and
are designed to cover the anatomy more completely, especially that of the bony
pelvis from an obstetrical point of view. Physiology of the endocrine system is
reviewed as it relates to pregnancy and the growth and development of the im-
pregnated ovum. Following this the pathology of pregnancy, labor and the puer-
perium are considered. Drs. Douglass, Reese, Siegel, Savage, Dixon and
Kaltreider.
Each student is required to spend 4 days on the obstetrical service of the Balti-
more City Hospitals during his junior year. Here he acts as a junior intern, ob-
serving, assisting and finally delivering normal cases under supervision. Each
student attends a total of about 25 deliveries, in the majority of which he takes an
active part.
Each student receives, as a member of a small group, 10 hours of instruction in
palpating patients, in the clinical evaluation of the pelvis and in demonstrations
of the mechanism of labor. Drs. Siegel and McNally.
Operative work on the obstetrical mannikin is an organized part of the course.
Each student receives 15 hours of this type of instruction. Dr. Siegel and
assistants.
Fourth Year: The instruction is entirely clinical. The "block system" is used.
One-sixteenth of the class is assigned to obstetrics only for a period of 2 weeks.
Students live at the University Hospital during this time and are on call 24 hours
a day. They receive formal class instruction, are required to attend all rounds
and staff conferences and are present at the majority of the deliveries as observers,
assistants or as accoucheurs. In this way each student will actively participate
in about 11 deliveries.
Each student spends 20 hours in the prenatal and postnatal clinics, where in-
structions in these fields are given.
Students assigned to obstetrics are required to attend the monthly meetings of
The Committee on Maternal Mortality of Baltimore, where all maternal deaths
occurring in this city are presented and discussed.
Second year — 16 hours Third year — 148 hours
Fourth year — 106 hours Total — 270 hours
ONCOLOGY [a division of gynecology and surgery]
J. Mason Hundley, Jr Professor of Gynecology
Beverley C. Compton Assistant Professor of Gynecology
William K. Diehl Assistant Professc of Gynecology
Everett S. Diggs Assistant Professor of Gynecology
Ernest I. Cornbrooks, Jr Assistant Professor of Gynecology
Arthur G. Siwinski Assistant Professor of Surgery
Edwin H. Stewart Associate in Surgery
John M. Dennis Associate in Radiology
J. Duer Moores Instructor in Surgery
Louis F. Goodman Instructor in Surgery
Gerardo B. Polanco National Cancer Institute Trainee in Pathology
E. Eugene Covington Assistant Radiologist
Thomas A. Stebbins U.S.P.H.S., Cancer Teaching Fund Medical Illustrator
in Oncology and Gynecology
916 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The purpose of the courses in Oncology is to give students training in the
diagnosis and treatment of neoplastic diseases not obtained in other departments
and at the same time to correlate this training with that received in surgery,
medicine, roentgenology and other specialties.
Third year. Six didactic lectures are given on the diagnosis and treatment of
cancer of the generative organs. Dr. Hundley and staff.
Five lectures in general oncology are given to the entire Junior Class at the end
of the year. The increasing importance of the cancer problem is emphasized.
The biological aspects of cancer and the relation of hormones, carcinogenic agents,
and etiological factors are discussed. The gradation of neoplasms, and the bio-
physical effects of irradiation therapy are presented. The diagnosis, surgical
and radiological treatment of neoplasms of the head and neck, oral cavity, skin,
breasts, and hemopoietic system are discussed. Dr. Siwinski and staff.
Fourth Year. Ten senior students of the University section are assigned to the
Oncology clinic. Five students are assigned to the Tuesday morning clinic, and
the alternate group to the Friday morning clinic. The diagnosis and treatment,
both surgical and radiological are discussed in the presence of a staff member of
the departments of Pathology, Radiology, and Surgery.
An outpatient Gynecological Clinic is held bi-weekly which affords an opportu-
nity for instruction of small groups of students, which are assigned in rotation, in
the various phases of malignancy of the generative organs. Weekly ward rounds
and operative clinics are held for seniors.
Onocology Gynecology Total
Third year 5 hours 6 hours 1 1 hours
Fourth year 12 hours 16 hours 28 hours
Total 17 hours 22 hours 39 hours
OPHTHALMOLOGY
F. Edwin Knowles, Jr.
Assistant Professor of Ophthalmology and Chairman of the Department
Joseph I. Kemler Associate in Ophthalmology
A. Kremen . . Associate in Ophthalmology
Ruby A. Smith Instructor in Ophthalmology
D. J. McHenry Instructor in Ophthalmology
J. E. Brumback Instructor in Ophthalmology
Richard J. Cross Instructor in Ophthalmology
Angelina Guido Assistant in Ophthalmology
John C. Ozazewski Assistant in Ophthalmology
Jahram Aratoon Assistant in Ophthalmology
Third Year. Second semester. Dr. Ozazewski reviews the anatomy and phy-
siology of the eye and discusses the methods used in making the various exami-
nations. Errors of refraction and their effect upon the general system are explained.
Weekly section work, demonstrating the use of the ophthalmoscope, with the aid
of kodachrome transparencies of the fundus oculi is carried on during the entire
session at the Baltimore Eye, Ear, and Throat Hospital by Dr. Kremen.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 917
Fourth Year. Clinics and demonstrations are given in diseases of the eye,
twice weekly, for one year. Dr. Knowles.
The course consists of instruction in the clinic to small groups of students four
days a week for four weeks. During this period, the student examines patients,
diagnoses and treats various ocular diseases, under the supervision of Drs. Knowles,
Smith, Brumback and Ozazewski. Twice weekly lectures and lantern slide
demonstration are given upon diseases of the eye, with particular reference to
their diagnosis, management and relation to general medicine. Special lectures
are given the entire class on vascular changes in the eye, refraction, cataract and
glaucoma. Certain operations are demonstrated by motion pictures.
Weekly ward classes are held at the University and Mercy Hospitals during
which the eye grounds in the various medical and surgical conditions are demon-
strated. Drs. Knowles, Kemler, Kremen, Smith, Brumback, Jeppi, Pacienza
and Ozazewski.
Third year 20 hours
Fourth year 41 hours
Total 61 hours
ORTHOPAEDICS [a division of surgery]
Allen Fiske Voshell Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery
Harry L. Rogers Clinical Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery
Moses Gellman Associate Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery
Henry F. Ullrich Associate Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery
Milton J. Wilder Assistant Professor in Orthopaedic Surgery
I. H. Maseritz Associate in Orthopaedic Surgery
Jason H. Gaskel Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery
Isaac Gutman Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery
James P. Miller Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery
Everett D. Jones Assistant in Orthopaedic Surgery
Robert C. Abrams Assistant in Orthopaedic Surgery
John J. Tansey Assistant in Orthopaedic Surgery
Didactic instruction is given in the second, third and fourth years. Clinical,
bedside and outpatient instruction is given at the University, Mercy Hospitals
and their Outpatient Departments, Kernan Hospital for Crippled Children, and
Baltimore City Hospitals. Brief discussions and demonstrations of physical and
occupational therapy are included in the course.
Second year 19 hours
Third year 36 hours
Fourth year 90 hours
Total 145 hours
OTOLARYNGOLOGY [a division of surgery]
Thomas R. O'Rourk Professor of Otolaryngology
Frederick T. Kyper Associate Professor of Otolaryngology
Benjamin S. Rich Associate Professor of Otolaryngology
918 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Fayne A. Kayser Associate Professor of Otolaryngology
Samuel L. Fox Associate Professor of Otolaryngology
W. Raymond McKenzie Assistant Professor of Otolaryngology
Theodore A. Schwartz Assistant Professor of Otolaryngology
Benjamtne H. Isaacs Assistant Professor of Otolaryngology
Robert Z. Berry Associate in Otolaryngology
Arthur Ward Associate in Otolaryngology
Richard J. Cross Instructor in Otolaryngology
John H. Hirschfield Instructor in Otolaryngology
John M. Rehberger Assistant in Otolaryngology
Harry P. Porter Assistant in Otolaryngology
James J. Gerlach Assistant in Otolaryngology
Third Year. Instruction to the whole class is given in the common diseases of
the nose and throat, attention being especially directed to infections of the accessory
sinuses, the importance of focal infections in the etiology of general diseases and
modern methods of diagnosis. Lectures illustrated by lantern slides are given
one hour weekly for eight weeks.
Fourth Year. Out-Patient department instruction is given for three hours
daily, to small sections at the University and the Mercy Hospitals. The student
is afforded an opportunity to study, diagnose and treat patients under supervision.
Ward classes and clinical demonstrations are given in periods of one and one-half
hours weekly throughout the session in the University and Mercy Hospitals.
The Looper Clinic for bronchoscopy and esophagoscopy, recently established
in the University Hospital, affords unusual opportunities for students to study
diseases of the larynx, bronchi and esophagus. The clinic is open to students
daily from 2 to 4 P.M.
The Mercy Hospital Bronchoscopic Clinic affords ample opportunities in
bronchoscopy and esophagoscopy. In these two clinics the etiology, symptoma-
tology, diagnosis and treatment of foreign bodies in the air and food passages, as
well as bronchoscopy, are taught to students as an aid in the diagnosis and treat-
ment of diseases of the lungs.
Third year 9 hours
Fourth year S3 hours
Total 62 hours
OTOLOGY [a division of surgery]
Thomas R. O'Rourk Professor of Otolaryngology
The course in otology is planned to give a practical knowledge of the anatomy
and physiology of the ear, and its proximity and relationship to the brain and other
vital structures. The inflammatory diseases, their etiology, diagnosis, treatment
and complications are particularly stressed, with emphasis upon their relationship
to the diseases of children, head-surgery and neurology
Third Year. The whole class is given instruction by means of talks, anatomical
specimens and lantern slides. Dr. O'Rourk and associates.
Fourth Year. Small sections of the class receive instruction and make personal
examinations of patients under the direction of an instructor. The student is
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 919
urged to make a routine examination of the ear in his ward work in general medi-
cine and surgery. Dr. O'Rourk and associates.
Third year 12 hours
Fourth year 40 hours
Total 52 hours
PATHOLOGY
Hugh R. Spencer Professor of Pathology and Head of the Department
Robert B. Wright Associate Professor of Pathology
C. Gardner Warner Associate Professor of Pathology
Walter C. Merkel Associate Professor of Pathology
Dexter L. Reimann Associate Professor of Pathology
John A. Wagner Associate Professor of Pathology
Albert E. Goldstein Assistant Professor of Pathology
Milton S. Sacks Associate in Pathology
Benedict Skitarelic Associate in Pathology
Conrad B. Acton Instructor in Pathology
Howard B. Mays Instructor in Pathology
Ephralm T. Lisansky Instructor in Pathology
William B. VandeGreft Instructor in Pathology
William J. Bryson Instructor in Pathology
Karl F. Mech Instructor in Pathology
Seymour W. Rubin Instructor in Pathology
Theodore Kardash Instructor in Pathology
Louis C. Gareis Instructor in Pathology
Roy B. Turner Instructor in Pathology
Edward L. J. Kreig Instructor in Pathology
James H. Ramsey Instructor in Pathology
James R. Karns Instructor in Pathology
Raymond M. Cunningham Instructor in Pathology
Harry Cohen Assistant in Pathology
Gerardo B. Polanco National Cancer Institute Trainee
Ursula T. Slager Hichcock Fellow in Neuropathology
Courses of instruction in pathology are given during the second and third years.
The courses are based on the previous study of normal structure and function and
aim to outline the history of disease. The relationship between clinical symptoms
and anatomical lesions is constantly stressed.
General Pathology. Second Semester, Second Year. This course includes
the study of disturbances of the body fluids; disturbances of structure, nutrition
and metabolism of cells; disturbances of fat, carbohydrate and protein metab-
olism; disturbances of pigment metabolism; inflammation and tumors.
Laboratory instruction is based on the study of prepared slides (loan collection)
and corresponding gross material.
Applied Pathology, Including Gross Morbid Anatomy and Morbdd
Physiology. Third Year. The laboratory instruction in this course is carried
out in small teaching museums where prepared specimens and material from au-
topsies with clinical histories and sections are available for study. For this work
the class is divided into small groups. Clinical correlation is stressed.
920
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Autopsies. Third Year. Students in small groups attend autopsies at the
morgues of the University Hospital and the Baltimore City Hospitals.
Clinical-Pathological Conference. (Fourth Year.) These exercises are
held in collaboration with the various clinical departments. Selected cases are
discussed and autopsy findings are presented.
Second year 184 hours
Third year 160 hours
Fourth year 30 hours
Total 374 hours
PEDIATRICS
J. Edmund Bradley Professor of Pediatrics and Head of the Department
C. Loring Joslin Professor of Pediatrics
A. H. Finkelstein Associate Professor of Pediatrics
Frederick B. Smith Associate Professor of Pediatrics
Gordon E. Gibbs Associate Professor Clinical Pediatric Research
Albert Jaffe Associate Clinical Professor of Pediatrics
Samuel S. Glick Assistant Professor of Pediatrics
Jerome Fineman Assistant Professor of Pediatrics
Gibson J. Wells Assistant Professor of Pediatrics
William M. Seabold Assistant Professor of Pediatrics
Annie M. Bestebreurtje Assistant Professor of Pediatrics
n Pediatrics
n Pediatrics
n Pediatrics
n Pediatrics
n Pediatrics
In Pediatrics
n Pediatrics
n Pediatrics
n Pediatrics
n Pediatrics
n Pediatrics
n Pediatrics
n Pediatrics
n Pediatrics
n Pediatrics
n Pediatrics
n Pediatrics
n Pediatrics
n Pediatrics
n Pediatrics
n Pediatrics
n Pediatrics
n Pediatrics
n Pediatrics
n Pediatrics
n Pediatrics
n Pediatrics
n Pediatrics
Clewell Howell Associate
G. Bowers Mansdorfer Associate
Sidney Scherlis Associate
Melchijah Spragins Associate
John L. Peck Lecturer
Arnold F. Lavenstein Instructor
Mary L. Hayleck Instructor
Israel P. Meranski Instructor
Thomas A. Christensen Instructor
Joseph M. Cordi Instructor
Leonard Scherlis Instructor
Lester H. Caplan Instructor
Ruth Baldwin Instructor
Edward G. Field Instructor
Melvin M. Borden Instructor
Howard Goodman Instructor
Robert M. N. Crosby Instructor
William Earl Weeks Assistant
J. Carlton Wich Assistant
O. Walter Spurrier Assistant
Garrett E. Deane, Assistant
Arnold Tramer Assistant
Mary B. Matthews Assistant
Miriam S. Daly Assistant
P. Govinda Menon Fellow
David Freedenberg Bressler Reserve Fund Research Assistant
Albert M. Powell, Jr Research Assistant
Martin K. Gorten Research Assistant
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE <>21
Third Year. 1. Principles of Pediatrics: Physiology of newborn, growth and
development, nutrition, problems of the premature infant and diseases of new-
born are presented in lectures and demonstrations (20 hours).
2. Physical examination of the infant and child plus history taking and
diagnosis are taught on the pediatric wards of the University Hospital (20 hours).
Fourth Year. Students are assigned in groups of twelve for a four-week period.
Responsibility is given the student for history, physical examination, laboratory
examinations and progress notes on pediatric patients of the University and Mercy
Hospital pediatric divisions. Examination of neonates and follow-up care of
patients in the development clinical is required daily.
Daily attendance in the Pediatric Out Patient Clinics is spent in interrogation,
examination, diagnosis and treatment of patients.
Students alternate nights on the Pediatric service, and at this time, sleeping
accomodations are provided them in the hospital.
Students spend one day of their four weeks in the offices of selected practicing
pediatricians. During this time, they observe office management, techniques and
problems of patients seen in private pediatric practice.
Conferences are held daily, Monday through Friday at 12 : 30 p.m. On Saturday
the students present a clinico-pathologic conference at which time the students
act as clinician and pathologist with faculty representatives of the Departments
of Pathology and Pediatrics as moderators.
PHARMACOLOGY
John C. Krantz, Jr Professor of Pharmacology and Head of the Department
Jelleff Carr Professor of Pharmacology
Raymond M. Burgison Assistant Professor of Pharmacology
Ruth Musser Instructor in Pharmacology
Joseph G. Bird Assistant in Pharmacology
Amedeo S. Marrazzi Lecturer in Pharmacology
Joseph M. White, III Lecturer in Pharmacology
William G. Harne Demonstrator in Pharmacology
Frederick K. Bell Fellow in Pharmacology
Leonard S. Brahen Fellow in Pharmacology
Johnson S. L. Ling Eli Lilly Fellow in Pharmacology
Mary Frances Bradyhouse Fellow in Pharmacology
Jane Wray Forrest Emerson Fellow in Pharmacology
Harry F. Wilson, Jr Fellow in Pharmacology
This course is designed to include those phases of pharmacology necessary for
an intelligent use of drugs in the treatment of disease. The didactic instruction
includes materia medica, pharmacy, prescription-writing, toxicology, posology,
pharmacodynamics, and experimental therapeutics. The laboratory exercises
parallel the course of lectures.
In addition, optional conference periods and lectures are available for students
desiring further instruction or advice.
Total hours: 216.
Graduate Courses. Consult the catalogue of the Graduate School for descrip-
tions of the graduate courses offered by members of the staff.
922 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS [a division or medicine
T. Conrad Wolff
Associate Professor of Medicine, and Head of the Division of Physical Diagnosi:
Robert A. Reiter Assistant Professor of Medicine
Samuel Legum Assistant Professor of Medicin*
Edmund G. Beacham Assistant Professor of Medicim
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
n Medicine
Daniel Wilfson Associate
Leon Ashman Associate
John B. DeHoff Associate
Stephen J. Van Lill Associate
William G. Helfrich Instructor
Leon A. Kochman Instructor
Stuart D. Sunday Instructor
Elizabeth D. Sherrill Instructor
Bernard Burg in Instructor
Franklin Leslie Instructor
Lauriston Keown Instructor
Joseph C. Matchar Instructor
Carl F. Myers Assistant
The course in physical diagnosis starts with the first semester of the Sophomore
year and ends with the termination of the second semester of the Junior year.
First Semester — Second Year — Lecture, one hour weekly covering the technique
of history writing and the mechanics of the physical signs elicited in the normal
person through inspection, palpation, percussion and auscultation.
Second Semester — Second Year — Lecture, one hour weekly, covering the tech-
nique of history writing in cases involving disease, and the mechanics of patho-
logical physical signs on inspection, palpation, percussion and auscultation.
In the third and fourth quarters small tutorial groups are formed, each under
the direction of an instructor. Experience in physical examination of normal indi-
viduals is given in the third quarter for one afternoon weekly. In the fourth
quarter the students become acquainted with abnormal signs through examination
of hospital patients.
Third Year — a. The class is divided into four sections. Each section receives
bedside instruction in physical diagnosis for seven weeks (2 hrs. daily). For this
purpose small groups under an instructor are formed. The instruction is carried
on in the Baltimore City Hospitals but in addition advantage is occasionally taken
of the clinical opportunities in other institutions.
b. Lecture course (1 hr. weekly for 15 weeks) covering the mechanisms of ab-
normal signs.
PHYSIOLOGY
William R. Amberson Professor of Physiology and Head of the Department
Dietrich C. Smith Professor of Physiology
Frederick P. Ferguson Associate Professor of Physiology
John I. White Assistant Professor of Physiology
J. Henry Wills Lecturer in Physiology
Samuel L. Fox Instructor in Physiology
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 923
jylvia Himmelfarb Instructor in Physiology
[eanne Ann Barry Junior Instructor in Physiology
\lfred Joseph Pratt John F. B. Weaver Fellow in Physiology
3rigitte E. Blankenhorn Research Fellow in Physiology
Zarolyn F. Hendrickson Bressler Reserve Fund Research Assistant in Physiology
THe course in physiology is given in two parts:
First Year. Second Semester. The course opens with introductory lectures
;m nerve-muscle physiology covering the peripheral nerves. Attention is then
nven to the physiology of the heart and circulation. The lectures are ac-
:ompanied by demonstrations, but there is no laboratory work. Two lectures a
,veek are given.
Second Year. First Semester. The course continues with four lectures, one
conference and two laboratory periods a week. The subjects considered are
respiration and metabolism, digestion, renal function, and endocrines and repro-
duction. The course ends with a series of lectures on the central nervous system
and the special senses.
Total hours: 224.
Graduate Courses. Consult the catalogue of the Graduate School for descrip-
tion? of the graduate courses offered by members of the staff.
PLASTIC SURGERY [a division of surgery]
Edward A. Kitlowski > Clinical Professor of Plastic Surgery
Clarence P. Scarborough Associate in Plastic Surgery
John J. Angelo Assistant in Plastic Surgery
This course is designed to acquaint students with the problems of reconstruc-
tive and plastic surgery. A subdivision in the dispensary has been established
and beds for patients will be available for instruction in this course at the Univer-
sity and Baltimore City Hospitals and Kernan's Hospital for Crippled Children.
Third Year. Five lectures are given to the whole class. Out-Patient depart-
ment instruction is provided on Mondays and Fridays.
Fourth Year. Ward rounds and operative demonstrations are held at the
hospitals.
PROCTOLOGY [a division of surgery]
Monte Edwards Professor of Proctology
Thurston R. Adams Assistant Professor of Proctology
Simon H. Brager Assistant Professor of Proctology
William T. Supik Associate in Proctology
Donald B. Hebb Instructor in Proctology
Raymond M. Cunningham Instructor in Proctology
John D. Rosin Instructor in Proctology
Third Year. Seven lectures are given to the whole class. The course is for
instruction in the diseases of the colon, sigmoid flexure, rectum and anus, and
covers the essential features of the anatomy and physiology of the large intestine
as well as the various diseases to which it is subject. Dr. Monte Edwards.
924 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Fourth Year. Ward and dispensary instruction is given in the University and
Mercy Hospitals, where different phases of the various diseases are taught by
direct observation and examination. The use of the proctoscope and sigmoido-
scope in the examination of the rectum and sigmoid is made familiar to each stu-
dent. Mercy Hospital — Drs. Brager and Supik. University Hospital — Drs.
Monte Edwards, Adams, Cunningham and Rosin.
Third year 7 hours
Fourth year 16 hours
Total 23 hours
PSYCHIATRY
Jacob E. Finesinger Professor of Psychiatry and Head of the Department
John R. Reid Professor of Philosophy in Psychiatry
Maurice H. Greenhill Associate Professor of Psychiatry
H. Whitman Newell Associate Professor of Psychiatry
George F. Sutherland Associate Professor of Psychiatry
Manfred S. Guttmacher Associate Clinical Professor of Psychiatry
Harry M. Murdock Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
Hans W. Loewald Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
William W. Elgin Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
J. G. N. Cushing Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
Kathryn L. Schtjltz Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
Robert G. Grenell Assistant Professor of Psychiatric Research
Isadore Tuerk Associate in Psychiatry
Ephraim T. Lisansky ' . Associate in Psychiatry
Elizabeth LaForge Associate in Psychiatric Social Work
A. Russell Anderson Instructor in Psychiatry
Klaus W. Berblinger Instructor in Psychiatry
Enoch Callaway, Jr Instructor in Psychiatry
Marion W. Mathews Instructor in Psychiatry
Francis J. McLaughlin Instructor in Psychiatry
Samuel Novey Instructor in Psychiatry
Virginia Sutteneield Instructor in Psychiatry
Kent E. Roblnson Instructor in Psychiatry
Jerome Styrt Instructor in Psychiatry
William W. Magruder Instructor in Psychiatry
Marjorle R. Fleitzer Instructor in Psychiatric Social Work
Sarah V. Hutfer Assistant in Psychiatry
John H. Young Assistant in Psychiatry
Ernest C. Young Assistant in Clinical Psychiatry
Marcella Weisman Assistant in Psychiatric Social Work
Josephine L. Doughton Assistant in Psychiatric Social Work
Helen L. Guest Assistant in Psychiatric Social Work
John W. Powell Research Associate in Psychiatry
Betty Jane Fax Research Associate in Psychiatry
Lester M. Libo Research Associate in Medical Psychology
Moritz Michaelis Research Associate in Psychiatry
Ruth Page Edwards Fellow in Medical Psychology
Marvin Jaffe Fellow in Psychiatry
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 925
Frank R. Holter Fellow in Psychiatry
Tack Mendelson Fellow in Psychiatry
Arthur H. Schmale, Jr Fellow in Psychosomatic Medicine
Edwin L. Poole Research Assistant in Psychiatry
Floris de Balbian Verster Research Assistant in Psychiatry
Edna L. Barrabee Research Assistant in Psychiatry
Florence M. Burnett Research Assistant in Psychiatry
Marion C. Glass Research Assistant in Psychiatry
Doris H. Markley Research Assistant in Psychiatry
June H. Mendelson Research Assistant in Psychiatry
Barbara T. Stewart Research Assistant in Psychiatry
Arthur B. Silverstein Research Assistant in Psychiatry
First Year. Fourteen two-tiour periods during the second semester are devoted
to a consideration of human relations as applied to the practice of medicine. The
topics dealt with include personality development, reactions to stress, and situ-
ational and social factors in disease. The emphasis is upon observing, under-
standing and evaluating the personal and social factors in the disease process, in
treatment and prevention. Consideration is given to problems of values and
scientific methodology as they apply to the work of the physician. Patients with
common medical and surgical complaints are interviewed to illustrate methods of
interviewing and developing a useful therapeutic relationship. The course is
conducted by means of group discussion, supplemented by reading.
Second Year. Fourteen two-hour periods are spent in the first semester in dis-
cussions and lectures. The emphasis is on methods of examining patients, and
methods of developing and utilizing the doctor-patient relationship. The dis-
cussions center about psychopathology, as it operates in disease and in the treat-
iment process. An attempt is made to relate emotional disturbances to what is
Iknown in neurophysiology, endocrinology, psychology and sociology. Patients
are interviewed and examined to illustrate the general principles and the specific
procedures used in the examination of patients. The group discussions are supple-
mented by suggested reading.
Third Year. Sixteen lecture hours are devoted to further considerations of
special psychopathology and the principles of psychotherapy. Specialized forms
of treatment are reviewed, but the main emphasis is toward familiarizing the
student with forms of therapy feasible in routine medical practice. During 36
clinic hours the student will be supervised in history-taking, mental status and
psychometric examination, and follow-up studies of patients.
Fourth Year. A clinical clerkship is offered in the wards of the University
Hospital for one month. Patients are assigned for treatment under supervision.
Emphasis is placed on diagnosis, methods of interviewing, methods of developing
and managing a therapeutic doctor-patient relationship, and carrying out psycho-
therapy. This is supplemented by seminar meetings for discussion of child psy-
chiatry, psychotherapy, clinical psychology and social service. Topics are assigned
from the current literature for group discussion. Four afternoons are spent in
the wards of the Spring Grove State Mental Hospital in examining patients with
emphasis in the diagnosis, treatment and management of the psychoses. Eight
clinics are held for the entire fourth-year class.
926 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
ROENTGENOLOGY
Walter L. Kilby Professor of Roentgenology, and Head of the Department
Charles N. Davidson Associate Professor of Roentgenology
John DeCarlo, Jr Assistant Professor of Roentgenology
Donald J. Barnett Assistant Professor of Roentgenology
Edward R. Dana Associate in Roentgenology
John M. Dennis Associate in Radiology
Herbert B. Copeland Instructor in Roentgenology
Herbert L. Warres Instructor in Roentgenology
Robert W. Swain Consultant in Radiologic Physics, Cancer Teaching Program
During the academic year, small groups of the third and fourth year classes are
given weekly instruction in the diagnostic and therapeutic uses of the Roentgen
rays. An effort is made to familiarize the student with the indications for and the
limitations of the Roentgen ray examinations. The history, physics and practical
therapeutic application of Roentgen rays are given stressing the use of radiation
as a weapon now available in a variety of disorders of the human body ranging from
simple inflammations to malignant neoplastic conditions. Conferences are held
with the various departments during the school year which are also open to mem-
bers of the fourth year class.
Third year 8 hours
Fourth year 24 hours
Total 32 hours
SPEECH TRAINING CLINIC [a division of surgery]
Edward A. Kitlowski Clinical Professor of Plastic Surgery
Ray Ehrensberger Professor of Speech
Merle Ansberry Associate Professor of Speech
This department has been installed in conjunction with the Department of
Speech of the University at College Park to evaluate the speech difficulties in
children with congenital defects. Admission to the Clinic is by appointment only.
The Clinic operates all day Thursdays.
SURGERY
Charles Reid Edwards Professor of Surgery, and Acting Head of the Department
Walter D. Wise Professor of Surgery
Elliott H. Hutchins Professor of Surgery
D. J. Pessagno Professor of Clinical Surgery
F L. Jennings Professor of Clinical Surgery
George H. Yeager Professor of Clinical Surgery
Monte Edwards Clinical Professor of Surgery
Otto C. Brantigan Professor of Clinical Surgery
Harry C. Hull Professor of Clinical Surgery
James W. Nelson Professor of Clinical Surgery
R. Rldgeway Trimble Professor of Clinical Surgery
Charles A. Reifschnelder Clinical Professor of Traumatic Surgery
Thomas R. Chambers Associate Professor of Surgery
Edward S. Johnson Associate Professor of Surgery
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
927
Cyrus F. Horine Associate Professor of Surgery
Charles W. Maxson Associate Professor of Surgery
C. VV. Peake Associate Professor of Surgery
William F. Reinhoff, Jr Associate Professor of Surgery
W. Wallace Walker Associate Professor of Surgery and Surgical Anatomy
H. F. Hongardt Assistant Professor of Surgery
I. O. Ridgely Assistant Professor of Surgery
Arthur G. Siwinski Assistant Professor of Surgery
Simon H. Brager Assistant Professor of Surgery and Proctology
Thurston R. Adams Assistant Professor of Surgery
Harry C. Bowie Assistant Professor of Surgery
Raymond F. Helfrich Associate in Surgery
William B. Settle Associate in Surgery
George Govatos Associate in Surgery
Joseph V. Jerardi Associate in Surgery
Herbert E. Reifschneeder Associate in Surgery
Harold H. Burns Associate in Surgery
William L. Garlick Associate in Surgery
Patrick C. Phelan Associate in Surgery
Edwin H. Stewart, Jr Associate in Surgery
R. Adams Cowley. .Associate in Thoracic Surgery and Assistant Director Experimental
Surgery
E. Roderick Shipley Associate in Surgery
Robert C. Sheppard Associate in Surgery
F. Ford Loker Associate in Surgery
Karl F. Mech Associate in Surgery
Joseph M. Miller Associate in Surgery
J. Duer Moores Instructor in Surgery
Calvin Hyman Instructor in Surgery
Clyde F. Karns Instructor in Surgery
Daniel R. Robinson Instructor in Surgery
George H. Brouillet Instructor in Surgery
John F. Schaefer Instructor in Surgery
Robert F. Healy Instructor in Surgery
Samtjel E. Proctor Instructor in Surgery
Louis E. Goodman Instructor in Surgery
Harold L. Zupnik Instructor in Surgery
Michael L. DeVincentes Instructor in Surgery
William R. Geraghty Assistant in Surgery
Howard B. McElwain Assistant in Surgery
A. V. Buchness Assistant in Surgery
T. J. Touhey Assistant in Surgery
Samuel H. Culver Assistant in Surgery
L. T. Chance Assistant in Surgery
W. Allen Deckert Assistant in Surgery
William C. Dunnigan Assistant in Surgery
Raymond M. Cunningham Assistant in Surgery
John W. Chambers Assistant in Surgery
Ross Z. Pterpont Assistant in Surgery
James N. Cianos Assistant in Surgery
Richard M. Garrett Assistant in Surgery
928 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
William D. Lynn Assistant in Surgery
David R. Will Assistant in Surgery
Harold P. Bdzhl Assistant in Surgery
Kirk Moore Assistant in Surgery
William B. Rever, Jr Assistant in Surgery
Leonard G. Hamberry Assistant in Surgery
Instruction is given by means of lectures, laboratory work, recitations, dis-
pensary work, bedside instruction, ward classes, and clinics. The work begins
in the second year and continues throughout the third and fourth years.
The teaching is done in the anatomical laboratory, operative surgery labora-
tory, the Out-Patient departments, wards, laboratories and operating rooms of
the University and Mercy Hospitals, and in the wards and operating rooms of
the Baltimore City Hospitals.
SECOND YEAR
Topographic and Surgical Anatomy. Second semester. The course is
designed to bridge the gap between anatomy in the abstract and clinical anatomy
applied to the study and practice of medicine and surgery.
The teaching is done in the anatomical laboratory. Students are required to
dissect and to demonstrate all points, outlines, and regions on the cadaver. Under-
lying regions are dissected to bring out outlines and relations of structures.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week. Drs. Brantigan, Walker,
Settle, Bowie, H. E. Reifschneider, Pierpont and Garrett.
Total hours: 96.
Principles of Surgery. Second semester. The course includes discussions
of irritants, infection, repair of tissue, healing of tissue, relationship of bacteriology
to surgery, modern chemotherapy in surgical diseases, ulcers, wounds, thrombo-
phlebitis, phlebothrombosis, peripheral vascular diseases, thermal burns, injuries
due to cold, surgical shock, diseases of the lymphatics, gangrene of the skin and
extremities, aneurysms, hemorrhage, varicose veins, embolism, sinuses and fistulae,
tetanus, anthrax and actinomycosis.
Lectures, two hours a week for one semester, are given to the whole class. Drs.
Adams and Sheppard.
THIRD YEAR
General and Regional Surgery. Lectures, recitations and clinics are
given on the principles of surgery and general surgery including fractures and
dislocations. Three hours a week to the whole class. Dr. Hull.
The class is divided into groups. Instruction in history-taking and surgical
pathology is given under the supervision of the chief of the pathology de-
partment of the Baltimore City Hospitals. Instruction is also given in surgical
diagnosis and in general surgery at the bedside and in the classroom at B.C.H. by
Drs. Bowie, Koontz, Brantigan, Adams and Garrett. Two hours per week are
given in orthopaedic surgery by Dr. Voshell, chief of the orthopaedic service of
this institution.
Operative Surgery. Lectures and operative demonstrations are given under
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 929
[the supervision of Dr. Yeager assisted by Dr. Govatos. The class is divided into
■sections and each section is given practical and individual work under the super-
vision of instructors.
I ■ Surgical Out-patient Department. Under supervision, the student takes
the history, makes the physical examination, attempts the diagnosis and, as far
as possible, carries out the treatment of ambulatory surgical patients in the
University and Mercy Hospitals. Mercy Hospital — Dr. Raymond F. Helfrich
assisted by the out-patient staff. University Hospital — Drs. Settle and Sheppard
assisted by the out-patient staff.
FOURTH YEAR
Clinics. Surgical pathological Conference. A weekly conference is conducted
at the University Hospital for the entire class. Daily ward classes at University
and Mercy Hospitals, and half day ward work under the supervision of Dr. E. R.
Shipley at University and Dr. Patrick C. Phelan, Mercy Hospital.
Surgery of the Chest: — Mercy Hospital. Operations and conferences. 14
hours. Drs. Rienhoff and Garlick.
Traumatic Surgery. This course deals with operative and post-operative
treatment of accident cases and with instructions as to the relationship between the
state, the employee, the employer, and the physician's duty to each. One hour
a week to sections of the class throughout the year. Dr. C. A. Reifschneider.
Clinical Clerkship. This work includes the personal study of assigned
hospital patients under supervision of the staffs of the University and Mercy
Hospitals, and embraces history-taking, and physical examination of patients,
laboratory examinations, attendance at operations and observation of post-
operative treatment.
Ward Classes. Ward-class instruction in small groups will consist of ward
rounds, surgical diagnosis, treatment and the after-care of operative cases. Mercy
Hospital— Drs. Wise, Hutchins, Pessagno, Nelson, Trimble, Brager, Jerardi, Gar-
lick and Loker. University Hospital— Drs. C. Reid Edwards, Yeager, Hull and
C. A. Reifschneider.
THORACIC SURGERY [a division of surgeryI
Otto C. Brantigan Professor of Thoracic Surgery
William L. Garlick Associate Professor of Thoracic Surgery
R. Adams Cowley Associate in Thoracic Surgery
Donald B. Hebb Assistant in Thoracic Surgery
Calvin Y. Hadidian Resident in Thoracic Surgery
George Schtmert Fellow in Thoracic Surgery
Men having completed three years of American Board of Surgery training are
eligible for appointment. The first year is spent in thoracic research surgery. The
second year is in clinical thoracic surgery at Baltimore City, Mercy and Univer-
sity Hospitals.
TROPICAL MEDICINE [a division of medicine]
Certain phases of tropical medicine are considered in the course on clinical
pathology. In addition, a course of lectures and demonstration? is given to the
entire fourth vear class
930 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
TUBERCULOSIS [a division of medicine]
During the third year in connection with the instruction in physical diagnosis
a practical course is given at the Municipal Tuberculosis Hospital. Stress is laid
upon the recognition of the physical signs of the disease, as well as upon its sympto-
matology and gross pathology.
UROLOGY [a division of surgery]
W. Houston Toulson Professor of Urology
Kenneth D. Legge Professor of Clinical Urology
Howard B. Mays Assistant Professor of Urology
Francis W. Gillis Assistant Professor of Urology
John F. Hogan Assistant Professor of Urology
John S. Haines Assistant Professor of Urology
Austin H Wood Associate in Urology
Lyle J. Millan Associate in Urology
L. K. Fargo Associate in Urology
Hugh J. Jewett Associate in Urology
Martin A. Robbins Associate in Urology
John D. Young. Jr Associate in Urology
John H. Menning Instructor in Urology
Third Year. This course is given for seven hours to the whole class. It con-
sists of lectures and demonstrations, including the use of lantern slides and motion
pictures. Dr. Toulson.
Fourth Year. The course includes explanations and demonstrations of urethros-
copy, cystoscopy, ureteral catheterization, renal function tests, urography, urine
cultures and the various laboratory procedures. The teaching consists of clinics
and ward rounds to small groups, and attendance by members of the senior class
upon the out-patients in the dispensary. The student is placed on his own re-
sponsibility in arriving at a diagnosis. These Out-Patient Department classes
are conducted at both the Mercy and University Hospitals where practically
every variety of urogenital disease is seen and used for teaching purposes.
Third year 6 hours
Fourth year 39 hours
Total 45 hours
MEDICAL LIBRARY
Howard Rovelstad, A.B., M.A., B.S.L.S Director of Libraries and Professor
of Library Science
Ida- Marian Robinson, A.B., B.S.L.S Librarian and Associate Professor of
Library Science
Hilda E. Moore, A.B., A.B.L.S Associate Librarian
Florence R. Kirk Assistant Librarian
Marie Harvin, B.A., B.S.L.S Cataloguer
Fritzi J. Farley Library Assistant
Mary B. Lowber, A.B Assistant to the Librarian
Patricia C. Watkins Assistant to Cataloguer
SCHOOL OF MEDICI XE 931
POSTGRADUATE COURSES
Committee on Postgraduate Studies
Howard M. Bubert, Chairman and Director
Dietrich C. Smith, Assistant Director and 1st Vice-chairman Frank H. J. Figge
L. A. M. Krause, 2nd Vice-chairman Wetherbee Fort
f. Edmund Bradley John C. Krantz, Jr.
Otto C. Brantigan J. Morris Reese
George Ff. Buck Milton S. Sacks
William K. Diehl Allen F. Voshell
John A. Wagner
Elizabeth Carroll, Executive Secretary
The Dean — Ex Officio
Calendar: Postgraduate courses are offered from September 17 to June 5th.
The Postgraduate Committee presented for the Maryland Academy of General
Practice a closed circuit television show at University Hospital. Another telecast
of this type is planned for the autumn of 1953. The program will originate at
University Hospital. Remote presentation will be provided locally for the
Baltimore City Medical Society at the Medical and Chirurgical Faculty Building,
and for the Delaware Academy of General Practice via Wilmington, Delaware.
The weekly television show, "Live and Help Live", which was discontinued
during the summer, will be resumed in September.
A series of eight lectures on Cardiology will be presented in Wilmington to the
Delaware Academy of General Practice. These lectures will begin in mid-
September.
A program to assist the Provident Hospital in the training of its house staffs
has been instituted jointly by the University of Maryland and the Johns Hopkins
University Schools of Medicine. Affiliation between the University Hospital and
The Lutheran Hospital of Maryland, Inc. is in progress.
The following intramural postgraduate courses have been continued.
General Anatomy: The course is designed to prepare candidates for the ex-
amination of the American Board of General Surgery and Surgical Specialties.
There is no strict rule governing either the content or duration of the course.
Students may dissect a complete cadaver or any particular region in which they
may be interested. Tuition arranged according to course content and duration.
Anatomy of Head and Neck as applied to the eye, ear, nose and throat.
Duration 150 hours, beginning on October 1 and ending approximately February
28, comprising two periods of 4 hours per week. Tuition $75.00. Details as
to the time of the individual periods will be arranged with candidates who wish to
take the course.
Surgical Anatomy: The course is designed to prepare candidates for the ex-
amination in Anatomy of the American Board of Surgery. This is a ninety-hour
course (3 hours a day, 2 days a week) given in conjunction with the regular sopho-
more medical course in surgical anatomy. Tuition $150.00.
Pathology: This course is designed to prepare candidates for certification in
surgery, surgical specialties and internal medicine. Individuals will receive train-
ing in autopsy and surgical pathology. Minimum duration is full time, six months.
Tuition $150.00.
932
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Neuropathology: This course is designed to aid in meeting the requirements oi
the specialty boards in neurological sciences and covers basic studies in diseases
of the central nervous system. Duration is six months, full time. Tuition
$200.00 plus $10.00 laboratory fee.
Gynecology and Obstetrics: This is a review for general practitioners.
Students attend lectures, ward rounds and clinics, and observe operations and
deliveries. Full time for twelve weeks. Tuition $150.00.
Gynecology, Oncology and Female Urology: This is a review designed
primarily for the general practitioner. Students attend lectures, ward rounds
and clinics and observe operations. Full time for ten weeks. Tuition $125.00.
Basic Sciences as They Apply to the Practice of Medicine. This course
is designed to familiarize students with the advances in basic sciences during recent
years. The course consists of 32 periods of 2 hours each, once a week between
October and June. Tuition $50.00.
Full descriptions of these courses are available. Inquiries should be addressed
to the Post Graduate Committee, University of Maryland School of Medicine,
Baltimore 1, Maryland.
LECTURERS IN POSTGRADUATE
Thurston R. Adams
Marie A. Andersch
James G. Arnold, Jr.
Robert E. Bauer
Joseph G. Bird
Harry C. Bowie
J. Edmund Bradley
Otto C. Brantigan
George H. Brouillet
Howard M. Bubert
Raymond M. Burgison
T. Nelson Carey
C. Jelleff Carr
Robert Chenowith
Ernest I. Cornbrooks, Jr.
Edward F. Cotter
Richard J. Cross, Jr.
John DeCarlo, Jr.
Francis G. Dickey
William K. Diehl
Everett S. Diggs
D. McClelland Dixon
Louis H. Douglass
J. Sheldon Eastland
Charles Reid Edwards
Monte Edwards
William L. Fearing
Frederick P. Ferguson
Frank H. J. Figge
Jacob E. Finesinger
A. H. Finkelstein
Russel S. Fisher
Richard M. Garrett
Albert E. Goldstein
Lewis P. Gundry
Frank W. Hachtel
Jerome Hartz
Charles W. Hawkins
Nathan B. Herman
Harry C. Hull
J. Mason Hundley, Jr.
D. Frank Kaltreider
Theodore Kardash
F. Edwin Knowles, Jr.
Vernon E. Krahl
John C. Krantz, Jr.
L. A. M. Krause
Arnold F. Lavenstein
C. Edward Leach
Ephraim T. Lisansky
William S. Love, Jr.
Wm. V. Lovitt, Jr.
Fred R. McCrumb
Hugh B. McNally
Howard B. Mays
Samuel Morrison
H. Whitman Newell
Robert H. Oster
Frank J. Otenasek
Robert T. Parker
Ross Z. Pierpont
Maurice C. Pincoffs
J. Morris Reese
MEDICINE
Herbert E. Reifschneider
Dexter L. Reimann
Henry L. Rigdon
Harry M. Robinson, Jr
Harry M. Robinson, Sr.
Raymond C. V. Robinson
Milton S. Sacks
John E. Savage
Sidney Scherlis
Emil G. Schmidt
William B. Settle
Dietrich C. Smith
George W. Smith
Merrill Snyder
Nathan Snyder
Hugh R. Spencer
Melchijah Spragins
Edwin H. Stewart, Jr.
Harry A. Teitelbaum
W. Houston Toulson
Eduard Uhlenhuth
Henry F. Ullrich
Allen Fiske Voshell
John A. Wagner
Wallace Walker
Milton J. Wilder
Walter D. Wise
Henry L. Wollenweber
Theodore E. Woodward
Robert B. Wright
George H. Yeager
Q[
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION'
H. C. Byrd, LL.D., D.Sc, President of the University
NOEL E. Foss, B.S., Ph.D., Dean
B. Olive Cole, Phar.D., LL.B., Secretary
G. WATSON Algire, M.S., Director of Admissions
Alma II. Preinkert, MA.., Registrar
FACULTY COUNCIL
Xoel E. Foss, Dean
George P. Hager Doxald E. Shay
Casimir T. Ichniowski Frank J. Slama
A. \V. Richeson B. Olive Cole, Secretary
FACULTY
Professors
William R. Amberson Professor of Physiology, School of Medicine
Lafayette College, Ph.B. (1915) ; Princeton University, Ph.D. (1922).
B. Olive Cole Professor of Pharmacy Administration
University of Maryland, Phar.D. (1913) ; LL.B. (1923).
Gaylord B. Estabrook Professor of Physics
Purdue University, B.S. in Ch.E. (1921); Ohio State University. M.S. (1922); Uni-
versity of Pittsburg, Ph.D. (1932).
Noel E. Foss Professor of Pharmacy
South Dakota State College, Ph.C, B.S. (1929) ; University of Maryland, M. S.
(1932) ; Ph.D. (1933).
George P. Hager Professor of Pharmaceutical Chemistry
University of Maryland, B.S. (1938) ; M.S. (1940) ; Ph.D. (1942).
Casimir T. Ichniowski Emerson Professor of Pharmacology
University of Maryland, Ph.G. (1929); B.S. (1930); M.S. (1932); Ph.D. (1936).
*Norman E. Phillips Professor of Zoology
Allegany College, B.S. (1916) ; Cornell University. Ph.D. (1931).
|W. Arthur Purdum Professor of Hospital Pharmacy
University of Maryland, Ph.G. (1930); B.S. (1932); M.S. (1934); Ph.D. (1941).
*A. \V. Richeson Professor of Mathematics
University of Richmond, B.S. (1918); Johns Hopkins University, A.M. (1925); Ph.D.
(1928).
Emil G. Schmidt Professor of Biological Chemistry
School of Medicine
University of Wisconsin, B.S. (1921) ; Ph.D. (1924) ; University of Maryland, LL.B.
(1934).
Donald E. Shay Professor of Bacteriology
Lebanon Valley College, B.S. (1937) ; University of Maryland, M.S. (193S) ; Ph.D.
(1943).
Frank J. Slama Professor of Pharmacognosy
University of Maryland, Ph.G. (1924); Ph.C. (1925); B.S. (1928); M.S. (1930);
Ph.D. (1935).
The faculty is listed as constituted during 1952-53. Changes will be noted in sub-
sequent catalogues.
•Teachers detailed from the College of Arts and Sciences to the Baltimore Branch
of the University.
tPart time.
933
934 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Dietrich Conrad Smith Professor of Physiology, School of Medicine
University of Minnesota, A.B. (1923); M.A. (1924); Harvard University, Ph.D.
(1928).
fj. Carlton Wolf Professor of Dispensing Pharmacy
University of Maryland, Phar.D. (1905) ; American International Academy, Wash-
ington, D. C, B.S. (1921); Maryland Academy of Science, Sc.D. (1922); (Hon-
orary).
Associate Professors
Benjamin Frank Allen Associate Professor of Pharmacy
University of Maryland, B.S. (1937) ; Ph.D. (1949).
Frederick P. Ferguson Associate Professor of Physiology,
School of Medicine
Wesleyan University, B.A. (193S) ; M.A. (1939) ; University of Minnesota, Ph.D.
(1943).
Edward J. Herbst Associate Professor of Biological Chemistry,
School of Medicine
University of Wisconsin, B.S. (1943); M.S. (1944); Ph.D. (1949).
*Francis M. Miller Associate Professor of Chemistry
Western Kentucky State College, B.S. (1946) ; Northwestern University, Ph.D.
(1949).
Ida Marian Robinson Associate Professor of Library Science
Cornell University, A.B. (1924); Columbia University School of Library Service,
B.S.L.S. (1943).
Assistant Professors
*Adele B. Ballman Assistant Professor of English
Goucher College, A.B. (1926) ; Johns Hopkins University, Ph.D. (1935).
Raymond E. Vanderlinde Assistant Professor of Biologica,
Chemistry, School of Medicine
Syracuse University, A.B. (1944); M.S. (1947); Ph.D. (1950).
John Irving White Assistant Professor of Physiology,
School of Medicine
University of Illinois, B.A. (1939) ; Rutgers University, Ph.D. (1950).
Instructors
John Autian Instructor in Pharmacy
Temple University, B.S. (1950) ; University of Maryland, M.S. (1952).
Ann Virginia Brown Instructor, Biological Chemistry,
School of Medicine
Goucher College, A.B. (1940).
*Frank A. Dolle Instructor in Zoology
University of Maryland, B.S. (1948) ; M.S. (1950).
Samuel L. Fox Instructor in Physiology, School of Medicine
University of Maryland, Ph.G. (1934); B.S. (1936); M.D. (1938).
Georgianna S. Gittinger. . . , Instructor in Pharmacology
Hood College, A.B. (1912); University of Virginia, M.A. (1924).
Margaret Wong Lew Instructor in Pharmacy
University of Maryland, B.S. (1944).
Harriet R. Xoel Instructor in Pharmacy
University of Maryland. Ph.G. (1934); B.S. (1935).
*Claire Strube Schradieck Instructor in Languages
Goucher College, A.B. (1916) ; Johns Hopkins University, Ph.D. (1919).
fPart time.
*T<-;iehers detailed from the College of Arts and Sciences to the Baltimore Branch
of the University.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 935
. \V. Steffe1 Instructor in Pharmacy
rsity of Maryland, B.S. (1952).
Louis R. Stezzi Instructor in Chemistry
Temple University, B.S. (1948) : M.S. (1951).
i William O. Williams Instructor in Pharmacy
University of Maryland, B.S. (1951).
Junior Instructor
Paul A. Pumpian Junior Instructor in Pharmacy Administration
University of Maryland, B.S. (1948); B.S. in Phar. (1950).
Visiting Lecturer
tLandon W. Burbage2 Visiting Lecturer in Pharmacy Administration
Medical College of Virginia, Ph.B. (1909); Ph.G. (1910).
Assistants
*Charles Leroy Beckel Assistant in Physics
University of Scranton, B.S. (1948).
Allen G. Brickman Assistant in Pharmacy
University of Maryland. B.S. (1952).
Marvin J. Chertkoff Assistant in Chemistry
Univers'ity of Maryland, B.S. (1951).
John J. Josten Assistant in Bacteriology
University of Cincinnati, B.S. (1950) ; Miami University, M.S. (1951).
Carl Kaiser Assistant in Chemistry
University of Maryland, B.S. (1951).
Robert J. Kokoski Assistant in Pharmacy
University of Maryland, B.S. (1952).
Stanley P. Kramer Assistant in Chemistry
University of Maryland, B.S. (1949).
W. Homer Lawrence Assistant in Pharmacology
College of the Ozarks, B.S. (1950); University of Maryland, M.S. (1952
Frank R. Milio Assistant in Pharmacy
University of Maryland, B.S. (1952).
Bernard Misek Assistant in Pharmacy
Columbia University, B.S. (1951).
♦Frank Sinnreich Assistant in Zoology
University of Maryland, B.S. (1951).
Louis M. Winters Assistant in Pharmacology
Duquesne University, B.S. (1952).
Library Staff
Pharmacy-Dentistry
Ida Marian Robinson, A.B., B.S.L.S Librarian
Hilda E. Moore, A.B., A.B.L.S Associate Librarian
Beatrice Marriott, A.B Reference Librarian
Joanna R. Millett, B.A., M.A.L.S Periodicals Librarian
Harriette W. Shelton, B.A., B.S.L.S Cataloguer
Alice M. Melvix, A.B Library . tssistani
Mary B. Lowber, A.B Assistant to the Librarian
Patricia C. Watkixs Assistant to the Cataloguer
Assisting Staff
Margaret E. Beatty Senior Stenographer
Daisy Lotz Gue Secretary-Stenographer
•Teachers detailed from the College of Arts and Sciences to the Baltimore Branch
of the University.
tPart time.
1. Effective October 6, 1952.
2. Effective February 1, 1953.
936 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
for*
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY
HISTORY
The School of Pharmacy of the University of Maryland, formerly the Marylan
College of Pharmacy, was organized on July 20, 1840, by a forward-looking grou
of apothecaries and physicians then practicing in the State of Maryland, wh
recognized the necessity for more thoroughly educated and better-trained pharmacisi
if this rapidly growing phase of medical service was to be properly developec
It was incorporated on January 27, 1841, and the first course of lectures was begu
in November of the same year. The College continued to operate as an independer
institution until 1904, when it was amalgamated with the group of professions
schools in Baltimore then known as the University of Maryland. It became
department of the State University when the old University of Maryland wa
merged with the Maryland State College in 1920. With but one short intermissio
just prior to 1856, it has continuously exercised its functions as a teaching institutioi
AIMS AND PURPOSES
The School of Pharmacy provides systematic instruction in pharmacy, th
collateral sciences, and such other subjects as are deemed to be essential in th
education of a pharmacist. Its chief aim is to prepare its matriculants for th
intelligent practice of dispensing pharmacy, but it also offers the facilities am
instruction necessary for the attainment of proficiency in the practice of the othe
branches of the profession and in pharmaceutical research.
BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT
The School occupies the building erected for it by the State at the north wes
corner of Lombard and Greene Streets, in Baltimore. This is a commodious six
story laboratory and classroom building especially designed to house the work o
pharmacy. It is completely equipped throughout, and offers every facility for th
undergraduate student to carry on the work necessary to acquire a thorough knowl
edge of pharmacy, and to the graduate student for the pursuit of research in th<
various fields of pharmacy, and the collateral sciences.
Four lecture rooms seating 116 to 145 students, and four recitation rooms witl
a seating capacity of 35 to 40 students are available in this building. These an
equipped with modern tables for lecture demonstrations in the sciences, with lantern;
and screens and the other devices commonly used in lecture and recitation work
The building provides laboratory space for drug milling and the various course;
in pharmacy ; for the several courses in chemistry ; for instruction in botany anc
pharmacognosy ; for work in the biological sciences, zoology, bacteriology, physiology
and pharmacology ; for the pursuit of research in any of these departments.
The building also provides library facilities. It contains a well-lighted reading-
room with accommodations for 100 students, and a stack-room space to accommodate
12,000 volumes. At the present time the library contains more than 11,000 books
and periodicals pertaining to pharmacy and the collateral sciences. Additional library
facilities are available at the Medical School Library, which is only a few doors
away, the Enoch Pratt Free Library, the Peabody Library, and the libraries of the
various departments of the Johns Hopkins University
RECOGNITION
The school is accredited by the American Council of Pharmaceutical Education
as a Class A School, and holds membership in the American Association of Colleges
of Pharmacy. Its diploma is recognized by all the states.
COURSES AND DEGREES
A four-year course leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy
(B.S. in Pharm.) is offered. The first three years of the curriculum are the same
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 937
or all students taking this course, but the work of the fourth yeai uiu> be varied
Within the limits set forth on page 22.
Advanced courses are offered in pharmacy, pharmaceutical chemistry, pharmacol-
ogy, pharmacognosy, and bacteriology. The degree of Master of Science (M.S.)
s- conferred upon graduates of the four-year course who have completed at least
me year of graduate work and have presented a satisfactory thesis. Candidates tor
this degree may take all of the work in the School of Pharmacy. Candidates for the
1 legree of Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) may also take the major portion of
he required work in the School of Pharmacy. All candidate, for tin -
lowcvcr, must register in the Graduate School of the University and meet the
equipments of that School. For detailed information concerning r i re-
tirements for admission, etc., see the catalogue of tin- Graduate School.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSU
The requirements for admission meet fully those prescribed by the America!'
Council on Pharmaceutical Education, and the American As ociation of < lollegi
Pharmacy.
Admission to freshman class from secondary schools
New students are admitted only at the beginning of the Fall semester.
An applicant from a secondary school may be admitted either by certificate,
le^Dr by examination, or by a combination of the two methods.
Admission* by Certificate: An applicant must be a graduate of a secondary
school which is approved by the State Board of Education of Maryland or by an
accredited agency of at least equal rank, and which requires for graduation not less
than 16 units, grouped as follows:
Distribution of Units between Required and Elective Subjects: Required sub-
ects 9>y2 units, elective 7)/2 units, total 16 units.
Required Subjects: English (I, II, III, IV), 4 units; algebra \y2 unitsf :
plane geometry, 1 unit ; history, 1 unit ; science, 1 unit. Total, H1/? units.
Elective Subjects: Astronomy, biology, botany, chemistry, civics, economics,
general science, geology, history, vocational subjects (agriculture, commercial
C 'rawing, home economics, shops, etc.), foreign languages, mathematics, physical
roF,eography, physics, zoology, or any subject offered in a standard high or preparatory
chool for which graduation credit is granted toward college or university entrance.
Total, 7l/2 units, of which not more than four shall be vocational units.
A unit represents a year's study in any subject in a secondary school, and
constitutes approximately one-fourth of a full year's work. It pre-supposes a
school year of 36 to 40 weeks, recitation periods of from 40 to 60 minutes, and
for each study four or five class exercises a week. Double laboratory periods in
any science or vocational study are considered as equivalent to one class exercise.
Normally, not more than three units are allowed for four years of English. If,
ejliowever, a fifth course has been taken, an extra unit will be granted.
A graduate of an approved secondary school in Maryland who meets the certifi-
cation requirements of the State Department of Education, or the Department of
Education of Baltimore City, will be considered for admission upon presentation of
the proper certificate from the principal. A graduate who does not fully meet these
requirements may be required to present further evidence of ability to undertake
college work. At the discretion of the Director of Admissions, this may include
an appropriate examination. Such examination will be given during the first week
of each of the months of June, July, August and September at College Park, Md.
Applicants concerned will be notified when and where to report.
tOne unit of algebra will meet the requirements (or admission for hi^h school students
who graduate in 1952 or earlier.
•The right is reserved to refuse admission to applicants with sufficient scholastic
credit, whose presence in the School would in the judgment of the Faculty Council be
detrimental to the best interests of the School.
938 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
An applicant for admission by certificate from a secondary school not located
in Maryland must be recommended by the principal, and should have attained tUd
certification-to-college grade of the school. If the school does not have such quality
grade, then the applicant's school grades must be at least ten points or one letter
higher than the lowest passing grade of the school.
Admission by Examination : An applicant from a secondary school who is
not el.gible for admission by certificate may seek entrance through either of two
types of examination: (1) he may appeal to the Director of Admissions for per-
mission to report at the University for an examination, the result of which will be
used in conjunction with the secondary school record to determine whether the
appl cant should be admitted, or (2) he may be adm.tted on presenting evidence of
havi. g passed satisfactorily other approved examinations in the subjects required
for graduation from an accredited secondary school. Such examinations are offered
by the College Entrance Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton, N. J., the Regents
of tiie University of the State of New York, Albany, and the Department of Public
Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, Harrisburg.
Applicants must be approved by the Director of Admissions, and must also
meet the admission requirements established by the Committee on Admissions of
the School of Pharmacy.
ADMISSION WITH ADVANCED STANDING
An applicant for admission with advanced standing must present official
transcript of his high school and college records and a certificate of honorable dis-
missal from the college from which he is transferring. If the transcript of his
college record shows the average of the grades received to be at least a "C" or one
letter higher than the minimum passing grade, and if he has satisfied all other
admission requirements, he may be admitted and given advanced standing as follows :
A student transferring from a college of pharmacy accredited by the American
Council on Pharmaceutical Education may be admitted to advanced standing with-
out examination and be given credit for that portion of the work of the first three
years of the pharmacy curriculum which he may have completed.
A student transferring from a recognized non-pharmacy college may be ad-
mitted to advanced standing without examination and be given credit for the work
completed in the general cultural or foundational subjects of the pharmacy curriculum.
No more than one year of credit in time will be given to any student applying
for advanced standing from any institution other than a college of pharmacy, unless
such credit shall be for graduate work in applied subjects done in a recognized
graduate school or other educational institution.
In order that the training of the applicant for advanced standing may be equal
to that of the members of the class which he seeks to enter, he will be required to
take those courses, which the class has completed but which he has not completed
and such courses will be given precedence over the more advanced courses in prepar-
ing his schedule of studies.
An applicant for advanced standing will not be given more favorable classifica-
tion than he would have received in the college from which he transfers.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
An application blank for admission may be had by applying to the office of
the Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland or the Dean of Pharmacy.
The form must be filled out in full with the names of all schools attended, signed
by the applicant and returned to the office of the Director of Admissions with the
required photographs and the five dollar investigation fee not earlier than October
first preceding the desired year of admission. Do not send diplomas or certificates.
The Director of Admissions wTill secure all necessary credentials after the applica-
tion has been received. Do not make application unless reasonably certain that
preparation is sufficient or unless intending to complete preparation if insufficient.
Ample time should be allowed for securing credentials and investigating schools.
If the applicant qualifies for the study of the profession, a certificate of entrance
will be issued.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 939
REGISTRATION WITH THE MARYLAND BOARD OF PHARMACY
The Maryland Pharmacy Law, as amended in 1931, requires all students enter-
ing upon the study of Pharmacy in the State to file application with the Maryland
Board of Pharmacy. The law reads as follows:
"Any person enrolling as a student in pharmacy in any school or college of
pharmacy in this state shall, not later than thirty days after enrolling, file with the
Secretary of the Maryland Board of Pharmacy, an application
a student of pharmacy in which said application he shall he required to furnish such
information as the Board may deem appropriate, and simultaneously with the filing of
said application, shall pay the Board a fee of one dollar; all such students of phar-
macy shall, at the beginning of any subsequent school or college year, submit to the
said Board a sworn statement of any and all actual drugstore experience acquired
during the preceding vacation months."
MATRICULATION AND REGISTRATION
All students are required to report in person for enrollment at the office of
^he Secretary of the School of Pharmacy during the registration period at the
beginning of each semester. A student entering for the first time must matriculate
before he will be permitted to register.
All students must complete their registration at the office of the Registrar on
the days scheduled in the calendar. Under no condition will a student be permitted
to enter classes before he has completed registration. Students who fail to register
on the days scheduled are required to pay a late registration fee of five dollars
($5.00). The last day for registration with the payment of the late registration
fee is Saturday at noon following the last day scheduled for registration in the
calendar. This rule may be waived only upon the written recommendation of the
Dean.
FEES AND EXPENSES
Application fee (With application) $ 5.00
Matriculation fee (First-year only) 10.00
Tuition fee (per semester) :
Residents of Maryland 135.00
Non-Residents 16,0.00
Laboratory fee (per semester) 15.00
Graduation fee (Senior year) 15.00
Special fees :
Penalty for late registration or non-payment in full of fees when due 5.00
Special examination 2.00
A student registered for twelve semester hours or more will be charged the
full fees. A student registered for less than twelve hours will be charged on a
subject basis at the rate of $10.00 per semester hour plus the following laboratory
fees per semester course :
Bacteriology $10.00 Pharmacy $10.00
Chemistry 10.00 Physics 4.00
Pharmacognosy 5.00 Physiology 8.00
Pharmacology 10.00 Zoology 8.00
A student given the privilege of registering for more than the regularly
scheduled work for a semester will be charged an additional fee for each extra
course.
In addition to the regular fees, there are other expenses. Each student is
required to pay $7.50 each semester to the "Students' Activity Fund" which is
used to defray the cost of extra-curricular activities. The expenditure of approxi-
mately $130.00 per academic year is necessary for the purchase of books, weights,
dissecting instruments, and incidentals.
940 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
FEES FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS
Matriculation fee of $10.00.
Resident fee — $10.00 per semester hour.
Diploma fee— Master's degree— $10.00.
Doctor's degree— $35.00.
PAYMENTS AND EXPLANATION OF FEES
A fee of $5.00 is charged to cover the cost of examining applicant's record.
This fee should be sent in with the completed application blank.
The Matriculation fee of $10.00 is charged but once. This fee and a deposit of
$50.00 on tuition is required at the time the applicant is accepted for admission.
This $00.00 is not returnable and will be forfeited if the applicant fails to register.
Registration of a student in any school or college of the University is regarded as
registration in the University of Maryland, but when such student transfers to a
professional school of the University or from one professional school to another,
he is required to pay the matriculation fee charged by the school to which he
transfers.
A tuition fee of $135.00 per semester is charged a student who is a resident of
Maryland (See definition of resident student). A student who is not a resident
of Maryland is charged an additional $25.00 per semester. The tuition fee must
be paid during the registration period at the beginning of each semester.
A laboratory fee of $15.00 per semester is charged to cover materials and
apparatus used in laboratory work. This fee must be paid during the registration
period at the beginning of each semester.
A graduation fee of $15.00 is charged. This fee must be paid not later than the
registration period for the last semester of the senior year.
Special fees are charged as indicated in the preceding table. The penalty fee
for late registration or non-payment of fees in full must be paid before the end
of the semester in which fees are due. The fee for an examination to remove a
condition or lor a special examination must be paid before the student takes the
examination and the receipt for payment must be presented to the teacher giving the
examination.
The foregoing requirements with regard to the payment of fees will be rigidly
enforced. Failure to meet any of the above conditions will automatically' disbar a
student from attendance in classes and from all other privileges of the School.
DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE AND NON-RESIDENCE
Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if at the time
of their registration their parents have been domiciled in this State for at least
one year.
The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his first
registration in the University, and may not thereafter be changed by him unless,
in the case of a minor, his parents move to and become legal residents of thi.^
State by maintaining such residence for at least one full year. However, the right
of the minor student to change from a non-resident status to resident status must
be established by him prior to the registration period set for any semester.
Adult students are considered to be residents if at the time of their registration
they have been domiciled in this State for at least one year provided such
residence has not been acquired while attending any school or college in Maryland
or elsewhere.
The word domicile as used in this regulation shall mean the permanent place
of abode. For the purpose of this rule only one domicile may be maintained.
The following interpretations or modifications of the above rules shall apply:
(a) The domicile of the wife shall be that of her husband, except in the case
of a minor supported by her parents, in which event the marital status will not be
considered in determining the residence status.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 941
(b) Should the parents be separated, the domicile of the parent who furnishes
the support shall determine the residence status of the child.
(c) Should the support of a minor not be furnished by the parents or
guardians, the domicile of the person who furnishes the entire support shall deter-
mine the residence status of the child.
(d) Should the support for a student be derived from a trust fund established
specifically for his support and education, the domicile of the person who established
the fund during the full year previous thereto shall determine the residence status of
the student.
(e) Should the parent or other person responsible for a student be required
to leave this State for business or military reasons, he shall not be deprived of his
right to claim residence status if it is evident that he intends to return to this State
upon the completion of the special business or military assignment.
(f) The non-resident status of an adult may be changed upon proof that he
has purchased and has maintained a home in Maryland for at least one full year ;
that he has become a registered voter of this State; and that he intends to make
this State his domicile. These facts must be established prior to the registration
period of the semester for which this change of status is requested.
WITHDRAWAL AND RETURN OF FEES
If a student desires or is compelled to withdraw from the School at any time
during the academic year, he should file a written request for withdrawal with the
Dean. A student who fails to withdraw in the required manner will not be en-
titled to an honorable dismissal and will forfeit his right to any refund to which he
might otherwise be entitled. In the case of a minor, withdrawal will be permitted
only with the written consent of the student's parents or guardian.
The matriculation fee is not subject to return. Other fees will be returned
in the case of the withdrawal of a student during a semester, in accordance with
the following schedule :
Period from date instruction begins:
Two weeks or less 80%
Between two and three weeks 60%
Between three and four weeks 40%
Between four and five weeks 20%
Over five weeks No return
The date used in computing refunds is the date the application for withdrawal
is filed in the office of the Dean.
The $60.00 deposit required of all entering students will not be returned
under any circumstances.
TRANSCRIPTS OF RECORDS
Any student or alumnus may secure a transcript of his scholastic record from
the Registrar. No charge is made for the first copy so furnished, but for each
additional copy there is a charge of $1.00.
Transcript records are of two kinds :
(a) Informal transcripts which may be obtained by the student or alumnus
for such personal use as he may wish ; and
(b) Official transcripts, bearing the University seal, which are forwarded,
on request, to educational institutions, Government agencies, etc. as
attested evidence of the student's record at the School of Pharmacy
and his honorable dismissal therefroi.i.
No transcript of a student's record will be furnished in the case of any student
or alumnus whose financial obligations to the School of Pharmacy have not been
satisfied.
942 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENTS
A student must have entered and be in attendance on the day the regular session
opens and remain until the close of the session, the dates for which are given in
the catalogue, to receive credit for a full session.
A student may register and enter not later than five days after the beginning
of the session, but such delinquency will be charged as absence from class. In case
of serious personal illness, as attested by a physician, a student may register not
later than the fifteenth day following the announced opening of the regular session.
Regular attendance is demanded of all students. No student will be admitted
to the final examination in any subject in which he or she has not attended at
least 85 per cent, of the classes therein. Further absence will not be excused.
A tardiness of one-half or more of a lecture or laboratory period will be
counted as an absence. Two tardinesses of less than one-half of a lecture or
laboratory period will be counted as an absence.
EXAMINATIONS
Written and. oral examinations are given at different intervals throughout the
session. Final examinations are held at the close of each semester. The final
grade of a student in each subject is determined by these examinations.
Examinations for the completion of the courses in which a student received
a grade of "Incomplete" will be held only on the dates announced by the Dean.
A student failing to present himself for examination in any course must re-
port to the Dean as soon as practical. If the Dean is satisfied that the absence
was justifiable, he will give permission for a deferred examination.
SCALE OF GRADING
The scholastic standing of a student is recorded in terms of the following
symbols: A, B, C, and D, passing; F, Failure; I, Incomplete.
A denotes superior scholarship; B, good scholarship; C, fair scholarship; and
D, passing scholarship.
In computing scholastic averages, values in "points" are assigned to the
following grades: A=4; B=3; C=2; D=l ; F=0.
Grade F, Failed, obtained at the close of a course indicates insufficient atten-
dance to take the final examination, discontinuance of the course without the consent
of the Dean, or a record so poor that a student is required to repeat the work in
class.
Grade I, Incomplete, is given only to a student who has a proper excuse for
not presenting himself for examination or for not completing the work of any
course. It is not understood to signify work of an inferior quality. It will be
replaced by a definite grade when all requirements for the course have been met.
SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS
A student must have a grade point average of not less than 1.5 for each year's
work to be promoted to the second year class, and to the third year class. For
the purpose of classification he will be considered as a member of the advanced
class if he has met these requirements in not less than 30 of the scheduled semester
credits per year.
A student must have completed all of the scheduled work of the third year
with a grade point of not less than 2.0 to be promoted to the fourth year. A grade
point of 2.0 is also required of the fourth year.
If a course is repeated, the final mark in the course is used in determining
credit and in computing the over-all average.
A student, who fails to obtain passing grades in less than four-fifths of the
scheduled work, will be placed on probation. A student, who fails to obtain passing
grades in one-half of the scheduled work, will be required to withdraw.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 943
A student on probation, who fails to obtain passing grades in all of the work
tor which he is scheduled with a grade count of not less than five points in excess
of the number of credit hours represented, will be required to withdraw.
DEPORTMENT
The profession of pharmacy demands, and the School of Pharmacy requires,
evidence of good moral character of its students. The conduct of a student in
relation to his work and fellow students will be used by the faculty in determining
the fitness of a student to enter into the confidence of the community as a profes-
sional man. Integrity, truthfulness, sobriety, temperate habits, respect for authority
and associates, and honesty in the transaction of business affairs as a student will be
considered as evidence of good moral character necessary to the granting of a
degree.
Any offense against good conduct, in the ordinary meaning of the term, will
render a student liable to disciplinary action, whether or not a formal rule against
the offense has been published.
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
The degree of Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy (B.S. in Pharm.) will be
con f erred upon a candidate who has met the following requirements :
1. Completion of the full prescribed curriculum (see page 22). The work of
the last year must have been in courses offered in this school and must have
been done in residence at this school.
2. A total semester credit of not less than 140, with a grade point average of
not less than 1.75.
PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS OF THE
MARYLAND PHARMACY LAW
The Pharmacy Law of Maryland requires four years of practical experience
for registration as a pharmacist. The time spent in a recognized school or college
of pharmacy is credited toward the practical experience required to the extent of
not more than three years.
A student may not obtain credit for practical experience in a retail drug store
while attending a University.
Prospective students are advised to contact the Secretary of the Maryland
Board of Pharmacy, 2411 N. Charles Street, Baltimore 18, Maryland, for further
information relative to the requirements for eligibility for licensure.
EMPLOYMENT
A student should come prepared if possible, to sustain himself financially
during the entire period of attendance, as all of the time available should be spent
in the preparation and completion of the scheduled work. Baltimore offers a
number of opportunities to secure suitable employment, but it is recommended
that students should refrain from working during the school session. The Secre-
tary of the School maintains a register of positions available in drug stores during
summer and other vacation periods.
HOUSING
The University of Maryland does not provide any housing or living accom-
modations on the campus of the School of Pharmacy. However, the Secretary
has on file a list of available rooms. In addition, there are the usual living
accommodations offered by the Y. M. C. A. and other similar organizations.
944 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
PARKING
The University of Maryland does not provide any parking facilities on university
parking lots for students.
LIBRARY REGULATIONS
Loan Regulations:
Loan periods have been established according to demand for and protection
of books, journals and other materials:
Reserve Books: 4 p. m.-ll a. m. Advance reserves accepted, but no
renewals.
Current Journals: One-day circulation for latest issue; others, two weeks.
Reference Books: Use in library only for specified reference material.
All Other Books and Journals: Two weeks (plus one renewal of two
weeks).
Fines :
Fines are imposed to assure that all students may have equal access to books:
Reserve Books: 15tf for first hour; 5tf for each additional hour, or fraction
thereof.
Other Loans : 5^ per day.
Lost Books: List price of the book. (Losses should be reported im-
mediately.)
All books must be returned, lost books replaced or paid for, and fines paid
before a student can finish the year in good standing.
FELLOWSHIPS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND LOAN FUNDS
The H. A. B. Dunning Research Fellowship
Dr. H. A. B. Dunning, the well-known retail and manufacturing pharmacist
of Baltimore, who was for a number of years associate professor of chemistry in
the School, and whose interest in his Alma Mater is still active, has contributed
$1,000.00 annually since 1930 to maintain a research fellowship in pharmaceutical
chemistry. This fellowship is awarded annually to a student in pharmacy who has
completed four years of college work, and who gives evidence of a special aptitude
for investigational work in pharmaceutical chemistry.
American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Education Fellowships
The American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Education offers annual fellow-
ships for graduate students who desire to major in pharmacy, pharmaceutical
chemistry, pharmacology and pharmacognosy and who have been admitted or certified
as eligible for registration in the Graduate School. These fellowships carry an
annual stipend of from $1000.00 to $1500.00 for full-time work, plus an allowance of
up to $500.00 for tuition, fees and supplies for students not receiving G. I. benefits
Applications should be made directly to the American Foundation for Pharmaceutical
Education, 1507 M Street, N. W., Washington 5, D. C.
Centennial Research Fund Fellowships
The amount of $2,796.50 was collected in connection with the celebration of
the 100th Anniversary of the founding of the School of Pharmacy. This sum
will be used to provide two fellowships for research studies distributed over the
following fields : pharmacy, pharmaceutical chemistry, pharmacology, bacteriology
and pharmacognosy. The selection of the recipients of these fellowships will be
made by the faculty with the approval of the Dean.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 945
The Hudnut Sales Co. Fellowship
The Hudnut Sales Co., of New York, has contributed funds sufficient to pro-
vide a fellowship paying $1,000.00 annually for two years for research in pharma-
ceutical chemistry and the allied sciences. This fellowship will be awarded for
research in pharmaceutical chemistry, pharmacology or pharmacy.
Research Grant of the Alumni Association of the
School of Pharmacy
The Alumni Association of the School of Pharmacy has agreed to deposit
each year the sum of $100.00 with the School of Pharmacy as a research grant, to
be placed to the credit of a student selected by the Committee on the Research
Grant of the Alumni Association to enable him to engage in pharmaceutical researcli
in the School of Pharmacy during the next scholastic year. The research conducted
shall be of general pharmaceutical interest, and shall be submitted for publication
in one of the pharmaceutical journals when completed and accepted.
Assistantships
A number of assistantships have been established by the School. The stipend
for these is $1200.00 for the ten month academic year, and the remission of all
graduate fees except the matriculation fee and the diploma fee.
Assistants are required to render such service in laboratory and didactic work
as are prescribed by the heads of the respective departments in which they are
serving. The usual amount of services required does not exceed 14 clock-hours
per week, which enables an assistant to carry two-thirds of a full graduate program.
Internships in Hospital Pharmacy
Several internships in hospital pharmacy are available annually. These are
offered jointly by the School of Pharmacy and the Graduate School of the
University of Maryland, and the Pharmacy Department of The Johns Hopkins
Hospital. Applicants must be graduates of recognized schools of pharmacy. Ap-
pointments are for a period of twenty-two months, beginning each September 1st.
Interns devote half time to graduate study and half time to work in the hospital
pharmacy. Upon satisfactory completion of the internship and the course of study.
Master of Science degrees are conferred by the University of Maryland and
certificates of internship are awarded by The Johns Hopkins Hospital.
A stipend of $150.00 per month is provided by the Hospital and a reduction of
25% in tuition fees is allowed by the School of Pharmacy.
Complete information on this program may be secured by addressing inquiries
to the Chief Pharmacist, The Johns Hopkins Hospital, Baltimore 5, Maryland, or
the Dean of the School of Pharmacy.
The Charles Landon Henry Memorial Scholarship
In memory of her husband, Charles Landon Henry, who was for many years
a loyal member of the Maryland Pharmaceutical Association, who was active in
pharmaceutical affairs in Maryland and neighboring states, and who was especially
interested in the welfare and progress of worthy young people, Mrs. Nora Howard
Henry endowed a scholarship to be awarded annually by the faculty to a fourth-
year student who has shown superior proficiency in his or her work in practical
and commercial pharmacy. The award amounts to approximately $100.00.
American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Education Scholarships
The American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Education will contribute an
amount of $400.00 which will be matched with an equal amount of $400.00 by the
School of Pharmacy. The amount provided by the Foundation is available only to
946 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
juniors or seniors who rank in the upper quarter of their class. The amount pro-
vided by the School is available to any undergraduate student who, as high school
or college students, have maintained a rank in the upper quarter of their class.
Read Drug and Chemical Co. Scholarships
The Read Drug and Chemical Co., of Baltimore, Maryland, has contributed
sufficient funds to provide several scholarships paying $100.00 per semester and has
also contributed through the American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Education
funds sufficient to provide one scholarship of $250.00 annually for students who meet
the qualifications stated under the American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Educa-
tion scholarships.
The Charles Caspari, Jr., Memorial Fund
In memory of Prof. Charles Caspari, Jr., a former dean of the School of
Pharmacy, and in keeping with the modesty, lack of ostentation, eagerness for service
and helpfulness to others, which were striking characteristics of Professor Caspari,
a number of friends and alumni have made an endowment fund in his name.
L. Manuel Hendler Loan Fund
On March 7, 1932, there was established by Mr. L. Manuel Hendler, of Balti-
more, a fund to be loaned to needy students. This fund is available to junior and
senior students only, and loans therefrom are made upon the recommendation of
the Dean.
HONORS AND AWARDS
School Awards
General — A gold medal will be awarded annually to the candidate for the degree
of Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy, whose deportment is creditable, and who has
attained the highest general average, not below B. Certificates of Honor will b*
awarded to the three students having the highest general average, next to the
winner of the general prize, provided this does not fall below B.
Third Year — Honorable Mention will be made of the first three students hav-
ing the highest general average, provided this does not fall below B.
Only those courses taken in the University of Maryland will be considered in
awarding honors.
The William Simon Memorial Prize
In honor of the late Dr. William Simon, for thirty years professor of chemistry
in the School of Pharmacy, a gold medal will be awarded by the Faculty to a
candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy for superior proficiency
in the field of practical and analytical chemistry. The recipient must stand high
in all subjects. In recommending a student for the prize, the professor of
chemistry will be guided in his judgment of the student's ability as much by
observation and personal contact as by grades made in examinations.
The Andrew G. DuMez Medal
In memory of Dr. Andrew G. DuMez, a scientist and educator, who for
twenty -two years was dean and professor of pharmacy in the School of Pharmacy,
Mrs. Andrew G. DuMez has provided a gold medal to be awarded by the faculty
to a candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy, for superior
proficiency in pharmacy.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 947
The L. S. Williams Practical Pharmacy 1jki/.e
The late L. S. Williams (Class of 1909) placed in trust the- sum ol ap
proximately $1,000,00, the income therefrom to be awarded annually by the Faculty
of the School of Pharmacy to the senior student having the highest general average
throughout the course in practical and dispensing pharmacy.
The Conrad L. Wich Botany and Pharmacognosy Prize
In appreciation of the assistance which the Maryland College of Pharmacy
extended to him as a young man, Mr. Conrad L. Wich (Class of 1882), placed in
trust the sum of $500.00, the income therefrom to be awarded annually by the
Faculty of the School of Pharmacy to the senior student who lias done exceptional
work throughout the course in Botany and Pharmacognosy.
David Fink Memorial Prize
Mr. Samuel I. Raichlen, Class of 1925, offers a new United States Dispensatory
as a prize in memory of David Fink, Class of 1924, to be awarded annually by the
Faculty of the School of Pharmacy to a senior student for proficiency in the general
practice of pharmacy.
Beta Chapter, Phi Alpha Fraternity Cup
The Beta Chapter of the Phi Alpha Fraternity has provided a cup in memory
of Joseph J. Fine, Melvin S. Adalman and Albert Goldberg, who died in the
service of their country. This cup is to be awarded annually to the senior student
selected by the Faculty as having exhibited outstanding qualities of character and
leadership.
Kappa Chapter, Alpha Zeta Omega Prize
The Kappa Chapter of the Alpha Zeta Omega Fraternity has provided a prize
to be awarded annually to the senior student chosen by the Faculty Council for
proficiency in pharmacology,
Merck Awards
Merck & Company, Inc., Railway, New Jersey, offers a set of valuable
reference books to the senior student who attains a high standing in pharmacy.
A second set of books is given to the senior student who has a high standing
in pharmaceutical chemistry.
Bristol Laboratories Inc. Award
A copy of Gould's "Medical Dictionary" has been made available by the
Bristol Laboratories Inc. as an award to the senior student who has contributed the
most to pharmacy through his extra-curricular activities.
STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS
Student Council
The Student Council is an organization of students established for the purpose
of supervising in a general way the social and extra-curricular activities of the
student body, to assist in maintaining a proper decorum among students when in
attendance upon instruction, and to foster and encourage a class spirit which will
reflect honor on the splendid traditions of the School. The council consists of
twelve members, three elected by each of our four classes, four ex-officio members
who are the presidents of the respective classes, and a faculty advisor.
Rho Chi Honorary Pharmaceutical Society
Omicron chapter of the Rho Chi, national honorary pharmaceutical society,
was established at the University of Maryland in 1930. Charters for chapters of
948 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
this organization are granted only to groups in schools or colleges that are members
in good standing of the American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy. Eligibility
for membership in the Society is based on high attainment in scholarship, character,
personality, and leadership. All candidates selected for membership must have
completed 75 credit hours of college work, and must be approved by the Dean of
the School of Pharmacy.
Students' Auxiliary of the Maryland Pharmaceutical
Association
The Students' Auxiliary of the Maryland Pharmaceutical Association was
organized in November, 1935.
The object of the Auxiliary is to provide for the participation of students in
the activities of the Maryland Pharmaceutical Association to the end that their
interest in pharmaceutical association work may be awakened and guided; and to
familiarize them with the conditions existing in and the problems confronting their
profession.
Officers (1952-53)
President — Herbert Burns, Fourth-Year Class.
First Vice-President — Dean Leavitt, Third- Year Class.
Second Vice-President — Melvin N. Rubin, Second- Year Class.
Secretary — Joan Zulty, Fourth-Year Class.
Treasurer — Eugene Balcerak, Fourth-Year Class.
Editor — Frederick Dreyer.
Advisory Committee
Richard Myers, Second-Year Class
Edward Thron, Fourth-Year Class
Student Branch of the American Pharmaceutical Association
A Student Branch of the American Pharmaceutical Association has been
organized in the School of Pharmacy of the University of Maryland.
The purpose of the Branch is to encourage in the broadest and most liberal
manner the advancement of pharmacy as a science and as a profession in accordance
with the objectives stated in the Constitution of the American Pharmaceutical
Association, especially in fostering education in matters involving pharmacy in all
of its branches and its applications and aiding in promoting the public health and
welfare.
Officers (1952-53)
President — Burton J. Goldstein, Fourth- Year Class.
Vice-President— C. Robert Welsh, Third- Year Class.
Secretary — Barbara Miller, Second-Year Class.
Treasurer — Dr. George P. Hager.
Faculty Advisor — Dr. Frank J. Slama.
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
Alumni Association of the School of Pharmacy
of the University of Maryland
A meeting of the graduates of the School of Pharmacy of the University of
Maryland, then the Maryland College of Pharmacy, was held on May 15 1871 At
this meeting there was organized the Society of the Alumni of the' Maryland
College of Pharmacy. This society continued its separate existence as such or as
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 949
the Alumni Association of the Maryland College of Pharmacy until 1907, when
the General Alumni Association of the University of Maryland was formed.
Following the organization of the General Alumni Association, the Society remained
dormant until June 4, 1926, when it was reorganized as the Alumni Association
6f the School of Pharmacy of the University of Maryland. The active member-
ship of the Association is now approximately 600 and is growing steadily. The
following are its officers :
Officers (1952-53)
Nathan C. Mules, Honorary President
Samuel I. Raichlen, President of the Association
2114 Park Avenue, Baltimore, Md.
Alexander J. Ogrinz, Jr., First Vice-President
3300 Greenmount Avenue, Baltimore, Md.
Louis Davidov, Second Vice-President
5117 Roland Avenue, Baltimore, Md.
B. Olive Cole, Secretary
32 S. Greene Street, Baltimore, Md.
Mrs. Frank M. Budacz, Treasurer
1202 Argonne Drive, Baltimore, Md.
Executive Committee
Samuel I. Raichlen, Chairman
The Honorary President (Ex Officio)
Francis S. Balassone
Xorman J. Levin
Victor H. Morgenroth, Jr.
George J. Stiffman
Committee on School of Pharmacy of the Maryland
Pharmaceutical Association
When the School of Pharmacy became a part of the State University in 1920,
the Maryland Pharmaceutical Association in order to assist in advancement of
pharmaceutical education, appointed a standing committee, known as the Committee
on School of Pharmacy. The duties of this Committee are to represent the Asso-
ciation in all matters pertaining to the School of Pharmacy and pharmaceutical
education. The following are the present members of the Committee:
Wilmer J. Heer, Chairinan
Alexander J. Ogrinz, Jr., Co-Chairman
James P. Cragg, Jr. Lloyd N. Richardson
L. M. Kantner Wm. Rossberg
E. R. Kellough, Jr. Simon Solomon
Stephen J. Provenza George J. Stiffman
950
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
CURRICULUM
COURSES, HOURS AND CREDITS
First Semester
Second Semester
Title and Number of Course
and
First Year
tChemistry 1, 3, General Inorganic
Qualitative Analysis
tEnglish 1, 2, Survey and Composition
{Mathematics 10 or 15
{Mathematics 11 or 17
tModern Language 1, 2, or 6, 7, French or
German
tSpeech 1, 2, Public Speaking
fZoology 1, General
fZoology 4, Vertebrate
Hrs. Per Week
Second Year
Chemistry 15, Quantitative Analysis
tChemistry 35, 37, Elementary Organic
tChemistry 36, 38, Elementary Organic
Laboratory
Pharmacy 1, 2, General
fPhysics 10, 11, General
Physiology 22, General
Third Year
Bacteriology 1, General
Bacteriology 115, Serology and Immunology
Chemistry 53, Pharmaceutical Testing and
Assaying
Chemistry 153, Biological
Pharmacognosy 51, 52, General
Pharmacy 51, 53, Dispensing
Pharmacy 52, 54, Dispensing
Pharmacy 61, History of Pharmacy
Pharmacy Administration 37, Fundamentals
of Economics
Fourth Year (Required)
Chemistry 111, 113, Chemistry of Medicinal
Products
First Aid 1, Standard
Pharmacology 81, 82, General
Pharmacy 101, 102, Advanced Dispensing
Pharmacy Administration 21, Accounting
Pharmacy Administration 62, Pharmacy
Laws and Regulations
Electives+
(Electives — Retail Major)
Pharmacognosy 61, Entomology for Phar-
macists
Pharmacognosy 62, Animal Health Products
Pharmacy 132, Cosmetics
Pharmacy 121, Hospital Pharmacy Adminis-
tration
Pharmacy 81, Pharmacy Literature
Pharmacy Administration 71, Management...
Pharmacy Administration 72, Drug Marketing
(Electives — Pre-Graduate Major)
tEnglish 3, 4, Composition and World
Literature
tLanguage 6, 7, Intermediate Scientific German
•(•Mathematics 20, 21, Calculus
(Electives — Special Cases)
Chemistry 99, Glassworking
Chemistry 112, 114, Chemistry of Medicinal
Products
18
HrsV Per Week
t Instruction in these courses given by the College of Arts and Sciences,
j The electives must be approved by the Dean.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY
951
CURRICULUM
SUMMARY OF HOURS AND CREDITS
Course
Didactic
Laboratory
Total
Credit
hours
First Year
Chemistry 1, 3
English 1, 2
Mathematics 10, 15
Mathematics 11, 17
Modern Language 1, 2 or 6, 7.
Speech
Zoology 1, 4
Total..
Second Year
Chemistry 15
Chemistry 35, 37
Chemistry 36, 38
Pharmacy 1, 2
Physics 10, 11
Physiology 22
Total..
Third Year
Bacteriology 1
Bacteriology 115
Chemistry 53
Chemistry 153
Pharmacognosy 51, 52
Pharmacy 51, 53
Pharmacy 52, 54
Pharmacy 61
Pharmacy Administration 37..
Total
Fourth Year (Required)
Chemistry 111, 113
First Aid
Pharmacology 81, 82
Pharmacy 101, 102
Pharmacy Administration 21
Pharmacy Administration 62
Electives
Total
(Electives — Retail Major)
Pharmacognosy 61
Pharmacognosy 62 or
Pharmacy 132
Pharmacy 121 or
Pharmacy 81
Pharmacy Administration 71
Pharmacy Administration 72
(Electives — Pre-Graduate Major))
English 3, 4 or
Language 6, 7
Mathematics 20, 21
(Electives — Special Cases)
Chemistrv 99
Chemistry 112, 114
First Year..
Second Year.
Third Year...
Fourth Year..
Total
SUMMARY
til
96
is
is
'.it;
32
til
448
■■',2
96
128
96
64
416
32
32
32
64
64
64
16
48
352
96
16
96
64
16
48
224t
560
32
48
32
32
32
32
32
96
96
448
416
352
560
1.776
192
336
128
96
64
48
432
64
64
96
64
160
192
640
128
96
48
160t
432
48
"48
96
128
336
432
640
432
1.840
256
96
48
48
96
32
208
784
128
96
128
224
160
112
848
96
96
128
128
224
04
192
16
48
992
96
16
22-1
160
64
48
384t
992
80
48
80
32
32
32
32
96
96
96
96
128
784
848
992
992
3,616
35
4
4
4
in
35
35
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
6
ti
6
2
4
35
35
35
t Average.
* A minimum of 140 credits required for graduation.
952 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
BACTERIOLOGY
1. Bacteriology, General— (4) Third year, first semester, two lectures, two
laboratories. Shay and Josten.
Introduction to general bacteriology with special emphasis on the study of
pathogenic microorganisms, including the public health aspects of the prevention
and control of communicable diseases.
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
115. Serology and Immunology — (4) Third year, second semester, two
lectures, two laboratories, Shay and Josten.
Prerequisite — Bacteriology 1.
A study of the principles of immunity, including the preparation and use of
biological products employed in the prevention and treatment of infectious diseases.
For Graduates
200, 201. Chemotherapy — (1, 1) One lecture. (Given in alternate years.)
Shay.
A study of the chemistry, toxicity, pharmacology and therapeutic value of drugs
employed in the treatment of parasitic diseases.
202, 203. Reagents and Media — (1, 1) One Lecture. (Given in alternate
years.) Shay.
A study of the methods of preparation and use of bacteriological reagents and
media.
210. Special Problems in Bacteriology. Shay.
A laboratory course on selected problems in bacteriology. Credit determined
by the amount and quality of work performed.
211. Public Health — (1-2) One lecture. Shay.
Prerequisites — Bacteriology 1, 115.
Lectures and discussions on the organization and administration of state and
municipal health departments and private health agencies. The courses will also
include a study of laboratory methods.
221. Research in Bacteriology. Shay.
Credit determined by the amount and quality of the work performed.
CHEMISTRY
1, 3. General Inorganic Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis — (4, 4)
First year, two lecturers, two laboratories. Miller and Chertkoff.
A study of the metals and non-metals with emphasis on chemical theory and
important generalizations. The laboratory work deals with fundamental principles,
the preparation and purification of compounds, and the systematic qualitative analysis
of the more common cations and anions.
35, 37. Elementary Organic Chemistry — (2, 2) Second year, two lectures.
Miller and Kramer.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 1, 3.
A study of the fundamentals of organic chemistry.
36, 38. Elementary Organic Laboratory— (2, 2) Second year, one labora-
tory. Miller and Kramer.
* Courses Intended primarily for freshmen and sophomores are numbered 1-49- for
graduates only " 200- 29 9 ^ advanced undergraduates and graduates 100-199; and for
The semester hour which is the unit of credit, is the equivalent of a subject pur-
reUceture0noerPreerCnitiaonTe^od0r ^ Semester- A Moratory period is equivalent to one
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 953
Prerequisite — Chemistry 35, 37 or current registration therein.
A study of the general procedures used in organic laboratory.
15. Quantitative Analysis — (4) Second year, first semester, two lectures
and two laboratories. Hager, Stezzi and Kaiser.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 1, 3.
A study of the gravimetric and volumetric procedures and theory, and their
application to pharmaceutical analyses.
S3. Pharmaceutical Testing and Assaying — (4) Third year, second semes-
ter, two lectures and two laboratories. Hager, Stezzi and Kaiser.
Prerequisites — Chemistry 15, 35, 37, or concurrent registration therein.
Quantitative methods applied to the chemical assay of crude drugs and of
official preparations.
99. Glassworking — (1-1.) Laboratory, fourth year, either semester. Hager.
Prerequisite — Consent of the instructor.
Simple operations in the bending, heating and blowing of glass, repair and
construction of apparatus.
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
111, 113. Chemistry of Medicinal Products — (2, 2) Fourth year, three
lectures. Hager and Stezzi.
Prerequisites — Chemistry 35, 37, 53.
A survey of the structural relationships, the synthesis and chemical properties
of medicinal product's.
112, 114. Chemistry of Medicinal Products — (2, 2) Fourth year, two lab-
oratories. Hager and Stezzi.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 111, 113, or may be taken simultaneously with Chemistry
111, 113.
Laboratory exercises dealing with important and characteristic chemical prop-
erties of pharmaceutical and medicinal products.
142, 144. Advanced Organic Laboratory — (2, 2) Any one or two semesters.
Miller.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 37, 38, or equivalent.
Laboratory work devoted to more difficult organic preparations and a study of
"the quantitative determination of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen and halogen in organic
compounds.
146, 148. Identification of Organic Compounds — (2, 2) One lecture, two
laboratories. Miller.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 113, 114, or equivalent.
The systematic identification of organic compounds.
153. Biological Chemistry — (5) Third year, first semester, four lectures
and one laboratory. Schmidt, Herbst, Vanderline, and Brown.
Prerequisites — Chemistry 35, 37 and Physiology 22.
Lectures and laboratory exercises devoted to the composition of living organisms
and the chemical and physical processes which occur during health and in disease.
187, 189. Physical Chemistry — (3, 3)— Three lectures. Estabrook.
Prerequisites — Chemistry 15, 35, 37 and Physics 10, 11.
A study of the laws and theories of chemistry, including the gas laws, kinetic
theory, liquids, solutions, elementary thermodynamics, thermo-chemistry, equilibrium,
chemical kinetics and electro-chemistry.
954 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
188, 190. Physical Chemistry— (2, 2) Two laboratories. Estabrook.
Prerequisites— Chemistry 187, 189 or mav be taken simultaneously with Chemistry
187, 189.
Quantitative experiments are performed which demonstrate physio-chemical
principles, and acquaint the student with precision apparatus.
For Graduates
201, 203. Survey of Pharmaceutical Chemistry— (2, 2) Two lectures.
Hager.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 111, 113.
A study of the terpenes, carotenes, steroids and stereoisomerism.
211, 213. Chemistry of the Alkaloids— (2, 2) Two lectures. Hager.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 111, 113.
A survey of the chemical structure and reactions of pharmacologically active
bases.
220. Advanced Pharmaceutical Synthesis — (2-6) Laboratory and con-
ferences. Hager.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 142, 144.
Application of synthetic procedures in the preparation of various medicinal
chemicals and their intermediates.
222. Advanced Pharmaceutical Analysis — (1-4) Laboratory and confer-
ences. Hager.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 146, 148.
A laboratory study of the analytical procedures and methods as applied to official,
proprietary, natural and synthetic drugs, their intermediates and derivatives.
230. Pharmaceutical Chemistry Seminar — (1) Each semester. Hager.
Required of students majoring in pharmaceutical chemistry.
Reports of progress and survey of recent developments in pharmaceutical
chemistry.
235. Research in Pharmaceutical Chemistry — Credit determined by the
amount and quality of work performed. Hager and Miller.
258. The Identification of Organic Compounds (Advanced Course) — (2-4)
Either semester. Two to four laboratories. Miller.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 146, 148 or equivalent.
Laboratory work devoted to the identification of pure organic substances and
mixtures.
ENGLISH
1, 2. Survey and Composition — (3, 3) First year, three lectures. Ballman.
Prerequisite — Four units of high school English.
A study of style, syntax, spelling and punctuation, combined with a historical
study of English and American literature of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
Written themes, book reviews and exercises.
3, 4. Composition and World Literature — (3, 3) Elective, three lectures.
Ballman.
Prerequisite — English 1, 2.
Practice in composition. An introduction to world literature, foreign classics
being read in translation.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 955
SPEECH
1, 2. Public Speaking — (1, 1) First year, one lecture. Ballman.
The principles and techniques of oral expression, visible and audible; the prepa-
ration and delivery of short original speeches; impromptu speaking; reference
readings, short reports, etc.
FIRST AID
I. Standard First Aid Course — Fourth year, first semester, one lecture, one
demonstration.
Given by an instructor from the Baltimore Chapter of the American Red Cross.
MATHEMATICS
10. Algebra — (3) First year, first semester, three lectures. Richeson.
Prerequisite — One unit of algebra.
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, linear equations, exponents and
radicals, logarithms, quadratic equations, variation, binomial theorem, and theory
of equations.
II. Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry — (3) First year, second semester,
three lectures. Richeson.
Prerequisite — Mathematics 10 or 15. Required of those students who do not
offer one-half unit of trigonometry.
Trigonometric functions, identities, the radian and mil, graphs, addition formulas,
solution of triangles, coordinates, locus problems, the straight line and circle, conic
sections and graphs.
15. College Algebra — (3) First year, first semester, three lectures. Richeson.
Prerequisite — High school algebra completed.
Fundamental operations, variation, functions and graphs, quadratic equations,
theory of equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, logarithms, determinants
and progressions.
17. Analytic Geometry — (3) First year, second semester, three lectures
Richeson.
Prerequisite — High school trigonometry and mathematics 15.
Coordinates, locus problems, the straight line and circle, graphs, transformation
of coordinates, conic sections, parametric equations, transcendental equations, and
solid analytic geometry.
Math. 20, 21. Calculus — (3, 3) Three lectures. Richeson.
Prerequisite — Mathematics 15 and 17 and approval of instructor.
Limits, derivatives, differentials, maxima and minima, curve sketching, rates,
curvature, kinematics, integration, geometric and physical applications of integration,
partial derivatives, space geometry, multiple integrals, infinite series and differential
equations. Given in alternate years.
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Math. 152, 153. Mathematical Statistics — (2, 2) Prerequisite, Mathematics
20, 21. Richeson.
Frequency distributions and their parameters, multivariate analysis and corre-
lation, theory of sampling, analysis of variance, statistical inference. Illustrations
will be drawn from the biological sciences. Given in alternate years.
MODERN LANGUAGES
1, 2. French — Elementary — (3, 3) First year, three lectures. Schradieck.
956 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Students who offer two units in French for entrance, but whose preparation
is not adequate for second-year French, receive half credit for this course.
Elements of grammar, composition, pronunciation and translation.
Not offered 1953-54.
1, 2. German — Elementary — (3, 3) First year, three lectures. Schradieck.
Students who offer two units in German for entrance, but whose preparation
is not adequate for second-year German receive half credit for this course.
Elements of grammar, composition, pronunciation and translation.
Students will be assigned to one of the two languages by the department. The
assignment will ordinarily be made on the basis of the student's previous training.
Six semester hours College credit in Spanish will be accepted as satisfying the
Modern Language requirement.
6, 7. Intermediate Scientific French — (3, 3) Three lectures. Schradieck.
Prerequisite — French 1 and 2 or equivalent.
Rapid grammar review, exercises in pronunciation, reading of scientific texts.
6, 7. Intermediate Scientific German — (3, 3) Three lectures. Schradieck.
Prerequisite — German 1 and 2 or equivalent.
Grammar and the reading of technical prose.
PHARMACOGNOSY
51. Pharmacognosy, General — (4) Third year, first semester, two lectures,
two laboratories. Slama and Gluckstern.
Prerequisites — Zoology 4, Chemistry 35, 36, 37, 38.
A study of the cultivation, collection and commerce of crude vegetable drugs
with special emphasis on the physician and microscopical characteristics used in
their identification and in the detection of adulteration.
52. Pharmacognosy, General — (4") Third year, second semester, two lectures,
two laboratories. Slama and Gluckstern.
Prerequisites — Zoology 4, Chemistry 35, 36, 37, 38, Pharmacognosy 51.
A continuation of pharmacognosy 51 with instruction covering animal drugs,
antibiotics and allergy-producing pollens.
61. Pharmacognosy, Entomology for Pharmacists — (3). Fourth year, first
semester, two lectures and one laboratory. Slama and Gluckstern.
Prerequisites — Zoology 4, Chemistry 35, 36, 37, 38, Pharmacognosy 51, 52.
Discussion of the principal types of pests commonly found in the household and
the industries, including those which attack farm and garden crops ; their recogni-
tion, life history, habits and methods of control.
62. Pharmacognosy, Animal Health Products — (3). Fourth year, second
semester, three lectures. Slama.
Prerequisites— Zoology 4, Physiology 22, Pharmacology 81.
A study of the principal therapeutic agents that are used in the treatment and
prevention of animal diseases.
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
101, 102. Taxonomy of the Higher Plants — (2, 2) One lecture and one
laboratory. Given in alternate years. Slama.
Prerequisite — Pharmacognosy 51, 52.
A study of the kinds of seed plants and ferns, their classifications, and field
work on local flora. Instruction will be given in the preparation of an herbarium.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 957
111, 112. Plant Anatomy — (4, 4) Two lectures ami two laboratories. Slama.
Prerequisite — Pharmacognosy 51, 52.
Lectures and laboratory work covering advanced plant anatomy with special
emphasis placed on the structure of roots, stems and leaves of vascular plants.
For Graduates
201. 202. Advanced Study of Vegetable Powders — (4, 4) Two lectures and
two laboratories. Slama.
Prerequisites — Pharmacognosy 111, 112.
A study of powdered vegetable drugs and spices from the structural and micro-
chemical standpoints, including practice in identification and detection of adulterants.
Given in alternate years.
211, 212. Advanced Pharmacognosy — (4, 4) Two lectures and two labora-
tories. Slama.
Prerequisites — Pharmacognosy 111, 112.
A study of many crude drugs not ordinarily studied in other pharmacognosy
courses. Special attention will be given to practical problems and to the identifica-
tion and detection of adulterants.
220. Research in Pharmacognosy — Credit according to the amount and quality
of work performed. Slama.
PHARMACOLOGY
81, 82. Pharmacology, General — (4, 4) Four year, three lectures and one
laboratory. Ichniowski, Gittinger, Lawrence, and Winters.
Prerequisite — Physiology 22, Biological Chemistry 153.
A study of the pharmacology, toxicology and therapeutic uses of medicinal
substances, including methods of biological assay, with special reference to the
drugs and preparations of the United States Pharmacopoeia and the National Form-
ulary.
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
111. Official Methods of Biological Assay (4) Two lectures and two
laboratories. Ichniowski and Gittinger.
Prerequisite — Pharmacology 81, 82.
A study of the methods of biological assay official in the United States Pharma-
copoeia and the National Formulary.
For Graduates
201, 202. Methods of Biological Assay — (4, 4) Two lectures and two
laboratories. Ichniowski.
Prerequisite — Pharmacology- 111.
A study of the more important unofficial methods for the assay of therapeutic
substances. Given in alternate years.
211, 212. Special Studies in Pharmacodynamics — (,4, 4) Lectures, assign-
ments and two laboratories. Ichniowski.
Prerequisite — Pharmacology 81, 82 and the approval of the instructor.
The methods involved in pharmacological analysis and in the determination of
the site of action and the nature of action of drugs. Given in alternate years.
221,222. Special Studies in Biological Assay Methods — (2-4), (2-4)
Credit according to the amount of work undertaken after consultation with the
instructor. Conferences and laboratory work. Ichniowski.
Prerequisite — Pharmacology 111, 201, 202.
958 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Special problems in the development of biological assay methods and comparative
standards.
250. Research in Pharmacology. Ichniowski.
Properly qualified students may arrange with the instructor for credit and hours.
PHARMACY
1, 2. Pharmacy, General— (5, 5) Second year, four lectures and one lab-
oratory. Foss, Allen, Autian, Brickman and Misek.
A study of the theory of pharmaceutical manipulations, including mathematical
calculations, and the practical application of the theory to the manufacture of
galenical preparations.
51, 53. Pharmacy, Dispensing— (2, 2) Third year, two lectures. Wolf.
Prerequisites — Pharmacy 1, 2.
A study of the compounding and dispensing of prescriptions.
52, 54. Pharmacy, Dispensing — (2, 2) Third year, two laboratories. Allen,
Kokoski and Milio.
Prerequisites— Pharmacy 1, 2.
A study of the general procedures used in dispensing pharmacy.
61. History of Pharmacy — (1) Third year, first semester, one lecture.
Autian.
A study of the history of pharmacy from its beginning, with special emphasis
on the history of American pharmacy.
81. Pharmacy Literature — (2) Fourth year, first semester,* two lectures.
Autian.
A study of important periodicals and currently published papers concerned with
subjects of interest to pharmacists.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
101, 102. Advanced Dispensing Pharmacy — (3, 3) Fourth year, two lectures
and one laboratory. Allen, Kokoski and Milio.
Prerequisites — Pharmacy 1, 2, 51, 52, 53, 54.
A study of the compounding of new medicinal ingredients and dispensing aids
used in modern professional pharmacy, including the preparation of some important
classes of pharmaceuticals on a commercial scale.
121. Hospital Pharmacy Administration — (2) Fourth year, first semester,
two lectures. Purdum.
A study of hospital pharmacy practice and administration.
132. Cosmetics — (3) Fourth year, second semester, two lectures and one
laboratory. Allen and Autian.
Prerequisites — Pharmacy 1, 2, 51, 52, 53, 54.
A study of the composition and manufacture of cosmetic preparations including
laboratory work in the formulation of these products.
For Graduates
201, 202. Manufacturing Pharmacy — (2, 2) Two lectures. Foss and Allen.
Given in alternate years.
Prerequisites — Pharmacy 101, 102, 132.
A study of manufacturing processes and equipment employed in the manufacture
of pharmaceuticals on a commercial scale.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 959
203. 204. Manufacturing Pharmacy— (2, 2) Two laboratories. Foss and
Allen.
Prerequisite 201, 202, or may be taken simultaneously witb Pharmacy 201. 202
Laboratory work dealing with the preparation of useful and important phama-
ceuticals in large quantities.
205. Manufacturing Pharmacy Control — (3) Three lectures. Foss. Given
in alternate years.
A study of the specifications, inspection, sampling, packaging and labeling of
drugs from their receipt to their shipping by pharmaceutical manufacturing plants.
Includes detailed consideration of sanitary standards, the Federal Food, Drug and
Cosmetic Act, and other laws affecting the production and distribution of pharma-
ceutical products.
211, 212. Survey of Pharmaceutical Literature — (1, 1) One lecture. Allen
and Purdum. Given in alternate years.
Lectures and topics on the literature pertaining to pharmacy, with special refer-
ence to the origin and development of the works of drug standards and the pharma-
ceutical periodicals.
215, 216. Pharmaceutical Development Products — (2, 2) Two laboratories.
Allen.
Prerequisites— Pharmacy 101, 102, 121, 132.
A study of the development of new pharmaceutical preparations and cosmetics
suitable for marketing.
221, 222. History of Pharmacy — (2, 2) Two lectures. Purdum.
Lectures and assignments on the development of pharmacy in America and the
principal countries of Europe. Given in alternate years.
230. Pharmaceutical Seminar — (1) Each Semester. Foss and Allen.
Required of students majoring in pharmacy.
Reports of progress in research and surveys of recent developments in pharmacy.
231, 232. Special Problems in Pharmaceutical Technology — (2, 2) Two
laboratories. Allen and Purdum.
A study of technical problems in the stabilization and preservation of pharma-
ceuticals and the various methods of compounding special prescriptions.
235. Research in Pharmacy — Credit and hours to be arranged. Foss, Purdum
and Allen.
PHARMACY ADMINISTRATION
21. Accounting — (2) Fourth year, first semester, one lecture, one laboratory.
Cole and Pumpian.
The fundamental principles of accounting, including practice in bookkeeping,
banking and financial statements.
37. Fundamentals of Economics — (3) Third year, second semester, three
lectures. Cole and Pumpian.
A study of the general fundamentals of economics — production, exchange,
distribution and consumption of wealth, together with methods of financing govern-
ment and the consideration of economic systems.
62. Pharmacy Laws and Regulations — (3) Fourth year, second semester,
three lectures. Cole,
Fundamentals of law of importance to pharmacists ; with special reference to
Federal and State Laws and regulations pertaining to the sale of poisons, narcotics,
drugs, cosmetics and pharmaceutical preparations.
71. Management — (2) Fourth year, first semester, two lectures. Cole.
A study of the business problems arising in the operation of a retail pharmacy,
960 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
including ownership organization, financing, leases, insurance, negotiable instruments
and property rights of the pharmacist
72. Drug Marketing— (2) Fourth year, second semester, two lectures. Allen!
and Burbage. I
A study of the methods of marketing, channels of distribution, development of I
pharmaceutical specialties, types of retail pharmacies and their locations, purchasing,
pricing, code marking and stock control of merchandise.
PHYSICS
10, 11. General Physics— (4, 4) Second year, three lectures, one laboratory.
Estabrook and Beckel.
Prerequisites — Mathematics 10, 11 or 15, 17.
A study of the principles of mechanics, heat, wave motion, sound, light and
electricity.
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
104, 105. Electricity and Magnetism — (3, 3) Two lectures, one laboratory.
Estabrook.
Prerequisites — Physics 10, 11 and Mathematics 20, 21.
Given according to demand.
For Graduates
200, 201. Introduction to Theoretical Physics — (5, 5) Five lectures.
Estabrook.
Prerequisites — Advanced standing in Physics.
208, 209. Thermodynamics— (2, 2) Two lectures. Estabrook.
Prerequisites — Chemistry 187, 189.
Given according to demand.
PHYSIOLOGY
22. Physiology, General — (5) Second year, second semester, four lectures,
one laboratory. Amberson, Dolle, Ferguson, Fox, Smith, and White.
Prerequisite — Zoology 4.
A course in the fundamentals of human physiology, including neurophysiology,
the heart and circulation, respiration, digestion, the kidney and endoctrine glands.
ZOOLOGY
1. Zoology, General — (4) First year, first semester, two lectures and two
laboratories. Dolle and Sinnreich.
A study of typical invertebrates with laboratory dissection and discussion of
basic biological principles. The course stresses practical aspects relating to the
fundamentals of parasitology, the development of organ systems and economic inter-
relationships of invertebrates to man.
4. Zoology, Vertebrate — (3) First year, second semester, two lectures and
one laboratory. Dolle and Sinnreich.
A study of representative vertebrates with laboratory dissection emphasizing
anatomy with concurrent microscopic study. Lecture material stresses the compara-
tive anatomy and function of chordate organ systems.
Both courses in zoology are intended to be practical in nature and act as a
firm foundation for later required courses.
TEXT BOOKS
Each student is required to have his own text books. The books required in
each course will be announced at the beginning of each semester.
CHANGES IN CURRICULUM
The Faculty Council reserves the right to make, at any time, such changes in
the curriculum as may be found necessary or desirable.
STAFF, SCHOOL OF NURSING
Florence M. Gipe, R.N., Ed.D., Dean
Martha Baer, R.N., B.S Instructor, Community Nursing
Ruth Dysox, M.A Assistant Professor, Nutrition
Jean Cohn, R.N., B.S Instructor, Medical and Surgical Nursing
Virginia C. Conley, R.N., MA Assistant Professor and Assistant to the Dean
Eva F. Darley, R.N., B.S Associate Professor, (Nursing Sen
Florence M. Gipe, R.N., Ed.D Professor of Nursing and Dean
Mary Grotefend, R.N., M.S Assistant Professor, Social Sciences
Margaret Hayes, R.X., M.S Assistant Professor and Advisor of
Student Affairs (College Park Division)
Carol Hosfell>, R.N., B.S Assistant Instructor, Medical and Surgical Nursing
Marguerite Hydorn, R.N., B. S Instructor, Maternal and Child Health
Pauline Rummer, R.N., M.X.. M.A Professor. Pediatric Nursing
Magaret Paulonis, R.X., B.S Instructor, Clinical Nursing
Frances Reed, R.N., M.Ed Instructor, Nursing of Children
LaRue SciiWALLEXBEkc. R.N., B.S \.ssi>tant Professor, Medical and
Surgical Nursing
Mabel Simmont, R.N., B.S Instructor, Applied Physical and
Biological Sciences
Elizabeth Singleton, R.N., B.S Advisor of
Student Affairs (Baltimore Division)
Eleanor Slacum, R.N., B.S Associate Professor, (Psychiatric Nursing)
Ethel M. Troy, R.N., B.S Instructor, Surgical Nursing
Kathryx Williams, R.N., B.S Associate Professor, Operating Room Nursing
Kathryx Wohlsex, R.N., M.N., M.A Associate Professor, Community Nursing
Ellex White, R.N., B.S Assistant Instructor, Fundamentals of Nursing
♦Cecilia Zitkus, R.N., A.B Assistant Professor, Medical and Surgical Nursing
1, Professor, Psychiatric Nursing
ASSISTANTS IN SCHOOL OF NURSING
Florence Alexaxder, R.N Supervisor of Student Dormitory
Ellex T. Chrissixger, R.N Assistant in Student Health
Ann M. Hall, R.N Administrative Assistant
Evelyn M. Weeks Records Secretary
PART-TIME INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF
J. Edmund Bradley, M.D Professor of Pediatrics and Staff
Brice Dorsey, D.D.S Professor of Oral Surgery and Staff
Louis H. Douglass, M.D Professor of Obstetrics and Staff
Charles R. Edwards, M.D Professor of Surgery and Staff
Jacob E. Finesinger, M.D Professor of Psychiatry and Staff
Maurice Greenhill, M.D Associate Professor, Psychiatry
1 to be appointed.
•Will complete Master's Degree August, 1953.
961
962 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Frank Hachtel, M.D Professor of Bacteriology and Staff
J.Mason Hundley, Jr., M.A., M.D Professor of Gynecology and Staff
John C. Krantz, Jr., Ph.D., D.Sc Professor of Pharmacology and Staff
Rebekah R. Liebman, Ed.D Instructor, English
Edna McNaughton, M.A Professor of Nursery School and
Kindergarten Education and Staff
AIaurice C. Pincoffs, B.S., M.D Professor of Medicine and Staff
Emil G. Schmidt, Ph.D., LL.D Professor of Biological Chemistry and Staff
Gladys Sellew, R.N., Ph.D Visiting Professor, Nursing
Frank J. Slama, Ph.D Professor of Pharmacognosy
Edward Uhlenhuth, Ph.D Professor of Anatomy and Staff
Huntington Williams, M.D., Dr. P.H Professor of Hygiene and Public
Health and Staff
FACULTY AND SPECIAL COMMITTEES, SCHOOL OF NURSING
Executive Committee
Dr. Gipe, Chairman ; Misses Hayes, Conley, Mrs. Darley, Mrs. Wohlsen.
Inter-Relations Committee
School-Hospital-Medical Staff
Dr. Gipe, Chairman; Mr. Buck, Drs. Pincoffs, Edwards, Bradley, Douglass,
Finesinger, Mrs. Darley, President of Student Council.
Admissions, Guidance, and Adjustment
Mr. Algire, Chairman ; Dr. Gipe, Misses Hayes, Conley, Mrs. Grotef end, Mrs.
Singleton, Mrs. Chrissinger, Mrs. Hall, Dr. Carl.
Educational Standards, Policies and Coordination
Dr. Gipe, Chairman; Misses Conley, Hayes, Kummer, Mrs. Wohlsen.
Coordination of Clinical Nursing
Mrs. Wohlsen, Chairman; Misses Baer, Conley, Hydorn, Reed, Schwallen-
berg, Slacum, Zitkus, Mrs. Darley.
Libraries
Mrs. I. Robinson, Chairman; Dr. Gipe, Misses Paulonis, Hydorn, Simmont,
Reed, President of Student Government Association.
Publications and Catalogues
Miss Conley, Chairman; Misses Hayes, Kummer, Mrs. Singleton.
Public Functions and Public Relations
Dr. Gipe, Chairman; Misses Conley, Hayes, Hosfeld, Mrs. Singleton,
Student Nurse Representative.
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 963
Religious Life
Mrs. Singleton, Chairman; Mrs. Alexander, Misses Hosfeld, I'aulonis,
President of Student Council.
Scholarship and Student Aid
Dr. Cotterman, Chairman; Dr. Gipe, Misses Conley, Hayes, Strict, Mrs.
Singleton, Mrs. M. Robinson, Mrs. Winslow, Dr. Yeager, Mr. Buck.
Student Life
Miss Paulonis, Chairman; Misses Hosfeld, Schwallenberg, White, Hydorn,
Valeikis, Mrs. Chrissinger, Dr. Townshend, Student Nurse Representatives (2).
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF— UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
HOSPITAL
George H. Buck, Ph.B Director, Univerity Hospital
James Dack, M.A Assistant Director, University Hospital
Kurt Nork, M.A Assistant Director, University Hospital
Eva F. Darley, R.N., B.S Associate Director, Nursing Service
Martha Hoffman, R.N Assistant Director, Nursing Service, afternoon
Hilda Jones, R.N Assistant Director, Nursing Service, night
Eleanor Slacum, R.N., B.S Associate Director, Psychiatric Nursing Service
Jane Laib, R.N Instructing Supervisor, Red Cross Aides
Lorraine Neel, R.N Supervisor, Auxiliary Personnel
DEPARTMENT OF NURSING SERVICE
Eva Darley, R.N., B.S., Associate Director, Nursing Service
Eleanor Slacum, R.N., B.S., Associate Director Psychiatric Nursing Service
Mary A. Brislin, R.N Supervisor, General Nursing— night
Mary Cruickshank, R.N Head Nurse, Obstetric Service
Dana Day, R.N., B.S .Head Nurse, Out Patient Department Service
Elva Dean, R.N Head Nurse, Central Supply Room Service
Anna De Haven, R.N Head Nurse, Operating Room Service
Kathryn Donnelly, R.N Head Nurse, Operating Room Service
Mildred Fisher, R.N Head Nurse, Out Patient Department Service
Ella Gooch, R.N Supervisor, Central Supply Room Service
Thelma Grove, R.N Supervisor, Medical and Surgical Service
Dorothy Herbert, R.N Head Nurse, Obstetric Service
Martha Hoffman, R.N Assistant Director, Nursing Service, afternoon
Mary Ireland, R.N Head Nurse, Delivery Room Service
Phyllis Johnson, R.N Head Nurse, Obstetric Service
Hilda Jones, R.N Assistant Director, Nursing Service — night
Helen T. King, R.N., B.S Head Nurse, Operating Room Service
964
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Alva Lantz, R.N Head Nurse, Premature Nursery
Jane Laib, R.N Instructing Supervisor — Red Cross Aides
Anne Lutz, R.N Head Nurse, Operating Room Service
Rita Malek, R.N Head Nurse, Operating Room Service
Edith Miller, R.N Supervisor, Out Patient Department Service
Lorraine Neel, R.N Supervisor, Auxiliary Personnel
Elizabeth O'Shea, R.N Head Nurse, Surgical Service
Mary Paupalos, R.N Head Nurse, Medical Service
Ivery Reiter, R.N Head Nurse, Medical Service
Margaret Riffle, R.N Supervisor, Semi-Private Services
Mary Saulsbury, R.N Supervisor, Nursing Service Office — evening
Phyllis Z. Scharp, R.N., B.S Head Nurse, Medical-Surgical Service
Norma Shriver, R.N Supervisor, Medical-Surgical Service
Elizabeth Sites, R.N., B.S., Head Nurse, Psychiatric
Out-Patient Department Service
Virginia Stack, R.N Supervisor, Private Services
Flora Street, R.N Supervisor, Obstetric Service
Agnes Valeikis, R.N Supervisor, Pediatric Service
Eleanor Vomastack, R.N Head Nurse, Medical-Surgical Service
Kathryn Williams, R.N., B.S Supervisor, Operating Room Service
Ruth Wolfram, R.N., B.S Head Nurse, Obstetric Service
Florence Wong, R.N Head Nurse, Special Clinics
Elizabeth Young, R.N Head Nurse, Out-Patient Department Service
Theresa Ziemak, R.N Head Nurse, Emergency Room Service
Helping a sick youngster to feel like smiling again is a challenging nursing goal.
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 965
SCHOOL OF NURSING
Florence M. Gipe, R.N., En.D.
The School of Nursing of the University of Maryland offers both general
and fundamental education for students who wish to prepare for professional
work in the broad field of nursing activities.
Two curriculums are available; one, a four-year curriculum leading to the
Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing; the other, a three-year curriculum upon
the completion of which the student is awarded a diploma in Nursing.
The objective of the four-year curriculum is to aid the student to develop
habits in critical and constructive thinking, as well as skills in nursing, which
will continue to influence her growth and learning, and will enable her to
assume the responsibility of a professional nurse and of a useful member of
her community.
The objective of the three-year program is to acquaint the student with
the understanding, skills and attitudes which will qualify her to assist in
planning and conducting total nursing care of patients, as well as to develop
competence as a member of a health team under supervision in hospitals, clinics
and in homes.
History f
The School of Nursing of the University of Maryland, the second school
of nursing to be founded in Maryland, was organized in 1889 by Louisa Parsons,
a student of Florence Nightingale, and a graduate of the St. Thomas Hospital
School, London. Miss Nightingale, because of her interest in Miss Parsons'
new American school, designed the present graduate nurse's cap.
The original two year curriculum was extended in 1902 to three years. For
a generation, graduates of the growing school served in the community, founded
nursing schools in Maryland and other states, and participated in their pro-
fessional organizations. In World Wars I and II, graduates of the school
served on foreign soil with the Medical Units of the University of Maryland.
In 1920 the school of nursing became a separate unit of the University,
although it continued to be administered as a hospital school.
In 1926 the University of Maryland instituted a five year combined academic
and nursing program. The establishment of this type of program was in
keeping with the trends in nursing education at that time. The student, after
completing two years of academic work in the College of Arts and Sciences
and three years in the School of Nursing, received the Bachelor of Science
degree and the diploma of graduate in nursing.
Recent trends in nursing created in Maryland, as in other states, a demand
for a four year program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nurs-
ing. The faculty advised the President and Board of Regents of the University
to inaugurate such a program to replace the existing five year plan. On May
966 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
26, 1952, the four year program was publicly announced by the President of
the University. A Dean was appointed and members of the faculty were ac-
corded academic status. Through this action the Nursing School became a
degree-granting institution. The School of Xursing, being a part of the State
University which is also a Land Grant College, receives funds for operation
from the University.
Membership and Accreditation
The University of Maryland, which incorporates the School of Xursing
with all of the other schools of the University, is a member of the Association
of American Colleges and is accredited by the Middle Atlantic Association of
Colleges and Secondary Schools.
Both programs in Xursing, the three and five (now four year program),
are approved by the Maryland State Board of Examiners of Xurses, and by
the Xational Xursing Accrediting Service for the five year interim accreditation.
FACILITIES FOR INSTRUCTION
Facilities for instruction used by the School of Xursing include: the
various colleges of the University of Maryland at College Park, the professional
schools of the University, Dentistry, Law, Medicine and Pharmacy, and the
College of Special and Continuation Studies on the Baltimore campus.
In addition to these, the School of X'ursing makes use of the following
facilities:
University of Maryland Hospital: General hospital of 600 beds, providing
medical, surgical, pediatric, and obstetric services.
Out-Patient Department: Clinics for all services housed in the Old Uni-
versity Hospital building. An average of 500 patients are treated daily.
Psychiatric Institute: Recently constructed addition to the University
Hospital with facilities for 105 patients, the psychiatric out-patient department
and Child Guidance Clinic.
University of Maryland Nursery-Kindergarten School: Unit operated by
the College of Education to provide training and experience for students
interested in nursery-kindergarten school education.
Springfield State Hospital: Hospital of 2900 beds located in Sykesville,
Maryland for the care and treatment of mentally ill patients.
Baltimore City Health Department: Agency providing health teaching and
nursing care of patients in their homes.
LIBRARY FACILITIES
Libraries are located at both the College Park and Baltimore divisions
of the Universities. In addition to the general library, volumes on the
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING ''"7
[College Park campus are shelved in the ( hemistry, Entomology, and Mathe-
matics Departments, and Graduate School, and other units.
The general library is a depository for publications of the United States
Government, and numbers some 75,000 documents in its collection.
The University Library System is able to supplement its reference
service by borrowing materials from other libraries through Inter-Library
Loan or Bibliofilm Service, or by arranging for personal work in the Library
I of Congress, the United States Department of Agriculture Library, and other
agencies in Washington.
The School of Nursing Library is an integral part of the University of
Maryland Library System, and is under the Director of Libraries of the Uni-
versity. Both scientific and recreational collections of books are provided in
the Library which is conveniently located on the first floor of Louisa Parsons
Hall, the student dormitory.
The facilities of the Medical, Dental, Pharmacy and Law School Libraries
are available to the students of the School of Nursing. Additional facilities are
provided at the main branch of the Enoch Pratt Library, which comprises the
public library system of the City of Baltimore; the Peabody Library which
comprises a large collection of non-circulating books; and the Maryland
Historical Society Library.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Freshmen Students
Graduates of accredited secondary schools will be admitted by certificate
upon the recommendation of the principal. The admission requirements of
the School of Nursing are much the same as of the other schools of the Uni-
versity. In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon indications
of probable success in nursing rather than upon a fixed pattern of subject
matter. The following distribution of subject matter is desirable:
English 4 units, required for all divisions of the University
Mathematics 2 units, one each of Algebra and Plane Geometry
is desirable
History 1 unit, two units are desirable
Foreign Language 1 unit, two units are desirable
Science
Biology 1 unit
Chemistry 1 unit
Physics 1 unit
The school is open to those American citizens and foreign students who
qualify for admission. Applicants should be 17 to 45 years of age. Evidence of
personal fitness for nursing in regard to health, personality, and moral character
must be submitted.
96S UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Transfer Students
Any student in good standing as to scholarship and conduct is elegible to
transfer from an accredited college or university. Advanced standing is assigned
to transfer students from such accredited institutions under the following
conditions:
1. Students who have had two years of college work in other approved
schools may be admitted to the Junior year of the four year curriculum
providing they have completed the courses prerequisite to the studies
in the clinical area, such as Biology, Chemistry, Bacteriology, and
Human Anatomy and Physiology.
2. Students admitted to the Junior year of the four year curriculum must
have completed the equivalent of the American Civilization Program of
the University of Maryland.
3. The University of Maryland reserves the right at any time to revoke
advanced standing if the transfer student's progress is unsatisfactory.
4. Transfer students to the three year diploma program will be required
to spend a minimum of one calendar year in the School of Nursing.
Application Procedure
Registration for classes is held once yearly for both the four and the
three year programs.
Four Year Program
Applications for admission to the four year program should be submitted
to the Director of Admissions, University of Maryland, College Park, not
later than July 1, for the fall semester.
Three Year Program
Applications for admission to the three year program at the University
Hospital should be submitted to the Dean, School of Nursing, University of
Maryland, Baltimore, Maryland.
On the basis of a Pre-Nursing and Guidance Test given under the direction
of the Department of Evaluation and Guidance of the National League for
Nursing to determine potentialities for nursing, prospective students will be
advised of their potentialities for this field. This test is required of all students.
Directions for this Pre-Nursing Test will be sent following review of the
applicants credentials by the Committee on Admissions. A fee of five dollars
for the test is paid at the time of testing.
Registration
All persons are required to register in person on or within the day or days
announced on the school calendar. The registration procedure consists of (1)
filing a registration blank at the Registrar's' Office, (2) receipt of bill at the
Registrar's Office, and (3) the payment of bill (fees and expenses) at the
financial office. Students who register late are required to pay a late registration
THE SCHOOL 01: NURSING %y
tee of five dollars. The last day of registration with fee added to the regular
charges is Saturday of the week in which registration begins. The offices of the
Registrar and Comptroller are open daily from 9:00 A.M. to 4:00 P.M. and
Saturday from 9:00 A.M. to 12:00 Noon. To avoid late registration fee, pay-
ment may be made by mail. The envelop must be postmarked not later than
midnight on the date of registration.
In order to attend classes and to receive credit for courses, students en-
rolled in degree programs are required to register.
FEES AND EXPENSES
All fees are due and payable at the time of registration. Students should
ome prepared to pay the full amount of the charges. Checks and money
orders should be made payable to the University of Maryland for the ewact
imount of charges. No student will be admitted to classes until such payment
nas been made. In cases where a student has been awarded a scholarship, the
imount of such scholarship or grant will be deducted from the bill.
The University reserves the right to make such changes in fees and other
:xpenses as may be found necessary, although every effort will be made to
ceep the costs to the student as low as possible.
No degree will be conferred, nor any diploma, certificate, or transcript of a
ecord issued to a student who has not made satisfactory settlement of his
iccount.
In the event of dismissal or resignation, the general rules of the University
n regard to refund of fees are applicable.
The charges are approximate and may fluctuate because of changing
conomic conditions. Student uniforms are obtained during the first year in the
School of Nursing (Baltimore Campus). Expenses such as meals, carfare,
tnd incidentals which the student incurs during periods of affiliation or field
rips are borne by the student.
EXPLANATION OF FEES
The Fixed Charges Fee is not a charge for tuition. It is a charge to help
lefray the cost of operating the University's physical plant and other various
ervices which ordinarily would not be included as a cost of teaching personnel
nd teaching supplies. Included in these costs would be janitorial services, cost
•f heat, electricity, water, etc., administrative and clerical cost, maintenance of
luilding and grounds, maintenance of libraries, cost of University Publications,
Alumni Office, the University Business and Financial Offices, the Registrar's
Dffice, the Admissions Office, and any other such services as are supplemental
ind necessary to teaching and research.
The Athletic Fee is charged for the support of the Department of Inter-
collegiate Athletics. All students are eligible and encouraged to participate
n all the activities of this department and to attend all contests in which they
io not participate.
970
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The Special Fee is used to pay interest on and amortize the cost of con-
struction of the Student Union Building and the combination building used as
an Auditorium for Physical Education and Indoor Athletics.
The Student Activities Fee is a mandatory fee included at the request of
the Student Government Association. It covers subscription to the Diamond-
back, student newspaper; the Old Line, literary magazine; the Terrapin,
yearbook; and class dues, and includes financial support for the musical and
dramatic clubs.
The Infirmary Fee does not include expensive drugs or special diagnostic
procedures. Expensive drugs will be charged at cost and special diagnostic
procedures, such as x-ray, electrocardiograms, basal metabolism study, etc.,
will be charged at the lowest cost prevailing in the vicinity.
The Health Fee is payable on the Baltimore campus. It helps to defray
the costs of maintenance of the health service. This service includes routine
examinations and medical care. Special treatments, medications, and exam-
inations are not included in this service.
Students entering the University for the second semester will pay the
following additional fees: Athletic, $7.50; Student Activities, $8.00; Special,
$20.00; Infirmary, $2.50; Advisory and Testing Fee, $1.00.
FEES FOR NURSING STUDENTS
(DEGREE STUDENTS)
Fees for Undergraduate Students
Maryland Residents (College Park Div.)
Fixed Charges $ 82.00
Athletic Fee
Student Activities Fee . . .
Special Fee
Infirmary Fee
Advisory and Testing Fee
First
Second
Semester
Semester
Total
$ 82.00
$ 83.00
$165.00
15.00
15.00
10.00
10.00
40.00
40.00
5.00
5.00
1.00
1.00
$153.00
$ 83.00
$236.00
Residents of the District of Columbia,
Other States and Countries Semester Semester Total
Tuition Fee for Non-Resident Students $ 75.00 $ 75.00 $150.00
Total for Non-Resident Students $228.00
Board and Lodging
Board $180.00
Dormitory Room $65-$75
Total, Room and Board "$245-$255 $245-$255 $490-$510
$158.00
$180.00
$65-$75
$386.00
$360.00
$1304150
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 971
LABORATORY AND OTHER FEES
Laboratory Fees Per Semester Course
Agricultural Engineering $ 3.00 I lorticulture $ 5.00
Bacteriology $10.00 and 20.00 Industrial Education 5.00
Botany 5.00 Journalism $3.00 and 6.00
Chemical Engineering 8.00 Mechanical Engineering 3.00
Chemistry 10.00 Music (Applied Music only) 30.00
Education (Depending on Labora- Physics —
tory) ...$1.00, $2.00, $3.00, $5.00, 6.00 Introductory 3.00
Practice Teaching 30.00 All Other 6.00
Dairy 3.00 Psychology 4.00
Electrical Engineering 4.00 Office Techniques and
Entomology 3.00 Management 7.50
Home Economics — Speech —
(Non-Home Ec. Students) Radio and Stagecraft 2.00
Practical Art, Crafts, Tex- All Other 1.00
tiles and Clothing 3.00 Statistics 3.50
Foods and Home Man'ment, each . . 7.00 Zoology 8.00
DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE AND NON-RESIDENCE
Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if at the
time of their registration their parents have been domiciled in this State for at
least one year.
The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his
first registration in the University, and may not thereafter be changed by him
unless, in the case of a minor, his parents move to and become legal residents
of this State by maintaining such residence for at least one full year. However,
the right of the minor student to change from a non-resident status to resident
status must be established by him prior to the registration period set for any
semester.
Adult students are considered to be residents if at the time of their registra-
tion they have been domiciled in this State for at least one year provided such
residence has not been acquired while attending any school or college in
Maryland or elsewhere.
The word domicile as used in this regulation shall mean the permanent
place of abode. For the purpose of this rule only one domicile may be main-
tained.
Residents of Maryland, Other States and The District of Columbia
Baltimore Division, Per Year
First Semester Second Semester Total
Fixed Charges $95.00 S95.00 5190.00
Health Fee 20.00 20.00
Post Office Fee 2.00 2.00
Student Activity Fee 10.00 10.00
Total, all students $127.00 95.00 $222.00
972 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Board and Lodging
Board and lodging are provided on the Baltimore Campus in exchange for
nursing service as a working scholarship.
SPECIAL FEES
(Degree Students)
Matriculation Fee — payable at time of first registration in the
University $10.00
Application Fee — for students transferring from other schools to the
University of Maryland in Junior Year 5.00
Diploma Fee for Bachelors Degree 10.00
Cap and Gown Fee for Bachelor's Degree 2.50
Miscellaneous Fees and Charges
Fee for part-time students per credit hour 10.00
The term "part-time" is interpreted to mean undergraduate students
taking 6 semester credit hours or less. Students carrying more than
6 semester hours pay the regular fees.
Late Registration Fee 5.00
(All students are expected to complete their registration, including
the filing of class cards and payment of bills, on the regular
registration days). Those who do not complete their registration
during the designated time will be charged a fee of $5.00
Fee for Change in Registration 3.00
Transcript of Record Fee 1.00
Textbook and Supplies
Costs of textbooks and classroom supplies vary with the course, but
will average on College Park Campus, (per semester) 35.00
Baltimore Campus (28 months) 40.00
Uniforms (approximaae cost to student) 85.00
Testing
Psychometric tests prepared by the National League for Nursing to
determine potentialities for nursing. Notice of time and place of
testing will be sent to the applicant upon review of her credentials
by the Committee of Admissions $5.00
Field Work
Students will be responsible for lunch and car fare when they are assigned
to outlying districts during Public Health Field Work.
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 973
FEES FOR NURSING STUDENTS
(Diploma Students)
Fixed Charges $35.00 $35.00
Health Fee 20.00 20.00
Post Office Fee 2.00 2.00
Student Activity Fee 10.00 10.00
$35.00
$105.00
20.00
60.00
2.00
6.00
10.00
30.00
$67.00 $67.00 $67.00 $201.00
Board and Lodging
Board and lodging are provided in exchange for nursing service as a
working scholarship.
Miscellaneous Fees and Charges
Application fee S 5.00
Graduation fee 1 5.00
Textbooks and Supplies
Textbooks (approximate cost to study for three years) 40.00
Uniforms (approximate cost to student for three years) 100.00
Testing 5.00
Psychometric tests, which are prepared by the National League for
Nursing to determine potentialities for nursing, are taken by pro-
spective students. Notice of the time and place of testing will
be sent to the applicant upon review of her credentials by the Com-
mittee of Admissions. A fee of $5.00 is paid by the applicant at
the time of testing.
Total for three years $366.00
SCHOLASTIC REGULATIONS
Grading
The scholastic standing of a student is recorded in terms of the following
symbols: A, B, C, D, passing F, failure, I, Incomplete. Mark A denotes
superior scholarship; mark B, good scholarship; mark C, fair scholarship; and
mark D, passing scholarship.
In computing scholastic averages, numerial values are assigned as follows:
A.-4, B-3, C-2, D-l, F-0.
A scholastic average of C is required for graduation and for junior
standing. The C average will be computed on the basis of the courses required
jy each student's curriculum. The average of transfer students and those
seeking combined degrees will be computed only on the courses taken in
'esidence in the L'niversity of Maryland and in satisfaction of the non-
:urriculum requirements of the college granting the degree. An over-all
974 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
average will also be computed to include all courses taken in the University as a
basis for the award of honors and such other use as may be deemed appropriate.
Students who have not obtained a passing mark will be required to take
a re-examination in the subject failed, or if indicated, to repeat the course.
If a student does not pass a specific clinical assignment, she is given
special guidance.
The University reserves the right to request the withdrawal of a student
who does not or cannot maintain the required standard of scholarship, or whose
continuance in the University would be detrimental to her health, or to the
health of others, or whose conduct is not satisfactory to the authorities of the
University.
Attendance
According to University regulations, excessive absence from any class is
penalized by failure in that course. Students may be absent from class only
upon approval of the instructor for the course.
Reports
Written reports of grades are sent by the Registrar to parents or guardians
of minor students enrolled in the four year program.
Students enrolled in the three year program will be informed of their
progress bjr the Dean of the School of Nursing.
Vacation, Absences
Four weeks vacation is granted each year during the clinical period of
instruction. Time lost through illness or other causes during the clinical
period in excess of three weeks is required to be made up.
Junior Requirements
A student must acquire a minimum of 64 credits exclusive of the require-
ments in physical education and introductory nursing subjects with an average
grade of at least C in the freshman and sophomore years before transferring tc
the clinical area.
Requirements for Graduation
For graduation each student enrolled in four year program must acquire
a minimum of 128 semester hour credits in academic subjects other thar
physical activities. The physical activities requirement is four semester hours ir
addition to the above requirements.
Conferring of Degrees
The baccalaureate degree will be awarded only to the student who has
had one year or more of resident work in the University of Maryland. The las'
thirty semester credits of any curriculum leading to a baccalaureate degree mus
be taken in residence at the University.
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING
An average grade of C (2.0) is required for graduation. The C average will
be computed on the basis of the courses required by each student's curriculum.
The average grade of transfer students and of those seeking combined degrees
will be computed only on the courses taken in residence in the University of
Maryland in satisfaction of the non-professional curriculum requirement of the
college granting the degree. An overall average will also be computed to
include all courses taken in the University as basis for the award of honors
and such other uses as may be deemed appropriate.
Each candidate for a degree must file a formal application for the degree
in the Office of the Registrar eight weeks prior to the date he expects to
graduate. Candidates for degrees must attend commencement exercises at which
degrees are conferred and diplomas awarded. Degrees are conferred in absentia
only in exceptional cases.
Eligibility for State Registration
Upon the successful completion of either the diploma or the degree
program, graduates will be eligible for admission to the examination for
registration to practice nursing in Maryland, which is given by the Maryland
State Board of Examiners of Nurses.
Transcript of Records
Students and alumni may secure transcript of their schohlastic records from
the Office of the Registrar. No charge is made for the first copy; for each
additional copy there is a charge of $1.00. Checks should be made payable
to the University of Maryland. Transcripts of records should be requested at
least two weeks in advance of the date when the records are actually needed.
Transcripts of students' records will be furnished only to those students or
alumni whose financial obligations to the University have been met.
LIVING ARRANGEMENTS
Dormitories-College Park
All freshmen except those who live at home are required to room in the
dormitories. Students are required to live in the University's dormitories or
locally with relatives. All living accommodations must be approved by the
Dean of Women.
All new students desiring to room in the dormitories should request a
room application card on their application for admission. The Director of
Admissions will refer these to the offices of the Dean of Women. Application
cards will be sent to applicants and should be returned promptly. A fee of
$15.00 will be requested which will be deducted from the first semester charges
when the student registers. A room is not assured until notice is received from
the Dean concerned. Room reservation fees will not be refunded if the request
is received later than August 15 for the first semester.
Applications for rooms are acted upon only when a student has been fully
admitted academically to the University.
976 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
It is understood that all housing and board arrangements which are made
for the fall semester are binding for the spring semester.
Equipment
Students assigned to dormitories should provide themselves with single
blankets, at least four sheets, a pillow, pillow cases, towels, a laundry bag, a
waste paper basket, a desk blotter, and bureau scarves. The individual student
must assume responsibility for all dormitory property assigned to her.
Each student will be furnished a key for her room for which a deposit of
$1.00 is made. This deposit will be returned in exchange for the key at the end
of the year.
Baggage
Personal baggage sent via American Express and marked with a dormitory
address will be delivered when the student notifies the College Park express
office of her arrival.
Laundry
Students may use facilities provided in each dormitory although there are
no facilities for the laundering of bed linen.
Meals
All students who live in permanent University dormitories must take meals
at the University Dining Hall.
Residence Hall — Baltimore
Louisa Parsons Hall, the student dormitory of the School of Nursing, offers
comfortable living accommodations for the nursing students. It is under the
general supervision of a registered graduate nurse. Bed linens, blankets, and
curtains are provided as part of the general furnishings of the room. Students
are requested to bring their own bedspreads.
All students of the School of Nursing are required to live in the nurses'
dormitory, except during certain affiliations when they reside in the nurses'
dormitories associated with the various hospitals.
STUDENTS HEALTH AND WELFARE
Student Health — College Park Campus
The University recognizes its responsibility for safeguarding the health of
students and takes every possible precaution toward this end. All new
undergraduate students will be given a thorough physical examination at the
time of their entrance to the University. A well equipped infirmary is available
for the care of the sick or injured student. A small fee is charged but does
not cover the cost of expensive drugs and special diagnostic procedures.
Student Health — Baltimore Campus
The School of Nursing, in cooperation with the University of Maryland
Hospital, maintains a health service under the general direction of an appointed
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 977
physician and nurse to provide medical care for the students.
All new students receive a physical examination including chest x-ray and
hlood studies as a part of their matriculation in this area. This examination is
repeated annually or more often it* indicated.
Hospital care is provided for the student for a limited time. Reasonable
rates will be charged for longer periods of hospitalization. Special treatments
and medications, not considered routine, will be paid by the student. Dental
work is not provided.
SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS
General Assembly Scholarships
The scholarships are available to the undergraduate nursing students of
the University of Maryland at College Park.
The scholarships are for fixed charges only, and are awarded by members
of the Legislature, three for each Senator, and one for each member of the
House of Delegates. These scholarships may be awarded by a member of the
House of Delegates or a Senator only to persons in the county or legislative
district of Baltimore which the Delegate or Senator represents. Awards of
such scholarships are subject to approval by the Faculty Committee on
Scholarships and by the Director of Admissions.
W. K. Kellogg Foundation Loan
This loan fund was first established at the University of Maryland School
pf Nursing in 1942 with money granted by the W. K. Kellogg Foundation.
The interest paid on the loans, together with the principle of the loan, as it is
repaid, will be used to found a rotating loan fund. Loans will be made on the
basis of need, character, and scholastic attainment for study in the clinical area.
Applications for W. K. Kellogg Loans may be obtained from the Office of the
Dean of the School of Nursing. (Not available to freshmen students).
RELIGIOUS INFLUENCES
The University recognizes its responsibility for the moral and spiritual
welfare of students. Pastors representing the major religious denominations
assume responsibility for work with students of their respective faiths. An
interdenominational chapel is on the College Park campus. Church attendance
Js encouraged.
There are churches of the various denominations nearby the Baltimore
campus of the School of Nursing. Pastors of the different religious faiths are
available to the students for guidance.
Worship services are conducted by and for *he student nurses each Sunday
morning.
ATHLETICS AND RECREATION
The University recognizes the importance of the physical development of
ill students. In addition to the required physical activities for freshmen and
978 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
sophomores in the college program, a comprehensive inter-collegiate and
intramural athletic program is sponsored by the University.
On the Baltimore campus facilities are made available to the students for
basketball, skating, bowling, swimming and other physical and recreational
activities.
EXTRA-CURRICULAR STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Many student clubs and societies with literary, art, cultural, scientific, social
and other special objectives are maintained in the University. A number of
honorary fraternities and sororities are established and recognized at the
Universit}'.
All organized student activities are under the supervision of the Student
Life Committee at College Park, and the Student Council in Baltimore.
UNIVERSITY COUNSELING CENTER
The services in the Deans office are closely coordinated with the activities
of the University Counseling Bureau, maintained by the Department of
Psychology. This Bureau has a well trained technical staff, and is equipped
with an extensive stock of standardized tests of aptitude, ability, and interest.
Assistance is available in diagnosing reading and study difficulties. Students
are entitled to the services of the University Counseling Bureau without charge.
COUNSELING — BALTIMORE CAMPUS
The guidance program is administered to assist the student to understand
herself, and to help her to make effective use of her abilities through self-
direction. The program includes: orientation, individual inventory, individual
counseling, group guidance, and informational services.
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING
BASIC PROFESSIONAL NURSING PROGRAM
The Basic Professional Nursing Program leading to the degree of
Bachelor of Science in Nursing is designed to prepare carefully selected young
women for professional nursing. This proposes that the student will live in
an educational environment which will contribute to her growth and develop-
ment as a person and as a citizen. Upon the completion of the program, which
is forty-eight months in length, the graduate should be able to fill first level
positions in professional nursing.
The first year is spent on the College Park campus. This portion of the
program is largely an academic and cultural one. Courses in physical, biological
and social sciences are given. In addition, certain specified courses related to
the social aspects of nursing are taught by a professional nurse who resides
on the campus and also acts as a counselor to the students.
At the end of the first academic year, the student receives a six-weeks
orientation to the University Hospital on the Baltimore Campus and other
community health agencies. A basic introductory course in the principles
and practice of nursing is given with planned experience in the hospital and
Out-Patient Department. Applied nutrition is given also.
At the completion of this orientation period, the student is on vacation
until beginning the academic year at College Park.
During the second year, the student continues the study of biological and
social sciences. Included in this year is a study of the health needs of the
child in Nursing Problems with Children.
The student returns to the clinical division in Baltimore in July. The
following two years are spent in the study of nursing in the various clinical
areas such as medicine, surgery, pediatrics, obstetrics, psychiatry, public
health, and communicable diseases. Clinical experience and theory are closely
correlated to give the student an understanding of total nursing care of the
patient.
Learning experiences are provided to help the student develop a sym-
pathetic understanding of human nature which will enable her to deal help-
fully with the patient, his family and with co-workers in her own and related
agencies.
980
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
CURRICULUM
Freshman Year
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life
G. & P. 1— American Government
Zoology 2, 2— Fundamentals of Zoology
Chemistry 11, 12— General Chemistry
Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech
Nur. 3— History of Nursing
Nur. 7— Introduction to Nursing
Physical Activities
Total
Summer Session (Six Weeks)
Nur. 7— Introduction to Nursing (Laboratory Experience)
Nur. 104— Nutrition
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology
Bact. 1— General Bacteriology
Zoology 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology
Sp. 23— Parliamentary Law
Nur. 8— Social Aspects of Nursing
Nur. 9— Nursing Problems with Children
Physical Activities
Total
Junior Year
Nur. 101, 102— Medical and Surgical Nursing (Including Social
Case Work)
Nur. 103— Pharmacology
Nur. 105— Obstetric Nursing
Nur. 106— Health Organization
Nur. 107— Health Guidance
Nur. 108— Applied Psychology
Nur. 151— Pediatric Nursing
Total Semester Hours
r- Semester- >
17
II
3
3
4
3
1
2
1
17
17
Term*
17
/
//
5
5
3
8
2
3
3
3
16
16
*A term is six months.
J
THE SCHOOL Of NURSING "HI
Term
Senior Year I II
Nur. 151— Pediatric Nursing 5 ....
Nur. 152— Psychiatric Nursing .... 8
Nur. 153a— Public Health Nursing 8 ....
b — Communicable Disease Nursing
Nur. 15 1— Ward Management 2
Nur. 155— Foundations of Professional Nursing 1 1
Electives .... 2
Total Semester Hours 16 13
DISTRIBUTION OF FOUR-YEAR PROGRAM
First Year
Months
College Park Campus 9
Baltimore Campus (Clinical Area) \lA
Total 10^
Second Year
College Park Campus 9
Baltimore Campus (Clinical Area) Introduction to Nursing 2
Total 11
Third Year
Baltimore Campus (Clinical Area)
Medicine and Surgery
Applied Nutrition 1
Operating Room and Accident Service 2
Fundamentals of Patient Care, Medicine and Surgery, Out-Patient
Department, with Integration of Community Nursing 4
Obstetric Nursing* 3
Pediatric or Psychiatric Nursing* 1
Total "IT"
Fourth Year
Pediatric or Psychiatric Nursing* 5
Public Health Nursing 2
Communicable Disease Nursing 2
Ward Management
Total \V/2
"Obstetric, Pediatric, Psychiatric Nursing experience — 3 months each.
One month vacation is given during each clinical year, making a total of 2S months
in the clinical area in the School of Nursing— a legal requirement of the Maryland State
Board of Examiners of Nurses.
982 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
COURSE REQUIREMENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY
Freshmen and Sophomores, American Civilization Program
All students (unless specific exceptions are noted in printed curricula) are
required to take twelve semester hours of English, three semesters hours of
Sociology (Soc. 1 - Sociology of American Life), three semester hours of
government (G. & P. 1 - American Government) and six semester hours of
history (H. 5, 6 - History of American Civilization.)
These several courses are planned as parts of a whole that is designed to
acquaint students with the basic facts of American history, with the fundamental
patterns of our social, economic, political and intellectual development, and
with the riches of our cultural heritage.
Physical Education
All undergraduate women students classified academically as freshmen or
sophomores, who are registered for more than six semester hours of credit,
are required to enroll in and successfully complete four prescribed courses
in physical education for a total of four semester hours of credit. The suc-
cessful completion of these courses is a requirement for graduation. These
courses must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of
attendance at the University, whether or not they intend to graduate. Transfer
students who do not have credit in these courses, or their equivalent, must
complete them or take them until graduation, whichever occurs first.
Course Descriptions
Bact. 1. General Bacteriology (4) — Second semester, Sophomore year.
Two lecture and two laboratory periods a week.
The physiology, culture, and differentiation of bacteria. Fundamental
principles of microbiology in relation to man and his environment. Laboratory
fee $10.00. Faber and Staff
Chem. 11, 13. General Chemistry (3, 3) — First and second semesters,
Freshman year. Two lectures and one three hour laboratory period a week.
Laboratory fee $10.00 per semester. Drake and Staff
Eng. 1, 2. Composition and American Literature (3, 3) — First and second
semesters, Freshman year. Required of freshmen. Both courses offered each
semester, but may not be taken concurrently. Prerequisite, three units of high
school English.
Grammar, rhetoric, and the mechanics of writing, frequent themes.
Readings in American Literature. Ball and Staff
Eng. 3, 4. Composition and World Literature (3, 3) — First and second
semesters, Sophomore year. Prerequisite Eng. 1, 2. Eng. 3, 4 or Eng. 5, 6 or
an acceptable combination of the two are required of sophomores. Credit will
not be given for more than 6 hours of work in 3, 4 and 5, 6.
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 983
Practice in composition. An introduction to world literature, foreign
classics being read in translation. Cooley and Staff.
Eng. 5, 6. Composition and English Literature (3, 3) — First and second
semesters, Sophomore year. Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 or an ac-
ceptable combination of the two are required of sophomores. Credit will not
be given for more than 6 hours of work in 3, 4 and 5, 6.
Practice in composition. An introduction to major English writers.
Zeeveld and Staff.
G. & P. 1. American Government (3) — Second semester, Freshman year.
This course is designed as the basic course in government for the American
Civilization program, and it or its equivalent is a prerequisite to all other
courses in the department.
It is a comprehensive study of governments in the U. S.— national, state,
and local, and of their adjustments to changing social and economic conditions.
Burdette and Staff.
H. 5, 6. History of American Civilization (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters, Sophomore year. Required for graduation of all students who entered the
University after 1944-1945. Normally to be taken in the sophomore year.
Crossmon, and Staff.
Nur. 3. History of Nursing (2) — First semester, Freshman year.
This course is designed to give an understanding of the development of
nursing from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed upon the
nature and pattern of nursing as it progressed through the different periods,
and as it was related to the education of women. Gipe.
Nur. 7. Introduction to Nursing (2) — Second semester, Freshman year.
A course designed to develop an understanding and appreciation of the
concepts of professional nursing. Hayes.
Introduction to Nursing — (Laboratory experience for Nur. 7) 6 weeks,
Freshman year, summer session. Planned experience in the clinical situation,
affords the student the opportunity to analyze the patient's needs, and to plan
and execute a program of nursing care which meets the needs of all individuals
concerned. Hayes
Nur. 8. Social Aspects of Nursing (2) — Second semester, Sophomore year.
A course designed to acquaint the students with the factors to be considered
in the health or sickness of the individual as they effect the family and com-
munity relationships. The role of the nurse in the modern concept of nursing in
world health and social developments is interpreted. Hayes
Nur. 9. Nursing Problems with Children (2) — Second semester, Sophomore
year.
This course is designed to help the student gain an understanding and ap-
preciation of the health needs of the child in relation to his physical, mental,
emotional, and social development. Kummer and Assistants
984 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
P. E. 2, 4. Basic Skills of Sport and Rhythms (1, 1)— Three hours a week:
first and second semesters, Freshman year. Required of all freshmen women.
Instruction and practice in fundamentals of sports, rhythms, and body
mechanics. Wessell
P. E. 6, 8. Selected Sports and Dance (1, 1) — Three hours a week, first
and second semesters, Sophomore year.
Sophomores may elect from the following: archery, badminton, basketball,
bowling, fencing, folk and square dancing, modern dance, social dance, golf,
hockey, rifle, softball, speedball, tennis, and volleyball. Wessell
Psych. 1. Introduction to Psychology (3) — First and second semesters,
Sophomore year. (Not open to freshmen).
A basic introductory course, intended to bring the student into contact
with the major problems confronting psychology and the more important at-
tempts at their solution. Andrews, and Staff
Soc. 1. Sociology of American Life (3) — First semester, Freshman year.
Sociological analysis of the American social structure; metropolital, small
town, and rural communities; population distribution, composition, and change;
social organization. Hoffsommer and Staff
Speech 18, 19. Introductory Speech, (1, 1) — First and second semesters,
Freshman year.
This course is designed to give students practice in public speaking.
Speech 18 is prerequisite for Speech 19. Laboratory fee SI. 00 for each semester.
Strausbaugh and Staff
Speech 23. Parlimentary Law (1) — First semester, Sophomore year.
A study of the principles and application of parliamentary law as applied to
all types of meetings. Thorough training in the use of Robert's Rules of Order.
Strausbaugh and Staff
Zool. 23. Fundamentals of Zoology (4, 4) — First and second semesters,
Freshman year. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Zoology 1
or 2 is a prerequisite for Zoology 3. Students who have completed Zoology 1
may register for Zoology 3 but not Zoology 2.
A thorough study of the anatomy, classification, and life histories of the
representative animals. During the first semester emphasis is placed on in-
vertebrate forms and during the second semester upon vertebrate forms includ-
ing the frog. Laboratory fee $8.00 for each semester. Phillips and Staff
Zool. 14, 15. Human Anatomy and Physiology (4, 4) — First and second
semesters, Sophomore year. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite, one course in zoology. Zoology 14 is a prerequisite for Zoology 15.
For students who desire a general knowledge of human anatomy and
physiology. Laboratory fee $8.00 each semester. Phillips and Staff
Nursing 101, 102. Medical and Surgical Nursing (5, 5)— Term I and II,
Junior year.
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 985
Designed to help the student acquire a knowledge and understanding of
the causes, symptoms, treatments, and general control of diseases, and an ap-
preciation of the common factors involved in complete nursing care. The
pharmacological and dietary aspects are fused throughout each area. Those
procedures that are necessary to insure safe and skillful nursing care are studied,
discussed, evaluated, and applied in relation to each condition.
Schwallenberg and Assistants
Nursing 103. Pharmacology (3)— Term I, Junior year.
Designed to give the student an understanding and an appreciation of the
principles of drug therapy. The chemical and physiological action of drugs is
studied in the classroom, the laboratory, and on the hospital wards. Em-
phasis is given on the properties, the action, the therapeutic, and the toxic
effects of drugs. Musser and Assistants
Nursing 104. Nutrition (3) — Term I, Junior year.
To develop in the student nurse an appreciation of the science of nutrition
and dietetics and its relation to personal, community and world-wide health.
Students are taught to assist patients on the wards and in the Out-Patient
Department to plan their diets in relation to their general condition.
Dyson
Nursing 105. Obstetrics Nursing (8) — Term II, Junior year.
To develop in the student nurse the ability to give sympathetic, safe, and
scientific nursing care during the reproductive cycle as it pertains to the family
life of the patient. This instruction includes knowledge and skill in regard to
the managing and teaching of patients during the ante-partum, delivery, and
post-partum periods. Hydorn and Assistant1?
Nursing 106. Health Organization (2) — Term I, Junior year. To acquaint
the student with the general administration of health agencies and to give her
an appreciation of how they function on local, national, and international levels.
Dr. Huntington Williams, Commissioner of Health, Baltimore City, and
Staff.
Nursing 107. Health Guidance (3) — Term II, Junior year.
Designed to assist the student to apply certain principles and methods of
teaching which will enable her to give intelligent individual and group instruc-
tion in healthful living. The dynamic approach is considered throughout the
course so that effective student and patient relationships may be brought about.
Wohlsen and assistants
Nursing 108. Applied Psychology (3) — Term I, Junior year.
This educational experience is designed to supplement and implement nurses'
basic knowledge of psychology and sociology. Through lectures, discussions,
and observations focussed on patient and nurse behavior, nurses can become
more aware of the importance of, and can be helped to develop, positive nurse-
patient relationship. Greenhill and assistants
986 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Nursing 151. Pediatric Nursing (8) — Term II, Junior year extending into
senior year.
Planned to assist the student to develop an understanding of infants and
children so that she may acquire the ability to help meet their total nursing
needs, physical, emotional and mental. Kummer, Reed, and assistants
Nursing 152. Psychiatric Nursing (8) — Term II, Senior year.
To develop a sympathetic attitude and a sense of responsibility toward
furthering a positive mental health program on local, national, and international
levels, so that many of the psychiatric disorders may be prevented or cured
in their early stages. Appreciation, knowledge, and skill in caring for the total
nursing needs of patients who have developed severe mental disorders also
will be stressed. Prof, of Psychiatric Nursing and assistants
Nursing 153. Public Health Nursing (8) — Term I and II, Senior year.
To develop in the student an appreciation and an understanding and
skill in dealing with patients and their families in their homes and the various
areas of the community. Their relation to the wider community is considered.
This includes the state, national, and international community. Two months
field experience with the Baltimore City Health Department is included and
as a supplement to this course, two months' experience in Communicable
Disease Nursing is given. Wohlsen and assistants
Nursing 154. Ward Management (4) — Term II, Senior year.
This course considers the elementary principles of ward administration and
teaching, and the interrelationships of the hospital departments. It deals with
the position of the head nurse, staff nurse, and other members of the nursing
team and their relationships in the hospital and nursing school. Methods of
ward instruction and supervision and the evaluation of clinical work are
included. Sellew, and others
Nursing 155. Foundations of Professional Nursing (2) — Term I and II,
Senior year.
Designed to assist the student to acquire a knowledge of those social and
economic trends which influence professional nursing, World Health Organiza-
tion, nursing organizations, national and international, are included.
Gipe, Hayes, Conley
Electives (2) — Term II, Senior year.
Designed to assist students to gain more knowledge and experience
in the special learning area of their choice. Special assignments, field trips, and
seminars are planned.
THE SCHOOL OP NURSING W7
BASIC NURSING PROGRAM
The basic nursing program leading to a diploma in nursing, which is 36
months in length, is given at the School of Nursing on the Baltimore campus.
As an introduction to nursing, an orientation to community health is pro-
vided through conferences and observation in various local agencies. The
program during the first year also includes the study of the physical, biological,
social, and medical sciences and the application of these sciences in nursing.
Concurrent with the study of these sciences, a basic introductory course in
the principles and practices of nursing is given.
The following two years 'are spent in the study of nursing in the various
clinical fields, such as medicine, surgery, obstetrics, pediatrics, and psychiatry.
In all areas clinical experience and theory are closely correlated. Experience
in the out-patient department and visits to community agencies are provided
as part of the clinical experience. All students have instruction and field ex-
perience in public health nursing through an affiliation with the Baltimore City
Health Department. Instruction and experience in psychiatric nursing is
obtained through an affiliation with the Springfield State Hospital.
Throughout the curriculum the importance of considering the physical,
psychological, and sociological factors affecting the health of the individual
is stressed. Emphasis is placed on the cause and prevention of illness both
from the individual and community standpoint.
While pursuing this course it is expected that the student will gain a knowl-
edge of her own health needs, those of her immediate environment as well
as the community and the world in general which will enable her to contribute
as a competent member of the health team. It is also anticipated that the
student will recognize those values which promote good social relationships and
effective citizenship.
CURRICULUM*
First Year
Anatomy and Physiology
Chemistry
Microbiology
Psychology
Sociology
History of Nursing
Materia Medica
Pharmacology and Therapeutics
Introduction to Nursing
ss
Lab-
Total
Clinical
oratory
Experience
(Weeks)
60
60
120
40
20
60
15
30
45
45
45
45
45
30
30
20
10
30
35
10
45
55
145
200
24
*The above program is typical, however, olasswork and clinical experience are given
concurrently, and are scheduled according to a planned rotation.
Twenty- eight days of vacation is given annually to students enrolled in the three-
year curriculum.
988
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Class
Lab- Total Clinical
Nutrition, Foods and Cookery
Written and Oral English
Medical and Surgical Nursing
Second Year
Medical and Surgical Nursing (con't) .
Medical Nursing
Surgical Nursing
Operating Room Nursing ,
Out- Patient Department ,
Emergency Room ,
Diet Therapy
Obstetric Nursing
Pediatric Nursing
Third Year
Psychiatric Nursing ,
Health Organization ,
Public Health Nursing ,
Social Foundations of Nursing
oratory
Exp
;rience
(Weeks)
20
15
35
30
30
40
40
260
90
100
20
40
120
125
120
24-28
30-34
6
4
2
4
13
13
12
15
15
60
8
30
30
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Anatomy and Physiology — 120 hours (60 hrs. class; 60 hrs. laboratory)
Lectures, laboratory, and demonstration. Provides for a general knowledge
of human anatomy and physiology with practical application at the bedside.
Dept. of Anatomy, Medical School, and Simmont
Microbiology — 45 hours (15 hrs. class; 30 hrs. laboratory)
The lecture and laboratory periods are devoted to the study of the es-
sential relation of microbiology to diagnosis, treatment, prevention of disease
and nursing care. Emphasis is placed upon the important pathogenic species.
This includes mode of entrance into the body, portal of exit, method of transfer,
tests most helpful in determining their presence, methods of immunization, and
a working knowledge of the various methods used in their destruction.
Dept. of Bacteriology, Medical School and Simmont
Chemistry — 60 hours (40 hrs. class; 20 hrs. laboratory)
. The content includes selected areas of general, organic and biological
chemistry as it relates to the practice of nursing and the application of related
sciences. Dept. of Chemistry, Medical School and Simmont
Sociology — 45 hours
This course includes the sociological analysis of the American social struc-
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 989
t.ure; metropolital, small town, and rural communities; population distribution,
composition and change, social organization.
Dept. of Sociology, University of Maryland
Applied Psychology — 45 hours
This educational experience is designed to supplement and implement
nurses' basic knowledge of psychology and sociology. Through lectures, dis-
cussions and observations focussed on patient and nurse behavior, nurses can
become more aware of the importance of, and can be helped to develop, positive
nurse-patient relationship. Greenhill and assistants
Medical and Surgical Nursing — 300 hours
Designed to assist the student to acquire knowledge, understanding, tech-
niques and skills that are required when giving nursing care in hospitals, clinics
and in the home. Special consideration is given to advanced techniques that are
required in medical school hospitals. In the course content are fused allied
subjects such as nutrition, pharmacology, mental hygiene, economics and sociol-
ogy. Principles of biological and physical sciences are coordinated throughout
by the clinical instructors. Health teaching as a comprehensive aspect of
patient care is also included. Schwallenberg and Assistants
Obstetric Nursing — 120 hours
To develop the ability to give sympathetic, safe and planned nursing
care during the reproductive cycle as it pertains to the family life of
the patient. This instruction includes knowledge and skill in regard to the
managing and teaching of patients during the ante-partum, delivery, and post-
partum periods. Hydorn and Assistants
Pediatric Nursing — 125 hours
Planned to assist the student to develop an understanding of infants and
dhildren so that she may acquire the ability to help meet their total nursing
needs, physical, emotional and mental. Kummer, Reed and Assistants
History of Nursing — 30 hours
This course is designed to help the student gain an understanding of the
development of nursing from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is
placed upon the nature and pattern of nursing as it progressed through the
different periods, and as it was related to the education of women. Gipe, Conley
Social Foundations of Nursing — 30 hours
Designed to assist the student to acquire a knowledge of those social and
economic trends which influence professional nursing. Community and world-
wide responsibility of professional nursing in nursing organizations, national
and international, in the World Health Organization are included.
Gipe, Hayes, Conley
990 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Introduction to Nursing — 200 hours
An orientation to basic principles of planned nursing care including those
standards of behavior which are necessary for students as individuals and as
professional nurses. Paulonis and Assistants
Pharmacology — 45 hours (35 hrs. class; 10 hrs. laboratory)
Designed to give the student an understanding and a knowledge of the
principles of drug therapy. The chemical and physiological action of drugs is
studied in the classroom, the laboratory and on the hospital wards. Emphasis
is placed on the properties, the action, the therapeutic and toxic effects of
drugs. Newer chemotherapeutic and antibiotic agents are considered through-
out the course. Musser
Written and Oral English — 30 hours
Designed to assist the student to acquire those techniques and skills needed
in the presentation of written and oral materials. Liebman
Nutrition — 35 hours
To develop an appreciation of the science of nutrition and dietetics and
its relation to personal, community and world wide health. Twenty-eight days
of planned experience is given in the therapeutic diet kitchen, University
Hospital. Students are taught to assist patients on the wards and in the Out-
Patient Department to plan their diets in relation to their condition. Dyson.
Psychiatric Nursing — 120 hours
To develop a sympathetic attitude and a sense of responsibility toward
furthering a positive mental health program on local, national, and international
levels, so that many of the psychiatric disorders may be prevented or cured in
their early stages. Appreciation, knowledge and skill in caring for the total
nursing needs of patients who have developed severe mental disorders will be
stressed. Three months affiliation with the Springfield State Hospital is
included. Teaching Staff, Springfield State Hospital
Public Health Nursing — 60 hours
To develop an appreciation and an understanding and skill in dealing with
patients and their families in their homes in the various areas of the community.
Two months field experience with the Baltimore City Health Department is !
included. Wohlsen and Assistants
Health Organizations — 15 hours
To acquaint the student with the general administration of health agencies
and to give her an appreciation of how they function on local, national and
international levels.
Dr. Huntington Williams, Commissioner of Health, Baltimore City and Staff,
Kathryn Wohlsen.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
1029
SUMMARY OF STUDENT ENROLLMENT
For the Academic Year, 1952-1953, as of July 1, 1953
Resident Collegiate Courses *College Baltimore Total, Less
Academic Year Park Duplications
College of Agriculture 517 .... 517
College of Arts and Sciences 2,049 .... 2,049
College of Business and Public
Administration 1,328 .... 1,328
School of Dentistry 419 419
College of Education 696 696
Glenn L. Martin College of Engineering 837 837
Graduate School 2,082 470 2,518
College of Home Economics 408 408
School of Law 422 422
School of Medicine 447 447
College of Military Science 261 261
School of Nursing 52 152 204
School of Pharmacy 261 261
College of Physical Education,
Recreation and Health 202 .... 202
College of Special and Continuation
Studies 4,396 1,108 5,501
Total 12,828 3,279 16,070
Duplications, Baltimore Intercollege 9 9
Duplications, College Park and
Baltimore 27
Net Total 12,828 3,270 16,034
Summer School, 1952 3,130 201 3,329
Grand Total 15,958 3,471 19,363
Duplications, Summer and
Academic Year 1,923 139 2,062
Duplications, Summer School, Baltimore
and College Park 157
Total, Less Duplications 14,035 3,332 17,144
Foreign Collegiate Courses :
European Command Program 7,977
Greenland 141
Iceland 114
Newfoundland 527
Total, Collegiate Courses 25,903
Mining Courses, Western Maryland 119
Fire Service Extension 1,832
* Classified as of first 1952-53 registration
1030 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Short Courses and Conferences
SUMMARY OF STUDENT ENROLLMENT— Continued
Aggregates and Concretes 115
Agronomy Short Course 12
Apiary Inspectors' School
Band Day 2000
Beef Cattle Field Day 125
Beekeepers' Short Course 79
Canners', Freezers', and Fieldmen's Short Course 249
Center for Educational Leadership 27
Cosmetology Institute 35
Critic Teacher Conference 16
Dairy Herd Improvement Association Short Courses 37
Dairy Herd Improvement Association Supervisors' Conference 42
Dairy Technology Conference 169
Eastern Shore Vegetable Growers' Conference 71
Elasticity Conference 100
Executive Housekeepers' Conference 8
Fertilizer Dealer and Salesmen's Short Course 211
Firemen's Short Course 276
Florists' Day 125
Flower Show School 59
Food Processors' Statistical Quality Control Work Shop 54
Future Farmers of America 200
Grange Leadership Conference 185
Herdsmen's Short Course 86
Honey Judges' School 10
Human Development Workshop 200
Ice Cream Conference 127
Ice Cream Short Course 18
Industrial Education Open House 75
Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics Conferences . . . 205
Inter-American Seminar on Vocational Education 135
Livestock Judging Conference 8
Magnetism Conference 300
Maryland Assessing Officers' School 102
Maryland Parents' Workshop 50
Maryland Poultry Nutrition Conference 152
Maryland Turkey Association Conference 48
Mathematics Seminar 30
Mid-Atlantic Association of Golf Course Superintendents 84
Middle Atlantic Grange Lecturers' Conference 196
Motor Fleet Supervisors' Training Course 61
Music Workshop 250
Nurserymen's Short Course 102
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 1031
i\ ursery School Kindergarten Workshop 240
Office Management Conferences 82
Parent-Teacher Conference 300
Psychological Contributions to Industrial Management Conference 100
Remedial Reading Workshop 15
Rural Electrification Farm Advisors' Conference 26
! Rural Women's Short Course 1160
Sheep Field Day 120
Sheep Shearing School 16
State Four-H Club Week 1177
i State Poultry Council Conference 66
I Students' Fitting and Showing Contest 72
Swine Field Day 42
Typewriting Methods Clinic 110
Visiting Teacher Training Course 11
Water and Sewage Treatment Plant Operators' Short Course 89
Total, Short Courses and Conferences 10,067
GRAND TOTAL, All Registrations, Baltimore and College Park, less
duplications 37,921
INDEX
Aberdeen Proving Ground
Academic Credit
Academic Divisions 2
Accounting and Statistical Control
Study Program
Activities, Special Facilities and
Administration and Law
Administration, Business Organization
and 245,
Administration, Financial
Administration, General Curriculum. .
Administration Industrial
Administration, Marketing
Administration, Officers of
Administration, Public Utilities and
Public
Administration, Transportation ....
Administrative Board, General
Administrative Organization
Admission To The Bar
Admission Procedure
Admission, Requirements of 15,
13S, 245, 310, 375, 427,
474, 826, 887, 937,
Admissions from Secondary Schools
Adult Education
Advanced Course
Advanced Standing
Advisory Councils
Agriculture, College of
Agricultural Chemistry
Agricultural Economics and
Marketing 55
628, 684,
Agricultural Education
Agricultural Education and Rural
Life 56, 80, 629,
Agriculture Curriculum
Agricultural Engineering .... 58, 83,
Agricultural Extension, Research and
Regulatory Agencies
Agriculture Experiment Station,
Staff 119,
Agriculture Extension Staff
Agronomy 61, 84, 630,
Aids in Teaching, Visual
Aims and Purposes
Air Force R. O. T. C. Exemptions . .
Algebra
Alumni
Alumni Association
American Civilization 17, 167,
626, 672,
American History
552 Analysis, Mathematical 74S
620 Anatomy 771, 774, 803, 902
, 39 Anatomy, Gross S03, 902
Andrews Air Force Base 553
249 Anesthetics S12
309 Animal Husbandry 64, 88, 630, 690
247 Annapolis 553
Applied Mathematics 395
275 Army Chemical Center, Edgewood,
251 Md 557
248 Army Medical Center, Walter Reed
252 General Hospital 560
253 Art 143, 167, 898
2 Art Department 177, 167
Art Education 318
256 Art, Practical 432
256 Arts and Crafts, Practical 742
1 Arts and Sciences and Dentistry. ... 163
11 Arts and Sciences and Law .... 163, 539
831 Arts and Sciences and Medicine .... 165
14 Arts and Sciences, College of . . . 133, 535
49, Arts and Sciences, General
457, Curriculum 142
967 Aeronautical Sciences 371
15 Assistantships 67S
524 Astronomy 169
462 Athletic Awards 35
526 Athletics and Recreation 32
244 Awards and Honors 33, 1024
4 3 Automobile Parking 624
54 Bacteriology 153, 170, 567, 631,
691, 772, 781, 806, 904, 952, 9S2.
76 Baltimore 554
690 Baltimore City Hospitals 879
318 Bands, University and Air Force
R. O. T. C 39
686 Benefits, Educational, Veterans .... 828
53 Biochemistry 772, 781, S04
394 Biological Chemistry 776, 904
Biological Curriculum 151
112 Biology, Fisheries 157
Biological Sciences, General 157
120 Boiling Air Force Base 555
112 Book Store 625
687 Botany 65, 91, 155, 173
S15 568, 631, 693, 781
241 Botany and Pharmacognosy 781
16 Bureau of Aeronautics 555
748 Bureau of Business and Economic
39 Research 273
819 Bureau of Government Research . . . 273
538 Bureau of Ships 556
6S8 Bureau of Standards, National 558
739 Business Administration 568, 631
1032
i
&■- '
&•-■• • '
c
cm h
COT* - '
I
I
I
c
OK ■
i
I
I
I
Child I- '
Q:'i>
[;/.; ;•.
Ctii: :
Cn-"'
Civ: I::
C
c.
E
I
Ccfe.--
Coitfe-
Art;;-.-
;:-: -
Afe: ■
■
0:::
Conm>: -■
Cone- ■■
tec:". ■
C
Confc-
Coorfc- •
C
.Cmmcl Onto
C
CoUEfL -■ .
c
Com:; ;
C
Co:-=-. ;
Cow?. -.
Sfo/3 Y^r^ ( loZq - bttk. roir-r)
INDEX
1033
.
: : t
Business Education 320
Business and Public Administration,
College of 237
Business Organization and Adminis-
tration 245
Business Teaching Curriculum, Com-
bined Secretarial and
i~ Calendar
Calendar, Summer School
Calvert Distilling Company
Camp Detrick, Frederick, Md
Camp Holabird
Campus Maps
Cardiology
Catalogs
Centers
Certification oi Teachers 141,
Chemical Engineering 3S8, 401,
Chemistry 154, 173, 567, 634
Chemistry, Agricultural
Chemistry, Biological 776
Child Dentistry
Child Development
Child Development Workshop
Child Study, Institute of 309,
Childhood Education 322. 349,
Citizenship Awards 34,
Civil Engineering 391, 407,
Clinic, Legal Aid
Clinical Pathology
Clothing and Textiles 430,
Coif, Order of
College Aims
Combined Programs
Arts and Sciences and Dentistry. .
Arts and Sciences and Law
Arts and Sciences and
Medicine 165,
Administration and Law Program
Secretarial and Business Teaching
Curriculum
Commencement 679,
Commissions, Air Force Reserve ..
Committees, Faculty
Comparative Literature 17S,
Continuation Studies, Special and .515,
Coordination of Agricultural Work . .
Cosmetology
Council. Educational
Council, Graduate
Council, Student
Counselling Center. University
County Agents
County Program for Teachers ....
Courses, Cancellation of
Courses, Description of
565, 679, 700, 715, 835, 950,
Course Offerings 75,
:
348
, 275
273
6, 7
619
556
5 ." 6
g g :
4-5
905
42
550
312
571
, 700
5 1
, 904
808
309
309
625
718
1029
707
838
905
447
834
572
163
163
890
247
273
839
1022
3
709
523
54
627
1
665
839
27
115
551
623
980
167
275, 337, 397, 441, 465, 49S, 500, 565,
Court, Practice
Crafts
('rafts, Practical Arts and 434,
Crime Control
( Iropa and Soil
Curricula and Programs
Curriculum in Administration
Dairy 66, 96, 635,
Dairy Inspection Service
Dairy Products Technology
Curriculum
Dance Group, Creative
David Taylor Model Basin
Day School
Dean of Men, Office of
Dean of Women, Office of
Degrees 139, 242, 312,
476, 530, 670,
Degrees, Advanced
Degrees and Certificates
Degrees Conferred
Delinquent Students
Dental Education
Dental Prosthesis
Dentistry, School of 771,
Deportment
Dermatology
Description of Courses .... 565, 679,
715, 835, 950,
Diagnosis and Treatment Planning.
Oral
Division, Academic 2
Division of General Studies
Doctor of Education,
Requirements 675,
Doctor of Philosophy,
Requirements 676,
Drainage, State Department of
Dramatic Art, Speech and . . 146, 226,
Drawing
Economic Research. Bureau of
Business and
Economics 146, 179, 258, 284.
Economics and Marketing, Agri-
cultural 55,
Edgewood, Md., Army Chemical
Center
Education, Agricultural 31S,
Education Art
Education and Rural Life. Agri-
cultural 56, 80, 626,
Education, Business 320, 348,
Education, Childhood 322, 349,
Education, College of 305,
Education Courses .... 338, 574, 635,
Education, Home Economics .... 325,
436, 446,
628
838
432
742
151
84
41
248
709
127
68
474
556
835
26
26
428
827
670
23
991
17
324
810
785
799
906
700
980
S07
39
524
713
128
611
411
273
572
76
557
629
31S
686
718
718
542
718
351
719
IMPORTANT
X HE provisions of this publication are not to be regarded
as an irrevocable contract between the student and the
University oi Maryland. The University reserves the right
to change any provision or requirement at any time within
the student's term of residence. The University further
reserves the right at any time, to ask a student to
withdraw when it considers such action to be in
the best interests of the University.
See outside back cover for list of separate catalogs
published annually and embodied herein
SEPARATE CATALOGS
At College Park
Individual catalogs of colleges and schools of the University of
Maryland at College Park may be obtained by addressing the Director
of Publications, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
These catalogs and schools are:
1. General Information
2. College of Agriculture
3. College of Arts and Sciences
4. College of Business and Public Administration
5. College of Education
6. Glenn L. Martin College of Engineering and Aeronautical
Sciences
7. College of Home Economics
8. College of Military Science
9. College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health
10. College of Special and Continuation Studies
11. Summer School
12. Graduate School
At Baltimore
Individual catalogs for the professional schools of the University
of Maryland may be obtained by addressing the Deans of the respec-
tive schools at the University of Maryland, Lombard and Greene
Streets, Baltimore 1, Maryland. These professional schools are:
13.
School of Dentistry
14.
School of Law
15.
School of Medicine
16.
School of Pharmacy
17.
School of Nursing
At Heidelberg
The catalog of the European Program may be obtained by addressing
the Dean, College of Special and Continuation Studies, College Park,
Maryland.
■WlfflffWWfflBfflffBMiBfffffg
•Rwllb
ad 5w»
idiot:
I
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11